Skip to main content

Full text of "The annals and magazine of natural history : zoology, botany, and geology"

See other formats 


ee 
ne nay 2 > . S J Od Me SP FM BD Dma SEB 
“ Bese SOF ¢ te 
; BS . 
7 60a : : * : ‘ : : 
aks eS - Y if AN ot . 3 c 
a NN tt ‘ ” : a a3: 3 mate : 
RAGA AR OE ARAM OOS ™ acne Y ear ‘ Le : " 


ae 
nt 
ANT & Ae a © “ys - ee 
ee a a °, ; : 
‘Aves AoA? 
ay 
tenn SSS ES 
EAA See ; : Peek Secten 
FA th AN r ; 3 Rats > 
ASAE ah 


et hn ok 
2 & Ow Ogle tng 


rr 
“ > ett Sh LS OFT OAM ee 
vy ; ; Hk meh ol or, — 2 wae tee Pree Seek Coe ee 
ee ¥e ~ » nate de Cn ne aot MeN 
rere) me ~~ ak he 
Ie ep nen ems h CEA DH 
¢ 7 ae 
eee ee eee ee ee ee 
BEEEAAAD a0 EEK en ER Ae AD KD Nee Cem A 
a ‘ 7 et wth ae eae NP 


OP ren ne es ey 
toe men AA 


xe 


a Ae a 


“ . * 
Be Pitti t OM te Eg Po 


sm 
r47 Ake 


4 *e 
Re eng ARP al 
PS ee 


% Dh AOD 
3 2Aaee 


ee ae 
ee 8 en rahetne tnmanya 
ott men hat Pa > 
oe ee 


HANDBOUND 
AT THE 


ake 


o 


UNIVERSITY OF 
TORONTO PRESS 


“3 


THE ANNALS 
AND 


MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY 


INCLUDING 


ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, ann GEOLOGY. 


(BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE ‘ANNALS’ COMBINED WITH LOUDON AND 
CHARLESWORTH’S ‘ MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.’) 


CONDUCTED BY 


ALBERT C. L. G. GUNTHER, M.A., M.D., Ph.D., F.B.S., 
WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, F.R.S., F.L.S., F.G.S., 
AND 


WILLIAM FRANCIS, Ph.D., F.L.S. 


— — — — eee 


VOL. XIII.—SIXTH SERIES. 


eee ooe> 


LORY ON: 
PRINTED AND PUBLISHED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS. 


SOLD BY SIMPKIN, MARSHALL, HAMILTON, KENT, AND CO., LD. ; 
WHITTAKER AND CO.: BAILLINRE, PARIS: 
MACLACHLAN AND STEWART, EDINBURGH : 
HODGES, FIGGIS, AND CO., DUBLIN: AND ASHER, BERLIN. 


1894. 


Sq 


“Omnes res create sunt divine sapientie et potenti testes, divitie felicitatis 
humane :—ex harum usu donitas Creatoris; ex pulchritudine sapientia Domini ; 
ex cconomid in conservatione, proportione, renovatione, potentia majestatis 
elucet. Earum itaque indagatio ab hominibus sibi relictis semper zxstimata ; 
a veré eruditis et sapientibus semper exculta; malé doctis et barbaris semper 
inimica fwit.””—Linnavs. 


“Quel que soit le principe de la vie animale, il ne faut qu’ouvrir les yeux pour 
voir qu’elle est le chef-d’ceuvre de la Toute-puissance, et le but auquel se rappor- 
tent toutes ses opérations.”—Bruckner, Théorie du Systéme Animal, Leyden 


1767. 


sradesce ios 2 Mhesylvan powers 
Obey our summons; from their deepest dells 
The Dryads come, and throw their garlands wild 
And odorous branches at our feet; the Nymphs 
That press with nimble step the mountain-thyme 
And purple heath-flower come not empty-handed, 
But scatter round ten thousand forms minute 
Of velvet moss or lichen, torn from rock 
Or rifted oak or cavern deep: the Naiads too 
Quit their loved native stream, from whose smooth face 
They crop the lily, and each sedge and rush 
That drinks the rippling tide: the frozen poles, 
Where peril waits the bold adventurer’s tread, 
The burning sands of Borneo and Cayenne, 
All, all to us unlock their secret stores 
And pay their cheerful tribute. 
J. Taytor, Norwich, 1818. 


/ 

7b 
SLA. fo 
ee ae 
V. vary 


CONTENTS OF VOL. XIII. 


[SIXTH SERIES.] 


NUMBER LXNIIL. 

Page 

I. On certain Homes or Tubes formed by Annelids. By W.C. — 
M‘Intosu, M.D., LL.D., F.R.S., &c., Professor of Natural History 
tee Wmveraity OF St. Andrews 1.0... sce eat tecerces 
II. The Endosternite of Scorpio compared with the Homologous 
Struetures in other Arachnida. By H. M. Bernarp, M.A, Cantab. 
(from the Huxley Research Laboratory, R. Coll. of Science, South 


EL 5 inn ape. 9 aio a}, 5 00 ne 'aheidis sofas o * sss 18 
III, On the Llateride of Japan. By G. Lewis, F.LS. ........ 26 
IV. On the Land-Shells of the Sulu Archipelago. By Ep@ar A. 


ee ere oe cree ade ts ena tr eees sateen 4s 
V. On the Dentition of Pella Burnupt, Melvill and Ponsonby. By 
Henry Suter, Christchurch, New Zealand. (Plate V. B.) ...... 60 


VI. Preliminary Notes on the Relation between the Helicide of 
New Zealand, Tasmania, and South Africa. By Henry Svurer, 
Christchurch, MPMMMMRENICU TET AS, aigige oie te ee cons oc crate sve ONE OM 


VII. The Anatomy and Description of a new Species of Arion. 
By WaxTeER E. CoLuiner, Mason College, Birmingham. (PlateV.A.) 66 


61 


VIII. Descriptions of Two new Species of Macroscelides. By 


PIERS ee Sei cii cicg gees ess san cn cece ce ele alte sie 7 
IX. On a new Species of Armadillo from Bolivia. By OtpF1eLp 

eee sn eng pce cs cece estas nee cas 70 
X. A small Contribution to our Knowledge of the Scorpions of 

India. By R. I. Pocock, of the British Museum (Natural History). 72 
XI. On a new Genus and Species of Agriontde from Foo Chow. 

By W. Kirsy, F.L.S., F.E.S., Assistant in Zoological Department, 

British Museum (N Natural Histor Pe ae nals hate tattle emi se Malate sen 84 
XII. New Genera and Species of British Spiders. By the Rev. 

Pooperckanp-Oamprmearn. (Plates I d& Uy... tee 87 


XI. A Month on the Trondhjem Fiord. By the Rey. Canon 
Nous, MA. D.C.L., F.RS., &c. (Plates VI. & VIL) ..5...5. 112 


lv CONTENTS. 


Page 
New Book :—Wes Coquilles des Eaux douces et saumatres de France. 
Par ARNOULD LOCARD! ....ccencrscsscncesvesunsueavioneas 133 


On two new Types of Choniostomatide from the Coasts of France: 
Spheronella microcephala, G. & B., and Salenskia tuberosa, 
G. & B., by MM. A. Giard and J. Bonnier; Who first found 
Balanoglossus?, by the Rev. Canon Norman, M.A., D.C.L., 
Eat sf OUCes sete sfetis safe cictem sejeiere oe ag ees aheiris ieee 154—136 


NUMBER LXXIV, 


XIV. On some new and rare Crustacea from Scotland. By Tuomas 
Scorr, F.L.S., Naturalist to the Fishery Board for Scotland, and 
ANDREW Scort: ‘(Plates VILL dc VS.) ic cicr pepe see eiae . 137 


XV. A Month on the Trondhjem Fiord. By the Rey. Canon 
Norman, M.A., D.C.L,,-FBS.4( Qc. <5 | -)-c besos aiilsanis eerie 150 


XVI. Description of a new Species of Epiphora (Saturniide) from 
Uganda. By W. F. Krrsy, F.LS., F.E.S., Assistant in Zoological 
Department, British Museum (Natural History) ............-0.. 165 


XVII. Description of a new Species of Hirdapa, Moore, from 
Dinner Island, New Guinea, in the Collection of the British Museum. 
By W. F. Kirsy, F.LS., F.E.S., Assistant in Zoological Depart- 
ment, British Museum (Natural History) .........-...ee cence s. 166 


XVIII. Descriptions of some new Species of Heterocera from 
Central America. By HerBert Druck, F.LS. ..............-- 168 


XIX. On the Llateride of Japan. By G. Lewis, F.L.S. 


XX. Description of a new Species of Reed-Rat (Aulacodus) from 
East Africa, with Remarks on the Milk-dentition of the Genus. By 
OEDELELD: CHOMAS :<. <2’ :0rs/onaie. c/s wis. e ly nie ola Sieiniels eiabelcinl ciel eee 202 


XXI. Note on Mus Burtoni, Thos. By Otprretp THomas .... 204 


XXII. Preliminary Notice of South-American Tubifcide collected 
by Dr. Michaelsen, including the Description of a Branchiate Form, 
By Frank E. Bepparb, M.A. FURS. oo. cece eee eee ee ee eens 205 


XXIII. Diagnosis of a new Species of the Genus Lepidolemur. 
By Dr. C, 1. ForsyrH MAJOR «2... 5. cece eee cece eee e een eenes 211 


Proceedings of the Geological Society....... sReitaee ae jean Ll, S18 


On the Jaws of Hirudinea, by Jac. M. Croockewit ; Schneider’s Pore 
and the Cisophageal Glands of Nematodes, by Prof. Otto 
Hamann, of Gottingen ; Who first found Balanoglossus ?, by the 
Rey. Canon Norman, M.A., D.C.L., F.RS., &. ........ 212—216 


CONTENTS. Vv 


NUMBER LXXYV., 

Page 
XXIV. On a Bifid Earthworm (Lumbricus terrestris). By Henry 

©. Wititamson, M.A., B.Sc., St. Andrews Marine Laboratory. 

EUG as Gasx esd agcns Sic vedad vec e ne eees sas 217 


XXYV. Natural History Notes from H.M. Indian Marine Survey 
Steamer ‘Investigator, Commander R. F. Hoskyn, R.N., com- 
manding.—Series L1., No. 1. On the Results of Deep-sea Dredging 
during the Season 1890-91 (continued). By A. Aucock, M.B., 
Surgeon-Captain I.M.S., Superintendent of the Indian Museum... . 225 


XXVI. Descriptions of new Freshwater Fishes from Borneo. By 


G. A. BoULENGFR..... MEM Renee cinta cals + Miskin are ting relate ss 245 
XXVII. Descriptions of Three new Lycenide from New Guinea. 
Peet IRUCK, EZ.9,. FS. oe sso cess pepensnerias 252 


XXVIII. On the Elateride of Japan. By G. Lewis, F.L.S...., 255 


XXIX. A Month on the Trondhjem Fiord. By the Rev. Canon 
onmernmaes OL, F RS, &c. (Plate XI.) s.cunse ce cceee 267 


XXX. New Coleoptera from the Australian Region. By Cuas, 
O,. WATERHOUSE 


XXXI. On the Characters of a new Genus and Six new Species 
of Longicorn Coleoptera trom New Guinea. By C.J. Ganan, M.A. 288 


XXXII. Diagnosis of a new Pteropus from the Admiralty Islands. 
IEMA, 6. nc els cede senses so nuiegices wofollele aiakerea 293 


Proceedings of the Geological Society ...........0000- Saineia s -aO4, 20D 


On the Embryology of the Cumacea, by P. Butschinsky, of the 
University of Odessa ........ See Sera aren ee See Ae 295 


NUMBER LXXVI. 


XXXIIL. A Contribution to the Osteology of the Head of Hat- 
teria. By Frrepricu SreBENROCK, Assistant in the Imperial and 
Royal Natural History Museum in Vienna. (Plate XIV.) ........ 297 


XXXIV. On the Llateride of Japan. By G. Lewis, F.L.S. .... 311 


XXXV. Natural History Notes from H.M. Indian Marine Survey 
Steamer ‘Investigator,’ Commander R. F. Hoskyn, R.N., late com- 
manding.—Series I., No. 1. On the Results of the Deep-sea Dredging 
during the Season 1890-91 (continued), By A. Atcocxk, M.B., 
Surgeon-Captain I.M.S., Superintendent of the Indian Museum ..,. 321 


XXXVI. Corylophide and Trichopterygide found in the West- 
Indian Islands. By the Rev. A. MATTHEWS............0e0e000 584 


vi CONTENTS. 


Page 
XXXVII. List of Reptiles and Batrachians collected by Dr. J. 
Bohls near Asuncion, Paraguay. By G. A. BouLENGER ........ B42 


XXXVIII. On a new Species of Phreatoicus from Tasmania. By 
Grorer M. Tuomson, F.L.S., Corr. Mem. Roy. Soc. of Tasmania. 


(PI Eo. ly Aaah a mee boar ca pera Mesa ae Wowie ile atta. 349 
XXXIX. Descriptions of some new Species of Heterocera from 

Central America. By Herpent Druce, F.LS. .............2+- 352 
XL. On Two new Chinese Rodents. By OrpFiz~p THomas.... 363 


xaG Preliminary Description of a new Goat of the Genus Hem- 
tragus, trom South-eastern Arabia. By OLDFIELD THoMAs ...... 365 


XLII. On the Palawan Representative of Tupaia ferruginea. By 
OLDFIFLD THOMAS ......... Pe ek eine AP Ee 367 


New Look :—Foraminifera from the Deep-sea Soundings obtained in 
1874-1876 by H.M.S. ‘Gazelle.’ Described by Dr. JosEpH 
GEORGE EGGER, Gi o%.. « aoheewn sin ws hea eee 368 


On the Dates of Sowerby’s ‘ Genera of Recent and Fossil Shells,’ by 
C. Davies Sherborn; Contributions to the Knowledge of the 
Antennary Sense-Organs of Insects, by C. M. Child, of the 
Zoological Institute, Leipzig University; Researches on the 
Structure, Organization, and Classification of the Fossil Rep- 
tilia—Part IX. Section 1. On the Therosuchia, by H. G. 
Deeley Hee See ye 2 ieos os seattle cies eae ee 370—374 


NUMBER LXXVII. 


XLII. On the Tenebrionide of Japan. By G. Lewis, F.L.S. 
(Plate. KILL). «ose cnewiee awe ce veln'es mene Pe 377 


XLIV. Natural History Notes from H.M. Indian Marine Survey 
Steamer ‘ Investigator,’ Commander R. F. Hoskyn, R.N., late com- 
manding.—Series I., No. 1. On the Results of the Deep-sea Dredging 
during the Season 1890-91 (concluded). By A. Atcock, M.B., 
Surgeon-Captain I.M.S., Superintendent cf the Indian Museum .... 400 


XLY. On.some rare and interesting Crustacea from the Dogger 
Bank collected by Ernest W. L. Holt, Esq. By Tomas Scort, 
F.L.S., Naturalist to the Fishery Board for Scotland ............ 412 

XLVI. On Two small Collections of Neuroptera from Ta-chien-lu, 


in the Province of Szechuen, Western China, on the frontier of 
Thibet... By. Roprrt M‘Lacunan, FBS. &e.). 2. secs ne saah sown 421 


XLVII. On Two new Neotropical Mammals. By OxpFre.p 
LHOWAS Gena an oe ss Con 4' o> Sa eee s ep bis Unk n ie seh See ee 435 


XLVIII. On a new Species of the Hepialid Genus Ginetus, By 
the Hon. WALTER ROTHSCRELD ... .. sss samen Rad m0 tba ---. 440 


CONTENTS. vil 


Page 
XLIX. Note on the Food of Sagitta. By Arntuur T. Masrrr- 
MAN, B.A. (Cantab.), Assistant Professor of Natural History, Uni- 
erates Palais Stu a Udiaia'e vied ees © te 440 
L. Note on the Relation of the Land-Mollusca of Tasmania and 
mowamminnG, iy O. HEDERY, F.L.S, 1.0.0... cece ene 442 
LI. A new Pedunculate Cirripede. By the Rev. Tuomas R. R. 
ICE TACO DV.) cision ccs eva clececrsccensceseccess 443 


New Books:—The Fauna of British India, including Ceylon and 
Burma. Published under the authority of the Secretary of State 
for India in Council. Edited by W. T. Buanrorn. Moths: 
Vol. If. By G. F. Hampson.—Manual of Conchology, Struc- 
tural and Systematic. With Illustrations of the Species. By 
Grorere W. Tryon, Jun. Continuation by Henry A. 
Pitsspry. Vol. XIV. Polyplacophora (Chitons).—Life and 
Rock. By R. Lyprxxer, B.A., F.G.S,, F.Z.S8., &e. .... 447—449 


Note on Archineura basilactea, Kirby, by W. F. Kirby, F.L.S. &e. ; 
Researches on the Structure, Organization, and Classification of 
the Fossil Reptilia—Part IX. Sections 2 and 3. On the reputed 
Mammals from the Karroo Formation of Cape Colony, and on 
Diademodon, by H. G. Seeley, F.R.S.; Preliminary Diagnosis of 
a new Gazelle from Algeria, by Oldfield Thomas........ 450—452 


NUMBER LXXVIII. 


LIT. On the Land-Shells of the Natuna Islands. By Enear A. 
EE) Oe ere 458 


LUI. On the Tenebrionide of Japan. By G. Lewis, F.L.S. .... 465 


LIV. On the Nutritive and Excretory Processes in Porifera. By 
Artuur T. Masrerman, B.A., late Scholar of Christ’s College, 
Cambridge, Assistant Professor and Lecturer on Zoology at the Uni- 
Wersltye mre MIGTOWS ........... cc cceee Se Cr ee CEO 485 


LV. Descriptions of Eight new Species of Butterflies from New 
Britain and Duke of York Islands, in the Collections of the Hon. 
Walter Rothschild and Mr. Grose Smith, captured by Captains 


Cayley Webster and Cotton. By H. Grosk SmirH.............. 496 
LVI. Observations on the Derivation and Homologies of some 
Pmcnniee by Ero JAMES D; DANA 20... aioe reece cane. 502 


LVI. New Species of Cyclophorus and a Spiraculum from the 
Khasi and Naga Hills, Assam, By Lieut.-Col. H. H. Gopwtn- 
AustTEn, F.R.S. &c., and Col. R. Brppomg, F.L.S. &. .......... 506 


LVIIL. On the Affinities of the Cretaceous Fish Protosphyrena. 
By A. Smirx Woopwarbd, F.L.S., of the British Museum (Natural 
CTE on UY ee ois er a ee Aer ee ee 510 
LIX. Description of Apogonia ferruginea, Fabr., from the Type in 
the Banksian Collection of Coleoptera. By Cuartes O. WaTER- 
RMI Ne oiaraie aa! slaiw'e sc ofc «1s sacl SS ojala Welsilatalaisinas «+ a .. O15 


LX. Two new Species of Myrmeleonide from Madagascar. By 
REPEC IG ACTHAIN, BOR SiG Ge. weiss ccc eices cer ncusccsecsesiie 514 


Vii CONTENTS. 


Page 
LXI. Lateral Eves in the Galeodide. By H. M. Bernarp, M.A. 
Cantab., F.L.S., F.Z.S. (from the Huxley Research Laboratory, 
BME ACCTINIAG TOR) ss 5 2 242 u1h% ee 2's wis Sieroter eis gle pi eke een 517 


LXII. Description of a new Longicorn Beetle of the Genus 
Diaxenes, which has been found injuring some imported Orchids. 


BSY AU 0G GEATEAN MEGS 5 5's, o sicraie ate ate ciadp ons im ie aoe 520 
LXIII. Ona new African Genus of Mustelide. By Otprreip 
PEETIO MUA nye se ev 6 85] 01 Sr eos tenets oan Ree 522 


New Books :—An Index to the Genera and Species of the Foramini- 
fera. By Cuarirs Davies SHERBORN. Part I. A to Non.— 
Horns and Hoofs, or Chapters on Horned Animals. By R. 


LYDEREER *¢)4;6 Giadeutplavige d« Walt > akheee acto mae 524, 525 
Proceedings of the Geological Society. ............cceeeeeececes 527 


Saw-flies on Solomon’s Seal, by W. F. Kirby, F.L.S. &c.; Pteropods 
with Two Separate Sexual Openings, by H. McE. Knower. 528, 529 


PLATES IN VOL. XIII. 


Puiate I. 
II. 
III. Endosternite of Scorpio. 
IV. Land-Shells of the Sulu Archipelago. 
V. <A. New Species of Arion.—B. Dentition of Pella Burnupi. 


New British Spiders. 


- Varieties of Electra pilosa. 


¢ New Crustacea from Scotland, 


X. Bifid Lumbricus terrestris. 
XI. New Species of Phreatoicus. 
XII. Crustacea from the Trondhjem Fiord. 
XIII. Japanese Tenebrionide. 
XIV. Osteology of Hatteria. 
XV. Trichelaspis Forresti. 
XVI. Land-Shells of the Natuna Islands. 


THE ANNALS 


MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY, 


[SIXTH SERIES.] 


“ per litora spargite muscum, 


Naiades, et circitm vitreos considite fontes: 
Pollice virgineo teneros hic carpite flores: 
Floribus et pictum, divee, replete canistrum. 
At vos, o Nymphe Craterides, ite sub undas ; 
Ite, recurvato variata corallia trunco 
Vellite muscosis e rupibus, et mihi conchas 
Ferte, Dew pelagi, et pingui conchylia succo.” 
N. Parthenii Giannettasii Eel, 1, 


No. 73. JANUARY 1894. 


I.—On certain Homes or Tubes formed by Annelids*. By 
W. C. M‘Inrosu, M.D., LL.D., F.R.S., &c., Professor 
of Natural History in the University of St. Andrews. 


MANY marine animals are known whose protective shells— 
insignificant in themselves—form deposits of great extent 
on the surface of the earth. Such, for example, are the 
minute caleareous tests of the Foraminifera, and the equally 
small but exquisitely beautiful siliceous skeletons of the 
Radiolarians. Moreover, by the tissue-secretions of the coral- 
forming polyps in the warmer seas, islands, as well as large 
additions to continental land, have been and are now being 
constructed. In other groups, again, this habit of making 
shelter is more or less in abeyance; thus the Echinoderms— 
though conspicuous by the calcareous nature of their skins— 
very rarely form a protective covering, almost the only 
instance being the Holothurian called by Dalyell the Spinner 
(Holothuria nigra), which makes a home for itself by an 
abundant secretion of threads of mucus. Amongst the 
Crustaceans a few construct tubular dwellings for themselves ; 
and one species (Cerapus)+ likewise adds long filamentous 

* Part of the Introductory Lecture to the class of Natural History, 
October 1893. 

Tt Vide Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xvi. p. 484, pl. xiii. fig. 9. 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xiii. 1 


2 Prof. W. C. M‘Intosh on certain 


processes to the zoophyte on which it lives, so that it can 
perch further out in the surrounding water. ‘The nests 
of the littoral Amphithoé under stones are other familiar 
instances. In the group of the Molluscoids the gelatinous 
“houses” of Appendicularians, which in St. Andrews Bay 
occasionally so distend the larger nets that they burst, are 
examples, and the ‘ houses” can be cast off and renewed at 
the pleasure of the owner. ‘The remarkably branched struc- 
ture formed by Cephalodiscus (one of the discoveries of the 
‘Challenger’) is another notable instance, for this not only 
forms a complete protection, but probably mimics the shape 
of the seaweeds or other structures in its neighbourhood. 
Amongst the Mollusca the nests of Lima are perhaps the 
best-known examples, though the homes of others are not 
devoid of interest. Thus Exntoconcha dwells as a parasite—a 
very rare thing in mollusks—ain the interior of Synapta, while 
another (Montacuta substriata) clings to the spines of the 
purple heart-urchin. In neither, “however, is a distinct 
“house”? formed; and I may at once exp slain that by the 
term “house” or ‘ home” I mean that foreign bodies are 
employed in addition to the secretion poured out by thie 
animal itself. 

In the present instance, however, we shall confine our 
attention to a group of marine animals not yet mentioned, 
viz., the marine annelids or marine worms (Polychaeta), a 
series in which very great variety as well as very great com- 

lexity of structures for the protection of their soft bodies is 
exhibited. Moreover, the group is one in which beauty in 
external coloration is combined with remarkable life-histories 
and organization. ‘Thus the glassy or golden bristles of some 
(Euphrosynide and Amphinomide) cover the back and sides 
with a crisp fringe, while the burnished spines and long hairs 
—constantly glistening with all the hues of a permanent 
rainbow—of such as the sea-mouse are gorgeous to behold. 
Yhe pearly lustre of Nephthys, the brilliant tints of yellow, 
green, blue, red, and purple which characterize the Phyllo- 
docidee, Aleiopide, Hesionidw, and Nereide, the rich brown 
touches of the Syllide, and the deep red of the branchial 
plumes of the Eunicide, Terebellide, Sabellida:, and Serpu- 
lidze, can only be compared with the most beautiful types of 
butterflies and birds. The remarkable power of budding and 
even branching, the alternation of generations, the meta- 
morphoses during development, the social (commensalistic) 
habits , phosphorescent properties, powers of perforating rocks, 
shells, and other substances, the value of almost all as food or 
as bait for fishes, and some even as nourishment for man, 


Llomes or Tubes formed hy Annelids. 3 


give but a slight indication of their importance amongst the 
Invertebrates of our shores. 

Again, it is long since the complexity of the locomotive 
appendages—even of the most simple amongst the marine 
annelids—has excited the admiration of observers. Every 
foot is furnished with two tufts of bristles, dorsal and ventral, 
or with bristles and hooks, or with hooks alone. Moreover, 
these organs are each capable, by their muscular apparatus, 
of pushing the annelid out of its tube, of fixing it in it, or 
of retracting it. For, as Dr. Thomas Williams* formerly 
pointed out, even in those with calcareous tubes the inte- 
rior is not so smooth as to be slippery, or so hard as to 
render it impossible to fix bristles or hooks in its progress 
outward or inward. ‘ Computing,” as he says, ‘ the pushing 
force which each seta is capable of exerting, and multiplying 
this amount by the number of sete in each foot, and this 
again by the number of feet with which the annelid is pro- 
vided, a conception may be formed of the aggregate of mecha- 
nical power with which the animal executes its ‘ march 
forwards.’ A similar calculation applied to the hooks will 
give a correspondingly prodigious resultant of power for 
retreat.” 

The presence or absence of a special home or habitation in 
the marine annelids was, and still is, by some supposed to 
distinguish the two great groups from each other, viz., the 
Erratic (or Annelida Errantia) from the Sedentary (Annelida 
Sedentaria) ; but in a natural classification this does not 
altogether hold true. For example, the Syllidians are really 
errant annelids ; yet many form transparent tubes, and others 
pass their lives in the interior of sponges. Similar habits, 
with strong tubes, occur in the Nereids and Eunicids. Some 
annelids furnished with tubes, again, are by no means seden- 
tary, such as Lagis and Amphictene. Moreover, it is not 
always the most delicate forms that have such a protection : 
thus the Phyllodicide are tree, while certain Lepidonoté occur 
only in the tubes of other annelids. 

Limited as the group of annelids appears to be in the great 
world of marine animals, it is found that their habitations 
range themselves under at least eleven heads. 

Thus some, such as Spinther and Huphrosyne, dwell on 
sponges, which serve them as food, and they browse on these 
spicular pastures after the manner of the sea-lemons amongst 
the Nudibranchs. Others affect the interior of the sponge, 
like the Syllidians, amongst which the remarkably branched 
Syllis ramosa of the ‘Challenger’ stands out conspicuously. 

* Report Brit. Assoc. 1851, p. 204. ie 


4 Prof. W. C. M‘Intosh on certain 


The second group is formed by those which inhabit sand,— 
some, like Nephthys, forcing their agile muscular bodies 
through the moist sand in serpentine waves, almost without 
an effort, while the more stationary lob-worm of the beach 
mimics the habitat of the familiar earthworm. Under this 
head are Glycera, Anaitis rosea, Phyllodoce maculata, 
Ophelia, Ammotrypane, Aricia, Scoloplos, Nerine, and Sceole- 
colepis. 

Those of the third series frequent chinks or other spaces in 
the rocks, such as Nereis pelagica, Lumbriconereis, Leodice, 
and Marphysa; while the fourth series comprises those 
dwelling in peat, for example Hediste diversicolor and Stra- 
tonice Mariont’. The dwellers in hollow tangles, such as 
Leontis Dumerilii, form a fifth group. 

A large number, again, secrete from the surface-glands of 
their bodies a fluid which hardens in seawater, and with 
which they build up for themselves houses of greater or less 
complexity, using it as mortar for fixing sand-grains, gravel, 
fragments of shells, and similar structures. Under this, the 
sixth group, fall Northia, Chetopterus, Spio, Polydora (in 
part), Sabellaria, Owenia, Lagis, Amphictene, Cistenides, 
Ampharete, Amphicteis, Amphitrite, Terebella, Lanice, 
Axwonice, Thelepus, Grymea, and others. 

The seventh group includes those which add no foreign 
element to the translucent tubes which they secrete ; such 
tubes being soft and gelatinous, as in Myzicola, flexible, as 
in Sptochetopterus, or so firm and tough as to be fashioned 
into pens for writing, as in [yalinwcia. 

In a subsection of this assemblage may be placed some 
which attach their translucent tubes to blades of tangle or 
other seaweeds, like Husyllis ; or which have dense leathery 
tubes amongst sponges and zoophytes, as in certain species of 
Eunice. 

Many living in mud at the bottom of the sea fashion their 
tubular dwellings chiefly of this deposit—either pure, or more 
or less mixed with sand and fragments of sheils, the interior 
boing lined with a smooth layer of secretion, which, in 
Sadbella, is often so abundant as to make the tubes extremely 
tough. Under this (the eighth) head are such as Maldane, 
Axiothea, Pista, Dasychone, Chone. 

The forms which secrete hard caleareous or porcellaneous 
tubes constitute the ninth series—so widely and conspicuously 
distributed on the sea-bed from low-water mark to the 
greatest depth yet examined, and though generally fixed are 
sometimes free. Protula, Filigrana, Hydroides, Pomato- 
ceras, Placostegus, Ditrypa, and Spirorbis are examples. 

: 


Homes or Tubes formed by Annelids. 5 


The tenth group includes those which perforate rocks and 
live in the tunnels thus fashioned, and which we examined 
more particularly in the Introductory lecture at the com- 
mencement of last session. A typical form is Dodecaceria, 
while Sabella saxicava and Polydora not only bore in rocks 
but append tubes to their tunnels. 

The last, or eleventh, series is one of the most interesting, 
since its members—declining to form homes for themselves— 
become messmates (or, as they were called by Van Beneden 
of Louvain, commensalistic forms) of other animals—like the 
Nereid (Neretlepas fucata), which shares the shell of the 
whelk with the hermit-crab, or those annelids (chiefly 
belonging to the Polynoide) ‘which are only found in the 
tubes of others. In this group are Polynoé Johnstont, P. sco- 
lopendrina, Antinoé parasitica (under the scales of Lepida- 
metria), Hermadion pellucidum, Polynoé euplectelle, Anoplo- 
nereis (Giard) on Balanog/ossus, and similar forms. 


With the brief space at our disposal, however, it is mani- 
festly impossible to do anything like justice to so many 
diverse heads, and accordingly I have thought it best to 
select a few of the most interesting types amongst those 
whose homes—formed of the body-secretion—present g oreat 
regularity, or in which the foreign elements, mixed with the 
secretion, assume wonderful design or complexity. These 
mostly range themselves under the sixth and seventh heads 
already mentioned. 

In surveying the members of the Invertebrate series of 
animals which are remarkable for their skilfully constructed 
homes, it is found that the majority have well-formed eyes, 
such as the amphipods, ants, bees, wasps, caddis-worms, and 
spiders. If, on the other hand, we glance at the marine 
annelids, it is curious that those with the largest and most 
complex eyes are entirely pelagic (e. g., the Alciopide) and 
form no protective abode whatever. ‘Though furnished with 
bright pigment their translucent bodies are even less con- 
spicuous than the huge globular eyes, the pairs of which may 
be arranged so as to look laterally and ventrally. Those 
annelids, again, which construct complex tubes have eyes of 
a very elementary pattern — masses of pigment —with a 
simple capsule, and some of the most skilful are entirely 
devoid of them. ‘The tactile sense, however, seems to be 
highly developed, so that, to a considerable extent, it takes 
the place of the other senses. 

The annelids of the first group at present selected for 
consideration construct their tubes of large shell-fragments. 


6 Prof. W. C. M‘Intosh on certain 


Thus in Northia conchylega the tube proper is, in the 
Zetlandic examples (fig. 1*), composed of the tough and 
glistening secretion, strengthened externally by entire shell- 
valves, large fragments of the latter, pieces of sea-urchins 
and heart-urchins, or, in those procured by the ‘ Knight 
Errant’ in 608 fathoms in the Atlantict, of coarse gravel ; 
while occasionally the flattened tube is fixed to the valve of a 
small scallop. It is usually straight, and the perfect valve of 
the shell is terminal. The architecture is primitive, yet in 
keeping with its surroundings. The tube, moreover, can be 
carried about by its inhabitant, which has horny and calca- 
reous jaws, so that it is in all probability sufficiently pro- 
tected in the deep water where it is generally found. 

‘The tubes of the representatives of this genus procured by 
the ‘ Challenger’ exhibited some noteworthy features. Thus 
in one (Northia sombreriana) the flaccid tube was supported 
laterally by the long glassy spicules of a Hexactinellid sponge, 
which projected beyond each extremity. Another (Northia 
abranchiata) had its flexible tube protected by long, monili- 
form, brownish arenaceous Foraminifers, or by spines of 
heart-urchins, shells and stones. Similar tubes characterize 
Northia pycnobranchiata, but with the addition of a few 
white tubes pertaining to the Serpulide. A curious variation 
was observed in a species (Northia macrobranchiata) inhabiting 
the greenish mud at 350 fathoms off the coast of Japan 
(Jedo), which utilized the long linear leaves of the pines 
swept down by the rivers, besides leaf-stalks and leaves, 
straws, stones, and fragments of echinoderms, to strengthen 
its tube of greyish mud. All the foregoing, however, though 
considerable skill is evinced in the manner in which the 
foreign bodies are fixed to the tube, fall far short of the 
wonderful ingenuity which characterizes a species (Northia 
Willemoesti) dredged off Amboina. This annelid constructs 
a firm rounded tube—curved in the form of a shepherd's 
crook—of greyish sandy mud, lined by a tough whitish 
secretion. ‘Ihe ventral curve of the tube is comparatively 
smooth externally, but the rest of the surface (and especially 
the posterior curve) is furnished with a series of long, 
slightly bent, sharp elastic spines, which are formed of layer 
upon layer of a hyaline secretion similar to that which lines 
the tube, a well-formed central cavity giving the process, 
moreover, a resemblance to a large sponge-spicule. The 
distal region of the spine is veined like a finely marked piece 
of pitch-pine, its central portion is plaited or folded in some 

* The figures, with the exception of no, 8, were kindly drawn from 
nature by my Prizeman, Mr. J. M. Anderson, M.A. 

1 Kindly sent by Dr. John Murray. 


Sa | 


Homes or Tubes formed by Annelids, 


arts, while at its base is an opaque mass of granules. The 
jatter is much enlarged at the point of attachment to the 
tube, and is there coated by the sandy mud forming the 
general investment. Tew structures formed by invertebrate 


Fig. 1. 


Fig. i.— lube of Northia conchylega, from Shetland. About twice the 
natural size. 

Fig. 2.—End of tube of Terebella (Lanice) conchilega. Some of the 
fringes are broken. Slightly enlarged. 


animals show greater skill or better-directed ingenuity than 
this wonderful tube and its complex spines. The precise 
nature of its enemies is unknown, but few predatory fishes 
would care to interfere with prey thus armed. 

No form is more abundant or has more frequently come 
under the notice of those who are familiar with sandy shores 
than the next example, viz. Terebella (Lanice) conchilega, 


8 Prof. W. C. M‘Intosh on certain 


the tubes of which (fig. 2) are often stranded after storms in 
vast multitudes, for instance on the West Sands ; indeed, so 
conspicuous are they occasionally that more than once the 
question has been asked if they could not be advantageously 
employed for fertilizing the soil. The rounded tubes are 
fabricated by the annelids near low-water mark, and show a 
lining of the abundant secretion from the largely developed 
glandular tissue (é’ssw clypéal of Claparéde), to which many 
shell-fragments, grains of sand, spines of heart-urchins, and 
similar bodies are fixed. No special regularity marks the 
attachment of the grains of sand or shell-fragments, the larger 
being generally laid flatly on the surface, while the smaller 
often overlap or are imbricated; in any case the tenacious 
secretion is closely covered. The tubes are deeply sunk in 
the sand (a foot or more), and sometimes curved round a 
stone, the ends alone reaching the surface. Each is furnished 
with two fan-shaped plates, the edges of which have a 
remarkable fringe of filaments, which, though they have not 
the beauty of the smooth processes of the species figured in 
the ‘Challenger,’ yet form a complex and gracefully branched 
tuft. The filaments are densely coated with foreign struc- 
tures, such as shell-fragments and sand-grains, generally of a 
somewhat elongated form, and fixed by the tenacious cement, 
which shows cell-like outlines, both ovoid and elliptical, the 
exact nature of which is uncertain. Occasionally the cylin- 
drical tube extends beyond the filaments and a new tuft is 
formed at the tip, probably after an irruption of sand has 
buried the free end beneath the surface. 

When the animal is removed from its dwelling it does not 
resume possession of it, but fabricates a new one (by night), 
making progress, according to Sir J. Dalyell, of one or two 
inches daily. It likewise avails itself of the side of a glass 
vessel so as to economize labour. The busy tentacles soon 
sweep the vessel of its sand-grains and arrange them by aid 
of the secretion to form the tube and fringes, a careful 
account of the formation of both having recently been 


given by Mr. Arnold Watson*. As Sir J. Dalyell said of 


an allied species :—‘‘ Nothing is more surprising than the 
attention of so humble an artist being directed towards such 
a variety of operations at the same moment. Many tentacles 
are reaching after materials, many collecting, many bearing 
them to the orifice, some quitting their hold, others recovering 
the load, while the architect itself seems occupied in kneading 
masses in its mouth, disgorging them successively, or in 
polishing the rude workmanship resulting from tts labours,”’ + 
It, moreover, quits its tube when dying. 

* Journ, Roy, Micros. Soc, 1891. 

tT Pow. Creut. ii. pp. 195, 196. 


—— 


oe an 


~~ oJ” 


ts 2h 


Homes or Tubes formed by Annelids. 9 


This species has a series of pigment-specks (rudimentary 
eyes) acer the oral frill, and even a motion of the hand will 
cause retraction. 

While the foregoing form presents great skill and inge- 
nuity in the architecture of its tube, the result falls short in 
beauty of two species procured by the ¢ Ch: ullenger.’ In the 
first, Terebella (Lanice) seticornis, from the mouth of the Rio 
de la Plata, the aperture of the tube presents a ventral 
tongue-shaped flap, the dorsal pillar supporting the base of a 
fan—split into a dozen primary filaments which, after a short 
course, usually become bifurcate. The lobe and the fan are 
composed of the ordinary tough secretion, in which grains of 
quartzose-sand are neatly imbedded ; and as these are neces- 

sarily almost linear in arrangement in the filaments, a some- 
what moniliform appearance is produced. The attenuate 
thread of the secretion forming the tip of each is strengthened 
by spicules of sponges and bristles of annelids. The extreme 
tip is occupied by a single long-winged bristle, which tapers 

to a point; while another, lower down and parallel with it, 
gives the region due strength and stiffness; and in the 
accompanying figure of the ‘tube of a Norwegian Terebelia, 

kindly sent by Canon Norman, equal ingenuity is exhibited 
(fig. 3, p. 10). It would be difficult to find in the whole 
invertebrate series an example of greater dexterity or of more 
methodical adaptation. 

In the other, Terebella (Lanice) flabellum, from Prince 
Edward Island ‘and the Australian region, the remarkable 
fan-like expansion is mainly composed of the tough secretion, 
stiffened by sponge-spicules and other linear structures, or by 
grains of sand, all neatly and ingeniously arranged. 

The tubes formed by other members of the same family 
vary much in character, many being composed of mud and 
sand, as Amphitrite and Lanassa; some chiefly of mud, as 
Nicolea, Leena, Pista, Trichobranchus, and Terebellides ; 
while Thelepus and Grymea have tubes containing a large 
amount of secretion coated externally by shell- fragments, 
zoophytes (calcareous and horny), spines of echinoderms, and 
other structures. One of the most interesting, however, is a 
species (Luthelepus setubalensis) procured by the ‘Challeng rer’» 
off Setubal, in which the translucent chitinous tube is in- 
vested by a remarkable chevaux-de-frise of Hexactinellid 
sponge-spicules, which form an impenetrable glassy invest- 
ment. A certain amount of selective power must have been 
exercised by this species, since it lived in greyish mud with 
numerous Globigerine and other For aminifers, some of which 
occurred in its alimentary canal. A species of Pista (P. mira- 
bilis), again, has firm, round, tapering tubes armed all over 


o 
with ‘long spines. The majority of the tubes seem to have 


10 Prof. W. C. M‘Intosh on certain 


been free, but others have been immersed in sponges, a 
situation which favoured the preservation of the long external 
spines. The tube is marked by close wrinkles, which are so 
fine as almost to be linear, a feature partly due to its compo- 
sition, for it is formed of a vast number of needle-like glassy 


End of tube of Norwegian Terebella, Slightly enlarged. 


sponge-spicules held together by secretion and mud. The 
spines on the tube are composed of secretion, sponge-spicules, 
and sand-grains, the most perfect examples (e. g., those 
removed from the enveloping sponge) being almost entirely 
made up of the two former. Another tube, dredged by the 
‘Challenger,’ shows longitudinal and somewhat spiral spinous 
ridges, and is chiefly formed of mud. 

A firm flexuous tube of sand-grains is constructed by 
Axionice; while a large and very lax tube is formed by 
Terebella nebulosa, Mont., on the southern and western shores, 
but it is generally protected and sheltered by valves of shells 
(ce. g. Pecten) or by stones. Some show considerable diseri- 
mination in selecting materials for the tube. Thus Sir J. 


ee a 


Homes or Tubes formed by Annelids. 11 


Dalyell found that “‘ Amphitrite” occasionally will reject 
small Venetian beads and make its tube of sand, but where 
shell-fragments can be procured they are preferred. Others 
(Nicolea) support their tubes by interweaving them with 
corallines ; while Leprea textrix forms a coating for its body 
of thread-like strands after the manner of a web, as first 
described by Sir J. Dalyell. Moreover, its ova are sometimes 
fixed to these threads. A naked Terebella, further, can 
generally be made to unfold its coiled body by placing sand 
in the vessel, so as to tempt it to form a new tube. 

Two species pertaining to the Ammocharidx construct 
tubes lined internally by a very tough secretion, and exter- 
nally strengthened by fragments of shells. In the one 
(Owenia filiformis) the shell-fragments are in many cases set 
on edge, so that the rounded tube is bristled with them; or 
they are arranged in an imbricate or scale-like manner, 
though the dense grouping of the fragments of shells, as a 
rule, causes a hirsute appearance. Others are densely coated 
with the tests of ¥oraminifers. 

Amongst those which fashion homes of coarse sand-grains, 
and the united tubes of which form conspicuous masses on 
the sea-bottom or between tide-marks, the best known is 
Sabellaria. One species is abundant on the eastern shores, 
and especially at the East Rocks, while a larger form fre- 
quents the southern waters. The busy architects collect the 
coarse or fine sand-particles with their tentacles and fix them 
in the walls of the rounded tube by aid of the secretion, the 
wonderful crown of golden bristles at the anterior end doubt- 
less performing important adaptive functions. The extensive 
and firm masses formed by both species (for the tubes are 
closely fixed together) must have a considerable influence in 
protecting the tidal surface or the sea-bottom, though they 
are disliked by the dredgers of the southern waters, who term 
them “ Ross.” 

When Sabellaria spinosa constructs its tube on a shell or 
other hard surface it is extremely dense, whereas when 
grouped in the usual manner it is more or less brittle. Sir J. 
Dalyell found that pounded glass and red-brick grains were 
sparingly used, and by-and-by rejected altogether. It fabri- 
cates its tube chiefly at night, and, like other forms, utilizes 
the side of a glass vessel as part of the tube-wall, so as to 
save labour. 

In alluding to the southern species (S. alveolata), one of 
the earlier writers on the group, viz. Dr. Thos. Williams *, 
gave a somewhat fanciful account of the structure and varied 

* Report Brit. Assoc. 1851, p. 207. 


12 Prof. W. C. M‘Intosh on certain 


uses of the remarkable anterior bristles. He observes that 
“on tke three first post-occipital rings, gills, cutting-instra- 
ments, and hooks are developed, each hook-bearing ridge 
supporting at either end a brush of acutely cutting double- 
edged sete ..... which are fitted in the most perfect manner 
for dressing the materials wherewith the tube is raised. By 
them rough-hewn stones are polished, rugged surfaces worn 
down, and angry projections from the interior of the tube 
smoothed off.” After some further remarks, he concludes by 
predicating that “ nothing in nature or art is comparable in 
perfection of mechanism to these exquisite organs.” While 
JI cannot go so far as Dr. Williams in his “account of the 
functions of these organs, there can be no question that the 
bristles and hooks are amongst the most important structures 
in all the varied movements executed by the annelids gene- 
rally, and, further, that they are, individually, perhaps the 
most reliable organs by which species can be discriminated. 
The most skilful architecture in the construction of tubes, 
however, is exhibited by the family of the Amphictenide, 
one species of which is very abundant on the West Sands of 
St. Andrews, viz. Lagis Korenti. This annelid fashions a 
tube like a slightly curved horn, composed of minute pebbles. 
or large grains of sand, carefully selected and admirably fixed 
to each other by the usual secretion. In placing the grains 
together in the tube there is no haphazard, but angle fits 
angle, as in a skilfully built wall, and no excess of cement 
hides slovenly masonry. The tube is perfectly round, and 
tapers from the narrow lower end to the wider upper (for thus 
it is inserted in the sand), and its symmetry and workman- 
ship are faultless; yet the architect is devoid of eyes and 
depends entirely on its exquisite sense of touch and remark- 
able instinct. The tubes harmonize closely with their sur- 
roundings, the wall being formed of similar proportions of 
pale sand-grains of yellow, brown, and black, probably because 
in such a selection the average colours are fairly represented. 
With a tube more distinctly curved and of a more slender 
and graceful outline, Amphictene auricoma is one of the best 
known as well as one of the most interesting of the series 
(fig. 4). In this the grains of sand are finer ‘than in Lagis, 
especially in small specimens *, but are placed together with 
equal skill and care, so that the tube is perfectly rounded and 
apparently smooth, for the slight elevations caused by the 
sand-grains are only visible under a lens (fig. 5). Like the 
* It is probable that the tubes in the growing animal are shed at 


_intervals, and new ones formed. Thus the tube of the adult differs in 
regard to the size of the grains of sand. 


Fig. 4.—Tube of Amphictene auricoma. About three times natural size. 

Fig. 5.—Portion of tube of Amphictene auricoma. Enlarged under a lens. 

Fig. 6.—Tube of Amphictene auricoma formed of sponge-spicules. About 
thrice the natural size. 

Fig. 7—Portion of fig. 6, enlarged under a lens. 

Fig. 8.—Portion of fig. 6, more highly magnified. 


14 Prof. W. C. M‘Intosh on certain 


former, the colour harmonizes with the sand at and beyond 
low-water mark, and a certain amount of translucency is pre- 
sent, for the quartzose sand-particles are each fixed in the 
cement like a jewel in its setting, so that there is little inter- 
ference with the light. Moreover, the tube has only the 
thickness of such grains—with a delicate coat of the secretion 
internally. ‘The smaller end of the tube has grains consider- 
ably finer than the wider upper end, but they blend into each 
other so insensibly that it is only by comparing the distant 
parts that the difference is observed. Like many others, the 
annelid works at its tube only during the night. 

Such is the ordinary condition of the home of Amphictene, 
but occasionally circumstances alter the case very materially. 
Thus, when amongst deep-sea mud it is debarred from 
laying hold of sand-grains, it fashions a pertectly circular 
tube—tapered and curved as in the ordinary examples—out 
of the only hard particles it can secure, viz. fragments of the 
glassy spicules of sponges, which are placed with the utmost 
neatness and regularity in horizontal rows from end to end, 
somewhat after the manner of basket-work (fig. 6). These 
spicules consist, so far as observed, of short fragments, and 
thus, with their minuteness, conduce to the perfect rotundity 
of the tube, which only presents the slight convexity of each 
spicule at the edge, the outline being minutely crenate under 
the microscope (fig. 7). ‘The cement fixing the spicules is in 
small quantity, just sufficient to render the tube strong with- 
out interfering with its transparency* and smoothness. ‘The 
workmanship of these tubes of Amphictene, indeed, excites 
admiration—no less for the skill and perseverance of the 
architect than for the unfailing accuracy and beauty of the 
result. No careless work betokens haste or weariness, but 
from the first translucent circle to the last the same uniform 
regularity is maintained. Moreover, on magnifying a portion 
of the tube the beauty and complexity of its structure are 
increased, for each of its fragments shows the central tube of 
the spicule either as a clear lumen or filled with extraneous 
granular matter (fig. 8). 

Larger and stronger tubes than the foregoing are formed 
by two northern species. The first (Cistentdes granulata, 
from Exeter Bay, Greenland) constructs a slightly curved 
tapering tube of rather coarse grains (the particles, however, 
being finer at the smaller end of the tube), which are promi- 
nent, so that the surface is somewhat rough, yet the cement 

* The transparency of such a tube readily shows the cell-like bodies in 
the secretion which so neatly fixes the fragments of the spicules and 
forms a thin cvating internally. 


ee 


Homes or Tubes formed by Annelids. 15 


is neatly fitted. Both sand-grains and cement have a dull 
ochreous hue; and the palew are likewise dull brownish. 
The second form (Céstenides hyperborea) has a large tapering 
tube, also slightly curved, composed, as a rule, in the large 
examples of moderate grains of sand in the midst of much 
cement, so that the surface varies in character from the fore- 
going, though it is also ochreous. Moreover, the smaller 
diverge so considerably trom the larger grains that the 
pattern is less uniform. Both tubes are strong and resistant, 
better able to cope with their rougher surroundings than those 
of Lagis or Amphictene; and both are more opaque. The 
inner surface of these tubes is smoother than the outer, and 
in C. hyperborea the lining of cement is sometimes very con- 
spicuous. 

Amongst those which fashion translucent homes from the 
body-secretion alone, the most remarkable type is Hyalinwciu, 
which, both in our own and in foreign seas, constructs a tube 
ranging in size from a crow- to a goose-quill, and in the large 
foreign examples gently tapered from one end to the other. 
‘The tube is so firm and yet so elastic that, like a goose-quill, 
it can be cut into the shape of a pen, a feature almost with- 
out parallel in other than the group of birds. The great 
length and perfect smoothness of this tube are characteristic. 
The inhabitant belongs to the same family as Northia, and 
is allied to the Eunicids with their fine red branchiw and 
iridescent bodies, and, like them, has a well-armed proboscis. 
The Eunicide, however, secrete parchment-like tubes more 
or less opaque, and, as a rule, they are protected by immer- 
sion in sponges or placed under shells and other structures, 
whereas the tubes of Hyalinecia stand freely in the mud. 

Spiochetopterus, again, secretes a translucent flexible tube 
of great length, and often with a series of collars or frills, and 
an allied form, Phyllochetopterus, procured by the ‘ Chal- 
lenger,’ shows similar rings in its semiopaline tube, which 
also has a very neat diaphragm with a central aperture pos- 
teriorly. Moreover, many of the tubes are forked, an appear- 
ance due to fracture and the secretion of a new piece with 
which the tunnel is continuous, while the old fractured end 
has its tube closed and remains as a useless process. As a 
general rule ordinary chemicals have little effect on these 
hyaline tubes. 

On the other hand, Myaicola surrounds itself with a trans- 
lucent gelatinous investment of considerable thickness, from 
the midst of which it stretches its beautifully formed and 
gaily tinted branchial fan. 

In none of the foregoing instances does the architect of the 


16 Prof. W. C. M‘Intosh on certain 


tube or home secrete other than the transparent chitinous 
material for a lining, for fixing the foreign bodies, or for 
forming the entire structure. In all the succeeding groups a 
calcareous substance is poured out, which consolidates into a 
dense shelly tube for the inhabitant, and, moreover, in at 
least one instance the agglutinated tubes form considerable 
masses, so as to resemble certain kinds of coral; indeed, 
those unacquainted with the group often relegate them to the 
latter. As Dr.Williams observes* :—“ The lime of which the 
tubes are built is held in solution by the mucus provided by 
the cutaneous glands. It is adjusted in the fluid form, and 
moulded by appropriate tools into the required shape; it then 
solidifies under water like ‘ Aberthaw lime.’ ” 

Conspicuous by its relative size, the elongation of the 
opaque-white tube, and the absence of a plug or operculum 
for closing the free end, Protula affects the deeper water in 
the northern seas. The pure white tube is here and there 
wrinkled and more or less straight, and the aperture is 
smooth. It tapers from the larger anterior region to the 
posterior end, the former being the home of the full-grown 
annelid, 

From deep water also come the remarkable coral-like 
masses already alluded to, and formed by the tubes of 
Filigrana, an annelid likewise devoid of a lid or operculum 
for closing its shelly tunnel. The slender tubes are united 
into irregular bundles, often with spaces between, and each is 
inhabited by its eight-gilled architect. . 

A white tube tinted anteriorly of a roseate hue and with a 
trumpet-like aperture characterizes the home of Serpula ver- 
micularis, which is attached to shells and stones from deep 
water. Occasionally three or four trumpet-shaped tiers occur 
in front, where additions have been made to the tube after 
the first wide rim has been formed. The annelid closes the 
aperture anteriorly by a plug, the surface of which is marked 
by a beautifully radiate series of grooves. The tubes of a 
species (S. narconensis) obtained by the ‘ Challenger’ in the 
Strait of Magellan show many prominent rings from the 
widely expanded apertures, showing that growth had appa- 
rently taken place by fits and starts; and a similar condition 
is mentioned by Claparéde in S. crater from Naples. The 
tubes of the species from the Strait of Magellan form free 
masses. An allied, though smaller tube, but without the 
trumpet-like anterior end, is secreted by //ydroides norvegica ; 
these two genera illustrating the series with circular tubes of 
considerable length. 

* Op. cit. p. 205, 


Homes or Tubes formed by Annelids. Te 


Those Serpulids with angular tubes of great density, and 
firmly fixed to shells and stones, are represented by Pomato- 
cerus with its ridged tube and bold sharp oral spine, and by 
the vitreous home of Placostegus. The former often occurs 
in great numbers (as in Lochmaddy) under stones and on 
rocks between tide-marks, while the latter frequents deep 
water. The accuracy with which the pattern of each tube is 
preserved in every example is noteworthy, just as each species 
of mollusk secretes its special shell. This is the more evident 
in the shelly tubes dredged by the ‘ Challenger,’ in which the 
patterns on the surface are complex. Such, for instance, is 
the transversely ribbed Placostegus ornatus from 2900 fathoms 
in the depths of the Pacific, and the pentagonal tube of 
Placostegus benthalianus from the middle of the same ocean 
at 3125 fathoms. In the latter the three upper ridges are 
prominent and armed with blunt teeth. Lastly, the dense 
tube of Placostegus Morchii has a deep groove on each side, 
and comes from the Pacific, at 2373 fathoms, midway between 
Sydney and Valparaiso. 

Other examples of shelly tubes are seen in the little coils 
of Spirorbis, which stud the blades of seaweeds, the backs of 
crabs, and other marine structures. 

All the foregoing are fixed, or, if free, form agglutinated 
masses; whereas another form (Ditrypa) secretes a hard, 
smooth, calcareous tube, tapered and distinctly curved, which 
remains quite free in the mud, muddy sand, or shell-gravel. 
It resembles the elephant’s-tusk shell (the home of a mollusk), 
but is the product of an annelid closely allied to Serpula. 


Such, then, is a brief outline of a few of the interesting 
a of “homes” formed by marine annelids. Slight as 
the sketch has been it nevertheless will be apparent that 
the amount of skill and perseverance in the construction of 
these dwellings can hardly be surpassed by any other group 
of animals—whether marine, freshwater, or land. No basket- 
insects’ work is more ingenious, and even the combs of the 
bees and wasps and the nests of the most skilful birds are 
not more complex examples of workmanship than the tube of 
Amphictene or than that of Terebella with its terminal fringes. 
Their work is more marvellous than any home formed by 
fishes, which generally seek hollow seaweeds, holes in rocks 
or similar places ; and the comparatively rough nests of the 
fifteen-spined sticklebacks of the tidal rocks, or those of the 
common sticklebacks of freshwaters, are not to be compared 
with the wonderful architecture of the annelids. Hven man, 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xiii. 2 


18). = Mr. H. M. Bernard on 


with all his ingenuity, has to make frames for constructing 
arches and circular buildings, and moulds for circular casts ; 
his cement has to be brought from a distance and carefully 
manufactured, and he requires good sight and much aid to 
form his dwelling: whereas some of the most skilful and 
beautiful formations of these marine annelids are executed by 
creatures devoid of eyes and with a soft and delicate body, 
whose mortar is secreted by the glands of their skins, and 
whose inborn instinct enables them to dispense with all 
artificial aids in the construction of their homes. 


Il.— The Endosternite of Scorpio compared with the Homo- 
logous Structures in other Arachnida. By H. M. Brenarp, 
M.A. Cantab. (from the Huxley Research Laboratory, R. 
Coll. of Science, South Kensington). 


[Plate II1.} 


SPECIAL interest has attached to the endosternite of Scorpio 
on account of its bearing upon the question of the relationship 
between Scorpio and certain near allies of Limulus. The 
external likeness between Scorpio and Slimonia taken alone 
might be merely a case of convergence ; but their common 
possession of an endosternite seemed to many to establish 
beyond doubt that this resemblance was due to a direct 
relationship. The validity of this argument depends, how- 
ever, upon it being shown that their respective endosternites 
are morphological equivalents. Indeed, it seems to me that 
the whole question of the assumed relationship depends upon 
the settling of this point ; for it is hardly possible that two 
forms so related should possess analogous structures of funda- 
mental importance in the organism which are not also homo- 
logous. 

Considering, then, the interest attaching to the endosternites 
it is somewhat to be wondered at that no serious attempt * 
has been made to obtain a clear idea of their essential mor- 
phology in the only way this can be obtained, viz. by 
comparison. 

The Arachnid which at the outset seemed to promise most 
light on this subject was Galeodes, in which the three posterior 
cephalothoracic segments remain unfused. This primitive 
feature could hardly fail to find some reflection in the structure 
of the endosternite. 


* Cf, however, Lankester, “ On the Skeleto-trophic Tissues of Limulus, 
Scorpio, and Myyale,” Q. J. M. 8, vol. xxiv., 1884. 


ae 


the Endosternite of Scorpio. 19 


Fairly good drawings of the endosternite in Galeodes have 
already been given by Modest Kittary * and by Blanchard ft. 
From both of these its essential nature can be made out. 
It is composed of two apodemes running in from between the 
first and second legs and meeting in the middle line under the 
gut. Fig. 1 (Pl. II.) shows the structure in situ and fig. 2 isa 
cross section showing that the junction of the two apodemes in 
the middle line is an interlocking apposition and not an actual 
fusion. Its nature as a fold of the external cuticle is also 
very apparent from the section. The thickness of the chitin 
of the fold is very irregular. Into its deeper parts (fig. 2, s) 
staining protoplasmic matter has penetrated, and similar proto- 
a matter binds the interlocking folds together. The 
indermost ends of the structure are greatly expanded for 
the attachment of muscles. 

With this key to the understanding of the morphology of 
the endosternite, by the kind permission of Prof. Stewart I 
examined the fine preparation of that of Mygale at the Royal 
College of Surgeons. The cephalothoracic segments of the 
Araneide, as is well known, are equally fused together, indi- 
cation of their original separation being, however, distinct in 
the furrows on the dorsal wall of the cephalothorax. Instead 
of one pair of apodemes fusing in the middle line, such as is 
found in Galeodes, we here find four pairs meeting and fusing 
together (figs. 3, 4, and 5) f. 

This is what we should expect, owing to the larger number 
of segments fused together. The eight apodemes further 
radiate from a common centre, thus repeating the curious 
radial arrangement of the segmental constrictions seen on the 
dorsal surface. Figs. 3, 4, 5 show the arrangement of these 
four pairs of apodemes and their place in the cephalothorax. 
Their principal attachments to the body-wall are now the 
points marked 1, 2, 8, 4 on the inner surface of the sternum 
in fig. 4. In very young spiders (just hatched) the original 
segmental constrictions running across the sternum, and now 
reduced to these points, are still traceable as clear lines 
running across the sternum, 


# Bulletin de la Soc. Imp. des Naturalists, vol. xxi. (Moscow, 1848). 

+ ‘L’Organisation du Régne Animal,’ Arachnides, pl. xxv. fig. 9, 

{ There exist several drawings of both the dorsal and ventral aspects 
of this structure. The earliest which I can find is that of Wassmann 
(« Beitriige zur Anat. der Spinnen,” Hamburg. Abhandlung. Bd. i., 1846), 
This was copied by Victor Carus in his ‘lcones Zootomice,’ Taf. xii. 
Blanchard has drawings of it in his ‘Régne Animal.’ The latest, given 
by Lankester (anced, p. 18), is full of detail, but the conclusions which he 
draws from it are viiated py his having mistaken the ventral for the 


dorsal surface. 
Z * 


20 Mr. H. M. Bernard on 


The shape of the whole fused mass has been no doubt much 
altered by the action of muscles, but its essential nature as a 
fusion of metamerically recurrent apodemes cannot be 
mistaken. 

On comparing the segmentations of the two Arachnids we 
have so far considered, we find that the apodemes forming the 
endosternite of Galeodes correspond only with the second 
pair of apodemes forming the endosternite of Mygale. The 
first pair in Mygale is now only represented in Galeodes by 
a small pair of chitinous plates attached by tendons to the 
cuticle and to the endosternite (fig. 10), and apparently 
carrying the proximal ends of he main ducts of the coxal 
glands. 

The endosternite of Phrynus (fig. 6) is a broad crescent- 
shaped plate. It apparently only has one attachment to the 
ventral surface, and that is to the intersegmental membrane 
between the second and third pair of limbs corresponding with 
the first pair of apodemes fornring the endosternite of Mygale ; 
dorsally, however, it has four pairs of ligamentous attach- 
ments to the dorsal wall. These remind us of the endo- 
sternite of Mygale, and a comparison of the drawings seems to 
bear this out. If the endosternite of Phrynus prove ulti- 
mately to be homologous with that of MJygale, its sternal 
attachments, except the first, must have secondarily atrophied. 

The endosternite of Thelyphonus (fig. 7)* is again of 
special interest, as it clearly follows the same type as that of 
Mygale and Phrynus. But imasmuch as the fusion of the 
segments shows no such radial arrangement as in the former, 
nor such longitudinal compression as in Phrynus, the various 
pairs of apodemes neither radiate from a centre nor form a 
short crescentic plate, but a long fenestrated framework. 

On turning to Scorpio we find that the endosternite most 
resembles that of Galeodes. Fig. 8 is from a dissection of 
Palamneus Thorellii, Pocock, made in order to ascertain 
the exact points of attachment to its parent cuticle. The 
nerves to the first pair of legs are seen in front of these 
attachments, which thus correspond with the points of origin 
of the endosternite in Galeodes. Lankester describes and 
figures} a second pair of ventral attachments—“ cornua or 
anterior tendons of the subneural process;” but this sub- 
neural process belongs to the “diaphragm” and not to the 
endosternite, as I shall presently show. 

* Thave borrowed this drawing by Tarnani from Schimkewitsch’s 
recent paper in the ‘ Zool. Anzeiger’ (July 1893), “Sur la Structure et sur 
la Signification de l’endosternite des Arachnides.” 

t Lankester, “On the Muscular and Endoskeletal Systems of Limulus 
and Scorpio,” Trans, Zool. Soc. vol, xi. part 10 (1885), 


es 


the Endosternite of Scorpio. 21 

The endosternite of Scorpio is somewhat complicated by 
the strong longitudinal compression of the thorax having 
caused it to fuse posteriorly with the “ diaphragm”’ (figs. 
8and1i,d). This “ diaphragm,” like that of Galeodes, is the 
homologue of the great constriction between the sixth and 
seventh segments forming the “ waists ”’ of other Arachnids. 
In both Galeodes and Scorpio it is pierced by the dorsal vessel 
(h), the alimentary canal (a), and the nerve-cords (n), and in 
Galeodes by trachex (t). In Graleodes it lies some distance 
behind the posterior edge of the endosternite, there being no 
longitudinal compression of the thorax, and it also slopes 
from above backwards (cf. figs. 1 and 10). In Scorpio the 
secondary longitudinal compression of the cephalothorax, 
which is more marked than in other Arachnids, especially on 
the ventral surface, has caused the “ diaphragm” to slope 
from above forward (cf. figs.8 and 11). In fig. 8 the poste- 
rior edge given to the (shaded) endosternite is naturally 
arbitrary, as, except where it passes under the alimentary 
canal, it is fused with the “diaphragm.” ‘There seem to be 
four points of fusion. The ridges (7), caused by the dorso- 
ventral muscles behind the “ diaphragm,”’ have fused with 
the postero-lateral tendons (¢) of the endosternite, to which 
the muscles themselves are now secondarily attached ; and, 
further, the horizontal plate of the endosternite itself is 
attached by two processes (e) to the anterior face of the 
“ diaphragm ” which runs slantingly under it. Fig. 11 illus- 
trates the relative positions of the endosternite and the 
“ diaphragm ;”’ it shows only the fusion of the plate of the 
endosternite with the latter, and is not intended to represent 
a true horizontal section. Fig. 9 is a transverse section 
(through the line $ in fig. 11) of Huscorpio showing the 
endosternite with a portion of the “diaphragm” (Lan- 
kester’s “ subneural portion”) which has been thrust forward 
under it by the ventral median portion of the seventh segment. 
With this portion of the “ diaphragm” (d) so thrust forward, 
the extreme posterior ends of the endosternite (¢) fuse on each 
side of the nerve-cord. 

The figures which have hitherto been given of the endo- 
sternite of Scorpio really represent, then, a composite body, 
viz. the endosternite and the “ diaphragm” fused together. 
This point is of great importance, as it seems to me to 
establish beyond question the complete distinctness between 
the endosternites of Limulus and Scorpio. In order to 
maintain the contrary it would be necessary to show that the 


-endosternite of Limulus was once part of a “ diaphragm,” a 


“ diaphragm ” or waist being typical of Arachnids. 


22 Mr. H. M. Bernard on 


Histologically the endosternite proper of Scorpio shows its 
origin out of apodemes less plainly than does that of Galeodes. 
This origin out of cuticular folds is, however, clear in cross 
sections near their points of attachment to the body-wall 
between the first and second legs; in the other parts the 
originally simple chitinous folds still visible in Galeodes 
(fi. 2) have become changed, groups of cells having found 
their way in between the chitinous layers *. Full of interest 
is the marked difference between the cross sections of these 
original and ancient apodemes forming the endosternite, which 
have now become almost entirely detached from their parent 
cuticle, and the recent secondary apodemes forming the coxal 
endosclerites, which latter show their origin as cuticular 
infoldings at a glance. These structures are well developed 
in Phrynus and Scorpio, and they arise as an accompaniment 
of the longitudinal compression of the thorax which charac- 
terizes these two Arachnids. ‘These apodemes remain con- 
tinuously rigid with the posterior faces of the coxe. 

The endosternite of the Chernetide is now so specialized 
that it will be difficult to ascertain its exact origin ; 1t appears 
to be due to a fusion of segmental apodemes from between 
the posterior thoracic segments, as it lies right back at the 
posterior end of the thorax +. It may perhaps be homologous 
with that of the Araneids. 

Enough has now been said to show conclusively that the 
endosternites of the Arachnids are apodematous, and owe their 
origin and varying forms to the different methods and degrees 
of fusion and longitudinal compression of the cephalothoracie 
segments. In Scorpio this longitudinal compression of the 
thorax is so pronounced that the endosternite has fused with 
the diaphragm, and this has misled investigators into believing 
that they belong to one another as parts of one and the same 
structure. 

Wemay, then, safely conclude from this comparative survey 
of the endosternites in Arachnids that Scorpio has not re- 
tained the original condition of the Arachnidan thorax. But 
this is after all in reality nothing more than what we can 
learn from any comparative study of the Arachnids. We 
have, for instance, every degree of fusion and longitudinal 
compression of the first six” segments, with G'aleodes at one 
end retaining the largest number of segments unfused, and 
Scorpio at the other end with all the cephalothoracic segments 
closely fused and compressed. 

* Cf. Lankester (anted, p. 18) and Schimkewitsch (p. 20). 

Bhs i “ Notes on the Chernetidi,’’ Journ, Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. xxiy, 
p10. 


the Endosternite of Scorpio. 23 


It seems to me that, in order to answer the question, “ Is 
Limulus an Arachnid?” we ought to compare Limulus with 
Galeodes! Indeed, I must here express a surprise, which I 
have long felt, that any serious attempt should have been 
made to establish relationship between two groups by com- 
paring their specialized forms, practically ignoring the 
remaining representatives of the groups. And yet this is 
what has been attempted. The Merostomata and the 
Arachnida are supposed to be related because of the likeness 
between certain Eurypterids and Scorpio. Scorpio was 
elearly an Arachnid, and therefore related to other Arachnids, 
and Limulus was equally clearly related to the Trilobites. 
To attempt to build up an elaborate proof that Limulus must 
be related to Scorpio on the ground of their external and 
internal resemblance, while Galeodes on the one hand and the 
Trilobites on the other are but incidentally considered, can 
only lead to confusion*. The only scientific method of 
dealing with the question of the alleged relationship between 
Limulus and Scorpio lies first of all in the determination by 
comparative morphology of what is the essential diagnosis of 
the Arachnids and what is that of the Merostomata f. 


Having seen that the endosternites of the Arachnids are 
apodematous structures due to fusion and compression of 


* Galeodes, indeed, is often not even considered at all! 

+ I would here point out that it is still a matter of dispute whether 
the Pycnogonide and Pentastomide are or are not Arachnids. It seems 
to me that the only way to obtain a true insight into the essential mor- 
phology of the various groups of the Articulata is, by comparing all 
the available forms, to discover how the original undifferentiated 
condition of the segmentation of the ancestral form has been modified in 
each group. I have already endeavoured to do this for the Crustacea, 
with results which are in a way to being more rapidly confirmed than I 
ever expected. I am now engaged on a comparative study of the 
Arachnids, and I hope to find the clue to the original modification of their 
primitive seementation. And here [ should like to add that, although 
my friend Mr. Pocock’s paper, “On some Points in the Morphology of 
the Arachnida” (Ann. & Mac. Nat. Hist., Jan. 1893) is of much service 
as a store of facts, the arguments which he bases upon them are not con- 
clusive. He endeavours to show that all Arachnids mzght be deduced 
from a scorpion-like ancestral form. I have recently shown in ‘ Nature’ 
(Noy. 16, 1893) that there is no necessity to assume the strict homology 
of the stigmatic segments, on which assumption much of Mr. Pocock’s 
argument appears to rest, inasmuch as all the segments originally 
possessed tracheal invaginations. Further, it is not sufficient to take 
simply the zwmber of the segments into account; the fusions of the 
segments are, if anything, even more important, those animals with the 
lesser number of fused segments being asa rule more primitive than those 
with a greater number. Judged by this standard, Galeodes or Schizo- 
notus, and not Scorpio, is the primitive Arachnid. 


94 Mr. H. M. Bernard on 


the cephalothoracic segments, and later specialized for mus- 
cular attachments, let us for a moment look at the analogous 
structure in Limulus. Lankester * expressly tells us that 
“the inter-entapophysial ligaments which run on each side, 
right and left, along the dorsal surface of Limulus, passing 
from one entapophysis to the next, are of similar nature and 
origin to the entochondrites,”’ 7. e. to the endosternite. Further, 
we learn from Benham’s researches Tf that these ligaments run 
on the outer sides of the entapophyses. These two facts, it 
seems to me, confirm the explanation of the endosternite of 
Apus and Limulus as derivations of the longitudinal muscle- 
bands given by me f. A comparison between cross sections 
of Apus and Limulus leaves little doubt that these entapo- 
physial ligaments are the structurally degraded homologues 
of the dorsal muscle-bands, which, as in Apus, once ran 
outside the dorsal attachments of the dorso-ventral muscles. 
In Limulus these muscles have lost their physiological signi- 
ficance owing to fusion of the segments, and have become 
ligamentous. 

If these ligaments, then, are derivatives of the dorsal longi- 
tudinal muscle-bands, which seems to me in the highest 
degree probable §, then the endosternite, which, according to 
Lankester, is of exactly the same nature as these ligaments, 
must be a derivative of the ventral muscle-bands, as I have 
already maintained. 

The endosternite of Limulus thus viewed must be homo- 
logous with that of Apus and not with that of the Arachnids, 
which had, as we have seen, an entirely different origin. 
Indeed the evidence which we have here obtained from this 
short comparative study of the endosternal system appears 
to be conclusive against the existence of any direct genetic 
relationship between Limu/us and Arachnids. 

The claims of relationship between the Trilobites, Limulus, 


* Of. anted, p. 20. 

+ “Muscular and Endoskeletal System of Limulus,” Trans. Zool. Soe, 
vol. xi. (1885). 

t ‘The Apodide, Nature Series (1892). 

§ Ihave carefully compared the musculature of Apys with Benham’s 
detailed description and drawings of that of Zimudws,and find that that of 
Limulus can be deduced from that of Apus (as I have before suggested) 
without difficulty. This derivation further avoids the necessity of 
- assuming that any ¢mportant muscles or whole series of muscles either of 
Scorpio or Limulus are new formations, which Lankester shows must 
have been the case if Limulus and Scorpio are nearly related. I might 
here also mention that histologically the muscle-fibres of Arachnids are 
totally distinct from those of Crustacea. Limulus has, it appears, Crus- 
tacean, or at least certainly not Aracbnidan, muscle-fibres, 


the Endosternite of Scorpio. 25 


and the Eurypteride on the one hand and Apus on the other 
I have already elaborated in the book above cited, the main 
conclusion of which I am in a position greatly to strengthen 
by new points which have lately come to light. The position 
of Scorpio among the Arachnids will be further discussed in 
a work on Galeodes on which I am now engaged. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE M1. 


Fig. 1. The endosternite (shaded) of Galeodes, shown in situ, 1, labrum ; 
p, pedipalp; I., II., I1I., IV., four pairs of legs; T, stigmatic 
opening of trachea; d, diaphragm, sloping backwards; h, a, x, t, 
cardiac, alimentary, neural, and tracheal apertures in d. 

Fig. 2. Transverse sections of the endosternite of Galeodes, showing its 
nature as two infoldings of the cuticle, joined by staining proto- 
plasmic matter, but not fused, in the middle line. a, alimentary 
‘canal ; m, massive eleyator muscles of the pedipalps; s, space 
filled with staining protoplasmic matter. 

Fig. 3. Dorsal aspect of the endosternite of Mygale. 

Fig. 4. Inner view of the ventral surface of Mygale, showing the ventral 
points of attachment (1, 2, 3, 4) of the endosternite to the 
sternum (S). yp, pedipalp; L, IL, III., IV., four pairs of legs. 

Fig. 5. Ventral aspect of the endosternite of Mygale, showing its sternal 
attachments uppermost. From a comparison of these figures 
the endosternite is seen to he composed of four pairs of apo- 
demes (1, 1,1), (2, 2, 2), (8, 3,3), (4, 4, 4), radiating from a 
common centre, and further joined by a web-like expansion in 
the middle horizontal plane. 

Fig. 6. Dorsal aspect of the endosternite of Phrynus. The preparation 
was accidentally destroyed before the drawing was completed ; 
it, however, represents its general appearance. 1, 2,3, 4, ten- 
dinous attachments, probably corresponding with the first 
ventral and four dorsal attachments of the endosternite in 


Mygale. 
Fig. 7. Dorsal aspect of endosternite of Thelyphonus, after Tarnani (cf. 
last figure). 


Fig. 8. Endosternite (shaded) of Scorpio (Palamneus Thorellii, Pocock), 
in situ, 1, labrum; p, pedipalps ; L., I., IL, 1V., legs; 4, brain, 
with nerves to p and I.; d, diaphragm, with / and a, cardiac 
and alimentary apertures through it, and 7, ridges produced in 
it by the first pair of abdominal dorso-ventral muscles. The 
diaphragm is seen to slope forward under the endosternite. 

Fig, 9. Transverse section through the line } in fig. 11, showing 
the points of fusion of the endosternite of Scorpio, with the 
igelcrsseat, d. g, genital operculum ; 7, anterior ends of the 
lips of the genital aperture. The diaphragm separating the 
sixth from the seventh segment has here been thrust for- 
ward by the genital aperture belonging to the seventh segment, 
e, posterior ends of the endosternite, on one side fused with d, 
on the other just before fusing, the section not being accu- 
rately transverse. 7, tendons for attachment of muscle-bands, 
which slope backwards along the anterior face of the diaphragm 
(dorso-ventral muscles) ; a, alimentary canal ; », nerve-cords. 

Fig. 10, Diagram showing the relative positions of the endosternite and 


26 Mr. G. Lewis on 


diaphragm (d) in Galeodes from the side. h, heart; a, alimen- 
tary canal; m, nerve-cords passing through d; c, small plates 
attached by tendons to the endosternite and outer cuticle (¢f. 
text, p. 20). 

Fig. 11. Diagram showing the relative positions of the endosternite and 
diaphragm (d) in Scorpio. Lettering as in fig. 10. The line of 
section of fig. 9 is also indicated. 


IIT.—On the Elateride of Japan. By G. Lewis, F.L.S. 


THE first object of this paper is to describe as simply as 
possible the new species of Elateridz brought from Japan by 
the writer in 1882; the second and minor object is to adjust 
certain synonymy, to revise some previous work on the fauna, 
and to note and reject species which have been erroneously 
introduced to the Japanese catalogue. The arrangement of 
Candéze has been followed as closely as possible, but in two 
cases I have given full rank to genera merged in others by 
Candéze. It is also to be noted that some of the species 
described are very similar to American and European forms, 
and others again resemble species from the islands and various 
countries of the Asian continent, yet after a careful exami- 
nation it appears that only one or two are identical. 

By the kindness of Mr. Godman I have had access to the 
collection made by the late Mr. E. W. Janson, and this has 
been of considerable assistance to me; the collection also in 
the National Museum has been of material aid, while the 
specimens returned to me by Dr. Candéze, after writing his 
paper on the Japanese species in 1873, are of course in my 
possession and are now amalgamated with the more recently 
gathered specimens. 

Some species of Elaterids are extremely local, remaining 
at times as a little colony in or near one tree for many gene- 
rations, so that there can be hardly any doubt that the number 
of species yet to be discovered must be very considerable. 
Athous desertor, Cand., is a case in point; I found two or 
three specimens in a glen on Maiyasan, near Kobé, in 1871, 
and on returning there in 1881 I found a few more, and these 
are, I believe, the only examples known. 

The localities given are selected to furnish some informa- 
tion regarding the distribution of the species at present 
known to me; but no names are given of places which are 
not registered in my itinerary and do not also appear on the 
map published with it in the Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1883. 
Authors in describing species would do well to remember 


the Elateride of Japan. 27 


that “ Japan” for a locality of a species, in the present state 
of our knowledge of the fauna of the islands, is not sufficient, 
and, when possible, more precise information is needed. 
Japan is a country which is subtropical in the south, and on 
a ine part of the northern area and on the mountains of 
Central Japan snow lies to a great depth five months in the 

ear ; and whether a species comes from one or the other it is 
important to know. 

‘here are five species, viz. later azurescens, Cand., Mela- 
notus niger and J/aticollis, Motsch., Cardiophorus vulgaris, 
Motsch., and Agriotes ferruginipennis, Motsch., which are 
not recognizable by the published descriptions ; and there are 
nine species which have been introduced to the Japanese 
Catalogue in error, viz. Lacon trifasciatus, Cand., Elater 
Ryei, Lew., Melanoxanthus zebra, Wiedm., Limonius cylin- 
dricus, Payk., Cardiophorus sobrinus, Lap., Corymbites 
tessellatus, L., Corymbites tristis, Cand., Corymbites lateralis, 
Lec., and Corymbites sericeus,Gebl. Some of these are noted 
in the body of this paper, but their names are not admitted 
to the list at the end of it. The list contains 181 species, of 
which 104 are considered novelties. 


Adelocera Méklinii, Cand. 


Adelocera Maklinii, Cand. Elat. nouv., Mém. Acad. Belg. 1865, p. 6; 
Mém. Liége 1873, p. 1. 


Hab. Kobé, Wada-toge, Sapporo, and Junsai. 

This species and some others are inserted in this paper 
to give, when it seems desirable, additional localities to show 
their distribution. 


Adelocera antennata, sp. n. 


Rufo-brunnea, parum nitida, pilosula; fronte triangulariter im- 
pressa; thorace canaliculato; elytris striis obsoletis, punctatis, 
interstitiis externis convexis; antennis articulis brevibus et 
compressis. 


L. 14 mill. 


Rather parallel, reddish brown, little shining, clothed with 
golden-grey hair; the head triangularly impressed between 
the antenne, rather closely punctured ; the thorax channelled 
in the middle, narrowest in front, and gradually and slightly 
widening to the hind angles, hind angles slightly turned out- 
wards and rather more acute than those of A. Méklinii, 
Cand., punctuation like that of the head; the elytra, striae 
obscurely impressed or obliterated by the punctuation, inter- 
Stices 3-6 more visibly convex than the others; the antenne 


28 Mr. G. Lewis on 


and legs reddish brown, the first with compressed articula- 
tions, somewhat like those figured for Scaphoderus Riehlit, 
Cand., but the second and third joints correspond closely to 
the third and those following; all are broader than long, not 
serrate. 

The above is extremely like a pale variety of A. Maklinit, 
Cand., but the thorax is not sinuous before the hind angles 
and the peculiar antenne are very curious and unlike any 
other species in this series. 

Hab. Sapporo. One example. 


Adelocera parallela, sp. u. 


Elongata, parallela, obscure brunnea, griseo-vestita; elytris striis 
obsoletis, interstitiis seriatim punctatis; antennis pedibusque 
concoloribus. 


L. 12 mill. 


Elongate, parallel, dull brown, clothed with stiffish grey 
hairs; the head concave between the antenne, punctate, 
punctures deep, circular, and somewhat closely set ; the thorax 
punctured like the head, slightly narrower than the elytra, 
sinuous before the hind angles; the elytra, strie obsolete, 
interstices with punctures distinctly smaller than those of the 
thorax, set in rows, the rows close to the suture not well- 
defined, the next eleven or twelve rows well-marked, those 
nearer the outer edge somewhat obscure and irregular; the 
antenne and legs dull brown. 

This insect is much smaller than A. Maklinii, Cand., and 
the elytral sculpture is wholly different. 

Hab. Sapporo. 


Lacon murinus, Linn. 


Candéze reported this species from Japan (Elat. nouv. i. 
p- 10), but later (Mém. Ligge, 1873, p. 2) he considered the 
examples belonged to L. binodulus, Motsch. 


Lacon quadrinodatus, sp. n. 


Elongatus, subparallelus, pilis aureo-rufis dense vestitus ; fronte con- 
cava, capite punctato inter oculos canaliculato ; thorace 4-nodato ; 
elytris dense punctatis, haud striatis. 


LU. 15 mill. 


Klongate, rather parallel, densely clothed with golden 
reddish, short and stiff hairs; the head, forehead with a 
circular concavity between the antenne, which joins poste- 


the Elateride of Japan. 29 


riorly the canaliculation between the eyes, densely punctate 
like the thorax, latter arched at the sides, anterior edge behind 
the neck a little raised, and immediately behind are two 
conical elevations, separated from each other by a median 
channel, which reaches the base of the thorax ; midway be- 
tween the conical elevations and the base are two more eleva- 
tions with larger bases, but not so high ; the elytra are some- 
what densely punctate and without striation, the sculpture 
being, however, obscured by the density of the pilosity. 

I do not know any species resembling this. 

Hab. Oyayama. One example. 


Lacon brunneus, sp. 0. 


Brunneus, nitidus, griseo-vestitus ; fronte punctata, in medio dis- 
tincte impressa; thorace disco convyexo; elytris punctatis; 
antennis pedibusque concoloribus. 

L. 5 mill. 


Brown, with greyish hairs ; the head coarsely and densely 
punctate, with a median impression ; the thorax very convex 
on the disk, at the sides punctate like the head, but less 
closely in the middle, arched behind the anterior angles, sides 
then parallel to the base, hind angles straight and not pro- 
duced, at the base before the scutellum is a nodulous eleva- 
tion; the scutellum clearly punctured, semicircular behind ; 
the elytra widen out over the posterior femoral groove, punc- 
tate, punctures set in somewhat irregular rows, interstices 
smooth, apices obtuse ; the legs and antennz brown. 

This insect shouid be placed next to L. tumens, Cand., 
which also has a conspicuous antescutellar elevation. 


Hab. Oyama. One example. 


[I took a species in Ceylon closely similar to the above, 
but the anterior edge of the thorax is, amongst other minor 
differences, oblique not arched. ] 


Lacon difficilis, sp. n. 
Lacon trifasciatus, Cand. Mém. Liége, 1873, p. 1. 


This species is larger than L. trifasciatus, Cand., and it is 
broader and more generally robust, darker in colour, infuscate 
on the disks of the thorax and dorsum, and the elytral fasciz 
are more diffused. In other respects Candéze’s description as 
above will serve. In JL. érifasciatus, Cand., there is a fine 
carina within the humeral angle, short but distinct ; this is 
absent in L. diffcilis. 

Hab. Nagasaki. Common on an evergreen oak. 


30 Mr. G. Lewis on 


Meristhus niponensis, sp. 0. 


Nigricans; fronte, thoracis margine, elytrorum limbo punctisque 
albido-squamulosis ; thorace in medio canaliculato, extus crenato ; 
elytris punctato-striatis, apice distincte crenatis. 

L, 43 mill. 


Brownish black, and in appearance extremely like M.4-punc- 
tatus, Cand. ‘The thoracic angles are very peculiar ; from a 
point behind the carina is a short emargination which sepa- 
rates a rather prominent projection, which seems to represent 
the normal angle. The carina is nearly straight. 

The species is shorter and broader than J/. 4-punctatus, 
Cand., from Sylhet and Assam, and the scales are white, not 
golden. 

Hab, Niigata. Several specimens. 

The species of this genus inhabit places with extensive 
sand-banks and dunes, but are not found on the immediate 
sea-border. 


Meristhus scobinula, Cand. 
Meristhus scobinula, Cand. Mon. Elat. i. p. 164, pl. ii. fig. 26. 


Candéze says this species is found in China and Mexico, but 
it appears to be clear that his type example came from China, 
Specimens I have seen in the Godman collection from Central 
America are very similar to those from Japan, but the elytra 
are relatively longer and, I think, the heads are broader. 
They are very difficult insects to differentiate. 

Hab. Nagasaki. Occurs on bare and stony places; its 
saltatory powers are remarkable; my specimens measure 
barely 2 mill., but when disturbed jumped 10 or 12 inches 
high. 

Alaus pint, sp. n. 
Fuscus, squamulis griseo-brunneis dense vestitus ; thorace infuscato- 


bipunctato ; elytris, macula laterali infuscata, apice emarginatis. 
L, 26-34 mill. 


Brownish, densely clothed with greyish-brown scales; the 
head concave in the middle and on the anterior edge, with 
sides before the eyes rounded off and elevated; the thorax 
laterally not quite parallel, anterior angles obtuse, posterior 
angles blunt and slightly turned outwards, longitudinal median 
ridge a little elevated and free of scales, dark coloured, with 
scattered punctures; on each side of the ridge nearer to the 
head than the base is an oblong dusky spot formed by con- 


ei. aim = 


the Elateridx of Japan. 31 


gested black scales, immediately before the scutellum on the 
basal edge is a small nodule; the elytra punctate-striate, 
variegated with ashy and brown scales; near the middle on 
the lateral edge is a large dusky spot, semicircular on the 
inner side and on the sixth and seventh interstices densely 
black, apices widely emarginate and obtusely pointed at the 
fourth interstice. 

This species approximately resembles A. putridus, Cand., 
but it is much more robust, frontal protuberances not pointed, 
thorax less parallel, and the apices of the elytra widen out 
more and correspond more to those figured for A. lateralis, 
Cand. (Cand. ion. 1857, pl. iv. fig. 16). There is an 
undescribed species in the British Museum from N. China 
which resembles it more closely than A. putridus. 

Hab. Nagasaki, Kumamoto, Konose, and Hagi (Hiller). 
I found this species not uncommonly in Higo under bark of 
firs (Kuromatzu). Alaus berus, Cand., occurs in the same 
fir and is common everywhere, especially at Bukenji, near 
Yokohama, in early summer. 


Tetrigus Lewisii, Cand. 

Tetrigus Lewisti, Cand. Mém. Liége, 1873, p. 6. 

Tetrigus grandis, Lew. Ent. Month. Mag. 1873, p. 155. 

Candéze’s type is an example from Kobé measuring 
25 mill. only. Ordinary examples measure 30-31 mill., and 
one of these I mistook for a new species. 

Hab. Nagasaki, Kobé, and Sapporo. 


Pectocera Fortunet, Cand. 
Pectocera Fortunei, Cand. Mém. Liége, 1873, p. 6. 


This species is of crepuscular habit. I saw the males in 
June flying in circles at Nikko near oak trees, far out of 
reach ; but the females are very sluggish. The pectination 
of the antennz in insects of this description assists in balancing 
the body during flight, the females with slender articulations 
being unable to float in mid-air. 

Hlab. Nagasaki, Kumamoto, Nikko, and Chiuzenji. 
Common. 


Anchastus mus, sp. n. 


Aterrimus, subopacus, griseo-pubescens ; capite parvo, parum dense 
punctato; elytris striis tenuiter impressis, interstitiis rugoso- 
punctulatis ; antennis pedibusque nigris. 

L. 8 mill. 


504 Mr. G. Lewis on 


Densely black, little opaque, with short griseous pubes- 
cence; the head small, rather densely punctured ; the thorax 
opalescent, punctured like the head at the sides, less closely 
and more finely on the disk, somewhat elongate, feebly 
widening out behind the middle, base markedly excavated ; 
the elytra punctate-striate, striz lightly impressed, interstices 
flat and rugosely punctulate; the antenne densely black, 
second joint very small, third narrower and slightly longer 
than the fourth; the legs black, knees and claws reddish, 
lamellar process on the third joint of the tarsus pale. 

Hab. Miyanoshita. ‘Two specimens. 


Anchastus rujipes, sp. 0. 


Ater, subnitidus, fulvo-pubescens; capite parvo; thorace parum 
elongato, azureo-micante, leviter punctulato; antennis rufo- 
brunneis ; pedibus rufis. 

L. 7-74 mill. 


Black, little shining, with tawny pubescence; the thorax 
somewhat long and narrow, gradually widening out to the 
base, evenly but sparingly punctulate, opalescent ; the scu- 
tellum obtuse behind, obscurely and rugosely punctured, 
depressed in front; the elytra, strie finely and clearly punc- 
tured, interstices rugose; the antenne reddish brown, second 
joint very small, third similar in size and shape to the fourth ; 

_ the legs clear red. 

In outline A. mus is very similar to this species, but the 

colours of the antennze and legs are conspicuous distinctions. 


Hab. Nikko and Yuyama. Two examples. 


ELATER, Linn. 


Section I. Thorax and elytra differ in colour. 


Elater niponicus, sp. n. 


Ater, nitidus, nigro-pubescens; thorace subtiliter punctulato ; 
elytris luteis punctato-striatis, quarta parte postica nigris. 
L. 103-143 mill. 


Densely black, shining, with black pubescence; the head 
punctured evenly, not coarsely nor densely, frontal carina 
depressed in the middle ; the thorax with an opalescent tint, 
finely and thinly punctulate, especially on the disk; the 
elytra clear yellow, apices black, the two markings together 
forming a cordate spot, near the scutellum on the third and 
fourth interstices are two small, nearly obsolete, discoloured 
disks ; the legs and antenne densely black, claws reddish. 


the Elateride of Japan. 33 


Similar to Z. signatus, Gyll., but the fine punctuation of 
the thorax and the absence of the black spots on the bases of 
the wing-cases distinguish it at once. 

Hab. Chiuzenji, Miyanoshita, Kiga, and Oyayama. Six 
examples only. 


Elater optabilis, sp. n. 


Niger, nitidus, longius fulyo-pubescens ; thorace subtiliter punctu- 
lato, conspicue azureo-micante ; elytris rufis ; antennis infuscatis, 
articulo tertio quam secundus longiore ; pedibus infuscatis, tarsis 


obscure brunneis. 
L, 14-15 mill. 


Black, shining, with long tawny pubescence; the head 
evenly and rather densely, not coarsely punctured, frontal 
carina semicircular; the thorax narrowest anteriorly, gradually 
widening to base, punctuation very fine and much less thickly 
set than on the head, punctures laterally similar to disk, but 
larger close to the anterior angle; the scutellum obtusely 
acuminate behind and sometimes feebly carinate at the tip ; 
the elytra punctate-striate, sutural stria most lightly impressed, 
interstices 1-3 equal in breadth and flatter than those outside 
of them, all interstices finely punctulate, those near the 
humeral angle slightly rugose; the antenne infuscate, not 
black, with the second and third joints piceous, third joint 
one third as long again as the second; the legs dusky, tarsi 
brownish. 

This is the largest species of the genus known from Japan ; 
in general facies it agrees with L. orientalis. 

Hab. Subashiri, in pines on the plain of Fujisan, Omine, 
and Oyayama. 


Llater orientalis, sp. n. 


Niger, nitidus, griseo- vel fulyo-pubescens ; thorace subtiliter punc- 
tulato ; elytris lete brunneis ; antennis infuscatis (basi excepta) ; 
pedibus infuscatis vel obscure brunneis. 

L. 103-11 mill. 


Black, shining, with grey or fulvous pubescence; the head 
evenly and rather densely punctured, carina semicircular ; the 
thorax with fine and much less closely set punctures, not 
opalescent, narrowest anteriorly, gradually widening to base ; 
the scutellum obscurely punctured, obtusely acuminate 
behind; the elytra clear brown or reddish brown, sutural 
stria fine and scarcely punctate, second more clearly, the rest 
distinctly punctured, interstices feebly punctulate, second, 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xiii. 3 


34 Mr. G. Lewis on 


third, and fourth equal in width and rather wide at the base, 
narrowing gradually to the apex; the antenne—third joint 
distinctly longer than the second, three basal joints usually 
reddish, others infuscate; the legs are dusky or obscure 
brown. 

In the Japanese series this species closely resembles E. fagi, 
Lew., but it differs in size, colour of legs, and pubescence. 

Hab. Miyanoshita, Hakone, Nikko, and Kashiwagi. Com- 
mon in beech trees. 


Elater fagi, sp. n. 


Infuscatus, nitidus, longius fulvo-pubescens; thorace subtiliter 
punctulato; elytris luteo-brunneis; pedibus concoloribus; an- 
tennis infuscatis, articulis 1°-3™ brunneis. 


L. 10-122 mill. 


Blackish, shining, with remarkably long tawny pubescence ; 
the head evenly, not closely punctate, carina feebly sinuous 
anteriorly ; the thorax narrowest anteriorly, widening out to 
the base, not opalescent, punctuation on disk fine, but at the 
anterior angle it resembles that on the head, median channel 
very faint, not visible in one example; the scutellum ob- 
securely punctured, obtusely acuminate behind; the elytra 
clear yellowish brown, sutural stria fine and scarcely punctu- 
late, the external striae become gradually deeper and more 
punctate until after the sixth, interstices 2-4 rather wide and 
flat, all finely punctulate; the antenne—three basal joints 
brownish, third joint one third longer than the second, dilated 
joints infuscate ; the legs concolorous with the elytra. 

The thorax is more closely punctured than in £. ortentalis, 
the third joint of the antenna is longer, and the pubescence 
longer and more tawny. 

Hab. Subashiri and Hakone, in beeches at high elevations. 
Three examples. 


Elater convewicollis, sp. n. 


Niger, nitidus, griseo-pubescens; thorace conspicue conyexo, sub- 
tiliter punctulato; elytris rufo-brunneis; antenne pedibusque 
infuscatis, 

L. 8? mill. 


Black, shining, with greyish pubescence ; the head some- 
what coarsely and rather closely punctured; the thorax 
finely punctulate on the disk, at the sides punctate like the 
head, very convex, arched behind the anterior angle, as wide 
in the middle as at base; the elytra reddish brown, sutural 


the Elateride of Japan. 35 


and second stria very fine, all punctate-striate, interstices 
obscurely and thinly punctulate; the antenne infuscate, 
second and third joints nearly equal, the second is somewhat 
long for this genus ; the legs intfuscate, tarsi paler. 

Hab. Nikko, in June. ‘Two examples. 


Elater scutellaris, sp. n. 

Ater, nitidus, longius nigro-pubescens ; thorace subtiliter punctu- 
lato; elytris rufis, apice minute infuscatis, punctato-striatis, 
interstitiis punctulatis ; scutello postice acuminato, antice per- 
depresso ; antennis pedibusque nigris. 

L. 11 mill. 

Densely black, with rather long black pubescence; the 
head somewhat densely and little coarsely punctured, carina 
well marked and semicircular; the thorax opalescent, narrowest 
anteriorly, gradually widening to base, very finely, evenly, 
and rather thinly punctured on the disk, at anterior and posie- 
rior angles punctured like the head; the scutellum is nearly 
vertical and distinctly acuminate behind; the elytra reddish 
brown, apices minutely infuscate, evenly punctate-striate, 
interstices slightly concave and feebly punctulate; the antenne 
and legs black, tarsi pitchy. 

The almost perpendicular position of the scutellum in this 
species distinguishes it from all the others in this series. 

Hab. Chiuzenji, Niohozan, and Sapporo. Hight examples. 


Elater ainu, sp. n. 


Ater, nitidus, nigro-pubescens; thorace vix dense punctulato ; 
elytris rufis, striis internis levyiter impressis, interstitiis tenuiter 
transyerso-rugosis ; antennis pedibusque nigris. 

L. 11 mill. 


Densely black, with black pubescence; the head rather 
coarsely and rather densely punctured, carina well-marked 
and semicircular; the thorax densely black, not opalescent, 
somewhat wide, convex on disk, arched at the sides, punc- 
tured laterally like the head, disk-punctures finer and less 
close, but not densely set, hind angles between the carina and 
outer edge thickly, coarsely, and somewhat rugosely punctate ; 
the scutellum punctate, somewhat wide and obtusely acumi- 
nate behind; the elytra red (not very bright), interstices 
rather broad and flat, feebly and transversely rugose, strize 
1-3 fine and lightly impressed, scarcely punctate, external 
strie deeper and distinctly punctate; the antenne densely 
black, third joint obconical and longer than the second, 

dilated joints relatively robust ; the legs black, tarsi pitchy. 
2% 


36 Mr. G. Lewis on 


This Hlater agrees in many respects with E. rubridorsus, 
Lew., but in the latter the thorax is much more strongly 
punctured, the interstices of the elytra convex, and there is a 
fovea between the eyes. 

Hab. Ishikari River. Four examples. 


Elater Ryet, Lew. 
Elater Ryet, Lew. Ent. Month. Mag. 1879, p. 156. 


This species was given to me on the supposition that it 
came from Tsushima; the correct locality is Tangiers. It 
is a good species, and differs from later sanguinolentus, 
Schrank, in having a more convex thorax and more robust 
antenne and tarsi. The type specimens are now in the 
British Museum. 


Elater chlamydatus, sp. 0. 


E. montano simillimus, sed thorace magis elongato; scutello cordi- 
formi ; elytris interstitiis rugosis ; antennis pedibusque nigris. 
L. 93 mill. 


Black, shining, with long black pubescence; the head 
evenly, not coarsely nor thickly punctured ; the thorax rela- 
tively longer than any in this series, with red elytra, narrowest 
in front, broadest at base, very finely punctured except at the 
anterior angle and in the interstice of the margin and the 
basal carina; the elytra dull red, punctate-striate, interstices 
transversely rugose, apex narrowly infuscate ; the antenne 
and legs densely black, third joint of former scarcely longer 
than the second. 

Very similar to 2. montanus, Lew., but the length of the 
thorax and rugose interstices serve to distinguish it, as well 
as the form of the scutellum and the basal joint of the 
antenne. 


Hab. Kadzusa, an island off Yokohama. One example. 


Elater montanus, sp. n. 


Ater, nitidus, longius nigro-pubescens ; thorace subtilissime punctu- 
lato; elytris brunneo-rutis, apice minute infuscatis; antennis 
pedibusque nigris, 

L, 8-93 mill. 


Densely black, shining, with long black pubescence; the 
head clearly, rather finely, not closely punctured, frontal carina 
depressed in the middle; the thorax not opalescent, very 


finely punctured (much more so than the head) on the disk,’ 


—— 


the Elateride of Japan. 37 


and even between the carina and the hind angle the punctua- 
tion is not conspicuous; the scutellum is depressed in front, 
obtusely acuminate behind; the elytra lightly punctate- 
striate, interstices finely punctured, apices minutely infuscate ; 
the antenne black, third joint obconical and larger than the 
second, 4-9 triangular and very similar to each other; the 
legs black, tarsi pitchy. 

Hab. Nikko and the higher forests in its vicinity. Six 
examples. 


Elater pumiceus, Lew. 
Elater pumiceus, Lew. Ent. Month. Mag. 1879, p. 156. 


Ater, nitidus, nigro- vel griseo-pubescens ; capite confertim punc- 
tato; thorace parum angustato, antice lateribusque fortius et 
erebrius punctatis ; elytris coccineis, profunde punctato-striatis, 
interstitiis convexis ; antennis pedibusque nigris. 

L. 10-11 mill. 


Densely black, shining, with black or griseous pubescence, 
grey when the insect faces the eye and reversely black; the 
head evenly, rather densely, and somewhat coarsely punc- 
tured ; the thorax narrowest in front and gradually widening 
to base, punctures on the disk rather fine, not closely set, ante- 
riorly and on the lateral border the punctures are rather strong 
and much more dense, and behind the eye the punctures are 
obscurely ocellate; the elytra bright red, punctate-striate, 
interstices convex, finely punctulate, interstices 2, 3, 5 wide, 
especially the third; the antenne—third joint obconical, 
larger than the second, and with the legs densely black, claws 
reddish. 

Differs from Z. canalicollis in the punctuation of the thorax 
and in the absence of the median channel. 

Hab. Awomori, Sannohe, and Noheji, places not far distant 
from each other. Three examples. 


Elater miles, sp. n. 


Ater, nitidus, subrobustus, nigro- vel griseo-pubescens ; thorace 
parum lato, in medio subtiliter, ad angulos parum dense, punc- 
tato ; elytris coccineis; antennis pedibusque nigris. 

L. 11-11: mill, 

This species is extremely like H. pumiceus; the thorax is 
more convex and much broader, especially in the middle, with 
an opalescent tint; the elytra are feebly rugose and relatively 
shorter; the tarsi are more robust and the third joint of the 
antenna longer and less obconical. 


Hab. Oyayama. Five examples. 


38 Mr. G. Lewis on 


Elater canalicollis, sp. n. 


Ater, nitidus, nigro- vel griseo-pubescens ; thorace in medio longi- 
tudinaliter canaliculato, disco subtiliter punctulato, lateribus 
punctis vix differentibus ; elytris coccineis ; antennis pedibusque 


nigris. 
L. 103-13 mill. 


Black, shining, with a black or griseous pubescence ; the 
head evenly, somewhat coarsely, and rather densely punc- 
tured; the thorax sometimes with an opalescent tint, finely 
punctured on the disk and sides, at the angles the punctuation 
is narrowly larger, in the female the punctuation is generally 
larger than in the male, median channel well-marked, evanes- 
cent behind the neck ; the elytra punctate-striate, interstices 
usually rugose; the antenne—third joint longer than the 
second and more cylindrical than that of Z. pumiceus, and 
with the legs densely black, claws reddish. 

Hab. Bukenji (common), Oyama, and Miyanoshita; under 
bark of an Adces (Kuromatzu). 


The three preceding species, with perhaps two others from 
the Korea, form a section in the genus peculiarly Eastern. 


Section II. Thorax and elytra correspond in colour. 


Elater hypogastricus, Cand. 
Elater hypogastricus, Cand. Mém. Liége, 1875, p. 9. 


The abdominal segments are sometimes black. 
Hab, Nagasaki, Miyanoshita, Oyama, Sado, and Junsai. 


Elater nigroventris, sp. n. 


Ater, nitidus, fulvo-pubescens ; thorace parce punctulato; abdomine 
nigro; antennis infuscatis ; pedibus rufo-brunneis. 


L. 12 mill. 


Black, shining, with tawny pubescence ; the head rather 
wide, rather densely punctured, carina well-marked above the 
antenne; the thorax also rather wide, widening to the base 
gradually from anterior angle, feebly and sparingly punctu- 
late on the disk, punctures larger and closer laterally, median 
channel feeble and not visible beyond the middle ; the scutel- 
lum rather wide, not acuminate behind, very obscurely 
punctured; the elytra, strie 1 and 2 somewhat lightly 
impressed and punctures scarcely visible, outside stria clearly 


the Elaterids of Japan. 39 


punctate, interstices punctulate, second and fourth widest, all 
rather flat; the antenne—three basal joints reddish brown, 
others infuscate, third joint longer than the second; the legs 
reddish brown. 

This species should be placed next to EH. hypogastricus, 
Cand., but the head and thorax are broader, with much finer 
punctures, thorax not opalescent, the elytral interstices rather 
flatter and distinctly wider, and the form of the insect 
generally more parallel. In LZ. hypogastricus, Cand., the 
scutellum is relatively small and acuminate behind. 

Hab, Miyanoshita and Oyayama. 


Elater vestitus, sp. n. 


Parum niger, nitidus, densissime fulvo-pubescens; capite dense 


punctato; antennis pedibusque obscure rufis. 
L. 114 mill. 


Blackish, shining, very densely covered with a tawny pubes- 
cence, especially on the elytra; the head densely and rather 
coarsely punctured ; the thorax narrowest anteriorly, feebly 
widening at the middle, punctured like the head in the female, 
punctures lessdensein the male, median channel faint and evan- 
escent in front; the scutellum obscurely punctured, obtusely 
acuminate behind; the elytra punctate-striate, two striz next 
the suture somewhat fine, interstices punctulate and feebly 
convex; the antenne rather dark reddish brown, third joint 
a little longer than the second ; the legs clear reddish brown, 
lighter in colour than the antenne. 

In looking at this species in certain lights the sculpture 
and striz are entirely obscured by the pubescence. This 
remark does not of course apply to abraded examples, of 
which I have several. 

Hab. Miyanoshita, Hakone, Hitoyoshi, and Yuyama. 
Apparently common. 


Elater tenuistriatus, sp. un. 


Niger, nitidus, infuscato-pubescens ; thorace subtiliter punctulato ; 
elytris striis internis tenuiter impressis; antennis pedibusque 
nigris, tarsis brunneis. 


L. 10-11 mill. 


Black, shining, with dusky pubescence; the head some- 
what densely punctate ; the thorax widens out a little behind 
the middle, at the sides narrowly punctured like the head, on 
the disk very finely and sparingly punctulate; the scutellum 
feebly punctulate, a little obtusely acuminate; the elytra, 


40 Mr. G. Lewis on 


strie 1 and 2 very fine and scarcely punctured, outside strie 
more visibly so, interstices flat, lightly punctured, and feebly 
rugose, 2-4 rather wider than the others; the antenne rather 
slender, articulations a little lax, black, third joint one fourth 
longer than the second; the legs also black, tarsi and claws 
reddish brown. 

Hab. Kiga, Miyanoshita, Chiuzenji, Nikko, and Yuyama. 
Common. 


Elater rufipes, sp. n. 


Ater, nitidus, griseo-pubescens ; capite vix dense punctato; thorace 
disco subtiliter punctulato; antennis infuscatis, articulo primo 
rufo ; pedibus leete rufis, 

L. 7-8 mill, 


Black, shining, with griseous pubescence ; the head clearly 
but not closely punctured ; the thorax widens out a little 
before the posterior angles, punctured narrowly at the sides 
like the head, disk lightly and sparingly punctulate; the 
scutellum punctured, obtusely acuminate behind; the elytra 
punctate-striate, sutural stria finest, interstices subrugose, 
punctulate; the antenne, articulations less lax than those 
of L. tenuistriatus, basal joint red, second and third nearly 
equal, piceous, the others infuscate ; the legs clear red. 

Hab. Miyanoshita, Hakone, Oyama, Yuyama, and Konosé. 


Elater carbunculus, Lew. 
Elater carbunculus, Lew. Ent. Month. Mag. 1879, p. 156. 


Ater, nitidus, longius nigro- vel cinereo-pubescens; antennis pedi- 
busque concoloribus ; capite punctato ; thorace disco subtilissime 
punctulato ; elytris punctato-striatis, interstitiis a basi latissimis. 


L. 7 mill. 


Densely black, shining, with blackish or ashy pubescence ; 
the head clearly but not very densely punctured ; the thorax, 
disk very lightly punctulate, sides more distinctly, but the 
punctures are not so large as those of the head; the elytra 
punctate-striate, striz clearly but not deeply impressed, inter- 
stices widest at the base ; the antenne rather long, especially 
in the male, with articulations somewhat lax, entirely black, 
second joint very small, third widens out triangularly and is 
scarcely smaller than the fourth. This last character seems 
to be a transitional one between later and Ischnodes. 

Hab. Miyanoshita, Hitoyoshi, and Oyayama. Chiefly 
from the flowers of Deutzia and an arboreous Spirea, 


— a) a [ai SP 


—— 


the Elateride of Japan. 41 


Elater bicarinatus, Cand. 
Elater bicarinatus, Cand, Mém. Liége, 1873, p. 9. 


This species is met with in old trees, and has never been 
found away from them; it is of nocturnal habit and sluggish. 


Hab. Nagasaki, Maiyasan (Kobé), and Sapporo. 


Elater rugipennis, sp. n. 


Piceus, nitidus, robustus, brunneo-pubescens ; thorace punctulato, a 
basi bicarinato; elytris interstitiis conspicue rugosis ; antennis 
pedibusque rufo-brunneis. 


L. 113-12 mill. 


Piceous, shining, with brownish pubescence ; the head some- 
what densely punctured ; the thorax narrowest anteriorly, little 
arched at the sides, punctures laterally very similar to those 
of the head, punctures on disk more scattered and much finer, 
median channel feeble, evanescent in front; the scutellum 
visibly punctate, not acuminate behind, striz all well- 
impressed, punctate, interstices markedly transversely rugose, 
sutural interstices widest ; the antenne and legs dull reddish 
brown. In one example the hind angles of the thorax are 
reddish. 

The peculiar colour of this species resembles that of 2. d7- 
carinatus, Cand., and it agrees with the latter in having an 
intermediate carina on the thoracic angle and in its slender 
lax articulations of the antenne; but it is much larger and 
very robust. . bicarinatus is a slender species. 

Hab. Kioto and Oyama. ‘Two examples. 


Elater parvulus, sp. 0. 


Ater, nitidus, griseo-pubescens ; capite thoraceque subtiliter punctu- 
latis; antennis pedibusque nigris, tarsis rufis. 


L, 53 mill. 


Black, shining, with greyish pubescence; the head finely 
and sparingly’ punctulate; the thorax punctured like the 
head, widest behind the middle; the scutellum obscurely 
punctulate, acuminate behind; the elytra evenly punctate- 
striate, interstices scarcely flat and punctulate; the antenne 
moderately serrate, wholly black, second joint a little shorter 
than the third, third joint obconical; the legs and basal 
joint of the tarsus black, claws and other joints reddish. 

In form somewhat like Hater erythrogonus, Miill. 

Hab. Yuyama, One example. 


42 Mr. G. Lewis on 


Elater pauzxillus, sp. n. 


Niger, nitidus, griseo-pubescens ; capite distincte punctulato; elytris 
punctato-striatis ; antennis pedibusque rufis. 
L. 5 mill. 


Black, shining, with a greyish pubescence; the head 
clearly but not densely punctulate, eyes a little prominent; 
the thorax widest near the middle, disk more finely punctulate 
than the head; the scutellum obscurely punctulate, obtuse 
behind; the elytra, striz punctate-striate, strie 1-3 very 
fine, outside strize more deeply impressed, interstices flat and 
finely punctulate; the antennz red, not serrate, second joint 
stouter and a little shorter than the third; the legs also 
wholly red. 

This is the smallest species known from Japan. The 
head is smaller than that of the last species and the eyes 
more prominent. 


Hab. Nikko. One example. 


Elater gracilipes, sp. n. 


Elongatus, angustatus, infuscatus, fulvo-pubescens ; thorace sub- 


tilissime punctato; elytris parallelis, angulis humerali obscure 
brunneis. 


L. 93 mill. 


Elongate, rather narrow, dusky brown, with tawny pubes- 
cence; the head rather small, not thickly nor coarsely punc- 
tured ; the thorax little narrowed anteriorly from the middle, 
posterior carina feeble, punctuation scarcely visible on the 
disk, more apparent at the sides and angles; the scutellum 
obsoletely punctured, obtuse behind; the elytra long and 
parallel at the sides, faintly punctate-striate, sutural stria 
finest, interstices flat, rugose, and rather wide, humeral angle 
obscurely brown ; the antenne reddish brown, slender, serra- 
tion feeble, articulation somewhat lax, third joint less robust, 
slightly longer than the second; the legs dusky brown, tibie 
and tarsi slender, latter reddish brown. 

A second example has the elytra reddish brown, with the 
sutural margin broadly, and the outer margin narrowly, in- 
fuscate. 

Hab. Chiuzenji. Two examples. 


MEGAPENTHES, Kiesenwetter. 


In the following species the apices of the elytra are 
peculiar. 


a 


the Elateride of Japan. 43 


Megapenthes opacus, Cand. 


This species was described from a single specimen taken at 
Kobé; but in August 1880 I obtained five more examples 
from elder-flowers near the lake of Junsai, in 8. Yezo. The 
thorax is red in both sexes, the second and third joints of the 
antenna are short, equal, and robust, the apices of the elytra 
are emarginate outside the first stria. 


Hab. Kobé and Junsai. 


Megapenthes bicarinatus, sp. n. 


Elongatus, infuscatus, subnitidus, fulvo-pubescens ; thorace dense 
punctato, angulis posticis bicarinatis; elytris a basi obscure 
brunneis ; antennis pedibusque concoloribus. 


L. 11 mill. 


Dusky brown, rather shining, pubescence fulvous; the 
head coarsely and closely punctured, punctures subocellate, 
frontal carina arched ; the thorax closely but less strongly 
punctate, elongate, somewhat parallel at sides, widest poste- 
riorly, angles rather long and acute, slightly turning outwards, 
conspicuously bicarinate ; the scutellum elongate, punctured 
like the thorax, narrowed from the middle and pointed, but 
not acutely, behind; the elytra punctate-striate, interstices 
markedly scabrous, reddish brown at base and the apices at the 
first and second interstices are truncate; the antenne very 
long and reddish brown, like the legs. 

M. luteipes, Hope, from China, appears to be similar to 
this species, which I have been able to notice through the 
courtesy of Mr. Godman, the type being in the Janson col- 
lection. 

Hab. Japan (Moore). Probably from Nagasaki, as I 
believe I was with Mr. Moore at the time of capture. 


In the species following (excepting J. versipellis) the apices 
of the elytra are of ordinary form. 


Megapenthes higonius, sp. n. 


Parallelus, ater, opacus, griseo-pubescens; thorace confertissime 
et parum grosse punctato, ante scutellum impresso; elytris 
punctato-striatis, interstitus rugosis ; tarsis infuscatis. 

L. 10-104 mill. 


Parallel, densely black, opaque, with griseous pubescence ; 
the head closely punctate, punctures somewhat coarse, frontal 
carina well-marked anteriorly, straight, strongest over the 


44 - Mr. G. Lewis on 


basal joint of the antenna; the thorax very closely punctured, 
punctures circular and mostly finely ocellate, especially 
behind the neck, channel before the scutellum very feeble, 
the posterior angles and carina rather long; the scutellum 
subacuminate ; the elytra punctate-striate, interstices mark- 
edly rugose; the antennee—second and third joints equal and 
rather long, two basal joints sometimes piceous; the tarsi 
brownish, legs infuscate. 

This insect in colour is somewhat like I. ensidiosus, but it 
is longer, more parallel, punctuation coarser, and hind angles 
of the thorax straighter. 

Hab. Ichibosayama and Oguma, in May. A small series. 


Megapenthes insidiosus, sp. n. 


Aterrimus, opacus, griseo-pubescens ; thorace confertissime punc- 
tato; antennis nigris, articulo 1° rufo; pedibus obscure brunneis. 
L. 8# mill. 


Densely black, opaque, with griseous pubescence; the head 
very closely punctured, carina well-marked, anteriorly straight; 
the thorax punctured like the head, narrowest anteriorly, and 
gradually widening to the posterior angles, hind angles 
carinate and slightly turning outwards; the scutellum sub- 
acuminate behind; the elytra finely punctate-striate, inter- 
stices rugose and visibly broader than in M. higonius; the 
antenne rather short and serrate, third joint scarcely as long 
as the second, black, basal joint reddish ; the legs brownish, 
thighs dusky. 

Less densely black than J/. higontus and much less elon- 
gate and less parallel; antenne shorter, articulations more 
compressed, serration more distinct. 

Hab. Chiuzenji and Niohozan. Ten specimens, some 
taken from a tree-trunk imbedded in snow as late as June. 


Megapenthes fugtsanus, sp. n. 

/E®neo-niger, subopacus, vix pubescens; capite parum dense punc- 
tato, in medio leviter impresso; thorace confertissime ocellato- 
punctato ; antennis nigris ; pedibus piceis. 

L. 7 mill. : 


Bronzy black, scarcely pubescent; the head rather thickly, 
rather coarsely punctured, with a median impression between 
the eyes, frontal carina obsolete; the thorax very clearly 
and very closely punctured, punctures not very large but dis- 
tinctly ocellate, on either side behind the middle there is a 
feeblecircularimpression, sides narrowed anteriorly, gradually, 


ee 


the Elateride of Japan. 45 


but not much, widening out to the base, hind angles not acute, 
interspace between the margin and carina relatively somewhat 
wide; the scutellum not acuminate; the elytra, striw fine, 
interstices rather wide and rugose, the rugosities apparently 
obliterating the punctures usual in the elytral striz in Mega- 
penthes ; the antenne black ; the legs piceous or obscure red, 
thighs darker. 

Hab. Subashiri and on the plain of Fujisan. Two 
examples. 


Megapenthes bifoveolatus, sp. n. 
Bneus, subnitidus, fulvo-pubescens; thorace bifoveolato; antennis 
articulis 1°-3" pedibusque rufo-brunneis. 
L. 93-102 mill. 

Aineous, somewhat shining, with short tawny pubescence ; 
the head rather closely punctate; antenne infuscate, with three 
basal joints reddish brown, longer in male than in female; the 
thorax—disk punctured like the head, sides more closely and 
slightly rugose ; before the middle ina line with each eye are 
two well-marked fovez, deeper and Jarger in female than in 
male, there is a median longitudinal channel also, which is more 
distinct in female than in male; the elytra, strie rather fine and 
not conspicuously punctured, interstices flat and rugose; the 
legs are a clear reddish brown and the abdominal segments 
sometimes reddish. 

This species is remarkable for its colour and thoracic fovee. 

Hab. Oyayama, Ichiuchi, Oyama, Chiuzenji, Nikko, and 
Miyanoshita. 


Megapenthes cariniceps, sp. n. 


Niger, nitidus, nigro-pubescens; capite in medio longitudinaliter 
conspicue carinato; thorace sparse punctulato; antennis nigris, 


pedibus infuscatis. 


Rather densely black, shining, with black pubescence; the 
head sparingly punctulate, with a very conspicuous carina in 
the middle, which anteriorly passes beyond the frontal carina, 
and posteriorly it is well-shortened before the neck; the 
thorax punctured like the head, narrowest anteriorly, hind 
angles not long but acute, carina well-marked; the elytra 
rather deeply and very regularly punctate-striate, interstices 
obscurely punctulate and somewhat scabrous; the antenne 
black ; the legs dusky. 

The facies of this species somewhat resembles that of 
M. tibialis, Lac., but the longitudinal carina on the head at 
once separates it from all in this series. 

Hab. Kiga. One example. 


46 Mr. G. Lewis on 


Megapenthes gracilis, Cand. 
Meygapenthes gracilis, Cand. Mém. Liége, 1873, p. 10. 


The males of this species are very different to the females ; 
the thorax is longer, more parallel, and usually infuscate, 
punctures thickly set and finely ocellate; the antenne also 
darker, with joints 4-11 one third longer. 

L. 7-84 mill. 

Hab. Kiga, Yokohama, Kioto, and Kumamoto. Abundant 
at times in flowers of Viburnum and Deutzia. 


Megapenthes pallidus, sp. n. 


Elongatus, testaceus, subopacus, fulyo-pubescens ; thorace lateribus 
parallelis, angulis posticis brevissimis; antennis pedibusque con- 
coloribus. 


i.e mill, 


Elongate, pale testaceous, rather opaque, and similar to 
M. gracilis, Cand., but the hind angles of the thorax are very 
short, the sides very parallel; the head not densely but 
clearly punctured ; the thorax less distinctly punctured, wider 
behind than in front, sides straight, angles very short and 
blunt; the elytra punctate-striate, interstices rugose and 
punctulate ; the antenne and legs concolorous, the former 
with the third joint distinctly one third longer than the second, 
which is short and obconical. 


Hab. Nataksugawa and Nikko. Three individuals only. 


Megapenthes insignitus, sp. 1. 


Aterrimus, subopacus, fulyo-pubescens; capite thoraceque confer- 
tissime punctatis; elytris 4-maculatis; antennis brunneis; 
pedibus testaceis. 

L, 53-6 mill. 


Black, somewhat opaque, with a tawny pubescence; the 
head and thorax very closely punctured ; the elytra, behind 
the humeral angle there is a longitudinal testaceous blotch, 
nearly the length of one third of the elytra, occupying part of 
interstices 83-8, behind the middle is an oblong spot a little 
smaller in size on interstices 3-7, the striae are evenly pune- 
tate, with the interspaces rugose ; the antenne darkish brown, 
the legs testaceous, 

There is a variety in which the maculations are very small. 

Hab. Miyanoshita and Yokohama. A small series at both 
places. 


ee 


the Elateride of Japan. 47 


Megapenthes verstpellis, sp. n. 

Niger, fulyo-pubescens, ¢ thorace nigro, 2 thorace rufo; elytris 
flavo-maculatis, apice obtuse productis ; antennis nigris; pedibus 
flavis. 

L. ¢ 6-6, 2 6}-7 mill. 


Black, rather opaque, with tawny pubescence. 

3d. The head and thorax black and closely punctured, 
latter gradually widening out to base, posterior angles some- 
what acute ; the elytra, strie fine and obscurely punctulate, 
interstices rugose, at the base and extending over rather more 
than one third of the elytral length is a yellow fascia, which 
leaves the humeral angle and two interstices next the scu- 
tellum black, and in extending backwards it is narrowed in 
the middle on the first to fourth interstices, between the 
middle of the dorsum and the apex is a small transverse 
yellow spot, the apices are obtusely produced at the ends of 
the fourth to fifth interstices. 

9. Thorax bright red and convex; the elytral fascize 
wider and more conspicuous than in the male; the antenne, 
joints 2 and 3 small and equal, 4-10 serration well-marked in 
both sexes, but especially strong in male; the legs pale in 
both sexes. 

The male varies much more in colour than the female ; in 
one male the elytral markings are almost obliterated. 

Hab. Chiuzenji, Kashiwagi, Junsai, Sapporo, and Otaru, 
in flowers of Sambucus and Angelica. Sometimes abundant. 


Megapenthes ornatus, sp. n. 


Niger, nitidus, griseo-pubescens; thorace vix dense punctato; 
elytris macula humerali alteraque ultra medium, pedibusque 
testaceis. 

L. 5 mill. 


Black, shining, with greyish pubescence; the head rugosely 
punctured; the thorax narrowest anteriorly, gradually but 
very moderately widening to the base, hind angles short but 
acute, surface rather thickly but not closely punctured, punc- 
tures in places running into transverse rows; the elytra, 
striz fine, scarcely punctured, interstices rugose, humeral 
angle and the base up to the second interstice yellow, the spot 
extending backwards for about a fourth of the elytral length, 
about the middle of its course it is encroached upon by the 
third and fourth interstices being dark-coloured, behind the 
middle there is a small spot on the fifth, sixth, and seventh 
interstices ; the antenne, three basal joints reddish brown, 


48 Mr. E. A. Smith on the 


second and third small and equal in size, fourth to the tenth 
infuscate and strongly serrate on the inner edge; the legs 
entirely pale. 

Hab, Yuyama. Two male examples. 


Melanoxanthus pictipennis, sp. n. 


Niger, nitidus, fulyo-pubescens; thorace angulis flavis; elytris 
macula basali recta, posticis fasciis duabus luteis; antennis (basi 
excepta) infuscatis ; pedibus flavis. 

L. 5-6} mill. 


" 

Elongate, somewhat parallel, with short tawny pubescence ; 
the head black, convex, densely punctured ; the thorax simi- 
larly punctured at the sides, more finely and much less 
thickly on the disk, anterior angles minutely and trian- 
gularly yellow, posterior angles more broadly yellow and 
somewhat acutely produced; the elytra black, with a longi- 
tudinal vitta at the base, occupying part of the third and 
fourth interstices and more shortly part of the fifth, before 
the middle of the dorsum a transverse fascia commences 
on the second interstice, widening out on the third, narrowing 
on the fifth and sixth, then again widening out to the margin, 
and extending along the epipleura almost to the humeral 
angle, midway between the middle and the apices of the 
elytra is another yellow band, nearly regular in width, and 
not touching the sutural interstice nor the outside edge of the 
wing-case, the strie are rather fine and punctulate, the inter- 
stices flat and relatively wide, and somewhat rugosely punc- 
tulate; the legs are yellow; the antennz yellow at the base, 
and from the fourth or fifth joint infuscate. 

A variety of the species has the anterior angles of the 
thorax black, and the median fascia interrupted on the fifth 
and sixth interstices. 

Hab. Fukushima and Nataksugawa. Two examples only. 


(To be continued. } 


IV.—On the Land-Shells of the Sulu Archipelago. 
By Ep@ar A. SMITH. 


[Plate IV.] 


Our knowledge of the terrestrial Mollusca of the Sulu 
Archipelago is at present very limited, and the species about 
to be enumerated will form a considerable addition to the list 
of those already recorded from these islands. 


Land- Shells of the Sulu Archipelago. 49 


The specimens just received by the British Museum were 
collected by Mr. A. Everett at the Tawi-T'awi group, on the 
islands of Sibutu, Bongao, Bilatan, and T'awi-Tawi itself, all 
of these being situated at the western part of the archipelago. 

No land-shells have previously been recorded from any 
of these islands with the exception of Bongao. From this 
locality Dr. Méllendorff has given a list of twelve species. 

The terrestrial mollusks from the remaining islands of the 
Sulu Archipelago are practically unknown, only two or three 
forms having been mentioned as occurring on Sulu itself *. 

The Rev. A. H. Cooke, in his instructive paper “ On the 
Geographical Distribution of the Land-Mollusca of the Philip- 
pine Islands, and their Relations to the Mollusca of the 
neighbouring Groups” f, has arrived at certain conclusions, 
which, in light of the material now at hand, appear altogether 
untenable. Commenting upon Méllendorft’s list of species, 
he observes :—‘ Six out of the eight known species are 

eculiar, while of the remaining two, one occurs in the 

hilippines and one in Borneo. As to genera, no exclusively 
Philippine genus occurs, while Plectotropis, Macrochlamys, 
Trochonanina, Opisthoporus, Lagochilus, and Alyceus are 
Indo-Malay. In spite, then, of the deep intervening channel, 
Bongao is distinctly Bornean, and, in spite of the chain of 
islands with shallow water between them, distinctly non- 
Philippine.” 

In the first place, I would observe that Trochonanina cont- 
coides t is not peculiar to Bongao, as he states, for it was 
described many years ago from Borneo, and has been recorded 
from that locality over and over again. Also it must not be 
supposed that the above genera quoted by Mr. Cooke as 
“Indo-Malay ” have no representatives in the Philippines. 
Of Macrochlamys there are several species ; Trochonanina is 
represented by one or two forms; of Lagochilus Mr. Cooke 
himself, in another part of his paper, enumerates nine; and of 
Alyceus two species are recorded from Luzon. One Plecto- 
tropis at least has been found in the Philippines ; and Opistho- 
porus§ occurs in Palawan, which is quite as much Philippine 
in its molluscan fauna as Bornean. 

The following table (p. 51} shows at a glance the relative 


* Trochomorpha Metcalfe, Corasia lais, and Cyclotus suluanus. 

t Proc. Zool. Soc. 1892, p. 461. 

} The species here referred to is not the true 7. conicoides, but a 
distinct species, viz. 7. bongaoensis, mihi. 

§ This genus is not known with certainty from Bongao, and the young 
shell doubtfully referred to it by MGllendorff and quoted by Cooke is, in 
all probability, the Cyclotus variegatus obtained there by Mr. Everett. 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xiii. 4 


50 Mr. E. A. Smith on the 


distribution of the Tawi-Tawi species. It will be noticed that 
the deep water (the Sibutu passage *) which separates Sibutu 
from the rest of the Tawi-Tawi group does not appear to have 
been a bar in any way to, or to have influenced, the migration 
of forms to or from the Philippines or Bongao, Tawi-Tawi, 
and Bilatan. 

Only one form occurring at Sibutu is met with exclusively 
in Borneo, whereas seven occur in the Philippines which are 
not known as Bornean. 

There are only four species from Sibutu which have not as 
yet been found in any other island of the Tawi-Tawi group, 
whereas eleven occur in Sibutu which are also met with in 
one or other of these islands. 

It is worthy of notice that of the four species peculiar to 
Sibutu two, namely Helix marginata and the Corasia, are 
most characteristic Philippine forms, and altogether unrepre- 
sented in Borneo; also that the remaining two, Sttala orchis 
and Chloritis stbutuensis, have respective Philippine represen- 
tatives. 

Of the nineteen species found in the islands of the Tawi- 
Tawi group east of Sibutu, no less than eleven or twelve 
occur also in the Philippines, whereas only three are common 
to Borneo, and these are also met with in the Philippines. 

From these facts it is therefore quite evident that the land- 
shells of the Tawi-Tawi Islands are distinctly Philippine 
rather than Bornean, and my colleague Dr. R. B. Sharpe 
informs me that the same is observable with regard to the 
avifauna. 

If we proceed beyond this fact we merely enter the region 
of theorizing and speculation. It is natural to suppose that 
the species common to awi-T’'awi and the Philippines origi- 
nated in the latter locality, and that in the course of ages 
(how remote we know not) they have become dispersed or 
migrated westward, 

On the other hand, we may conjecture that certain species, 
starting originally from Borneo, have extended to Tawi- 
Tawi, and so on to the Philippines. 

With regard to the origin of the various genera it is hopeless 
to speculate. How, when, and where, for instance, did 
Cochlostyla originate? We may theorize upon such questions 
as these, but [ am afraid our conclusions will be very far 
from convincing. 


* The depth of this passage is marked on the Admiralty charts 500 
fathoms ; but Mr. Everett informs me that it has been lately sounded by 
Capt. Field, of H.M.S. ‘Hgeria,’ and that the extreme depth did not 
exceed 267 fathoms. 


Macrochlamys angulata ...... 


Balabac (Hidalgo). 


Land- Shells of the Sulu Archipelago. 51 


The Distribution of Tawit-Tawi Land-Shells. 


— 
s 
e 
: 
: - : Other 
Names of th : S$] 3 iti 
s of the Species Hes localities. 
— —_ 
: om | 2 
= c= = 
=| =i om = 
= = oa 


Lamprocystis myops ........ x Balabac. 
Sitaln ale id 3 Bait tis d's ae 5c 
Trochonanina bongaoensis .. 
Trochomorpha Metcalfei...... 
Helix (Plectotropis) squamu- 
A 
-— (Chloritis) sibutuensis .. 
——Mmarginata ............ 
Cochlostyla (Corasia) segrota .. 
(Hypselostyla) boholensis. 
Amphidromus maculiferus .... 
Cyclotus variegatus .......... 
—— bongaoensis ............ 
Cyclophorus philippinarum ... . 
ycreus excisus ............ 
Leptopoma atricapillum ...... 
—— Vitreum................ 
Lagochilus quinqueliratus .... 
TE 0 
Diplommatina Roebeleni...... 
Helicina Martensi............ 
2 OS eee 
—— contermina ............ 


x | Palawan. 


a a ee a | Sibutu. 


* | ( Palawan, 
)Balabac. | 


kee KR RRR ROR RR ROR DOT 


* 


1. Macrochlamys angulaia, Mollendorff. 
CEL TV.fig.;1.) 


Maerochlamys angulata, Méllendorff, Jahrbuch. deutsch. mal. Gesell, 
1887, p. 289. 


Hab. Bongao, Tawi-Tawi, Sibutu. 


2. Lamprocystis myops, Dohrn & Semper. 


Nanina myops, D. & S. Mal. Blatt. 1862, p. 206; Pfeiffer, Novit. 
Conch, vol. ii. p. 221, pl. viii. figs. 5-8. 


Hab. Bilatan and Sibutu; also Mindanao (D. & S.), 
Ae 


52 Mr. E. A. Smith on the 


The specimens from Bilatan and Sibutu agree in every 
detail with examples from Mindanao. - 


3. Lamprocystis, sp. 

Hab. Bongao. 

Only two specimens of this species were collected by 
Mr. Everett. hey are more depressed in form than L. myops, 
and the microscopic concentric striz on the base are more 
apparent. It is likely that these differences will be found 
. persistent, but I deem it advisable at present to await further 
material before separating this form as a distinct species. 


A, Sttala orchis, G.-A. 


Sitala (?) orchis, Godwin-Austen, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1891, p. 40, pl. v. 
fig. 3. 
Hab. Sibutu. 
There appears to be no difference between the specimens 
from the above locality and those found at Labuan and 
Barit Mountain, North Borneo, by Mr. Everett. 


5. Trochonanina bongaoensis. (Pl. IV. figs. 2-2 6.) 


Testa depressa, orbicularis, acute carinata, imperforata, fusca ; spira 
breviter conica, Vix convexiuscula ; anfractus 7, planiusculi, supra 
suturam anguste impresse marginati, lente accrescentes, supremi 
2-3 leevigati, ceeteri striis incrementi obliquis aliisque spiralibus 
tenuibus sculpti, ultimus acute et subcompresse carinatus, inferne 
haud spiraliter striatus ; apertura obliqua, utrinque acuta; peri- 
stoma roseo-albidum, margine basali peculiariter tortuoso et 
incrassato. 

Diam. maj. 134 millim., min, 123, alt. 7. 

Hab. Bongao and Sibutu. 

This species appears to be the same as that identified by 
Millendorff as a variety of 7. conicoides (Metcalfe), to which 
he gave the name var. crenulata. It is, however, very 
distinct from that Bornean species in size and form. It more 
nearly approaches 7’. paraguensis, Smith, from Palawan, but 
is easily separable by comparison. It is smaller, darker in 
colour, the whorls are less convex, the suture less obvious, 
and the spire more convex. ‘The aperture also is of a some- 
what different form, and the basal margin of the peristome is 
rather more tortuous but similarly thickened. I have not 
adopted the varietal name crenu/ata for this species in case it 
~may be different from that described by Méllendorff, and, 
moreover, it does not seem particularly applicable, the crenu- 
lation at the keel being so very feeble. 


Land- Shells of the Sulu Archipelago. 53 


6. Trochomorpha Metcalfet, Pfeiffer. 


Helix Metcalfei, Pfr. Conch.-Cab. ed. 2, p. 175, pl. xevii. figs. 10-12, 
var. figs. 13, 14; Deshayes, Hist. Nat. Moll. vol. i. p. 367, pl. ci. 
figs. 10-12. 

Helix solarioides, Reeve, Conch. Icon. pl. xxx. figs. 127 a-e. 

Helix boholensis, Semper, Hidalgo, Journ, de Conch. 1887, pl. iv. 
figs. 1-1 a, 

Hab. Tawi-Tawi, Bongao, Bilatan, Sibutu. 

Two forms of this species occur at the above islands. One 
resembles that represented by Pfeiffer’s figures 10-12 and 
Reeve’s figures 1273,c. The specimens, however, are 
smaller, and the brown zones above and below the periphery 
are narrower and less pronounced. The diameter of average 
specimens is 15 millim. This variety occurs at all four of 
the above islands. The other form, which occurs at Bilatan, 
Bongao, and Sibutu, is similar to that figured by Pfeiffer 
(1. c. figs. 13, 14) and by Reeve (fig. 127 a). The specimens 
are a little smaller than those just referred to, of a pale 
greenish-yellow tint, and: the keel is of a very deep brown- 
black colour, like the narrow zones above and below, which, 
together with the carina, form one dark peripheral zone. In 
the Philippine examples figured by Pfeiffer the keel is 
whitish (=doholensis, Semper). Moéllendorff is of opinion 
that there is sufficient difference between MJetcalfet and bohol- 
ensis to distinguish them, but with this opinion I cannot 
concur. 


7. Helix (Plectotropis) squamulifera, Mollendorff. 
(Pl. IV. figs. 3, 3a.) 
Helix (Plectotropis) squamulifera, Mollendorff, Jahrbuch. deutsch. 
mal, Gesell. 1887, p. 290. 

Hab. Bongao (Mélldf. & Everett) ; Sibutu (Everett). 

The specimens described by Méllendorff were immature, 
and consequently he could not complete the description of the 
peristome. It is pinkish white, scarcely thickened at all, 
slightly expanded above and somewhat reflexed below. The 
largest example is 15 millim. in diameter, but an average 
specimen is only about 13. 


8. Helix (Chloritis) sibutuensts. 
(Pl. IV. figs. 4, 4.) 


Testa depresse globosa, anguste umbilicata, subsolida, rufo-fusca, 
linea saturatiore ad peripheriam cincta ; anfractus 5, leviter con- 
vexi, apicales concinne punctati, ceteri lineis incrementi tenuibus 
striati, indistincte punctati, ultimus antice vix descendens ; aper- 


54 Mr. E. A. Smith on the 


tura lunata, obliqua, intus lilacea; peristoma albidum, incrassa- 
tum, breviter expansum et reflexum, marginibus callo tenuissimo 
junctis, columellari supra umbilicum leviter reflexo. 

Alt. 14 millim., diam, maj. 194, min. 16}; apertura eum perist. 
10 longa, 12 lata. 


Hab. Sibutu. 

This species bears some resemblance to the Bornean 
C. tomentosa, but it is, however, rather more globular, has a 
peripherial reddish line, a thicker lip, and the aperture is of a 
different shape. 


9. Helix marginata, Miiller. 


Helix marginata, Reeve, Conch. Icon. figs. 129a,5; Pfeitfer, Conch.- 
Cab. ed. 2, pl. Ixxviii. figs. 7-9. 

Hab. Sibutu. 

The specimens from this locality are rather small, the 
largest having a diameter of 21 millim. only. They are orna- 
mented with a single narrow deep brown line revolving up 
the centre of the whorls, and two others of a much paler tint 
and not so well defined, one above the keel and the other a 
little below the suture. The central basal zone is also 
narrower than that depicted by Pfeiffer (fig. 9) or by Reeve 
(fig. 129 0). 


10. Cochlostyla (Corasia) egrota, Reeve. 
(Pl. IV. fig. 5.) 


Helix egrota, Reeve, Conch. Teon. fig. 95. 


Testa imperforata, depresse globosa, tenuis, subpellucido-alba, 
nitens ; anfractus 34, celeriter crescentes, convexiusculi, lineis 
incrementi obliquis tenuibus sculpti, ultimus ad peripheriam primo 
obtuse angulatus, sed versus aperturam magis rotundatus, hand 
descendens ; apertura magna, alta ; sutura linearis, lacteo anguste 
marginata; spira parum elata vel subdepressa, ad apicem obtu- 
sissima ; columella paulo obliqua, tenuis, superne anguste 
dilatata; peristoma tenue, vix expansum, albidum. 

Var. zonata, Testa circa medium anfr. ultimi et ad suturam zona 
angusta ornata. 

Diam. maj. 28 millim., min. 22, alt. 19; apertura 15 alta et lata. 


Hab, Sibutu. 

Of thirty-four specimens collected by Mr. Everett only five 
belong to the banded variety. Besides the lines of growth, 
in some examples some very faint spiral striae are more or 
less discernible under a lens, especially upon the base of the 
last whorl towards the umbilical region, C. magtanensis, 


{ 
; 


Land- Shells of the Sulu Archipelago. 55 


Semper *, is considerably like this species in form and colour, 
but is less glossy, and the columella is more oblique, so that 
it passes more gradually into the curve of the peristome. In 
C. egrota, being more upright, it forms a distinct but rounded 
angle at the base. In the latter species also it is a trifle less 
widely expanded above, and has perhaps a straighter and more 
even edge than that of C. magtanensis. The surface of that 
species is dull above and only glossy upon the central portion 
of the base. C. Broderipii, Pfr.t, is also an allied form. 
The latter appears quite distinct from the C. Broderipii as 
figured by Reeve (Conch. Icon. fig. 88), which can scarcely 
be the H. dealbata of Broderip, as he supposed. 

The description given above is taken from the Sibutu 
specimens, which are all smaller than the type from Mindoro 
figured by Reeve. The Mindoro shell is rather more solid 
and consequently less pellucid and not so glossy as those from 
Sibutu, the latter feature being maintained in the other 
Philippine examples examined. 


11. Cochlostyla (Hypselostyla) boholensis, Broderip. 
Bulimus boholensis, Reeve, Conch. Icon. pl. viii. figs. 37 a, b. 


Hab. Bilatan. 

About two dozen specimens of this species from Bilatan do 
not appear separable from this Philippine (Bohol) species. 
Some of them are almost entirely without the undulating 
markings, but others have more or less of this ornamentation. 
C. camelopardalis, Brod., appears to be a form of this species. 


12. Amphidromus maculiferus, var. 
(Pl. IV. figs. 9, 9a.) 

Bulimus maculiferus, Sowerby, Reeve, Conch. Icon. figs, 26a, 6; 

Pfeiffer, Conch.-Cab. ed. 2, pl. xxxvi. figs. 1, 2, pl, xl. fig. 9, var. ; 
Hidalgo, Journ. de Conch. 1888, p. 51, pl. vi. fig. 1. 

Hab. Bilatan Island. 

The specimens from Bilatan present but the faintest trace 
of oblique strigation, like some of the Philippine examples. 
They more resemble the variety figured by Hidalgo, being 
either pale lemon-yellow or pinkish white. They are rather 
smaller than normal specimens, having an average length of 
about 50 to 55 millim. All as yet examined are sinistral. 


* ¢ Reisen im Arch, Philippinen,’ Land-Moll. p. 170, pl. x. figs. 1l a, 6. 
+ The dimensions given by Pfeiffer of this species do not accord with 
his-figure. 


56 Mr. E. A. Smith on the 


13. Cyclotus suluanus. (PI. IV. fig. 7.) 
Cyclotus suluanus, Mollendorff, MSS. 


Testa globosa, anguste umbilicata, pallida, rufo-fusco copiose macu- 
lata et fulgurata, apicem versus nigrescens, infra peripheriam 
albidam zona colorata distincta ornata, inferne circa umbilicum 
pallida, haud maculata; anfractus 5, perconvexi, lineis incrementi 
obliquis tenuibus aliisque spiralibus subobsoletis striati, ultimus 
antice levissime descendens ; apertura circularis, longit. totius 4 
paulo superans ; peristoma leviter incrassatum, vix expansum ; 
operculum utrinque leviter concavum, anfractibus circiter 7 ad 
suturam carinatis, transversim oblique striatis. 

Diam. maj. 21 millim., min. 17, alt. 18; apertura 10 longa et lata. 


Hab. Sulu (Dr. Hungerford’s collection). 

Two specimens of this species in the British Museum 
originally formed part of Dr. Hungerford’s collection, and 
they are referred to by the Rev. A. H. Cooke (P. Z. S. 1892, 
p- 461) under the above name. The label accompanying 
them, in Dr. Mollendorff’s handwriting, gives the locality 
“ Sulu,” so that I think we may safely conclude that the 
specimens are from that island. 

The species is remarkable for its globose form and its 
cyclophoroid appearance, considerably recalling the aspect of 
C. exaltatus, Pfr., from Hong Kong. The operculum fits 
within the extreme margin of the aperture, so that its outer 
surface is almost flush with the peristome. 


14. Cyclotus variegatus, Swainson, var. 


Cyclotus variegatus, Sw., Reeve, Conch. Icon. figs. 29 a, 4; Kobelt, in 
Semper’s Reisen im Arch. Philippinen, Landdeckelschnecken, p. 5, 
pl. i. fig. 5. 

Hab. Sulu (Hungerford collection in Brit. Mus.) ; Bongao 
(Everett). 

A fine single example of this species was obtained from 
Dr. Hungerford’s collection with a label in Dr. O. F. y. 
Méllendorff’s handwriting as follows :—“Cyclotus variegatus, 
Swains., var. grandis, Mlldff. Sulu. (Running into batchian- 
ensis, perhaps new !)” 

I certainly agree with Dr. Méllendorff in his determination, 
and the example obtained by Mr. Everett at Bongao, 
although somewhat smaller jthan the shell in question, evi- 
dently belongs to the same species. C. Bovalli of Godwin- 
Austen and C, euzonus, Dohrn, are extremely close allies, 
the latter, however, being distinguishable by its distinctive 
coloration, 


ee 


Land-Shells of the Sulu Archipelago. 57 


15. Cyclotus bongaoensis. (PI. IV. figs. 8, 8 a.) 


Testa minima, late umbilicata, suborbicularis, sordide albida, ad 
apicem purpureo-rubra, epidermide luteo-olivacea induta, plerum- 
que limo tunicata; anfractus 34, perconvexi, sutura profunda 
sejuncti, celeriter crescentes, liris tenuissimis spiralibus ornati, 
lineisque incrementi tenuibus sculpti, ultimus antice paulo descen- 
dens et solutus; apertura circularis, parva; peristoma simplex ; 
operculum album, nucleo nigrescente, leviter concavum, anfrac- 
tibus angustis circiter 8 oblique striatis. 

Diam. maj. 5 millim., min. 4, alt. 33; apertura 2 lata. 


Hab. Bongao. 

In form this species resembles C. pusillus, Sowerby, a 
Philippine form, and C. linitus, Godwin-Austen, from 
Borneo. It also agrees with the latter in the habit of coating 
its surface with earth. It is, however, a smaller species than 
either, and differs from them in having spiral sculpture not 
only upon the apical whorls but also upon the rest. The 
mud- or earth-coating is produced into two keels, one around 
the upper part of the body-whorl and the other below the 
middle, giving it a quadrate appearance. 


16. Cyclophorus philippinarum, Sowerby, var. 

Cyclophorus philippinarum, Sow. Thesaurus, vol. i. p. 125, pl. xxix. 

figs. 205-207 ; Reeve, Conch. Icon. figs. 64a, 6; Kobelt, Semper’s 
Reisen im Arch. Philippinen, Landdeckelschnecken, pl. iv. figs, 24, 25. 

Hab. Bongao and Sibutu. 

The shells from the above localities belong to that form 
which has been named C. Sowerby by Hidalgo (Journ. de 
Conch. 1888, p. 80). They include two varieties ; the pale 
form accords with Hidalgo’s var. y, and the dark examples 
correspond closely with his typical form. 


17. Alyceeus excisus, Méllendorff. 


Alyceus excisus, Mollendorff, Jahrbuch deutsch. mal. Gesell. 1887, 
p- 287. 


Hab. Bongao (Méllendorf'). 
This species was not obtained by Mr. Everett. 


18. Leptopoma atricapillum, Sowerby. 
Cyclostoma atricapillum, Sow. Thes, Conch, vol. i. p. 137, pl. xxx. 
figs. 230, 231. 
Leptopoma atricapillum, Reeve, Conch. Icon. figs. 6a, 6; Kobelt in 
Semper’s Reisen im Arch. Philippinen, pl. vii. figs, 6, 7. 


Hab. Bilatan, Bongao, and Sibutu. 


58 Mr. E. A. Smith on the 


There are three varieties from these islands, but they all 
occur on Bilatan :— 
1. Of a pale horn-colour, variegated with light brown 
wavy markings; peripherial keel pale. 
2. Coloured like no. 1, but marked with a distinct infra- 
peripherial brown zone. 
3. Of a uniform dark chestnut-colour, excepting the central 
keel and the peristome, which are white. 
The two latter varieties were only obtained at Bilatan by 
Mr. Everett, and variety 1, met with at Bongao and Sibutu, 
was also found at Bilatan. 


19. Leptopoma vitreum, Lesson. 
Leptopoma vitreum, Hidalgo, Journ. de Conch. 1888, p. 91. 


Hab. Sibutu, Bongao, and Bilatan. 

The examples from these islands are rather small in com- 
‘parison with specimens from the Philippines and other 
localities, and they are separable into five colour-varieties. 
The uncoloured form was not met with. 


20. Lagochilus quinqueliratus, Méllendorff. 
(Pl. IV. figs. 10, 10 a.) 


Lagochilus quinqueliratus, Mollendorff, Jahrb. deutsch. mal. Gesell, 
87, p. 286. 


Hab. Tawi-Tawi, Bongao, Sibutu (Zverett); Bongao 
(Mollendor ff’). 


21. Pupina ottonis, Dohrn. 


Pupina ottonis, Dohrn, Sowerby’s Thesaurus, Pupinids, pl. iii. fig. 25; 
Reeve’s Conch. Icon. vol. xx. pl. iii. fig. 25; Kobelt in Semper’s 
Reisen im Arch. Philippinen, pl. vii. fig, 19. 


Hab. Bongao and Tawi-Tawi. 
Some examples are entirely devoid of colour, being quite 
pellucid, but others are of the normal bronzy-brown tint. 


22. Diplommatina Roebelent, Mollendorff. 
(Pl. IV. figs. 11, 11a.) 


Diplommatina Roebeleni, Mollendorff, Jahrbuch deutsch. mal. Gesell, 
1887, p. 287. 


Hab. Bongao (Everett and Millendorf). 


Land-Shells of the Sulu Archipelago. 59 


23. Helicina Martensi, Issel. 


Helicina Martensi, Issel, Ann, Mus, storia nat. Genova, 1874, vol. vi. 
P: 444, pl. vi. figs. 23-25; Millendorff, Jahrb. deutsch. mal. Gesell. 
887, p. 289. 

Hab. Tawi-Tawi, Bongao, and Sibutu (Everett) ; Bongao 
(Méllendorff?) ; Labuan (Jssel); Barit Mountain, N. Borneo 
(Everett). 

I am inclined to think that this so-called species is merely 
a dwarfed form of the Philippine H. polita, Sowerby. The 
specimens from the Tawi-Tawi group are small, like Bornean 
examples, and all of them, with one exception which is 
uniformly yellow, have a white band beneath the suture. A 
similar style of coloration occurs in some of the Zebu speci- 
mens of polita. The opercula of both forms are similar in 
colour and sculpture. 


24. Helicina lazarus, Sowerby. 


Helicina lazarus, Sow. Thes. Conch, i. p. 11, pl. ii. fig. 91, vol. iii. 
P; 295, pl. cclxxviii. figs. 444, 445; Conch. Icon. figs. 208 a, b; 
feiffer, Conch.-Cab. p. 58, pl. vii. figs. 18, 19. 


Hab. Bongao and Sibutu. 

All the examples from the above localities are coated with 
earth, which at the periphery forms an acute jagged keel. 
No mention is made by Sowerby or Pfeiffer of this charac- 
teristic; but in the type specimens from Luzon, which 
have been cleaned, traces of earth are visible. H. cyrtopoma 
of Méllendorff and a few other species have a similar habit of 
agglutinating earth to the surface of their shells. 


25. Helicina contermina (Semper), Kobelt. 
(Pl. IV. figs. 6, 6a.) 


Helicina contermina, Kobelt, Semper’s Reisen im Arch. Philippinen, 
Landdeckelschnecken, p. 76, pl. vii. fig. 52. 


Hab. Sibutu and Bilatan. 
' The majority of the specimens collected by Mr. Everett 
were obtained at Sibutu, only six examples coming from 
Bilatan. The colour of this species is variable. It may be 
uniformly lemon-yellow or pinkish red, with the exception of 
the keel which is whitish, and a narrow reddish or brown 
zone beneath the carina occurs in many specimens. 


60 On the Dentition of Pella Burnupi. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE IV. 


Fy. 1. Macrochlamys angulata. 

Figs. 2-26. Trochonanina bongaoensis. 

Figs. 3,30, Helix (Plectotropis) squamulifera. 
Figs. 4,44. (Chloritis) sibutuensis. 

Eig: Ap. Cochlostyla (Corasia) egrota, var, 
Figs. 6,6a, Helicina contermina. 

NG swe Cyclotus suluanus. 

Figs. 8,8 a. bongaoensis. 

Figs. 9,9a. Amphidromus maculiferus. 
Figs.10,10a. Lagochilus quinqueliratus. 
Figs.11, lla, Diplommatina Roebeleni. 


V.—On the Dentition of Pella Burnupi, Melvill and 
Ponsonby. By Henry Suter, Christchurch, New Zealand. 


[Plate V. B.] 


Some time ago Mr. J. H. Ponsonby kindly sent me a number 
of Helicide from South Africa, and, on carefully examining 
them, I was astonished how some of them showed distinct 
relations to forms from New Zealand. Fortunately there was 
one specimen of Pella Burnupi, M. & P., in which the dried- 
up animal was left, and, after proper treatment, I succeeded in 
getting it out of the shell, leaving the tail well preserved. 
In preparing jaw and radula great care was used, as those 
parts of the mouth are often exceedingly fragile when the 
animal has been dry for a long time. ‘The mounting of the 
radula was successful, but the jaw broke in several pieces, 
without, however, impeding the study of its detail structure. 

Jaw (Pl. V.B. fig. 1) arcuate, folded in about twenty 
vertical plaits, which are about five times longer than broad, 
and strongly transversely striated. Between the plaits a 
small transparent interstice is left. Cutting-margin broadly 
indented. 

Radula (fig. 2) tongue-shaped, consisting of numerous 
transverse straight rows of teeth, 20—1—20, of which five or 
six may be taken as laterals. 

Central tooth quadrangular, slightly longer than broad, 
rounded in front; reflexion tricuspid, the median cusp 
reaching almost to the posterior end of the base; the side 
cusps short, sinuated at the outer sides; median cutting-point 
well developed, extending a little over the next row of teeth ; 
the side cutting-points minute. 

Laterals very much like the rhachidian, the median and 


Sa gute 


The Helicide of New Zealand, Tasmania, and S. Africa. 61 


the inner side cutting-point increasing slowly in size, and the 
former being slightly directed towards the central tooth. 

A number of intermediate teeth show a gradual reduction 
of the reflected portion from tricuspid to bicuspid, the median 
cutting-point and, more especially, the inner cutting-point 
increasing in length. 

Marginals quadrangular, much broader than long, triden- 
tate, the median denticle being the strongest. The eighteenth 
tooth sometimes with four denticles; the last with one only, 
rudimentary. 

Animal.—Tail rounded, slightly tapering, with a mucous 
tail-gland. There is a pedal line and diagonal grooves on 
the sides of the foot. 


Note.—I also examined the dentition of Vitrina Hudsonia, 
Benson, from South Africa, which proved to be a Helicarion, 
as I anticipated. 


Vi.—Preliminary Notes on the Relation between the Heli- 
cide of New Zealand, Tasmania, and South Africa. By 
Henry Suter, Christchurch, New Zealand. 


BEFORE entering upon the subject in question it will be neces- 
sary to say a few words as to the present classification of the 
New Zealand Helicidee, which will be more or less new to 
most conchologists. In the ‘“ Reference List of the Land 
and Freshwater Mollusca of New Zealand” (Proc. Linn. Soc. 
N.S. W. (2) vii. p. 633) Mr. C. Hedley and the writer 
classed the Helices under Zonitide, induced by the characters 
of the animal—clavate eye-peduncles, distinct pedal line, 
diagonal grooves on the foot, and mucous tail-gland in many 
of them; but, in accordance with Mr. H. A. Pilsbry and 
Dr. von Ihering, I am now fully convinced that the New 
Zealand Helicide are really pseudo-zonitocd mollusks. 

In 1892 I sent a collection of New Zealand land-shells to 
Mr. H. A. Pilsbry, and the result was his article “ Observa- 
tions on the Helices of New Zealand,” published in ‘ Nautilus’ 
(vol. vi. no. 5, p. 54). With regard to the numerous genera 
recognized by New Zealand conchologists the author says :— 
“These sections or subgenera are founded upon various modi- 
fications of theshell or jaw, but they have not sufficient distinct- 
ness to rank as genera, unless we understand that term in a 
much more restricted sense than it has been used by the 
majority ot conchologists or zoologists generally.”” He unites 


62 Mr. H. Suter on the Relation between the 


the genera which formed my family Phenacohelicide (‘l'rans. 
New Zeal. Inst. xxiv. p. 270) in one genus, Gerontia, estab- 
lishing, amongst others, a section Calymna, Hutton, for the 
species formerly placed in the genus Amphidoxa, Hutton (not 
Albers), and subgenus Calymna, Hutton. For these shells, 
however, the name of Hlammulina had been proposed in 
1873 by von Martens (‘Critical List of New Zeal. Moll.’ 
p. 12), and was adopted by Mr. C. Hedley and myself in our 
** Reference List” (/. c. p. 643). Gerontva should therefore 
be replaced by Flammulina as a generic name, the former 
dating from 1883. 

Later on Mr. H. A. Pilsbry published his “ Preliminary 
Outline of a new Classification of the Helices”’ (Proc. Acad. 
Nat. Sci. Philad. 1892, p. 387 &c.), in which he unites all the 
sections of his former genus Gerontia (including Hndodonta, 
Charopa, &c.) in one large genus Endodonta (/. c. pp. 401, 
402). With this I cannot agree. Mr. H. A. Pilsbry was 
under the impression that the New Zealand Hndodonta and 
Charopa possess a mucous tail-gland, which is not the case. 
I do not attach very great importance to the presence or absence 
of the caudal gland, as we really do not know its true signi- 
ficance; but in the mollusks classed under Flammulina 
the jaw is always stegognath, the radula is more or less 
pseudo-zonitoid, and, besides, a mucous tail-gland is always 
present ; whilst in Hndodonta and -Charopa the jaw is only 
striated, the radula is much more helicoid, and there is no 
caudal gland. Moreover, according to the geographical 
distribution as now known to me, the two genera Flammulina 
and Endodonta (including Charopa) belong to two different 
types—LEndodonta being of Polynesian, Flammulina of Ant- 
arctic origin. In New Zealand the Endodonta stock has been 
immigrating from the North, the //ammulina forms from the 
South and perhaps from the West and East also, or the latter 
may have spread from New Zealand. 

These are the reasons which induce me to separate 
Flammulina from Endodonta, thus forming two well-defined 

enera. 
: Following chiefly Mr. H. A. Pilsbry (J. c. pp. 401-403) 
I now propose the following classification of the New Zealand 


Helicidee :-— 
Group Haplogona. 
Genus 1. Frammutia (v. Martens, 1875), Suter. 


Sect. 1. FLAMMULINA, von Martens, 1873, s. str. (= Amphidoxa, Hutton, 
not Albers). ‘Type: F. compressivoluta, Reeve. 


Helicide of New Zealand, Tasmania, and South Africa. 63 


Subsect. Carymna, Hutton, 1884. 
Type: C. costulata, Hutton. 


Sect. 2. Geronrt1a, Hutton, 1883. 
Type: G. pantherina, Hutton. 
Sect. 3. PHacussa, Hutton, 1883. 
Type: P. hypopolia, Pfeifler. 
Sect. 4, Tuerasra, Hutton, 1884. 
Type: 7. celinde, Gray. 
Sect. 5. Pyrrua, Hutton, 1884. 
Type: P. eressida, Hutton, 
Sect. 6. PHENACOHELLIX, Suter, 1891. 
Type: P. pilula, Reeve. 
Sect. 7. AtLopiscus, Pilsbry, 1892 (=Psyra, Hutton, 1884, not Stal, 
1876). Type: A. dimorphus, Pfeiffer. 
Sect. 8. Surzria, Pilsbry, 1892 (=Patulopsis, Suter, not Strebel, 1879). 
Type: S. tde, Gray. 
Sect. 9. THaLAssoHELtrx, Pilsbry, 1892 [= Thalassia, Hutton (? and of 
Albers), not Thalassia, Chevrolat, 1854 (Coleopt.) |. 
Type: 7’. zelandia, Gray. 


Genus 2. Enpoponta (Albers, 1850), Suter. 
Sect. 1. ENpoponra, Albers, 1850, s. str. (+ Pitys, Pease, not Beck). 
Type: Z. lamellosa, Férussac (Hawaii). 


Subsect. PrycHopon, Ancey, 1891 (= Hrdtonella, Suter, not 
Pfeiffer, = Maoriana, Suter, 1891). 
Type: P. leioda, Hutton. 
Sect. 2. Cuaropa, Albers, 1860 (= Stmplicaria, Mousson, MS.). 
Type: C. coma, Gray. 
(a) Subsect, TessERaRta, Bottger, 1881. 
Type: 7. novoseelandica, Pfeiffer. 
(4) Subsect. AEScHRODOMUS, Pilsbry, 1892 (= Zhera, Hutton, 
1884, not Stephens, 1851). 
Type: A. stipulatus, Reeve. 


Group Polyplacognatha. 


Genus Laoma (Gray, 1849), Pilsbry, 1892. 
Sect. 1. Laoma, Gray, 1849, s. str. 
Type: ZL. leimonias, Gray. 
Sect. 2, Purixenatuus, Hutton, 1883. 
Type: P, Marie, Gray. 


We can now proceed to the investigation of the Tasmanian 
land-molluscan fauna. Having for several years regarded the 
Tasmanian Helices as nearly allied to those of New Zealand, 
I was much pleased to find that Mr. H. A. Pilsbry held a 
similar opinion with regard to Patula, Paryphanta, fhytida, 


64 Mr. H. Suter on the Relation between the 


&e. (¢ Nautilus,’ 1892, vi. p. 57). On looking through my 
collection of Tasmanian land-shells I fortunately found many 
specimens containing the dried-up animal, and these I decided 
to sacrifice to enable me to examine the dentition. Moreover, 
a short time ago Mr. W. L. May kindly assisted me by for- 
warding some living snails from ‘Tasmania. 

In giving the classification of some of the Tasmanian 
land-shells, I wish to point out that it is based on the den- 
tition as well as on the shell-characters. The descriptions 
and figures of the dentition of the species will be published 
occasionally. The dentition of the following thirty-two 
species was examined :— 


Genus FLAMMULINA (ry. Mart.), Suter. 
Sect. FLAMMULINA, von Martens, s. str. 
(1) F. Jungermanniz, Petterd. (3) F. Luckmani, Brazier. 
(2) F. sitiens, Cox. 
Sect. GzEront1A, Hutton. 


(4) G. albanensis, Coz. (10) G. tasmaniz, Cor. _ 
(5) G. stanleyensis, Petterd. (11) G. subrugosa, Brazier. 
6) G. Legrandi, Coz. (12) G, Mathinne, Petterd. 
(7) G. Marchiannee, Coz. (13) G. Macdonaldi, Cox, 
(8) G. diemenensis, Cox. (14) G. Bassi, Brazier. 

(9) G. gadensis, Cox. (15) G, tamarensis, Petterd. 

Sect, PHacussa, Hutton. 
(16) P. Savesi, Petterd. (18) P. Hamiltoni, Cox. 


(17) P. Stephensi, Coz, 
Sect. ALropiscus, Pilsbry. 
(19) A. limula, Cox. 
Sect. THaLAssoHELIX, Pilsbry. 
(20) T. Fordei, Brazier. 
Genus Enpoponta (Albers), Suter. 
Sect. CHaropa, Albers. 
21) C. antialba, Beddome. 
Genus Laoma (Gray), Pilsbry. 
Sect. Porrxenatuus, Hutton. 


(22) P. Weldii, Tenison- Woods. (26) P. pictilis, Tate. 

(23) P. cxsus, Cox’. (27) P. pipaensis, Petterd. 

(24) P. Henryana, Petterd. (28) P. Halli, Coz. 

(25) P. fwneauxensis, Petterd. (29) P. Hobarti, Cox. 
Genus Ruyrma, Albers. 

(80) R. Sinclairi, Pfeifer. (31) R, ruga, Cox. 


Genus Ruxnxra, Hutton. 
(32) R. nelsonensis, Brazier. 


ae 


a eee ee ee ae 


Helicide: of New Zealand, Tasmania, and South Africa. 65 


It is a most astonishing fact how close the relation between 
the Tasmanian and New Zealand molluscan fauna really 
is, more so than I ever anticipated. Of nine sections of 
the genus Flammulina occurring in New Zealand, five are 
represented in Tasmania. Most remarkable is the prepon- 
derance of Gerontia, a section represented in New Zealand 
by two species only, and of Phrizgnathus, which is also well 
represented in New Zealand. A very striking feature is the 
almost total absence of Hndodonta, the Polynesian element, 
there being only one species of Endodonta, s. str., and one of 
Charopa known trom Tasmania. hytida is more abundant 
in Tasmania, whilst Rhenea is represented by two species in 
each country. 

With regard to the relation between the land molluscan 
fauna of New Zealand, Tasmania, and South Africa, I 
do not know much at present; yet the little knowledge 
available seems of great importance. The genus rope 
is no doubt nearly allied to Rhytida; but the most 
important fact has been brought to our knowledge by the 
examination of the dentition and part of the animal of 
Pella Burnupi, M. & P. The authors of this species state 
that it is of allied character to P. bisculpta, Benson, the type 
of Pella, and the dentition given may therefore be taken as 
typical for the section or genus. I have studied the dentition 
of most of the New Zealand land and freshwater shells, and, 
as shown above, of a good many from Tasmania, and | 
may therefore be allowed to give my opinion as to the 
systematic position of Pella Burnupi, M. & P., and Pella 
generally. I have not the slightest doubt that it must be 
classed under Haplogona next to Flammulina. 

The dentition and part of the animal which I was able to 
examine closely resemble those of Flammulina, s. str., and 
Gerontia from New Zealand and Tasmania; and I think that 
the South-African genus Pella belongs to the Antarctic mol- 
lusean fauna, which no doubt dates back to the Cretaceous 
period at least. 

There are other South-African Jand-shells which seem 
to me to be more or less closely allied to forms from New 
Zealand, and I hope to obtain the animals for examination, 


[With regard to the genus Pella, as alluded to in the above 
article, we would refer our readers to the remarks made by 
Mz. Pilsbry in the ‘ Manual of Conchology,’ vol. viii. pp. 135 et seq.— 
Eps, Ann. § Mag. Nat. Hist. | 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xii. 3 


66 Mr. W. E. Collinge on a new Species of Arion. 


VII.—The Anatomy and Description of a new Species of 
Arion. By Watrer E. Coxtiinge, Mason College, 
Birmingham. 

[Plate V. A.J 


In July last I received from Mr. E. W. Swanton, of Bratton 
St. Maur, Wincanton, a series of slugs collected on a lawn at 
Wainsgrove, Somersetshire, amongst which I noticed a small 
Arion, which I informed Mr. Swanton was a young example 
of Arion empiricorum, Fér. On a closer examination, how- 
ever, I was struck by the active way in which it crawled 
about, the flatness of the back, and the manner in which it 
elongated itself. After a few days it was killed by drowning, 
and preserved in alcohol. Not until now have I been able to 
make an examination of it internally, and it is at once evident, 
from the fully developed condition of the generative system, 
that it is an adult slug, and from the morphology of the same 
it can no longer be referred to A. empiricorum., 

Although I am acquainted with most of the members of 
this genus and its allies, | am not aware of any species that 
approach at all near to the one described below. I mention 
this as, being described from only a single example, and 
collected in a garden, it might possibly have been introduced 
in the roots of foreign plants. Mr. Swanton has so carefully 
worked the slug-fauna of Somersetshire, that I am somewhat 
surprised he has not met with this species before. I have 
examined all previous consignments of small Arions which he 
has from time to time sent me, but find nothing approaching 
it amongst them. 


Arion elongatus, sp.n. (Pl. V. A. figs. 1-4.) 


Head and tentacles blackish, the latter slightly lighter than 
the head. Centre of mantle marked with a pyriform mass of 
deep black, bounded on either side by a narrow yellowish- 
grey line, below by a deep black band which gradually shades 
off into a yellowish grey. Whole of dorsal surface a deep 
black, bounded, like the mantle, by a yellowish-grey line, 
then a deep black band, which shades off into a yellowish 
grey. Foot-frige yellow, with sepia lineoles. Sole 
yellowish ; lateral planes distinct from median plane, which 
later is marked in a dendritic manner and slightly lighter in 
colour. Huge large and flat. Respiratory orifice distinct. 
Keel absent, the back being almost flat. Length alive 24 
millim. ; length in alcohol 15 millim.; length of mantle in 


. Se 


Poe 


On Two new Species of Macroscelides. 67 


alcohol 5 millim.—Externally the slug somewhat resembles 
certain young forms of A. empiricorum, Fér., and forms of 
A, hortensis, Ver. ; its structure, however, is very different. 

Having so far only been able to obtain a single example, [ 
have deferred an examination of anything but the generative 
organs. As soon as further specimens come to hand I will 
describe the nervous and digestive systems, &c., which seem 
interesting. 

There are two vestibules, an upper and a lower. The 
lower portion of the vas deferens—the sperm-duct (‘‘ Patro- 
nenstrecke ”’)—is characterized by an absence of any ring-like 
swelling at its lower end, a feature very common in the hor- 
tensis group of Arions. ‘There is no differentiation between 
the sperm-duct and the vas deferens, the one gradually 
passing into the other. There is only a very small duct to 
the receptaculum seminis, which is an elongated sac-like 
body. ‘The free oviduct is exceedingly large; it passes from 
the upper vestibule as a broad tube, and at about a third of 
its length dilates into a sac-like body, and is then continued 
for a short distance as a tube, and opens into a pouch-like 

ortion, which makes a turn towards the upper vestibule and 


is continued as a broad tube, which higher up becomes con- 


stricted and passes into the oviduct proper as a fine tube. 
Attached to the base of the pouch-like portion of the free 
oviduct is a short broad retractor muscle. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE V.A. 


Fig. 1. Arion elongatus. 

Fig. 2. Lower portion of the generative organs. 

Fig. 3. Rugze trom dorsal surface of the body. 

Fig. 4. Portion of sole of foot, showing lateral and median planes. 


Lp. Lateral plane of foot-sole. rm. Retractor muscle. 

lv. Lower vestibule. r.s, Receptaculum seminis. 
m.p. Median plane of foot-sole. s.d. Sperm-duct. 

ov. Oviduct. v.d. Vas deferens. 

pr. Prostate. 


VIII.—Deseriptions of Two new Species of Macroscelides. 
By OLDFIELD THOMAS. 


IN attempting to determine an elephant-shrew of the genus 
Macroscelides brought by Dr. J. W. Gregory from East 
Africa, specimens already in the Museum of the two following 


species have been re-examined and prove to need description:— 


68 Mr. O. Thomas on Two new 


Macroscelides fuscipes, sp. n. 


Most nearly allied to M. brachyurus, Boc.*, with which it 
agrees in size and proportions. General colour above deep 
rufous chestnut, sides paler rufous ; under surface white, the 
hairs slaty grey basally as usual. Eyes less completely sur- 
rounded by white than usual, the white superciliary streak 
being only represented by an isolated spot anteriorly, while 
there is no white at all between the eye and ear, the fur here 
being pale brown, a shade lighter than the general colour of 
the head ; the white streak beneath the eye, however, runs 
along the whole lower border of the orbit, ending below the 
posterior canthus. Lips and chin white. Lars of medium 
length, laid forwards in a spirit-specimen they just reach to 
the anterior canthus of the eye: metatragus T of very peculiar 
shape, being twisted backwards on itself almost as in the 
Chiropterous genus Nycteris, its substance much thickened, 
so that it is almost spherical; anterior and outer margins 
evenly rounded, posterior sharply and angularly concave; its 
rounded terminal part thinly clothed with fine scattered hairs, 
almost too small to be seen without a lens. 

Proximal portions of arms and legs coloured like the body ; 
anterior surface of wrists and uppersides of hands and feet 
soft brownish fawn. 

Tail short, thinly haired ; its hairs above brown, below 
white. 

Dimensions of the type (a somewhat immature female in 
spirit) :— 

Head and body 102 millim.; tail 76; hind foot 27; ear 
from notch 19. 

Skull: basal length 30, greatest breadth 17-3, interorbital 
breadth 5°6. 

Hab. N’doruma, Niam-Niam country (about 5° N. and 
27° 30/-E.). Coll. F. Bohndorff. 

Type: B. M. no. 84. 5. 1. 6. 

Although the only specimen of this species is young, 
having still its milk-dentition in place, its characters are so 
well marked that I have little hesitation in describing it as 
new. Jy its short feet and tail it is readily separated from 


* J. Sci. Lisb. ix. p. 27, 1882; (2) 1. p. 24, 1889. 

+ By this name, as in the ‘Catalogue of Marsupials,’ I designate the 
small fleshy or membranous protuberance placed within the concavity of 
the ear-conch. It is probably homologous to what is generally called 
the “tragus” in the Chiroptera; but as it certainly does not correspond 
in position with the human tragus, I prefer now, as then, without pre- 
judging the case of the bats, to use in other instances a name which does 
not suggest an incorrect homology. 


LK, rll rrr er 


Species of Macroscelides. 69 


all other species except M. brachyurus; and from this, to 
which it is no doubt most nearly allied, it differs in its pecu- 
liarly twisted and more thickened métatragus, its richer 
rufous coloration, its less white-ringed eyes, and in its 
brownish hands and feet, I/. brachyurus (like all the other 
species of the genus) having the latter pure white. 


Macroscelides pulcher, sp. n. 


Most nearly allied to M. rufescens*, Pet., to which I 
doubtfully referred it in 1890 f, but distinguished by its much 
greyer and less rufous coloration. (General colour of head 
and body soft fawn-grey, rather more rufous in the nuchal 
region, darker along the centre of the back, paler along the 
sides, altogether not very dissimilar to that shown in the 
plate given by Huet of his MW. Revoili}. Arrangement of 
eye-markings much as in MV. rufescens, but the superciliary 
line is partially interrupted posteriorly, while the fur at the 
large postero-inferior interruption is nearly black instead of 
rufous. A large patch at the back of each ear pale rufous. 
Metatragus apparently as in VW. rufescens, 7. e. thin and mem- 
branous, about as long as broad, with evenly rounded margins ; 
but without spirit-specimens an exact description is not 
possible. Outer surface of ears brownish fawn. Whole 
under surface of body pure white, the bases of the hairs grey. 
A prominent gland present in the sternal region. Upper 
surfaces of hands and feet also pure white. ‘Tail long, 
brownish above, whitish below. 

Skull and dentition apparently quite as in MV. rufescens, 
except that the upper canines and anterior premolars are 
slenderer and less distinctly bicuspid; without further mate- 
rial, however, I am not able to say whether even this 
difference may not be due to age. 

Dimensions of the type (an adult skin, female) :— 

Head and body 125 millim.§; tail 108; hind foot 
eee rinse) 31, 

kull: nasals, length 12:2; interorbital breadth 6:2; 
alate, length 18:2 ; length of upper tooth-row 17°5, of lower 
itto 16. 

Hab. Usambiro, south of the Victoria Nyanza. Collected 
and presented by Emin Pasha. 

Type: B. M. no. 90. 6. 8. 10. 


* MB. Ak. Berl. 1878, p. 198, pl. i. 

+ P. Z.S. 1890, p. 446. 

} Revoil’s ‘Faune et Flore des Pays Comali,’ pl. i., 1882. 

§ Emin gives, as the dimensions in the flesh, “ ‘Total length 251 ; tail 
110 millim.” ; 


70 Mr. 0. Thomas on a new Species of 


Emin says of this animal:—“ Iride nigerrima. _ This single 
specimen found among the high dry grasses. Runs like a 
Gerbille. Native name ‘ Gosso.’ ” 

Further examination has convinced me that my reference 
of this specimen to M. rufescens was incorrect, and that the 
considerable difference in the general body-colour is of. suffi- 
cient importance to distinguish the two forms. 


Dr. Gregory’s specimen of Macroscelides, above referred to, 
obtained by him at Kibwezi, British East Africa, is itself of 
some interest, as, occurring in the neighbourhood of the 
original locality of I. rufescens, it differs from that animal 
in being of a uniform dirty slate-colour below, with nearly 
or quite obsolete face-markings, and of a generally much 
darker tone of colour. In all other respects, however, it 
appears to be identical, and I am therefore disposed to 
consider it as being possibly a melanistic example of M/. rufes- 
cens, as its coloration seems so abnormal. Should this prove 
to be the case, it increases the probability, already suggested 
by Huet *, that Peters’s M. fuscus, coloured somewhat simi- 
larly, is also founded on a melanistic individual of the ordinary 
Mozambique form. The dental peculiarities of MW. fuscus, as 
described by Peters, seem merely to be due to his having 
mistaken milk for permanent teeth. 


IX.—On a new Species of Armadillo from Bolivia. 
By OLDFIELD THOMAS. 


Tue British Museum owes to the kindness of the well-known 
naturalist Prof. W. Nation, of Lima, a specimen of an arma- 
dillo belonging to the restricted genus Dasypus, but not refer- 
able to any of the previously known species of the genus. 

I would propose to term it, in honour of its donor, 


Dasypus Nationi, sp. n. 


Intermediate in size between D. villosus, Desm., and 
D. vellerosus, Gray +, to the latter of which it is probably 
most nearly allied. Cephalic shield very broad and short, 
its breadth slightly exceeding its length; its scales pro- 
portionally large, smooth, and but little sculptured, their 

* Joep, 1 


C. Dp 
+ P..Z. 8. 1865, p. 376, pl. xviii, (animal); Hand-l, Edentates, p. 19, 
pl. v. figs. 1 & 2 (skull) (1875). 


nd 7 


a 


Sie Se eee nt & —— EE ee aa 


SS so 


Armadillo from Bolivia. 71 


number just about 100: first nuchal row consisting of 11 
scales and extending quite from ear to ear; second row, as 
usual, forming a complete collar extending from shoulder to 
shoulder and consisting of 28 scales. Fixed shoulder-shield 
consisting of three rows in the centre, the middle one of 
which divides laterally into four or five. Number of rows 
behind this to the tail 18, of which 8 or 9 appear to be 
movable. Central scale of the seventh row from the end 
perforated. Fifth body-row consisting of 39 scales. 

Carapace thinly clothed with long scattered hairs, from 1 
to 3 inches in length, of a pure white colour. Underneath 
and between these there are shorter and more numerous brown 
hairs, which, on the medial line of the back and on the pelvic 
shield, are in the majority, while on the flanks the longer 
white hairs are most numerous. Limbs and belly thinly 
clothed with whitish or pale brownish hairs. 

Ears naked, black, somewhat elongate, their length about 
equal to half that of the cephalic shield. ‘Tail imperfect, its 
proximal portion very thinly haired, almost naked. 

Skull only represented by the muzzle, but this, like the 
cephalic shield, is of unusual proportionate breadth; nasals 
large, boldly expanded in their posterior half. Anterior 
tooth, as in typical Dasypus, implanted in the premaxilla, 
just anterior to the suture. 

Dimensions of the type (an adult skin) :— 

Head and body, length in a straight line 268 millim., over 
the curves 350; cephalic shield, length 60, breadth in a 
straight line 61, over the curve 71; transverse length of first 
nuchal band (straight) 47; ear-length (approximate) 30; 
length of middle body-band, following the curve, 230; hind 
foot, length without claws (approximate) 52. 

Skull: nasals, length 26°3, breadth anteriorly 7, at nar- 
rowest point 6°1, at broadest point 12°6; breadth of anterior 
nasal opening 8°4; anterior tooth, distance from nasal 
opening 9; breadth of palate between anterior maxillary 
teeth 7:6. 

Hab. Orujo,: Bolivia. 

This new species differs from D. vellerosus in its con- 
siderably larger size, much broader cephalic shield, longer 
ears, less amount of hairiness, and, in the skull, in the much 
broader muzzle and nasal opening and in the larger and 
(posteriorly) more widely expanded nasals. All these 
characters, and its equally inferior size, will also readily 
separate it from the common hairy armadillo, D. villosus. 

One other described species needs some reference here, 


2 Mr. R. I. Pocock on 


namely Fitzinger’s “Cryptophractus brevirostris” * (later 
Dasyphractus brevirostris t), said in one place to come from 
Chili and in another from Bolivia, and which, although the 
describer himself considered it the same as D. vellerosus, 
might have been really the present form. The type of the 
species was at one time in the Vienna Museum; but my 
friend Dr. von Lorenz kindly informs me that it is no longer 
there, and we are therefore reduced to Fitzinger’s description. 

Apart from his own recognition of its identity with D. velle- 
rosus (over which he unjustifiably claims priority), this 
description, and especially the dimensions given, prove con- 
clusively that it really was the smaller southern form, of 
which the British Museum, besides the type from Santa Cruz 
de Ja Sierra, Bolivia, possesses an immature example from 
Chili. We may therefore dismiss the name brevirostris as 
altogether synonymous with ve/lerosus. 


X.—A small Contribution to our Knowledge of the Scorpions 
of India. By R. I. Pocock, of the British Museum 
(Natural History). 


Family Scorpionide. 
Scorpio bengalensis (C. Koch). 


Since giving a few brief notes about this scorpion in my 
paper upon the Indian species of Scorpions (J. Bombay Nat. 
Hist. Soc. vol. viii.), [ have come across three other examples 
of this species, which show that it attains to a greater size than 
C. Koch’s type. These specimens are of a very deep green 
throughout. The following measurements will show the 
dimensions and the sexual characters of two of the speci- 
mens :— 

? .— Total length 127 millim., of carapace 19, of tail 63; 
length of palp 71, of hand-back 15, of movable digit 19; 
width of hand 15, of brachium 7°8. 

3d .—Total length 113 millim., of carapace 16:5, of tail 60, 
of palp 79, of hand-back 16, of movable digit 19°5; width of 
hand 12, of brachium 7. 


* SB. Ak. Wien, xlii. p. 884, 1861 (descr. nulla). 
+ Op, cit. Ixiv. Abth. i. p. 264, 1871 (deser. orig. ). 


: 

| 

: 
j 
a 
: 
. 
7 
4 


the Scorpions of India. 73 


Scorpio cesar, C. Koch. 


The specimen ticketed “ Ceylon” in the Museum collection, 
which Lidentified in the ‘ Bombay Journal,’ vol. viii.,as S.cesar, 
roves to be an aberrant example of S. africanus (Linn.). 
The locality Ceylon, which I have very little doubt is erro- 
neous, put me off the track of its accurate determination. 

Two other scorpions in the collection, which I now refer 
to S. cesar, are nearly related to S. megacephalus, but may 
be recognized from it by having the hand wider, more convex 
above, and with its inner edge much more strongly convex ; 
moreover, the keels of the tail are strongly denticulate, very 
much as in S. bengalensis. 

The two examples give the following measurements in 
millimetres :— 

g (in alcohol).—Total length about 125, of carapace 18, 
of tail 63; width of brachium 7°5, of manus 17°8; length of 
hand-back 13, of movable digit 19. 

2 (dry).—Total length 91, of carapace 15°5, of tail 52; 
width of brachium 6, of manus 15; length of hand-back 10°5, 
of movable digit 15. 

Judging from these two specimens, both of which are from 
Ceylon, the sexes do not differ appreciably with regard to 
length of tail or of palpi. 


Scorpio Phipsont, Pocock. 
Scorpio Phipsoni, Pocock, Journ. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. viii. pp. 307— 
309. 


This species attains a far larger size than I suspected when 
describing it. Since that time the Museum has received 
several examples from India (Miss EKmma Phipson’s collec- 
tion) and one from the Bombay Presidency presented by 
Mr. N. Masterman. The largest of these examples (a male) 
measures about 140 millim., of which the carapace is 20 and 
the tail 72, while the largest female measures (with the abdo- 
men distended) about 138 millim., the carapace being 19 and 
the tail 63; in the male the palpi are very long, measuring 
about 90 millim., of which the brachium is 22°5, the hand- 
back 19, and the movable digit 21, while the width of the 
hand is 15°5. Inthe female the palp is only 67, the brachium 
being 15, the hand-back 14-2, and the movable digit 19, while 
the width of the hand is 16. 

This species may be readily distinguished from S. mega- 
cephalus of C. Koch by having the upper surface of the hand 
considerably more convex, the area above the keel being 
vertical, the inner border also more convex, and the posterior 


74 Mr. R. I. Pocock on 


lobe much less strongly produced; also there is not such an 
elongate space on the proximal side of the first pectinal tooth 
as is seen in S. megacephalus, the superior caudal keels are 
much more granular, the vesicle is less globular, and the 
aculeus more abruptly curved in its distal half; and, lastly, 
although J have seen nineteen specimens of S. megacephalus, 
mostly from Ceylon, eight of which are males varying in 
length from about 95 to 122 millim., yet none of them present 
any very marked elongation of the palpi; whereas of S. Phip- 
sont I have seen in the Museum collection eleven specimens, 
six of which are males varying in length from 92 to about 
190 millim., and they all present that elongation of the palpi 
that has been described. 

Immature specimens of the two species now under dis- 
cussion are, as might be expected, very difficult to recognize 
from each other; and in my diagnosis of the species I men- 
tioned two specimens in the Museum collection from Madras, 
which I now believe to be referable to S. megacephalus of 


C. Koch. 


Scorpio latimanus, sp. n. 


Colour castaneous, with yellow legs. 

Carapace finely granular laterally, the frontal lobes sub- 
granular and wrinkled; the anterior excision very shallow 
and the lobes consequently rather squared, almost as in 
Miephonus, longer than the first two caudal segments and 
half the third. . 

Tergites mostly smooth and polished, weakly granular at 
the sides, the last more coarsely granular laterally, but scarcely 
carinate. 

Sternites smooth and polished, the last furnished with four 
distinct smooth keels. 

Tail short, only a little more than three times the length 
of the carapace, posteriorly narrowed, the first segment one 
third wider than the fifth (6:4); the third segment as long 
as wide, the fifth twice as long as wide; the superior keels of 
segments 1 to 4 smooth, subcrenulate on the fourth, the infe- 
rior keels well developed and also smooth, although roughened 
with punctures on the fourth, those on the first segment as 
strong as those on the second ; fifth segment with its upper 
keels weakly denticulate ; vesicle wider than the fifth seg- 
ment, serially granular beneath (aculeus fractured). The 
terminal fang of the immovable digit of the chelicere very 
long. 

Palys robust ; humerus granular and convex above, denti- 
culate in front; brachiwm smooth, subcostate, not granular ; 


——————————— rc rrstst~—S 


the Scorpions of India. 75 


manus very wide, as wide as long, its inner border strongly 
arched, the inflation beginning abruptly at the base of the 
immovable finger, so that the angle thus made is scarcely 
larger than a right angle; the inner edge denticulate in front, 
smooth behind; the upper surface strongly convex exter- 
nally, where it rises vertically from the keel of the hand-back, 
covered with low anastomosing ridges and tubercles, which 
show a strong tendency to run into longitudinal crests in the 
external half of the hand; lower surface nearly smooth ; length 
of the hand-back much less than that of the movable digit 
and much less than the width of the hand, which is a little 
less than the length of the movable digit ; the immovable 
digit with a very distinct smooth keel upon it. 

Legs almost entirely smooth, the spines on the feet of the 
two posterior pairs 4 or 5 in number on each side. 

Pectines with 15 teeth on each side. 

Genital operculum elongate, cordate. 

Measurements in millimetres. — Total length (without 
aculeus) 72, of carapace 12°8, of tail-segments 1-5 30°5; 
width of brachium 4°6, of manus 11°5; length of hand-back 
7°8, of movable digit 12. 

A single dried (probably male) specimen, unknown locality. 

This species is so well marked that, in spite of the absence 
of locality, I have not hesitated to describe it. Its most 
noticeable features are—(1) A very shallow median excision 
and truncate frontal lobes on the carapace ; (2) the presence 
of four distinct keels on the last abdominal sternite; (3) the 
conspicuousness of the anterior inferior caudal keels ; (4) the 
very wide hand, with vertical external surface and very widely 
rounded inner edge. 


N.B.—Since the above was written the Museum has ac- 
quired from Mr. F. Moore a small collection of scorpions, 
which, in addition to the types of Scorpiops tenuicauda and 
Cherilus insignis, contains asmall (probably female) example 
of a Scorpio which appears to be referable to this species 
and is ticketed “N. India.” This specimen agrees closely 
with the type in most of its features, but the carapace is more 
deeply and more characteristically excavated mesially and 
the last abdominal sternite is less conspicuously keeled. 
Moreover, the genital operculum is not posteriorly elongate, 
and there are 12-13 pectinal teeth. 


Scorpio gravimanus, sp. 0. 


g. Colour ferruginous, legs piceous. 
Carapace as long as caudal segments 14+2+4 of 3, smooth 


76 Mr. R. T. Pocock on 


above, weakly granular laterally, the anterior excision 
normally strong, with the triangular piece at the apex of it; 
distance between the anterior and median lateral eyes greater 
than that between the median and posterior. 

Tergites weakly granular posteriorly and laterally, the last 
with two nearly obsolete granular keels on each side. 

Sternites smooth, the last only very obsoletely carinate. 

Tail about three and a half times the length of the cara- 
pace, robust, the sides of the segments convex in outline, the 
second segment as long as wide, the third longer than wide ; 
in segments 1-4 the superior keels are weakly granular, more 
strongly so on the fourth; the supero-lateral keel merely 
subcrenulate ; the inferior keels smooth, roughened with 
punctures, these keels on the first and second segments 
strongly and equally developed, the superior and the lateral 
intercarinal space weakly granular; the fifth segment with 
denticulate inferior keels and the posterior lateral tooth very 
strong, the upper surface granular at the sides; vesicle 
narrower and lower than the fifth segment, not very robust, 
serially denticulate beneath. 

Palpi.—Humerus lightly convex and sparsely granular 
above, the anterior and posterior keels strong and granular, 
the lower and posterior surfaces smooth, the posterior-inferior 
keel weak ; brachiwm smooth, except for a few small granules 
in front, longitudinally costate ; manus large, nearly the same 
shape as in S. megacephalus, but with its inner border a little 
more convex and almost entirely smooth, the angle formed by 
the meeting of the inner border of the hand and of the 
immovable digit very obtuse and nearly evenly rounded, the 
upper surface evenly convex from the keel of the hand-back 
to the inner edge, the area above the keel of the hand-back 
sloping and not vertical when the hand is normally at rest ; 
the upper surface covered with low, often anastomosing 
tubercles, which form four smooth keels, three of which 
emanate from the immovable digit; the inner edge of the 
hand at the base of the immovable digit is raised into a 
distinct smooth crest; the width of the base of the immovable 
digit equal to nearly half its length; the movable digit 
shorter than the length of the hand, but a little greater than 
its width ; the length of the hand-back much less than the 
greatest width of the hand, but greater than the least width, 
7. e. at the base of the digits. 

Legs almost entirely smooth, femora of the fourth pair very 
weakly granular ; the feet with 5-4 spines below. 

Pectines with 13-14 teeth ; the basal intermediate lamella 
not elongate, so as to leave a long space between the point 


ee ee ae 


ou a ® 


the Scorpions of India. 77 


where the teeth begin and the point of attachment of the 
pecten. 

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 100, of cara- 
pace 17, of tail 53:5; length of first segment 6, of fifth 12°5; 
width of first 7°3, of fifth 5, of vesicle 4°6 ; width of brachium 
5°7, of manus 14°5; length of hand-back 12°5, of movable 
digit 15°5. 

A single male example from Ceylon (2. Templeton). 

In addition to the specimen described above, there is a 
second in the Museum collection ticketed “ India.” It is a 
female, and is rather smaller than the male. ‘The total length 
is 89 millim., of which the tail is only 40 and the carapace 
13; the vesicle is much narrower than the fifth caudal seg- 
ment (3:4). The manus has the same form as in the male, 
but the “ribs” are less pronounced. 

This species is most nearly allied to S. megacephalus. It 
may be recognized by the form and structure of the hand, by 
the relatively shorter space between the point of attachment 
of the pectines and the commencement of the teeth, the less 
globular vesicle, &e. 


Family Iuride. 
Scorpiops tenuicauda, sp. n. 


2. Colour blackish chestnut, hands redder; vesicle and 
tarsi pale. 

Carapace longer than the first three caudal segments, flat, 
finely granular, the longitudinal groove in front of the ocular 
tubercle very shallow and not laterally carinate ; the anterior 
edge subtubercular ; the ocular tubercle polished, smooth, the 
distance between the eyes equal to about twice a diameter ; 
the posterior eye of the lateral series the smallest. 

Tergites nearly smooth, at most coriaceous or minutely 
granular, with a smooth median crest; the last with four 
anteriorly abbreviated, finely granular keels. 

Sternites smooth, the last obsoletely costate posteriorly. 

Tail only two and a half times the length of the carapace, 
posteriorly narrowed, the segments increasing in length 
posteriorly, the fifth as long as the third and the fourth, the 
second about as wide as long, the first with 10 keels, the 
second with § ; the inferior keels smooth on the first segment 
and becoming progressively more and more granular towards 
the fourth ; the superior and superior-lateral keels finely den- 
ticulate, the former terminating behind in a spiniform tooth 
upon the second, third, and fourth segments, the intercarinal 
spaces finely granular; the fifth segment with its upper sur- 


78 Mr. R. I. Pocock on 


face nearly flat and its edges squared, and the median lateral 
keel almost smooth and the inferior keels weakly granular ; 
vesicle smooth, flat above, convex below, as wide as the fifth 
segment and a trifle higher; aculeus short, stout at the base, 
lightly curved in its distal half. 

Palpi longish, flat; the humerus covered with granules 
above, much more finely granular below, the keels coarsely 
granular, the anterior surface with a median granular keel 
extending throughout its length ; brachiwm granular, like the 
humerus, with a strong spine on its anterior surface and a 
smalier one above it ; a series of 12 pores on its lower surface ; 
hand not twice as thick as the brachium, the upper surface 
covered with a reticulated pattern of fine granules, the keels 
which bound this surface distinctly granular, the anterior 
surface finely granular, the rest of it coriaceous, the keels 
bounding the hand-back granular; the movable digit shorter 
than the hand-back. 

Legs finely granular externally. 

Sternum of cephalothorax flat and about as wide as long. 

Pectines short, with 6-7 teeth. 

3. Carapace as long as the first three segments of the 
tail and about one third of the length of the whole tail. 

Vesicle larger, thicker than the fifth and almost as thick as 
the second segment, and higher than any of the segments. 

Palpt very long and slender (cf: measurements), the 
movable digit with a tooth in the proximal half of its length, 
the immovable correspondingly notched. 

Pectines larger, with longer teeth. 

Measurements of 9 .—Total length 36 millim.; length of 
carapace 6, of tail 16, of its fifth segment 4°2, of vesicle and 
aculeus 4; width of first segment 2, of fifth 1°3; length of 
humerus 5°8, of brachium 6, of hand-back 6°8, of movable 
digit 6°5; width of hand 4, of brachium 2°5. 

3 -—Total length 38 millim.; length of carapace 5°8, of 
tail 17°5, of its fifth segment 4°5, of vesicle and aculeus 5, of 
humerus 7, of brachium 6, of hand-back 7°2, of movable 
digit 5°5; width of hand 3, of brachium 2:2. 

Loc. Deccan (India). 

This species is very distinct from all the known species of 
the genus in its strong superficial resemblance to Huscorpius 
or Hormurus. It is, however, a genuine Scorpiops; the only 
characters in which it appears to differ from the rest of this 
genus are merely connected with the flatness of its build, and 
are not, to my mind, of generic importance. 


| 
| 
| 


——— ae 


the Scorpions of India. 79 


Scorpiops leptochirus, Pocock. 

This species, described on pp. 325-326 of the October 
number of the ‘Annals,’ was based upon a single female 
example, for which no locality could be assigned. I am glad 
therefore to be able to supplement my original description by 
adding that, in Mr. Moore’s collection, to which reference has 
already been made, there are two examples of this species. 
One of them, a female ticketed “N.E. Bengal,” closely 
resembles the type, except that it is a little smaller (about 
40 millim.) ; but the other, a male from Assam, has the palpi 
very elongate, as the following measurements with reference 
to the carapace will show :— 

Length of carapace 6°5 millim., of humerus 7, of 
brachium 7, of hand-back 7:3, of movable digit 7. 


Cherilus margaritatus, sp. n. 


Colour pale (probably faded) ; the trunk, legs, and tail 
brownish yellow, at most obscurely mottled with darker tints ; 
palpi redder, with the digits and the keels blackish. 

Clothed, especially on the appendages, with white longish 
hairs. 

Carapace as long as the first two segments and half the 
third, posteriorly and laterally rather sparsely studded with 
round shining tubercles; the keel, which runs_ posteriorly 
from the lateral eyes, weak ; the interocular area tubercular 
anteriorly ; the space between the median eyes a little larger 
than a diameter; the space between the lateral eyes only 
about halt a diameter. 

Tergites studded rather irregularly and closely with 
rounded shining tubercles, without a trace of keels; the last, 
however, with the inferior lateral keel conspicuous. 

Tail about four times the length of the carapace, narrowed 
posteriorly ; the first segment considerably, the second a 
little wider than long, the third as wide as long, the fifth two 
and a half times as long as wide, as long as the carapace, a 
trifle longer than the third and fourth segments ; segments 1-4 
furnished with 8 keels; a trace of the median lateral on the 
first, the inferior keels of the first weakly granular, of the 
second more strongly so, of the fourth denticulate ; the rest 
of the keels coarsely granular or tubercular ; the lateral inter- 
carinal space tubercular, the other intercarinal spaces smooth 
or only weakly granular; the fifth segment flat above, with 
squared, coarsely granular edges; the median lateral keel 
large, the inferior keels denticulate, the median posteriorly 
bifid, the intercarinal spaces studded irregularly and sparsely 


80 Mr. R. J. Pocock on 


with rounded granules; the anal border elevated and den- 
ticulated, the superior tooth enlarged. Vesicle large, wider 
than the fifth segment, its height greater than the height of 
any of the caudal segments, smooth, except for a few granules 
below ; aculeus about half the length of the vesicle, slightly 
curved at the apex, its distal half rather sharply marked off 
from the basal. 

Chelicere finely granular above. 

Palpi.—Humerus smooth behind, granular below, more 
coarsely granular above, tubercular in front, the two anterior 
keels conspicuous; brachium furnished with 5 distinct 
granular keels, the superior-anterior keel strong, the inferior- 
anterior denticulate, the anterior surface furnished above 
basally with a denticulate crest, studded with rounded granules 
below ; manus not widely rounded and posteriorly produced 
internally, not twice as wide as the brachium, strongly 
convex from the keel of the hand-back to the inner edge, 
furnished with 7 strong, thickly and rather coarsely granular 
keels, and one weaker keel on the inner (anterior) aspect of the 
hand, the intercarinal spaces more weakly and less thickly 
granular than the keels; length of the hand-back greater 
than the width of the hand and a little less than the length of 
the movable digit ; digits short, thickly granular at the base ; 
furnished with ten rows of denticles. 

Legs.—Femora of the third and fourth pairs externally 
granular; the distal tibial segment always longer than the 
proximal, and in the legs of the fourth pair about twice as 
long, this distal segment furnished behind with a series of 
four or five spicules, thickly hairy; feet also thickly hairy, 
with a spicule at the base of each of the sete forming the 
lateral series on the soles of the feet. 

Sternum longer than wide. 

Fectines short, furnished with 4 teeth. 

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 39; length of 
carapace 5d, of tail 22; width of first segment 3, of fifth 2, 
of vesicle 2°5; height of vesicle 2:2, of fifth segment 1°5; 
width of brachium 2°3, of manus 3°8; length of hand-back 
4:5, of movable digit 5°5. 

A single female example ticketed “ India” (Hardwicke 
Coll.). 

At once recognizable from C. variegatus, Sim., and bor- 
neensis, Sim., by its narrower hands (the width of these 
organs in the latter two species being greater than the length 
of the hand-back) and also by the greater strength of the 
hand-keels and of the granulation. Irom truncatus, Karsch, 
which it might be expected to resemble, it may be easily 


ete rs 


the Scorpions of India. SL 


separated by the coarseness of the granulation of the tergites, 
these plates in truncatus being described as smooth ; from 
eavernicola, Pocock, and celebensis, Pocock, by the coarse 
granulation of the palpi and the great development of the 
keels of these appendages. In celebensis, moreover, tlhe 
distance between the median eyes is less than a diameter and 
the median keel on the upper surface of the hand is partially 
obsolete; the anterior inferior caudal keels are scarcely 
visible, the upper margins of the fifth segment are more 
rounded, and the whole tail is much shorter, &c.; and in 
cavernicola there are 14 rows of teeth along the digits of the 
palpi, &e. Supposing this species to be the temale of C. pictus, 
Pocock, it yet differs in the coarse granulation of the tergites 
and in the absence from them of incipient keels. 


Cherilus gemmifer, sp. n. 


Allied to C. margaritatus. 

Colour blackish, variegated with brownish red. 

Trunk ornamented with coarse granulation as in margart- 
tatus, but the granulation rather coarser; the tergites dis- 
tinetly furnished with incipient tubercular keels. 

Tail about the same length as in margaritatus, but not so 
thick, both the second and third segments being slightly 
longer than wide; all the keels rather weaker than in marga- 
ritatus, and with the granulation or denticulation less strong, 
but the upper surface of the segments, including the fifth, is 
distinctly granular; so, too, are the lateral and inferior 
surfaces, with the exception of the lower surtace of the first 
and second segments, coarsely granular, and the median 
lateral keel is visible on the second and third segments ; the 
edges of the fifth are less squared: the vesicle is narrow, 
elongate, and depressed, its width is equal to the width of the 
fifth, but its height is a little less than the height of this 
segment ; it is, moreover, granular below, above, and at the 
sides ; the aculeus is short, its basal portion not being sharply 
marked off from the vesicle. 

Palpi \ess strongly carinate and granular than in margar:- 
tatus; the hands less convex above, but a little wider, being 
only a trifle narrower than the length of the hand-back, the 
intercarinal granulation being arranged in a very distinct 
reticulated pattern. 

Pectinal teeth 3-4. 

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 38; length of 
carapace 6, of tail 24; width of brachium 2, of manus 4:2 ; 
length of hand-back 4°5, of movable digit 5:3. 

‘Two dry female examples trom Silhet. 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xiii. 6 


82 Mr. R. I. Pocock on 


Cherilus insignis, sp. n. 


Colour (dry specimen) for the most part ferruginous, the 
keels black. 

Carapace finely granular in front and at the sides; ocular 
tubercle elongate in front, smooth, depressed above, distance 
between the eyes distinctly greater than a diameter. 

Tergites very finely granular; with scarcely a trace of a 
median keel, and the lateral keels represented by low smooth 
tubercles. 

Sternites smooth. 

Tail more than four times the length of the carapace, which 
is equal to the first, second, and one fourth of the third of its 
segments, the first segment much wider than long, the second 
longer than wide, the segments becoming progressively longer 
and wider posteriorly and from the second to the fifth ; the first 
segment with 10 keels, of which the inferior median are 
smooth, the second to fourth with 8 keels, with a trace of the 
median lateral posteriorly ; all the keels distinctly granular, 
the superior being even denticulate ; the fifth segment longer 
than the carapace, its upper surface flat behind and smooth, 
normally keeled and denticulate; all the intercarinal spaces 
of the tail are at most weakly granular ; vesicle large, pyri- 
form, as wide as the fourth segment, smooth above and nearly 
smooth below, weakly granular laterally, shaped almost as in 
C. margaritatus, but with the vesicle not so thick at the 
base. 

Palpi very long; humerus entirely covered with granules 
above and in front, and nearly as granular below, much 
smoother behind ; brachium thickly and coarsely granular on 
the keels, the intercarinal spaces less coarsely granular, armed 
with a few denticles in front; humerus and brachium more 
than twice as long as wide : manus long, narrow, parallel-sided, 
furnished with 7 very distinct keels, the posterior lobe not 
large; the whole of the upper and outer surfaces granular, 
the granules coarser upon the keels, the inner surface of the 
hand weakly granular, the keel also weak, the digits coarsely 
granular ; the immovable digit subcarinate above, with 10-11 
rows of teeth; the movable digit shorter than the length of the 
hand-back, equalling the eighth caudal segment in length. 

Legs finely granular externally, their fifth segment much 
shorter than the sixth. 

Pectines large, furnished with 6 long teeth. 

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 64, of cara- 
pace 9, of tail almost 40; length of humerus 9°, of brachium 


. eee a) SO  ..2ae | 


ee ee 


the Scorpions of India. 83 


10°5; width of brachium 3°5, of hand 48; length of hand- 
back 11, of movable digit 9°5. 

Loe. Ladak (Cashmere), a single male example. 

Differs from truncatus of Karsch in having the tergites 
granular instead of smooth; from the two species just 
described by the fine granulation of the tergites ; from pictus 
by the difference in shape of the poison-vesicle, &c. 


Cherilus ceylonensis, sp. n. 


Colour a uniform dull brown; the digits, ocular tubercle, 
front edge of carapace, and the keels on the manus black. 

Carapace a little longer than the first two caudal segments, 
wider than long, granular throughout, with the exception of | 
some smooth sulci; ocular tubercle granular, without a trace 
of a sulcus, not distinctly defined in front, but produced 
behind ; the eyes small, separated by a space which is greater 
than a diameter, and situated near the anterior extremity of 
the tubercle ; the frontal region narrow and slightly depressed ; 
lateral eyes subcontiguous. 

Chelicere finely granular above. 

Palpi.—Humerus convex above, smooth only behind, 
coarsely granular above; brachium coarsely granular above, 
finely granular above in front, the lower surface finely _ 
granular behind, coarsely granular in front; manus covered 
with a reticulated pattern of very fine granules, thickly and 
very finely granular on the keels and at the base of the digits, 


the keels normal in number, of average strength and equal 


development; the hand nearly parallel-sided, only a little 
narrower distally, not so strongly produced posteriorly as in 
C. variegatus ; length of the hand-back greater than the width 
of the hand and greater than the length of the movable digit, 
which is a little shorter than the width of the hand; width of 
the immovable digit at the base equal to two thirds of its 
length; with 11-12 rows of teeth on the digits. 

Legs with femora externally granular. 

Tergites granular throughout, but not even obsoletely 
keeled ; the last, however, very feebly crested. 

Sternites smooth, the last only very weakly granular 
laterally. 

Tail about four times as long as the carapace, rather 
slender, the second segment as long as wide, the third a little 
longer than wide, the fifth more than twice as long as wide ; 
segments 1-4 with 8 granular keels each ; the inferior median, 
however, nearly obsolete on the first, but the median lateral 


distinct and granular on this segment, but only visible on the 


84 Mr. W. F. Kirby on a new 


second to fourth as a few larger granules; the fifth segment 
with lightly convex, finely granular upper surface, the 
edges nearly squared and granular, the median lateral keel 
extending throughout the anterior half of the segment, the 
inferior keels denticulate ; all the intercarinal spaces of the 
tail finely granular; vesicle rather large, wider and higher 
than the fifth segment, smooth above, coriaceous below, 
aculeus with a thick basal portion. 

Pectines furnished with 5-6 teeth. 

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 44, of carapace 
5°5, of tail 22; width of first segment 3, of second 2°5, ot 
fifth 2; width of brachium 2, of manus 4°5; length of hand- 
back 5:5, of movable digit 4. 

A single male example from Trincomalee (Ceylon), col- 
lected and presented by Major Barrett in October 1893. 

This is the first record ot the genus Cherilus from Ceylon. 
This species, therefore, is of peculiar interest. It is an 
extremely well-marked form, differing from all that have been 
hitherto described in the extreme shortness of the digits, &e. 


XI.—On a new Genus and Species of Agrionide from Foo 
Chow. By W.F. Kirsy, F.L.S., F.E.S., Assistant in 


Zoological Department, British Museum (Natural History). 


AMONG a small collection of insects collected in Foo Chow by 
Mr. De la Touche I found a single male specimen of one of the 
largest and most remarkable species of Agrionide known ; 
and I am somewhat surprised to find that it does not appear 
to have been previously described. Its long pterostigma, 
traversed basal cells, and remarkable neuration are, in combi- 
nation, sufficiently remarkable characters to separate it from 
every described genus of the Agrionine. 


ARCHINEURA, gen. nov. 


Head and body stout, resembling Umma, but with the 
abdomen longer; face slightly hairy in front; antenne rather 
prominent, second and third joints of nearly equal length ; 
ocelli red, forming nearly an equilateral triangle. 

Wings long and broad, narrowed towards the tips, but not 
pointed, nodus situated a little before the middle of the wing ; 
about 45 antenodal and postnodal cross nervures ; upper ante- 
nodal space much broader than the lower; upper postnodal 
space, except at its basal end, if anything, narrower than the 


Genus and Species of Agrionide from Foo Chow. 85 


lower; pterostigma very long, covering about nine cells, 
oblique and pointed at the ends, arculus nearly straight, the 
sector rising about its middle, apical area narrow, simple, 


= oe 
gusgeacerce: corm 
Com a8 Luin 
eeCeeusrssenergeva: x 
Wissisgancnas cores 
et 


| 


| 


|< 


ENLARGED 7.. 
Some of the cross-nervires are onutied . 


fi 


MY, 


1 — a 


: 
, 
4 

f 


basal area with from 9 to 11 cross nervures, sometimes 
meeting, but not anastomosing ; subnodal sector rising from 
the upper sector of the arculus about six spaces from 


86 On a new Genus and Species of Agrionide. 


its origin, the principal sector rising from the subnodal 
five or six spaces further on, the nodal sector running from 
the continuation of the nodal vein; the median radius and 
upper sector of the triangle of the usual form; the nervure 
closing the lower basal cell very irregular, it commences on 
the lower sector of the arculus, curves down to the lower 
extremity of the lower basal cell, and forms nearly a right 
angle outwards, throwing off the upper sector of the triangle 
at this point, and then curves inwards and downwards, turning 
outwards again as it approaches the inner margin. All the 
nervures are curved as they approach the hind margins, and 
‘between most of the principal nervures there are two long 
accessory nervures, and between each of these again two 
shorter ones as they approach the margins of the wing. 
Within the curve of the nervure closing the lower basal cell 
is aseries of short semicircular accessory nervures on all the 
wings, as in the African genus Sapho, which Archineura 
perhaps most nearly resembles in neuration, though Sapho 


. *. . . =] 
differs essentially in having the basal cell untraversed, and the 


pterostigma much shorter. 


Archineura basilactea, sp. 0. 

Exp. al. 105 millim.; long. pter. 5 millim.; long. corp. 
80 millim. 

Head and body metallic green, head and thorax with brass 
reflections above ; antenne, legs, and anal appendages black. 
Face and under surface of abdomen blackish ; a short white 
line beneath each antenna; septa white; thorax white be- 
neath, with a broad oblique black band; anal appendages 
conspicuous, upper appendages about as long as the ninth 
segment, curved inwards and downwards, and slightly thick- 
ened beyond the middle, with five small teeth on the upper- 
side; lower appendages incurved, rather shorter, with one 
or two very small teeth on the inside towards the tip, the 
largest at the tip; legs with spines of moderate length. 
Wings yellowish hyaline, with rufous nervures; costal 
nervure blackish ; costal area of a deeper yellow; basal third 
of all the wings below the principal radius suffused with 
milky white. 

Hab. Foo Chow. 


Described from a single male specimen. 


Another interesting dragonfly in the same collection appears 
to be the female of the rare hyothemis splendida, Ramb. ; but 
I have not enough specimens to be positive. It does not 
agree with the description of J. imperatrix, De Selys 

EIre ra Shere ’ y5; 
described from ‘ Loo Choo. 


a 


On new Genera and Species of British Spiders. 87 


XII.—New Genera and Species of British Spiders. 
By the Rey. F. O. PickKArD-CAMBRIDGE. 


[Plates I. & II.] 


THERE seem to be few signs as yet of much interest awaken- 
ing in the direction of the study of British spiders, notwith- 
standing that so rich a field of possibilities lies before the 
enterprising student. 

Mr. L. Greening, of Warrington, has, however, sent some 
nice little collections for examination and naming, and amongst 
these there were several fine specimens of petra alsine, 
Walck. 

From Ben Nevis, Scotland, Mr. Edward Whymper has 
forwarded a fine new species, Lepthyphantes Whympert, 
while six other new species were either taken by myself or 
received from other collectors. 

For the reception of two of these it has been considered 
necessary to form new genera, Hil/housia and Corypheus. 

These, together with Cryphaca diversa, Cb., taken by the 
present writer near Carlisle, make in all eight new species, 
including two new genera, added to the British list since my 
last communication of November 1892. 

I am unable to claim that these finds are altogether the 
result of hard work, but have been secured chiefly by bottling 
a few specimens here and there during casual visits to 
different parts of the country. 

To Mr. F. M. Campbell, of Hoddesdon, Dr. R. H. Meade, 
of Bradford, and the Rev. O. Pickard Cambridge I am much 
indebted for their kindness in furnishing me with the materials 
necessary for thoroughly investigating the identities of the 
various species of Porrhomma, of which a detailed account 
appears in this paper. 

There can be little doubt that the Lake Districts will con- 
tinue for many years to furnish new species of spiders, more 
especially, no doubt, of those belonging to the genera 
Porrhomma and Tmeticus and other kindred forms. 


Two new Genera and eight new Species. 


CoryYPHAUS, gen. nov. 
Corypheus glabriceps, sp.n. (Pl. I. fig. 2.) 


Length of adult male 14 line. 
Cephalothorax oval-elongate ; caput smooth, shining, gla- 
brous, with a single curved hair sprmging from the centre 


88 Rey. F. O. Pickard-Cambridge on 


behind the ocular area, convex, not raised, depressed in front, 
broad, blufily rounded. 

Clypeus very high, half as high again as the ocular area, 
projecting slightly forwards, smooth, shining. 

Falces twice as long as cly peus, ‘convex at base, inclined 
beneath the cephalothorax, slightly attenuate and divergent 
at the apex, furnished on the inner side with a short bristle 
on either side, and lower down at the angle with a short 
sharp tooth, its apex set with two fine bristles. Upper 
margin of fang- -groove furnished with five very minute teeth. 
Fang stout, circular. Basal joint striated on outer side. 

Eyes.— Posterior row straight; eyes equal, equidistant, one 
and a half (almost) diameters apart. Anterior row slightly 
curved, convexity forwards; centrals slightly smaller, close 
together, less than half a diameter apart, one full diameter 
from laterals (fig. 2d). 

Sternum as long as broad, brown, set with fine black hairs, 
not very convex, terminating behind between the coxal joints 
of the fourth pair of legs in a depressed conical point. 

Mazaille and labium similar to Tmeticus. 

Legs 4, 1, 2, 3, pale yellow, clothed with fine hairs. 
Femora without any spines; genual sol ae a single, 
very small, oblique bristle at apex; tibie 1., 11., 1. with two 
very fine oblique bristles on the upperside, i iv. ahs a single 
one on the basal third of the joint. Metatarsi without any 
spines or bristles. 

Abdomen black, glossy, clothed with short, fine, stiff 
curving hairs. 

Palpus short; cubital joint short, convex; radial longer 
and broader , globular- convex, eranulose, set with fine hairs 
on the outer side, anterior margin produced into a sharp 
thorn-like spur, its point depressed on the base of the digital 
joint (c); its inner anterior margin prolonged into a broad, 
black, rounded prominence, w hose apex terminates in a short 
sharp point (e). Digital joint short, convex, shining, pro- 
duced at base on inner and upper side into a conical promi- 
nence (b). Apex of palpal organs furnished with a short, 
black, sinuous spine. The falciform process on the outer side 
at base is small, curving, at black, somewhat concealed 
under the radial joint (figs. 2a, a, b, ¢, d, e). 

This spider, very distinct as a species, belongs to a group 
of spiders w hich lies somewhere not far from Z'meticus and 
Porrhomma, but yet, I believe, distinct from them, 

The high clypeus, small seeth on the fang- -groove, and the 
single isolated tooth on the falx distinguish it from the 


new Genera and Species of British Spiders. 89 


majority of those described under these two genera, though in 
some respects it resembles 7’. simplea, F. Cb. 

The specimen here described, an adult male, was taken 
near Carlisle in 1892. 


HILLHOUSIA, gen. nov. 


Cephalothorax deeply excavated at base, oval-elongate ; 
caput (female) raised, depressed in front, convex, furnished 
with some short curving hairs. 

Eyes of posterior row situated in a straight line, equal, 
almost equidistant, one diameter apart. Anterior row curved, 
convexity backwards; centrals slightly smaller, almost one 
diameter apart, one diameter from laterals. 

Clypeus as high as the ocular area, convex, projecting for- 
wards. 

Falces two and a half times the height of the clypeus, 
convex at base, attenuate and divergent at apex, furnished 
with four sharp teeth on the upper margin of the fang- 
groove. 

Sternum as long as broad, flattened-convex, set with short 
black hairs. 

Legs clothed with short hairs, devoid of spines, but tibix 
of all four pairs with two erect bristles above. Femora fur- 
nished with a double row of long hairs beneath. 

Abdomen thickly clothed with short hairs, exhibiting be- 
neath, just behind the spinners, a transverse slit, the entrance 
to spiracular breathing-organs. 

The spiders for whose reception this genus is founded are 
very closely allied to T’meticus and Porrhomma. The exca- 
vation at the base of the cephalothorax, however, seems to 
sufficiently separate them from both these genera. 

In all probability as time goes on and more examples turn 
up it will be necessary to form more genera for the reception 
of species now associated together under the same generic 
titles, especially in the case of the numerous puzzling species 
of the group Linyphini, to which these spiders belong. 


Hillhousia desolans, sp.n. (Pl. I. fig. 4.) 


Length of female 14 line. 

Cephalothorax and. caput dull orange-yellow, strie and 
margin dusky brown. 

Falces yellow, fangs tinted with pink. 

Sternum deep brown. Abdomen olive-green or dull black ; 
legs pale yellow. 


90 Rev. F. O. Pickard-Cambridge on 


Epigyne conspicuous, consisting of a broad, oval, chitinous 
plate, wrinkled above, its posterior margin raised in the centre 
and furnished with a small prominence, sinuous, and raised 
from the abdomen. 

The male, of which sex only a single immature specimen 
has been taken, is similar to the female; the radial joints of 
the palpi are very prominent, and suggest some curious deve- 
lopment when mature. 

Four adult females and a single immature male were taken 
by myself running in the sunshine on railings at Southwell, 


Notts, in July 1892. 


Hillhousia turbatrix, Cb. (Pl. I. fig. 3.) 
(Spid. Dor. p. 454, sub Linyphia.) 


Length of male 1 line. 

Tt has always appeared to me that this little spider pre- 
sents features which separate it very decidedly from its near 
relations, and I have several times meditated forming a new 
genus for its reception. 

The discovery of the spider last described, exhibiting the 
same excavation at the base of the cephalothorax, has induced 
me to place them both under the genus /Zi//housia, though 
turbatrix differs considerably in not exhibiting the raised 
caput, but is otherwise sufficiently similar. 

No figures of turbatriz having, I believe, been published 
before, I take this opportunity of supplying them. 

The spiders, adult males and females, were taken by myself 
in Hyde Bog, Dorset, in 1888. The type specimens, also 
taken in Dorset, were kindly forwarded for my inspection by 
the Rev. O. Pickard Cambridge, and from these the figures 
published with this paper were taken. 


Genus MicroNera. 
Microneta clypeata, sp.n. (PI. I. fig. 5.) 


Length of adult male 1 line. 

Cephalothorax circular-oval, convex, narrowed in front, 
dull yellow, veined with brown, with central and lateral striz 
of the same hue; marginal line dark brown. 

Eyes small, very close together: posterior row equidistant, 
half a diameter apart, slightly curved, convexity backward, 
centrals very slightly larger; anterior row straight or 
nearly so, centrals smaller, almost in contact, one half a 
diameter from the laterals. 


new Genera and Species of British Spiders. 91 


Clypeus more than twice as high as the ocular area, con- 
cave, anterior margin prominent. 

Falces scarcely as long as clypeus, weak, straight, abruptly 
attenuate at apex, @. e. emarginate on inner side. Inner 
angle with a few short hairs, but no teeth. ang circular, 
weak, 

Sternum as long as broad, convex, set with short hairs, 
and granulose. 

Legs 4, 1, 2, 3, short, without spines, clothed with fine 
short hairs, dull yellow; femora with a few long hairs be- 
neath near apex; genual joint with a fine bristle; tibia with 
two short, fine, erect bristles on upperside; metatarsi i. and 
ii. suffused with dusky black. 

Abdomen dull black, elongate-oval, clothed with fine hairs. 

Palpus of male short, digital joint and organs large. 
Digital sheath produced into a fine point at base above, which 
curves downwards on the inner side, its upperside conical 
and slightly concave on the outer side. Cubital joint glo- 
bular, with a short bristle at apex above. 

This small species is very closely allied to conigera, BI., 
and innotabilis, Cb., but the great height of the clypets will 
serve to distinguish it from the latter, while the large conical 
prominence on the palpi of the former will prevent any con- 
fusion with it. 

A single adult male was taken in Newtown Moss, Penrith, 


in April 1893, by the author. 


Genus BATHYPHANTES. 


Bathyphantes setiger, sp.n. (Pl. I. fig. 6.) 


Length of male 1 line. 

Cephalothorax dark mahogany-brown, deepening towards 
the margins; caput slightly raised, ocular area prominent. 
Eyes of posterior row straight or nearly so, equal, centrals one 
diameter apart, one and a half from the laterals; central 
anteriors smaller, one diameter apart, two diameters from the 
laterals. 

Clypeus scarcely as high as the ocular area, directed 
obliquely forward. 

Falces (male) stout, mahogany-brown, attenuate, and diver- 
gent towards apex, bearing two or three stout teeth on the 
inner margin near the middle; (female) stout, parallel-sided, 
not divergent or attenuate. 


Sternum longer than broad, dark dusky brown, set with 
short black hairs. 


92 Rev. F. O. Pickard-Cambridge on 


Legs pale orange-yellow, apex of each joint slightly tinged 
with dusky brown. Femora of all four pairs without any 
spines; genual joints with a single fine short spine at apex. 
Tibie i. and ii. with three spines towards apex—one dorsal, 
two lateral, and a dorsal one towards the base; iii. and 1 iv. 
with two dorsal ones only. 

Abdomen dull black; dorsal area towards spinners paler, 
bearing in the female a very indistinct, pale, scalloped band 
down the dorsal area, becoming obsolete before the spinners. 

Palpi.—(Uumeral joint yellow, slender; cubital convex, 
with a aaifele short bristle in front at the apex. Radial joint 
broader, short, convex, furnished with a few stout bristles and 
hairs directed forwards. Digital joint large. _Palpal organs 
furnished at apex with a stout spiraliform black spine having 
within its circumference a short, curved, black spur; also a 
semitransparent plumule. The falciform process, on outer 
side near the base, exhibits near its apex a stout black spine, 
composed of three closely applied separate spines. This 
spine is best seen from in front, but was very apparent in 
some specimens which had become accidentally dried. The 
apex of the black spine will be seen directed upwards and 
outwards from the outer side of the organs near the base, and 
will be quite sufficiently evident for identifying the spider. 

Epigyne transverse-oval, convex, presenting a short, cen- 
tral, tongue-like prominence, flanked on either side by a deep 
concavity, its margin slightly sinuous. From the centre of 
the posterior margin extends a small dilated process, curving 
slightly upwards “from beneath the apex of the tongue- like 
process. 

Three males and two females of this small but very distinct 
little species were taken by myself in Newtown Moss, near 
Penrith, in April 1893. Spiders of all kinds w ere very 
scarce, this species being the only one adult. 

This small spider most resembles B. nigrinus, Bl., and is 
also very similar to B. parvulus; the much smaller size, 
however, will enable it to be distinguished from the first, 
while the difference in the form of the falciform process of 
the palpal organs will prevent the males being confused with 
either of them or with gracilis, Bl. These four spiders differ 
from others of the genus in possessing a stout circular spine 
surrounding the apex of the organs. For figures and descrip- 
tions of B. parvulus and B. nigrinus, see ‘Ann. & Mag. Nat. 
Hist.’ ser. 6, vol. x., Nov. 1892. 

Both sexes of setiger may, however, be most easily recog- 
nized by the total absence of spines on the femora of all four 


pair of legs. 


new Genera and Species of British Spiders. 93 


The female may still further be recognized by the form of 
the epigyne, the central prominence being shorter and less 
stout than in nigrinus, but longer than in either parvulus or 
gracilis, The talciform process exhibits three long spines 
near the apex, two about the centre on the inner margin, and 
three or four nearer the base; nigrinus exhibits much the 
same arrangement, but the apex of the process is not spatu/i- 
form, as in the present species; while the spines in parvulus 
are set in a regular row round the inner margin, and this 
portion of structure is in gracil/s more circularly curved, and 
the spines are not nearly so numerous or so stout, being, in 
fact, merely bristles. 


Genus LEPTHYPHANTES. 
Lepthyphantes Whympert, sp.n. (Pl. I. fig. 1.) 


Length of male 1# line. 

Cephalothorax elongate-oval, pale orange-yellow, with 
black marginal line. Central line bearing a row of stiff hairs 
directed obliquely forwards. Caput narrowed, convex, not 
raised nor prolonged, bearing a central row and two lateral 
rows of short black curving hairs. Ocular area prominent, 
with some short, stiff, incurving hairs. 

Eyes set ou black spots: posterior row straight, equal, 
centrals one diameter apart, one diameter from laterals; 
anterior row straight, or nearly so, centrals smaller, one quarter 
a diameter apart (almost in contact), one full diameter from 
laterals. 

Clypeus one quarter higher than ocular area, directed 
obliquely forwards. 

Fralees two and a half times as long as clypeus, not very 
stout, attenuate and divergent at apex, bearing a stiff bristle 
on the inner side in front. 

fang-groove furnished with three stout, conical, separate 
teeth on the upperside. 

Sternum slightly longer than broad, yellow-brown, set with 
long erect hairs. 

Legs long, pale yellow, inclining to orange-red towards 
the terminal joints. Femora i. with a single stout spine 
towards apex on inner side; others without any; exhi- 
biting long fine hairs beneath. Genual joints bearing a single 
Spine at apex; tibizw with two or more dorsal spines and a 
few lateral spines towards apex. 

Abdomen glossy black, set with short black hairs in front 
and some very fine grey pubescence. 


94 Rev. F. O. Pickard-Cambridge on 


Palpus very characteristic. Humeral joint clavate; cubital 
as long as broad, convex, prominent in front, bearing at its 
apex a single, stout, sinuous spine, tapering to a fine point, 
and directed forwards over the base of the digital joint. 
Radial joint broader in front, produced beneath on the outer 
side into a blunt spur. 

Digital joint produced at base into a dark spur, hollow 
beneath, terminating in a little rounded cariniform promi- 
nence (PI. 1. fig.1d, 6). The faleitorm process is immensely 
developed, forming a huge concave process, its lower spur 
deeply bifid and ” extending outwards and upwards. ‘The 
palpal organs themselves present some complex black pro- 
cesses, variously curved and pointed, with a more rg 
cuous, stout, circular black spine at their apex (PI. 
fig. fate a). 

ak single adult male of this fine species was captured on 
the summit of Ben Nevis in the autumn of 1892 by 
Mr. Edward Whymper, and kindly forwarded me by Mr. R. 
I. Pocock, of the South Kensington Museum. 

It is a very interesting species, approaching as it does very 
closely to the genus Taranucnus, Sim. 

The straight posterior row of eyes, however, prevents it 
entering that genus as at present characterized, although the 
length of the legs, the form of the cubital joint with its spine, 
and the structure of the palpal organs render it difficult to 
separate it. 

I have great pleasure in connecting Mr. Whymper’s name 
with this handsome spider. Ben Nevis, Scotland; autumn, 


1892. 


Genus PorrHomMMA, Simon. 


This genus Porrhomma may be considered as forming a 
convenient ‘refuge for the destitute”? for those spiders whose 
characters seem to place them intermediate between Lepthy- 
phantes on the one hand, and 7'meticus on the other; and of 
these it may be noted that P. cavicola, Sim., and P. errans, 
Bl., by the possession of a single met tatarsal spine approach 
the former genus, while P. adepatum, L. K., and P. montigena, 
Sin., incline towards the latter. 

I have lately been enabled, by the courtesy of various col- 
lectors, to examine specimens, in many cases the original 
types, of a number of somewhat obscure species, variously 
characterized under the generic names Linyphia and Neriene, 
all of which appear to be more naturally included under the 
genus Porrhomma, and some of which certainly do not differ 
specitically iter se. 


= 


new Genera and Species of British Spiders. 95 


Of these the most noticeable will be L. errans, Bl., L. 
oblonga, Cb., L. decens, Cb., L. microphthalma, Cb., cA incerta, 
Cb., and N. pygmeea, Bl. And since considerable doubt has 
from time to time arisen as to the exact identity of some of 
these, it has been my purpose to endeavour in this paper to 
clear up the confusion as far as possible. 

The question was first raised by Mr. Campbell, of 
Hoddesdon, who suggested that LZ. oblonga, Cb., and L. 
errans, Bl., were really one and the same species, b: sing his 
opinion on the presence of forms which he believed to be 
intermediate between the two, and not to be distinguished 
from either. 

The Rev. O. Pickard Cambridge has, on the other hand, 
always maintained the validity and distinctness of these two 
forms, and some months ago suggested to me a careful exami- 
nation of all the forms taken by Mr. Campbell, as well as his 
own specimens. His suggestion has been followed with the 
result that the distinction of oblonga and errans has been con- 
firmed, but that a third species has been discovered amongst 
those ‘named errans, Which has hitherto been quite over- 
looked. A fourth type has also been distinguished as a 
separate species, which was looked upon by Mr. Campbell as 
a link between errans and oblonga. 

A further difficulty of course presented itself in attempting 
to ascertain which of these species was the original errans of 
Blackwall. 

The unravelling of the matter has been so interesting that 
I cannot refrain from shortly tracing the steps, more espe- 
cially as I would like to fully justify my conclusions, since 
they differ somewhat from those of Mr. Campbell, to whom 
I am indebted both for the material and for the necessary 
stimulus required to set me to the task. 

I must confine my remarks to those specimens labelled 
errans, taking it for granted for the time being that ob/onga 
is a distinct species. 

Three separate collections have been placed in my hands 
for examination, including the original types of Mr. Black- 
wall’s errans, as well as specimens named by him in the 
possession of Dr. Meade, of Bradtord. 

The first collection received was a magnificent series sent 
me by Mr. F. Maule-Campbell, of Hoddesdon ; the second, 
a smaller number, from the Rev. O. Pickard Cambridge ; and, 
lastly, two tubes from Dr. Meade, of Bradford. 

Of the numerous specimens, upwards of two or three 
hundred, in Mr. Campbell’s collection, 1 found adult females 
of L. oblonga, Cb., and one adult male; numerous adult 


96 Rev. F. O. Pickard-Cambridge on 


males and females of the two forms hitherto regarded as 
L. errans, Bl., with the exception of one of the forms, of 
which no adult males appeared, curiously enough, in Mr. 
Campbell’s collection, though there were plenty of females ; 
and a single temale of the torm I hold to be intermediate. 

The second collection contained specimens of L. oblonga, 
Cb., females ; specimens of both forms of errans, including 
one adult male of those in collection number one, whose 
males were there conspicuous by their absence, and also 
four females, the original types of Mr. Blackwall’s errans, 
described in ‘ Spiders of Great Britain and Ireland.’ 

Lastly, I received from Dr. Meade two tubes containing 
specimens seen and named by Mr. Blackwall himself as tar 
back as 1860, just before his magnificent work was pub- 
lished. 

With all this valuable material so generously submitted to 
me I have had little difficulty in disentangling the matter 
and ascertaining exactly what was the original errans, Bi., 
and which of the forms before me were identical with it. 

In both Mr. Campbell’s and my uncle’s collections I ob- 
served the same two apparently distinct forms of L. errans, Bl. 


So, also, when I came to Dr. Meade’s spiders I found two 
tubes, both marked NV. errans (one, however, with a label 
“from coal-pits ”’), named by Mr. Blackwall himself; and in 
these two tubes 1 recognized the same two different species 
accurately separated and yet labelled with the same name. 


Through the kindness or Dr. Meade I have been enabled 
to peruse several very interesting letters bearing on the 
contents of these two historic tubes, written by Mr. Black- 
wall; and I am now in a position to show how it came about 
that the two, though evidently recognized as distinet, were 
not regarded as different species, and also to declare which of 
the two tubes contains the original NV. errans of Blackwall. 


It seems that Dr. Meade had already sent specimens to 
Mr. Blackwall which were named V. errans. Subsequently 
he received from Mr. Morison some small spiders trom Pelton 
Coal-Pits, Durham, which he also sent on to Mr. Blackwall, 
expressing his opinion that they were different to the others. 


I quote extracts from the correspondence which will show 
exactly how the matter was settled. 


In a letter dated February 22, 1860, Mr. Blackwall says, 


new Genera and Species of British Spiders. 97 


“Herewith I return Mr. Morison’s letter and the two minute 
spiders . . . After a careful examination I am inclined to 
believe they constitute a variety of Neriene errans, the palpi 
and palpal organs of the male being perfectly identical in 
structure with those of that species.” 


In another letter of February 27th he says: “ The Neriene 
from the Durham collieries differs from N. evrans, as you 
remark, in the colour and markings of the abdomen, .... 
I hope you may be able to satisfy yourself that it is a 
distinct species, . . . . and will speedily publish a descrip- 
tion of it, for its habitat and economy are certainly very 
remarkable.” 


Later, under the date of March 6th, speaking of the same 
spiders, he says: “. . . which I entirely concur with you in 
regarding as constituting a variety of Nertene errans, the 
slight difference in colour being caused in all probability, as 
you remark, by the influence of the remarkable situation in 
which they are found.” 


It is very evident from this interesting correspondence 
that Dr. Meade tried hard to find some structural difference 
between the specimens obtained in the colliery and those 
named previously errans by Mr. Blackwall; and thus it 
happens that the former were placed in a separate tube, both 
as a “variety of errans”’ and also as “ occurring in coal- 


But it now also happens that the two species which are 
evident amongst Mr. Campbell’s specimens of evrans and 
those of the Rev. O. P. Cambridge correspond exactly with 
these two varieties, and, further, that I have myself found a 
distinguishing character which Dr. Meade might have con- 
sidered a sufficient one to found a species on had he happened 
to notice it. I feel myself justified, then, in describing this 
form “from coal-pits,” and those identical with them from 
the other collections, as a distinct species ; while it follows of 
necessity that the others are the original errans, Bl.; for it 
may be further noted that these others are also identical with 
the four females constituting the only surviving type speci- 
mens of Mr. Blackwall’s errans. 

The following analysis will present the conclusion more 
clearly :— 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xiii. 7 


98 Rev. F. O. Pickard-Cambridge on 


Dr. Meade’s collection : 


1. Abdomen dull, unicolorous; no spines on ey 
metatarsi. From coal-pits ............ P. Meadti, ¥. Cb. 
2. Abdomen olive-green; spines on metatarsi. P. errans, Bl. 


Mr. Campbell’s collection : 


1, Abdomen dull; no metatarsal spines .... P. Meadii, F. Cb. 
2. Abdomen olive-green; spineson metatarsi. P. errans, Bl. 


Mr. Blackwall’s types: 


Abdomen olive-green; spines on metatarsi. P. errans, Bl. 


Rev. O. P. Cambridge’s collection : 
Examples of both species. 


There is now the further question as to the identity of 
P. oblonga, Cb., with P. errans, Bl., or the distinctness of 
them as different species. Mr. Campbell had been greatly 
puzzled, when examining his specimens, by the real or appa- 
rent variation in the position of the eyes in specimens which, 
judging by other characters, might have been regarded as the 
same species. 

After much careful examination my own conclusion is 
this: that though it is not at all improbable that there may 
be considerable instability in the position of the eyes even 
amongst spiders otherwise similar, and though I have been 
compelled during my arachnological studies, as have many 
others before me, to conclude that such is really the case, and 
that in all probability the forms have not yet become fully, 
ultimately, and specifically differentiated, yet that, with 
regard to these particular examples, such a view is not wholly 
tenable. 

I have no hesitation in saying that the apparent difference 
in the distances between the eyes is due in a vast number of, 
perhaps all, cases to the shrinking and falling away of the 
tissues and pigment-cells from the exoskeleton. 

According to my experience this always has the effect of 
exhibiting the outline of the lenses of the eyes more distinctly, 
and making them appear further apart than when the pig- 
ment-cells are present. or instance, the eyes of a pale, 
young, diaphanous specimen always appear further apart than 
those of one in which the pigment-cells are rich and well- 
developed; and if the eyes of a cast-off cephalothoracic 
skeleton be compared with those of one in the normal con- 
dition, the truth of this statement will be perceived. 

And although I am prepared to maintain that, amongst the 
smaller species at any rate, specitic characters constantly melt 


new Genera and Species of British Spiders. 99 


away in the presence of individual instability, and even 
generic barriers are broken down by a hopeless want of 
uniformity and exclusiveness in the distinguishing characters, 
yet I cannot go quite so far as to agree with Mr. Campbell 
on the advisability, in this particular case, of uniting all these 
apparent varieties under one name, errans, Bl. 

e says*: “ The oblong form of L. oblonga, Cb., is found 
with the typical eyes of L. errans, Bl., and the more ovate 
form of errans with the typical eyes of oblonga.” 

After careful comparison I am not able entirely to confirm 
this ; in all probability the oblongation of form, or otherwise, 
is due in some measure to the state of the ovaries and liver 
at the time; and in all cases where there seems to be this 
cross-characterization I find that the falling away of the 
tissues from the skeleton will fully account for the apparently 
greater separation of the eyes in the ‘ more ovate’’ forms. 

One single specimen, however, an adult female, certainly 
exhibits this ovate form, coupled with eyes distinctly wider 
apart than those of the typical errans; but these characters 
are supplemented by a greater height of clypeus than exists 
in either oblonga or errans; and I have therefore deemed it 
advisable to describe it as a distinct species, P. Campbellit, 
rather than regard it as a link enabling us to unite the three 
forms as a single species under the name errans, as Mr. 
Campbell has suggested. 

The species may be conveniently distinguished as fol- 
ows :— 


Porrhomma. 


Males. 
A. Femora without any spines. 
i. Radial joint produced into a large concave, 
curved process, directed over the base of 
MER UMIERE TONNE 13 5) 0i5 <0). oie a5 02 5s le P. montigena, Sim. 
ii. Radial joint not produced ............ P. adipatum, L. K. 
B. Femora i. and ii. with one or more spines. 
i. Metatarsi without any spines. 
a. Anterior: row of eyes straight; eyes 
larger. (Femora i. with two spines, 
ii. with one about the middle.) 
a*, Clypeus not higher than the ocular 
area. 
1. Central anteriors decidedly smaller 
than laterals, distant from them 
almost two diameters .......... P. Meadii, F. Cb. 
(Z. decens, Cb.) 
(ZL. microphthalma, Cb.) 
(ZL. incerta, Ch.) 


* “Spiders of Hertfordshire,” Trans. Hert. Nat. Hist. Soc. vol. ii. pt. 7, 
1883, p. 269. 
ves 


100 Rev. F. O. Pickard-Cambridge on 


2. Central anteriors scarcely smaller 
than laterals, scarcely one and a 


half diameters from them ...... P. pygmeum, Bi. 
6*, Clypeus distinctly higher than ocular 
area’*, Metres oes pomvetetne eto ee P. Campbellii, F. Cb. 


b, Anterior row of eyes strongly curved, 
convexity forwards ; eyes of both rows 
very small and wide apart; central 
posteriors two diameters apart, four 
from laterals. 
1. Femora i. with two spines, and ii. 
withsone SPINE! PGi nee feces ies P. myops, Sim. 
2. Femora i. with one spine only to- 
wards the apex; none on the others. P. oblongum, Cb. 
ii. Metatarsi of all four pairs with a single 
stiff oblique bristle near the base above. P. errans, Bl. 


Females. 
1. Epigyne not produced .............. P. montigena, Sim. 
2. Epigyne produced into a long ovipositor- 
AUICe {PFOCEBS Hs") <)> «it etiee pine planes sia P. adipatum, L. K. 


Note.—The females of the other species may be easily distinguished by 
the characters given for the males. 


Porrhomma errans, Blackw. (PI. Il. fig. 1.) 
(N. and L. errans, Bl. & Cb.) 


Length of male 1 line; female 14 line. 

Cephalothorax and /egs similar in colour to those of Jeadit, 
and also in other general respects. 

Eyes.—Posterior row straight, centrals one diameter apart, 
two diameters (or almost) from laterals ; anterior row straight, 
centrals scarcely smaller than laterals, one and a half (or 
scarcely) diameters from laterals, one half from each other. 

Legs.—Femora i. with two spines, sometimes three, one 
(or two) on the upperside and one on the inner side, towards 
the apex ; ii. with one near the centre. Metatarsi i., ii., iii, 
iv. bearing a stout oblique spine on the upperside near the 
base. 

Falces, maxille, and sternum similar to those of Meadit. 

Abdomen pale olive-green, clothed with short, stiff, curving 
hairs ; dorsal area with some pale spots and lines in front, 
also three or four transverse sinuous pale bars towards the 
spinners. 

Epigynal aperture similar to that of Meadi?, but outline 
less bold, not so dark nor so conspicuous, and, perhaps, a 
little less circular, more transverse-oval in form. 

This species, while readily distinguishable from Meadii, 
oblongum, and pygmeum by the single metatarsal spine, yet in 


new Genera and Species of British Spiders. 101 


general appearance very much resembles both the first and 
the last. 

The palpal organs present some decided differences ; the 
point, e, is not so sharp or prominent ; the falciform process, 
a, is broader and more circularly curved; the spines at the 
apex of the organs are not the same. (See PI. II. fig. 1a.) 

The epigynal orifice is, as far as I am able to ascertain, 
almost always transverse-oval, never quadrate, as is that of 
Meadit. 

The central anteriors are not so small in proportion, while 
the spine, mentioned above on the penultimate joint of all 
four pairs of legs, will prevent any confusion. 

The pale broken transverse lines on the pale olive abdomen 
will prove a really reliable character. 

Upwards of 250 of the female sex were received froin 
Mr. Campbell, but no males. A single male was found 
amongst the Dorset specimens ; while both males and females 
were received from Dr. Meade, in addition to the four 
original types, females, from Mr. Blackwall’s collection. 

All these specimens seem to have been taken either running 
upon railings or amongst grass in March and April; anda 
very interesting account of them is given by Mr. Campbell 
in ‘ Trans. Hert. Nat. Hist. Soc.’ 1883, vol. ii. pt. 7. 


Porrhomma Meadii, sp.n. (Pl. II. fig. 2.) 


(Sub Neriene errans, Blackw.) 
Linyphia microphthalma, Ch. Spid. Dor. p. 523. 
L. incerta, Ch. Spid. Dor. p. 205. 
L. decens, Ch. Spid. Dor. p. 217. 


Length of male 1 line; female 14 line. 

Cephalothoraz oval-elongate; caput bluffly rounded, bearing 
a longitudinal row of curved hairs. 

Eyes fairly large: posterior row straight, centrals one 
diameter apart, two diameters (or almost) from laterals ; 
anterior row straight, centrals smaller, half a diameter apart, 
two diameters (or almost) from the laterals. Clypeus as high 
as ocular area, vertical, set with short hairs. 

Legs fairly long: femora i. with one spine on inner side 
and one spine on upperside, towards apex ; il. with one spine 
about the middle; iii. and iv. without spines. Femora 
clothed beneath with a double row of long setiform hairs, the 
pair at the apex being longest and stoutest. Genual joints 
with a long (three times diameter of joint) oblique spine at 
the apex. 

Tibie i. with three long spines at apex (one dorsal, two 


102 Rev. F. O. Pickard-Cambridge on 


lateral) and one dorsal spine at base. Tibie ii. with two 
dorsal spines and one lateral one at apex on posterior side ; 
iil. and iv. with two dorsal spines, one at base, the other at 
apex. 

Metatars¢ without any spines. 

Falces three times as long as the height of clypeus, stout 
(in male slightly attenuate and divergent at apex); basal 
_ joint presenting no external striz, but some small setigerous 
granulations towards apex; with two separate setiform hairs 
on inner side in front of each joint. Upper margin of fang- 
groove bearing two stout sharp adjacent teeth; lower margin 
with four or five small teeth. 

Sternum rather longer than broad, slightly convex, set 
with short hairs. 

Abdomen dull olive-green, clothed with short fine hairs, but 
with no transverse pale lines and spots. 

Palpus of male slender; digital joint and organs con- 
spicuous, the latter bearing on the outer side a large curved 
falciform process, its apex very slightly bilobed; and at the 
apex of the organs a dark black, curving, multiplex spine. 
(Pl. II. fig. 2a.) 

Epigyne of female presenting a very distinct, deep con- 
cavity, circular or almost square, and truncate at the posterior 
margin. The spermathece and ducts are conspicuous above 
the orifice. 

This species can very easily be distinguished from pygmeum 
by its larger size, by the different form of the palpal organs, 
and by the greater distance of the anterior centrals from the 
laterals ; from oblongum, Cb., by the spines on femora ii. ; 
from errans, BI., by the absence of spines on the metatarsi, 
and the unicolorous dusky abdomen. 

Taken abundantly, of both sexes, at Hoddesdon, in Hert- 
fordshire, by F. M. Campbell, Esq., and at Bloxworth, 
Dorset, by the Rev. O. Pickard Cambridge. Adult in April 
and May. Males and females were sent to Dr. Meade from 
Pelton coal-pits, near Durham, in 1860. They seem to have 
been conveyed down the shaft amongst the horse-fodder. 
Once there, they became gregarious and formed a huge web 
on a co-operative understanding, with a joint-stock spinning 
industry. Dr. Meade gives a most interesting account of the 
habits and circumstances of the capture of these spiders in the 
‘ Zoologist’ for August, 1860, no. cexix. 


Porrhomma oblongum, Cambr. (Pl. LI. tig. 4.) 
(Linyphia oblonga, Cd.) 
Length of female }-1 line; male smaller, 


Swill 6s Dee 


Ar 


ee eS Saal ee 


new Genera and Species of British Spiders. 103 


Cephalothorax elongate-oval, parallel-sided, pale straw- 
ellow ; caput blufily rounded in front, clothed with short 
airs. 

Eyes very small: posterior row straight, centrals one and 

a half to two diameters apart, three diameters from the 
laterals; anterior row strongly curved, centrals very small, 
one diameter apart, three diameters (or nearly) from the 
laterals. (Absence of pigment will seem to increase the space 
of separation by half.) 

Clypeus one quarter higher than the ocular area. Faces 
similar to those of errans, stout, with two isolated teeth 
towards the apex and some smaller ones behind. 

Sternum a little longer than broad, convex, terminating 
between the posterior coxe in a conical point. 

Abdomen elongate, parallel-sided, white or pale yellow, 
sometimes, especially in freshly-caught specimens, dull olive- 
green, with pale blotches and four or five transverse pale 
lines above spinners; clothed with short curving hairs, trans- 
versely wrinkled above spinners at apex. 

Legs slender, long, dull yellow-white, 4, 1, 2, 3, clothed 
with short hairs. 

Metatars? shorter than tibiz, bearing no spines. Femora i. 
with a single spine on the inner side towards apex ; il., lil., 
iv. without any spines. Zvbie of all four pairs armed with 
two spines on the upperside, one near the base, the other 
towards the apex. (Genual joints with a single long 
obliquely-erect spme at apex. All four pairs clothed beneath 
with a double row of long setiform hairs on the underside, 
the pair at the apex being the longest. 

Palpus of male very similar in general respects to that of 
pygmeum, Bl., and errans, BI. 

Cubital joint bearing a fine bristle at apex; radial with 
several long bristles directed over the digital joint. Palpal 
organs present a stout falciform process at the base on the 
outer side (Pl. II. fig. 4a, a); beneath the globulous mass 
forming the organs are a pair of flat curving pieces; at the 
apex of the organs appears a stout conical spur, while a fine 
curved spine lies near it, crossing two other oppositely curving 
spines, and hence being very similar to pygmeum. 

The epigyne appears as a small transverse-oval cavity, 
very similar to that of Meadit and errans; but Y am unable 
to point out any real tangible difference. 

About forty females of this curious species were submitted 
to me by Mr. Campbell, together with a single adult male, 
this being the first record of this sex yet published. A few 
females were also forwarded to me by the Rev. O. Pickard 


104 Rey. F. O. Pickard-Cambridge on 


Cambridge taken in Dorset; but all of them were small 
specimens and absolutely devoid of colour. 

They are very distinct from any other species of Por- 
rhomma hitherto taken in England, though closely allied to 
egeria, Sim., proserpina, Sim., myops, Sim., and others, 
characterized by the minuteness of the eyes and their great 
distance apart. 

The single spine on the femora of the first pair in oblongum 
will distinguish it from any of these continental species ; 
while this character and the smallness of the eyes, set very 
wide apart, distinguish it at once from all other British 
species of the genus. The more ovate, or more elongate, 
form of the abdomen seems to me to depend upon the state of 
the ovaries, and not to be too absolutely relied on for pur- 
poses of identification. 

Taken at Hoddesdon, Hertfordshire, in April and May by 
Mr. Campbell, and at Bloxworth, Dorset, by Rev. O. P. 
Cambridge, and kindly forwarded for my inspection. 


Porrhomma pygmeum, Blackw. (PI. IL. fig. 3.) 
(Sub Nerzene.) 


Length of male 1 line. 

Cephalothorax deep red-brown, sometimes paler, smooth ; 
caput blufily rounded; not very convex ; clypeus as high as 
the ocular area, rather closely set with short erect hairs. 

Eyes.—Posterior row straight; centrals one diameter 
apart, one and a half from laterals; central anteriors one 
half diameter apart, one diameter from laterals, scarcely 
smaller than laterals. 

Falces three times the length of the clypeus, convex at 
base, slightly attenuate towards the apex, bearing two conical 
teeth on inner angle and a third less conspicuous. 

Sternum dark, convex, shiny. 

Legs orange-red, dull. Femora i. with two spines, one in 
front at apex, another on inner side a little above middle ; 
ii. with one about the centre of the joint. Tuibizx similar to 
those of errans. 

Metatarst with no spines at all. 

Abdomen varying from deep black to olive-green, clothed 
with short curving hairs. 

Palpus of male orange-red, dull; cubital joint short, 
convex, one very fine hair in front at apex. Radial joint 
broad, rounded in front, bearing a fringe of long curving 
hairs along the interior margin ; exterior angle bearing two 
longer more conspicuous curved hairs, 


a ei iis a 


new Genera and Species of British Spiders. 105 


Palpal organs bearing usual falciform process on outer side 
at base ; apex of organs on inner side eahibit two short stout 
spines, curving slightly towards each other, while a third 
springs from near the base of the upper of these and curves 
round and over its apex behind. The bulb bears the usual 
short, conical, apical prominence common to several of the 
genus. 

Epigyne consisting of a deep orifice, oval-triangular; ante- 
rior margin forming an angle, posterior margin slightly 
rounded; otherwise closely similar to those of the allied 
species. 

P. pygmeum is amuch darker spider than any others of the 
genus ; the eyes are nearer together and the hairs on the 
clypeus are more numerous. ‘The palpal organs considerably 
resemble those of oblongum and errans, but the very small eyes 
of the former and the metatarsal spine of the latter will 
prevent any confusion. 

This small spider does not seem to be very plentiful, but 
are has been overlooked. It occurs, however, abun- 

antly in and around Carlisle, running upon railings, parapets 
of bridges, on walls, in buildings, on the pavements, &c., in 
the month of April and again in October. 


Dorset, Carlisle, Hertfordshire, Lancashire, North Wales, 
Scotland. 


Porrhomma Campbellii, sp. n. (Pl. II. fig. 5.) 


Length of female 13 line. 

Cephalothorax dull orange ; caput broad and bluffly rounded. 

Hyes small: posterior row straight, centrals a full diameter 
apart, two and a half from the laterals ; anterior row curved, 
convexity forwards ; centrals smaller, one quarter diameter 
apart, two full diameters from laterals. 

Falces rather more than twice the height of clypeus, with 
the usual three sharp teeth on inner anterior angle. 

Legs pale yellow. Femora i. with two spines towards 
apex ; li. with one near the centre, iii. and iv. without any. 
Genual joints with a single spine at apex; tibie i. and ii. 
with three towards apex, one towards base on upperside; iii. 


and iv with two on upperside, one near the base, the other 
towards the apex. 


Metatarst without any spines. 

Clypeus scarcely once and a half as high as ocular area. 

Abdomen dull sooty olive-green, with numerous pale spots. 

This single female, discovered amongst Mr. Campbell’s 
spiders and remarked upon by himself as distinct from the 


106 Rev. F. O. Pickard-Cambridge on 


others, seems to occupy a position intermediate between myops 
on the one hand, with its high clypeus, and Meadii on the 
other, with its larger eyes, more closely situate. 

The caput is broader and more bluffly rounded than in 
errans and Meadit, while from the former it may be further 
distinguished by its rather smaller eyes and higher clypeus, 
from the latter by these characters and the absence of a meta- 
tarsal spine. 

It is much larger than oblongum, Cb. ; its eyes are larger and 
closer together, and though the form of the caput is some- 
what similar, yet the clypeus is much higher when compared 
with the ocular area than in that species. 

Received from F. M. Campbell, Esq., August 1892, 
amongst a number of specimens of oblongum, errans, and 
Meadii taken at Hoddesdon, Hertfordshire, running on iron 
railings in the sunshine, in March and April 1883. 


Porrhomma decens, Cb. (PI. II. fig. 7 b.) 
(Spid. Dor. p. 217, sub Linyphia.) 


Tam unable to recognize any sound distinguishing cha- 
racter which may separate this male specimen from P. JMJeadit. 
The apparent smallness of the eyes and their apparent greater 
distance apart are to my mind fully accounted for by the 
absence of pigment. 

The palpal organs are similar to those of Meadit (see 
Plows. fe. 2a): 

A single adult male, the type specimen, which was kindly 
forwarded for my inspection by the Rev. O. Pickard Cambridge 
was taken in Dorset in 1862. 


? 


Porrhomma microphthalmum, Cb. (PI. II. fig. 7 a.) 


This specimen also seems to me identical with JJeadi. 
The palpal organs are precisely similar. The eyes, having 
lost a large proportion of the pigment-cells, appear smaller 
and wider apart (very slightly), but are not, [ believe, really 
so. The spines on the legs, being lost, furnish no clue as to 
its identity. 

A single adult male, the type specimen, was forwarded for 
my inspection by the Rev. O. P. Cambridge. Taken by the 
late Mr. Beck near London many years ago. 


ers 


new Genera and Species of British Spiders. 107 


Porrhomma incertum, Cb. 
(Spid. Dor. p. 205, sub Linyphia.) 


I can find no reason for considering this female, the type 
of which I have carefully examined, as differing from Meadiv. 
The eyes appear to be the same and there are no metatarsal 
spines. 

Forwarded for my inspection by the Rev. O. P. Cambridge. 
Taken on a wall, in the month of June 1877, at Bloxworth, 
Dorset. 


Porrhomma montigena, Sim. 
(Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist., Jan. 1891, sub Tmmeticus niger, F. Cb.) 


Porrhomma adipatum, L. K. 
(Spid. Dor. vol. ii. p. 521, sub ZL. reticulata, Cb.) 


Porrhomma myops, Sim. (PI. II. fig. 6.) 


A single specimen forwarded to me, together with speci- 
mens of oblongum, by Rev. O. Pickard Cambridge, Oct. 1892. 


Rare Species observed between 1891-93. 


Genus AGRG@CA. 


Agraca celans, Bl. (PI. II. fig. 8.) 


Adult females of this spider were taken by myself amongst 
moss on the banks in the woods at Wreay, near Carlisle, in 
April 1893. 

No adult males were taken. 

The form of the epigyne may be seen on PI. II. fig. 8. 


Genus CRYPH@CA. 


Crypheca diversa, Cambr. 


An adult female of this species, new to science, was taken 
by myself, running on a rail in the sunshine, on the banks 
ot the Caldew, on Oct. 11, 1892, near Carlisle. 

The specimen was submitted to Rev. O. Pickard Cambridge, 
who has described and figured it in Proc. Dor. Nat. Hist. 
Soe. 1893. 


108 Rev. F. O. Pickard-Cambridge on 


Genus LEPTHYPHANTES. 
Lepthyphantes pinicola, Sim. 
An adult male was taken by myself on the Cross-Fell range 
of hills (the Pennines) near Croglin. This is only the second 


locality in which it has been taken, it having previously been 
taken only once on Helvellyn in 1890. 


Genus DECYMBIUM. 


Decymbium tibiale, Bl. 


Several adult males of this rare species were found in the 
same locality in which I had taken them two years ago and 
at the same time of the year. 


Woods at Wreay, near Carlisle, April 23rd, 1893. 


Genus TAPINOCYBA. 


Tapinocyba subitanea, Cb. 


A single adult male was taken by myself in an outhouse 
in Carlisle in September 1892. 


Genus EPEIRA. 
Epetra patagiata, C. K. 

This species appears to be abundant along the shores of 
Lake Derwentwater. The webs are hung on the palings or, 
more often, amongst the stone walls. The colour of these 
spiders, like that of many others, varies considerably with the 


nature of the habitat, tending always, of course, to that of the 
surrounding objects. 


Epeira alsine, Walck. 


Four fine adult females of this rare species were received 
from Mr. L. Greening, of Warrington, Cheshire, together 
with numerous splendid specimens of £. sclopetaria ot both 
SeXes. 

The former were taken at Chateris, near Cambridge, by a 
friend of Mr. Greening, in the autumn of 1892, when 
sweeping amongst the herbage in woods for beetles. 


Genus Lycosa. 
Lycosa Trailii, Cb. 
In crossing the Styhead Pass, from Borrowdale to Wastdale 


new Genera and Species of British Spiders. 109 


Head, | had noticed numerous Lycosids scrambling about 
amongst the stones which surround the pathway. ‘These I 
took to be LZ. amentata, and in the hurry of the march and in 
the distraction of company did not stop to identify them more 
certainly. 

A few weeks later, however, having secured several speci- 
mens, I discovered them to be very different to amentata, and 
submitted them to the Rev. O. Pickard Cambridge, who 
abe them to be LZ. Trailiz’, discovered many years 

fore in Scotland and described by himself. 

Their habits are peculiar, for they seem to dwell entirely in 
that wilderness of loose stones, acres in extent, which lies 
around the base of the Great Gable Mountain. Exceedingly 
swift in their movements, they are very difficult to capture, 
for they seem seldom to venture far from the shelter of the 
rocks, and when once amongst the stones all further pursuit 
is useless. 

They resemble amentata very much in general appearance, 
but are very decidedly larger, with longer legs; very black, 
with grey hairs. 

It was a little late for them when I discovered their value, 
so that only twenty or thirty adult males and females were 
taken. 

It is, however, evidently a very abundant spider, and 
probably inhabits the “screes” of sunny aspect throughout 
the whole of the Lake Districts. 

Styhead Pass, June 1893. 


Spiders noted, figured, or described. 


Corypheus glabriceps, sp. n., p. 87. | PorrhommaCampbellit, sp.n., p. 105. 

Hillhousia desolans, sp. u., p. 89. decens, Ch., p. 106. 

_ — turbatrix, Cb., p. 90. —— microphthalmum, Cb., p. 106. 

Microneta clypeata, sp. n., p. 90. —— incertum, Cb., p. 107. 

Bathyphantes setiger, sp. u., p. 91. —— montigena, Sim., p. 107. 

— nigrinus, Bl., Pl. L. fig. 7. | —— adipatum, L. K., p. 107. 

—— approximatus, Cb., Pl. I. fig. 8. myops, Sim., p. 107. 

dorsalis, Wid., Pl. L. fig. 9. | Agraca celans, Bl., p. 107. 

—— pullatus, Cb., Pl. I. fig. 10. | Crypheeca diversa, Ch., p. 107. 

Lepthyphantes Whymperi, sp. u., | Lepthyphantes pinicola,Sim., p. 108. 
. 93. Decymbium tilrale, Bl., p. 108. 


Porrhomma errans, Bl., p. 100. Tapinocyba subitanea, Cb., p. 108. 
— Meadii, sp. n., p. 101. Epeira patagiata, C. K., p. 108. 


— oblongum, Cb., p. 102. alsine, Walck., p. 108. 
—— pygmeum, Bl., p. 104. _ Lycosa Trailii, Ch., p. 108. 


110 


Rev. F. O. Pickard-Cambridge on 


EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. 


PuateE I. 


Fig. 1. Lepthyphantes Whympert, sp. n. 
a. Left palpus of male from above. a, base of digital joint ; 6, spine 


Fig. 


Fig. 


Fig. 


Fig. 


Fig. 


Pro oo 


Soo Ao & 


ve 
i 
7 


Pome RA TP MP AO oP PHD BO 


at apex ; c, cubital spine; d, falciform process. 


. Left palpus from outer side. 
. Caput and falces from in front. 
. Lett palpus of male. 


Profile of cephalothorax. 
Corypheus glabriceps, sp. 0D. 


. Right palpus of male from outside. a, falciform process; 6, base 


of digital joint ; c, e, radial spurs. 
Palpus from inner side. 
Palpus from above. 


. Caput and falces from in front. 
. Inner angle of falx enlarged. a, isolated tooth. 
. Hillhousva turbatriz, Cb. 


Palpus of male from outside. 1, falciform process; 2, spine at 
apex. 


. Palpus from above. 


Palpus, another view. 

Epigyne of female. 

Caput and falces from in front. 
Profile of female. 


. Cephalothorax from above. 


Hillhousia desolans, sp. n. 


. Profile of female. 
. Cephalothorax and abdomen from above. 


Epigynal area from in front. 
Epigynal area from above. 


. Caput and falces from in front. 

. Microneta clypeata, sp. n. 

. Profile of male. 

. Cephalothorax and abdomen from above. 

. Right palpus of male from above. 

. Sternum, maxille, and falces. 

. Caput and falces from in front. 

. Left palpus from outside. 

. Bathyphantes setiger, sp. n. 

. Right palpus of male from above. a, apex of falciform process ; 


b, spiral spine at apex of organs ; c, plumule ; d, central spine. 


b. Right palpus from outer side. 
c. 
d. 
e. 
7 
Te 


Falciform process. 1, spatuliform apex ; 2, group of long sete. 
Falciform process, another view. 
Epigyne of female. 


. Bathyphantes nigrinus, Bl. 


. Palpal organs from outer side. a, falciform process; 6, spiral 
spine at apex ; c, plumule; d, central spine. 

', Falciform process, enlarged. 

a'. Epigyne of female from above. a, upper stylum, 

a’, Epigyne of female, lateral view. 


new Genera and Species of British Spiders. 111 


Fig. 8. Bathyphantes approximatus, Cb. 
8’. Palpal organs trom outer side. a, falciform process; 4, spiral 
spine at apex. 
8". Falciform Bree, ors 
8a’. Epigyne of female, lateral view. «a, upper stylum. 
Ba", ee e of female from above. ied 
Fig. 9. Bathyphantes dorsalis, Wid. 
Palpus of male from outside. a, falciform process; 4, spine at apex. 
Fig. 10. Bathyphantes pullatus, Ch. 
a. Palpus of male from outer side. a, falcifurm process; 6, apo- 
physis with serrulate apex ; ¢, spine. 
b. Palpus from beneath. 


PuateE II. 


Fig. 1. Porrhomma errans, Bl. E Coll. F. M. C., R. H. M., O. P. C. 
a. Palpal organs from outer side. a, falciform process; 6', b°, 6°, 
spines on ditto ; c, small spur at apex of bulb; e, basal spur of 
igital sheath. 
. Caput and falces from in front. Lines at side show relative 
height of clypeus and ocular area. 
. Epigyne of female from above. 
pigyne of female, lateral view. 
Porrhomma Meadii, sp.n. E Coll. F. M. C. and R. H. M. 
Palpal organs from outer side. Small letters have the same 
signification as in fig. la. 
Caput and falces from in front. Lines at side as in fig. 1 b. 
Epigyne from above. 
. Porrhomma pygmeum, Bl. E Coll. O. P. C., type. 
Palpal organs from inner side. Small letters as above. 
. Caput and falces from in front. Lines as above. 
Palpus from outer side. Letters as above. 
Porrhomma oblongum, Cb. E Coll. F. M. C. 
Palpal organs from outer side. Small letters as above. 
. Caput and falces from in front. Lines as above. 
. Palpus from above. Small letters as above. 
Fig. 5. Porrhomma Campbellit, sp.n. HE Coll. F. M. C. 
Caput and falces from in front. Lines as above. 
Fig. 6. Porrhomma myops, Sim. E Coll. O. P. C. 
Caput and falces from in front. Lines as above. 
Fig. 7. a. Porrhomma microphthalmum, Cb. Ei Coll. O. P. C. 
Palpal organs from above. Letters as above. 
b. Porrhomma decens, Cb. E Coll. O. P. C, 
Palpal organs, different views. Letters as above. 
. 8. Agraca celans, Bl. 
Epigyne of female. 


a 


S 


SOP PO SP HOT PLAS 


= 


142 Rev. Canon Norman—A Month on 


XIIL.—A Month on the Trondhjem Fiord. 
By the Rev. Canon Normay, M.A., D.C.L., F.R.S., &e. 


[Continued from vol. xii. p. 452.] 
[Plates VI. & VIL.] 


Genus KINEKOSKIAS, Danielssen. 


(Additional notes on the genus.) 
Kinekoskias Smitti, Dan. 


Add to the synonymy of my previous notes given on p. 448 
of vol. xii. the following :— 


1875. Bugula flexilis, Verrill, “Brief Contrib, XXXII. Results 
Dredging New England Coast, 1874,’ Amer. Journ. Sci. vol. ix. 
p. 415, pl. vii. figs. 1, 2. 

1879. Kinekoskias flexilis, Verrill, “ Recent Additions Marine Invert. 
N.E. Amer.,” Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. p. 189 (no description). 

1879. Kinekoskias Smitti, Dub. & Kor.,= Bugula flerilis, Verr., Vervill, 
Prelim. Check-List Marine Invert. Atlantic Coast, Cape Cod to 
Gulf of St. Lawrence, p. 29 (name only). 

1885. Kinekoskias (Bugulopsis) flevilis, Verrill, “ Results Explor. 
‘ Albatross,’ 1883,” Ann. Rep. Comm. Fish and Fisheries for 1883, 
p- 530 (no description).—Bugulopsis, to which the species is here 
referred, is a genus established by Vermill, with Cellularia Peachit, 
Busk, as the type, upon the valid grounds that Cellwlarta of Busk is 
not Pallas’s genus of that name. 

Since the last part of these notes was published, having 
had occasion to refer to some of Verrill’s papers, I came across 
his figure of Bugula flewilis, and was at once struck with the 
absolute identity of his illustrations and my own of Aine- 
koskias Smitti, and I find that he subsequently referred his 
species to that of Danielssen. Verrill speaks of the branches 
as “tapering gradually to the point of attachment,” but 
makes no mention of a stalk; but even should the species 
assume a different habit on the other side of the Atlantic, the 
zocecial characters being the same, there can, I take it, be 
no question as to the propriety of uniting the forms. It is 
interesting that Danielssen’s species has its range thus ex- 
tended. It occurs in deep water (194 fathoms) off the coasts 
of Maine and Nova Scotia. I have found a fragment labelled 
“ Kinekoskias Smitti,=Bugula jflevilis,’ which was sent to 
me by Professor Verrill. It is in spirit, but in bad condition, 
having been apparently at some time dried; but it appears 
to bear out the synonymy. 


. 


the Trondhjem Fiord. 113 


Kinekoskias arborescens, Danielssen, = Bugula umbella, Suitt. 


It may be well, as I am noticing this genus, to refer also 
to this other northern species. A. arborescens has the zoarium 
attached not by one chitinous tube, but by many, and these 
are short; the zoarium is more calcareous than in K. Smitti, 
all the branches arch over and bend downwards, like an 
opened umbrella *, while the stems bear the proportionate 
height of its handle. The zocecia are on the upper surface of 
the branches; they have their backs marked with curved 
lines, as represented by Dan. & Kor. On the front there is 
no spine-point at the upper outer angle, but, instead, this 
angle is the point for the attachment of the avicularium, 
which thus occupies a different position from that in the three 
other known species; the avicularium is much shorter and 
more tumid—Dan. & Kor. correctly say “it resembles an 
eagle’s head in shape,’’—with the crown much arched. 

The points I have mentioned distinguish this species from 
K. pocillum, Busk, of the ‘Challenger’ Expedition, as well 
as from the species here previously described. Specimens 
examined are from the Gulf of St. Lawrence (dr. Whiteaves) 
and Kara Sea, ‘ Dijmphna’ Expedition (Copenhagen Museum). 
This last specimen has ocecia, which have not previously been 
observed. They are semiglobose and similar in character to 
those of the other species. 


7. Bugula Murrayana, Johnston. 
Rédberg. 


Genus Execrra, Lamouroux, 1816 
(type Electra verticillata, Lamx.,= Flustra pilosa, Linn.). 
=Amphiblestrum, Gray, 1848 (type A. membranacea, Abildg.t),= 


* Busk is mistaken in supposing (vide ‘ Challenger’ Report, p. 45) that 
Smitt has represented his specimen “the wrong way up in his figure.” 

+ Busk, in ‘Challenger’ Report, Cheilostomata, 1884, makes Mem- 
branipora Flemiigii the type of Amphiblestrum. In order to understand 
this we must refer to his Cat. Marine Polyzoa in Brit. Mus., Cheilosto- 
mata, p. 58, where, in describing WM. Memingii, he makes Flustra membra- 
nacea, Abildg.,a synonym. It is strange how he can have fallen into 
such a mistake, for there is nothing in Abildgaard’s description or figure 
applicable to IZ. Flemingiz. The following words are important in that 
author’s description, which is confirmed by the figure :—“ Cellulis mar- 
gine caleareo cinctis, et membra hyalina tectis. In medio marginali basis 
prostat mucro eleyatus plus minus elongatus, etc.”* What, then, is 

“ Abildgaard, in Miiller’s Zool. Dan. vol. iii. 1789, p. 63, pl. exvii 
figs. 1, 2. 

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xi. 8 


114 Rev. Canon Norman—A Month on 


Conopeum, Gray, 1848 ane C. reticulum, Gray *),= Annulipora, 
Gray (type A. pilosa, Linn.), = Reptelectrina, ‘d’Orb. 1851 (type 
R. dentata, Sol. & FEll.),= Llectrina, d’Orb. (type £. lamellosa, 
d’Orb.), = Pyripora, VOrb. (type [recent] P. ramosa, VOrb.), 
= Electra, Busk (‘ Challenger’), partim. 


Zocecium more or less elongated, typically turbinate, the 
basal portion enclosed by a calcareous crust, which may be 
either punctate or entire ; anterior portion consisting of an 
area oval or oblong in shape, covered by a thin membrane, 
at the summit of which is the oral opening; border of the 
area calcareous and often surmounted with spines, in which 
latter case one at the base is either the only one present or is 
usually larger than the rest. No ocecia known in recent 
species. No avicularia, Larva a ‘ ‘cyphonautes.” Zoarium 
either incrusting or erect and free. 

The species are subject to extraordinary variation, and in 
certain conditions the basal portion becomes nearly or quite 
obsolete. 

Other European species referable to the genus are HE. La- 
croiait (Aud.) (including IZ. monostachys, Busk) and E.catenu- 
laria (Jameson). There are many representatives in other 
parts of the world. 

Electra verticillata, Liamx., has long been a puzzle to 
authors, and parts of the original figures “have again and again 
been reproduced without any additional light being thrown on 
the species. Paul Fischer + and Smitt were the first who 
rightly referred it to Flustra pilosa, Linn. That this is the 
case, and that it owes its peculiar verticillate arrangement of 
the zocecia to the situation on which it was developed, is, I 
think, clear, though not hitherto explained. An examina- 


Abildgaard’s Flustra membranacea? It is most certainly the form figured 
by Smitt (pl. xx. fig. 46) as forma membranacea of Membranipora pilosa, 
and rightly referred by him to Abildgaard’s species, and which has since 
been well figured by Freese (“ Anatom.-histol. Unters. von Membranipora 
pilosa, Linn.,” Archiv f. Naturg. 1888, pl. i. figs. 3, 4). There can be no 
doubt that these figures, however, do not represent M. pilosa, but M. La- 
crown, Var. monostachys, a species which Levinsen has lately recorded as 
M. monostachys from the Baltic (Levinsen, Vidensk. U dbytte *Hauchs’ 
Togter Polyzoa, 1891, p. 277), whence also the specimens of Abildgaard, 
Smitt, and Freese came. : 

* About twenty-five years ago I examined in Brit. Mus. the specimens 
which Gray had “named Conope um reticulum, and found that most of 
them at any rate were referable to M. Lacroteti, Aud., which, differing 
widely as it does from the type of 1. monostachys, I am nevertheless 
unable to separate from certain undoubted forms of that so-called species, 

apy ih ischer, “* Bryozoaires, Kchinodermes et Foraminiféres de la 
Gironde,” Actes Soe. Linn. Bordeaux, vol. xxvii. 1870, p- 15, 


—S=SSeSo—_ 


the Trondhjem Fiord. 115 


tion of the figures * shows it to be incrusting the main stem 
and extremities of the branches of some such seaweed as 
Cladostephus verticillatus, Lightioot. ‘The magnified view is 
taken from the extremity of a branch, and apparently the ver- 
ticillate ramuli of the seaweed have compelled a corresponding 
verticillate arrangement of the zocecia of the polyzoon. I have 
seen such an arrangement, though not so marked, at the ex- 
tremity of a zoarium coating a seaweed (Pl. VII. fig. 1). 
Moreover the quincuncial disposition of the zocecia is some- 
times departed from in Electra pilosa without any apparent 
cause, since in the widest foliations of an erect Flustriform 
variety of the species (var. flustriformis, specimen a, presently 
to be described), which I dredged at Floré, there occur many 
succeeding transverse rows of cells arranged parallelly side by 
side across the frond (see Pl. VI. fig. 6). 


8. Electra pilosa, Linn., var. carbastiformis, Norman. (PI1.VII. 
fig. 2.) 


The only example of the species found was taken at 
Rédberg living absolutely free and in a ‘‘ Hemescharan”’ state. 
It is described below under the above name, and is the only 
specimen I have ever seen or heard of in which this mode of 
growth has been assumed by the species. 

I take this opportunity of directing attention to the extra- 
ordinary variation exhibited in this species. ‘The variations 
may be divided into two classes—first, as regards the struc- 
ture of the zocecia themselves, and, secondly, as affects the 
ultimate forms into which the zocecia arrange themselves. 
The zocecium is normally more or less produced at the base, 
and this basal portion is always, when present, beautifully 
punctate ; in advance of this crustaceous hinder portion comes 
the area, usually ovate, sometimes nearly oblong, covered 
with a thin membrane, at the anterior end of which is the 
small mouth-opening ; the enclosing calcareous margins of the 
area are almost invariably furnished with spines ranging 
from four to ten in number in different varieties on the lateral 
margin, and one at the centre of the hinder margin, rarely 
of the same size and character as those of the ‘sides, but 
usually conspicuously larger and stouter, or converted into a 
setose appendage, which attains often gigantic proportions ; 
and in one instance I have seen, in addition to this ereat seta, 
one, two, or three of the neighbouring lateral spines, together 
with the basal spine, changed into great sete (Pl. VI. fig. 4). 


* Lamouroux, Expos. méthod des genres de YOrdre des Polypiers, 
pl. iv. figs. a, A. 
S* 


116 Rev. Canon Norman—A Month on 


In a specimen incrusting the flat leaves of a Fucus the 
margins are much more thickened than usual, the zocecia have 
their areas brought close together, the hinder calcareous punc- 
tate portion of the zocecium being reduced to the small portion 
which gives support to the great seta, at the base of which a 
few puncta may still be seen; but here and there even these 
few are absent (Pl. VI. fig.5). A remarkable modification in 
the opposite direction takes place in var. Reaumuriana, where 
the zocecia are elevated into a semierect position and the 
punctate crust is carried forwards and forms side walls on 
which rest the usual margins of the area (Pl. VII. fig. 1). 

In the seas of our own islands this species has only been 
met with in an incrusting state, and Mr. Hincks has remarked* 
that “amidst all the varieties of this protean species from 
various parts of the world” he had never seen the erect free- 
growing form until he received a specimen from New Zealand. 
Nowhere have the seas been more closely examined for 
Polyzoa than around our own islands. It is therefore very 
curious that, while free-living states of this species are met 
with on the coasts of West France, of Belgium, and of 
Norway, no instance of such growth should have ever 
occurred in our seas. 

There is also a very curious reproductive difference as 
connected with thegenus Electra and forms which are certainly 
at least very closely allied. In the North Atlantic no ovicell 
has ever been known on any specimen of either of the three 
species which I would refer to this genus, EZ. pilosa, E. La- 
crotatt (including JZ. monostachys), and EH. catenaria; and 
this fact has deep significance. Yet Mr. Waters has described 
from New-Zealand Tertiary beds forms so like to the fore- 
going that he has even referred them to the same species as 
Membranipora monostachys and Membranipora Lacrotwit, var. 
grandis; in these reproduction takes place by means of 
ocecia tT. ‘The absence of ocecia in recent forms would not, 
moreover, seem to be confined to North-Atlantic species. | 
cannot recall to mind any out of many exotic recent species 
which I should refer to the genus in which oeecia are known. 
It is probable therefore that Waters’s species must find their 
place in another genus, notwithstanding the close resemblance 
of such a form as that shown in his fig. 3 to the genus Electra. 


* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. x. 1882, p. 169. 

+ Waters, ‘Tertiary Cheilostomatous Bryozoa from New Zealand,” 
Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xliii, 1887, p. 45 (M. monostachys, pl. vi. 
figs. 6,3; M. Lacrotxi, var. grandis, pl. vi. tig. 1). 


ot 


the Trondhjem Fiord. 117 


Section I. Adherent varieties. 


Var. 1. dentata, Ell. & Sol. (PI. VI. fig. 1).—Zocecium more 
or less produced and punctate ; margin of area crowned with 
spines, variable in number, usually from four to ten, rarely 
twelve, and one at the base larger and stronger than the rest, 
but, like them, caleareous. Very common in the British Isles, 
incrusting shells, stones, and weeds. (Busk, Brit. Mus. Cat. 
Cheilostomata, pt. ii. pl. Ixxi. fig. 1; Hincks, Brit. Mar. Pol. 
pl. xxiii. figs. 2, 3.) 


Var. 2. tenuis, Norman (Pl. VI. fig. 2).—This form corre- 
sponds in all respects with the last, except that it is more 
delicate in structure, the spines more slender, and the basal 
spine reduced in size, so as to be no larger than the others. 


An extreme form of var. ¢enuds in my collection (formerly 
in Barlee’s), incrusting a Mytzlus, has the greater portion of 
the zocecia wholly devoid of spines or sete; other zocecia 
have two or three little denticles (rather than spines) ; others 
resemble Hincks’s pl. xxiii. fig. 4; while some few show the 
passage to the usual state of var. tenuis. 


Forma stellata, Thompson.—This is either of the foregoing 
varieties living on the inside of bivalves or on broad-leaved 
seaweeds, and the zoarium growing out into digitate exten- 
sions at the margins, so that its form is more or less stellate. 


Var. 3. typica, Norman,=var. Leflingiana, Moll (PI. VI. 
figs. 3-5).—I have never seen this variety incrusting stones 
or shells, but always seaweeds. ‘The zocecia have the margins 
much stronger than in the preceding varieties; the posterior 
punctate portion is often reduced to a minimum, especially in 
the central portions of the zoarium, where the punctated struc- 
ture is wholly absent or can only be seen at the base of the 
posterior spine. ‘The lateral spines are usually six, stout and 
strong; the posterior central spine is greatly developed, some- 
times still preserving its spine-like character, at another trans- 
formed into a great chitinous seta, which is two, three, or even 
four times the length of the zocecium: when incrusting a flat 
weed these long sete are developed most freely at the margins ; 
when investing small round weeds the whole zoarium elegantly 
bristles with them, and sometimes two, three, or four spines 
are changed into the great sete. (Blainville, Man. d’Actinol. 
pl. Ixxv. fig. 2; Hincks, pl. xxiii. fig. 1.) 


Var. 4. Reaumuriana, Moll,= Electra verticillata, Lamx. 


118 Rev. Canon Norman—A Month on 


(PI.VIT. fig. 1).—Zocecia much more delicate in structure than 
in the last variety, semzerect, so that in most cases the punctate 
crust is to be seen not only on the hinder portion, but on the sides 
beneath the area; lateral spines mostly four, but sometimes 
six or eight; posterior seta of moderate length, equal to about 
two zocecia. ‘The zocecia are more irregularly disposed than 
in any other variety, often one series is developed on the top 
of another, and here and there at the extremity of the branches 
they take on a verticillate arrangement ; but this verticillate 
arrangement is rarely to be found, and I regard it in my 
specimens as purely accidental; but the tendency of the 
zocecia to erect themselves, and hence their form, and the four 
lateral spines clearly indicate this as the form described by 
Lamouroux. I have a large quantity of this variety clothing 
in every part masses of a small round branched weed about 
34 inches high. It is part of that portion of my British col- 
lection which was Barlee’ s, but the locality has not been 
preserved. (Lamouroux, Expos. méth. Polypiers, pl. iv. 
figs. a, A; Moll, Eschara, ex Zooph. ord. genus 1803, pl. iv. 
fig. 6, A-E.*) 


Var. 5. hippothotformis, =var. laxa (PI.VI. fig. 7), Hincks’s 
names for Smitt’s pl. xx. fig. 49.—In this beautiful and most 
remarkable variety the zoarium consists of lines composed of a 
single series of zocecia, whence branches diverge right and left 
from every cell (normally) T;_ these branches also consist of 
cells in single file and give origin to other pinnule, thus in 
all respects conforming Yo the habit of Hippothoa divaricata. 
It runs over Fuci and is most fully and perfectly developed 
on their air-bladders. The following is the description of the 
arrangement of the zocecia in a portion of a specimen :—A 
main branch consists of a chain of 34 cells, the first twenty- 
five of which give origin, both on right and left, to branches, 
the structure thus being elegantly pinnate. We will now 
follow the course of three Sone ek pinne on the left side. 
Pinna A { 1-5, 6 (1), 7 (1), 8-12, 18-31 (1) ; from 13 to 31 


* Moll’s specimen had six lateral spines on the cells; that of Lamouroux 
four. 

+ To understand how this takes place, see Jules Barrois, ‘Mém., sur 
Vembryol. des Bryozoaires,’ 1877, pl. xv. tig. 6, w here we have represented 
the “ mother-cell” giving off the commencement of the three next cells, 
one in front and one from each shoulder. Each cell in var. hippothor- 
formis in this respect acts as the “ mother-cell,”’ giving off three buds, 
“but the lateral, instead of being directed forwards, are directed outwards. 

TA number as the first “1-5” means that the first five cells of the 

inna have no branches, “ 6 (1) ” means that the sixth gives origin to a 
Pearl (pinnula) on one side, “7 (2)” would mean that the cell gives 
rise to two pinnule, right and left, 


the Trondhjem Fiord. 119 


the pinna runs side by side with pinna B, the cells touching 
those of B on the right; on the left and free side every cell 
gives origin to a pinnula. Pinna B, 1-3, 4(1), 6-12 (2) ; 
now it comes into contact with pinne A and C, and passes 
between them, the three running side by side from 13-17; 
here pinna C has diverged to the right, but A is still to the 
left, so one side only is free and we have 18-29 (1). PinnaC, 
1-5, 6-9 (1), 10, 11; here it is running along the side of B, 
which is on its left, so that on that side it cannot branch, and 
we have 12-18 (1); here it diverges from B to the right, 
and, being free, we have 19-29 (2), and then a terminating 
creeping base equal in length to six cells, on which the cells 
are imperfectly or as yet not at all developed. The zocecia are 
elongated both in the posterior calcareous portion and in the 
long and often nearly oblong area; the lateral spines are 
4 or 6, rarely 8, the posterior spine is no larger than the 
others * ; the branches diverge from what may be called the 
shoulders of the zocecium. In every case where a branch is 
not given off to right or left it is from want of room; the 
animal seems to discover by its tentacles that there is a 
neighbour too near to enable itself to develop a zocecium in 
that direction: but the direct onward growth of the main 
stem, pinna, or pinnula is not so easily stopped; it will run 
up close to the side of a neighbour and accompany it in its 
onward course (see Smitt’s figure), or it will ride over its 
back, if at an angle, and pursue its journey. ‘lhe pure white 
Jace which this variety forms is a beautiful object seen 
against the black background of the Mucus on which it is 
developed. My specimens are from Floré, and it is not 
unlikely that those of Sars, which Smitt describes, were from 
the same locality, the fauna of which Sars knew so well. 


Section If. Free-living forms. 


Var. 6. carbasiiformis (Pl. VII. tig. 2).—Imagine the form 
stellata, Thompson, living absolutely free, consisting of a lamina 
composed of a single layer of zocecia, with calcareous back, 
and you have this variety. ‘lhe specimen is 20 millim. in its 
greater and 16 millim. in its lesser diameter, the outline very 
stellate ; the area of the zocecia has four, rarely six, or even 
eight spines on the margin, the posterior spine a little larger 
than the others. I can see no sign of attachment even at 
the *‘ mother-cell.” Rédberg, Trondhjem Fiord, 1893. 


* It was so in Smitt’s specimen, and, of course, there may be this 
variation. 


120 Rev. Canon Norman—4A Month on 


Var. 7. flustriformis,=var. Ellisiana, Moll.—The variety 
may or may not have originally invested a seaweed ; in the 
former case the seaweed or hydrozoon having been covered, 
the zoarium develops free growth and forms flattened branches 
of greater or less width. The following notes will show wide 
divergence in the mode of growth of the branches of var. 
flustriformis. 

Form a (Pl. VII. fig. 3) exhibits great difference in the cha- 
racter of the free branches in the same specimen: some are 
broad and leaf-like, of twenty to thirty zocecia in width ; others 
ligulate; others so narrow as at first sight to appear to be 
round, but closer examination shows an ovate section, they 
are two or three zocecia wide. These narrow branches are at 
the base, but the expanded leaves have digitate terminations. 
The lateral spines are usually six, sometimes eight ; basal spine 
not long on the central portion of the leaves, but produced 
into a rather long seta on their margins and on the narrower 
branches. Height 24 inches, not based at all on a seaweed. 
Batalden, which is a few miles from Floré, Norway, 1882. 

Form 6 (Pl. VII. fig. 4). A dense bush, composed of a large 
number of stems springing from one base, and dichotomously 
and trichotomously branching; all branches and branchlets 
flat and narrow, mostly four to eight zocecia in breadth, but 
occasionally widening before again dividing to fifteen or even 
twenty zocecia. Armature as in the last, but many cells in 
the wider portion of one of the specimens wholly devoid of 
spines. Height 2 inches. Bukken, in the Bergen Fiord, 
1878 (A. M. N.) ; Ostende (Prof. E. van Beneden). 

When visiting the museum at Liege in 1892 I saw a great 
quantity of this form preserved in spirit, some of which, above 
described, Prof. E. van Beneden kindly gave me. He told 
me that it was very common on the coast. ‘This is interesting, 
because Pallas, who wrote his excellent ‘ Elenchus Zoophyt- 
orum’ 127 years ago, tells us that this present form was 
known in Belgium as “ Zee-moss,” and writes :— Nullibi 
abundantiorem novi hance Escharam, quam in Mari Belgium 
alluente. Sertulariam longissimam, ibidem copiosissimam et 
magnis acervis spe in littore conspicuam, in certis tractibus, 
maxime versus autumnum, totam incrustat, et ab extremis 
ejusdem ramulis insuper frondescens, elegantissimas formas 
assumit, primoque tune aspectu Spagnum palustre fere «emu- 
latur. Sic incrustate hujus Sertulariz immanis vis ineunte 
imprimis hyeme Ann. 1764 in tota occidentali Belgii ora, a 
flantibus Austris egerebatur, ut in brevi passim spatio, ad 
onerandum vehiculum suflicere potuissit” (p. 51). 

Form c (Pl. VII. fig. 5).—Based on a seaweed, from which 


the Trondhjem Fiord. 121 


base, when covered, have arisen hundreds of free strap-formed 
branches, usually simple, very rarely dichotomously divided. 
The uniform strap-shape of the branches and their nearly 
uniform breadth of three to five zocecia, and length of about 
half an inch, give to this specimen a very marked character. 
The zocecia are always quincuncially arranged, and have six 
strong lateral spines, the basal spine as a long seta. Height 
5 inches. Picked up on the sands at Cap Breton, S.W. 
France, in 1880 (A. J. N.). 


Var. 8. cellariiformis (Pl. VII. fig. 6).—A most elegant 
form. A little bush with erect, rownd branches; the un- 
divided branches are from } to 14 inch long, but seldom more 
than half a millimetre in diameter; built up generally of four 
rows of zocecia, which are rather more elongated than usual, 
with 4 or 6 lateral spines, and the basal spine slender but not 
setiform. Height2inches. Floré Bay, Norway (A. M. .). 


Var. 9. gemellariiformis (Pl. VII. fig. 7).—Here we meet 
with #. pilosa performing a most extraordinary gymnastic 
feat. ‘Two zowcia stand back to back, shoulder to shoulder; 
on them mount two similar zocecia, and.so the main stem is 
built up of pairs of cells; then from both right and left 
shoulder of every cell stands out at nearly a right angle a cell, 
which is back to back again with the cell which has been 
developed from the opposite side of the main stem, and the 
growth of the branches proceeds as that of the main stem; 
and in this way an erect pinnate structure is built up, ultimately 
becoming bipinnate, and even tripinnate, and the whole com- 

osed of only a double row of cells. Zocecia and spines as 
in the last. Floré Bay, Norway, 1882 (A. IZ N.). 


Var. 10. eucratetformis (Pl. VII. fig. 8).—This is var, 
hippothoiformis living free, the entire structure being formed 
of a single series of cells and pinnately branched. In this 
case, however, the branches are few and the general appearance 
is of a mass of long chains lying heaped together. Found 
with the many other remarkable forms in Floré Bay. 


Vars. 1 to 4 are British forms, the rest are not yet known 
in our fauna. 

The truly marvellous forms above described exhibit an 
amount of variation in Electra pilosa, to which I know no 
counterpart in the whole range of marine zoology, or, indeed, 
in any other animal. One extraordinary circumstance at 
once strikes us. ‘There seems to be common mind at work 


122 Rev. Canon Norman—A Month on 


and exhibited by the members of a colony, who determine to 
erect their building after a special and prearranged plan. 
This is no case of inherited instinct which prompts the 
members of a family to act together to build as their fathers 
built ; but the founder of a colony settles the course she will 
adopt, and this determination, it would seem, must somehow 
be communicated by means of the colonial nervous system, 
and be acted upon by all the descendants to whom she gives 
birth by gemmation. Natural selection cannot account for 
this. A very difficult problem is here presented to us. We 
cannot appeal to vast periods of time. We see enormous 
changes brought about apparently at the will of individuals, 
who, building colonies after the various fashions characteristic 
of a large number of genera belonging to the same class as 
themselves, simulate the general forms of a Membranipora, a 
Hippothoa, a Carbasea, a Flustra, a Cellaria, a Gemellaria, 
and a Hucratea * 

Bugula Murrayana is another species given to “ sports.” 
The Menipea fruticosa, Packard (= Cellularia quadridentata, 
Lovén), has been often regarded as a distinct species, differing 
from the type in its narrower fronds, fewer spines, and 
absence of large lateral avicularia; but the reason I refer to 
this species is “not on account of that variety, but because it 
also is known to take on a Eucratea-like form, composed of a 
line of single cells. This curious vari iation is figured by 
Smitt (pl. xviii. fig. 27), and I have also myself met with it. 

I have used the word “ sports ” advisedly in the preceding 
sentence, because the remarkable variations of Electra pilosa 
seem to find a parallel in the “ sports ” of plants. 


Genus RAMPHONOTUS *, gen. nov. 
: i = 


The zocecia, if developed freely in form, remind us of those 
of Electra, being turbinate, with a calcareous part posterior 


* It has been argued by recent writers that the form which the colony 
of a polyzoon belonging to the Cheilostomata assumes is of no moment in 
eneric character. Electra pilosa lends strong support to this view. 
Vet it is a view nevertheless in which I am not prepared in all cases to 
acquiesce. The zocecial characters are unquestionably all important, but 
no lasting classification can be based on any one part of the zowcium, 
whether it be the mouth-opening, wall, rosette-plates, or anything else. 
Why also in all instances is the ultimate growth and form of the zoarium 
to be excluded from generic character among certain families of the Chei- 
lostomata, and at the same time to be recognized among the Cyclosto- 
mata and Ctenostomata, and even other groups of the Cheilostomata ? 
This is surely scarcely consistent. In some instances, as, for example, 
Electra pilosa, the form of the colony is of no generic or specitic value, 
but in other cases it may be and, I believe, is. 
* “Panos, a bird’s beak, and v@ros, the back. 


the Trondhjem Fiord. 123 


to the area, widening upwards from the base; but ordinarily, 
in their crowded state, only a sufficient part of this posterior 
portion remains to support the avicularium ; the area is nearly 
as wide as long and often somewhat trifoliate in form; the 
mouth-opening is a slit close to its anterior margin, the border 
surrounding the area is calcareous and may be armed with 
spines. Ocecia large, globose, and imperforate. An avicu- 
larium of large size (sometimes monstrously so), with acute 
mandible, would seem to be habitually present on the adult 
zocecia, situated on the central portion of the zocecium on or 
immediately behind the hinder margin of the area, and is 
often elevated on a pedestal. [Zoarium incrusting in type 
species. | 

Type, Ramphonotus minax (Busk). 

This genus approaches Foveolaria, Busk; but the first 
species (type) described (/. elliptica, Busk) would seem to 
have a regularly articulated large operculum, besides other 
points of distinction. ' 


9. Ramphonotus minax (Busk). 


Membranipora Flemingii, forma minax, Smitt, GEfvers. K. Vet.-Akad. 
Forhand. 1867, p. 567, pl. xx. figs. 43, 44. 
Membranipora minax, Hincks, Brit. Pol. p. 169, pl. xxii. figs. 2, 2 a-c. 


On a stone from about 100 fathoms, Rédberg. I also 
have it in my collection from Shetland, Hardanger and Ber- 
gen Fiords, Norway (A. WZ. N.), Gulf of St. Lawrence 
( Whiteaves). 

Hincks was of opinion that Smitt’s figure 44 could not 
belong to this species ; but it gives an accurate representation 
of the avicularium in the fully developed state. 


10. Yessarodoma gracile, M. Sars. 


1851. Pustulipora gracilis, M. Sars, Beret. om en i Somm. 1849, Zool. 
Reise i Lofoten og Finmark, Nyt Mag. f. Naturvidens. p. 26. 

1860. Onchopora borealis, Busk, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. vol. viii. 
. 213, pl. xxviii. figs. 6, 7. 

1865. Quadricellaria gracilis, M. Sars, Beskr. over nogle norske 
Polyzoer, Videnskabs Férhand. for 1862, p. 14 (separate copy). 

1864. Quadricellaria gracilis, Alder, ‘New British Polyzoa, &c.,’ 
a oe Mier. Sci. n. s., vol. iv. p. 7 (separate copy), pl. ii. 
gs. 9-12. 

1867. Anarthropora borealis, Smitt, “ Krit. Forteck. Skand. Hafs- 
Bryozoer,” Cifvers. af K. Vet.-Akad. Forhand. p. 8, pl. xxiv. 
figs, 25-29, 

1869. Tessarodoma gracile, Norman, “ Last Report Dredging Shetland,” 
Brit. Assoc. Rep. for 1868, p. 309. 

1875. Tessarodoma boreale, Smitt, Florida Bryoz., Kongl. Svens. 


124 Rev. Canon Norman—A Month on 


ls ia Handl. vol. xi. p. 32 (separate copy), pl. vi. figs. 143- 
* 
1880. Porina borealis, Hincks, Brit. Polyzoa, p. 229, pl. xxxi. figs. 4-6. 
1884, Tessarodoma boreale, Busk, Report ‘Challenger’ Polyzoa, 
I. Cheilostomata, p. 174, pl. xxiv. fig. 8. 

On the precipices at Rédberg. 

This genus differs from Porina, d’Orbigny, in having :— 
(a) ocecia; (5) avicularia; (c) a row of large marginal 
pores (“origelles”’). The ocecia, figured by Alder, are very 
rarely developed—in not one in a dozen specimens could I 
find them at all; they are, if present, only to be seen on the 
very young cells at the extremity of the branches; they are 
very small, with a granulated surface, and immediately 
become wholly immersed and invisible by overgrowth of the 
surface of the zoarium, while at the same time the tubular 
orifice goes on developing and keeps well above the surface. 
The avicularia also will be seen best on the young cells; but 
the presence of these is constant or nearly so. 

With respect to the specific name, it seems to me that 
the one given by Sars should be used. He first described the 
species, and Busk, in ignorance of the fact, redescribed it ; 
both assigned it to a wrong genus: Sars called it a Pustuli- 
pora, Busk an Onchopora. Sars was the first to correct his 
own mistake and Busk’s, and, although there was a previous 
Pustulipora gracilis, Milne-Edwards, in justice I think Sars’s 
specific name should be retained. 


Genus HEMICYCLOPORA, gen. nov. 


Zocecia with pores confined to the sides and sometimes 
anterior portion of front wall. Mouth-opening well arched 
above, lower margin straight (no denticle within the lip). 
Reproduction by ocecia, which are imperforated. No avicu- 
laria. No special pore (‘“‘ fenestrelle’’). 

Type, Hemicyclopora polita (Norman). 


11. Hemicyclopora polita (Norman). 


Discopora emucronata, Smitt, Cefvers. af Kong. Vetensk.-Akad. 
Forhand. 1871, p. 1129, pl. xxi. figs. 27, 28. 
Lepraha polita, Wincks, Brit. Pol. p. 515, pl. xxxii. fig. 5. 


* Busk questions whether Smitt’s “ fig. 148 and the lowermost zocecia in 
fig. 144 really form part of Tessarodoma at all, or have merely become 
accidentally associated with it. The latter figures at any rate might well 
be regarded as Lepralia (Portna) ciliata.” Certainly the semicircular oral 
opening is very different from the circular form which always prevails in 
the youngest cells at the extremities of the branches in 7essarodoma, and 
there are no lateral pores shown in the figures in question, 


aed 


the Trondhjem Fiord. 125 


This genus comes very near to Mucronella, but differs in 
the absence of the denticle (“lyrula”). Hincks placed the 
type in Lepralia, but with doubt.  Discopora stenostoma, 
Smit, is also referable to this genus. 

On a stone from deep water, Rédberg. Other specimens 
in my collection are the types from Shetland, 70-100 fath. ; 
the Minch ; Greenland (‘Valorous’ Exped.) ; Parry’s Island, 
Spitsbergen, 20-70 fath. (Smitt, as “Discopora emucronata’’). 


12. Schizoporella Alderi, Busk. 
Deep water, Rédberg. 


13. Schizoporella linearis, Hassall. 
On stems of Hydroids, Rédberg. 


14. Mucronella ventricosa, Hassall. 
On a stem, deep water, Rédberg. 


15. Mucronella abyssicola, Norman. 


With the last. 


16. Mucronella laqueata, Norman. 


Discopora coccinea, forma ovalis, Smitt, “ Krit. Forteck. &c.,” Cifvers. 
af K. Vet.-Akad. Forhaud. 1867, p. 27 (separate copy), pl. xxvii. 
fig. 175 (vix fig. 174, quee forsan ad Mucronellam abyssicolam refe- 
renda est). 


Precipices, Rédberg, on stone. 


17. Porella compressa, Sowerby. 
On the precipices, Rédberg. 


18. Porella concinna, Busk. 
On shell, 40 fath., Rédberg. 


19. Porella bella, Busk. 


1860. Lepralia bella, Busk, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. vol. viii. p. 144, 
pl. xxvii. figs. 2, 3. 

1868. Lscharella Landsborovit, Smitt, “ Krit. Forteck. &c.,” Cifvers. 
K. Vet.-Akad. Forhand. 1867, p. 12 (separate copy), pl. xxiv. figs. 60- 
65 (nec figs. 66, 67, nec Lepralia Landshorovit, Fonsi) 

1880. Smittia bella, Hincks, Brit. Pol. p. 352, pl. xlii. figs. 7 and 9. 

1880. Porella concinna, Hincks, var. gracilis, ibid. p. 324, pl. xlvi. fig. 9. 

1889. Porella concinna (nec Busk), Hincks (partim), “ Polyzoa St. Law- 
rence,” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. iii. p. 428, pl. xxi. fig. 4. 


Zoeecia generally elongated—longer in proportion to breadth 


126 Rev. Canon Norman—A Month on 


than in P. concinna—varying in colour from brownish yellow 
to red, very rarely white; whole front wall punctate, the 
pores round the base being larger than the rest. 

The oral opening shows the following variations :—In the 
youngest state it is semicircular, the lower margin straight 
(Microporellidan) ; then a sinus is developed on the lower 
margin (and it is Schizoporellidan) ; next a bifid tooth appears 
within the sinus (it is now Mucronellidan) ; then the round 
avicularium is developed in front of the bifid denticle, which 
last appears to be taken into the wall of the avicularium (and 
it is now typical Porellidan) ; lastly, a denticle is sometimes, 
but rarely, developed again within the avicularium and is 
seen behind it (and the orifice is now typically Smittian). 

Nor are these all the variations, for others occur in the 
position of the oral avicularium: this sometimes is so deeply 
seated that it cannot be seen at all from the front, and is only 
found by looking down into the throat; a large form of the 
species having the zocecia measuring 1 millim. long instead 
of 0°6 to 0-7 millim., which is the usual size, which I have 
from the St. Lawrence and Greenland, seems always to have 
the avicularium in this position ; this form may be called var. 
grenlandica; next and typically it is seen just within the 
oral margin ; lastly, sometimes it is on the margin, which it 
interrupts. 

The ocecia are very little raised and granulated. Over- 
growth takes place with certain variations :—(a) A thick 
crust is developed over the zocecia, in which the punctations 
are even more conspicuous than in the first cell-wall; the 
form of the zocecia is preserved. (4) The zoarium is covered 
with a similar punctate crust to the last, but here the hollows 
between the zocecia are filled up, the surface becomes nearly 
flat, and on it the zocecia are mapped out by means of narrow 
raised marginal lines. 

I have a pretty variety from the St. Lawrence (Whit- 
eaves). The zoarium is a Hemescharan free form; its 
surface is nearly flat, the zocecia not being so much raised as 
usual; the punctations are all over the surface and con- 
spicuous, except on a granulated fillet, which, raised above 
the general surface, completely and evenly encircles the 
mouth. 

This species may be distinguished from P. conctnna by its 
punctate front wall, as well as by its form, colour, &e. The 
latter species always has the general surface of the front wall 
imperforate and granular, though it has “ origelles ”” (pores) at 
the base; the form of the zocecia is almost invariably shorter, 
and consequently wider in proportion ; the colour is usually 


the Trondhjem Fiord. 127 


white, though sometimes, as at Guernsey, it is pinkish or 
pale brownish yellow. 

Specimens of P. bella are in my collection from Shetland 
(Barlee and A. M. N.) ; Aberdeen (the late Robert Dawson) ; 
Bergen and Hardanger Fiords, Norway (A. MW. N.) ; Green- 
land (‘ Valorous’ Exped.); Gulf of St. Lawrence (Whit- 
eaves). 

What is Lepralia Belli, Dawson? As few persons would 
have the opportunity of consulting the paper in which the 
species is described, I give here its characters :— 

“In large patches. Young cells granular, semihyaline, 
confluent ; mouth immersed, sinuated, with a vibraculum or 
avicularium inside the middle of the lower lip; ovicells 
rounded, granulous like the cells. Old cells white, opaque, 
flat above, and separated by a deep sinuous furrow. Cells 
having a strong tendency to form rows radiating from the 
centre of the patch. It is allied to ZL. concinna, Busk, but 
differs in essential points from his description and figure.” * 

Now the words “Young cells granular, semihyaline,” 
apply very accurately to Porella concinna, but not at all to 
P. bella, Busk. Mr. Hincks, in Brit. Pol.. pl. xlvi. fig. 6, 
figures from a Canadian specimen—authoritatively named ? 
—Forella concinna, var. Belli. It represents accurately a 
common overgrown state of P. concinna, which is very 
different from the same condition of P. bella. I have before 
me a mounting, belonging to Mr. Whiteaves, who would 
certainly know Dawson’s species, which exactly corresponds 
with Hincks’s figure, and is labelled “Lepralia Bells.” LI 
think therefore there can be no question that Dawson’s 
species is a synonym of PP. concinna. Mr. Hincks has 
hitherto united the forms which I have here deemed 
distinct, P. coneinna and P. bella; but I think his second 
opinion was, at any rate, mistaken when in a recent paper T 
he transferred the L. Belli of Dawson from the form to which 
he had at first assigned it, and applied it to one which is 
undoubtedly what I call P. bella. Of course it is quite 
possible that Dawson may have confused the species and 


* Described by Principal Dawson in “Contributions to Canadian 
Natural History by W. 8. M. d’Urban and Robert Bell” (extracted from 
the ‘ Report of the Canadian Survey ’ for 1858), 18€0, p. 33. Two other 
new forms are in this paper described by Dawson—Hippothoa expansa, 
which subsequently, ignorant of this paper, I by a singular coincidence 
described under the same name; and Lepralia plana, afterwards named 
by Smitt Myriozoon coarctatum. 

+ Hineks, “Polyzoa of the St. Lawrence,” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 
ser. 6, vol. ili. p. 428, pl. xxi. fig. 4. 


128 Rev. Canon Norman—A Month on 


sent P. bella to Mr. Hincks as his P. Belli ; but, if so, it will 
not accord with Dawson’s own description. 


20. Smittia Landsborovii, Jolnst. 


An example taken at Rédberg with small round avicularium 
and bifid denticle. It does not bear any ocecia, to prove whether 
these are punctate or not. Neither Johnston’s nor Busk’s 
figures show any ovicells; they are both, it would seem, 
drawn from Landsborough’s specimen, now in the British 
Museum. Busk (Cat. Mar. Pol., Cheilostomata, pl. cii. 
fig. 1) figured as S. reticulata a form which seems indistin- 
guishable from Smittia Landsborovit. 

The figure which was next supplied to us was by Alder 
(Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., n.s., vol. iv. pl. iv. figs. 1-8) ; 
here for the first time we have the ocecium as well as the 
round oral avicularium, together with a larger spatulate 
avicularium which he found scattered here and there among 
the cells. The ocecium is figured as punctate. It is punctate 
in every specimen I have seen from the British Islands ; it is 
punctate also in S. erystallina, Norman, and in Escharella 
porifera, Smitt, forma typica, which I regard as another form 
of my species. &S. crystallina may always be distinguished 
from §S. Landsborovit, of which it is at least a marked 
northern form, and [| think specifically distinct. But 
Escharella porifera, Smitt, forma majuscula and forma minus- 
cula, differ from all the preceding in having the ocecia 
imperforate, and, as compared with S. Landsborovii typica, 
the zocecia are more tumid and the front wall more densely 
punctate. I propose to call this form 


Smittia arctica, sp. n. (type HL. porifera, var. majuscula, Smitt). 


Escharella porifera, var. majuscula, Smitt, Krit. Forteck. Skand. Hafs- 
Bryoz. pt. iv. 1867, p. 9, pl. xxiv. figs. 36-38, and forma minuscula, 
fies, 33-35. 

Forma maiuscula: Kingsbay, Spitsbergen, 172  fath. 
(Smitt) ; Greenland (‘Valorous,’ 1875); Gulf of St. Law- 
rence (Principal Dawson). 

Forma minuscula: Gulf of St. Lawrence (Whiteaves). 


All in Mus. Nor. 


21. Smittia trispinosa, Johnston. 


‘Trondhjem and Rédberg. 


ro 


the Trondhjem Fiord, 129 


I'am. Celleporellide. 


= Diazeuvidées, J. Jullien (Cap Horn). 


Genus CELLEPORELLA, J. E. Gray, 1848. 
1848. Cedlleporella, Gray, List Brit. Anim. Brit. Mus., Radiated Ani- 
mals, p. 128. 

1888, Diazeuvia, J. Jullien, Miss. Scien. Cap Horn, Bryozoaires, p. 28. 

M. Jullien, in the synonymy of the genus, gives “ Celle- 
porella, Gray (partim)”; but the only species which Gray 
placed in his genus was C. hyalina, and Jullien’s name is an 
absolute synonym of the before-described genus. 

Jullien has drawn attention to the striking features in this 
genus, not only as shown in the larval state and early deve- 
lopment, for the elucidation of which we are indebted to the 
admirable work of J. Barrois, but also to the fact that the 
erect ocecia, which are developed in great profusion on the 
heaped-up central portion of the colony, are not on the 
summit of polypide-bearing cells, but of small cells connected 
with the reproductive function. Jullien’s work should be 
consulted with respect to the genus, as I have only referred 
to the more remarkable characters. Levinsen, though appa- 
rently unacquainted with Jullien’s work, has more recently 
added to our knowledge by illustrating the mode of growth 
of the ocecium-cells (Levinsen, ‘ Hauchs’ Togter Polyzoa,’ 


1891, p. 286, pl. iii. figs. 10-15). 


22. Celleporella hyalina, Linn. 


Trondhjem, on shell. 


Var. catenifera, Norman. 

This name may be given to a variety from Flor, 
Norway. It is very prettily reticulated, the cells 
being separated from each other by a regular chain- 
like interstitial development, the openings in which 
are oval, arranged in single file. It is an inter- 
mediate form between C. hyalina and C. discreta 
(Busk)*; in the latter the interspaces are wider 
and the openings not arranged in such regular 


order. 


* Jullien (Cap Horn Bryoz. p. 55) has renamed this Diazeuxia reticu- 
lans, quoting as a synonym “ Lepralia hyalina, var. discreta, G. Busk” ; 
bat Busk (B. M. Cat. Polyz., Cheilos. p. 85) has given no such varietal 
name ; he described a species, Lepralia discreta, and his specific name 
must therefore be retained. 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xiii. 9 


130 Rev. Canon Norman—A Month on 


Jullien has united Hippothoa patagonica, Busk, with 
C. hyalina. The North-Atlantic species of Hippothoa, 
H, divaricata, H. flagellum, and H. expansa, all have the 
ocvecia borne on imperfectly-developed cells, and the latter 
often has the zocecia in clusters instead of following the usual 
unicellular arrangement. If Hippothoa is not to be united 
with Celleporella (Diazeuria, Jullien) it certainly comes 
very near it. Since Jullien apparently declines even to place 
them in the same family, it is better to wait for his further 
views rather than at once merge Celleporella in the earlier 
genus LHippothoa. Jullien states that there is only one 
European genus and species of his family Diazeuxidées ; and 
of Hippothoa divaricata he writes :— Smitt déja avait indi- 
qué |’Hippothoa divaricata, Lamouroux, comme étant une 
variété de sa Mollia hyalina, qui n’est autre que la Cellepora 
hyalina. Mais V Hippothoa divaricata est tellement différente 
de la Cellepora hyalina, que je me refuse 4 admettre cette 
maniére de voir.” . 

I quite agree in not uniting these species; the zocecia of 
H, divaricata are much more produced, and the ocecia are 
imperforate, while in C. hyalina they are always punctated ; 
but Jullien has not yet explained why he does not unite the 
genera, nor referred in any way to the similarity of the 
ocecium-cells exhibited in Celleporella (Diazeuxia) and Hip- 
pothoa. ‘The illustrations which he gives of the ocecium-cells 
of D. hyalina, var. patagonica, closely accord with those of 
EHippothoa. 


23. Hornera lichenoides, Linn. 
On the precipices at Rédberg. 


24. Hornera violacea, M. Sars. 
Rédberg, on precipices. 


25. Idmonea atlantica, E. Forbes. 
Rédberg, 70-250 fathoms. 


26. Stomatopora dilatans, Johnston. 
On a stone, deep water, Rédberg. 


27. Diastopora obelia, Jolnston. 
Rodberg. 

28. Lichenopora hispida, Fleming. 
Trondhjem and Roédberg, 


a a <2 


5 pil EATER Mel gm 


ae 


the Trondhjem Evord. 131 


29. Barentsia gracilis, M. Sars. 
On a hydroid, Rédberg. 


30. Rhabdopleura Normani, Allman. 


A single specimen on a Serpula, precipices, Rodberg. I 
sought in vain for this species on the Lophohelia at Rodberg, 
on which coral I had dredged it in the Hardanger Fiord, 
where it is also found on the tests of Ascidians. 

The literature of this remarkable genus is becoming volu- 
minous. In the latest paper, by Mr. G. H. Fowler*, that 
author says, “As to the affinities of Rhabdopleura in one 
direction there can be no doubt. Every positive anatomical 
feature which it possesses points to a close relationship to 
Cephalodiscus and Balanoglossus, while it only differs from 
these forms negatively, namely, in the absence of two impor- 
tant structures, gill-slits and proboscis-pore.” He then 
arranges these genera as three groups of the Hemichordata. 
He adds that “ there is another possible alliance, obscure and 
confused at present,” to the genus Phoronis. 

Thus Lihabdopleura is to take its place, according to 
Mr. Fowler, in the Phylum Vertebrata; on which Lankester’s 
views are thus summarized in the latest edition of the ‘ Kncy- 
clopedia Britannica,’ article “ Vertebrata ”’:— 


Phylum VERTEBRATA. 


Branch a. CRANIATA (Cuvierian Vertebrata). 
» 06, CEPHALOCHORDA (Amphioxus). 
» ¢ Urocuorpa (Tunicata). 
» 4 UeEmicuorna (Lalanoglossus). 


Into the last Branch Fowler, in his paper, removes Ihab- 
dopleura and Cephalodiscus from the Polyzoa, to keep company 
with Balanoglossus, its only previous occupant. 

Lankester says, “ Balanoglossus gives the most hopeful 
hypothetical solution of the pedigree of Vertebrata;” and, 
as emphasizing the high interest which attaches to these 
remarkable animals, | would call to mind that previously to 
Balanoglossus being thus placed in the Phylum Vertebrata, 
Gegenbaur had instituted an entirely new phylum in the 
animal kingdom for its reception under the name of Ente- 
ropneusta. On the other hand, the larva of Balanoglossus 
(“ Tornaria”’) seems to point to affinity with the Echinoder- 

* G. Herbert Fowler, ‘The Mcrphology of Rhabdopleura Normani,” 


Festschr. z. siebenzigsten Geburtstage Rudolf Leuckarts, 1892, p. 293, 
pl. xxx, 


132 A Month on the Trondhjem Fiord. 


mata, while those of Rhabdopleura have as yet evaded the 
most careful search, and that of Cephalodiscus, from the habitat 
of the animal, 245 fathoms in the Strait of Magellan, is not 
likely soon to come under the section-knife of any naturalist, 
unless one is fortheoming—even more ardent than those two 
able men, Lankester and Harmer, who at different times have 


spent their summer holidays on the Hardanger Fiord, seeking, 


but in vain, for light on the developmental history of Rhab- 
dopleura—who is willing to devote a year in the journey to 
and search at Cephalodiscus’s far distant and inhospitable 
home. 

[To be continued. ] 


EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. 
PxrateE VI. 


All figures illustrate Electra pilosa, Linn. 


Fig. 1. Var. dentata, Ell. & Sol., an ordinary form of this variety. In the 
Zocecia fioured the oral aperture has fallen inwards and left a 
gaping aperture, which does not therefore represent the proper 
mouth- -opening. 

Fig. 2. Var. tenuis, Norman. 

‘wg. 3. Var. typica, Norman; a condition of this variety incrusting a 
round stem in which the basal sete are of great length. 

Fig. 4. A single zocecium from the same specimen as the last, in which 
two lateral spines, as well as that at the base, are converted into 
long setose appendages. 

Fig. 5. Var. typica, Norman. From the central portion of a specimen 
coating a frond of Fucus serratus: at the lateral margins the 
long sete are develo ned, and a punctate portion of the base of 
the cell is visible, w ile in the central part of the zoarium (that 
is, on the side of the frond of the Fucus which it incrusts) the 
zocecia (as here figured) are oblong, and consist only of the 
area and bounding walls, the basal punctate portion being 
wholly absent ; the lateral spines short, stumpy, and strong, and 
usually upright ; the basal spine is strong and also erect. 

Fig.6. Three zoccia from each of three rows running across the broad 
part of a frond of var. flustriformis from Batalden, showing an 
unusual parallel arrangement instead of the quincuncial order 
which usually prey ails. 

Fig. 7. Var. hippothoifor mis, Norman; Floré, Norway. The cells of the 
main stem in the part figured are for some reason in an abnormal 
condition, and constricted at the origin of the pinne. The 
figure is somewhat diagrammatic, because I have not seen the 
pinnulee commence so low down as on the first or second 
zocecium; they may be expected about the fifth, but apparently 
the only cause for this is want of room; but in the drawi ing for 
a similar reason, “ want of room,” the illustration of what 
subsequently takes place at a greater distance from the main 
stem in reality has been here given nearer the origin of the 
pinne. 


N.B,—The figures on the Plate are drawn to different degrees of enlarge- 
ment, 


DT EE eee 


Bibl togra ph ical Notice. 133 


Pirate VII. 
All figures illustrate the varieties of Electra pilosa, Linn. 

Fig. 1. Var. Reaumuriana, Moll, The tip of a coated stem from the 
specimen which was procured by sine ve Barlee. The punctate 
wall will here be seen extended forwards along the sides of the 
area. 

Fig. 2. Var. carbastiformis, Norman. Natural size. 

Fig. 3. Var. flustriformis, Norman. Form a. One of the broad branches 
of the specimen from Batalden; natural size. 

Fig. 4. Var. flustriformis, Norman. Form 6. A portion of the specimen 
from Bukken, Be rgen Ficrd ; natural size. 

fig. 5. Var. flustriformis, Norman. Forme. A fragment of the specimen 
from Fosse de Cap Breton, Bay of Biscay ; natural size. The 
central portion of this fragment consists of the Electra co ating a 
seaweed ; the strap-like terminations are the Polyzoon in a free 
state. 

Fig. 6. Var. cellariiformis, Norman. A fragment of a specimen from 
Flor6, Norway ; the ramifications, which w ould naturally be all 
erect, have been outspread for the purpose of more clear illus- 
tration. Natural size. 

Tig. 7. Var. gemellariiformis, Norman. Floré, Norway. Natural size. 

Fig. 8. Var. eucrateiformis, Norman. Flori, Norway. Natural size. 


BIBLLOGRAPHICAL NOTICE. 


Les Coquilles des Eaux douces et saumdtres de France. Par ARnovnp 
Locarp. 8vo. Paris, 1893. 


T’nis work in scope and method is similar to ‘ Les Coquilles marines 
des Cotes de France,’ by the same author. In the ‘Annals’ for 
January 1892 we offered some remarks upon that volume, which, 
in a great measure, are applicable to the book before us. 

It consists of 327 pages of text, containing brief descriptions of 
the families, genera, and the innumerable so-called species, and is 
illustrated with about three hundred not very good figures. The 
descriptions of the families and genera average about two lines each, 
and contain no mention whatever of the soft parts or animals; so 
that their true value may readily be estimated. The specific (!) 
descriptions in hundreds of cases are nothing more than mere 
diagnoses of individual specimens or groups of specimens belonging 
to ope and the same species from different localities. 

The rate at which the number of species increases in France is 
truly miraculous! Let us take two instances. M. Moquin-Tandon 
in 1855 recognized only five indigenous Anodonte; in 1882 
M. Locard enumerated 109 species, but a decade later this number 
has inereased to 279, One author in 1882 was content with the 
modest number of 31 species of Limnea, but now 127 are required 
to satisfy him! Of this genus M. Moquin-Tandon recorded but 
seven distinct forms, 


134 Miscellaneous. 


These statistics are sufficient to show the character of the work, 
and we confess that, for our part, we cannot perceive any other 
ultimate purpose in it than the creation of a supreme contempt in 
rational persons for such so-called science, and a feeling of hopeless 
confusion in the minds of students, especially young inquirers. 


MISCELLANEOUS. 


On two new Types of Choniostomatide from the Coasts of France: 
Spheronella microcephala, G. § B., and Salenskia tuberosa, 
G.g B. By MM. A. Grarp and J. Boynrmr. 


We have shown in a previous memoir * that the family Chonio- 
stomatidee, established by Hansen for the single genus Choniostoma, 
ought to include, besides forms which Kroyer and Max Weber 
partially discovered some time ago, a new genus discovered by us 
upon a Mysis already attacked by an Epicarid, and lastly the 
enigmatical Copepod Spheronella Leuckarti, so well investigated by 
Salensky. 

Hitherto no crustacean belonging to this family had been met 
with on the shores of France. Upon the occasion of our note upon 
Podascon Dellavallei, an Epicarid parasite ef Ampelisca diadema, 
Costa, M. Chevreux sent us a certain number of specimens of 
Ampelisca spinipes, Boeck, A. tenuwicornis, Lilljeborg, and A. spini- 
mana, Chevreux, collected at Le Croisic, and which he thought were 
infested by Podascon. A careful examination of these Amphipods, 
which were all females, convinced us that a single specimen of 
A. spinimana bore a Podascon belonging to a new species, Podascon 
Chevreuxi, G. & B. 

All the other parasites were, not Epicarid Isopods, but Copepods 
of the family Choniostomatide, belonging to two different genera. 
The parasite of Ampelisca tenuicornis is a Spheronella distinct 
from the Mediterranean species studied by Salensky: we shall 
designate it Spheronella microcephala. The parasite of A. spinipes 
belongs to a new genus: we shall give it the name of Salenskia 
twherosa, in honour of the eminent Russian zoologist to whom we 
owe the first explicit information upon the evolution of the 
Choniostomatide. 

These two species of parasites are found surrounded by their 
numerous sacs of ova in the brood-chambers of the Ampelisea, which 
are rendered barren in consequence of parasitic sterilization (cas- 
tration purasitaire). The brood-lamelle are often caused to gape 
widely, allowing grains of sand and other foreign bodies to enter, 
which never happens when the Ampelisee are carrying their eggs 
or are in the normal non-gravid condition. 

In spite of the most minute investigation of the four infected 
individuals, we have been unable to find a single male of Sphero- 

* Giard and Bonnier, “ Note sur l’Aspidecia Normaani et la famille 
des Choniostomatide,”’ Bulletin scientitique de la France et de la 
Belgique, t. xx. 1889, pp. 541-372; four figures in the text, and pls. x, & xi. 


Miscellaneous. 135 


nella microcephala. The female differs from Spheronella Leuckarti 
in the small size of the cephalic portion when compared with the 
total mass of the body. The buccal apparatus is more simple. We 
have distinguished but one pair of mandibles, which, it is true, are 
very stout, and project by their free extremity in the centre of the 
sucker. ‘The first pair of maxillipedes is better developed than the 
second, contrary to what is the case in S. Leuckarti. The genital 
area exhibits a different arrangement. ‘The corneous papillie are 
very large and represent the evacuatory apertures of two cement- 
glands. These cement-glands must not be confonnded with the 
colleterial glands which secrete the substance of the ovisacs, and 
which open in the immediate vicinity of the female aperture. 

We have counted as many as nine sacs of ova around a single 
female. Eavh sac may contain from sixty to eighty eggs with 
a very bulky germinal vesicle and a very distinct germinal spot. 

Segmentation is epibolic. The endodermic macrospheres contain 
large fatty globules, analogous to those which are seen in the eggs 
of many fishes. We have not met with fully-developed embryos. 

The genus Salenskia, of which but a single specimen has come 

into our possession, in consequence of the degradation of the adult 
female, is allied to Choniostoma and still more to Aspidecia. The 
body of the female is irregularly pyriform, with a conical buccal 
region. 
All trace of masticatory or locomotory appendages has entirely 
disappeared. We only find at the head an apparatus for attachment 
in the shape of an amphidisk or sleeve-link. The genital area is 
more simple than in Sphewronella. There is nothing in the shape of 
ornament, except a chitinous hair situated on the inner side of each 
female aperture. 

In the neighbourhood of these apertures we haye found three 
dwarf males. ‘hese exhibit a very interesting peculiarity. They 
have not undergone the regressive metamorphosis which we observe 
in the case of the males of Spheronella Leuckarti and Aspidecia 
Normani: they have retained the characteristic shape of the embryos 
of Spheronella and Choniostoma. Nevertheless the existence of the 
two enormous spheroidal reservoirs, which are regarded as sperma- 
thecs in the case of the males of the other Choniostomatide, permits 
us to believe that they have attained their sexual maturity. In this 
ease therefore we should be confronted with an instance of progenesis 
entirely comparable to that which is exhibited by the Cryptoniscid 
males of certain Epicaride; and the question may be mooted 
whether, as in the case of certain of these latter, dissogomy might 
not occur in the male sex of Salenskia, that is to say, whether, after 
haying performed their function in the larval form, these males, or at 
least one among them, might not be capable of undergoing the 
regressive metamorphosis which has been proved to take place in the 
case of the males of Aspidecia and Spheronella Leuckarti. Perhaps, 
too, these dwarf males are only complemental males, such as are 
known in several groups of parasitic Metazoa. The excretory ducts 
of the spermathece appeared to us to open in the neighbourhood 
of the mouth, contrary to what occurs in Aspidecia. 


136 Miscellaneous. 


We have only observed a single sac of ova belonging to this species 
and that was in bad condition, so that we are unable to say anything 
as to its embryogeny. It is probable, however, that the embryos 
greatly resemble the progenetic males of which we have just spoken. 

The co-existence of Podascon Chevreuxi and Podascon Dellavallei 
with the Choniostomatide mentioned in this note, upon species of 
the same genus Ampelisca, once more raises the problem, to which we 
have already drawn attention, of a possible ethological relation 
between the two groups of parasites, Epicaridz and Choniostomatid. 
From what we know of the habits of Choniostoma and Aspidecia 
we are inclined to think that the Epicaride open the way at the 
present time, or in certain cases perhaps have opened it phylogeneti- 
cally, to the Choniostomatide. But this is a point that demands 
fresh investigations conducted as far as possible upon the living 
animals.—Comptes Rendus, t. exvii. no. 23 (September 25, 1893), 
pp. 446-440. 


Who first found Balanoglossus? By the Rey. Canon 
Norman, M.A., D.C.L., F.R.S., &e. 


By a curious coincidence two works have reached me to-day. The 
first of these is a new volume of the ‘ Fauna und Flora des Golfes 
von Neapel,’ a magnificent monograph by Dr. D. W. Spengel upon 
the Enteropneusta (Hemichorda, which includes Balanoglossus and 
allies). The second is ‘ Atlante di Figure sceverate dalle tavole incise 
e da disegni originali illustranti di Memorie postume di F. Cavolini 
pubblicate per cura ed a spese di S. D. Chiaje’; I have only been 
able to procure the plates of this work. From Carus and Engel- 
mann’s Bibl. Zool. p. 121, find that there should be 344 pages and 
that the date is 1853. This work is by “ Fil. Cavolini,” the Italian 
naturalist who wrote at the end of the last century. The plates seem 
to be of the character of that period, and the last is apparently intended 
to illustrate a paper on the great eruption of Vesuvius which over- 
whelmed the houses of the 10,000 inhabitants of the town of Torre 
del Greco in 1794. If these plates date from the end of the last or 
from the beginning of the present century, then Cavolini was the 
first to notice and figure, and, perhaps, describe, the genus Balano- 
glossus. On pl. xiv. fig. + will be found a very good illustration of 
a form which seems most closely to resemble B. Kowalevsiii, among 
those figured by Spengel. Spengel makes no allusion to Cavolini’s 
work in his Bibliography, and gives Eschscholtz as the earliest dis- 
coverer of a species of the group (Ptycodera flava, 1825). Esch- 
scholtz’s figure is a very inferior one to that of Cavolini. 

Probably there is a copy of Cavolini’s work in the Brit. Mus. or 
other library. Will some one clear this matter up? The plates, 
moreover, in Cavolini appear, from their different sizes and the 
double numbers on them, to have illustrated previously published 
papers, here brought together ; but I cannot find any such papers 
referred to in Bibl. Zool. 


Burnmoor Rectory, 
Dec. 16, 1893. 


Ann.& May. Nat. Hist. vo. Vol. XU. cae a Fay 
ee Bate ib te 
Wh | 4 \ Ze. 


c a % 


ih. 
Peepgeatg 
teeters 
Peter tly 
\ te dae a 


-- Y 
f 


Mintern -Bros -lith. 


Aniw.& Mag. Nat. Hist. 8.6. Vol. XM. PUM. 


avs 


(ott 


Mintern Bros. lth. 


Ani. & ‘ 


Vay. Nat.Hist..S. 6. Vol AM.PU ML. 
mm ae Li, YY SIL ae Ny 


Mintern Bros. hth. 


Lal 
. 


Ann & Mag. Vat. Hist 8. G6 lol. AML. PI IV. 


Mintern Bros .del et lith 


LAND-SHELLS OF THE SULU ARCHIPELAGO 


Anrw.&. Vay. Nat. Hist. §.6. Vol. XIT. PLV. 


4 \ | } 
. \ 
; ~~ See \_ fuk 
( PS. j \ fet ae he 
—am\| \ \ . f % » | [ 
it \ ‘ } ‘A ee | 
] HW} LLYD_ yp \ i 
= ) ae ee | \ | 
| \) 
> 


Ip 


mp era 


H. Suter del. 


Ana. & , Vag. Vat. Hist. 8.6. Vol. XI. PL. VI. 


Mintern Bros. imp. 


And May. Nat. Hist.8.6 Vol, XM. PL. VIL. 


Mintern Bros . imp. 


a 


THE ANNALS 


AND 


MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. 


[SIXTH SERIES. ] 


No. 74. FEBRUARY 1894. 


XIV.—On some new and rare Crustacea from Scotland. By 
Tuomas Scort, F.L.8., Naturalist to the Fishery Board for 
Scotland, and ANDREW Scorv. 


{Plates VIII. & IX. | 


A CONSIDERABLE quantity of material (mostly marine), ob- 
tained by dredging and shore-collecting, has been examined 
by us during the past few months. The material was from 
various places in the Moray-Firth district and from the Firth 
of Forth. The examination of the material has yielded a 
number of species of rare and interesting Crustacea, and espe- 
cially of Copepoda, and descriptions, with suitable drawings, 
of these are being prepared ; those we now propose to record 
comprise five species of the Harpacticide and two of Ascomy- 
zontide, with notes on a few other apparently rare forms. 


Harpacticide. 
Amymone nigrans*,sp.n. (Pl. VIII. figs. 1-7.) 


Length °4 millim. (#5 of an inch). The ventral edge of the 


first body-segment is truncate and sinuate, and the free por- 
tion of its posterior edge slightly crenate; the ventral edge 
of the posterior body-segments is produced into four irregular 
tooth-like processes (fig. 1). The two male postero-ventral 
processes (a, a) are more acutely angular than those of the 
male of Amymone spherica, Claus. ‘he anterior antenne 
(antennules) are seven-jointed; in those of the female the 


* Nograns, blackish. 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xiii. 10 


138 Messrs. T. and A. Scott on some 


first joint is considerably longer than any of the others, the 
second to the fifth joints gradually decrease in length, while 
the penultimate joint is about one third of the length of the 
preceding one and half the length of the next; the formula 
shows the proportional lengths of the joints— 


1B 2). 8 8 sO. ae 
| ie Se Sy ae ar 
In the male antennz the third and fifth joints are much shorter 
than either of the joints that precede or follow them, and the 
sixth and seventh, which are subequal, are each fully twice 
the length of the fifth. Posterior antenne nearly as in 
Amymone spherica. Mandibles and maxille also somewhat 
similar to those of that species, but the second joint of the 
mandible-palp is proportionally considerably longer, while 
the mandible is armed with longer apical teeth. The anterior 
foot-jaws are provided with a claw-like terminal spine, and 
the marginal process at the base of the last joint bears two 
spiniform terminal sete. The posterior foot-jaws resemble 
those of Amymone spherica, but the interior edge of the last 
joint is not so densely fringed with hairs. The outer branches 
of the second and third pairs of swimming-feet are two-jointed 
(fig. 4), and of the fourth pair three-jointed; the first joint 
of the outer branches of the fourth pair is much shorter than 
either the second or third joints, and a strong spiniform seta 
springs from the inner edge and near the middle of the last 
joint; the length of this spiniform seta is at least equal to 
the whole of the outer branch (fig. 5) ; the first and second 
joints of the inner branches are nearly of equal length and 
shorter than the last joint; the only sete on the inner 
branches of the fourth pair are—one on the inner margin near 
the distal end of the second joint, and three (two terminal and 
one subterminal) on the last joint. The basal joint of the 
fifth ;air in the female is broadly foliaceous, the inner margin 
is rounded and bears three short plumose sete, while the apex 
is somewhat oblique and angular and armed with two stout 
spiniform sete ; the secondary joint is narrow and extends to 
the apex of the basal joint, and is furnished with three stout 
hairs on the outer edge and a small terminal hair. The 
male fifth foot has no secondary joint, it is long and very 
narrow and slightly curved, and furnished with three marginal 
and two terminal sete; one of the terminal sete is much 
longer than the other. Colour irregularly diffused, dark 
cinereous, nearly black in some parts, as at the posterior end. 

Hab. Cromarty Firth, near Invergordon, frequent. The 


new and rare Crustacea from Scotland. 139 


bottom here, in mid-channel, is composed largely of irregular 
lumps of hardened mud, formed of the agglutinated tubes of 
a species of Sabella. Some of this mud was dredged and 
carefully washed ; the water in which the mud was washed 
was then passed through a muslin sieve, and when the contents 
of the sieve were afterwards transferred to a bottle of sea- 
water numbers of the little Amymone nigrans appeared as 
blackish specks swimming about, and their peculiar move- 
ments characteristic of this remarkable genus formed an 
interesting study. 

Remarks. Though Amymone nigrans does not agree with 
any described species known to us, it is yet possible that it 
may be the form ascribed by Boeck to Amymone spherica, 
Claus, and which he described as having the outer branches 
of the swimming-feet two-jointed. It is supposed by some 
authors that Boeck has somehow mistaken the number of 
joints in the outer branches, because the outer branches of the 
second and third as well as of the fourth pair of swimming- 
feet in Amymone spherica are all three-jointed, and certainly 
the Scottish specimens of what we believe to be that species 
have three-jointed outer branches to the second and third 
pairs; but the discovery of Amymone nigrans will tend to 
show that Boeck’s description may be right after all, and that 
the mistake was made in ascribing to Amymone spherica, 
Claus, a form that was probably quite distinct from that 
species. But, whatever be the explanation, there can be no 
doubt that the form we have here described as Amymone 
nigrans has the outer branches of the second and third pair of 
feet in both sexes two-jointed, 

In all the specimens of Amymone spherica examined by us 
we observe that each stylet is furnished with a broad lancet- 
shaped seta, the breadth of each seta at the widest part being 
equal to about two fifteenths of the length. We have not 
observed these peculiar sete on any other species of Amymone. 


Ameira exilis *, sp. n. 


(Pl. VIII. figs. 18-20; Pl. IX. figs. 1-3.) 


Body elongate, slender. Length 1:4 millim. (74 of an inch). 
Anterior antenne of the female nine-jointed, somewhat longer 
than the first body-segment and sparingly setiferous, and 
with the seventh and eighth joints very small; the lengths of 
the joints are nearly as shown in the formula— 


fie 1310) Sore 455 19 
oo rs £° Gtr = 9: 


* Friis, slender. 


10* 


140 Messrs. T. and A. Scott on some 


The male anterior antenne are ten-jointed, and the last six 
are more or less modified for grasping ; the sixth and seventh 
joints are very short, but the others are of moderate length. 
Mandibles elongate, narrow, and with an oblique tooth-apex ; 
the basal part of the mandible-palp is considerably dilated, 
while the secondary joint is narrow and furnished with one 
marginal and four terminal sete. Maxille and foot-jaws 
nearly as in Ametra longipes. The first pair of swimming- 
feet are elongate and somewhat like those of Amezra longipes, 
but the first joint of the inner branches is only about one 
sixth longer than the combined lengths of the second and 
third joints; while the outer branches reach to near the 
middle of the second joint of the inner ones (Pl. IX. fig. 2). 
In the female the inner branches of the next three pairs reach 
to about the middle of the second joint, and are scarcely 
equal to half the length of the elongate outer branches; in 
the male the inner branches of the third pair reach to the end 
of the second joint of the outer branches, and each of the 
three joints is rather longer and narrower than the joint that 
precedes it, while the last joint, besides being furnished with 
four long plumose marginal sete, is armed with a terminal 
spine (PI. LX. fig. 3). The basal joint of the fifth pair in 
the female is broadly triangular, and its blunt-pointed apex 
bears five sete, the second one of which, counting from the 
outside, is very long, being more than double the length of 
the seta on either side of it; the secondary joint is oblong- 
ovate, its greatest breadth being equal to about two fifths of 
the length; there are five sete of variable length, ranged at 
intervals from the middle of the exterior margin to the apex, 
in addition to a very long intero-subapical seta; the apex of 
the basal joint reaches to about the middle of the secondary 
one (Pl. VIII. fig. 19). The fifth pair in the male are 
smaller than those of the female, and both joints are propor- 
tionally shorter and broader, and want the very long sete of 
the female fifth pair. Caudal stylets shorter than the last 
abdominal segment and broadly pyriform ; the principal tail- 
sete are as long as the abdomen. 

Hab. Obtained by washing some black sandy mud near 
low-water mark at Seafield, in the vicinity of Leith, Firth of 
Forth. 

Remarks. Ameira exilis somewhat resembles Ameitra lon- 
gipes, Boeck, but is larger and more slender, and the propor- 
tional lengths of the joints of the female anterior antenne 
differ considerably in the two species ; they also differ in the 
proportional lengths of the branches of all the swimming-feet. 


. 


new and rare Crustacea from Scotland. 141 


Stenhelia dispar*,sp.n. (Pl. VIIL. figs. 8-12.) 


Length *55 millim. ('; of an inch). Rostrum prominent. 
Anterior antenne eight-jointed ; the first four joints are robust, 
the next three are small, and the last is comparatively long 
and narrow, being equal to the combined lengths of two pre- 
ceding joints. ‘The formula shows the proportional lengths 
of the joints— 

20918 21456:.9..8 018 
Bes Ste 696) 7.8! 


The secondary branch of the posterior antenne is three-jointed, 
the first being nearly equal to twice the combined lengths of 
the other two. The mouth-organs are nearly as in Stenhelia 
ima, Brady. ‘The first four pairs of swimming-feet also 
somewhat resemble those of that species. The fifth pair are 
broadly foliaceous, like those of Stenhelia hispida, Brady, but 
the distance between the various setee with which they are 
furnished is greater in Stenhelia dispar. Abdomen and 
caudal stylets nearly as in Stenhelia ima. 

Hab. Vicinity of the Bass Rock, Firth of Forth, dredged 
in 23 fathoms ; bottom sand and gravel. 

Remarks. Stenhelia dispar appears to be intermediate 
between Stenhelia ima and Stenhelia hispida; it resembles 
Stenhelia ima in the form of the first four pairs of swimming- 
feet and Stenhelia hispida in the form of the fifth pair, but 
differs from both in the structure of the anterior antenne. 


Cletodes irrasat, sp.n. (PI. VIIL. figs. 13-17.) 


Length ‘8 millim. (3'5 of an inch). Body elongate-cylin- 
drical, all its segments except the first furnished with a trans- 
verse fringe of small hairs a little in front of the posterior 
margin. Anterior antennw stout and sparingly setiferous, 
shorter than the first body-segment, six-jointed ; the second 
and last joints are longer than any of the others, while the 
fifth joint is very small, as shown by the formula— 

20. 26.20.10.3. 24 
12S) Mie 6 


Posterior antenne three-jointed, the first and second joints 
are nearly of equal length and about one and a half times 
the length of the next ; a very small secondary branch bearing 


* Dispar, different, 2. e. from any known species. 
+ ZIrrasus, unshaven. 


142 Messrs. I’. and A. Scott on some 


a single apical seta springs from the end of the first joint. 
Mandibles stout, the biting part armed with short blunt- 
pointed teeth, except at the lower angle, where there is a 
moderately long conical tooth. ‘The inner branches of the 
first pair of swimming-feet are composed of two nearly equal 
joints, and reach to about the middle of the second joint of 
the outer branches; they are also furnished with two short 
spiniform apical sete; the first joint of the outer branches 
is somewhat longer and the second joint shorter than either of 
the other two joints. The inner branches of the fourth pair 
consist of two nearly equal joints bearing a few short sete, 
the extremity of these branches does not reach to the end ot 
the first joint of the outer branches; the outer branches are 
elongate, and the second joint is shorter and the third some- 
what longer than either of the other two. The basal joint of 
the fifth pair forms a broad shallow lobe, bearing one short 
and two long sete, the inner one being spiniform and 
plumose ; the secondary joint is elongate-narrow, being about 
four times longer than broad and furnished with four unequal 
sete at the apex and one near the proximal end of the outer 
margin. Caudal stylets slender and as long as the last 
abdominal segment; each stylet bears two small sete on the 
inner margin, one on the outer margin, and three or four at 
the apex. 

Hab. Vicinity of the Bass Rock. 

Remarks. Cletodes irrasa belongs to a group the distin- 
guishing character of which is the more or less nearly obsolete 
basal joints and the elongate and narrow secondary joints of 
the fifth pair of thoracic feet, and Cletodes limicola, Brady, 
may be considered the type of this group. The form of the 
fifth pair in this group presents a marked difference to the 
fifth pair in those other species of the same genus that have 
both the basal and secondary joints well developed, as, for 
example, in Cletodes linearis, Claus. 


Thalestris forficuloides, sp. n. (Pl. EX. figs. 4-9.) 


Length *73 millim. (4 of an inch). Anterior antenne in 
the female nine-jointed and provided with long slender sete ; 
the joints gradually decrease in length from the second to the 
fifth, while the sixth joint is one and a half times longer than 
the fifth and equal to the combined lengths of the next two; 
the last joint is as long as the sixth; the proportional lengths 
are as shown in the formula— 

Lb, 18). a8). 10...8 Ab Gail 
2 8 £68 2 


new and rare Crustacea from Scotland. 143 


The secondary branches of the posterior antenne are composed 
of two moderately long joints; the first joint is provided with 
a plumose seta at the distal end and the second with two 
marginal sete near the base and three at the apex; all the 
sete are plumose. Posterior foot-jaws stout, the last joint 
somewhat ovate, its greatest breadth being equal to fully 
half the length; it is furnished with a comparatively long 
slender seta near the middle of the inner margin, and the 
terminal claw reaches to beyond the proximal end of the joint 
to which it is attached. The first pair of swimming-feet 
have the inner branches slender and considerably longer than 
the outer ones; the outer branches are only about two thirds 
the length of the inner; the inner terminal claw of both 
branches is very slender and elongate, and, like the others, 
only slightly curved at the extremity. The second, third, and 
fourth pairs are somewhat like those of Thalestris forficula, 
Claus, but the proportional lengths of the joints are slightly 
different ; in the fourth pair the last joint of the inner branches 
is only equal to three fourths of the combined lengths of the 
first and second joints; the inner branches of the third pair 
in the male are armed with a spiniform and slightly hooked 
claw-like terminal appendage (fig. 7). The basal joints of 
the fifth pair are broadly triangular and the apex reaches to 
near the middle of the secondary joints; the inner and outer 
margins are fringed with small close-set hairs, the basal joints 
are also each furnished with five plumose sete of unequal 
length arranged round the distal end—one at the apex, one 
on the outer margin, and three on the inner margin ; the apical 
seta is considerably longer than any of the others; the outer 
secondary joints are subcylindrical, fringed with small close- 
set hairs on both margins, and furnished with eight seta— 
three on the distal half of both the outer and the inner mar- 
gins, and two at the apex ; the inner apical seta and the one 
on the inner margin next to it are much longer than any of 
the others ; there are only two small spiniform apical sete on 
the basal joint of the fifth pair in the male. Abdomen and 
caudal stylets nearly as in Thalestris forficula. 

Hab. Among mud near low-water mark at Seafield, in the 
vicinity of Leith, Firth of Forth. 

Remarks. This species somewhat resembles 'halestris 
forficula, Claus, but differs in the following among other 
particulars :—The anterior antenne (the antennules) are nine- 
jointed, and the sixth and last joints are each of them equal to 
the combined lengths of the seventh and eighth and of greater 
length than either of the fourth or fifth. ‘The inner branches 
ot the first pair of swimming-feet are very long and slender, 


144 Messrs. T. and A. Scott on some 


while the outer branches are only equal to two thirds the 
length of the inner ones. It also differs in the proportional 
lengths of the other thoracic feet, as shown by the description 
and figures. 


Ascomyzontide. 
Dermatomyzon gibberum*, sp.n. (PI. LX. figs. 10-14.) 


Length *5 millim (35 of an inch). Cephalothorax very 
tumid, broadly obovate or pear-shaped, the forehead being 
regularly and boldly rounded ; the first body-segment is more 
than half the entire length of the cephalothorax and abdomen 
combined, and its breadth is about one and one sixth times 
the length ; the abdomen is very short, and, including the 
caudal stylets, is scarcely equal to one fourth of the length 
of the cephalothorax. Anterior antenne stout, seventeen- 
jointed, but the second joint from the base appears to be 
formed of two (or three) coalescent joints; the proportional 
lengths of the joints are shown by the formula— 


£0 (192 1007)'-8. 10-12 167959 16. 12. 12. 0S. 0. 2 oe ee 
1 2 a 4°66 78 "orn i hws Bases 


The mandibles are stylet-shaped, stout, and elongate; the 
mandible-palp consists of a single oblong joint, the length of 
which is rather greater than twice the breadth, and three 
stout, moderately long, and nearly equal sete spring from 
its truncate apex. ‘The maxille are composed of two parts 
of nearly equal length; the one part (the primary) is sub- 
triangular in form and furnished with three apical sete, while 
the other (the secondary part) is narrow, cylindrical, and pro- 
vided with four sete at the apex (fig. 13). The basal 
joint of the anterior foot-jaws is stout, but the end joint is 
slender and curved and forms a claw-like appendage. The 
posterior foot-jaws are nearly as in Dermatomyzon nigripes 
(Brady and Robertson). The swimming-feet are also some- 
what similar to those of that species: the fifth pair are 
simple, two-jointed; the first joint is short, and its breadth 
is about equal to twice the length, it also bears a seta at the 
upper distal angle ; the second joint is longer and narrower 
than the first, its breadth being only equal to half the length, 
and it is furnished with two sete at the apex. The caudal 
stylets are nearly as long as broad, and equal to the combined 
lengths of the last two abdominal segments. 


* Gibberum, hunch-backed. 


new and rare Crustacea from Scotland. 145 


Hab. Vicinity of the Bass Rock, Firth of Forth. Hitherto 
only one specimen, a female, has been obtained. 

Remarks. The proportionally large and tumid cephalo- 
thorax gives this species a curious and striking appearance, 
that at once distinguished it from any of the other Copepoda 
observed by us. It possesses all the characters of a Derma- 
tomyzon, except that the anterior antenne are apparently 
only seventeen-jointed ; the second joint, however, is pro- 
bably composed of three coalesced joints, so that the dif- 
ference in this respect is trifling. It differs also in the 
abdomen being composed of only three instead of four seg- 
ments, and so far it agrees more closely with Asterocheres, 
Boeck, than with Dermatomyzon, Claus. The Forth specimen 
would thus appear to form an intermediate link between 
these two genera, but with a closer affinity to the last. 


Acontiophorus elongatus, sp.n. (Pl. IX. figs. 15-20.) 


Length 1 millim. (35 of an inch). Cephalothorax and 
abdomen elongate; the abdomen slender and equal to about 
two thirds the length of the cephalothorax. Anterior 
antenne slender, seventeen-jointed ; the fourth, fifth, sixth, 
and eighth joints are shorter, and the first and last longer 
than any of the other joints; the formula shows their pro- 
portional lengths— 


24.12.14.6.6.6.9.6.8.14.12.13.18.14.14.14. 24 
Beene > G7 89 10 IP 12 18 14 16 16 17 


The posterior antenne are three-jointed, and a very small 
secondary branch springs from near the end of the elongate 
basal joint; end joint small, and furnished with a long, 
slightly curved, and slender terminal spine and a small mar- 
ginal seta. Mandibles extremely long and slender, being 
about equal in length to the elongate siphon; the siphon, 
which reaches to near the end of the cephalothorax, consists 
of two slender filaments of equal length, one of which has 
a ring-like structure and is armed with a small apical stylet ; 
the basal part of the siphon is stout and cone-shaped, and 
encloses for some distance the proximal ends of the filaments 
(fig. 18). Maxillee two-branched—one branch stout and 
conical in shape, and furnished with one short and two long 
sete ; the other branch narrow, not half the length of the 
first, "and bearing three sete of unequal length. Anterior 
and ‘posterior foot-jaws somewhat like those of Acontiophorus 
scutatus, Brady and Robertson; but the last two joints of 
the posterior foot-jaws are proportionally much longer than 


146 Messrs. T. and A. Scott on some 


in that species. The swimming-feet are also somewhat 
similar to those of Acontiophorus scutatus, but the fourth 
pair has remarkably broad and stout dagger-shaped spines on 
the exterior margins of the outer branches, as well as broad 
sabre-like terminal spines on both outer and inner branches ; 
the sete on the inner margins of both branches are also 
densely plumose. ‘The fifth pair of feet consists each of a 
single broadly elliptical joint, which is furnished with three 
apical sete (fig. 20). The first or genital segment of the 
abdomen is equal to twice the length of the next, and three 
and a half times longer than the third segment. Caudal 
stylets very short; they are each provided with two mode- 
rately long plumose terminal sete in addition to a few small 
hairs. 

Hab. Vicinity of the Bass Rock, Firth of Forth, frequent. 

Remarks. The species now described is an easily recog- 
nized one, because of its being more slender and having a 
longer abdomen than any other of the described species. It 
agrees with Acontiophorus armatus, Brady, in having the 
anterior antennz seventeen-jointed (though sixteen joints is 
the number stated in the description of Acontiophorus ar- 
matus in ‘ British Copepoda,’ the figure shows seventeen 
joints). The posterior antenne have only one long and 
slender spine at the apex instead of the “‘ two lancet-shaped ” 
apical spines that form one of the generic characters; but 
otherwise the Forth species now described is a true Acontio- 
phorus. 


Stenhelia hirsuta, 1. C. Thompson. 
Stenhelia denticulata, 1. C. Thompson. 


These two distinct species have been obtained by us durin 
the past summer in material from the Firth of Forth, deciigaal 
two or three years ago. ‘They have not been previously 
recorded for the east of Scotland. 


Nannopus palustris, Brady. 


This apparently rare pie th has recently been obtained 
in material collected by hand-net in 1891, at the mouth of 
the “ Cocklemill Burn” near Largo, Firth of Forth. 


Pseudanthessius Sauvaget, Canu. 


This interesting addition to the British fauna was obtained 
in dredged material from the “ Fluke Hole” off St. Monans, 
Firth of Forth. Only two specimens have as yet been 
obtained, 


new and rare Crustacea from Scotland. 147 


Sunaristes pagurt, Hesse. 


A single specimen (a male) of this rare and curious species 
was captured in the Cromarty Firth in September last; it 
occurred in material dredged near Invergordon, and although 
it was not taken ona hermit-crab, or in the shell occupied by 
a hermit-crab, several hermit-crabs were observed in the same 
material in which it was obtained. The Cromarty Firth 
specimen measures 2°3 millim. (7; of an inch). The ter- 
minal claws with which the powerful anterior antenne are 
armed are of a dark horn-colour, and so also are the large 
spines on the inner branches of the second pair of swimming- 
feet. Longipedina paguri, W. Miiller, is very likely the 
same species as that described by Hesse; and in fact our 
specimen agrees better with Miiller’s figures than with those 
ot Hesse; but we have adopted Hesse’s name as having 
priority over that of W. Miiller. 


AMPHIPODA. 


Harpinia crenulata, Boeck. 


A few specimens of this Harpinia have been obtained in 
the Moray Firth and in the Firth of Forth. The more pro- 
minent and distinctive characters of the species appear to be 
the following :—The second-last pair of pereiopods are very 
long, and, when bent backwards, extend considerably beyond 
the body of the animal; the posterior expansion of the basal 
joint of the last pair of pereiopods has the margin irregularly 
serrate and furnished with several comparatively long hairs; 
and the last pair of epimeral plates of the metasome have the 
lower distal angles rounded and furnished posteriorly with a 
single small tooth or with two or three small teeth ot unequal 
size. But the long second-last pair of pereiopods seem to be 
in themselves a very obvious character, and one by which 
the species may be readily distinguished. 


Amphilochoides pusillus, G. O. Sars. 


Several specimens of this Amphipod have been obtained 
by us in material from the Firth of Forth and from St. 
Andrews Bay. The Forth specimens were dredged in the 
vicinity of the Bass Rock in twenty-two to twenty-three 
fathoms. ‘This species is readily distinguished from Amphi- 
lochoides odontonyx (Boeck), which has already been recorded 
for the Forth, by the absence of a basal tooth on the claws, 
or dactyli, of the first gnathopods, and by the inner margin 
of the hand of the same gnathopods being distinctly angular ; 


148 Messrs. ‘I’. and A. Scott on some 


the palm of the second gnathopods is finely serrate only on 
the distal half, while the proximal half is even or nearly so 
and bears a few minute sete. ‘The postero-lateral angles of 
the last epimeral plates of the metasome are also simply 
angular, and not produced posteriorly into a tooth-like pro- 
jection as in Amphilochoides odontonyx. 


Metopa robusta, G. O. Sars. 


A few specimens of this interesting species were dredged 
this summer in deep water in the Moray Firth ; it was easily 
distinguished by the structure of the gnathopods, the form 
of the large fourth pair of coxal plates, and by the very 
robust posterior pereiopods ; the posterior part of the meros 
of these pereiopods, and especially of the seventh pair, is 
greatly developed. The contrast between the feeble and 
slender first pair of gnathopods and the powerful second 
pair is very marked in this species. 

So far as we know, the three Amphipods just referred to 
do not appear to have been previously recorded as British. 


ADDITIONAL NOTE. 


Cletodes monensis, 1. C. Thompson.—In our paper in the 
‘ Annals and Magazine of Natural History ’ for October last 
we recorded the occurrence of this Copepod in the Moray 
Firth, and in doing so we inadvertently called it Laophonte 
monensis instead ot Cletodes monensis. 


Stephos minor, 'T. Scott.—This genus and species were 
described and figured in the ‘Tenth Annual Report of the 
Fishery Board for Scotland (1892).’ Dr. W. Giesbrecht, in 
a paper recently published by him *, refers to this genus and 
identifies it with the genus Modianus described in his new 
and great work on the Pelagic Copepoda of the Gulf of 
Naples. He makes a few remarks on the question of 
priority, and appears to be in doubt as to whether Stephos or 
Mobianus was published first. As the result of personal 
investigation and inquiry we are now able to say that we 
quite agree with Dr. Giesbrecht as to the identity of the two 
genera; but the species from the Gulf of Naples is, we 
think, different from that from the Firth of Forth, additional 
specimens of which have been recently obtained by us. As 

* “ Mittheilungen tiber Copepoden,” von Dr. W. Giesbrecht (Abdruck 
aus den Mittheilungen aus der Zoologischen Station zu Neapel, 11 Band, 
1./2. Heft) p. 102. 


new and rare Crustacea from Scotland, 149 


to the question of priority, we find that the ‘ Tenth 
Annual Report of the Fishery Board for Scotland,’ in which 
Stephos is described, was published on September 22nd, 1892, 
and that Dr. Giesbrecht’s work on the Pelagic Copepoda of 
the Gulf of Naples, in which Mobdianus is described, and 
which bears the date 1892, was published on January 26th, 
1893. 


EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. 
PuaTE VIII. 
Amymone nigrans, sp. 0. 


Fig. 1. Male, seen from the side, x 80. 2. Anterior antenna, female, 
x 190. 3. Mandible and palp, x 380. 4. Foot of third pair, 
x 170. 5. Foot of fourth pair, x 170. 6. Foot of fifth pair, 
female, x 255. 7. Foot of fifth pair, male, x 190. 


Stenhelia dispar, sp. 0. 
Fig. 8. Female, seen from the side, x 70. 9. Anterior antenna, female, 
x 380. 10. Foot of first pair, x 190. 11. Foot of fourth pair, 
x 127. 12. Foot of fifth pair, female, x 253. 
Cletodes irrasa, sp. n. 
Fig. 13. Female, seen from above, x 70. 14. Anterior antenna, female, 
x 253. 15. Foot of first pair, x 506. 16, Foot of fourth 
pair, x 506. 17. Foot of fifth pair, female, x 380. 
Ameira exilis, sp. n. 


Fig. 18. Female, seen from the side, x 36. 19. Foot of fifth pair, 
female, x 127. 20. Abdomen and caudal stylets, x 40. 


PuaTE IX. 
Ameira exilis, sp. 0. 
Fig. 1. Anterior antenna, female, x 100. 2. Foot of first pair, x 127. 
3. Foot of third pair, male, x 84. 
Thalestris forficuloides, sp. 0. 


Fig. 4. Female, seen from the side, x 54. 5, Anterior antenna, female, 
x 190, 6. Foot of first pair, x 190. 7. Foot of third pair, 
male, X 127. 8. Foot of fifth pair, female, x 127. 9. Abdo- 
men and caudal stylets, x 53. 


Dermatomyzon gibberum, sp. 0. 


Fig. 10. Female, seen from above, x 80. 11. Anterior antenna, x 253 
12. Mandible, x 304. 13. Maxilla, x 304. 14. Foot of fifth 
pair, X 253. 


Acontiophorus elongatus, sp. 1. 


Fig. 15; Female, seen from above, X 48. 16, Anterior antenna, x 190. 
17. Mandible, x 152. 18. Siphon, x 152. 19, Foot of fourth 
pair, x 127. 20. Foot of fifth pair, x 255. 


150 Rev. Canon Norman—A Month on 


XV.—A Month on the Trondhjem Fiord. 
By the Rev. Canon Norman, M.A., D.C.L., F.R.S., &e. 


{Continued from p. 133.) 


GEPHYREA. 


1. Bonellia viridis, Rolando. 


1822, Bonellia viridis, Rolando, Mem. d. Reale Accad. d. Se. di Torino, 
vol. xxvi. p. 539, pl. xiv. figs. 1-3, pl. xv. figs. 5-7 

1840. Bonellia viridis, H. Milne- Edwards, Rég. Anim. édit. Crochard, 
Zoophytes, pl. xxi. fig. 3 : 

1852. Bonellia viridis, Schmarda, Denks. Ak. der Wiss. Wien, vol. iv. 
p- 117, pls. iv.-vii. 

1858. Bonellia viridis, Eneereetiasirenet Ann. Se. Nat. Zool. sér. 4, 
vol. x. p. 49, pls. i.iv. 

1875. Bonellia viridis, Kowalewsky, “Du male planariforme de la 
Bonellia,” traduit par J. C. Catta*, Rey. Sci. Nat. de Dubreuil, 
vol. iv. p. 313, pl. vii. 

1885, Bonellia viridis, Selenka, Report Gephyrea ‘Challenger,’ p. 9, 
pl. ii. figs. 7-10, ¢. 


Five specimens, dredged in 250-300 fath. at Rédberg, the 
largest being rather more than an inch long exclusive of 
proboscis. I had previously seen Norwegian specimens in 
the Christiania Museum, and it has been recorded from the 
Bergen district, 100 fath., by Koren and Danielssen (‘ Fauna 
litt. Norv.’ part ii. 1877, p. 151). I think that this Nor- 
wegian form may prove to be distinct from B. viridis. 


2. Phascolosoma squamatum, Kor. & Dan. 


1868. Phascolosoma olivaceum, M. Sars, “ Forsatte Bemerk. over det 

dyriske Livs Udbredning i Havets Dybder,’ ’ Vidensk.-Selsk. Férband. 
258 (name only). 

1877. Phascolosoma squamatum, Koren & Dan. Fauna litt. Norv. pt. iii. 
p- 180, pl. xiii. fig. 11, pl. xiv. figs. 14, 15. 

1883. Phascolosoma squamatum, Selenka, Reisen Archip. Philippinen, 
Die Sipunculiden, p. 40. 

1885. Phascolion squamatum, Selenka, Report ‘ Challenger’ Gephyrea, 
p. 15, pl. iv. figs. 18, 19. 

I do not follow Selenka in removing this species to the 
genus Phascolion, seeing it does not agree with Phascolion in 
its habit, for it lives free and not in shells, and consequently 
it has not the attaching papille characteristic of that genus, 
from which also it differs in the much more coiled intestinal 
tube. 


* The original paper was published in Russian in 1870. 


the Trondhjem Fiord. 151 


Trondhjem and Rédberg, 150-300 fath. [have also taken 
it in the Sieddnber and Kors Fiords; Koren and Danielssen 
record it from the latter and from Bergen Fiord. By the 
‘ Poreupine’ Exped., 1869, it was taken off the south-west of 
Ireland and near the //o/tenta-ground—and it is thus a 
British species—and in the chops of the British Channel. 
It was again taken by the ‘Triton’ near the “Hol/tenia- 
ground.” 


3. Phascolion strombi, Montagu. 


Var. tuberculosum, Théel. 


1876. Phascolion tuberculosum, Théel, “Géph. inermes de Skand. 
Spitsberg et Grénland,” K. Svenska Vet-Akad. Hand. vol. iii. p. 15 
(separate copy), pl. i. fig. 1, pl. iii. fig. 16. 

1877. Phascolosoma strombi, var. verrucosum, Kor. & Dan. Fauna litt. 
Norv. pt. ili. pp. 141 and 154. 

1883. Phascolion strombi, var. verrucosum, Selenka, Reisen Archip. 
Philipp., Die Sipunculiden, p. 52. 


Several specimens of this variety at Rédberg ; the type 
was not found. 


4. Onchnesoma Steenstrupti, Kor. & Dan. 


1859. Sipunculus pyriformis, Danielssen, Vidensk.-Selsk. Foérhand. 
Christ. 1859, p. 251 (quoted from Dan. & Kor.; I have not this 
paper, but suppose the species was not described). 

1868. Phascolosoma pusillum, M. Sars, “Forsatte Bemerk. over det 
dyriske Livs Udbredning i Havets Dybder,” Vidensk.-Selsk. Férhand. 
p. 252 (name only). 

1877. Onchnesoma Steenstrupii, Dan. & Kor. Fauna litt. Norv. pt. iii. 
p- 142, pl. xx. figs. 28-36. 

1884. Onchnesoma Steenstrupit, De Man, Biilow, and Selenka, Reisen 
Arch. Philipp., Sipunculiden, pt. ii. p. 130. 

1892. Onchnesoma Steenstrupii, Shipley, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. n. s., 
vol. xxxiii. p. 233, pl. ix. . 


Trondhjem and Rédberg, 150-300 fath. I have also found 
it at Drébak, in the Christiania Fiord, and in the Bergen and 
Hardanger Fiords. 


PANTOPODA. 


In ‘Den Norske Nordhavs-Expedition, XX. Pycno- 
gonoidea, G. O. Sars, 1891, will be found everything that 
could be desired in the way of description and illustration of 
all the following species. 


1. Pycnogonum crassirostre, G. O. Sars. 


The three specimens from which this species was described 


152 Rev. Canon Norman—A Month on 


by Prof. Sars were found by him mixed with J. Jittorale 
collected from many Norwegian localities, and he was unable 
to give a particular habitat. I have found N. crasstrostre in 
the following localities :—Trondhjem Fiord, in about 70 fath. ; 
Kors Fiord, which is the entrance to Bergen Fiord, 180 
fath. ; and in two places in the Hardanger Fiord, namely off 
Midso Lighthouse, 50-100 fath., and Stoksund, 80-100 fath. 


2. Anoplodactylus petiolatus, Kroyer. 


1863. Pallene attenuata, Hodge, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, vol. xi. 
p- 463; Trans. Tyneside Nat. Field-Club, vol. y. 1863, p- 281, pl. xv. 
figs. 1-5. 

1864. Phovichilidium petiolatum, Hodge, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 
ser. 3, vol. xiii. p. 4; Trans. Tyneside Nat. Field-Club, vol. vi. 1864, 

. 199 (name only, making his P. attenuata its synonym). 

1864. Pallene pygmea, Hodge, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, vol. xii. 
pl. xiii. figs. 16, 17; Trans. Tyneside Nat. Field-Club, vol. vi. 1864, 
p- 198, pl. v. figs. 16, 17. 

1881. Phoxichilidium longicolle, Dohrn, Faun. und Flor. des Golfes von 
Neapel, Die Pantopoden, p. 177, pl. xiii. figs. 1-8. 

1881. Phowichilidium exiguum, id. ibid. p. 181, pl. xii. figs. 19-22. 

1882, Phoxichilidium pygmeum, Hoek, “Nouvelles études sur les 


Pyen.,” Arch. de Zool. exp. et gén. vol. ix. p. 514, pls. xxvi. and xxvii. 
figs. 22-25. 


A single typical specimen in Laminarian zone, Trondhjem 
Fiord. 

A specimen of P. longicolle, Dohrn, from Naples, identified 
by Dohrn *, is certainly A. petiolatus. 

Specimens received at the same time from Naples of 
P. exiguum, Dohrn, are certainly the same as Pallene pygmea, 
Hodge, with the type specimen of which, now in the New- 
castle Museum, I have compared them; and Phowichilidium 
pygmeum, Hoek, is proved by his drawings to be the same 
thing. This form I also have from the Spanish coast, 
kindly sent to me by Sefior Pedro Antiga. The question 
remains, Is Pallene pygmea, Hodge, the immature state of 
A. petiolatus? I think so. The specimens are very small— 
Hodge’s type, length of body 1 millim. ; the Spanish specimen 
the same; Naples specimens in my collection the same; and 
Dohrn writes “ Liinge des Kérpers 1 mm.” in his description, 
though in explanation of plate we have “ natural size 14 mm.” 
In favourof this small form being a distinct species is the short- 
ness of the cephalic segment and the fact that Dohrn figures an 


* Iconclude that this was the case, as the Neapolitan species here 
mentioned were sent to me from the Zoological Station by Dr. Dohrn’s 
kind directions very soon after the completion of his Monograph. 


ome 


the Trondhjem Fiord. 153 


egg-bearing male, and Hoek found three such specimens. On 
the other hand, it is not uncommon for animals to be sexually 
mature before they have attained their full development. It 
seems easy to account for the more frequent occurrence of the 
smaller than the larger specimens. ‘This species, like Phoxi- 
chilidium coccineum, undergoes its metamorphosis within the 
bodies of Hydrozoa; these small specimens (P. pygmea) 
cannot have long left that shelter, but they have now reached 
a period of life when they would be exposed to constant 
danger, and thus comparatively few would live to maturity. 
The length of the cephalic segment might be expected to 
increase with growth; except in the difference of this organ 
the resemblance of the two is most exact. The terminal 
joints of the legs are identical in their armature ; the propodos, 
which is narrower in proportion to its length with increasing 
growth, has the spines quite similar, and, above all, there is 
the “ thin undivided lamina” occupying the distal portion of 
the palm, beyond the “ row of small anteriorly curved spines.” 
This thin, perfectly transparent, undivided lamina is, I 
believe, unique, and constitutes a peculiar specific character 
ot Anoplodactylus petiolatus. 

I have also examined two type specimens in Hodge’s 
collection labelled “Pallene attenuata, Seaham, 15€2,’’ and 
“Phoxichilidium petiolatum, Seaham, 1863.” They are both 
the present species. 


3. Nymphon mixtum, Kroyer. 
Three specimens in shallow water at Rédberg. I have 


dredged it also in 100 fathoms off Huglen Island in the 
Hardanger Fiord. 


4. Nymphon leptocheles, G. O. Sars. 


In 150-250 fathoms at Rédberg. I have also taken it 
with the last in the Hardanger Fiord; at Floré, in 25-50 
fath., and at Drébak in Norway ; and it was procured by the 
‘ Porcupine’ Exped., 1879, Stat. 47 a, lat. 59° 34’ N., long. 
9° 18’ W., in 542 fathoms. 


5. Nymphon Strémii, Kroyer. 


This large species is very frequently met with im the 
Trondhjem, Bergen, and Hardanger Fiords. It is usually 
taken in 15-30 fath., but 1 have dredged it once in 100 fath. 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xii. 11 


: | 


154 Rev. Canon Norman—A Month on a 


6. Nymphon macrum, Wilson. 


Among Alcyonarians and corals on the precipices at Réd- 
berg, in 150-250 fath. 


7. Chetonymphon spinosissimum, nom. nov.,= Chatonymphon 
spinosum, G. O. Sars (? Nymphon spinosum, Goodsir). 


Rédberg and Trondhjem; also in several places in the 
Hardanger Fiord, in 120-190 fath.; ‘Porcupine’ Exped., 
1869, Stat. 64, lat. 61° 21’ N., long. 3° 44’ W., and Stat. 65, 
near the same spot, in 640 and 345 fath.; Stat. 78, lat. 60° 14’ 
N., long. 4° 30/ W., 290 fath.; Stat. 88, lat. 59° 26’ N., 
long. 8° 23’ W., 705 fath. It also occurs on the western 
side of the Atlantic, since a specimen, kindly sent to me from 
the U. S. Nat. Mus. as ““Nymphon hirtipes, Bell, 9 ,” is this 
species; the bottle containing this Nymphon had three other 
labels relating to the specimen— Albatross, 2488,” “ lat. 
44° 35’ 0” N., long. 57° 13’ 30’’ W., 150 fathoms,” and the 
number ‘10984’ *. 

The above habitats would seem to show that this is usually 
a deep-water form. Professor Sars thought it might be 
N. spinosum, Goodsir, but I am of opinion that it can scarcely 
be that species. The only Chatonymphon from the British 
coast that I have seen is N. hirtum, Kroyer, and of this 
species I have specimens from the Firth of Forth, whence 
Goodsir procured his NV. spznosum. 

The following list of habitats of N. hirtum, Kroyer, will 
show how widely diffused that species is on our coast :— 

In my own collection :—Shetland; Cullercoats, North- 
umberland (A. M/. N.) ; Aberdeenshire (/ate Mr. R. Dawson) ; 
Firth of Forth (Dr. Henderson). And on examination of 
Mr. Hodge’s collection in the Newcastle Museum I find 
C. hirtum from several localities off the Durham and North- 
umberland coasts in depths ranging from 10-100 fath. 

Undoubtedly Sars, relying on Goodsir’s rough figures, was 
right in regarding them as more like his NV. spinosum than 
N. hirtum; but, taking into consideration the circumstances 
I have mentioned, I do not think we are justified on the 
evidence of those figures in admitting the species described 
by Sars into the British fauna, but must regard them as 
referable to C. hirtum. 

* This does not affect NV. hirtum or hirtipes, E. B. Wilson, which Sars 
rightly refers to the true NV. hirtipes, Bell. This is proved by examples 
in my collection of “NV. hirtum” received from the Jate Mr. Wilson and 


labelled “Otf Halifax, 35 f. U. S. F. C. 1877, Loc. 118,” which are the 
true NV. hirtipes, Bell. . 


the Trondhjem Fiord. 155 


CRUSTACEA. 


I have in an earlier part of this paper made a few remarks 
on the higher Crustacea of the north of Europe and the Arctic 
seas, and shown that the proportionate number of Brachyura 
and Anomura rapidly decreases as we approach the Arctic 
Ocean. The following is the list of species in the Trondhjem 
Fiord which have been either recorded by Herr V. Storm, 
the Curator of the Trondhjem Museum, who has done much 
dredging, or found by myself :— 


Cancer pagurus, Linn. Eupagurus pubescens, Ardyer. 
Carcinus menas, Linn. Bernhardus, Zinn. 
Portunus depurator, Linn. Galathea strigosa, Linn. 

Hyas araneus, Linn. squamifera, Fabr. 

Inachus dorsettensis, Penn. Galathodes tridentatus, Esmark. 
— coarctatus, Leach. Munida rugosa, Fabr. 


tenuimana, G. O. Sars. 


Stenorhynchus rostratus, Linn. 
Lithodes maia, Zinn. 


It is not likely that this list can in the future be materially 
extended, since the only species which have been met with to 
the north of Trondhjem and not already found there are 
Galathea nexa, Embleton, and Galathea intermedia, Lilljeborg. 

I have drawn up the annexed Table, which is intended to 
show the distribution of all the higher Crustacea known on 
the coasts of Norway, including Finmark. In the Brachyura 
and Anomura, a glance will show as the eye passes over the 
first ten columns how the number of species dies out north- 
wards, while the well-filled columns after the tenth testify to 
the large proportion of the Norwegian forms which occur 
southwards. Passing on to the Macrura we come upon many 
species which are not known southwards, while correspondingly 
the Arctic columns are more filled in. The gaps in the 
southern columns among the Schizopoda and Cumacea are yet 
more conspicuous, partly because Professor G. O. Sars has 
paid so much attention to these on the Norwegian coast, 
partly also because very many of the species are deep-water 
forms, living below 100 fathoms, which are not likely to be 
found in the shallower water which occurs round Sweden, 
Denmark, and Britain. 

The list of species is, with a few alterations in nomencla- 
ture and some additions made from the discoveries of the 
Norwegian North-Atlantic Expedition, copied from that of 
Sars, given in his ‘ Oversigt af Norges Crustaceer,’ 1882. 

The distribution of species has been filled in from all the 
leading books and papers on the Crustacean fauna es the seas 

11 


156 Rev. Canon Norman—A Month on 


referred to; and in every case I have indicated the authority 
on which the species are marked in the particular columns. 

N. indicates that the species has been found or identified by 
myself. It does not apply to any species which, though in 
my collection, have been received from those whose authority 
is recognized in this table. ‘There is an exception in the 
British column, where N. stands for those forms which I have 
identified whether collected by myself or others. In this way 
are notified the following Mysidea and Cumacea which have 
recently been added to our tauna by Mr. ‘Thomas Scott, the 
energetic naturalist of the Scotch Fishery Board :—Lrythrops 
Goéstt, E. elegans, Petalomera declivis, Campylaspis rubicunda, 
and C. costata. ‘Two species in this column have not pre- 
viously been recorded as British :—Mysidets insignis, G. O. 
Sars, of which I have found a specimen, from a dredging I 
took in 112 fathoms off Valentia, lreland, in 1870; and Cam- 
pylaspis sulcata, G. O. Sars, dredged by me in 1885 off Little 
Cumbrae, in the Firth of Clyde. 


Authorities relied on in the Table. 
Columns 1—6.—Norway (including Finmark). 


A. Aurivillins (C. W.8.). “ Hafsevertebrater friin nordlicaste 
Tromsé6 Amt och Vestfinmarken.” Svenska Vet.-Akad. 
Hand. vol. ii. 1866. 

Bk. Boeck (A.). As mentioned by G. O. Sars in paper from 
which the following list of species is taken. 

By. Bovallius (C.). ‘* Anmirkninger om Portunidsligtet Thra- 
nites,” (Efvers. af K. Vet.-Akad. Férhand. Stockholm, 1881, 
p- 9. 

Da. Danielssen. ‘ Beretning om en Zool. Reise, 1857,’ 1859 ; 
and Danielssen and Boeck (A.), ‘ Besk. af nogle til Crus- 
tacea Decapoda henhérende Norske Arter,’ 1872. 

Dii. Von Diiben. Fide G. O. Sars (see below). 

S. Sars (G. 0.). Whose very numerous papers have been care- 
fully consulted. 

MS. Sars (Michael). ‘Overs. over de i den Norsk-arctiske 
Region forekommende Krybsdyr,” Videns.-Selsk. Férhand. 
1858. 

ISS. Schneider (I. Sparre). ‘ Unders. af dyrelivet i de arktiske 
fjorde: II. Crustacea og Pyenog. indsamlede i Kneenangs- 
fjorden,’ 1851-1855. 

VS. Storm (V.). ‘Kong. Norske Videns.-Selsk. Skrifter,’ 
Trondhjem, 1879, p. 109. 

Column 7.—Greenland. 


H. Hansen (H.J.). *‘ Oversigt over det vestlige Grénlands 
Fauna af malakostraka Havskrebsdyr,” Vidensk. Meddel. 
fra den Foren. i Kyobh. 1887. 


the Trondhjem Fiord. 157 


Columns § and 9.—Iceland and Spitsbergen. 


S. Sars (G.0.). These columns are filled in from the table of 
distribution in ‘Den Norske Nordhays-Exped. 1876-78, 
Crustacea, ii.,’ 1886, p. 83. 


Column 10.—Kara Sea. 


H. Hansen (H.J.). ‘ Oversigt over de paa Dijmphna-Togtet 
indsamlede Krebsdyr,’ 1886. 

S. Sars (G.0O.). From the same source as in columns 8 and 9. 

Sx. Stuxberg (A.). ‘ Faunan pi och Kring Novaja-Semlja,” 
‘Vega’ Exped. Vetenskapliga Iakttagelser, vol. v. 1886. 


Columu 11.—Sweden. 


G. Goés. “Crust. decap. podoph. marina Suecie etc. enu- 
merat A. Goés,” Gifvers. af K. Vet.-Akad. Forhand. 1863. 


Column 12.—Denmark. 


M. Meinert (Fr.). “Crustacea, Isopoda, Amphipoda, et Deca- 
poda Danie,” Naturhist. Tidsskrift, 34 Reekkes, vol. xi. 
1877, p. 57, vol. xii. 1880, p. 465; ‘ Det Videnskabelige 
Udbytte af Kanonbaaden ‘ Hauchs’ Togter, III. Crustacea 
Malacostraca,’ 1890. 


Column 13.—British Isles. 


Kin. Kinahan (J. R.). Nat. Hist. Review, vol. vi. 1858, Proc. 


Societies, p. 40. 
B. Bell. ‘Brit. Stalk-eyed Crustacea. Cf. G. O. Sars, 
* Overs. af Norges Crustaceer, I.,” Vid, Selsk. Forhand. 


Christ. 1882, p. 43, pl. i. fig. 4. 
G. Goodsir (H.). Vide Bell, ‘ Brit. Stalk-eyed Crustacea,’ 


p. 326. 


Column 14.— Mediterranean. 


C. Carus (V.). ‘Prodromus Faune Mediterranee,’ vol. i. 
1885. 


Column 15.—North-east America. 


Sm. Smith (8. 1.). “ Stalk-eyed Crustaceans of the Atlantic 
Coast of North America, north of Cape Cod,” Trans. 
Connect. Acad. vol. vy. 1879, p. 27. 


Rev. Canon Norman—A Month on 


158 


eT N TW D- 
NiININ|O 
O;iNIWN| D 
Aig sl a i ; 
oe ne) ee ties 
NENG Nall ee? |) oe 
NiIN/|I ND : 
reed eral fect aa 
Oe SN |) = a 
f) N ee ’ 
NIN{IWN/ DO] 
N|NI|W] YD 
Ni N|W/¢ 
as; oO; ni Wit : 
ON |W D ; 
Ne IN | W 159 
N | N | W | < 
O|IN/IW/ YD 
ih a 
elelale|4|e 
Paes | feelin ligt lia 
" ® | | 8 8 | @ 
alm} el? | gs 
© p @, . ¢ 
Ese |i 
See | > 
OPP L els Gl el OL 


‘das1eqs}idg | 


- 


“puRlad] | 


“parmesan | 


. 
~ 


‘MIVUIULT JST | 


Na) 


1S = “ABUL S80 AA | 


$ 
“| siy 
oe nq 

N 
§ |SA 

u¢ 
SIN| SA 
lee ASI 
4d|>s 
oslac 
ale 
Eee 
Bela 
astlo 
a 
y |S 
‘AVALON 


"N 029 PI | 
0} ABMION 489A 


a 


a ‘fearon Ng | 


TOE wee eee ewe w eee eee e ee Seapere tenoIBID H 
Coeceeeroeee sees eseeeeeeesue UU viodse ouroukingy 
ee ee ee ee ee yovary “wyouVr yy 
Veorrs (one Cw ees 2 UUAT B80L9GN4 

OE ee, ee ‘ quoyy ‘eyoujouny BILBqsy 
serene Fereerereusseceeveeees oper SUINIOj0A —— 
ne lke pereecrrecevence somor ‘unsid soloqjOUULT 
Tay sie gag We quoyy ‘enyeyuopureydes snpocoojoy y 
Ckane wes Coen ree eenreetoneeneererne ‘mnaog, 
‘xOJOA sopUBIyT ='7780) 19 ‘OC “vqiodns sojooudyyeg 
ee ee ee “AqDy ‘snqus oy 
Cithcnte win ORO alee h Gta ue Nt ene Re UUT, ‘roynandep —— 
6 hee Bi WN Re uaey. SLe Sree aes Bele 8,8 oe Yooay ‘snipisn 
mile. ¢.0 ek W eke e as 6 asian a aig a 8 yovoaT ‘gnyeno1e snunjglog 
0 VL eR oe DV eee reen Min, a ee eee Ae oe . ‘UWT ‘spumul snuloley) 
Leeann eee isan key RM res yahiocy ‘suapiy woss0 8) 
Dees ossay ‘nso[NAl "Xx =Ysquazy “eprydoapAy oyjuey 
Perm RCRA n chs ive Eran uc erie tery ‘Moy seo DuEp Seve 
sin Oe Ki ae : reeteeeees somuer ‘snandud 10008) 

‘VUNAHOVUGE “ 
‘VGHOVISNUO 


‘nnion fo voovjsnig saybyy ay, fo uoynguysyuy fo 29d], 


BOOMS SLE ITO HOOT SAT AIM RIE Y Yala eS Salle Th 
UMULOAT SNYBIIOS "Cy = ‘Sumg' 7 ‘snqyxpnuLpoo snyrydvieyO 
She ousmn (a e100 608 vlallee)aie © ss nyu Tae py 
a reletoinhelaretsswisivistetehern oleh’ delele. 6: nye ‘UUT ‘sluBSMA UoStBID 
Peta ee anin ea rein virs ae NOLseALOU SA OL dehy 
3.6 8.06) eholelvlelelnre sie ls elwiphe erexuie 6 Nag ‘siXVSpVA SNUAVULO FY] 
OH Oia Ce Cha) a Je Chin ONS er ec occ “puoy ‘SI[RIAn snovysy 
Terres sss oss ‘sTRI0}4IT “HH =“ Zuo “VyeT]E}s VIqay) 
CeO CHORC ECE BONCe ONO). thcrcnOncl Or" O, One We ‘BIIpUvovz J SIVOOTRA) 


AZ 
v) 
NN 


159 
DL 
Zz 
Se 
oi | 
iss 6 
Pap A 
RD -p 

= 
"NM 
[MM 
Za 
OD 


ie 

— 

= 
RNRNZA, 


‘VUQUOVIN 


‘ : . retsererreseorssssers. gine a ug ‘erBurmie)] —— 
sal) Soe lea] ian Oa Regal | Ae oom ine Hide ge Treettreeseesses sung ‘9 “(nag) weTepaory 
SPP tee are hs Oe ee ee tN sn ee eno anes DEC 
rresssessess ss sonmmusa ‘snyvj{Uepit} sopoyzRypes 
seeeeesse Gy “erpeuttey at 
OOF Ore tpisabinanstie +m AME o oo cap eralgETe tap) ee 
C8 Bolus gee LALw Ole B68 Ue wes P88 sae ip Uy eee uojpajquyy ‘exeu 
Pte teeeeeerseeseeessrsoens ong tererurenbs 
Pi He es REL EN IS Fe TE AU PAA eNO LIS BOUT UL) 
Pesseeeecceroerecceres Murr ‘SIOIODISUO] BULTOOI0g 
'* upuwony ‘Snoutsniey ‘gq =cUpr7 ‘snyyurovourys —— 
Rane surisnas eens eiensienir cow ye: (erheay Ban eBUeILy 
reeeeses wana Iweony ‘q=“dwmoyy, ‘sisuauend —— 
9 "** "pULloAy ‘SNYBULLBOTTY l= noe ‘snsornorjeu —— 
We ee ee eee bape * dung ‘rakoryy ‘p= ‘ahocy ‘sueosoqud —— 
W “i mds zd nd ate pea a ae 9 Q DIP APL8| » WAN SNOW \84u 6 Fusadaeie ken GmnNaleke yooa'y “Uxnvopltg 
Wipl ||| ismiswisal sin Tteteeeeeeeecussenes somor Snprequieg sninsedny 
W 5) 7 ee | a Wl N SW g SA N CLS e015 6.8 2 Pe E018 LS Oe SLOW AN AD LOO Ae 078: UUT *Breul sopoyyy 


‘VUONONY 


2) 
Zi 
6) 
72) 
> 
7 


MN 


© 
vd 
é) 
[RM 
D 
TM 
> 
wz 


o) 
| 
aie 
ZA 


ULE Pe OMe oti One Ty 


the Trondhjem Fiord. 
— 
= 
on 
= 
NNNNNNMN 


Zi 


= 
— 
r~ 
Zi 
MN 


ug 


NNN 


ae ak, woe eee ee eS, 


MN ee NM own ta ee? pa") : TALOp - _ 


oe sg 


$ 


oO 


va | $A | N 


ti Sie a IN I a ll a a ed ll Ue = eee ee 


Rev. Canon Norman—A Month on 


160 


a 


N 


oO 


“TOPOT 


[AAG 


ZAG 


SOS] “JU | Zi 


ia, Pee eenesrionee 


8 
SR a a i aa oe 
§ | H/*alss1lis|siNis 
vs S| Way be Oc ae = 
4 ST OTT NTA 
Sa | eae ea eee leiT a |e 
; Me Be are a | Bey | 
eect erm | iee SisIiNig 
Bl ae NG SRT Se lente | Na cet 
SPS SON NS SSeS ale ale 
-. aH Ne SST) 64] Ne | Ne |S 
S Nhe Liss eel aee ae 
ee N ee oe (ag -. . 
S NOP STN aT ON | cS) 
SIFU | RANE TSO STi se Pat pa as) 
Mere | alec lec jou lea 
Se) Sa CNR STS loa eg 
ele a ELS ae 8) lea ING lek 
ed Rac tes “ISHN | § 
Fioedla FES < 
SES TENG INT Sen iece ee 
ice lice titres Fear sips 
Mle) ole! al ee sl a! 
n=) 9 rf : a A 
eye | Se bese tle | oe 
fom B =} = ee . Oo ol? (o} 
e/e/e1e | 5 |aoltSioeg] & 
3 BLE | Benoa 2s) 2 
F eee eres aecipe 
> Shere: 
Oo eileca tO °C slesra| aeenlncet| aay 


‘Ronson Jo vaonjsnay saybrpy ayy fo 


Pre teeeee sees esse sess summary ‘ent 


a Yio as) ‘nn bundozd pa el 

rereeeereeseseeeeees sunper (gnrooTmoaTy — 

“ayy my ‘SLUSOILAOLG SHLBpUB 
‘sung 'Q “4 ‘eaua sd sepayooyddasy | 
"8" supe CQ 4) “staqsoatorydurs —— | 
a voy ‘woseg suwsoyyse | 
“s** 98800) BLOTIOSBy 
yooaTy ‘Suva evttoddtH | | 
whory “ejorsnd 

"** yooeT “youBssic) —— 
asenistsisraisi's wahoty *eprsany ——_ 
* upuedo ‘suoaplingas 
earner rere. rw era Weta "* sung ‘snutds 
DT "Q “f “eorpuejuc013 —— 
SAEs ED ULONT “ayorjoq no “FL = ‘auquy ‘stvejod 
de pet aca ‘py W ‘paves suvooyuordg 
intial: < ‘* yooaT ‘suaosaytu seueyyy 
eves eee neee 6.8 ae © Oe ossny ‘stnpa BYIN 
ynuy ‘T ‘gs “usteg 
pg “eyeurreomezdes BauiqeEg 
80g “Pr ‘snd1waAs0u 
yooay ‘snsoutds snjrqdoyu0g 
Fon RO pig tortie ele cna he edabesicay lg fag’) ‘xray 
Reg aes fal citi Ub sage) sddiy J ‘svatoq wosur10010[9G 


pO Deets gale aaa s.ing 'O “4H ‘snyootsou snpiydeseyqy) 


@). 6! va aap eye; as Caled, Adela) a) Bees Oeil ol onal ele 


Pcp ye roe Lhe her 


woungrgsr(] fO 290], 


161 


the Trondhjem Fiord. 


mg 


ug 
ug 


wg 


7M 


, 


AA 


i 


"MM 


‘RANRN NNR NM 


Le 
Lo Fs 


Wa 


NT 


c 


TNRNANNMN 


iDnZ 


1G 1nM 


"MMM 


2 AZ, 


"NIANMN 


Aer een, 4 


"NZNNY, 


[mM 


8 
N 


man 


“6S 0.0 e D018 Oe 618) 078 0 8) 0 be 6 0 00 


“MMMM 


Palio 


O23 


. 


SY CQ *H ‘eysnsue 
SiDg *Q) “4 Sesoqqts 


“** uvusoay ‘sXydzeprp sisdoptsAyy 


** sing ‘oO “9 “ezetaciqqe sdodydury 


reeereesging 'C ‘) “epootsshqe 


svg ‘O “4 ‘stttqeyoods —— 


ypuy ‘Ts “eysnqor 


mr supe ‘gC “9 ‘esoqo sdorqyAroreg 


ress omy ‘TS ‘cangeoundy 


eerrtenre 


ODE Te 


sung’ ‘O “OD ‘tanaosskqe 


Suny "OQ “4 ‘euyye —— 
‘0 ‘4 “winesor VUIMOpNesg 


ah 0 “#® “e1eLI08 —— 


eee eee SDS ‘O rd) ‘emupeygydororat —— 


"+ BUDS’ “OD ‘eeauskd “a= 


= ‘sung *Q ‘4 ‘sueSete 


ms supe CG wy “sgox sdoaryysagy 


‘sung °C *4) “etouey * = ‘iaho.e) 
SLDS! "OC 2 SyrBetoq ‘La eho “oo[Sou essoourssy J, 


"sung "OQ “HD ‘suepliy 


sing ‘CQ “4 ‘sdoyesour 


hoy eoYore sisAULOELOg 
Cayepnnoi1 suo] 


dahoty ‘Stear1oeut 


* sang’ “TAT Osu visunydoorog 


"sy 'O') 


‘pyeyTepiq midiontin= ‘yung “epronqjed visneqdngy 


g ft 


SW | 


Sito S409 TA 
ci tala ES OTE 


Sung 


‘Ww ‘eorseaiou sourydyo4 


sung yr ‘snoidsy zoysesoydory 


*VaOd0ZIHOG 


reeeeeseees Jobmanr ‘oko 804808105 
: yooog & ‘uncy ‘snardsy soqyuveunqudg ¢ 
Hstess ss woyyong ‘sITv1oR][D vLopouloUt W 


MLL ee Ma Sa Ma BE ALOT ST Tae 


ye ‘opRalis —— 


rein i ect aaa a a 
hry g ft lg ft sag oy ‘usend Q=“guopy ‘eoprordioos vung , 


‘vaoVNAY 


g Le lies © 0,9 tenner ee eenee ee? Bea ‘sdopyd 44 


mg Sie rn tan er . a . ra a | ae ere sate reusen® ‘ reese ging 
‘O° ‘woBaarou “Ey =*yziumgy “7 ‘“g “esousoy sis£u0ATYC) 
W 5 oa +e oan SW oe g oe g ee ce Peete oe Net wre ‘ “Aumoy ‘SLIBD[NA sis ULoe Ny 
wg . W 13) * g Tl SST N g . g Por Che wl Bia aoe on a Bree ee y a oust OT ‘oy x10 
wg . rs) oe . oa * oe “. g C14 4 ne ae & SAA eS ea 5 AR ee ae 
wg oe N S S Il SST oe we e ote. [fu, 4:8) tie, a, 8) 6m, ee GM, Me ee ee see “Quy ‘eyelnoo SISA 
W oe oan S N Pr ee 9 AeA AM SAO) SOABUAG 
| W oan . ’ on Vee || ones Nl Serge Nia mule een, wae a . UDULLO NT ‘sngiuds sis{uL0zstqog 


SEMUT eCPM lee a eon etovegs ayy “eaten 

oro eereececesn ooeeee SUS 0 y vyo0]s0u —— 
ave elo sie ee 6 Sede Aa vane eke oe WW ‘B80NXOTf SISATIOLOR TY 
m9 0 GEA BS 4 we SNC oe a ‘sayrutds snoovso14sB4) 
sc Ue urarkcas Panes ek and ceusnaumeieietae si ‘CQ, 4) “Bjoo1ssAqe —— 


RRANNNNM 


Rey. Canon Norman—A Month on 


sopy ang | AZZ z Biel see 
= 
& 


N 1 oS Pee lee Tad | acne P= fal Red | Mea | ta rent ect eca 17) Tg feeding jue ye 
C g ee . o. . } Prerrr ee ta ee] erent The ee ee 890) ‘srpuead stsAULo[g 
J) ats ee Sg g N Ss S lis o.0.0.0 © e:8 eer eer reese etos * SDS O 7) ‘S1USISUL slapIsayy 
| , oo Q S \exeun: s Waleleve eteegel« hel eyeje ss ials soy *O ‘y) ‘wInADatTy 
ve . .. . N g [oeerreeer sree sevens gine ‘ ‘syrowad steXu0ydory 
N age eae U oe N Sg Seley eyons 6460 Mal oak eepeNeLegele svg *O ‘4 ‘WOLFIALOU BI[OLIIG 
zlelelelelelelelel=la ele.ae) 
2 =u a wD ae Say | c+ A 
>| & 5 Bla|s|eal| ele | s laolsBoe 3 
af Plo |B lo | | Bh | BBP lo Sal & 
i B Pe dhe | be | Sues | canea || 
ae ie S = | 
N ; } 
= CM epee Gl. ee MOkwleGrlmsunles iro |) 9 leis Gee Goalie ie | 


‘homwon fo voowjsnag waybrpy ayy fo worngr.yseq f0 aQv], 


— 


163 


the Trondhjem Fiord. 


‘poqtiosep ore esoyy 


e1OYA MOUY JOU Op] ‘yaxvururgq wory Broqolipry ‘vgnoyd-F syfysmc pues ‘Broqelyvy ‘ynhiquy syhyspr spi0oed ("9 ‘7) SNIT[LALINW 


mg 


mg | 


wg 


ung 


, 
1s 


4 


AAaaa 


vA 


» 
4 


OZAAZ 


mie eon it 1 SC CNE JON eN 
ete mS ONT bee IN 
ss . ** Wis ora . g eee 
ee . ee *e ee N N N e1e16 
| BE eM | SSSI Se law peat 
| NJ N /ISSI| § : 
Nua | sigh eeEN Gone eatehe |) 
| > Pe (= 0 ee ee “* 
gel | | hy VR Ve 1, 2 [lS FG) 0 
a2 SUC ale te Ne | Re tea alee 
maleate lar lene liane le 
SNE TONGS Sec lt ae le Nee NS Le 
G | HI oe oe ee of S oe . . 
ELE SST es TON NM EN Cal 
A See NN 
ag |e g | Ni Sel-s 
% . we N of S rye Py) 
S * ff g S rt t Ps Oe 
SS ee KS Se Baie 
EL PSST Se oh Nee Bs AN ai, 
g ee S Pie + 
Sho Nie AMIS ee 
= Ws a ar ap ig Naa 
On| WD che Ne Nie ho ices 
Boi ISSA le eee al ee 
Sloe ele) cick: Sei aeile ea CBI 


. 


* UNULLOAT 


‘ 
P SunULLory 


. 


sae 


. 


‘esOT]OWR] 


‘(q(=‘s.my ‘C4 ‘snyeordiq, 


. 


"'* sung ‘OQ “9 ‘snjzBlies 
et yah Ay ULetO We ALA Gs |) ——— 
seer eee ree “ONT ‘snprung 

Dy OAS Geo OJ 0 12 ‘T1Ispoox) 
reese wahoo TISpreapy —— 
Teles +) 9D; Sn Buy oe) ——— 
vanayy ‘susopnutds —— 


‘eyesiays "q = ‘sing ‘CQ “9 ‘snsosnt —— 
C(O nal ele fer 8) prersrel ee ens Mahou, ‘LOFTON 
CUS Pee Ti i WCW ia is yooog ‘snynuiod 


wahouyy “x oGIY, SYAISVI, 


+ wahouyy ‘sumatozop sisdoyjecopuyy 


vy OSS BDC) GO. BINSATT 


se eee 


dahouwy “eyeusieme 


‘sIUIeU "KT =‘ayng ‘BpnzwouNAy VT[eLOpNGT 


Vise ee 


sing ‘QO “4 ‘supyyed —— 


credsees*s gine ‘@ 49 “SLISOInOs —— 


. 


eeters gpg (CO, “) SnATny 
ss" Huogalyvy ‘seprooiselt 
reeers sofioey ‘snoiseu MOONE 
“sung 'Q * ‘word dy stdsvdqeig 
sung 'OQ “9 “eyeyst1Ia —— 
"sung ‘GO “9 “eyvordran 
OFS SUD OO) 2) ST eee —— 
upuiony “wosor sdordunep Me zy 
meres supe 'C “4D “eyeosny 
sung ‘GQ “) “eyerosey sdoadurery 


reseseess gpg ‘esourdstay gourydy 
sung ‘QO ‘4 “eyepneorsuoy stdsvpos— 
reeeeesss gespoos) ‘IISprea po, —— 


d. 


tor 


F 


A Month on the Trondhjem 


164 


wg 


dl 


TI | 


a 
W | 
ela 
g a 
BE | 2 
B.| 6 
See aN Tale 


vw 
TM 


"Bag BIBY 


‘OL 


[‘panuruos oq oy] 
: =: 


g N 9 oa Dh 6a Oe Ae eed AY Ay ar at IM eter nee Oe 8LDY CQ) “4 “eplaioy —— 
Q N N g PY PY eke Pe eee Os Sid Oise 2 Sop a 8 SAIS 0 70) ‘RSO0N.LIOA pa me 
9 N ve || Qa. s 9.0010 8 pOl8 wn 8 Bele seer eseee slg ‘O 9) ‘eyeo[ns 
g . lal (Rim) (ha ae te Ae Pr ab ot Fare eesmas 8S *C) 75) ‘eyepun eS 
Q N No] OM [tc hee eee cee ee eet oesesens sip ‘a uD berengop —— 
9g Vee eta. acetic aca Si4) © 6m, 0 BARNS 6.8 Ree BSS OOM SADE 0 79) ‘Stuy 
G81 GS] gl g rrcteerecet seen ats bisogohyyT ‘wpunoiqna sidseyhdued 
ah S | umuiogy sypise vaumy = ‘sung “GE “Hy “waeusdd vyjourn,) 
g oe Ey last ||| fap odaceonts um 77 ate’ Wd ‘StAT]oap BADMLO[LIO J 
g g a ee Iw em ee CM rp hea freer ry.” p4auna py 
‘vypoq BUND = “wag una “f ‘eLIMOIoD eUINIOpnesg | 
g ND Ee cae fe tetinettacns saline oa Bi Sinveun oeemavae GT ‘sneorytndue 
g oe g ie | Maia; 6) ahsiar a aie’ a) daatrietaad SDS "OD ‘snso[[[A —— 
g g g ae sianilllsienereteual dnensheieisye AD avon 8.WY ‘QO ‘y ‘snanzoRUt 
rr ee ae ee AR ras Se OIC SDS ‘OD ‘snueoni suo] st{4ys0ydar] 
9 H N a N 5 tia wc sneneVaehenell cheat ehen sate etal F Mahony ‘snumisad st Aqsercy 
ee ey | cs P= al) sl 2 
Bele 1 | Sl aslpBles| oe 
SEI Ble | Bie ale al Ss 
S/P) ele | Eee eg! 2 
is a1 E | 2 ERG. 23! 2 
it | et 
NOH 6) alee Hagel oe) 4|iaentlntee algae 190 


‘honion fo vaonjsnigy Laybizy ayy fo uoynquysigg fo 2790], 


On a new Species of Epiphora (Saturniide). 165 


XVI.—Description of a new Species of Epiphora (Saturniide) 
from Uganda. By W. F. Kirpy, F.LS., F.E.S., 
Assistant in Zoological Department, British Museum 


(Natural History). 


Epiphora Lugardi, sp. u. 
Exp. 4} inches. 


Female.—Upperside dark vinous red, with a very large 
subvitreous ocellus on each wing, surrounded by white and 
yellow rings, and, lastly, by a narrow black line. Anterior 
wings with the ocellus truncated on the basal side and slightly 
conical on the outer side; beyond it, but not touching it, runs 
a paler reddish line, nearly obsolete above, but slightly marked 
with whitish below, beyond which the ground-colour of the 
wing becomes rather lighter. The subapical ocellus is rather 
large, black, and oval, narrowly edged with white towards 
the base, and with the adjacent part dusted with blue; above 
it an irregularly zigzag line runs to the costa, bordered 
within by a lilac patch and without by a dull orange space 
dusted with red; there is also a smaller orange space below 
the ocellus ; beyond this the hind margin is yellowish buff, 
but from the outer side of the upper orange patch descends a 
brown submarginal line, forming four deep curves inwards 
below the eye and also slightly indented on each of the ner- 
vures ; the spaces between these curves, as well as beyond 
the eye and within the line below the last curve, are yellowish 
green. 

Posterior wings with the large ocellus subrotund, the black 
outer ring wider, the pale curved line beyond more dusted 
with whitish and curved outwards on the inner margin. Hind 
margin buff, edged within by a black line, within which is a 
yellowish-green space, dentated on the inner side above and 
intersected by a series of long black nearly confluent spots. 

Underside much paler, thickly dusted with white, and with 
a well-marked white line, edged within with blackish, beyond 
the ocelli, in ‘place of the nearly obsolete line above. The 
outer part of the wings inclines to dull green, and on the 
anterior wings between the festoons, and on the posterior 
wings within the inner greenish-yellow submarginal band, are 
a series of white sagittate spots on each side of the nervures. 
Anterior wings with a buff space on the inner margin as far 
as the white line, bordered above with blackish. Posterior 
wing with the base of the costa white to the subcostal nervure. 

Body too much injured to be described; but abdomen 


166 Mr. W. F. Kirby on a 


probably with white bands; legs yellowish, thickly clothed; 
femora white beneath. 

Taken by Capt. F. D. Lugard in Uganda. 

Most nearly allied to H. atbarinus, Butler, from Abyssinia, 
but the more uniform colour, the absence of a distinct white 
patch on the base of the inner margin of the anterior wings 
above, and the almost obsolete pale line beyond the ocelli 
above, instead of the broad white one of H. atbarinus, will at 
once serve to distinguish this species. 


XVII.— Description of a new Species of Hirdapa, Moore, from 
Dinner Island, New Guinea, in the Collection of the British 
Museum. By W. F. Kirsy, F.L.S., F.E.S., Assistant 
in Zoological Department, British Museum (Natural 
History). 


Hirdapa rezia. 

Exp. 6 28, 9 37; inches. 

Male.—Upperside. Anterior wings dark brown, shading 
into blackish towards the costa, and inclining to rufous brown 
towards the base and margins; from the base a large fawn- 
coloured blotch spreads over the wing from above the median 
nearly to the submedian nervure and above and between the 
two lower median nervules for half their length, the greater 
part of this outer portion being filled up with whitish. Below 
the lowest median nervule, and just before its middle, is an 
oval bluish-grey spot. A row of six violet-blue submarginal 
spots between the nervure to above the lowest median nervule, 
the middle ones smallest, the two nearest the costa marked 
with white. 

Posterior wings dark brown, shading into rufous brown 
below the cell to the lower part of the hind and inner margins 
as far as the anal angle; apex dusted with white; a large 
buff costal patch spreading over the upper half of the cell, but 
not reaching its base or extremity. 

Underside. Anterior wings brown; only the outer part of 
the fawn-coloured patch well marked ; it is smaller and paler 
than above, and ends asa whitish blotch above the lowest 
median nervure. Below the median nervure, and for half the 
length below the lowest median nervule, the wing is pale buff, 
the place of the white spot above being marked by a narrow 
black oval outline ; on the inner margin the wing is whiter 
on both sides of the submedian nervure as far as the anal 


new Species of Hirdapa, Moore. 167 


angle ; submarginal spots smaller and whiter than above, tbe 
fifth obsolete. 

Posterior wings uniform rufous brown. 

Body dark brown, inclining to blackish in front, with a 
white spot behind each antenna; four spots at the back of 
the head; a white spot on each side of the thorax in front, and 
diverging crests of grey hair on the front of the thorax above ; 
sides of the head and thorax and base of the wings spotted 
with white beneath. 

Female.— Upperside. Anterior wings nearly as in the male, 
but the fawn-coloured patch much longer than in the male 
and not marked with white, except at the extremity, where 
the white suffusion forms a pear-shaped spot, covering the 
place of the sixth submarginal spot; the submarginal spots 
are larger and whiter than in the male, and are continued 
by a seventh, followed below by a short streak, above the 
submedian nervure; the fawn-coloured patch nearly extends 
here to the seventh spot; the white oval spot of the male is, 
of course, wanting. 

Posterior wings rufous brown, darkest in the centre, dusted 
with grey along the costa, especially towards the tip, but with 
no buff space over the upper part of the cell. 

Underside. Anterior wings rufous brown, the pale patch 
very large, fawn-coloured in and just below the cell, the 
rest mostly whitish as far as the inner margin, and along 
it nearly to the anal angle; of the submarginal spots, the 
two nearest the costa are represented as white dots, the sixth 
is large and connected by a neck with the outer part of the 
pale blotch, and there are two small white dots close together 
between the lowest median nervule and the submedian 
nervure. 

Head, body, and base of wings below spotted with white 
nearly as in the male, two white streaks at the back of the 
pectus being particularly conspicuous, much more so than in 
the male. 

Hab. Dinner Island (/H. O. Forbes). 

Allied to Hirdapa usipetes, Hewitson (Huplea usipetes, Ex. 
Butt. ii., Hupl. t. i. fig. 4), but may be distinguished at once 
by the submarginal spots. Hewitson’s type of ZL. usipetes is 
from New Guinea, and appears to be the same species as a 
series from Aru in the British Museum. All these are males, 
and the insect which Hewitson describes as the female is 
evidently Sarobia Grayi, Feld. I hope shortly to have an 
opportunity of figuring /H. rezia. 


168 Mr. H. Druce on new Species of 


XVIII.— Descriptions of some new Species of Heterocera 
from Central America. By Herpert Druce, F.L.S. 


Fam. Sphingide. 
Unzeta, Walk. 


Unzela pronoe, sp. n. 

Male.—Primaries brown, very similar to those of U. japizx, 
but without the distinct brown band that crosses the wing in 
that species ; asmall dark brown spot on the costal margin, 
and a larger dark brown patch at the anal angle: secondaries 
semihyaline pale brown, broadly bordered from the apex to 
the anal angle with dark brown. Palpi, head, and thorax 
dark brown; upperside of the abdomen pale brown; under- 
side of the head, thorax, and abdomen white; antenne and 
legs brown.—Female almost identical with the male, but with 
the primaries slightly paler in colour. 

Expanse, ¢ 2} inches, 2 2;4; inches. 

Hab. British Honduras, Belize (Mus. Druce); Panama, 
Chiriqui (T'rétsch). 

This species is allied to U. japix. 


CH#ROCAMPA, Duponchel. 


Cherocampa damocrita, sp. 0. 

Male.—Primaries dark brown, thickly marked with black 
streaks near the base and along the costal margin; a pale 
brown line extends from the base, partly along the inner 
margin and then crosses the wing to the apex; on both sides 
of the pale line are several narrow dark brown lines; a golden- 
brown mark just above the anal angle; the outer margin 
finely speckled with minute black dots: secondaries black, 
with a rather wide golden-brown submarginal band extending 
from the apex to the anal angle. Underside of both wings 
bright reddish brown, thickly irrorated with black scales. 
Head, thorax, and abdomen dark brown ; the sides of the head 
and thorax fawn-colour; the sides of the abdomen streaked 
with golden brown.—Female very similar to the male, but 
larger, and with the black spots on the primaries more 
distinct. 

Expanse, ¢ 3 inches, ? 34 inches. 

Hab. Mexico, Jalapa (JZ. Trujillo). 


This species is allied to C. Mébya. 


ee, 


Se i 


an 


Heterocera from Central America. 169 


Cherocampa potentia, sp. n. 


Male.—Primaries pale fawn-colour, darkest along the 
costal margin from the base almost to the apex; the costal 
margin dark yellow ; a small black dot at the end of the cell; 
a rather wide dark brown line extends from the base to about 
the middle of the inner margin and then crosses to the apex; 
the outer margin of the wing thickly irrorated with black 
seales; the fringe dark brown: secondaries dark brownish 
black; the inner margin, apex, and outer margin fawn-colour. 
Underside of both wings pale yellowish fawn-colour, thickly 
irrorated with brownish-black scales; the basal half of the 
primaries black. Head, thorax, and the upperside of the 
abdomen pale brown; the sides of the head, thorax, and 
underside of the abdomen pale brownish white; legs pale 
brown ; antennz above white, dark brown on the underside. 

Expanse 4 inches. 

Hab. Mexico (in Mus. Staudinger). 

This species resembles Cherocampa clotho, Drury, but the 
brown line crossing the primaries is in a very different posi- 
tion. I have only seen the specimen in Dr. Staudinger’s 
collection, which has no exact locality attached to it. 


PSEUDOSPHINX, Burm. 


Pseudosphinz crocala, sp. n. 


Primaries dark brown; a few scales at the base; a wide 
band crossing the wing, about the middle, from the costal to 
the inner margin; the apex and outer margin dark grey, 
irrorated with brown scales; a zigzag black line extends 
from the apex, curving round to the costal margin; the 
fringe alternately brown and grey: secondaries dark brown, 
slightly greyish at the base. Underside brown, palest at the 
base of both wings. Head, thorax, and abdomen greyish 
brown; a row of black spots on each side of the abdomen; 
the underside of the thorax and abdomen white; legs pale 
brown ; antennz above grey, underside dark brown. 

Expanse 43 inches. 

Hab. Honduras (Wittkugel, in Mus. Staudinger). 

A very distinct species, quite unlike any other known 
to me. 


Pseudosphinx morelia, sp. n. 


Primaries greyish brown, irrorated with darker scales, and 
crossed from the costal to the inner margin with several 
zigzag narrow black lines ; the centre portion of the wing, 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xiii. 12 


170 Mr. H. Druce on new Species of 


from the costal margin almost to the inner margin, deep 
blackish brown ; a rather wide curved black line at the apex, 
and a zigzag black line, extending from near the anal tangle 
along the outer margin; fringe alternately black and grey: 
secondaries black, crossed from the costal to the inner margin 
by two greyish-white bands; the outer margin brownish 
grey, irrorated with black scales. Underside of both wings 
brown: secondaries with the pale bands very indistinct. 
Head and thorax black; front of the head and sides of the 
thorax greyish brown. Abdomen yellowish brown; the 
sides black, with a large yellow spot on each segment, below 
which is a row of small white spots. | Underside grey- 
white. Antenne pale greyish brown; legs black on the 
upperside, brown on the underside. 
Expanse 54 inches. 


Hab. Mexico, Orizaba (Mus. Druce). 


Subfam. Hucuroury 2. 
Eupyra, Herr.-Schiff. 
Eupyra dama, sp. n. 


Primaries greenish-bronze colour, pinkish along the inner 
margin from the base almost to the anal angle; the cell, three 
oval spots below and a large spot beyond crossed by the 
black veins, all hyaline: secondaries hyaline, the inner and 
outer margins broadly bordered with greenish bronze; the 
veins and fringes of both wings black. Underside similar to 
the upperside, but much blacker in colour. Head, thorax, 
abdomen, antenne, and legs black; the collar spotted with 
white. 

Expanse 1? inch. 

Hab. Mexico, Orizaba (in Mus. Druce). 


A very distinct species, not closely allied to any known 
to me. 


Scena, Walk. 
Scena propylea, sp. n. 
Euchromia styx ?, var.?, Walk. Cat. i. p. 264. 


Hab. Mexico, Orizaba (Mus. Druce). 

The type of Zygena stya, Fabr., with which Walker placed 
this species, is in the Banksian collection in the British 
Museum; it is very distinct from the specimen Walker 
described as a variety of it, to which I have now given a 
name: the specimen in the National Collection is from an 
unknown locality, but is almost identical with the Mexican 


Heterocera from Central America. 171 


specimen in my collection. The following is Walker's 
description :—“ Deep black. Head and thorax thickly 
clothed with bright orange hairs. Thorax with two purple 
spots in front; scutellum purple. Pectus clothed with black 
hairs. Fore wing narrow, very long, with a blue spot at the 
base, and a curved blue mark beyond the middle towards the 
fore border. Abdomen tapering towards the tip, with a row 
of blue spots and of white dots along each side; underside 
with two blue stripes. Hind tarsi white, with black tips. 
Length of the body 8 lines, of the wings 24 lines.”’ 


Cosmosoma, Hiibn. 


Cosmosoma protus, sp. n. 


Primaries and secondaries hyaline: primaries, the costal 
margin, base, and inner margin, a short band extending from 
the apex to the end of the cell all bright orange-yellow; the 
apex and outer margin black: secondaries broadly bordered 
with black. Head, thorax, and abdomen bright blue-black, 
with bright blue spots; tegule bright orange; legs and 
antenne black; antenne with the tips white. 

Expanse 1 inch. 

Hab. Mexico, Jalapa (M. Trujillo). : 

Allied to C, elegans, Druce. 


Cosmosoma? cucadma, sp. n. 

Primaries and secondaries black, streaked with greenish 
blue at the base: primaries with a small streak near the base, 
and beyond a rather wide band partly crossing the wing 
nearest the apex, both hyaline: secondaries with a hyaline 
line down the middle. Head, thorax, and abdomen black ; 
the abdomen with a greyish line on each side. 

Expanse 1} inch. 

Hab. Panama, Bugaba 800 to 1500 feet (Champion). 

One specimen. 


Cuioropsinus, Butl. 


Chloropsinus potentia, sp.n. 
Primaries and secondaries brownish black, with all the 
veins darker than the wings; thorax and tegule bright 
orange. Head, antenne, abdomen, and legs brownish black. 


Expanse 14 inch. 
Hab. Mexico, Orizaba (Mus. Druce). 


12* 


172 Mr. H. Druce on new Species of 


TurinaciA, Butl. 
Thrinacia pontia, sp. n. 

Primaries and secondaries semihyaline smoky black ; the 
veins, head, thorax, antennz, and legs black; the abdomen 
pale yellow. 

Expanse 1 inch. 

Hab. Mexico, Jalapa (M. Trujillo). 

Allied to T. intermedia, Druce. 


Thrinacia prometina, sp. 0. 

Primaries and secondaries semihyaline black; the veins 
and costal margin of the secondaries darkest. Head, antenna, 
thorax, and legs black; the sides of the head and thorax pale 
yellow; the abdomen yellow, with a rather wide black band 
extending from the base to the anus. 

Expanse 1 inch. , 

Hab. Mexico, Atoyac in Vera Cruz (Schumann). 


Eucereon, Hiibn. 


Eucereon promathides, sp. n. 


Primaries and secondaries very pale whitish fawn-colour ; 
primaries slightly speckled with minute brown scales. An- 
tenn, head, and thorax pale fawn-colour; abdomen red, 
with a row of small black dots extending from the base to 
the anus. 

Expanse 1} inch. 

Hab. Mexico, Presidio (Forrer). 


Eucereon pometina, sp. n. 


Primaries pale fawn-colour; a small spot on the costal 
margin and a rather indistinct narrow band which crosses 
the wing from the inner margin beyond the middle to the 
apex, both darker fawn-colour: secondaries dusky, darkest at 
the apex and along the outer margin. Head fawn-colour ; 
thorax, antenne, abdomen, and legs pale brown. 

Expanse 1 inch. 

Hab. Panama, Bugaba 800 to 1500 feet (Champion). 


IpaLus, Walk. 
Idalus alba, sp. n. 


Primaries and secondaries pure white. Head, thorax, 


Heterocera from Central America. 173 


abdomen, and legs white; antennx white above, black on the 
underside. 
Expanse 1} inch. 


Hab. Mexico, Jalapa (M. Trujillo). 


ZATREPHES., 
Zatrephes (?) pronapides, sp. n. 


Primaries pale fawn-colour, thickly spotted with cream- 
coloured dots at the base and on the costal margin near the 
apex: secondaries pale yellow, the apex and a short streak 
near the anal angle fawn-colour. Head and collar cream- 
colour; thorax fawn-colour; abdomen pale yellow ; antenne 
brown ; legs yellow and brown. 

Expanse 1,%; inch. 

Hab. Panama, Bugaba (Champion). 

One specimen. 


Hauisipora, Hiibn. 
Hlalisidota jalapa, sp. n. 


Primaries brownish fawn-colour, with a pinkish tinge at 
the apex and along the outer margin: secondaries semi- 
hyaline yellow. Head, collar, and abdomen yellow; thorax 
and tegula brown; antenne black. 

Expanse 14 inch. 

Hab. Mexico, Jalapa (IM. Trujillo). 


PuacGorTera, Herr.-Schiff. 
Phegoptera daraba, sp. n. 


Primaries hyaline, the costal, outer, and inner margins edged 
with yellowish fawn-colour; three very indistinct brown 
bands cross the wing from the costal to the inner margin; 
the fringe brownish yellow: secondaries hyaline yellowish 
fawn-colour on the outer margin near the apex; the inner 
margin and anal angle shaded with bright reddish pink. 
Antenne brown ; head and thorax yellowish fawn-colour ; 
abdomen bright red; anus yellow; a small black spot on 
the tegule. 

Expanse 2 inches. 

Hab. Mexico, Orizaba (Mus. Druce), Jalapa (JL. Trujillo). 


Phegoptera rhoda, sp. n. 


Primaries hyaline, costal, outer, and inner margins shaded 
with pale brown; a submarginal row of indistinct brown 


174 Mr. H. Druce on new Species of 


spots extends from the apex to the anal angle; the fringe 
pale brown: secondaries hyaline, slightly shaded with pink 
at the anal angle. Antenne, head, and thorax pale greyish 
brown; abdomen dull red; anus yellowish. 

Expanse 2} inches. 

Hab. Guatemala, in the city (Rodriguez). 


Opnarus, Walk. 
Opharus dolens, sp. 0. 


Primaries and secondaries semihyaline dull blackish brown. 
Head, antenne, thorax, abdomen, and legs black ; abdomen 
with a row of small white spots on each side. 

Expanse 2 inches. 

Hab. Mexico, Orizaba (Mus. Druce). 


ARACHNIS, Hiibn. 
Arachnis pompeta, sp. n. 


Male,— Allied and similar to A. aulea, but generally 
darker, the white marking on the primaries much smaller: 
secondaries nearly black, with the red marking very narrow. 
The head and thorax black; sides of the head yellow ; 
abdomen black, red at the base, with some yellow spots on 
the last two or three segments.—Female very similar to the 
male, but considerably larger, and with the secondaries almost 
entirely black. 

Expanse, ¢ 13 inch, 9 23 inches. 

Hab. Mexico, near Duratigo city (Becker). 


Subfam. Prrrcorryz. 
Perricopis, Hiibn. 
Pericopis Gaumert, sp. n. 


Male.—Primaries semihyaline white, the costal margin, a 
spot in the cell, one at the end of the cell, the apex, and 
part of the outer margin all dark brown; the inner margin 
broadly banded from the base almost to the anal angle with 
dark brown: secondaries pure white, the marginal line and 
the ends of the veins dark brown. Underside of both wings 
white, the primaries almost without the brown marking. 
Head and thorax dark brown; a large yellow spot on each 
side of the head, and a small red spot at the base of the 
wings. Abdomen bright red, with a black line down the 
middle which does not reach the anal segments; the anus_ 


Heterocera from Central America. 175 


black ; underside of the abdomen bright yellow. Antenne 
and legs dark brown.—Female. Primaries dark brown : 
secondaries pinkish red, broadly bordered with brown from 
the apex to the anal angle. Head, thorax, and abdomen 
similar to the male. 

Expanse, ¢ 2? inches, 9 34 inches. 

Hab. Mexico, North Yucatan, Temax (Gaumer). 


Pericopis pretides, sp. n. 


Male.—Primaries dark brown, similar to Pericopis tibesis, 
Druce, but with the marking smaller, and with a row of 
marginal white spots extending from the apex to the anal 
angle: secondaries hyaline white ; the apex, outer and inner 
margins broadly bordered with dark brown; a marginal row 
of small white spots extends from the apex to the anal angle. 
Head, antenn, thorax, and abdomen dark brown; the sides 
of the abdomen bright red; underside of the abdomen yel- 
lowish white, banded with dark brown. 

Expanse 24 inches. 


Hab. Mexico, Jalapa (M. Trujillo). 


Pericopis cydon, sp. n. 


Male.—Primaries dark black-brown, with paler markings 
beyond the cell: secondaries Lyaline, the inner margin 
clothed with blackish hairs; the apex and outer margin 
broadly bordered with black, edged on the inner side tor 
about halfway from the anal angle by a wide orange-yellow 
band ; two blue spots close to the anal angle, and a marginal 
row of white dots; veins all black. Head, antenne, thorax, 
and base of the abdomen black; the sides of the abdomen 
red; underside yellow.—Female. Primaries dark brown: 
secondaries orange-yellow, the apex and outer margin black ; 
a row of marginal white spots extends from the apex to the 
anal angle. 

Expanse, ¢ 3 inches, ? 3} inches. 


Hab. Mexico, Jalapa (JJ. Lrwjillo). 
Fam. Lithosiide. 
Brycea, Walk. 
Brycea cynara, sp. n. 


Primaries black, with a wide band extending from the base 
to beyond the cell and a submarginal band from the apex 
almost to the anal angle, both dark chrome-yellow : second- 


176 Mr. H. Druce on new Species of 


aries black, chrome-yellow at the base; the fringe black. 
Underside the same as above. Head, antenne, thorax, ab- 
domen, and legs black ; collar and tegule chrome-yellow. 

Expanse 1; inch. 

Hab. Mexico, near Durango city (Becker). 

Allied to B, disjuncta, Walk. 


Ruscrno, Walk. 
Ruscino cypris, sp. 0. 


Primaries black, crossed from the costal to the inner 
margin with two orange-yellow bands—the first wide, 
nearest the base, the second submarginal, slightly curved: 
secondaries black, with the base orange-yellow; the fringe 
black. Head, antenne, thorax, abdomen, and legs black ; 
collar and tegule orange-yellow. 

Expanse 1;'5 inch. 


Hab. Mexico, Lake Chapala, Jalisco (Richardson). 


Ruscino praxis, sp. n. 


Primaries black, crossed about the middle from the costal 
to the inner margin by a narrow pale yellow line, and a 
marginal line extends from the apex almost to the anal angle: 
secondaries black, with the basal part of the wing pale 
yellow; the fringes of both the wings black. Underside 
similar to the upperside. 

Expanse 1} inch. 

Hab. Mexico, near Durango city (Becker). 


Ruscino cynossema, sp. n. 


Primaries similar to those of R. latifasctatus, Butler, but 
with the black bands much straighter and the apex blacker : 
secondaries with the base black, the yellow colour forming 
a wide band across the wing. Head, thorax, and abdomen 
yellow ; antenne and legs black. 

Eixpanse 1 inch. 

Hab. Mexico, Rincon in Guerrero 2800 feet, Acaguizotla 
in Guerrero 3500 feet (H. [7. Smith). 

This species differs from all the others known to me in 
having the base of the secondaries black. 


Ruscino prusias, sp. 0. 


Primaries deep chrome-yellow, the base, a wide straight 
band beyond the middle, and the outer margin black : second- 
aries chrome-yellow, broadly bordered with black from the 


Heterocera from Central America. 177 


apex totheanalangle. Underside the same as above. Head, 
thorax, and abdomen chrome-yellow ; antenna, palpi, and 
legs black. 

Expanse 1} inch. 

Hab. Mexico, Jalisco (Schumann). 


Ba&NASA, Walk. 
Benasa polyphron, sp. n. 


Primaries pale brown, with a white streak on the inner 
margin extending from the base almost to the anal angle, 
and a small white streak near the apex: secondaries carmine, 
the outer margin from the apex to the anal angle broadly 
bordered with black. Head, thorax, abdomen, antenne, and 
legs black; anal tuft carmine. 

Expanse ? inch. 

Hab. Mexico, Morelia (F. D. Godman). 


Lirnosta, Fabr. 


Lithosia (?) cytherea, sp. n. 

Primaries pale greyish brown ; the costal and inner margins 
edged with yellow ; secondaries yellowish grey. Head, collar, 
and tegule yellow; thorax and abdomen greyish brown ; 
antenne black. 

Expanse 12 inch. 

Hab. Mexico, near Durango city (Becker). 


EuDULE, Hiibn. 


Eudule daxata, sp. n. 


Primaries and secondaries orange-yellow. Primaries: the 
costal margin edged with black at the base ; the apex and part 
of the outer margin edged with black; a curved black line 
nearly crosses the wing beyond the middle, extending from 
the costal almost to the inner margin, from which a rather 
wide line extends to the outer margin ; two black streaks near 
the base of the wing. Underside the same as the upperside ; 
head, antenne, and Jegs black ; abdomen and thorax orange- 
yellow. 

Expanse 1} inch. 

Hab. Mexico, Omilteme in Guerrero 8000 feet (A. H. 
Smith). 

Allied to #. tripunctata, Druce. 


178 Mr. H. Druce on new Species of 


Eudule rhotana, sp. n. 


Primaries and secondaries semihyaline yellowish white ; 
the costal, outer, and inner margins of both wings pale yellow ; 
the veins black. Head, thorax, and abdomen yellow ; palpi 
and antenne black; legs brown. 

Expanse 1} inch. 

Hab, Mexico, Xucumanatlan in Guerrero 7000 feet (Hl. H. 
Smith). 

Allied to 2. lineata, Druce. 


Fam. Saturniide. 


ArTracus, Linn. 
Attacus (?) cydippe, sp. n. 

Male.—Primaries and secondaries dark brown, thickly irro- 
rated with reddish-brown scales. Primaries crossed from the 
apex to the inner margin by a dark brown line, on the inner 
side of which is an indistinct waved brown line ; the apex 
and outer margin irorated with grey scales, and a submar- 
ginal waved greyish line extends from the apex to the anal 
angle; an elongated hyaline spot at the end of the cell; the 
fringe dark reddish brown: secondaries crossed above the 
middle by a very indistinct dark brown line; an elongated 
hyaline spot at the end of the cell; two zigzag submarginal 
dark brown lines extend from the apex to the anal angle; the 
outer margin broadly irrorated with grey scales; the fringe 
dark reddish brown. Underside considerably more grey than 
above, and with the submarginal line much more distinct. 
Head, thorax, and tegule dark brown; abdomen pale brown; 
the base of the thorax and abdomen thickly clothed with 
reddish-brown hairs; antenne brown; legs reddish brown. 

Eixpanse 34 inches. 


Hab. Mexico, Orizaba (Mus. Druce). 


Copaxa, Walk. 


Copaxa denda, sp. n. 


Male.—Primaries and secondaries citron-yellow. _ Pri- 
maries: the costal margin greyish to beyond the middle; a 
reddish-brown waved line crosses the wing near the base 
from the costal to the inner margin; a small hyaline spot at 
the end of the cell edged with dark grey; a blackish-brown 
line extends from the apex to about the middle of the inner 
margin; on the inner side of the line the wing is shaded 
with reddish yellow ; the fringe yellow. Secondaries crossed 


nares 


Heterocera from Central America. 179 


above the middle by a blackish-brown line, and below the 
hyaline spot at the end of the cell by a waved reddish-brown 
line; the outer margin shaded with grey; the fringe dark 
yellow. Underside pale brown; both wings crossed by two 
indistinet brown ha Head, thorax, and abdomen yellow, 
front of the thorax greyish robe n; aatinks pale brown; legs 

inkish brown.—Female similar to the male, but conside srably 
Secker 3 in colour, and with all the markings ‘much blacker. 

Expanse, ¢ 43, inches, ¢ 44 inches. 

Hab. Mexico, Orizaba (Mus. Druce). 
Allied to C. expandens, Walker, but very distinct. 


AUTOMERIS, Hiibn. 


Automeris randa, sp. n. 

Male.—Primaries light greyish fawn-colour, crossed from 
the costal to the inner margin by two yellow lines, the first 
waved nearest the base, the second beyond the middle slightly 
curved near the apex; a dark spot at the end of the cell, with 
four little black dots round the outer margin paler than the 
other part of the wing: secondaries pinkish yellow; a large 
fawn-coloured ocellus broadly bordered with deep black, with 
a central white spot slightly below the middle and nearest 
the apex; a submarginal broken black line, edged with 
yellow, extends from near the apex almost to the anal angle ; 
below the black line is a wide, reddish-fawn-coloured band ; 
the outer margin broadly edged with fawn-colour ; the fringe 
pale fawn-colour. Underside: both wings yellowish fawn- 
colour ; primaries with a large round black spot at the end of 
the cell, with a white dot in the centre; secondaries with a 
white spot at the end of cell. Head and thorax dark reddish 
brown; abdomen pale yellow ; antenne yellowish brown.— 
Female very similar to the male, but larger, rather darker in 
colour, and with all the markings more distinct. 

Expanse, ¢ 4 inches, ? 4? inches. 

flab. Mexico, near Durango city (Becker). 


Automeris Daudiana, sp. n. 

Male.—Primaries pale greyish brown, dark brown at the 
base, four small spots at the end of the cell, and a narrow 
curved line extending from the costal margin to the inner 
margin dark brown; the veins yellow; the fringe greyish 
brown: secondaries ’ bright yellow; the costal “and. outer 
margin broadly bordered with greyish brown; the inner 
margins thickly clothed from the base almost to the anal angle 


180 Mr. H. Druce on new Species of 


with reddish hairs; a large black ocellus with a bluish-white 
centre at the end of the cell, and two rather wide, black, 
submarginal lines extend from near the apex to the inner 
margin; the fringe pinkish brown. Underside pinkish brown ; 
the costal margin and the veins yellow; primaries with a 
large black spot at the end of the cell. Antenne, front of 
head, and palpi reddish brown ; head and thorax dark brown; 
abdomen bright red. 

Expanse 24 inches. 

Hab. Guatemala, in the city (Rodriguez). 


Fam. Lasiocampide. 
Evurricua, Hiibn. 
Eutricha Conradti, sp. n. 


Male.—Primaries reddish brown, crossed beyond the middle 
from the costal to the inner margin by several indistinct 
bands of paler brown; three small black spots near the anal 
angle; the fringe brown: secondaries uniformly dark reddish 
brown; the fringe slightly paler in colour. Head, antenna, 
thorax, and abdomen reddish brown ; legs dark brown. 

Expanse 34 inches. 


Hab. Guatemala, Coban in Vera Paz (Conradt). 


Eutricha crossea, sp. n. 


Male.—Primaries and secondaries reddish fawn-colour ; pri- 
maries erossed from the costal to the inner margin by a 
submarginal row of small dark brown spots. Head, thorax, 
antenne, abdomen, and legs reddish brown; the anal tuft 
yellowish. 

Expanse 24 inches. 

Hab. Mexico, Bolaiios Jalisco (Richardson). 


Eutricha denda, sp. n. 

Male.—Primaries and secondaries very dark brown: pri- 
maries with a small grey spot at the end of the cell and 
crossed from the costal to the inner margin by five narrow, 
zigzag, pale greyish-brown lines, the first two close to the 
base, the third and fourth much beyond the middle, the fifth 
submarginal with black points near the anal angle ; a reddish- 
brown band extends from near the apex to the inner margin 
above the anal angle; the fringe dark brown: secondaries 
crossed about the middle with two faint reddish-brown lines ; 
the fringe greyish. Underside dark brown; both wings 


Ses 


Heterocera from Central America. 181 


thickly irrorated with grey scales and crossed from the costal 
to the inner margins by two waved greyish lines; the 
inner margin of the secondaries clothed with reddish-brown 
hairs. Head, antenne, thorax, abdomen, and legs dark 
brown. 

Expanse 3} inches. 

Hab. Mexico, Jalapa (M. Trujillo). 


TotypPe, Hiibn. 


Tolype levana, sp. n. 


Primaries and secondaries greyish white: primaries crossed 
from the costal to the inner margin by a considerable number 
of waved black lines; a black spot at the end of the cell ; a 
marginal row of black spots extends from the apex to the anal 
angle; the fringe alternately black and grey: secondaries 
dusky at the base and beyond the middle. Head, thorax, and 
abdomen greyish black ; abdomen banded with grey. 

Expanse 14 inch. 

Hab. Mexico, Jalapa (M. Trwillo); Guatemala, in the 
city (Rodriguez). 


Tolype deboma, sp. n. 


Primaries pale grey, crossed from the costal to the inner 
margin by five white lines, the first two near the base curved 
inwards, the third and fourth beyond the cell waved, the fifth 
waved submarginal, between the fourth and fifth line the 
wing is clouded with black at the apex and along the outer 
side of the fourth line; the veins and fringe white: second- 
aries white, clouded with black at the anal angle; fringe 
white. Head, front of thorax, and tegule white; the thorax 
black; abdomen white; anal tuft yellowish; antenne and 
legs white. 

Expanse 2,3, inches. 

Hab. Mexico, near Durango city (Becker). 


Hyprias, Herr.-Schiiff. 
Hydrias praxithea, sp. n. 

Primaries dark blackish grey, paler at the apex and on the 
costal margin; a pale grey line crosses the wing near the 
base, and a submarginal waved white line extends from the 
apex to the anal angle: secondaries greyish white, broadly 
bordered with dark grey along the costal margin to the apex ; 
the inner margin and basal half of the wing dark greyish 
brown ; a submarginal dark grey waved line extends from the 


182 Mr. G. Lewis on 


apex to the anal angle; the fringe of both wings dark grey. 
Head, thorax, and legs dark grey; a rather wide black line 
down the middle of the thorax, extending to the base; abdo- 
men black, thickly clothed with dark reddish-brown and dark 
grey hairs. Underside of the thorax and abdomen yellow. 
Expanse 2 inches. 
Hab. Mexico, Orizaba (Mus. Druce). 


Hydrias deceana. 


Primaries and secondaries brown: primaries crossed from 
the costal to the inner margin by four fine waved black lines, 
the first near the base, the others beyond the middle; a large 
blackish spot at the end of the cell; the fringes of both wings 
dark brown. The head, antenne, thorax, abdomen, and legs 
dark brown. 

Expanse 14 inch. 

Hab. Mexico, Orizaba (Mus. Druce), Jalapa (M. Trujillo). 

Some specimens are paler in colour than others. 


XIX.—On the Elateride of Japan. By G. Lewis, F.L.S. 


[Continued from p. 48.]} 


Melanoxanthus similis, sp. n. 


Niger, nitidus, fulvo-pubescens; thorace nigro; elytris macula 
obliqua humerali fasciaque postica flavo-testaceis ; antennis (basi 
excepta) infuscatis ; pedibus flavis. 

L. 4 mill. 


Elongate, somewhat parallel, with tawny pubescence; the 
head densely and a little coarsely punctured, black; the 
thorax more coarsely punctured than that of JZ pictipennis 
and the punctures are more densely set on the disk, wholly 
black, carina well marked; the elytra black, with a basal 
longitudinal vitta, which covers the humeral angle and on 
the fifth interstice continues down to the middle of the dorsum, 
and before the middle occupies part of the fourth and third 
interstices, behind the middle there is a broad lobe-shaped 
band which leaves the sutural interstice and outer edge 
black, the striae are more coarsely punctured than in 
M. pictipennis, and the interstices smoother, narrower, and 
more convex; legs and antennez coloured as in the last 
species. 


the Elateride of Japan. 183 


Hab. Fukushima, Nikko, and Osaka. Fairly common in 
flowers of Viburnum. 


Melanoxanthus zebra, Wiedm. 
Melanoxanthus zebra, Wiedm. Zool. Mag. 1817, p. 107. 


Candéze records this species from Japan (Mon. ii. p. 516). 
It is a common Javan species, and I think it requires con- 
firmation before admitting it to the Japanese Catalogue. 
Schénfeldt apparently is also of this opinion, as he has 
refused to give it a place in his Catalogue. 


As I think it is undesirable to place insects such as the 
three following in the same genus as the small Cryptohypni, 
I have utilized the genus proposed by Eschscholtz for Crypto- 
hypnus hyperboreus, De}. (planatus, Eschs.), to receive them. 
In two of the Japanese species the expanded basal joint of 
the antenne is very remarkable, in the third (ZZ. fluviatilis) 
the basal joint agrees more with C. hyperboreus. 


Hypolithus saxatilis, sp. n. 


Depressus, niger, subnitidus, nigro-pubescens; antennis articulo 
primo yalde expanso; thorace in medio carinato ; pedibus infus- 
catis vel ferrugineis. 

L. 73-10 mill. 


Depressed, black, with rather short black pubescence; the 
head, frontal carina well marked behind the antenne, punc- 
tured not closely in the middle, but thickly and roughly 
near the eyes, forehead impressed; the thorax densely and 
rugosely punctate, with a longitudinal smooth line in the 
middle, hind angles slightly turned outwards, short but acute ; 
the scutellum very feebly punctulate; the elytra striate, 
strie rather deep, interstices flat, rather closely punctured, 
little rugose; the antenna, basal joint flattened out and 
expanded, nearly semicircular on the anterior edge, posterior 
edge nearly straight, second, third, and fourth joints equal in 
length, reddish or pitchy brown; the legs dusky. 

Resembles somewhat //. hyperboreus, Gyll., but is more 
depressed, and the basal joint of the antenne flatter and more 
ac I believe C. Sanborni, Horn, resembles 1. saxa- 
tilis. 

Hab. Kiga, Hakone, Chiuzenji. 


184 Mr. G. Lewis on 


Hypolithus expansicornis, sp. n. 


H. saxatili simillimus, sed antennis articulis latioribus et pedibus 
flavis. 


L. 7 mill. 


This species has the basal joint of the antenna expanded 
like that of H. saratilis, but the other joints are broader and 
much less constricted at their bases. The thorax is relatively 
longer, sides more parallel, hind angles straight, and the 
antenne and legs pale yellow. 


Hab. Junsai. One example found under a stone by the 
lake. 


Hypolithus fluviatilis, sp. n. 


Subdepressus, niger, griseo-pubescens; capite punctato; thorace 
angulis haud acute productis ; pedibus infuscatis. 
L. 7 mill. 


Rather depressed, black, with griseous pubescence; the 
head, frontal carina less conspicuous than that of HZ. saxatilis, 
punctures not closely set in the middle nor very differently 
near the eyes; the thorax densely and rugosely punctate, 
with a median smooth line, hind angles slightly turning 
outwards, not acute; the elytra striate, interstices rather 
convex, punctulate and a little rugose; the antennae, first 
joint robust but not expanded like those of the last two 
species, reddish brown, articulations constricted at base; the 
legs intuscate. 

Resembles closely H. hyperboreus, Gyll. 

Hab. Kashiwagi. One example. 


Cryptohypnus rivalis, sp. n. 


Brunneus, nitidus; capite thoraceque supra #neo-nigris; elytris 
brunneis, striatis; antennis brunneis; pedibus testaceis. 
L. 4; mill. 


Brown, shining; head and. thorax (above only) blackish, 
with an neous tint; the head uneven, rather irregularly 
punctured; the thorax convex, punctures fine and sparse on 
the disk, larger and more dense behind the anterior angle, 
posterior angles somewhat robust, reddish brown; the elytra 
striate, striae near the outer margin punctate, interstices with 
a few very fine punctures ; the antenne brown, dusky at the 
apices of the articulations ; the legs testaceous. 

Very much like C. révularius, Gyll.; hind angles of the 
thorax more robust; elytra relatively shorter, antenne 


the Elateride of Jap in, 185 


stouter and more abbreviated, thighs and tibiew thicker. 
Also similar to C. stlaceipes, Germ. 

Hab. Iwakisan. I took two examples at the side of a 
small brook near the summit of this mountain (alt. 4921 
feet), Sept. 1st, 1880. 


Cryptohypnus optatus, sp. n. 


Mneo-niger, nitidus, cinereo-pubescens; elytris macula humerali 
lutea ; antennarum articulis duobus pedibusque flavis. 
L, 34 mill. 


Black, with brassy tinge, pubescence ashy; the head lon- 
ged impressed in the middle, rather densely punctu- 
ate, little strigose, carina feebly angulate behind the antenna, 
arched anteriorly; the thorax punctulate like the head, 
median line smooth, convex, not much widened laterally, 
hind angles slightly turning outwards ; the elytra, humeral 
angle pale, maculation extending to half the fifth interstice, 
striate, the fourth stria hamate at base and touches the 
scutellum, interstices finely but thickly punctulate; the 
antenne, basal joint bulbous and with the second pale, 
remaining joints infuscate ; the legs clear yellow. 


Hab, Otsu, by the lake Biwa. 


Cryptohypnus interstinctus, sp. n. 


Parum elongatus, niger, nitidus, fulvo-pubescens ; elytris macula 
humerali elongata, rufo-brunnea ; antennis basi testaceis ; pedi- 
bus flavis, femoribus obscuris. 


L, 23 mill. 


Rather long, black, shining, with fulvous pubescence; the 
head clearly and evenly punctulate, carina arched anteriorly ; 
the thorax convex, punctulate like the head, somewhat long, 
feebly widening out about the middle, hind angles a little 
acute and narrowly pale; the elytra finely striate, second and 
third striz most visible, punctulate, interstices very finely 
punctulate, on the humeral angle on the sixth interstices is an 
elongate reddish-brown spot, and before the apex on the fifth 
interstices there is a discoloured disk, clearly visible in my 
unique example; the antenne, three joints at base testa- 
ceous, the others infuscate; the legs pale, with the thighs 
dusky. 

Hab, Wada-toge (alt. 5578 feet). 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xiii. 13 


186 Mr. G. Lewis on 
Cryptohypnus tutus, sp. n. 


/Eneo-niger, nitidus, cinereo-pubescens; thorace in medio lato, 
perconvexo ; antennis nigris ; pedibus testaceis. 


L. 33 mill. 


Brassy black, shining, with ashy pubescence; the head 
rather flat, rugosely punctulate, carina well marked, semi- 
circular; the thorax punctured like the head, with a median 
smooth line behind the neck, which becomes evanescent 
towards the disk, disk very convex, sides conspicuously 
widened in the middle, hind angles very feebly turned out- 
wards, moderately acute; the elytra with a brassy greenish 
tinge, striate, interstices finely and densely punctulate ; the 
antenne, basal joint bulbous, piceous, other articulations 
black ; the legs clear yellow. 

Should be placed next to C. curatus, Cand. 

Hab. Fukushima. 


Cryptohypnus modestus, sp. n. 


Niger, opacus, pubescens; capite thoraceque densissime punctulatis ; 
elytris macula humerali rufo-brunnea, stria interna basi incur- 
vata; antennis nigris (basi excepta); pedibus flavis, femoribus 


obseuris. 
L. 33 mill. 


Black, rather opaque, with short pubescence; the head 
very densely and somewhat rugosely punctulate, carina a 
little bent behind the antenne; the thorax convex, widest in 
the middle, hind angles scarcely turned outwards, not acute, 
basal carina curved and well-marked, median smooth line 
feeble, very densely punctulate; the elytra striate, strie 
feebly punctate, interstices flat, densely punctulate, humeral 
angle broadly reddish brown from the outer edge to the 
fourth stria, before the apex there is an indication of a 
second spot, the sutural stria is hamate at the base of the 
elytra, and in a marked manner turns outwards close to the 
scutellum ; the antenne, basal joint bulbous, obscurely red, 
second red, others black; the legs pale, thighs dusky. 

Hab. Kumamoto. One example. 


Cryptohypnus humeralis, Cand. 
Cryptohypnus humeralis, Cand. Mém. Liége, 1873, p. 13. 
I found a variety of this species in which the humeral spot 
is absent. 


Hab. Nagasaki. Found at most of the places in my 
itinerary given for Feb. 13 to April 21, 1881. 


the Elateride of Japan. 187 


Cryptohypnus telluris, Lew. 
Cryptohypnus tellus, Lew. Ent. Month, Mag. 1879, p. 156. 


Longiusculus, sneo-niger, nitidus, griseo-pubescens; capite tho- 
raceque subtiliter punctatis ; elytris striatis, interstitiis convexis, 
crebre punctatis; antennis nigris (basi excepta); femoribus 
infuscatis, tibiis tarsisque flavis. 


L. 34 mill. 


The thorax is widest before the middle, convex, the hind 
angles turned outwards and somewhat acute; the thighs are 
usually infuscate and the tibie pale, but sometimes the latter 
are dusky ; the antenne, basal joint sometimes dusky, some- 
times pale, second and third pale, the others black. 

Hab. Konose, Nikko, Hagi, Oyama, Yokohama, Miyano- 
shita, Sapporo, and Hakodate. Common in various flowers. 


Cryptohypnus difficilis, sp. n. 


Infuscatus, subnitidus, dense griseo-pubescens; thorace angulis 
posticis obscure brunneis; elytra striis tenuissime impressis, 
macula humerali inconspicua; antennis nigris (basi excepta); 
tibiis tarsisque pallidis. 

L, 33 mill. 


Infuseate, little shining, with dense griseous pubescence ; 
the head, carina semicircular, not much raised, feebly im- 
pressed between the eyes, not densely punctulate ; the thorax 
convex, punctured laterally like the head, punctuation of 
the disk fine and obscure, hind angles obscurely red, carina 
not well raised nor much curved; the elytra obscurely brown 
at the humeral angles, striw very fine, evanescent in certain 
lights, interstices very finely punctulate ; the antenna, basal 
joint bulbous, partly black, second red, others blackish ; the 
thighs dusky, legs pale. 

To be placed near C. telluris, Lew., and C. lutezpes, Cand. 

Hab. Hakodate. One example. 


‘Cryptohypnus atomarius, sp. n. 


Brevis, opacus, niger, albo-pubescens; antennis nigris; pedibus 
dilutioribus. 
L. 13-1? mill. 


Short, very opaque, black, with whitish pubescence ; the 
head somewhat broad, densely opaque, with close sculpture, 
frontal carina slightly projecting before the eyes, eyes coarsely 


granulate; the thorax densely sculptured, median smooth 
ise 


188 Mr. G. Lewis on 


line visible behind the disk, hind angles nearly rectangular ; 
the elytra finely but very evenly striate; the antenne black, 
first joint enlarged, others much smaller; the legs pale, or 
pale with infuscate tibiz and thighs. 

This little species, the smallest of this series, is to be placed 
next to C. albipilis, Cand. 

Hab. Torii-toge (alt. 4016 feet). Three examples. 


Cryptohypnus carinicollis, sp. n. 


Parum latus, niger, nitidus, griseo-pubescens; thorace angulis 
posticis divaricatis, carina marginem anticum attingente ; elytris 
obsolete striatis ; antennis pedibusque nigris, 

L, 3}-3? mill. 


Black, shining, with greyish pubescence; the head finely 
punctulate, frontal carina angulate anteriorly ; the thorax 
rather more finely punctured than the head, angles scarcely 
acute, but turning outwards, lateral carina strong and com- 
plete; the scutellum rather wide, acuminate behind; the 
elytra, in certain lights only are striz visible, interstices very 
finely punctulate ; the antenne and legs are black, the former 
being much more robust than in any of the minute species of 
this series. 

This species and C. ellipticus, Cand., are the only two 
known from Japan in which the thoracic carina is continued 
from the base to the anterior edge. In C. carinicollis it is 
much more elevated than in C. ed/ipticus and the antennz are 
more robust. ‘There is a specimen from Nikko with the 
frontal carina semicircular; it is possibly a closely allied 
species. 

Hab. ‘Torii-toge, Miyanoshita, and Subashiri. Not 
common. 


Cryptohypnus minutissimus, Germ. 
Cryptohypnus minutissimus, Germ. ; Cand. Mém. Liége, 1873, p. 14. 


This species has been determined by Dr. Candéze ; it does 
not appear in Heyden’s Catalogue of Siberian species, and it 
is the only European species said to be found in Japan, 


Hab. Nagasaki, Seba, Hosokute, and Nikko. 


Cryptohypnus cinefactus, sp. n. 


Parum elongatus, cinereo-niger, opacus, densissime punctulatus ; 
antennis pedibusque concoloribus. 
L. 2} mill. 


Elongate, very opaque, ashy black, very densely and 


the Elateride of Japan. 189 


minutely sculptured on the upper surface; the head under 
the microscope ocellately punctured, frontal carina projecting 
in front of the eyes, eyes somewhat coarsely granulate; the 
thorax, median line obsolete, basal carina short, not much 
raised, curved, hind angles short and blunt; the scutellum 
relatively large ; the antenne wholly black, first joint rather 
large and short, the others fine and small and equalling each 
other in size ; the tarsi are not quite so black as the tibia. 

In size and opacity somewhat like C. agilis, but the frontal 
carina projecting before the eyes is a salient specific character 
and one, as regards this series, peculiar to it. 


Hab. Nikko. 
Cryptohypnus agilis, sp. n. 


Angustatus, niger, opacus, griseo-pubescens; supra densissime 
punctulatus ; antennis pedibusque elongatis. 
L. 23 mill. 


Narrow, black, opaque, with very short grey pubescence ; 
upper surface very densely punctulate; the head with a 
median longitudinal impression well-marked, carina semi- 
circular; the thorax, median smooth line clearly visible 
behind the neck (but in one specimen wholly absent), widest 
in the middle, more parallel in male than in female, basal carina 
fine, rather long and curved, hind angles short and blunt ; 
the elytra, stria very even and well-marked; the antenne 
wholly black, basal joint rather large, the others long and 
rather slender ; the legs black, tarsi long and dusky brown. 

This species is not like any in the present series except 
C. cinefactus, which is not so narrow and is more opaque. 

Hab. Yokohama. ‘Taken at Bukenji in a dry arable field. 
Found running actively in the sunshine in early spring 
accompanied by a variety of Blechrus maurus, Sturm. 


Section I. Scutellar fovea absent. 
Cardiophorus pinguis, sp. 0. 


Robustus, niger, nitidus, griseo-pubescens ; supra minute et parum 
dense punctulatus ; scutello haud foveolato; antennis pedibusque 


nigris. 
L. 72 mill. 

Robust, black, shining, pubescence griseous; the head 
evenly and very finely punctured, anteriorly depressed, carina 


semicircular in the middle; the thorax punctured like the 
head, hind angles short, nearly straight and obtuse; the 


190 Mr. G. Lewis on 


scutellum somewhat acuminate behind, without an anterior 
fovea ; the elytra punctate-striate, interstices evenly and finely 
punctured ; the antenne and legs black, claws pale. Two 
examples have an eneous tint on the elytra. 

Belongs to the same section as C. sequens, Cand., but the 
large size and the absence of the scutellar fovea will distin- 
guish it at once. 

Hab. Hakodate. Six examples in my collection and one 
in the British Museum. 


Cardiophorus niponicus, sp. n. 


Elongatus, niger, nitidus, griseo-pubescens ; scutello postice parum 
producto, subacuminato ; antennis pedibusque nigris. 
L. 83 mill. 


Elongate, black, shining, pubescence grey; the head 
rather small, finely and rather closely punctulate, frontal 
carina semicircular ; the thorax gradually narrows from the 
anterior angles to the middle, punctuation extremely fine, 
hind angles obtuse, scarcely turning outwards; the scutellum 
impressed, not foveolate in front, posterior tip a little pro- 
longed and pointed; the elytra punctate-striate, interstices 
convex and obscurely punctulate; the antenne black, third 
joint much longer than the second; the legs black, with the 
knees, ends of tarsal joints, and claws palish, last thickened 
at base, not dentate. 

The shape of the scutellum and the relatively long third 
joint of the antenne are characters not seen in any other 
species of this series. 

Hab. Nishimura. One example. 


Section II. Scutellar fovea more or less conspicuous. 


Cardiophorus opacus, sp. n. 


Niger, opacus, griseo-pubescens ; fronte carina utrinque angulata ; 
elytris interstitiis dense rugosis ; antennis pedibusque nigris. 
L. 6 mill. 

Elongate, black, very opaque, with short grey pubescence ; 
the head closely punctured, punctures not very fine, frontal 
carina angulate before the eyes; the thorax punctured like 
the head, widest behind the middle, hind angles blunt, not 
turning outwards; the scutellum somewhat acuminate behind, 
anterior fovea very distinct; the elytra punctate-striate, 
interstices very markedly rugose, giving an appearance of 
complete opacity ; the antenne and legs black, claws pale, 
not dentate. 


the Elateride of Japan. 191 


This very distinct species is narrower than C. sequens, 
Cand.; the scutellum more cordate and the interstices of the 
elytra densely rugose. 

Hab. Subashin. One individual only. 


Cardiophorus ferrugineus, sp. n. 
Cardiophorus sobrinus, Cand. Mém. Liége, 1873, p. 17. 


Ferrugineus, nitidus, albo-pubescens; capite grosse punctato ; 
thorace parum dense punctulato haud canaliculato; antennis 
pedibusque concoloribus. 

L. 7 mill. 


Ferruginous, shining, with whitish pubescence; the head 
rather roughly, coarsely, and densely punctured except on a 
very small space between the eyes, frontal carina arched 
anteriorly and distinctly angulate before the eyes; the thorax 
very finely but very evenly punctulate throughout, not cana- 
liculate in the middle, rather parallel at the sides, hind angles 
obtuse and nearly straight; the scutellum, anterior fovea 
scarcely visible; the elytra punctate-striate, interstices con- 
vex; the antenne and legs ferruginous, claws not strongly 
dentate. 

Agrees in colour with C. sobrinus, Cand., but the frontal 
carina is formed differently, head coarsely punctured, thorax 
without a canaliculation, and the claws much less strongly 
dentate. In C. sobrinus the scutellar fovea is large and deep. 
This species, with C. pauper, nothus, rameus, and adjutor, 
belongs to Candéze’s Section II. with dentate claws. 

Hab. Kagoshima. 


MELANOTOPSIS, gen. nov. 


This genus is founded to receive several species it does 
not seem desirable to leave in Melanotus. Both genera are 
alike in general characters, but the keel of the prosternum in 
Melanotopsis is continued horizontally behind the coxze (wood- 


cut, fig. 2, 4, coxal cavity), not obliquely, nor vertically as 


it is in some species of Jelanotus, and the posterior prosternal 
process is received into a cavity in the mesosternum cut out 
in the form of a V (fig. 1), not gradually shelving like that 
in Melanotus. I consider JJelanotus cete, Cand., the type of 
the new genus, and it is from this species the drawings 
are made. WM. restrictus and MW. regalis, Cand., must also be 
transferred to it. 


192 Mr. G. Lewis on 


Melanotopsis cete. 


Melanotus cete, Cand. Mon. El. iii. 1860, p. 332. 
Melanotus amussitatus, Cand, Mém. Liége, 1873, p. 19. 


A comparison of specimens in the Janson collection enables 


me to give the above synonymy. 
Hab. Nagasaki, Kobé, and Yokohama. Common. 


Melanotus longipennis, sp. n. 


M. legato simillimus, sed differt thorace relative lato; elytris magis 
elongatis ; prosterno grosse et profunde punctato. 
L. 18-21 mill. 


This insect closely resembles W. legatus, Cand., in colour, 
pubescence, articulation of the antenne, and in the falciform 
anterior tibie; but the thorax is wider, especially before the 
middle, punctuation more dense, the scutellum broader, the 
elytra more elongate, and, above all these differences, the pro- 
sternum has very large and deep punctures, some of the 
punctures being ocellate. 

Hab. Kobé and Kioto. Three examples, and there is 
another in the Janson collection which is larger than any of 
mine. 


Melanotus spernendus, Cand. 
Melanotus spernendus, Cand. Mém, Liége, 1873, p. 21. 


I place this species next to M. legatus, Cand., although the 
facies of the species is very dissimilar ; the anterior tibie are 
falciform and the declination of the prosternal process and 
somewhat widening out of the keel between the coxe are 
characters which bring them together. 

Hab, Nagasaki, Hitoyoshi, and Yuyama. Twelve ex- 
amples. 


the Elateride of Japan. 193 


Melanotus annosus, Cand. 


There is little to distinguish this species from M. correctus, 
Cand., except the longer third joint of the antenne and lesser 
declination of the prosternal posterior process. In MZ. annosus, 
however, the antenne are usually red, and in J. correctus 
they are usually fuscous. 

Hab. Both species are from Nagasaki. 


Melanotus ocellato-punctatus, sp. n. 


Niger, subopacus, griseo-pubescens; antennis pedibusque obscure 
rufo-brunneis ; capite thoraceque confertissime ocellato-punctatis, 
hoe angulis subdivaricatis ; elytris punctato-striatis, interstitiis 
rugosis et punctulatis. 

L. 13 mill. 


This insect has the facies of the European Melanotus rujipes, 
Hbst., but it is darker, and the thorax thickly covered with 
deep ocellate punctures ; the antenne have the second joint 
short and bulbous and the third nearly as large again. 

Hab. Junsai. One example only. 


Melanotus senilis, Cand. 
Melanotus senilis, Cand. Mém. Ac. Belg. 1864, p. 47. 


The type of this species is in the Musée de Helsingfors, 
but there are five examples in my collection which, I think, 
correspond to the description of it. The thorax is “ creber- 
rime et fortiter punctato,” and the type measures 13 mill. 
My specimens measure 113-124 mill., and some of the 
thoracic punctures are distinctly ocellate; the second joint of 
the antenne (of which Candéze says nothing) is short and 
bulbous, the third nearly as long again and obconical. 


Hab, Kobé. 
Melanotus invectitius, Cand. 


Melanotus invectitius g, Cand. Mém. Ac. Belg. 1864, p. 47. 

Melanotus Fortnumi, Cand. Ann. Soc. Belg. 1878, p. 167 ? 

The description of J/. cnvectitius was drawn from a single 
male in the collection of M. Miklin, and Candéze compares 
both it and M. Fortnumi to M. niger, F. I think both his 
descriptions refer to the sexes of one species. In M. cnvec- 
titius the second and third joints are said to be “ subeequali- 
bus,” and in J/. Hortnumi “ equalibus.” This is a sexual 
distinction which I notice in a species I found very commonly 
and which I think I have rightly assigned to Md. invectitius, 
Cand. 

Hab. Miyanoshita, Kiga, Hakone, and Kobé. 


194 Mr. G. Lewis on 


Melanotus caudex, Lew. 
Melanotus caudex, Lew. Ent. Month. Mag. 1879, p. 156. 


Very similar to M. erythropygus, Cand., in facies, but the 
declination of the posterior prosternal process is almost vertical 
behind the coxe, and in this respect agrees with JZ. seniculus, 
Cand. The second and third joints of the antenne are small, 
bulbous, and equal in length, tarsi somewhat short and robust, 
and the median smooth line on the thorax is more plainly 
seen in the female than in the male. 

Hab. Kumamoto and Wakayama. ‘Ten examples. 


Melanotus seniculus, Cand. 


The elytra are usually pale in this insect and the declina- 
tion of the posterior prosternal process is nearly perpendicular. 
Hab, Nagasaki and Yokohama. 


Limonius niponensis, sp. 0. 


Obscure eeneus, nitidus, griseo-pubescens; fronte ocellato-punctata 
haud emarginata; thorace convexo, punctato; antennis pedi- 
busque nigris. 

L. 12 mill. 


Obscurely eneous, shining, pubescence grey; the head 
slightly depressed between the antennz, carina anteriorly 
straight, densely punctured, punctures deep and somewhat 
ocellate ; the thorax clearly, closely, and deeply punctured, 
punctures microscopically ocellate, disk convex, angles short 
and blunt; the scutellum densely punctulate, pubescent ; the 
elytra punctate-striate, interstices flat, rather wide, and 
sparsely punctulate; the antenne black, second and third 
joints rather long and equal; the legs black, knees and claws 
pale, tibize stouter than those of LZ. montivagus. 

Motschulsky (Bull. Mosc. 1866, p. 166) records the capture 
of Limonius cylindricus, Payk., in Japan, I think he refers 
to this species, as it closely resembles it, and I have rejected 
L. cylindricus from the list. 

Hab. Junsai. 


Limonius montivagus, sp. 0. 


Obscure eeneus, nitidus, fulvo-pubescens; fronte carina conspicue 
elevata; thorace dense punctato; tibiis tarsisque flavis. 
L. 9 mill. 


Obscurely geneous, shining, with yellowish tawny pubes- 
cence; the head convex, densely punctate, frontal carina bent 


the Elateridee of Japan. 195 


and well raised; the thorax closely and clearly punctured, 
convex, gradually but slightly widening to base, hind angles 
short and blunt; the scutellum closely punctulate, pubes- 
cent ; the elytra punctate-striate, interstices rugose and some- 
what closely punctulate ; the antenne black, second and third 
joints equal and shorter than those of L. niponensis; the legs 
slender, thighs infuscate, tibize and tarsi pale. 
In some respects this species resembles the last. 


Hab. Nikko. 


Limonius MAT GiNipennis, Sp. ll. 


/Eneus, nitidus, griseo-pubescens; scutello postice minutissime 
tuberculato ; elytris margine anguste rufescentibus. 
L. 8-9 mill. 


neous, shining, with grey pubescence ; the head densely 
punctured, depressed between the antenne, carina not promi- 
nent ; the thorax convex, widest at the base, evenly punc- 
tured, punctures not large, not very closely set ; the scutellum 
punctulate, with a minute (but remarkable) smooth boss on 
the posterior edge; the elytra punctate-striate, interstices 
punctulate (in one example the punctuation of the interspaces 
obscures the striae), outer margin red, under the humeral angle 
the red margin is very narrow, but it widens gradually out 
from thence to the apex ; the antenne black, the third joint 
visibly longer than the second; the legs also black, knees 
and claws reddish. 

Hab, Nikko district. One example came from bark under 
snow on Niohozan in June. 


Limonius brunneus, sp. n. 


Rufo-brunneus, nitidus, sat longe brunneo-pubescens; thorace 
eequaliter, haud dense, punctato ; elytris punctato-striatis, inter- 
stitiis tenuiter et sparse punctulatis; antennis, epipleuris pedi- 
busque rufis. 

L. 10 mill. 


Reddish brown, shining; the head, frontal carina feebly 
arched, with two depressions behind it, surface closely but 
not densely punctate; the thorax somewhat elongate and 
rather parallel laterally, with a feeble median canaliculation, 
punctures very clear and less closely set than those of the 
head; the scutellum somewhat densely punctured, with a 
minute smooth carina; the elytra punctate-striate, striz some- 
what fine, interstices rather convex, punctuation very fine 
and scattered ; the epipleura, abdomen, hind angles of the 


196 Mr. G. Lewis on 


thorax, legs, and antenne are paler than the general colour 
of the body, second joint of the antenne scarcely so long as 
the third. 
The punctuation of the thorax is similar in both sexes. 
Hab. Nikko. Two examples (male and female) in August 
1881. 


Limonius marginicollis, sp. n. 


Ferrugineus, sneo-tinctus, nitidus, griseo-pubescens; capite dense 
punctato; thorace margine antice anguste rufo; antennis basi 
pedibusque rufis. 

6 73-8 mill. 

Reddish brown, shining, with a brassy tinge, thorax and 
head darker, pubescence grey ; the head in the female very 
densely punctate,in the male the punctures are less close, frontal 
carina feebly emarginate ; the thorax rather closely punctured, 
punctures deep and round, sides parallel in male, anterior 
angles rounded off anteriorly in female, hind angles short 
and blunt and with a narrow margin behind the neck red; 
the scutellum closely punctured; the elytra punctate-striate, 
interstices convex and rugosely punctulate; the antennae, 
three basal joints red, others dusky, second and third joints 
equal; the epipleurz and legs reddish brown. 

I have a dark variety in which the basal joints of the 
antenne are marked with black. 


Hab. Oyayama, Nikko, Miyanoshita, and Kashiwagi. 


Limonius imitans, sp. 0. 


Enescens, nitidus, fulvo-pubescens ; thorace sat dense punctulato ; 
scutello carinato; elytris late testaceo-vittatis. 
L. 73 mill. 


Greenish bronze, shining; the head densely punctulate 
and uneven between the eyes, frontal carina feebly emar- 
ginate ; the thorax somewhat long, rather parallel laterally, 
rather finely and closely, not densely, punctured ; the scutel- 
lum markedly carinate ; the elytra punctate-striate, interstices 
punctulate and feebly rugose, interstices of the fifth, sixth, 
and seventh striz testaceous, this colour also extends nar- 
rowly along the base; the antenne black and moderately 
dilated after the third joint, third joint scarcely longer than 
the second; the legs black, tibiee and claws pale. 

L, vittatus, Cand., in colour closely resembles this species, 
but the first cannot be mistaken for the female of the second, 
as the antenne of C. vittatus are the most dilated. In JZ, vit- 


the Elateride of Japan. 197 


tatus the punctuation of the thorax is very dense, which 
might suggest its being the female. 

In coloration both species have a very close resemblance to 
a species found in Hongkong (see Cand. Mém. Liége, 1873, 
p- 22). 


Hab. Miyanoshita. Three individuals, all males. 


Limonius rujfipennis, sp. n. 


Niger, parum nitidus, griseo-pubescens ; capite thoraceque sub- 
eneis ; elytris fortiter punctato-striatis, rufis; antennis pedi- 
busque nigris. 


L. 7 mill. 


Black, rather shining, with grey pubescence; the head 
densely and somewhat rugosely punctate, frontal carina well- 
marked ; the thorax rather long, parallel on sides, punctuation 
finer and less close than that of the head; the scutellum 

unctulate; the elytra bright red, punctate-striate, punctures 
ee and deep, especially those of the fourth, fifth, and sixth 
striz ; the antenne densely black, second and third joints 
short and equal ; the legs black, knees and claws pale. 

Hab. Hitoyoshi. Three examples on Ogumayama, alt. 


2000 feet. 


Limontus atricolor, Lew. 
Limonius atricolor, Lew. Ent. Month. Mag. 1879, p. 157. 


Ater, opacus, griseo-pubescens ; antennis pedibusque concoloribus ; 
elytris punctato-striatis, interstitiis rngoso-punctatis. 


L. 8} mill. 


Black, opaque, with grey pubescence ; the head uneven, 
densely and rather coarsely punctured, carina well-marked ; 
the thorax convex on the disk, a little swollen at the anterior 
angles, punctures closely set, finer than those of the head, 
posterior angles obtuse ; the scutellum very finely but closely 
punctured, carinate ; the elytra punctate-striate, interstices 
punctulate and rather rugose; the antenne and legs black, 
second and third joints of the former short and equal, claws 

ale. 

The example noticed in 1879 was quite black ; more recent 
specimens have an zneous and sometimes bluish tint. 


Hab. Wakayama in Kii and Miyanoshita. 


Limonius ignicollis, sp. n. 


Purpureo-niger, opacus yix pubescens; capite thoraceque aureo- 


198 Mr. G. Lewis on 


rufis, nitidissimis; elytris opacis, punctato-striatis, interstitiis 
dense punctatis ; antennis pedibusque nigris. 
iL. 62 mill. 


Purple-black, head and thorax golden red, with crimson 
tint, very shining; the head clearly, deeply, not very closely 
punctured, frontal carina feebly emarginate, impressed between 
the eyes; the thorax convex, punctate like the head, faintly 
canaliculate; the scutellum strongly punctate, distinctly 
carinate ; the elytra purple-black, punctate-striate, interstices 
densely rugose and punctured, opaque; the antenne densely 
black, second and third joints very small and equal, 4 to 7 
triangular, rather widely dilated on the inner edge; the legs 
pilose, black. 

Evidently somewhat similar to L. aurifer, Lec. 

Hab. Nikko. One specimen from the forest near the chief 
temple in June 1880. 


Limonius approximans, sp. n. 


Obscure eeneus, nitidus, griseo-pubescens; antennis nigris; thorace 
angulis posticis pedibusque rufis. 
L. 64 mill. 


Somewhat brassy, shining, with grey pubescence; the 
head clearly, not closely punctured, frontal carina feebly 
emarginate; the thorax convex, evenly, not densely punc- 
tured, hind angles narrowly red; the scutellum carinate and 
obscurely punctured; the elytra deeply punctate-striate, 
interstices rather flat, rugose, and little closely punctured ; 
the antenne densely black, second and third joints small 
and equal, 4 to 10 rather wide, much less dilated than 
those of J. ¢gnicoliis and not much more so on the inner than 
on the outer edge ; the legs clear red. 


Hab. Nikko. Two examples only. 


Athous umbratilis, sp. n. 


Brunneus, subnitidus, cinereo-pubescens ; elytris bifasciatis cum 
marginibus anguste castaneis ; antennis pedibusque ferrugineis. 
L. 17-214 mill. 

Brown, with ashy pubescence; the head with a median 
impression behind the antennew, not very closely punctured 
(punctures coarser in female) ; the thorax darkest in the 
median area, reddish brown at the sides, laterally rather 
closely punctured (punctures in female larger and ocellate), 
in median region punctures much less close and in male 
rather fine; the elytra punctate-striate, interstices sparsely 


the Elateride of Japan. 199 


costal suture and outside margin narrowly castaneous, 
ifasciate, the fascia before the apex somewhat triangular in 
outline ; the antenne and legs ferruginous. 

In general appearance corresponds with A. rufus, De Geer, 
and A. rhombeus, Ol. 

Hab. Junsai, Chiuzenji (Niohozan, bred from pup), and 


Oyayama. 


Athous subcyaneus, Motsch. 
Athous subcyaneus, Motsch. Bull. Mose. 1866, p. 166. 


This fine species has the scutellum conspicuously elevated 
and shaped like the two sides of a prism, and the antenne 
are very markedly serrate in both sexes. Motschulsky did 
not notice the curious scutellum, and, I think, Harold (Deutsch. 
ent. Zeitschr. 1878, p. 73) and also Frivaldszky (Term. 
fiizetek. xv. p. 124) have mistaken A. virens, Cand., for it. 

Hab. Chiuzenji, Oyama, Oyayama, and Junsai. In 
August at Junsai it was flying abundantly at a low elevation 
at noon in the shady recesses of the forest, but in south and 
central Japan it is confined to mountainous places of high 
elevation. 


Athous secessus, Cand. 
Athous secessus, Cand. Mém, Liége, 1875, p. 25. 


The scutelluin in this species is feebly carinate, the legs 
usually black ; but in a long series I find two examples with 
red legs. 

Hab, Kioto, Osaka, Nara, and Nikko. 


Athous sinuatus, sp. n. 


Niger, nitidus, griseo-pubescens ; thorace ante angulos posticos con- 
spicue sinuato ; elytris striis tenuiter impressis, interstitiis planis ; 
antennis nigris, pedibus rufis. 

L. 10-123 mill. 


Black, shining, with griseous pubescence; the head not 
closely but rather coarsely punctured; the thorax very finely 
and sparsely punctured, strongly sinuous before the posterior 
angles; the scutellum feebly carinate; the elytra punctate- 
striate, strize very lightly impressed, especially those next to 
the suture, interstices punctured like the head; the antennz 
black, basal joints pitchy red; the legs pale red or rarely 
infuscate. 

There is a variety with the elytra pitchy brown. 

Hab. Wada-toge, Fukushima, Yumoto, Nishimura, and 
Nowata. 


200 Mr. G. Lewis on 


Athous virens, Cand. 
Athous virens, Cand. Mém. Liége, 1873, p. 24. 


In about eighty examples eleven have the elytra wholly 
brown (var. brunnetpennis). . 

Hab. Wada-toge (in great profusion), Chiuzenji, Maiyasan, 
and Shimonosuwa. 


Athous sanguinicollis, Privaldszky. 
Athous sanguinicollis, Frivaldszky, Term. fiizetek. xy., 1892, p. 124. 


The above is very similar to Athous desertor, but it is 
larger and the thorax is wholly red. It is also very near to 
A, virens, Cand. 

Hab. Kast Japan (Frivaldszky), Oyama (Pryer). 


Athous desertor. 
Psephus desertor, Cand. Mém. Liége, 1873, p. 7. 
Hab. Kobé. Found near the temple of Maiyasan. 


Athous comes, sp. n. 


3. Rufo-brunneus, subopacus, griseo-pubescens ; elytris marginibus 
rufo-ferrugineis ; antennis gracilibus, rufo-brunneis. 


Letom 


Reddish brown, rather opaque, with grey pubescence ; the 
head rather coarsely punctured, anterior margin rather broadly 
raised, with a triangular depression behind it; the thorax 
straight at the sides, scarcely narrowed anteriorly, rather 
closely punctured, hind angle very feebly turned outwards, 
tips rounded off; the elytra punctate-striate, interstices 
markedly rugose, obscurely punctured, sutural and two out- 
side interstices and apices broadly ferruginous, interstices 
2 to 7 dark brown for two thirds their length ; the antenne 
long and slender, not serrate ; the legs pale reddish brown. 

This insect is similar to A. swturalis, Cand. (¢), but it is 
more opaque, the thorax less narrowed anteriorly, and the 
antenne are longer and more slender. 

Hab. Sapporo. ‘Three specimens, all males. 


Athous suturalis, Cand. 
Athous suturalis, Cand, Mém. Liége, 1873, p. 23. 


This species belongs to the same group as A. difformis, 
Lac. Candéze placed it near A. ferrugineus, Eschs., but 
Candéze had only the female and mistook it for the male. 
The female has the thorax conspicuously sinuous along the 
anterior edge, the sinuosities behind the eyes being deeper 


the Elaterids of Japan. 201 


than the one behind the middle of the neck, and the punctua- 
tion is round and deep, while in the male the punctures are 
fine. In the male also there is a triangular impression behind 
the frontal carina. 

Hab. Kobé, Fukushima, and Fukui. Not uncommon. 


Athous porrecticollis, sp. n. 


Rufo-brunnens, subnitidus ; thorace utrinque parallelo, dense punc- 
tato; elytris ferrugineis vel testaceis, interstitiis ragosis ; an- 
tennis brunneis, pedibus pallide rufo-brunneis. 

L. 2 10, g 9 mill. 


Reddish brown, rather shining, pubescence grey ; the head, 
frontal margin rather broadly raised, hollowed out somewhat 
triangularly behind the margin, densely punctate, particularly 
in female ; the thorax punctured like the head (corresponding 
in the sexes), narrowest anteriorly, sides straight in male, 
slightly bent in female, basal carina short and close to the 
external edge, hind angles rounded off at the tips; the elytra 
testaceous or reddish brown, punctate-striate, interstices 
distinctly rugose, feebly punctured, rather convex; the 
antenne rather short and serrate, not much longer in the male 
than in the female, in colour like the head ; the legs pale. 

Resembles A. ferruginosus, Kschs. 

Hab. Junsai. Hight examples. 


Athous singularis, sp. n. 


6. Fusco-brunneus, parum nitidus, cinereo-pubescens ; thorace a 
basi transversim abrupte excavato, angulis posticis elongatissimis 
extrorsum incurvatis ; antennis pedibusque ferrugineis. 

L. 93 mill. 

Dusky brown, rather shining, with rather long ashy-grey 
pubescence; the head rather wide, impressed anteriorly, 
frontal carina not emarginate, punctate, punctures rather 
small and not closely set; the thorax widest in the middle, 
hind angles long and markedly turned outwards, similar to 
those figured for Hudactylus carnifex (Cand. Mon. ii. pl. iii. 
fig. 16) ; posteriorly about one fourth of the thorax is trans- 
versely and abruptly excavated at the base ; the elytra widest 
at the base, gradually narrowing to the apex, with fasciz like 
those of A. undatus, De Geer, punctate-striate, interstices 
rugose, sutural interstices rather pale; the antenne and legs 
ferruginous. 

The female is unknown to me. 

Hab. Junsai. Three examples. 

[To be continued. | 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xiii. 14 


202 Mr. O. Thomas on a 


XX.—Description of a new Species of Reed-Rat (Aulacodus) 
from East Africa, with Remarks on the Milk-dentition of 
the Genus. By OLDFIELD THOMAS. 


AMONG the mammals obtained by Dr. J. W. Gregory on his 
recent expedition to East Africa are five specimens belonging 
to the genus Aulacodus. Of these, four—a skin with its 
skull, a separate skull, and two young specimens in spirit— 
all obtained at Neatana, on the T'ana River, belong evidently 
to A. swinderenianus *, 'Temm., the common species, which 
is spread over the whole of the Ethiopian Region, from 
Senegal to the Cape. The fifth specimen, however—a skull 
alone—shows such differences from the others that I cannot 
but consider it to represent a distinct species. It belonged 
to a specimen obtained by Dr. Gregory in the Kikuyu 
Country, near Mount Kenia; but the skin was most unfor- 
tunately stolen, so that the only part which remains is the skull. 
I propose to term the species 


Aulacodus gregorianus, Sp. n. 


Size much smaller than in A. swinderenianus, the differ- 
ence especially well-marked in the molar teeth; frontal 
region broad and flat, not convex or inflated, but, on the 
contrary, with distinct concavities just internal to the rudi- 
mentary postorbital processes. Opening between the olfactory 
and cerebral fosse much broader above than below, the con- 
verse being the case in the other species; this difference 
appears to be due to the absence or reduction of the frontal 
sinuses. Anterior palatine foramina penetrating less than 
usual into the maxille, the most posterior point of the pre- 
maxille, on the palatal surface, being exactly level with their 
posterior margin. 

Upper premolar (?:*) with a small third external root mid- 
way between the two main external roots, a character not 
present in any of the fourteen skulls of A. swinderentanus in 
the Museum. Upper incisors with the innermost of the four 
spaces between the grooves rather broader and the outer 
much narrower than in the ordinary species; in fact, in 
A. swinderenianus the part of the tooth outside the outermost 
groove is nearly equal to the whole remaining portion, while 
in A. gregorianus the same part is but little broader than the 
next section, between the outer and middle grooves. 


* This name has generally been misspelt either as swinderianus (the 
original) or swindernanus ; but as Temminck distinctly states that it is 
named in honour of Prof. van Swinderen, the proper form is clearly as 
above. 


new Species of Reed-Rat. 203 


Dimensions of the typical skull (¢) :— 

Basal length * 72°7 millim.; basilar length * 65; greatest 
breadth 54°3; nasals, length 28, breadth 15°8; interorbital 
breadth 30; intertemporal breadth 29; height of skull from 
palate to middle of frontals 26°5, ditto from basion to top of 
occipital crest 26; palate, length from “ henselion” 34°'8 ; 
diastema 18°2; length of palatine foramina 9°4. 

Teeth.— Diameter of 1 , longitudinal 4°3, transverse 5:5; 
length of upper molar series (crowns) 16; breadth of crown 
of 24 4°8, of ™1 5:5; Fy, longitudinal diameter 4, transverse 
ditto 5°3 ; length of lower molar series 19; length of jj 5:4. 

Hab. Luiji Reru River, Konu, Kikuyu Country, British 
East Africa. Alt. 5700 feet. 

Coll. Dr. J. W. Gregory, June 10, 1893. 

The above differential characters will no doubt be supple- 
mented by others when, as I hope will soon be the case, 
perfect specimens of this interesting animal are obtained. It 
may be just noted that Heuglin’s A. semipalmatus, of which 
I have seen the typical skull in Stuttgart, has a basal length 
of 835 millim. and an upper molar series of 18-2 millim., 
exactly as in average A. swinderenianus. 

I am indebted to Dr. Gregory for the following note on 
the specimen of which the skull is here described :— 

“While in a ‘shauri’ with the chiefs of the Konu district 
of Kikuyu, beside the Tana tributary Luiji Reru, which 
forms the northern boundary of the cultivated districts, a 
native came up with the Awlacodus, which he had just caught 
in the swamp in which the stream rose. I purchased it for 
two strings of beads, an empty meat-tin, and two used brass 
cartridges. ‘lhe man declared that they were not common, 
and that the specimen was full-sized. I prepared the skin, but 
this was subsequently stolen and sold for food by my tent- 
boy. 

“The following notes were made at the time :—It was a 
male; general appearance like that of the larger specimen 
caught at Ngatana. It appears to differ from that in the 
shortness and softness of the hair; the skin is lighter in 
colour on the lower part of the sides of the body; it is some- 
what mottled, like that of a tabby cat. I also noted that the 
head appeared longer and the tail shorter than in the Ngatana 


* By a convenient practice, now becoming general, the term basal 
length is restricted to that from the basion to the front of the premaxille 
(gnathion), while the basilar length is that introduced by Hensel, to the 
back of the alveoli of the incisors. For brevity’s sake this latter point 
might be called the “‘henselion,” as it is already so universally connected 
with the name of the great German craniologist. 

14* 


204 Mr. O. Thomas on Mus Burtoni. 


specimen ; but as I had skinned this latter more than six 
months before, the recollection is probably of little value. 
The measurements have unfortunately been lost with the 
skin, to which they were tied. 

“1 know nothing of its habits; but the natives say it occurs 
only in the reed- and sedge-covered swamps, which are here 
very numerous, owing to the windings of the stream.” 


The Milk-dentition of Aulacodus. 


In connexion with the working out of the above, an 
examination of the teeth of Aulacodus at different ages has 
been made, and this has been rewarded by the discovery, in 
a foetal specimen about 110 millim. in length, with a basal 
length of 34 millim., of minute and quite rudimentary milk- 
teeth fixed in the gum just above each of the premolars. 
This discovery confirms the usually accepted homology of 
the last-named teeth and also bears out the original sugges- 
tion of Schlosser * that the milk-teeth are shed in extreme 
youth, a suggestion which he afterwards unfortunately 
withdrew in favour of the theory that there is an ordinary 
tooth-change, the milk and permanent teeth being very like 
each other, except that the lower milk-teeth are more com- 
plicated than their successors. This error is evidently due to 
his having been deceived by the great difference between 
worn and unworn permanent teeth. This latter view is, of 
course, now finally disproved. 

The contrast between Hystriz, with its long persistent 
mp4, and Aulacodus, with its rudimentary and early shed 
one, is very striking. 

Hensel + has recorded his failure to find any trace of rudi- 
mentary milk-teeth in Phyllomys and Dactylomys, and, to the 
best of my belief, they have not hitherto been observed in 
any members of the subfamily Echinomyine. 


XXI.—WNote on Mus Burtoni, Thos. By OLDFirLD THOMAS. 


In the ‘Annals’ for 1892 ¢ I described a West-African 
mouse under the above name; but Prof. T. Tullberg, of 
Upsala, who has himself given a most excellent account § of 


* ¢ Paleontographica,’ xxxi. p. 151 (1885). See also Forsyth Major, 
Atti Soe. Ital. xv. p. 5 (1872). 

+ Abh, Ak. Berl. 1872, p. 53. 

t (6) x. p. 182. 

§ “ Ueber einige Muriden aus Kamerun,” Ges, Wiss. Upsala, 1893. 


On South-American Tubificide. 205 


the anatomy of the species under the heading of Mus maurus, 
Gray, has kindly aon my attention to the fact that 
Mr. Ramsay had already described an Australian “ Mus 
Burtoni” *, so that the name of the African one must be 
changed. 

I would therefore suggest for the latter the name of Jus 
Tullbergi, in recognition of Prof. Tullberg’s valuable paper on 
the Muride of the Cameroons, where this species appears to 
be so common. 


XXII.—Preliminary Notice of South-American Tubificide 
collected by Dr. Michaelsen, including the Description of a 
Branchiate Form. By FRANK E. Bepparp, M.A., F.R.S. 


THE Oligocheta of which I give a preliminary account in the 
following pages were collected by Dr. Michaelsen in South 
America. ‘The material was, of course, excellently preserved, 
and I am able therefore to give, I trust, an accurate account 
of the principal structural features of the new forms. 

The bulk of the aquatic species which he collected prove to 
belong to the family Tubificide, and they are all new species, 
four of them representing a new and evidently highly charac- 
teristic South-American genus. So far as I am aware there 
is nothing known about the aquatic worms of this part of the 
world, save a few notes on an Avolosoma and Naids by Frenzelf 
in a paper devoted to the Protozoa met with in the Argen- 
tine, and the description by myself { of two aquatic members 
of the genus Acanthodrilus from the Falkland Islands and of 
anew genus, Kerria, also referable to the Acanthodrilide, 
from the upper reaches of the Pilcomayo River, and, lastly, 
the description of ‘‘Mandane staynalis” by Kinberg, from 
the same continent, and of one or two forms by Schmarda. 
The collection contains a few Naids, not sexually mature, and 
one or two Enchytreids. I have not yet subjected these to 
acareful examination. ‘he Tubificide comprise five species, 
of which four, as already stated, belong to a new genus, for 
which 1 proposed the name Hesperodrilus in a note published 
in a recent number of ‘ Nature’§. The fifth species I call 

* Proc. Linn. Soc. N. 8. W. (2) ii. p. 5538 (1887). 

+ “Untersuchungen iiber die mikroskopische Fauna Argentiniens,” 
Arch. f. mikr. Anat. xxxviii. p. 1. 

{ ‘Contributiens to the Anatomy of Earthworms &c.,” Quart. Journ. 
Mier. Sci. xxx. p. 42]; and ‘On some new Species of Karthworms from 
various parts of the World,” Proc. Zool. Soc. 1892, p. 678 Kc. 

§ Jan. 25th. 


206 Mr. IF. E. Beddard on 


Bothrioneuron americanum, sp. n. 


This worm was collected in great abundance, and is 
described in a note by Dr. Michaclsen as having the general 
appearance of Tubifex. It was collected in the neighbour- 
hood of Buenos Ayres. 

The genus Bothrioneuron itself, to which I refer the present 
species, has been lately described by Stole *. It differs 
from all other Tubificide, except Monopylephorus of Levinsen t 
and Vermiculus of Goodrich f, in having an unpaired male 
orifice. In his description of Monopylephorus Levinsen has 
not referred to the spermathecal pores. As these are absent 
in Bothrioneuron it may be that the two genera are identical ; 
but it is impossible to be certain about the matter. ‘These 
three genera, moreover, agree with each other (and with 
Limnodrilus and Clitellio) in having only uncinate sete ; 
the capilliform setee of other Tubificids are entirely absent. 

The principal reason which leads me to place my new species 
in the genus Bothrioneuron is the absence of spermathece, 
the absence of capilliform sete, the presence of an integu- 
mental blood-plexus, and the existence of what Vejdovsky § 
has termed a “ paratrium,” a diverticulum of the spermiducal 
gland, to which, in Dothrioneuron Veydovskyanum, the prostate 
is attached. In my species, however, the male pores are 
double, but the paratrium apparently resembles that of 
Bothrioneuron Vejdovskyanum. ‘The atrium or, as I prefer 
to call it, spermiducal gland is wrapped in a thick glandular 
covering, as in the Lumbriculide and the Moniligastride. 
Such a ‘coating appears to be absent from Bothrioneuron 
Vejdovskyanum. In short, there is no doubt whatever as to 
the specific distinctness of this w orm}; the only doubt is as to 
whetber I am right in referring it to the genus Bothrioneuron 
at all. I found no trace of the peculiar spermatophores 
described by Stole, or, indeed, of any spermatophores at all. 


HESPERODRILUS, gen. nov. 

Four species of Tubiticids from Valdivia, Port Stanley, and 
Uschuaia represent a perfectly new genus of Tubiticide ; I 
cannot refer them to any known genus. ‘The most salient 
characters of this genus are :— 

(1) The presence of capilliform sete only in the dorsal 

bundles. 


* “ Monografie Ceskych Tubiticidu,” Abh, k. Bohm. Ges, 1888. 

+ “Sy stematisk-gec grafisk Oversigt over de nordiske Annulata Xe.,” 
Vid. Med. 1882, p. 223. 

t “Note on a new Oligochete,” Zool. Anz. no. 408 (1892). 

§ “Sur une Tubifex a’ Algérie,” Mém. Soc. Zool, Fr. 1891. 


South- American Tubificide. 207 


(2) The presence of two sete only in each ventral bundle, 
of which one is uncinate, the other simple. 

(3) The opening of the spermathece in segment xiii. behind 
the male pores, 

(4) The fact that the sperm-duct opens independently of 
the spermiducal gland into the penis. 


This combination of characters occurs in no other Tubiticid. 
In fact more than one of the characters is peculiar to the 
present genus. ‘The curious arrangement of the ventral setz 
18 apap and so is the position of the spermathece. 

t is the rule among the Tubificide for the sperm-duct to 
open into the extremity of the spermiducal gland, which has 
ordinarily the appearance of being a continuation of it. To 
this rule there has hitherto been only a single exception 
recorded. ‘This exception is the remarkable genus Bran- 
chiura *, in which the sperm-duct opens into the lowest part 
of the spermiducal gland just before the latter becomes con- 
tinuous with the penis. In Hesperodrilus the same state of 
affairs is met with, but the gland is not enveloped, as it is in 
Branchiura, by a thick outer coating of glandular cells; there 
is only the lining of cells, which are, however, extremely 
glandular ; the distinct prostate found in so many Tubificide, 
but wanting in Branchiura, Clitellio, and L[lyodrilus, is also 
wanting in Lesperodrilus. As to the peculiar condition of 
the sete of the ventral bundles, it might perhaps be thought 
that there is some error ; it is so frequently the case that one 
of the teeth of the bifid seta is worn. In the present instance 
there can, I think, be no doubt about the matter; the two 
kinds of sete occurred with far too great a regularity to admit 
of any such explanation as that suggested. 

The following is a brief description of the main characters 
of the four species belonging to this new genus :— 


1. Hesperodrilus branchiatus, sp. n. 


I refer first to this species on account of its interest in 
being another branchiate species. ‘This is now the second 
‘lubiticid in which organs clearly of a branchial nature exist. 
The other species is Branchiura Sowerbii, which I discovered 
two years ago in the “Victoria regia” tank at the Botanical 
Society’s Gardens in the Regent’s Park. At first I naturally 
supposed that I had before me an example of that worm, the 
habitat of which is very possibly South America; but in the 


* “A new Branchiate Oligochete, Branchiura Sowerbii,” Quart 


Journ. Mier, Sci. 1892, p. 1. 


208 Mr. F. E. Beddard on 


present species the branchiew, though apparently similar in 
structure to those of Branchiura, have a different arrange- 
ment. In Branchiura they are dorsal and ventral, attached 
to the median line of the body on those aspects. In Hespero- 
drilus branchiatus they are lateral in position, being attached 
a little below the lateral sete. ‘These were, moreover, in the 
single specimen examined by me fewer in number; I counted 
only thirteen pairs. In the interior of each branchial process 
was a capillary loop; their length is about the diameter of 
the body ; no doubt during life they extend on each side for 
a considerable distance beyond the body. It is an interesting 
fact that in both the present species and in Branchiura the 
branchize should be limited to the tail-end of the body ; but 
a consideration of the habits of the Tubificidae seems to 
explain this. It is well known that the common Tubifex ot 
our streams and rivers buries its head in the mud, while the 
tail waves freely about in the water; this appears also to be 
the way with other Tubificids. Now in Limnodrilus the 
hinder segments of the body are apt to have integumental 
capillaries, which render the aeration of the blood easier in 
those segments ; there is thus the first step in the formation 
of a special breathing organ. In Bothrioneuron (see above) 
the hinder end of the body is furnished with an exceedingly 
rich integumental blood-plexus, which is a further step in 
the same direction. Finally, we have in Branchiura Sowerbit 
and in Hesperodrilus branchiatus the appearance of definite 
branchial organs. On the other hand, in Cheetobranchus 
Sempert, Bourne’s gilled Naid, which presumably wanders 
through the water and is not largely sessile, the branchie are 
at the head end and diminish towards the tail; the same is 
the case with Alma nilotica, whose nature, however, cannot 
yet be regarded as certain; it may be, as has been suggested 
by Kisig, a Capitellid. The branchie of Dero and ot Aulo- 
phorus vagans, if this genus be allowed as distinct from Dero, 
are at the hinder end of the body. 

In other features of its organization this /esperodrilus 
conforms to the type of structure already described as charac- 
teristic of the genus Hesperodrilus, though there are naturally 
other points of difference. 


2. Hesperodrilus niger, sp. n. 

‘The most salient external character of this species is its 
deep black coloration. It is a largish worm, quite an inch 
in length, and of a considerable thickness. I regarded it at 
first as probably a Lumbriculus. It proved, however, in 
dissection to be undoubtedly a member of this genus. 


South-American Tubificide. 209 


Its chief distinguishing character is the dark pigmentation 
of the dorsal surface of the body; the pigment proved on an 
examination of sections to be chiefly located in the peritoneum 
lining the dorsal side of the ccelom, thence extending for a 
little way into the muscular layers of the body-wall and in 
the opposite direction along the septa. The internal cha- 
racters, apart from differences of small importance, are those of 
the following species. 


3. Hesperodrilus albus, sp. n. 


‘This is a small and slender species of a white colour (when 
preserved) ; its general appearance is quite that of a Tubifex. 
In addition to the peculiar characters of the ventral sete 
which | referred to as characteristic of the genus, this species 
shows another peculiarity in those organs which I believe to 
be unique in the Tubificide. The dorsal sete do not com- 
mence upon the first setigerous segment, but upon the 
second ; there is thus the commencement of what Prof. Lan- 
kester has termed ‘“ cephalization,” so highly characteristic 
of many Naids. Vaillant, in his recently published account 
of the Oligocheeta, has united the Tubificids and the Naids 
into one family; this species is a further proof of the justice 
of this course. Not only does LHesperodrilus show in this 
particular some resemblance to the Naids, but it also shows 
an approach to the Lumbriculide. It will be remembered 
that in Phreatothriz and in Stylodrilus Vejdovskii the first 
pair of nephridia extend through a considerable number of 
segments, though the funnel and the external pore are, as is 
the rule, upon consecutive segments ; in [esperodrilus albus 
we find exactly the same state of affairs. ‘The first pair of 
nephridia are in the sixth segment ; thence they extend back 
as far as the tenth, but the external aperture is upon the 
sixth. The proof of this was not entirely derived from a 
careful putting together of a series of consecutive sections, 
which might possibly lead to error; in one section the course 
of the tube through three segments was quite plainly visible. 
Another mark of distinction between the ‘Tubiticidee and the 
Lumbriculide is thus broken down. I am disposed to unite 
‘Tubificidee, Naidomorpha, and Lumbriculide into one large 
tamily. 

The spermathece of this species are extraordinarily long ; 
the genus as a whole is characterized by the possession of 
long spermathece, but the present species and the next one 
have unusually long sacs, which extend through five segments. 
Each sac is dilated at the blind end into an oval sac, in which 


210 On South-American Tubiticide. 


lie the spermatozoa ; I could find no trace of spermatophores. 
The duct of the spermatheca leading from this sac is long 
and narrow ; rather more than halfway down there is a slight 
swelling and a kind of trap formed by a sudden change in 
the height of the lining epithelium; the structure is very 
suggestive of the spermatheca of MJarionia sphagnetorum 
recently described by Michaelsen *, 


4. Hesperodrilus pellucidus, sp. n. 


This species is very like the last, differing, however, in a 
few small points. Its colour when preserved is brownish, 
instead of an opaque white. ‘The dorsal capilliform sete are 
not so long and the spermiducal gland is a little different in 
form. In other respects it agrees entirely with LZespero- 
drilus albus. 


I conclude with a definition of the genus and the species :— 


HESPERODRILUS, gen. nov. 

Dorsal sete capilliform only ; ventral sete two toeach bundle, 
one uncinate, the other simple. Male pores on segment xii., 
spermathecal pores on xiii. Spermiducal gland opening into 
protrusible penis, together with sperm-duct; no distinct 
“prostate.” Spermathecee long. No spermatophores (?). 

1) Hesperodrilus branchiatus, sp. n. 
ye 

Dorsal sete short and slender. Posterior thirteen segments 
with paired branchial processes. 

(2) Hesperodrilus niger, sp. n. 

Body strongly pigmented dorsally. Dorsal sete short 
and slender. 

(3) Hesperodrilus albus, sp. n. 

Dorsal sete do not commence until segment ill. Spermi- 
ducal gland communicates with penis by a narrow tube. 

(4) Hesperodrilus pellucidus, sp. n. 


Dorsal sete do net commence until segment iii, slender. 
Spermiducal gland only separated by a short constriction 
from penis. 


* Arch. f. mikr, Anat. xxxi. pl. xxiii. fig. 2 ¢. 


Geological Society. 211 


XXUI.—Diagnosis of a new Species of the Genus 
Lepidolemur. By Dr. C. L. Forsyra Mayor. 
Lepidolemur leucopus, Sp. n. 

Upperparts chiefly chinchilla-grey, with an indistinet 
median brownish stripe, stretching from the region of the 
neck to the root of the tail, in the proximity of which it 
becomes paler. Head above brown-grey, with a darker 
median stripe; cheeks and chin whitish. The ears encircled 
by a broad ring of whitish hair. Neck, shoulder, and upper 
parts of forearm pale rufous. Breast and belly greyish 
white; inner faces of fore and hind limbs and heels pure 
white. Tail greyish with rusty tinge, shorter than body 
250: 290 millim.). 

Ears large, higher than broad, membranous. 

Length of the upper molar and premolar series 17°5 millim. 

Length of the lower molar and premolar series (m. 3-p. 2) 
16 millim. 

Hab. Fort Dauphin (8.E. Madagascar). 

Type in the British Museum. 


PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES. 
GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY, 
November 8, 1893.—W. H. Hudleston, Esq., M.A., F.R.S., 
President, in the Chair. 


The following communication was read :— 


* Notes on the Occurrence of Mammoth-remains in the Yukon 
District of Canada and in Alaska,’ By George M. Dawson, C.M.G., 
LL.D., F.B.S8., F.G.8. 

In this paper various recorded occurrences of Mammoth-remains 
are noted and discussed. ‘The remains are abundant in, if not 
strictly confined to, the limits of a great unglaciated area in the 
North-western part of the North American continent ; whilst within 
the area which was covered by the great ice-mass which the 
Author has described as the Cordilleran glacier, remains of the 
Mammoth are either entirely wanting or are very scarce. At 
the time of the existence of the Mammoth the North American 
and Asiatic land was continuous; for an elevation of the land 
sufficient to enable the Mammoth to reach those islands of the 
Bering Sea where these bones have been found would result in the 
obliteration of Bering Straits. 

The bones occur, along the northern coast of Alaska, in a layer of 
clay resting on the somewhat impure ‘ ground-ice formation’ which 
gives indications of stratification; and above the clay is a peaty 
layer. The Author considers this ‘ground-ice’ was formed as a 
deposit when more continental conditions prevailed, by snow-fall on 


212 Miscellaneous. 


a region without the slopes necessary to produce moving glaciers. 
The Mammoth may be supposed to have passed between Asia and 
America at this time. At a later date, when Bering Straits were 
opened and the perennial accumulation of snow ceased on the low- 
lands, the clay was probably carried down from the highlands 
and deposited during the overflow of rivers. Over this land the 
Mammoth roamed, and wherever local areas of decay of ice arose 
bogs would be produced which served as veritable sink-traps. The 
Author considers it probable that the accumulation of ‘ ground-ice’ 
was coincident with the second (and latest) epoch of maximum 
glaciation, which was followed by an important subsidence in 
British Columbia. 


December 6, 1893.—W. H. Hudleston, Esq., M.A., F.R.S., 
President, in the Chair. 


The following communication was read :— 
‘On a Variety of Ammonites (Stephanoceras) subarmatus, Young, 


from the Upper Lias of Whitby.’ By Horace W. Monckton, Esq., 
POEES:, E-G:S: 


The Author describes an ammonite found by himself in 1874 
near Sandsend, 3 miles north-west of Whitby. He thinks it was 
not actually in situ, but lying with a number of nodules on the 
floor of an old alum-pit, although he has no doubt that it is from 
the Alum Shale of the Upper Lias. A peculiar arrangement of the 
costee as they cross the siphonal area distinguishes the specimen 
from other Whitby ammonites known to the Author. It bears a 
strong resemblance to a shell figured as A, subarmatus by D’Orbigny, 
‘Terr. Jurass.,’ pl. 1xxvii., but is unlike the figures of that species 
given by other authors. 


MISCELLANEOUS. 
On the Jaws of Hirudinea. By Jac. M. Croocxewit. 


Haycrart’s discovery of a substance in the head of Hirudo medi- 
cinalis, which is able to prevent the coagulation of the blood, has 
had the effect of directing attention afresh to the jaws and to the 
so-called salivary glands of leeches. 

I now venture to make a provisional communication of certain 
details of the results which I have obtained with reference to these 
organs in studying Hirudo medicinalis and Aulastomum qulo. 

It is well known that in the head of Hirudo there is found a very 
large number of unicellular glands, the excretory ducts of which, 
in the shape of long, narrow, undulating tubes, partly run between 
the epithelial cells of the pharynx, and partly open on the free edges 
of the jaws. In Aulastomum the number of the glands is much 
smaller, and in this animal they open, if not exclusively, at any rate 
almost all upon the edges of the jaws. The secretion contains a 


Miscellaneous. 213 


great multitude of small granules, which take a deep stain from 
hematoxylin, in consequence of which glands and excretory ducts 
are easily recognizable in preparations which are treated in this 
manner. 

In Hirudo as well as in Aulastomum the orifices of the glands 
which open upon the jaws are found between the teeth. 

The teeth have somewhat the shape of a a, the apex of which is 
directed towards the surface. They may be readily isolated by 
means of liquor potassew. In Aulastomum they are larger, and, as is 
well known, much fewer in number than in Hirudo. The teeth at 
the lower end of the arch of the jaw are not so well developed as 
those in the middle. Nevertheless the two somewhat stout processes, 
which are directed away from the pharynx, are wanting, so that 
the teeth are here represented by small conical structures. The teeth 
are entirely enclosed by the cuticle. 

The clearest idea of these structures is afforded by serial seetions 
through the jaws. 

The leech is killed by being thrown into alcohol. The jaws are 
then dissected out, placed in alcohol containing picric acid, for the 
purpose of decalcifying the teeth and, after suitable preparation, 
embedded in paraftin. In the case of Hirudo it is then not difficult 
to divide the jaw into series of sections perpendicular to the plane 
of the jaw and perpendicular to its base. This may also be success- 
fully carried out in the case of Aulastomum, although here, on 
account of the small size of the object, it is not so easy to hit upon 
the direction desired for the section when the jaw is enclosed in 
paraffin. 

The terminal sections of the series do not show the details clearly. 
The section here passes obliquely through teeth and cuticle. At the 
level of the apex of the jaw, however, the transverse sections exhibit 
the condition of the teeth and cuticle distinctly. The cuticle, which 
clothes the epithelium of the jaw, increases greatly in thickness 
on the anterior and posterior surface of the jaw, so soon as it reaches 
the free margin, and runs out in a sharp edge towards the pharyngeal 
cavity. Between the cuticle of the anterior and that of the posterior 
surface a cleft-shaped space is left, and in this space the excretory 
ducts of the glands open. Lach time that a tooth is encountered, 
however, we find that this space is closed. The decalcified teeth 
stain well with hematoxylin, while the cuticle remains free from 
this colouring-matter. Consequently in the sections every part of a 
tooth may be clearly distinguished from the cuticle. The tips of 
the teeth do not project beyond the free edge of the cuticle. 

If an entire jaw, which is best not stained, be made transparent 
by means of oil of cloves, and then mounted in Canada balsam with 
the free edge uppermost and a suitably supported covyer-slip placed 
over it, the sharp edges of the cuticle of the anterior and posterior 
surfaces of the jaw can be observed quite distinctly as two fine lines. 
The slit which is left between them is found to be open and closed 
by a tooth in regular alternation. 

The teeth are consequently to be regarded as an apparatus for the 


214 Miscellaneous. 


support of the cutting cuticle, So soon as a wound is made by the 
jaw, it is impregnated by the secretion which streams out between 
the teeth, whereby in the vessels which are bitten into not only the 
coagulation of the blood, but also the conglutination of the vascular 
membranes (Blutplittchen) is prevented—at least in the case of 
Hirudo medicinalis. 

I have not succeeded in demonstrating au anti-coagulating effect 
in the ease of the extract from heads of Aulastomum hardened in 
alcohol. I have been able to convince myself that Au/astomum «is 
able to inflict a skin-wound upon frogs and to suck blood ; subse- 
quent bleeding from the wound, however, I have not found. So far 
as I have seen, Aulastamum wounds the skin of only such frogs as 
are badly nourished and do not defend themselves vigorously, and 
then only on the toes of the posterior extremities. In the case of 
dead frogs, Aulastomum also fixes itself and sucks in the oral cavity, 
the pharynx, and deep in the throat. 

I hope shortly to be able to publish a more detailed account of 
my results.— Zoologischer Anzeiger,xvi. Jahrg., no. 433, November 13, 
1893, pp. 427-429. 


Utrecht, October 1893. 


Schneider's Pore and the Esophageal Glands of Nematodes. 
By Prof. Orro Hamann, of Gottingen. 


Since the investigations of Schneider the cesophagus and its 
glands in parasitic Nematodes have not been subjected to a renewed 
and more minute examination, and the subject was left with the 
brief allusion to a capilliform canal, which this investigator had 
observed in the esophagus of Ascaris megalocephala. In his * Mono- 
graphie der Nematoden’ (pp. 191 & 192) in dealing with this species 
Schneider alludes to a canal, which is stated to open on the dorsal 
side of the internal cesophageal wall and which could be traced for 
a short distance. Whether this canal extends deeper into the sub- 
stance of the cesophagus is a question which he leaves undecided. 
Up to the present I have discevered the pore with its canal in a 
large number of Adriatic Ascaridxe and Strongylide, and in Lecano- 
cephalus. I propose to give a short description of it as found in the 
latter form. Schneider’s pore is situated a short distance below the 
lips on the dorsal side of the internal wall of the esophagus. and 
constitutes a communication between the esophageal lumen and an 
organ which lies in the csophageal wall. The pore leads into a 
capilliform, membranous, hyaline canal, which at first runs at right 
angles, and then bends round and passes backwards parallel to the 
longitudinal axis of the cesophagus. The canal is surrounded by a 
granular substance, which offers a marked contrast to the basal 
substance of the esophagus. It never lies free, but even at its 
hinder end, where it has become more and more slender, the canal 
is enclosed in this substance. It can be followed throughout the 
entire length of the cesophagus almost as far as the sphincter appa- 


EE OO a ee ae a >. 


Miscellaneous. 215 


ratus, which is present in all Nematodes and divides the wsophagus 
from the mesenteron. At the end of this organ stellate cells are 
found, which probably have an excretory function. 

In Ascaridw and Lecanocephalus a cecum is described, which is 
said to project backwards at the point where the cesophagus passes 
into the mesenteron, while a diverticulum of the intestine extends 
forwards. As is shown by transverse sections, the structure in 
question is not a cecum, but a solid organ, which represents a pro- 
jection of the esophageal wall on the ventral side. A cavity open- 
ing into the lumen of the cesophagus is not found in its centre. 
With reference to the complicated structure of this organ, I will here 
only make the following observations. This gland, for such it 
undoubtedly is, is composed of cells, which are traversed by a 
eapilliform intracellular tubule. In transverse sections the gland 
exhibits a biscuit-shaped figure, and is divided into two halves by 
a central septum. In each half lie the perforated cells already 
mentioned, so that consequently two delicate tubules are present. 
Now it is possible to follow these canals and observe how they enter 
the csophageal wall, from which, as [ remarked, the gland is a 
projection, and open each by a pore into the lumen of the ceso- 
phagus a little distance above the point where the gland fuses with 
the cesophageal wall. The excretory organ of the lateral lines, as I 
have already described it in Lecanocephalus in a previous communi- 
cation, is essentially constructed in precisely the same manner as 
this cesophageal gland, since it is composed of a number of perforated 
cells. In both cases the canal is intracellular in position. 

If we take the position of the cesophageal gland into consider- 
ation, and reflect that it is situated near the commencement of the 
mesenteron, and is suspended in the ccelome, we shall find no 
difficulty in assuming that this organ absorbs excretory products 
from the ccelomie fluid. 

In the parasitic Nematodes, moreover, organs are found lying in 
the ceelome, which are in connexion with the lateral lines. Lecano- 
cephalus possesses several peculiar organs measuring 4 mm. in 
diameter, which are distinguished by their digitate ramifications 
and enclose in their centre a disproportionately large nucleus. The 
digitate processes bear small pyriform structures, which attract 
attention on account of their strongly refractile granular substance 
and give rise to the conjecture that they may be homologous with 
the ciliate organs. A ciliation, however, I have so far never 
succeeded in discovering. These organs, which are in connexion 
with the lateral ridges by one end, are undoubtedly identical with 
the ‘“‘fasciculate bodies” (‘ buschelformigen Kérpern’’) alluded 
to by Leuckart, Schneider, and others, in the case of Ascaris megalo- 
cephala, and situate in the neighbourhood of the excretory pore. 
The detailed description of these organs, as well as of those pre- 
viously referred to, will be given in a monograph of the genus 
Lecanocephalus and allied forms which will shortly appear.— 
Zoologischer Anzeiger, xvi. Jahrg., no. 433, November 13, 1893, 
pp. 482-434. 


216 Miscellaneous. 


Who first found Balanoglossus? By the Rey. Canon 
Norman, M.A., D.C.L., F.R.S., &c. 


I find that with respect to Cavolini’s figure I have lighted on a 
“mare’s nest.” Professor Jeffrey Bell has consulted that author’s 
posthumous work, and tells me that “on p. 296 there is a descrip- 
tion of Tav. ii. (marked in Atlas ii. and xiv.) thus: ‘ fig. 1, Fissofora 
bijuga .... gliovari spiralid ; fig. 4, ovario spirali ;’” and that “ at 
p. 342 the species is stated to be the Agamolpsis (sic) Cavolinii of 
Delle Chiaje” *. What Cavolini calls the ‘ ovario spirali ”—which I 
took to be a figure, natural size, of a Balanoglossus—is, in fact 
(using Heckel’s terms), the greatly magnified pedicle, cnidoband, and 
terminal filament of a tentillum of a Siphonophoridan. I have con- 
sulted all the chief works on the Siphonophore, but cannot meet with 
a figure which represents the anterior portion of a tentillum with 
such a collar and proboscis-like outline as is drawn by Cavolini; 
the figure most like on the whole, perhaps, is the illustration of the 
tentillum of Forskalia tholoules, Heckel (Report ‘ Challenger’ 
Siphonophore, 1888, pl. x. fig. 23), or that of Stephanomia amphi- 
tridis, Huxley (‘Oceanic Hydrozoa, 1859, pl. viii. fig. 8), where 
what he calls the “involucrum” must, I conclude, correspond with 
the collar-like portion of Cavolini’s figure. In mistakingly supposing 
that Cavolini’s figure was life-size and represented a Balanoglossus, 
the chief difficulty in the way of identification was the greatly 
produced and coiled termination ; but it occurred to me that in life 
this part might be capable of greater elongation than had been 
represented in figures, and that, moreover, the old author might, in 
this respect, have drawn somewhat on his imagination. It is worth 
any one’s while who is interested in Balanoglossus to look at this 
figure of Cavolini, and see the curious resemblance as regards the 
general form of this microscopic organ of a Siphonophoridan and 
the facies of a Balanoglossus. 


Burnmoor Rectory, 
Jan. 6, 1894. 


* On pl. clxxxi. of Chiaje, Anim. invert. Sicil. cit., are figures taken 
from Cavolini’s figs., though not exact reproductions, fig. 4 (tig. 6 Chiaje) 
especially being much reduced in size, and thus not so much simulating 
Balanoglossus. 1 do not see any reference to these figures in the text. 
On the plate, fig. 3 (fig. 1, Cavolini) is called Physsophoru byjuga ; tigs. 4-6 
are not referred to. I may add that there is no reference in Heckel’s 
Bibliography or List of known Siphonophore (Report ‘ Challenger” 
Siphono leas either to Cavolini or Chiaje’s Sicilian work, nor is the 
name referred to in Carus, Fawn. Prod. Medit. 


Anae.& . Veg. Nat. Hist... 6. Vol. XI, PU. VI. 


indrew Scott del. ad nat. Mintern Bros .lith 
1-7. Amymone nigrains , spt. 8-2. Stenhelia dispar .sp.w. 
TBAT. Cletodes trrasa.sp.m. 18-20. Amewa exiles. sp.te- 


Anie.&. Vang. Nak. Hist. § 6. Vol. XM. PL. IX. 


Andrew Scott aad 9 Nintern Bros.. lith. 
1-3. Ametra eawlis, spn. 4-9. Thelestris forficuloides. sp.av. 
10-14. Dermatonvxen guhberum sp, 15-20. Acontiophorus elongatus, spr 


THE ANNALS 


MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. 
[SIXTH SERIES. ] 


No. 75. MARCH 1894. 


XXIV.—On a Bifid Earthworm (Lumbricus terrestris). By 
Henry C. Wriiamson, M.A., B.Sc., St. Andrews 
Marine Laboratory. 


[Plate X.] 


THe Lumbricus described below belongs to Mr. Thomson 
Blackford, and was handed to me by Professor M‘Intosh, 
to whom it had been courteously sent by Dr. Fulton, Superin- 
tendent of Scientific Investigations of the Fishery Board for 
Scotland. 

The specimen is an earthworm in which the posterior half 
of the body is double. Hach of the posterior portions has an 
anus. The recorded cases of bifurcation in the species of 
Lumbricus are few in number; and while that abnormality 
has been noticed not unfrequently in Polycheeta, still compa- 
ratively few have been described. Professor E. A. Andrews, 
of Baltimore, U.S.A., published a list of the references made 
by different authors to bifurcation in Annelids in ‘ Nature,’ 
vol. xlvii. no. 1214, Feb. 2nd, 1893. Mr. Robertson, of 
Oxford, gave the following description of a double earthworm 
in the ‘ Quarterly Microscopical Journal,’ vol. vii. 1867 :— 

“The rings of the body presented the usual appearance 
from the first to the eighty-fifth, where the body divided into 
two symmetrical halves, each of which presented the usual 
appearance of the terminal part of an ordinary worm [ Pl. X. 
figs. 8and9]. Lach of these lateral appendages commenced 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xiii. 15 


218. = =Mr. H. C. Williamson on a Bifid Earthworm. 


by distinct and separate rings applied to the eighty-fifth [in 
this respect it differs from the earthworm which is the subject 
of this article], and not by its bifurcation into two parts. A 
small triangular membranous space was thus left on the 
dorsal and ventral surfaces, between the junction of the 
three rings. It was found that the large vessels, the diges- 
tive tract, and nerve-cord divided at the eighty-fifth ring, 
and were symmetrically arranged in each of the lateral ap- 
pendages. The generative organs were fully developed and 
quite normal.” 

Two abnormal earthworms are recorded by Professor F. 
Jeffrey Bell in the Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1885, vol. xvi. 
pp. 475-477. ‘In the first specimen the left hind branch was 
shorter than the right. Though the left branch looked like a 
bud it was not really so, since as time wore on the difference in 
size increased, and the left then was not only much the 
smaller, but also much the less active. There were at first 
no signs of a clitellum, but after two months there were 
apparent indications of a clitellum. A short time after that 
date it lost its tails, and soon after was found dead. 

“1. It makes it quite certain that, like lizards with their 
tails, earthworms may reproduce bilaterally what is ordinarily 
only produced terminally. But this is only another way of 
saying that earthworms are subject to a well-known and 
widely diffused law. 

“2. The fact that the clitellum only became apparent a 
few days before the loss of the hinder end is positive; but 
the events may or may not have any relation to one another. 
If they have, they only show that when the earthworm is 
reproducing parts of its body it is, pro tanto, comparable to a 
form reproducing itself asexually, a phenomenon which, so 
high in the scale of organization, is, we know, not compatible 
or contemporaneous with sexual reproduction. 

“The second specimen belonged to the species Lumbricus 
fetidus, and was dead when examined.” 

In ‘The American Naturalist,’ vol. xxvi. no. 309, 1892, a 
paper on “ Bifurcated Annelids,” by Professor Andrews, 
appeared. Prof. Andrews gives five instances of this abnor- 
mality in the species Lumbricus terrestris. ‘lwo of these are 
the specimens described by Robertson and Bell, the remaining 
three having been recorded by Dr. Horst, Asa Fitch, and 
Dwight Marsh. Prof. Andrews in this article says :— 
“ Horst, in experimenting upon regeneration of lost parts in 
earthworms, found one, 100 millim. long, with two tails, each 
25 millim. long and quite normally formed. This was alive 
when observed. Asa Fitch records finding in his garden in 


Mr. H. C. Williamson on a Bifid Earthworm. 219 


New York State a live specimen about 3 inches long with 
the posterior end divided for nearly one fourth of its length. 
The appendages were equal, but each only about two thirds 
the normal thickness of the body anterior to them. Each 
appendage possessed a functional anus. ‘The left appendage 
appears as a continuation of the body, three somites serving 
to form a gradual transition from the thicker trunk to the 
thinner appendage. The right appendage springs from the 
gaping suture between the trunk and the first of the three 
transitional left somites; where the origin of the right branch 
occurs there is a slight constriction not represented at all 
upon the left branch. The method of bifurcation seems thus 
similar to that recorded by Robertson. 

“Dwight Marsh records a two-tailed earthworm found in 
Wisconsin. When alive both tails appear of equal import- 
ance, but in alcohol one division is markedly constricted where 
it joins the body and appears as a mere lateral branch. 
Each appendage has a branch of the intestine and of the 
nerve-trunk, as well as functional anus. In alcohol the 
specimen is only 34 millim. long, the tails each 12 millim.” 

Andrews further says that he only knows “ of about twenty 
recorded cases of Annelids with bifid ends. .The period at 
which these monstrosities arise is not well known, whether 
they were formed in the embryo or were formed in the 
maturer period of the individual’s existence. Yet there is 
little support for the former supposition, while for the latter 
we have in two cases good evidence and in many others con- 
siderable presumption towards this conclusion. Granting for 
the present that these monstrosities have arisen in late life 
after the removal of parts of the main axis, or after injuries, 
we may next inquire how far the two new ends are of equal 
value, whether the two new parts are equal in origin (as in 
Robertson’s specimen), or whether the one is to be regarded 
as a subordinate part or lateral outgrowth from the main 
trunk.” 

Dr. Cori * describes a bifid Lumbriculus variegatus which, 
in the mode of bifurcation, agrees to some extent with the 
Lumbricus here described. In the Lumbriculus, however, 
each of the three nerve-cords of the trunk—the left, median, 
and right—gives rise to two nerves which become the corre- 
sponding nerves in the two appendages. 

The Lumbricus described in this article had the posterior 
portion of the body doubled. The two appendages had 


* Sonderabdruck aus ‘ Lotus,’ 1894, Neue Folge, Bd. xiv. p. 1-6, 
fig. 3. 
15* 


220 = Mr. H.C. Williamson on a Bifid Earthworm. 


each an anus, and to all appearances were exactly similar. 
The trunk and appendages were of nearly equal diameter 
(Pl. X. fig. 1). Bell does not say whether the specimen 
described by him had two ani or not. The right-hand ap- 
pendage was perhaps a shade less in diameter than the left. 
In this respect this specimen differs from that described 
by Fitch, in which the posterior appendages were of the 
same thickness, but of less diameter than the anterior 
portion. It differs also from that described by Robertson 
(fig. 8), which appears from his drawing in that respect 
to agree with Fitch’s specimen. When the worm was 
placed with the dorsum upwards (fig. 1) it was found that the 
anterior part marked AD, stretching from the prostomium to 
the fifty-fourth segment, where the bifurcation commenced, 
was 1,/, inch long, the left appendage, DB, 142 inch long, and 
the right appendage, D’C, 1;% inch long. In the portion 
AD there were 54 annuli, in DB 122 annuli, and in D’C 
109 annuli. The specimen when examined was in spirit and 
to some extent contracted. The dorsal line was visible 
in the anterior portion, in which it could be traced up 
as far as the nineteenth segment. It ran in a perfectly 
continuous line down the trunk and the lett appendage 
to the anus (fig. 1). No trace of it could be made out in 
the right appendage. ‘This is the first important difference 
between the two appendages, and leads one to suppose 
that the trunk and the left appendage form the complete 
worm, and that the right appendage, in which there is no 
trace of the dorsal line, is the extra portion. Fitch was 
led to the same conclusion in his specimen. 

On examining the junction of the three parts it was seen 
that the right appendage D’C arose from the right lateral 
portion of the fifty-fourth segment (fig. 2). The origin of 
this appendage differs from that of the corresponding one in 
Robertson’s specimen (fig. 8), neither does it occur by the 
bifureation of the fifty-fourth segment. At its junction with 
the fifty-fourth segment the right appendage is constricted. A 
similar constriction was noticed in the right appendage of 
Fitch’s specimen and also in one of the appendages of the 
earthworm recorded by Marsh. On dissection it was found 
that’ the dorsal blood-vessel was bifureated, as also were the 
gut (fig. 3), the supra-neural vessel (tig. 5), and the nerve- 
cord (fig. 4). The typical double nerve-cord was present in 
the anterior and both posterior portions. ‘There was no 
appreciable difference in diameter between the two posterior 
portions of the dorsal blood-vessel ; the intestine in the right 
appendage was, however, a little less in diameter than that 


Mr. H. C. Williamson on a Bifid Earthworm. 221 


in the left. The typhlosole was present in both appendages, 
as well as in the trunk. The gut was empty at the junction, 
which was the only spot at which it was opened. The 
double nerve-cord in the right was of less diameter than 
that in the left appendage. No difference was noticed in 
the thickness of the two posterior portions of the supra- 
neural vessel. The constriction that was noticed externally 
on the right appendage at its junction with the body of the 
worm was not distinctly made out on the intestine of the 
same at its junction with the main alimentary tract formed 
by that of the trunk and left appendage. Two rows of 
nephridia were made out on each of the appendages, no 
difference being found between any of them. 

The structure of the blood-vessels and gut gave no indica- 
tion as to which appendage might have been secondarily 
formed. 

As regards the nervous system, there is a normal double 
cord in the trunk (fig. 4). The left cord (a) is continuous 
with that of the left appendage (e), and in a similar manner 
the right cord (4) forms the outer cord of the right appendage 
(f). The inner cords of each appendage (d and e) are con- 
fluent at the bifurcation and have no connexion with the cords 
of the trunk. 

The vesicule seminales, the only portions of the reproduc- 
tive organs present, were poorly developed. Three only of 
these were found, where normally there should be four pairs ; 
one (vs,, fig. 6), which was very small, on the left side of 
the tenth segment, and one on each side (vs, and vss, fig. 6) 
of the twelfth segment. Of the latter the left-hand one 
(vs,) was much the larger. ‘The fact that on the right side 
of the body the vesicula seminales were practically un- 
developed gives ground for the supposition that the right 
appendage is the result ot asexual reproduction, There is an 
entire absence of any clitellum; in this respect the specimen 
resembles that described by Bell. Robertson found in the 
worm described by him that the reproductive organs were 
well developed and normal. It would thus appear probable 
that asexual’ reproduction does not account for all cases of 
bifurcation in earthworms. 

The method of bifurcation in this earthworm differs from 
that in the specimens recorded by Robertson and Fitch. 
As already mentioned, in Robertson’s specimen each of the 
lateral appendages commenced by distinct and separate rings 
applied to the eighty-fifth segment. In the worm described 
by Fitch the right appendage arose from the gaping suture 
between the trunk and the first of the three transitional left 


222 Mr. H.C. Williamson on a Bifid Earthworm. 


somites which are interposed between the trunk and its 
thin connexion. This specimen (Fitch’s) differs from the 
one described here in that in the latter the left appendage is 
of the same diameter as the trunk, and the right appendage 
arises from the fifty-fourth segment, not from the suture 
between two segments. Fitch considered that in his 
specimen the left appendage was the continuation of the 
trunk, and this appears to be the case in the Lumbricus here 
described. The right appendage arises from the right side of 
the fifty-fourth segment (tig. 2). Segment 54 differs very 
much from the other segments both in shape and size. It is 
triangular in shape, the base being represented by the right 
side, where the right appendage joins the segment (fig. 2). 
The somite is of normal length on the left side, but on the 
right it has grown antero-posteriorly and is very much 
longer. The increase in length on the right side has caused 
the left appendage to be pushed to the left, so that the 
anterior and leit posterior portions are not in the same straight 
line as they probably ought to be. 

At what time in the life of the worm the extra tail was 
developed it is very difficult to tell. If it originated in the 
embryo we should expect that the two tails would be similar 
in every respect. They are not, however, identically equal. 
The mode of connexion between the trunk and the right 
appendage differs from that of the trunk and the left 
appendage. ‘The right-hand appendage, moreover, is con- 
stricted at its junction with the anterior portion, while the 
left is not so. ‘The dorsal line is not present in the right 
appendage. It is difficult to imagine how such an abnor- 
mality could have originated in the embryo. In such a case 
a division of each ot the mesoblasts, neuroblasts, nephridio- 
blasts, &c. must have been effected. It might appear 
possible that the two appendages had been formed by a 
median vertical longitudinal fission of the original worm. ‘The 
division may be supposed to have extended from the anus 
forward to about the middle of the body dividing the gut, 
vessels, &c. equally and passing between the two nerve-cords. 
But the completeness of every organ in each appendage does 
not countenance that supposition; but, assuming that such a 
fission had taken place, it might probably have been going 
on at the time of the death of the earthworm. In this case 
there would have been at the fork a mass of embryonic cells, 
by their division giving rise to the left wall of the gut in 
the right appendage and the right wall of the gut in the left 
appendage, and similarly with the blood-vessels, nerves, and 
body-walls. The outer gut-walls of the two appendages 


Mr. H. C. Williamson on a Bifid Earthworm. 223 


would in that case be the right and left walls of the original 
intestine. ‘T'wo new rows of nephridia would be produced, 
one on the inner side of each appendage. The secondarily 
formed organs would probably differ slightly in structure 
from the corresponding original organs. No difference was 
noticed between the nephridia of one row and the nephridia 
of any of the other three rows in the appendages. Again, 
it would naturally be expected that the appendages would 
be symmetrically joined to the anterior trunk. This, 
however, is not the case. Lastly, the dorsal line, which 
is absent in the right appendage, would probably have 
been present in both appendages had this been a case of 
median fission. If the fission were supposed to have taken 
place a little to one side of the median line greater difficulties 
would be encountered. ‘This is, then, apparently a case of 
budding, not of bifurcation. The right-hand appendage is a 
bud of segment 54, probably formed subsequently to the 
complete development of the original worm. The original 
worm is represented by ADB (fig. 1), and the right-hand 
appendage D/C (fig. 1) is an outgrowth from the right 
side of the somite and away from the middle line. The 
growth in diameter of the bud has caused the increase in size 
of the right side of the somite. 

The third view is that the bifurcation may be the result of 
lateral budding. In many annelids longitudinal budding is 
common, and in the Syllide lateral budding also regularly 
takes place. These buds give rise to new individuals. It is 
impossible to tell whether the bud under consideration might 
have given rise to a new individual, or whether, like the bud 
described by Bell, it might have been absorbed if the Lum- 
bricus had lived. Bell does not mention whether or not the 
bud was provided with an anus. If it had no anus, the two 
buds are not comparable. Claparéde was of opinion that the 
budding in a Serpula examined by him might have been 
caused by a lesion, and M‘Intosh, in reference to Syllis 
ramosa, considered that budding may take place at any point 
in consequence of lesion at that point. If it is taken for 
granted that at one time this earthworm existed in a normal 
condition, viz. that the anterior trunk and the left appendage 
made up the normal Lumbricus, and that the right appendage 
was developed some time after, the origin of the right-hand 
appendage might be explained thus :—Assuming that seg- 
ment 54 had in some manner been cut or pierced (the wound 
extending into the interior of the intestine), some of the 
earth passing through the intestine during the process of 
alimentation may have been diverted through this opening 


224 =Mr. H. C. Williamson on a Bifid Earthworm. 


by the resistance offered by the earth in the posterior 
portion of the intestine, that is, the portion of the intestine 
lying between the opening and the anus. The cells sur- 
rounding the wound would become active, and a healing process 
would be set up. It is probable that the earth would tend to 
find its way through this opening in preference to passing 
through the rest of the intestine, and so the wound would 
not readily be closed. From the continued activity of the 
cells in the attempt to heal the wound, a process would 
gradually be formed. The main mass of the earth would 
probably continue to pass through this opening until the pro- 
cess became almost as long as the portion of the body 
between the point of lesion and the original anus, that is, until 
an equal resistance was offered at the fork to the passage of 
the earth along both branches of the intestine. The quantity 
of earth would then be equally divided between the two ap- 
pendages, half of it passing along each. From the fact that 
the right-hand appendage is the shorter of the two, it might be 
supposed that a greater proportion of the earth would still pass 
along it, owing to its offering less resistance ; but the greater 
length of the left appendage is compensated by the fact that 
its inclination to the trunk is less than the inclination of the 
new appendage to the same. The new appendage having 
now much less work to do than previously, the active cells 
at its posterior end would be enabled to narrow the opening 
and form an anus. 

None of the explanations offered above are really satis- 
factory. It is probable that this earthworm existed as a 
normal Lumbricus, before the right-hand appendage was deve- 
loped. The cause of the budding must be left undecided. 
There is doubtless some connexion between the fact that the 
reproductive organs are so undeveloped and the presence of the 
lateral bud. Whether the reproductive organs were from the 
first undeveloped, and the bud represents an attempt at 
asexual reproduction, or the reproductive organs atrophied in 
later hfe owing to the budding process, can only be a matter 
for conjecture. An interesting question suggests itself. 
How did this worm manage to move through the earth ? 
It was alive when dug up. It would have no difficulty in 
moving about on the surtace, but it certainly could not have 
readily burrowed in the ground. It therefore probably lived 
on the surface or amongst soft soil and decaying vegetable- 
matter close to the surface. 

My best thanks are due to Professor M‘Intosh, Dr. Fulton 
of Kidinburgh, and Mr. A. T. Masterman, B.A. Cantab., 
University of St. Andrews, for valuable assistance and advice. 


On Indian Deep-sea Dredging. 225 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE X. 


Fig. 1. Bifid earthworm, natural size, in spirit. 

Fig. 2. Enlarged drawing of segments 54 &c., showing the bifurcation. 

Fig. 3 shows the. bifid condition of the dorsal vessel and gut. 

Fig. 4. Drawing showing the relation of the nerve-cords in the two 
appendages and anterior trunk to each other. 

Fig. 5. Bika supraneural vessel lying above the nerve-cords. 

Fig. 6. Drawing showing position of the vesicula seminales. 

Fig. 7 shows bifid nature of dorsal vessel, gut, supraneural vessel, and 
nerve-cord. The gut has been drawn to one side to expose the 


nerve-cord. 
Figs. 8 & 9. Copies of Robertson’s drawings of earthworm described by 
him. 
Explanation of letters used. 
a. Left nerve-cord in anterior at. Anterior trunk. 
trunk. dv. Dorsal vessel. 
b. Right nerve-cord in anterior g. Gut. 
trunk. h. Heart. 
ce. Left nerve-cord in left ap- la. Left appendage. 
pendage. ne, Nerve-cord. 
d, Right nerve-cord in left ap- ra. Right appendage. 
pendage. s. Septum. 
e. Left nerve-cord in right ap- sn. Supraneural vessel. 
pendage. vs. Vesicula seminalis. 
f. Right nerve-cord in right ap- 
pendage. 


XXV.—WNatural History Notes from H.M. Indian Marine 
Survey Steamer ‘ Investigator,’ Commander R. F. Hoskyn, 
Lt.N., commanding.—Series 1I., No. 1. On the Results of 
Deep-sea Dredging during the Season 1890-91 (continued). 
By A. Atcock, M.B., Surgeon-Captain I.M.S., Superin- 
tendent of the Indian Museum. 


(Continued from vol. xi. p. 172.] 


Or the species to be described in the sequel some have 
already been figured in the “ Illustrations ot the Zoology of 
H.M. I.M.S. ‘ Investigator,’ Crustaceans,” part i., published 
in 1892, and some in part il. of the same publication, which 
I hope will be issued early this year. All the new species 
not yet figured will, I hope, appear in part iii. of the ‘ Illus- 
trations,’ which is now in preparation and may be expected 
early next year (1895). 


226 Surg.-Capt. A. Alcock on — 


Family Nematocarcinide. 
Nematocarcinus, A. Milne-Edwards. 


58. Nematocarcinus gracilis, Spence Bate. 
Nematocarcinus gracilis, Spence Bate, ‘Challenger’ Macrura, p. 815, 
pl. cxxxil. fig. 8. 


Several specimens from Station 120, 240 to 276 fathoms. 


59. Nematocarcinus paucideniatus, Spence Bate. 
Nematocarcinus paucidentatus, Spence Bate, ‘Challenger’ Macrura, 
p- 816, pl. exxxii. fig, 9. 
Two ovigerous females from Station 115, 188 to 220 
fathoms. ‘The colour in life was pink, the eggs being light 


blue. 


60. Nematocarcinus tenuirostris, Spence Bate. 
Nematocarcinus tenuirostris, Spence Bate, ‘ Challenger’ Macrura, p. 817, 
pl. xxxii. fig. 10. 
A large male from Station 112, 561 fathoms. Colour in 
life bright orange-pink. 


ASTACIDEA. 
Family Homaride. 
Nepurops, Leach. 


61. Nephrops andamanicus, Wood-Mason. 


Nephrops andamanicus, Wood-Mason, Illustrations of the Zoology of 
H.M, LMS. ‘Investigator,’ Crustacea, pl. iv. 

The integument, though thin, is strong and firm, and 
dorsally is everywhere on the body finely granular and 
slightly pubescent. 

The carapace measured to the tip of the rostrum is about 
half an eye-length short of half the total length, the rostrum 
measured from the orbital plate constituting about one third 
of this measurement. The rostrum is broad and concave 
above and ends in a compressed spine, at the base of which 
on the under surface is a similar spine, and on each lateral 
margin another large spine ; behind the last the lateral margins 
of the rostrum extend backwards almost to the cervical groove, 
each as a ridge formed of three great trenchant procumbent 


Indian Deep-sea Dredging. 227 


spines decreasing in size from before backwards ; in the con- 
cavity between these ridges is a faint median ridge running 
up to the terminal spine of the rostrum. Behind the cervical 
groove the cardiac region is traversed by a broad ridge sur- 
mounted by a double row of spinelets, which diminish in 
size from before backwards, the whole being an evident con- 
tinuation of the rostrum. 

The under surface of the true rostrum behind the single 
inferior spine is furnished with a fringe of long sete, which 
is continued round the orbital margin on each side. 

Laterally on the level of the antenne the frontal region 
is occupied by a great trenchant wing-like spine, the point of 
which surpasses the base of the antennary scale and reaches 
almost to the anterior limit of the eyes; between this spine 
and the postrostral ridge on each side are three small spinules 
disposed in a triangle. On the hepatic region, which is very 
distinctly delimited, are two spines, a large one ventrally and 
a small one dorsally. The cardiac and branchial regions are 
very distinctly demarcated from the gastric and hepatic, the 
two first forming a section of a much larger cylinder than 
the two second. ‘The cardiac region is traversed by the 
already described continuation of the rostrum, and is bounded 
on each side by a granular or finely spinate ridge. The 
branchial regions are traversed fore and aft by two similar 
ridges, one almost parallel with that last described, the other 
following the curve of the thickened and grooved branchio- 
stegal margin. All these ridges end anteriorly in minute 
spines. 

The abdominal somites appear to correspond at all points 
with those of Nephrops Thomsoni, Spence Bate, their terga 
being sculptured in the same way, and the sixth somite and 
telson being quite similar in spinature. 

The eyes are reniform and of huge size, their major 
diameter being nearly half the length of the rostrum; the 
peduncles are very short. 

The peduncles of the antennules are shorter than the 
rostrum ; the first joint viewed from above is spoon-shaped, 
the bow! forming the floor of the orbit, and the distal end has 
an inconspicuous spine below ; the second and third joints 
are subcylindrical and are of nearly equal length, not much 
more than one third of the first; distally all three joints are 
thickly ringed with long cilia; the inner flagellum is more 
slender and considerably longer than the outer, the length of 
the former being three times that of the peduncle; in the 
male the outer flagellum has a row of fine sete in its distal 


half below. 


228 Surg.-Capt. A. Alcock on 


The stout peduncle of the antenne reaches almost to the 
point of the rostrum; the antennal scale is broadly petal- 
shaped and is closely fringed with long setz on its inner and 
front margins ; its outer margin does not end in a spine; the 
second joint has the outer margin sharp, ending in front in 
a spine, while the third, fourth, and fifth joints have the inner 
margin sharp and fringed with sete; the flagellum is nearly 
one half longer than the entire animal. 

The mouth-parts present nothing remarkable. 

The chelipeds are equal and uniform in the female and in 
small males, and even in large males the preponderance of 
one side (the right in two specimens) is but slight; their 
entire length is very nearly half the total length of the 
animal: the basipodite is fused with the ischiopodite, which 
is smooth, with a faintly granular ridge on the obtuse inner 
margin: the meropodite is more than twice the length of the 
ischiopodite and is triangular in transverse section ; the inner 
surface is smooth, the outer surfaces are slightly granular ; 
the upper and lower borders are sharp and sharply spinate 
and end in front each in a great spine; the outer border is 
rounded and is produced in front into a long blunt spine : 
the carpus is more than half the length of the meropodite 
and is prismatic in shape, with the angles more sharply 
granular than the surfaces ; three of its angular borders—the 
two inner and the outer—end in large spines, the last having 
a second large spine at its proximal end: the entire propodite 
is at least twice the greatest length of the meropodite, the 
“ finger’? constituting about half of the total length of this 
joint; the “palm” of the propodite has the usual prismatic 
form, with the angles salient and strongly spinate and the 
surfaces between the angles smooth or faintly crenulate, but 
never pubescent ; its “ finger ”’ portion has a sharply granular 
surface and bears internally a row of teeth, of which one near 
the proximal end is conspicuously large, standing between 
two thick rows of sete: the dactylopodite is equal and similar 
to the finger of the propodite, except that (1) its surface 
distally is rather less granular, (2) instead of one large tooth 
near the base there are several, and (3) the sete do not flank 
the teeth except quite at the proximal end of the joint, but 
form a long brush all along the under surface of the dactylus. 

Of the remaining thoracic legs, all of which are slender 
and cylindrical, the longest is the fourth pair, which are not 
quite two thirds the length of the first pair, and the shortest 
are the fifth, while the second and third are chelate. 

The branchial formula is— 


Indian Deep-sea Dredging. 229 


Arthro- Pleuro- 

Somite. Podobranchiz. branchiz. branchie. 
ow 1 (rudimentary) 0 0 
ib. i 2 0 
+e ] 2 0 
+. Opa ] 2 | 
>. 60 ae 1 2 ] 
>. a ] 2 ] 
PS os O O ] 
5 (6) 10 4 


The first pair of abdominal appendages in the male is 
modified precisely in the same way as it is in Nephrops 
Thomsont, Spence Bate; the second and succeeding pairs are 
also as in N. Thomsoni. 

Colours in life: dorsum yellowish pink; venter pink in 
the female, white in the male; chelipeds banded pink and 
yellow in the female, pink and white in the male. The eggs 
in an advanced stage of development are dark blue. 

Several males of all sizes and ovigerous females from 
Station 115, 188 to 220 fathoms. 

This species has been so beautifully figured under the 
direction of the late Professor Wood-Mason that it is unneces- 
sary to give a table of dimensions. 

The species is undoubtedly very closely related to N. Thom- 
soni, Spence Bate, of which it may prove to be only a 
variety. 

One striking character, as compared with N. norwegicus, 
L., and N. japonicus, Can., is the very distinct delimitation 
of the head from the thorax, distinct though it is in those 
species. 


The Ova and Embryos of Nephrops andamanicus. 


The ova of these specimens measure about 3 millim. in 
their greater diameter, and are of a dark blue colour. 

They have been so long immersed in strong spirit, and are 
consequently so brittle, that, no matter how treated, they do 
not lend themselves to a satisfactory examination. All the 
eges that I have examined contain embryos in an advanced 
stage of development, but have still abundant food-yolk. 
The embryos have a globular cephalothorax and a long and 
distinctly segmented abdomen which ends in a great fan- 
shaped “tail.” All the appendages are present, including 
those of the abdomen, the latter having the same form as 
they have in the adult, and those which form the swimmeret 


230 Surg.-Capt. A. Alcock on 


being very distinct beneath the lobes of the above-mentioned 
“tail.” The abdominal somites are quite unarmed. 

It would appear from these observations that the young of 
Nephrops andamanicus is hatched in a form not essentially 
different from that of the adult, and not considerably divergent 


from that of the larva of Nephrops normegicus figured by 
Professor Sars. 


Nepuropsis, Wood- Mason. 


62. Nephropsis Stewarti, Wood-Mason. 


Nephropsis Stewarti, Wood-Mason, J. A. 8. B. 1873, vol. xlii. pt. ii. 
p. 39, and Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xii. 1873, p. 59; 
A. Milne-Edwards, Ann. Sci. Nat., Zool. 5° sér. t. xix, 7, pl. xx. 
figs. 1-3. 

Several fine specimens from Station 115, 188 to 220 
fathoms, including an ovigerous female, the eggs of which 
still consist almost entirely of food-yolk. The eggs of this 
species are very much smaller and more numerous than those 
of Nephrops Carpentert, W.-M., briefly described in P. A. 
S. B. 1885, p. 72. 


63. Nephropsis atlantica, Norman. 


Nephropsis atlantica, Norman, Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinb. 1881-82, vol. xi. 
p- 684; Wood-Mason and Alcock, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, 
vol. vii. 1891, p. 198, fig. 4. 

I refer to this species a young male from Station 114, 
922 fathoms, which differs from the specimens taken in the 
Laccadive Sea only in having the third and fourth abdominal 
pleure, as well as the second, armed in front with a spine. 


Family Eryontide. 
WILLEMOESIA, Grote. 


64, Willemoesia forceps, A. Milne-Edwards. 


nen Forceps, A. Milne-Edwards, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. vol. viii. 
p. 64. 


Specimens from Stations 117 and 118, 1748 and 1803 
fathoms. 

The late Professor Wood-Mason had noted that “in the 
male the olfactory branch of the antennules is much thicker 
than it is in the female.” In the Introduction to this paper 
(Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., July 1891, p. 16) this species was 
stated to be luminous, in mistake for a species of Pentacheles 
(P. phosphorus). 


Indian Deep-sea Dredging. 231 


PENTACHELES, Spence Bate. 


The Indian species of this genus have for the most part 
the typical peculiarities of shape, spinature, setosity, &c., and 
I have not therefore mentioned these in the specific descrip- 
tions. The species, seven in number, fall into two groups, 
the one characterized, like P. obscura, Spence Bate, by 
having the carapace uniformly spiny or granular or carious 
and thickly furry, and the abdominal terga and pleure often 
granular or spicular; the other, like P. devis, Spence Bate, 
having the carapace, except for certain definitely placed large 
spines, almost or quite smooth, and the abdominal terga and 
pleurz also quite smooth as to the surface. 

In ail of our species in which both males and females have 
been examined the olfactory flagellum of the antennules is 
stouter and much longer in the male. The telson of all these 
Species appears quite plainly to be made up by the con- 
crescence of a somite and its appendages. ‘This 1s apparent 
on either aspect, but is more plainly manifest on the dorsal 
aspect, where the anterior fourth or so is seen to represent a 
tergum carinated like all the other terga, the rest of the telson 
being formed by the fully extended and adducted appendages. 


Sixth somite and telson of Pentacheles Hevtiz. 


A tapering groove which traverses the telson in the middle 
line appears to represent the line of conerescence of the ap- 
pendages of opposite sides; and on either side of this two 
longitudinal slightly convergent crests appear to represent the 
lines along which in each appendage the exopodite has fused 
with the endopodite. 


Surg.-Capt. A. Alcock on 


32 


2 


PORE Sd ( Sammaxqxo 0 BUIOT OTT} JO sone ated 
‘snonordsuoour aaneyd mba of l 3 Ded J ae aie: ones 
pue  -vSte} — PRUTTOpqe es eee cg me 


[euUo}UB oY} sv oFmy sv som 
AMoJ 4svoT ye oreos Auvpnuuyuy 
‘somids quequmooad Surantoy roaea 
quq ‘paposo syseto oT} YILA BS.107 
oy} JO wuld oy} f yjoouts ayimb 
sespo oy} YIM pur ‘aenuess AYUey 
-SIp ssoq Io atow pur APLSI[s oovz 
-INs oY} YA atnoid pue vdi0y 


4 


ay} JO VoNLNUBAD £ UILOF 


eusn oy, Jo aoudeaeg ‘gj 
6)' 
‘yqQw "gq °° **** snonotds 
“109 atneyd =pue vstoy 
[BUrMOpge jo uoYRNURIs | 
tpeyorq-dmny oovdetwg ‘pv | 


‘ugvayy ‘q **''***' epeos [BuUeZUE 
OY} JO OZIS OY BOTA ynoqR oreos 
Auepuuuayay ‘soutds qyuequimoord 
QOIT] Ul SULYRUTTA[ND ATSNpUL [IPG 
9} 0} pUooas oY} WOAZ VFO} OY} JO 
wus ey} ‘eqeutds Aydreys pue 
ATesO]O sedpo oy} TILA pus ceynuecs 
AJosopo = puw = ATpoyarunt = downs 


7) 


04} YIM axneyd pur vsi0e, por ‘a ) 


‘njuounn~ag ‘7 **['ayelosqo ysouryTe 
‘saynurup apvos Aawpnuuezay |} 
‘paywuLIBd vase} ATE 4s ayy ATUO 
fyjooms ojinb surdavur ey} pup 
poyid Ajouy 10 Yoours sovsans oy} 
qt wanotd pus v3107 [Burmopyy ‘Z 


[-oSrvy Aioa opvos Arepna 
-uojuy | ‘poyeuLimo ssey 10 010m 


-TOS[O} OY} SUIpNpoUt vF1e, oy} [TB 


{AB[NUBLS SsaT IO B10 OdBZINS oT} 
WI aamod pave vote} [wurmMopay ‘TL 


‘sopoyorjuag fo sawady unipuy ay) fo sisdouky 


| 


ormyeryydo 


[‘ayRos 
[vUNO{UB OY} UBYy LoD.1e] 
qonur Ayensn ‘arquiwa 
anos Aiv[nudeyy *yoyou 
MOT[BYS B SULIOF Your 
jo doneyue ayy ‘saowar 
OM} OJUL papLArp ‘daap 
jt ‘10 ‘morpeys soyojou 
oy) ‘aor 
-IVU Lepioq 1o1Ie4sod ayy 
 SUOTPBLIOS (I 0} OZ WIT 
SLapiog [vloqyey oy ‘ sourtds 
ase, peovd Ajoyrmyop 
jensn ayy jo ge hace 
-eput ‘ieynueis Aydaeys 
10 eyvuids ‘eon ueIp 
-OUl oY} Surpnyout ‘sovypins 
a14U9 04} YI oovdeaey *T 


233 


Indian Deep-sea Dredging. 


"DIDI TS tC oe es Owes TMS IOT, 
YRMoJ oy} JO oS5pa yuo oy} sSuey 
-19A0 qutod st yey} ezIs snouttoue 
yons jo ourds quequmooid ve ut 
spue Yorya “TIF oy Jo uy} ydaoxe 
GOUTsIpUL UWszO vs10} TeUTTMOpye 
ey} JO wus oy} Ssoutds jo sared 
oMj ATUO YYIA eA00Is § RoTAIeO 
oq} puryeq Buses uerpout ‘aed 
[eysor yensn oy} ydeoxe sourds jo 
ploaap uLoreur peyuoIy { 9yeTNOYUEp 
Ajjurey AroA ATUO IO YJoows pue 


QOUNSIPUL SBOP [RIOZV[GNs [esIOg °Z 


‘TBUSN sv SpIBA TVG 


‘snuoydsoyd ‘q ************sourds e1ojoq woz ATenpers ozis ut 
queqmunooid ut pua Apo Ba10y esvaloul ecey} soutds ut o}vUTMN 
[BUUOpge Moy 4ysiy oy JO wuUrIvS fay} ueqa puv Qourjstp ore vS104 


oy, ‘deep soyajou ormpemjyydg ‘¢ | yeurmopqe oy} (ye Jo eu oy} 
‘soutds jo sued oarq} YIM eAooIs 


‘sisuaupupuD ‘qT **** seutds yueq [BOlAI09 949 PUIYed vue UvIpeut 
-waooid Ul pus vS10} [eUTMOpqu ‘yojou ormyenzydo yore jo apis 
aAY ISI 94} JO BULIvo 94] f MOT yove uo ourds B yg ULSIeUr [eyUOTT | 


“[B48 toyguI seyojou ormyeyzydO ‘» | fgnoySnoryy oyeurds ATpoyreu pus 


| 


i 


JOULjSIP Sesplt [VloyeTqns [esiog ‘TJ 


[ apeos 
[euuezUR 9y} Ueyy to.c1e] 
ATpiey = faoeyans = Tapun 
ey} UO, PoMOTA Woy 
‘gjvus AreynuueyTWw ‘a4 ey] 
-norjuep sespa ey} WRIA 
amneld ey} ‘aorjims oT} 
03 sv peyid AYYsys a0 
qjooms eametd pur v5.10} 
jeurmopqy ‘deep AqTyensn 
seyojou orumpeyyydo ery, 
‘pRoiq JepIog  IOLIe}80 
oY} fSUOI}ElIes QZ uLyy 
TOMO TIA SLOpIOG [B1O}VT 
oq} ‘soutds osiey poovyd 
Ajeytayep jensn ey} «Oz 
qdaoxe ‘yjoous AyAvett 10 
ayimb “eniiro urrpeut oy} 
suipnpoutr ‘aovjms a1} 


-ud OY} WIA sovderey "TT 


16 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xiii. 


234 Surg.-Capt. A. Alcock on 


65. Pentacheles gibba*, sp. n. 


Pentacheles, sp. remarkable for its hunch-backed thorax, Wood-Mason, 
Admin, Rep. Marine Survey of India for 1890-91, p. 19. 


The carapace, which is inflated, elevated, and humped in 
front, is everywhere thin, spiny granular or carious, and 
thickly setose, and its greatest breadth, which is just behind 
the cervical groove, is not much more than half its greatest 
(lateral) length ; the median carina ends in a double rostral 
spine and has its crest irregularly serrated or eroded through- 
out, in addition to which there is a row of 4 large spines, of 
which the second may be double, between the rostral spine 
and the cervical groove, and 10 or 11 spines or double spines 
between the cervical groove and the posterior smooth, 
narrowly-moulded edge of the carapace ; the frontal margin 
is finely eroded; the spines of the lateral margins are con- 
cealed in sete of great length, they number about 25 on each 
side, of which 5 are found in front of the hepatic groove, 3 
between the hepatic and cervical grooves, and about 17 
behind the cervical groove; the usual dorsal sublateral 
(branchiostegal) crests are quite wanting, but ventrally the 
branchial regions are traversed fore and aft by the usual 
finely serrated ridges. The abdominal terga have the surface 
rough and spiny and the sete on the posterior margin 
remarkably long and close-set ; all, including the telson in 
its front part, are carinated, the edge of the carina in all 
being irregularly and obtusely denticulated; a broad shallow 
groove traverses the terga obliquely outwards and backwards 
on each side of the carina. 

The pleure have the surface spiny and the setose margin 
smoothly moulded. The edge of the telson is finely spinate. 

The orbital notches are broad and shallow, with the inner 
edge eroded ; the optic peduncles have each a small scrobicu- 
late spine at the frontal level. 

The basal joint of the antennules has a single spine at its 
antero-external angle, and its scale is 4 or 5 times larger than 
the antennal scale, both scales ending obtusely. All 5 pairs 
of thoracic legs are chelate (in the female). 

The great chelipeds have the usual form and just exceed 
the body in length; the compressed meropodite has both edges 
distantly and very finely serrated, the upper edge bearing a 
single terminal spine ; the prismatic carpopodite has a similar 


* This species is figured in “ Illustrations of the Zoology of the Royal 
Indian Marine Steamer ‘ Investigator,’ Crustacea,” pt. ii, (pl. viil.), to be 
issued early this year. 


Indian Deep-sea Dredging. 235 


terminal spine on the lower edge; the propodite has the lower 
edge of the “palm” serrated, the upper edge having a 
terminal spine; the dactylopodite, like the opposed “ finger” 
of the propodite, has the usual fine fringe of sete ; the chele 
of the fifth pair of legs are not quite perfect, owing to the 
shortness of the pollex. 

The first pair of abdominal appendages (in the female) are 
almost rudimentary. 

Colour in the fresh state bright pink. 

Two females from Station 114, 922 fathoms. 

The largest specimen measures 56 millim. in the mid- 
dorsal line from the front edge of the carapace to the tip of 
the telson. 

The characteristic features of this species are—(1) the 
hump-backed carapace, and (2) the thin scabrous integument. 


66. Pentacheles Carpenter?, sp. n. 


Carapace thin, granular, and spicular beneath a very close 
fine fur; its greatest breadth, which is in the posterior 
third, is two thirds its greatest length; the median carina is 
crested by a double row of very fine granulation, and bears— 
(1) a double rostral spine, (2) three spines (of which the first 
two form a pair) in the middle of the gastric region, and (3) 
behind the cervical groove a very irregular series of 6 or 7 
spines, some of which may be double; the frontal margin is 
most conspicuously excised between the orbital notches, and 
is finely granular but without any large spines except the 
rostral spine; the posterior margin is narrow and smooth ; 
the spinature of the lateral margins is irregular and is con- 
Baated by very long set, the spines number 4 to 6 in front 
of the hepatic groove, 3 between this and the cervical groove, 
and over 20 behind the cervical groove; two conspicuous 
spines, one behind the other, stand on a faint ridge that 
delimits the gastric region on each side ; the dorsal sublateral 
(branchiostegal) crests are sinuous, but hardly visible even on 
a denuded carapace. 

The abdominal terga and pleure are faintly and distantly 
pustulate ; all the terga except the sixth are strongly carinated, 
the high crests of the carine being strongly emarginate or 
bicuspid, but never forming spines; a few tiny denticles at 
the posterior edge of the sixth tergum are all that represents 
a carina ; the crest of the anterior part of the telson forms an 
upstanding spine. The setose margin of the pleura is 
smoothly moulded. 

The orbital notches are broad in front, triangular, and very 

iEG™ 


236 Surg.-Capt. A. Alcock on 


shallow, with the inner edge finely granular; the ophthalmic 
peduncles have each a small scrobiculate spine at the frontal 
level. 

The basal joint of the antennules, which is very large, has 
a single spine at the antero-external angle, its scale is about 
four times larger than the antennal scale, both ending in 
spines. 

All five pairs of legs are perfectly chelate (in the female). 

The great chelipeds are not quite equal in length to the 
body, and in armature are similar to those of P. gibba, the 
meropodite being finely and distantly serrrated on both edges 
and the propodite having the lower edge of the palm serrated. 

The first pair of abdominal appendages are relatively very 
small, in the female. 

A female from the Bay of Bengal, Carpenter’s Ridge, 
1370 to 1540 fathoms; it measures 87 millim. from rostrum 
to tip of telson in the mid-dorsal line. 

The characteristic feature of this species is the remarkable 
concavity of the frontal margin between the ophthalmic 
notches and the consequent shallowness of the latter. 


67. Pentacheles Beaumontii*, sp. n. 


Carapace finely but distinctly granular; its greatest 
breadth, just behind the middle, is three fourths the greatest 
length ; the median carina is surmounted by a double row of 
fine granulation and bears—(1) a double rostral spine, and 
(2) four spines (of which the middle two form a pair) in the 
front part of the gastric region, these being the only large 
spines present; the frontal margin has both the inner and 
the outer angle of the orbital notches produced into large 
spines, but is otherwise, except for the rostral spines, quite 
smooth; the smooth posterior margin (which, as usual, is 
formed by the last thoracic tergum) is peculiar in being nearly 
straight ; the lateral margins are peculiar in having the spines 
of almost equal size throughout, these numbering on each side 
23 or 24, namely 7 or 8+3 in front of the cervical groove 
and 13 behind it; the dorsal sublateral (branchiostegal) 
ridges are sinuous, very faint, especially in front, and faintly 
denticulate, while of the two usual ridges that traverse the 
branchial regions on the ventral aspect the most dorsad on 
each side is apparent only in front of the cervical groove. 

The abdominal terga have the surface smooth or pitted ; 


* This species is figured in “ Illustrations of the Zoology of the Royal 
Indian Marine Steamer ‘ Investigator,’ Crustacea,” pt. ii. (pl. viii.), to be 
issued early this year. 


Indian Deep-sea Dredging. 237 


the first five are carinated, the carine of the first three cul- 
minating in procumbent spines, that of the fourth not being 
produced and that of the fifth forming a simple cusp; the 
sixth tergum has no vestige of a carina, but the telson in its 
front part has a retrorse spine; a shallow groove traverses 
the terga obliquely backwards on each side of the carina from 
the second to the fifth. The abdominal pleure have the 
surface smooth and the setose margin smoothly moulded ; all 
but the sixth have a not very prominent midrib. 

The ophthalmic notches are shallow, with smooth edges, 
and their peduncles bear each a strong spine at the frontal 
level. The basal joint of the antennules has a single spine at 
the antero-external angle; the antennulary scale is peculiar 
in being very much shorter than the antennal scale; the 
former is truncated on a level with the rest of the joint, the 
latter has the usual form and ends in a spine. 

All five pairs of thoracic legs are chelate. The great 
chelipeds much exceed the body in length; the meropodite, 
besides the usual terminal claw, has both its edges serrated, 
the lower edge very conspicuously so, four or five of its 
serrations in the proximal half forming large spines; the 
carpopodite has two terminal spines, one above, the other 
below ; the propodite in its palmar portion has both edges 
strongly serrated, the serrations of the upper edge forming 
distinct spines. 

(In the male) the “ pollex” of the fifth pair of legs is much 
shorter than the dactylus. The first pair of abdominal 
appendages in the male has the usual spoon-shape. 

A single male from off Colombo, 675 fathoms, measures 
79 millim. from rostrum to tip of telson in the median line. 

The characteristic features of this species are:—(1) the 
great breadth of the carapace posteriorly, (2) the diminutive 
size of the antennulary scale, (3) the deficient spinature of 
the median carina of the carapace, (4) the great length of 
the chelipeds. 


68. Pentacheles Hextit, sp. n. 


Carapace uniformly and thickly setose and covered every- 
where with spines and spiny granules; its greatest breadth, 
which is in its posterior third, is less than two thirds of its 
greatest length; the median carina ends in a single rostral 
spine, between which and the cervical groove is a close series 
of spinules, five or six of which are large, while between the 
cervical groove and the spiny posterior border of the carapace 
is a double row of close-set sharp serrations; the frontal 
margin is serrated throughout, and there is also a spine at 


238 Surg.-Capt. A. Alcock on 


the inner angle of each orbital notch ; the lateral margins are 
spinate and very thickly setose, the spines numbering about 
31, namely 8+5 in front of the cervical groove and about 18 
behind it; the border of the cervical groove is strongly 
spinate and the gastric region is delimited on each side by a 
row of four large spines; the dorsal sublateral crests are quite 
straight and parallel with the lateral margins, each crest 
having about eighteen strong serrations, and the usual ventral 
branchial ridges are sharply serrated. 

The abdominal terga, like the pleure, have the surface 
more or less covered with bead-like granules or globules and 
setose, the edges of most of the terga being spinate and of the 
pleure coarsely toothed ; all the terga, including the telson 
in its anterior part, are carinated, the carina of the first being 
indistinct, those of the second to the fifth inclusive cul- 
minating in large procumbent spines, that of the sixth being 
longitudinally grooved or double, with the edges beaded, and 
that of the telson being obtusely dentate; the pleure are 
traversed each by a salient beaded midrib. 

The orbital notches are very deep and are quite peculiar in 
that the edges, which are rough throughout and_ strongly 
spinate in all but the front half of their inner edge, meet 
across the ophthalmic peduncle so as to completely divide 
each notch into two parts, namely into a shallow notch in 
front, behind which the posterior portion of the ophthalmic 
peduncle is completely isolated; the ophthalmic peduncles 
have each a strong blunt spine at the frontal level. 

The basal joint of the antennules has two spines at its 
antero-external angle, and the scale is a good deal longer 
than the antennal scale, both ending in spines. 

All five pairs of thoracic legs are perfectly chelate in the 
female, but in the male the dactylus of the fifth pair is much 
longer than the pollex. 

The length of the great chelipeds is less by half the length 
of the telson than that of the body ; the meropodite has both 
edges spinate, the upper most markedly so; the carpus has 
the upper edge faintly serrate and has two terminal spines, 
one above, the other below, and the propodite in its palmar 
portion has both edges spinate. 

The first pair of abdominal appendages have the usual 
forms and modifications of shape in both sexes—in the male 
spoon-shaped, in the female uniramous and setose. 

Colour in life pink. 

Three males and a female from Station 115, 188 to 220 
fathoms. 

The measurements from rostrum to tip of telson in the 


Indian Deep-sea Dredging. 239 


middle line are, for the female 97 millim., for the largest male 
80 millim. 

The characters of this species are:—(1) the extremely 
spiny nature of the integument, and (2) the peculiar forma- 
tion of the ophthalmic notches, which superficially are divided 
into two portions by the meeting of the edges across the 
ophthalmic peduncle. 


69. Pentacheles andamanensis, sp. n. 


Carapace with few distant spinules; its greatest breadth, 
which is in front of the cervical groove, is two thirds its 
greatest length; the median carina ends in a double rostral 
spine, between which and the cervical groove is a row of four 
spines, of which the penultimate is double, and between the 
cervical groove and the broad posterior margin are three pairs 
of spines; the frontal margin is smooth, with a spine on the 
inner side of each orbital notch; the lateral margins are 
spinate and sparsely setose, the spines numbering 5+3 in 
front of the cervical groove and 6 behind it; the gastric 
region is bounded on each side by a sinuous row of 6 large 
spines, and the cardiac region by an oblique spiny ridge; the 
branchial regions are traversed dorsally by a very slightly 
sinuous five-toothed sublateral ridge, and ventrally by the 
two usual serrated ridges. 

The abdominal terga are smooth, all including the front 
part of the telson are carinated, the carine of the first five 
culminating in procumbent spines, that of the sixth being 
double with beaded edges, and that of the telson being 
simple; the first five terga are obliquely and faintly grooved 
on each side of the median carina, The pleure are smooth, 
with the setose margin denticulated ; all are strengthened by 
a salient midrib. 

The orbital notches are broad, smooth-edged, rather shallow ; 
the ophthalmic peduncles have a strong spine at the frontal 
level. 

The basal joint of the antennules has two spines at the 
antero-external angle; its scale is hardly larger than the 
antennal scale, the former ending in a spine, the latter obtusely 

ointed. 
All five pairs of thoracic limbs are chelate (in the female) ; 
the great chelipeds are less in length than the body by three 
fourths the length of the telson; the meropodite has both 
edges smooth, except for two spines near its proximal end and 
one terminally on the upper edge; the carpopodite has a 
terminal spine of the usual claw-like shape above ; the edges 


240 Surg.-Capt. A, Alcock on 


of the propodite are smooth, except for a subterminal tubercle 
on the upper edge. 

Colour in life bright pink. 

A female from Station 108, 1043 fathoms, measures 
50 millim. from rostrum to tip of telson in the median line. 


70. Pentacheles phosphorus *, sp. n. 


Carapace above nearly smooth, pubescent, especially at the 
lateral margins and below ; its greatest breadth, which is just 
in front of the cervical groove, is more than two thirds of its 
greatest length ; the median carina ends in a double rostral 
spine, between which and the cervical groove is a line of four 
spines, of which the penultimate is double, and behind the 
cervical groove are three pairs of spines, the last pair standing 
rather wide apart from each other on a distinct bifurcation of 
the carina; the frontal margin is smooth, except for a single 
spine at the inner angle of each orbital notch; the posterior 
margin is broad; the lateral margins are setose and spinate, 
the spines numbering 6 (very rarely 7) +3 (rarely 4) in front 
of the cervical groove and 6 or 7 behind it; the gastric 
region is bounded on each side by a sinuous row of six large 
spines, and the cardiac region by an oblique, low, denticulate 
ridge; the branchial regions are traversed dorsally by a 
perfectly straight seven-toothed sublateral ridge, and ventrally 
by the two usual serrated crests. 

The abdominal terga are smooth, all, including the anterior 
part of the telson, are strongly carinated, the carine of the 
first four culminating in procumbent spines, that of the fifth 
being, like that of the telson, simple, and that of the sixth 
being double, with the edges crenulated; the terga from the 
second to the fifth inclusive are obliquely and very deeply 
cleft on each side of the median carina. The abdominal 
pleure have the surface smooth and the setose margin denti- 
culate ; each is strengthened by a very salient midrib. 

The orbital notches are broad and deep, smooth-edged, and 
broadly rounded behind; the ophthalmic peduncles have a 
small tubercle at the frontal level. 

The basal joint of the antennules has a single spine at the 
antero-external angle ; its scale is not very much ae than 
the antennal scale, both ending in very sharp spines. 

All five pairs of thoracic limbs are chelate. The great 
chelipeds are longer than the body; the meropodite has in 


* This species is figured in “Illustrations of the Zoology of the Royal 
Indian Marine Steamer ‘ Investigator,’ Crustacea,” pt. ii. (plate viii.), to be 
issued early this year. 


Indian Deep-sea Dredging. 241 


its proximal half two or three large spines on the upper 
margin and one or two smaller ones on the lower, distally it 
is finely serrated below and bears above the usual subterminal 
claw ; the carpopodite has two subterminal claws, one above, 
the other below ; the propodite in its palmar portion is finely 
serrated below and has a subterminal spine, or two, above. In 
the male the fifth pair of thoracic legs are not quite perfectly 
chelate owing to the shortness of the pollex. 

The first pair of abdominal appendages in both sexes have 
the usual shapes and modifications, namely spoon-shaped in 
the male and uniramous and setose in the female. 

Colour in life uniform bright pink. 

Numerous specimens of both sexes from Stations 112 and 
116, 561 and 405 fathoms. The largest female measures 
119 millim. in the middle line from the rostrum to the tip of 
the telson; the males are smaller. One of the large females 
was luminous at two points between the basal joints of the 
last pair of thoracic legs, where there is a glandular organ 
very like that found in the females of the common species of 
Peneus. In the introduction to this paper (Ann. & Mag. 
Nat. Hist., July 1891, p. 16) this species was confused with 
Willemoesta forceps, A. M.-Edw., which was _ therefore 
wrongly stated to be luminous. 

Pentacheles phosphorus has been also dredged in the 
Andaman Sea at 375 and 500 fathoms ; in the Bay of Bengal, 
off the Kistna Delta, at 678 fathoms; in the Gulf of Manér 
at 675 fathoms; and in the Laccadive Sea at 740 fathoms. 
It is by far the commonest of the Indian species of the genus. 


71. Pentacheles cerata*, sp. n. 

Pentacheles, sp. “ distinguished by the huge spine which springs for- 
wards from the middle of the fifth abdominal tergum,” Wood- 
Mason, Admin. Rep. Marine Survey of India, 1890-91, p. 19. 

Carapace remarkably smooth, slightly pubescent, especially 

towards the margins ; its greatest breadth, which is just in 
advance of the cervical groove, is less than two thirds of its 
greatest length ; the median carina ends in a double rostral 
spine, between which and the cervical groove is a line of 
four spines, the penultimate one being double; immediately 
behind the cervical groove is a pair of spines, and at the 
hinder edge of the carapace another larger and more widely 
separated pair; the frontal margin is perfectly smooth; the 


* This species is figured in “Illustrations of the Zoology of the Royal 
Indian Marine Steamer ‘ Investigator,’ Crustacea,” pt. ii. (pl. viii.), to be 
issued early this year. 


242 Surg.-Capt. A. Alcock on 


lateral margins are slightly setose and spinate or serrate ; 
there are 6+2 spines in front of the cervical groove, and 3 
succeeded by some not very distinct serrations behind it; 
within the cervical groove the gastric region is delimited on 
each side by a single spine ; the dorsal sublateral (branchio- 
stegal) ridges are sinuous, the anterior half being smooth and 
very faint, the posterior half being more distinct and slightly 
serrate. 

The abdominal terga are smooth; the first is very incon- 
spicuously carinated, the second, third, and fourth are indis- 
tinctly carinated, except in front, where there is a small 
procumbent spine on each, but the fifth has a very strong 
carina, which culminates in a monstrous spine reaching 
beyond the anterior margin of the fourth; the sixth tergum 
has a simple double carina; the anterior part of the telson is 
also carinated. ‘The pleurz are smooth, their setose margin 
is very faintly and distantly denticulated. 

The orbital notches are narrow, very deep, nearly the same 
width throughout, and smooth-edged; the ophthalmic 
peduncles are perfectly smooth. The basal joint of the 
antennules has two spines at the antero-external angle; its 
scale is not much larger than the antennal scale, both ending 
in spines. 

All five pairs of thoracic legs are chelate (in the female). 
The great chelipeds exceed the body in length; the mero- 
podite is perfectly smooth, except for a subterminal tubercle 
on the upper edge; the carpopodite has two distinct sub- 
terminal spines, one above, the other below; the propodite is 
smooth, except for a subterminal spine above. 

The first pair of abdominal appendages have the usual 
form in the female. 

An ovigerous female from Station 114, 922 fathoms, 
measures 79 millim. in the middle line from rostrum to tip of 
telson. 

The characteristic feature of this species is the huge spine 
on the fifth abdominal tergum. 


Family Parapaguride. 
ParapaGcurus, 8. I. Smith. 


72. Parapagurus abyssorum, A. Milne-Edwards, Henderson. 


Parapagurus abyssorum, A. Milne-Edwards, MS. ; Henderson, ‘ Chal- 
lenger’ Anomura, p. 87, pl. ix. fig. 2. 


This species has been frequently dredged in the Bay of 
Bengal between 1644 and 1997 fathoms. 


Indian Deep-sea Dredging. 243 


In colour in the fresh state it varies from pure pink to 
salmon-red. 

It sometimes occurs in clean Dentalium shells, but usually 
inhabits the shell of a Trochus which is incrusted usually 
with a species of Hpizoanthus, but sometimes with a solitary 
species of Actiniid. 


73. ? Parapagurus monstrosus, sp. n. 


The well-calcified anterior portion of the carapace is con- 
vex, smooth, and polished, with the gastric region and the 
hepatic regions sharply circumscribed by deep incisions ; the 
frontal margin is sinuous and at the sides is carried far in 
advance of the inconspicuous, broadly rounded, faintly 
carinated rostrum, these lateral projections reaching almost 
to the level of the distal end of the basal joint of the antenne ; 
the posterior portion of the carapace is extremely thin, but is 
quite appreciably and uniformly calcified; its surface is 
smooth and bears some long scattered hairs. 

The eye-stalks are short and stout, less than one third the 
length of the carapace, and gradually increase in diameter 
towards the expanded cornee ; dorsally they are crested by 
a line of long hairs; the ophthalmic scales are acute. The 
antennulary peduncles exceed the eye-stalks by the whole 
length of the terminal joint. The antennal peduncles are 
but slightly longer than the eye-stalks; their basal joint is 
expanded and has the usual strong spine at the antero- 
external angle; the antennal acicle is doubly curved, with 
the inner margin setose and strongly serrated; its point 
reaches just beyond the origin of the flagellum; the last is 
not far short of twice the length of the body. 

The chelipeds are most remarkably unequal, the right 
exceeding the left in bulk many times and in length by 
somewhat more than its dactylopodite ; both are pubescent 
above, and the right is sharply granular above and slightly 
so below. In the right cheliped the meropodite and carpo- 
podite are also pubescent below, and the margins of the latter, 
like those of the propodite and like the upper margin of the 
dactylopodite, are closely and sharply serrated. The left 
cheliped is hardly more massive than the corresponding 
pea: of the second or third leg, and is smooth throughout. 

n the second and third legs the upper borders of the merus, 
carpus, and propus are crenulate or bluntly serrate, and, like 
the upper border of the long sinuous dactylus, hairy. 

The gill-elements have the form of small filaments, similar 
in shape to, but smaller and far more delicate than, those of 
Parapagurus abyssorum. 


244 On Indian Deep-sea Dredging. 


In the male the first pair of abdominal legs are small, 
curved, rigid rods; the second pair are well developed, and 
the third, fourth, and fifth, which are long and delicate, are 
present on the left side only. The female has not been 
dredged. 

Several specimens were taken at Station 120 in 240 fathoms, 
living in dead shells of a small Natica. 

A large male measures about 19 millim. in length. 


PyLocHELes, A. Milne-Edwards. 


74, Pylocheles scorpio, sp. n. 


The form of the body is long and slender, the cephalothorax 
being almost cylindrical. The carapace is long and narrow, 
its greatest length being more than twice its greatest breadth ; 
the portion in front of the cervical groove is strongly calcified 
and is smooth and polished, while the portion behind the 
cervical groove is much less strongly calcified dorsally, where 
it is also pitted and striated, and laterally is quite mem- 
branous; the thickened and moulded frontal margin is 
remarkably excavated behind the eye-stalks, a small rostrum 
projecting into the excavation ; the lateral projections of the 
branchial regions are not visible from above. 

The abdomen is long and narrow, its length, which is 
nearly twice that of the carapace, being four times its greatest 
breadth, all the somites being distinct and symmetrical, 
The abdominal terga after the first are rectangular plates, 
with the margins thickened and strongly setose, and the 
surface pitted and hairy; the terga of the first and sixth 
somites, of the telson, and of the fifth somite in the middle of 
its posterior third are considerably the more strongly calcified, 

The long eye-stalks taper acutely from a broad base to 
the small bead-like unpigmented cornea; their dorsal surface 
is thorny and hairy towards the edges, and their length is 
less than that of the antennulary peduncles by rather more 
than the terminal joint of the latter. 

The antennulary peduncles when moderately extended 
measure more than half the carapace in length ; in the female 
the upper flagellum tapers to a lash from a stout inflated 
base, and is nearly as long as the peduncle, while the lower 
flagellum is a fine short filament. 

The antennary peduncle exceeds the eye-stalks by rather 
more than half the length of its terminal joint; the basal 
joint has the front edge serrated; the acicle is thorny and 
hairy, and its point reaches just beyond the level of the 


On new Freshwater Fishes from Borneo. 245 


cornee ; the flagellum (in the female) is about half the length 
of the body and is fringed with long hairs. 

The chelipeds are equal, their length being about equal to 
that of the abdomen and their upper surface being hairy 
throughout; the ischium and merus, which together make up 
nearly half their total length, meet together from opposite 
sides in a perfectly straight line across the mouth-parts, the 
line of apposition being closely and sharply toothed. Except 
for this line of teeth and for a few hardly distinguishable 
roughnesses on the upper border of the short carpus and of 
the long cylindrical propodite the surface of the chelipeds is 
smooth, the propodite being also highly polished. 

The second and third thoracic legs are not much longer 
than the chelipeds; the propodite in both is subcylindrical 
and a little more than twice the length of the dactylopodite, 
and in both all the joints are smooth, with the margins hairy. 

The fourth and fitth legs are subchelate, the cheliform parts 
are swollen and hairy, and the propodites have the usual 
beaded patch. 

The abdominal appendages (in the female) conform to the 
type; the appendages of the penultimate segment have the 
dorsal surface of both exopodite and endopodite covered with 
a pavement of bead-like granules arranged in close rows, 
resembling a stridulating organ. 

Colour in the fresh state dull chalky red. 

A female 28 millim. long was dredged at Station 116 in 
405 fathoms, 


(To be continued. | 


XXVI.—Deseriptions of new Freshwater Fishes from Borneo. 
By G. A. BOULENGER. 


Liocassis tnornatus. 


Depth of body 7 times in total length, length of head 4 
times. Head 1} as long as broad. Snout broad, rounded, 
scarcely projecting beyond the mouth; occipital region 
naked, rugose; occipital process nearly twice as long as 
broad, reaching the basal shield of the dorsal spine; diameter 
of eye 9 times in length of head; interorbital width 3 times ; 
barbels slender, the maxillary reaching the opercle. Vomerine 
teeth in a curved uninterrupted band, without posterior 
median process. Dorsal 17; spine feebly serrated behind, 


246 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on new 


% length of head. Adipose fin 13 times as long as dorsal, a 
little shorter than its distance from the latter. Anal 16. 
Pectoral spine 3 length of head, strongly serrated on the inner 
edge. Uniform dark brown. 

Total length 145 millim. 

Senah, Sarawak (Everett), A single specimen. 


Liocassis saravacensis. 


Depth of body 44 to 5 times in total length, length of head 
4 times. Head 1} as long as broad; snout rounded, strongly 
projecting beyond the mouth; head covered with skin; 
occipital process not reaching the basal shield of the dorsal 
spine; diameter of eye 7 times in length of head, interorbital 
width 4 times; barbels very short, the maxillary reaching 
the eye. Vomerine teeth in a curved uninterrupted band, 
without posterior median process. Dorsal 1 6; spine strongly 
serrated behind, 2 length of head. Adipose fin nearly twice 
as long as dorsal, a little longer than its distance from the 
latter. Anal 14-15. Pectoral spine 3 length of head, 
strongly serrated on the inner edge. Dark brown, with 
some large pale brown spots on the sides, and a pale brown 
bar across the nape; dorsal whitish, with a blackish band in 
its upper half; adipose fin with a broad whitish edge; 
ventrals, anal, and caudal whitish. 

Total length 150 millim. 

Senah, Sarawak (Hverett). Two specimens. 

Akysis major. 

Depth of body 4} to 43 times in total length, length of 
head 33 to 4 times. Head } or 2 longer than broad; eyes 
very small, 3 or 4 diameters apart, their anterior border 
equally distant from the anterior and the posterior extremity 
of the head; interorbital width 34 times in length of head; 
nasal barbel extending hardly halfway from the eye, max- 
illary a little beyond base of pectoral, outer mandibular not 
quite to base of pectoral. Caudal peduncle 14 to 14 as long 
as deep. Dorsal I 6; spine strong, not denticulate, } to 3 
length of head. Adipose fin as long as dorsal, half as long 
as its distance from the latter. Anal 11-12. Pectoral spine 
3 length of head, strongly serrated on the inner edge. Caudal 
forked. Dark brown above, whitish beneath ; dorsal, pectoral, 
and adipose fins blackish brown, with a white border; ventrals 
and anal white, with one or two black bars; caudal blackish 
brown or black and white, the lobes constantly tipped with 
white. 


Freshwater Fishes Jrom Borneo. 247 


Total length 130 millim. 
Senah and Tagora River, Sarawak (Zverett) ; Baram River, 
Sarawak (Hose). Several specimens. 


The following Siluroids, not previously recorded from 
Borneo, are represented in the collections recently received 
from Messrs. Everett, Hose, and E. Bartlett :— 


Hemisilurus scleronema, Blkr. Baram River (Héese). 

Macrones planiceps,C. & VY. Bongon, N. Borneo (Lverett). 

Liocassis Meschii, Blgr. Poeh, Sarawak (Lverett). 

peeilopterus,C. & V. Bongon and Merabeh, N. Bor- 
neo (Hverett). 

Batrachocephalus mino, Ham. Buch. Sarawak (Bartlett). 


Crossochilus vittatus. 


Depth of body equal to length of head, 5 to 5} times in 
total length. Snout rounded, much projecting beyond the 
mouth, nearly twice as long as diameter of eye, which is 4 to 
4} times in length of head; interorbital width 4 length of 
head, width of mouth }. Upper lip fringed; barbels four, 
maxillary minute, rostral a little shorter than the eye. 
Dorsal II 8, originating a little nearer end of snout than base 
of caudal. Anal II 5. Pectoral as long as or a little longer 
than the head, the distance between its extremity and the 
base of the ventrals 4 to ? its length. Base of ventral below 
middle of dorsal. Caudal deeply forked. Scales 28-29 % : 
2 scales between lateral line and base of ventral. Male with 
a large horny conical tubercle on each side of the snout. 
Dark olive-brown above, with a lateral blackish stripe occu- 
pying the scales of the lateral line and one half of each of the 
adjoining series, separated from the dark colour of the back 
by a light, metallic, iridescent streak; dorsal fin with a 
blackish median band and a broad whitish border; caudal 
greyish, with a blackish line within the upper and lower 


edges, which are white; lower parts white; pectorals and 
ventrals grey. 


Total length 100 millim. 


Senah, Poeh, and Tagora River, Sarawak (Lverett). 
Numerous specimens. 


Barbus strigatus. 


Section Barbodes, Blkr. Depth of body 23 times in total 
length; length of head 43 times. Snout rounded, not 
prominent, as long as diameter of eye, which is 34 times in 


248 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on new 


length of head; interorbital width 2? times in length of 
head ; rostral barbel slightly longer than diameter of eye, 
2 length of maxillary barbel. Dorsal IIL 8; spine strong, 
3 length of head, serree strong, 19; the spine opposite to 
inner ventral ray and equally distant from end of snout and 
caudal fin. Anal III 5, longest ray # length of head. Scales 
29°; 3 scales between lateral line and base of ventral. Grey 
above, silvery beneath, with seven blackish longitudinal 
streaks running between two series of scales; _pectorals 
blackish above. 

Total length 140 millim. 

Bongon, N. Borneo (Everett). A single specimen. 


Barbus pentazona. 


Section Barbodes, Blkr. Depth of body 2? times in total 
length ; length of head 33 times. Snout rounded, not promi- 
nent, longer than diameter of eye, which is 3 times in length 
of head and nearly equals interorbital width; rostral barbel 
3 diameter of eye, maxillary barbel 13. Dorsal III 8; spine 
strong, % length of head, with 18 to 20 strong serre; the 
spine opposite to inner ventral ray and equally distant from 
end of snout and caudal fin. Anal III 5, longest ray 2 length 
of head. Scales 22 74 ; 8 scales between lateral line and base 
of ventral. Brown above, yellowish beneath, with 5 black 
bands completely encircling the body—the first behind the 
pectoral, the second from the anterior dorsal rays to behind 
the ventrals, the third above the anal, the fourth and fifth on 
the caudal peduncle. 

Total length 45 millim. 

Baram, Sarawak (ose), Three specimens. 


Barbus Everetti. 
Section Barbodes, Blkr. Depth of body 23 to 3 times in 


total length ; length of head 33 to 4 times. Snout rounded, 
not prominent, as long as diameter of eye, which is 34 to 33 
times in length of head; interorbital width 24 to 23 times in 
length of head; rostral barbel 13 to twice as long as diameter 
of eye, a little shorter than maxillary barbel. Dorsal III 8; 
spine rather feeble, with 17 to 22 serra, its stiff portion about 
half length of head, opposite to first ventral ray, and equally 
distant from end of snout and caudal fin. Anal II] 5, longest 


« fe. ¢ or 34 ¢ 
ray about $ length of head. Scales 22-25 =; 2 scales be- 
b > 


tween lateral line and base of ventral. Brown above, 


Freshwater Fishes from Borneo. 249 


yellowish beneath; a black bar across the nape, a short 
black streak on each side of the anterior part of the body, and 
five round black spots on each side, two above the lateral 
line and two below above the ventral and anal, the fifth on 
the lateral line a little in front of the base of the caudal ; 
dorsal and anal tipped with blackish. 

Total length 90 millim. 

Poeh, Sarawak (Zverett). Several specimens. 


Leptobarbus melanotenia. 


Depth of body 4 times in total length; length of head 34 
times. Snout rounded, much flattened, not prominent, as 
long as or a little longer than diameter of eye, which is 4 to 
44 times in length of head; interorbital width 4 length of 
head; mouth extending to below anterior border of cye; 
rostral barbel once and two thirds, maxillary barbel twice as 
long as diameter of eye. Dorsal III 7; third ray 3 length 
of head, slightly in advance of first ventral ray, and equally 
distant from end of snout and caudal fin. Anal III 5, longest 
ray # length of head. Scales 36-38 a; 2 scales between 
lateral line and base of ventral. Grey above, white beneath, 
the two colours separated by a black lateral stripe running 
along the lower half of the series of scales above the lateral 
line, and continued on the gill-cover; a black vertical bar on 
the posterior border of the gill-opening. 

Total length 130 millim. 

Bongon, N. Borneo (Everett). Two specimens. 


Rasbora calliura. 


Depth of body equal to length of head, 4 times in total 
length. Snout as long as diameter of eye, 34 times in length 
of head; interorbital width 3 times in length of head; no 
barbels. Dorsal II 7, originating halfway between end of 
snout and base of caudal fin, nearer to base of ventrals than 
to origin of anal fin. Anal II 5. Pectoral $ length of head, 
not reaching ventral. Scales 27-28 3 1 scale between 
lateral line and base of ventral. Caudal lobes much elongate. 
Silvery, greyish on the back, the dorsal and lateral scales 
with a blackish edge; caudal lobes black at the end. 

Total length 145 millim. 

Senah, Sarawak (Hverett). Six specimens. 


NEMATABRAMIS, gen. nov. 


Body much compressed, with trenchant ventral edge. 
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xiii. 17 


250 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on new 


Scales moderate; lateral line abruptly bent downwards 
behind the pectoral fin and running close to the lower profile 
of the body. Mouth directed upwards, moderately large ; 
upper jaw protractile; a long maxillary barbel; gill-mem- 
branes united across isthmus; gill-rakers short; pseudo- 
branchie present. Pharyngeal teeth hooked, in two series 
(5.4—4.5). Dorsal fin moderately elongate, opposite to 
but shorter than anal fin. [Pectorals elongate, falcate; 
ventrals well developed; caudal forked. 


Nematabramis Everettt. 


Depth of body 3} to 34 times in total length, length of 
head 43 times. Upper profile of head and nape slightly 
concave ; snout a little longer than diameter of eye, which is 
4 times in length of head; interorbital width 2} times in 
length of head; maxillary barbel 13 to twice as long as 
head. Dorsal II 9-12, originating twice as far from end of 
snout as from base of caudal. Anal III 16-18. Pectoral 14 
as long as head, extending beyond base of ventral; latter 
a little nearer end of snout than base of caudal. Scales 
30-37 ue Colour pale, with a silvery lateral stripe. 

Total length 110 millim. 

Bongon and Merabeh, N. Borneo; Baram River, Sarawak 
(Everett). Five specimens. 


Nemachilus olivaceus. 


Depth of body 53 to 6} times in total length, length of 
head 43 to 42 times. Eye # length of snout, $ interorbital 
width, 4 length of head; head naked; maxillary and outer 
rostral barbels extending to middle of operculum. Depth of 
caudal peduncle 3 to } depth of body, equal to the distance 
between the anal and the caudal fins. Dorsal II 8, origin- 
ating above the base of the ventrals, and slightly nearer the 
end of the snout than the base of the caudal. Pectorals 3 
length of head, as long as ventrals, which reach the vent. 
Anal II 5, halfway between dorsal and caudal. Caudal 
feebly notched. Body entirely covered with imbricate 
scales, of which there are about 30 between dorsal and ventral 
fins. Olive above, with or without traces of 17 darker bars 
across the back, yellowish beneath; fins grey or greyish, 
without spots. 

Total length 80 millim. . 

Bongon, N. Borneo (Hverett). Five specimens. 


Freshwater Fishes from Borneo. 251 


Nemachilus saravacensis. 


Depth of body 5} to 6 times in total length, length of head 
44 to 4? times. Eye 3 to ? length of snout, a little less than 
interorbital width, } length of head; head naked; maxillary 
and outer rostral barbels extending to middle of operculum. 
Depth of caudal peduncle 3 depth of body, equal to the 
distance between the anal and the caudal fins. Dorsal II 
8-9; originating slightly in advance of the base of the 
ventrals, and at equal distance from the end of the snout and 
the base of the caudal. Pectorals as long as the head, longer 
than the ventrals, which do not reach the vent. Anal IL 5, 
halfway between dorsal and caudal. Caudal deeply notched. 
Body entirely covered with imbricate scales, of which there 
are about 30 between dorsal and ventral fins. Yellowish, 
with 13 to 15 brown bars across the back, and a series of 
brown spots or vertical bars on each side; a black vertical 
streak below the eye; dorsal and caudal fins with small 
brown spots; usually a round black spot at the base of the 
anterior dorsal rays. 

Total length 55 millim. 

Senah, Sarawak (£verett). Four specimens. 

Specimens previously received from Marquis Doria have 
been referred (Cat. Fish. vil. p. 350) to N. fasciatus, which 
differs, apart from coloration, in the dorsal fin being formed 
of a greater number of rays and originating above the inner 
ventral rays. 

Acanthophthalmus borneensis. 


Depth of body 8 to 9 times in total length, length of head 
6} to 7 times. Eye very small; suborbital spine very 
strong; barbels short. Dorsal 7-8, its distance from the 
caudal about } the total length. Anal 6-7, its distance from 
the caudal } to} the total length. Ventrals halfway between 
the head and the caudal fin. Caudal fin crescentically 
notched. Scales minute. Body colourless; three black 
annular bands on the head—the first on the snout, the second 
passing through the eyes, the third across the occiput and 
covering the opercles; dorsal and caudal fins black at the 


base. 

Total length 50 millim. 

Baram River, Sarawak (//ose). Several specimens. 

This and the two preceding species are of special interest 
as the first Cobitines described from Borneo. Homaloptera 
is also represented in Mr. Everett’s Sarawak collection by 
two species previously known from Burma, viz. . bilineata, 


Blyth, and H. (Helgia) modesta, Vincig. 


17# 


252 Mr. H. H. Druce on Three new 


‘XX VII.—Descriptions of Three new Lycenide from New 
Guinea. By Hamiuron H. Deuce, F.Z.S., F.E.S. 


Tue following descriptions are taken from specimens cap- 
tured by Mr. William Doherty at Humboldt Bay, North New 
Guinea, and which are now in Messrs. Godman and Salvin’s 
collection. 


PSEUDONOTIS, gen. nov. 


Allied to Thysonotis. Differs from that genus by the 
costal nervure being free its entire length and by the subcostal 
nervure emitting three branches only in place of four, the 
first of which is emitted rather beyond the middle of the cell, 
the second slightly more than halfway between the first and 
third, the third arising at the end of the cell and reaching 
the margin considerably before the apex. Legs and palpi 
more slender and not so densely hairy. Eyes smooth. 

Type Myrina antipha, Hew. 

Hewitson, when describing his Myrina antipha and Myrina 
ancharia (Ill. Diurn. Lep. Suppl. pp. 7, 8, 1873), remarked 
that it was not satisfactory to him to place them in the genus 
Myrina, but that he had done so because the Felders had 
included in it their Myrina danis and Myrina Lorquinit. 

There are, I believe, four described species in the genus, 
viz.:—P. antipha, Hew., from Aru Island; P. ancharia, 
Hew., from Waigiou; P. Lorquinit, Feld., from Aru Island 
and Gilolo; and the species described below as P. Humboldti. 

Myrina danis, Feld., cannot, in my opinion, be placed in 
this genus as, besides possessing two tails and a distinct lobe 
to anal angle, it presents a somewhat different arrangement 
of the nervules in the fore wing, the costal nervure and the 
first subcostal nervule being bent towards each other and 
running side by side for some short distance. The palpi, as 
pointed out by Dr. Felder, are different, the third joint being 
longer and the second shorter ; the eyes also are hairy. 

It is closely allied to Hypolyceena, 


Pseudonotis Humboldti, sp. n. 


Allied to P. ancharia, Hew. 

3. Upperside: blue more extensive, especially in the hind 
wing, where it reaches almost to the marginal row of lunules, 
white patch on costal margin more restricted centrally. 

Underside : costal margin of fore wing not brown-bordered 
as in other species, outer marginal border wider at angle and 


Lycenide from New Guinea. 253 


brown border of hind wing better defined. In some specimens 
the disks in fore wing are dusted with white. 

9. Upperside brown-bordered, with a semicircular white 
band common to both wings, commencing just inside and 
rather before the middle of the costal margin, and reaching 
the anal margin of hind wings; broadest about the median 
nervules of fore wing; bases brown, thickly dusted with 
shining light blue scales. Outer marginal row of black spots 
larger than in male and bordered inwardly with more distinct 
shining blue crescent-shaped lunules. 

Underside as in male, but lunules larger and more distinct. 

Expanse, ¢ 14, 2 1; inch. 

Hab. Humboldt Bay; New Guinea (Hagge-Grub). Mus. 
Staud. 

The indentation on the outer margin of hind wing is 
searcely discernible in this form. 

The female described is from a specimen in Dr. Staudinger’s 
collection, and is, perhaps, exceptionally large. 


Taken by Mr. Doherty in September and October. 


Epimastidia pilumna, sp. n. 


dg. Allied to £. inops, Feld. Upperside cerulean blue, 
narrowly edged with blackish brown; costal third of hind 
wing greyish brown, except along the costal margin, which is 
pure white; three more or less distinct black spots towards 
the anal angle, adjoining the black border, that between the 
first and second median nervules being the most distinct. 

Underside : costal margin of fore wing rather more broadly 
bordered than in Z#. cnops, and with a narrow greyish line 
partly closing the cell; outer marginal border consisting of 
lunules as in that species, but larger and more distinct. Hind 
wing with the inner band broader and the lunules and spots 
much larger, so that the white band between the brown border 
and the inner row of black lunules is reduced to a line of 
white crescent-shaped markings bordering the large black 
lunules. On the inner edge of the brown band, about the 
middle of the wing, is a slightly irregular line of faint grey 
markings indistinctly edged with white. The three lower 
black spots in the marginal series are more or less suffused 
with light shining blue scales. 

?. Upperside much as in E£. tnops 2, but the bases of 
both wings strongly suffused with greenish blue. 

Underside as in male, except that the inner margin of 
fore wing is white, not brownish grey as in that sex. 

Expanse, ¢ 2 1; inch. 

Hab. Humboldt Bay (September and October). 


254 On Three new Lycenide from New Guinea. 


Arhopala leo, sp. n. 


Alied to A. hercules, Hew. 

&. Upperside a more brilliant and bluer shade of purple. 

Underside light shining silvery emerald-green, with bands 
and spots arranged as in A. hercules, but the two spots in the 
cell of the fore wing, the one under the costal nervure, and 
the two within the cell of the hind wing deep black with 
whitish rings; the band on both wings is also bordered with 
whitish, and the spots and markings on the upper part of the 
anal margin of the hind wing are either very minute or have 
entirely disappeared. 

9. Upperside differs considerably from A. hercules 9 by 
the more violaceous and much more extensive blue colour, the 
outer margin of the fore wing being narrowly and that of the 
hind wing very narrowly brown. ‘There is also no trace of the 
distinct brown mark which closes the cell of the hind wing of 
A. hercules 3. 

Underside as in male, but slightly duller. 

The lobe in both sexes is less produced than in A. hercules. 

Expanse, ¢ 2;'5, 9 2% inches. 

Hab. Humboldt Bay (September and October). 

Distinguished from its ally by its smaller size, altogether 
different female, and by the wings of both sexes being more 
transparent, and so enabling the spots and bands on the under- 
side to be seen through on the upperside, and by the light 
colour of the underside. 

M. Kirsch (MT. Mus. Dresd. i. p. 127, 1877), in describing 
two specimens received from Ansus, which he refers to 
A, hercules, Hew., states that the female was unknown to 
Hewitson and Felder and that it is bright brown on the 
upperside without a trace of violet-blue; but it does not 
appear clear whether that remark applies to a specimen from 
Ansus or Java. I have not seen a specimen from Java or 
Makassar (whence the type was derived), but have before me 
several females from Minahassa which have the blue on the 
disks very distinct and are much like Felder’s figure of 
A. araxes 9. Dr. Staudinger (Exot. Tagf. p. 280), who is 
of opinion that Boisduval’s locality, ‘ Java,” is incorrect, 
describes the form found in Waigiou under the name hercu- 
lina, and states that it has two forms of female, one 
nearly all blue on the upperside, the other with no blue at 
all. Messrs. Godman and Salvin’s collection contains both 
sexes from Waigiou, the female having the blue on the upper- 
side quite as extensive as A. leo 2, but of a decided violet 
shade ; and 1 think it probable that those female specimens 


On the Elateride of Japan. 255 


which are entirely black on the upperside should be referred 
to males which have yet to be discovered. A. herculina 
is probably intermediate between A. leo and A. tyrannus, 


Feld. 


XXVIII.—On the Elateride of Japan. 
By G. Lewis, F.L.S. 


[Continued from p. 201.] 


Athous jactatus, sp. n. 


3. Niger, griseo-pubescens ; thorace parallelo, nigro; elytris ferru- 
gineo-brunneis, sutura fusca; antennis nigris; pedibus fusco- 
brunneis. 


L. 7-84 mill. 


Black, shining, with grey pubescence; the head rather 
coarsely punctate, depressed between the antenne; the thorax 
somewhat parallel at the sides, feebly canaliculate in the 
middle, punctuation much smaller than that of the head, 
hind angles concolorous, short and blunt; the scutellum 
fuscous ; the elytra rusty brown, punctate-striate, interstices 
little convex and punctulate; the antenne rather slender, 
black ; the legs dusky brown, knees, ends of tarsi, and claws 
paler. There is one example with the basal joint of the 
antenne red, elytra dark brown, and legs pale. 

There is a close resemblance in this species to A. difjcilis, 
Duf., but the thoracic hind angles are not red and the elytral 
sutures are dark. ‘The general form also is more parallel. I 
took a large number of specimens, but no female ; the female 
of A. difjicilis is also unknown, so that the female of each 
species 1s probably very sluggish. 

Hab. Nara. In abundance at the end of June. 


Athous tnornatus, sp. n. 


Obscure brunneus, subnitidus, griseo-pubescens ; thorace post angulos 
rufo; elytris pedibusque pallide brunneis, 
9 103, Sg 7} mill. 


3g. Dull brown, with griseous pubescence; the head 
rather closely punctured, little rugose; the thorax pitchy 
brown, with a broad reddish area behind the anterior angle, 
rather more finely punctured than the head, not very convex, 


256 Mr. G. Lewis on 


hind angles little acute, sometimes a little turned outwards, 
carina well-marked, marginal rim raised as much as the 
carina; the scutellum dark brown; the elytra testaceous or 
pale brown, finely punctate-striate, interstices punctulate and 
finely rugose; the antenne brownish, with the base of each 
joint paler; the legs pale. 

Female much more robust, with much larger punctuation 
on head and thorax ; thorax convex, with elytra widening out 
behind the middle. Sometimes the females are wholly dark 
brown. 

Hab, Junsai and Sapporo. Twelve examples. 


Athous undosus, sp. n. 


Ater, opacus, dense cinereo-pubescens; antennis inconspicue serratis ; 
elytris brunneis, fasciis tribus flexuosis. 
L. 18 mill, 


Black, rather opaque, with ashy-grey pubescence; the 
head densely punctured, forehead triangularly impressed ; 
the thorax very closely punctured, punctures on the disk 
larger (some ocellate) than those of the head, median channel 
short, commencing in the middle and not extending to the 
base, hind angles markedly turned outwards, without a 
carina; the scutellum rather long, obscurely sculptured, 
minutely incised behind ; the elytra dull brown, with intervals 
free of pubescence which assume the appearance of fascia, 
viz. a large lobe-shaped space at the base on interstices 2 to 5, 
and behind it a zigzag fascia on interstices 1 to 8, behind the 
middle is a broader fascia, which extends across the whole of 
the elytron, punctate-striate, striae narrow but rather deep, 
interstices convex and rugosely punctulate ; the antenne and 
legs concolorous with the head and thorax. 

Resembles the European A. undulatus, De Geer. 

Hab. Nikko. Taken not far from the summit of Niohozan, 
where snow remained in patches in June. 


CoryMBITES, Latreille. 


I have an example of a species belonging to Candéze’s 
first section of the genus, taken by Mr. Fenton in Yezo, but 
the specimen is not in good condition. 


Corymbites daimio, sp. n. 


Niger, nitidus, nigro-pubescens ; thorace subconvexo, leviter cana- 
liculato; elytris flavis, macula scutellari alterisque duabus 
pedibusque nigris. 

L. 10-11 mill. 


the Elateridee of Japan. 257 


Densely black, shining, pubescence black on the head and 
thorax, fulvous on the elytra; the head rather closely punc- 
tulate ; the thorax lightly punctulate, median channel feeble 
or sometimes absent; the elytra striate-punctate, interstices 
little rugose and finely punctulate, yellow, with five black 
spots, scutellar spot dehiscent behind; two black dorsal spots, 
somewhat circular in outline, usually partly covering the third 
interstice and spreading to the eighth, sometimes much 
smaller; the two apical spots are shaped like the apex of an 
elytron, separated from each other and the apex and outside 
edge usually by the width of two or three interstices. The 
antenne and legs densely black. 

6. Antenne strongly pectinate, lateral thoracic margins 
narrowly elevated. 

C. vernalis, Hentz, and C, Baber’, Germ., are similar 
species to this. 

Hab. Yuyama, Chiuzenji, and Sapporo. Not rare. 


Corymbites tessellatus, L. 


Candéze introduced the name of this species to the Japanese 
list (Mém. Ac. Belg. 1864, p. 53), and Schénfeldt has the 
name in his Catalogue; but in 1873 Candéze (Mém. Liege, 
p- 25) says it was given in error. 


Corymbites orientalis, Cand. 
Corymbites orientalis, Cand. Elat. Nouy. iv. 1889, p. 114. 


This species is like C. prucnosus; it measures 15 mill. 
and the thorax has the hind angles slender and strongly out- 
turned. 

Hab. “Japan” (Candéze). I have an example from 
Chiuzenji and another from Nikko. 


Corymbites wrosus. 
Athous erosus, Lew. Ent. Month. Mag. 1879, p. 157. 


This species is somewhat like C. modestus, but it is much 
narrower, less convex, thoracic angles not straight, yet only 
feebly turned outwards; the elytra wholly sneous; the 
antenne entirely black, the legs red and tarsi infuscate. 
Originally I introduced this in error as an Athous. 

Hab. Kii and Chiuzenji. Three examples. 


258 Mr. G. Lewis on 


Corymbites modestus, sp. n. 


Fusco-eneus, subnitidus, dense griseo-pubescens ; thorace angulis 
posticis subrectis; elytris marginibus anguste rufescentibus ; 
antennis (basi excepta) infuscatis, pedibus rufis. 

L, 103 mill. 


Dusky neous, with close grey pubescence; the head 
rather coarsely and rather densely punctured; the thorax 
densely punctured at sides, disk rather less closely, closer in 
female, hind angles obtuse and almost straight; the elytra 
punctate-striate, interstices rather flat, finely and sparsely 
punctulate, exterior margins narrowly and somewhat obscurely 
red; the antenne, three basal joints reddish, others nearly 
black ; the legs wholly red. 

Very similar to C. metallicus, Payk., but larger; elytra 
relatively longer and hind angles of thorax straighter. 


Hab. Fukahori and Nikko. Two examples only. 


Corymbites selectus, Cand. 
Corymbites selectus, Cand. Mém. Acad. Belg. 1864, p. 53. 


I only obtained two examples of this species ; one measures 
14 millim., the other 17 millim. It is the only large species 
known from Japan in which the thorax is very densely 
punctured on the sides and disk in both sexes; the thorax 
is rendered opaque by the punctuation. 


Hab. Sapporo. 


Corymbites fulvipennis, sp. 0. 


E£neo-fuscus, subnitidus, fulvo-pubescens ; elytris fulvo-rufis ; 
antennis nigris, pedibus infuscatis vel testaceis. 
L. ¢@ 123, 2 17 mill. 


Brassy fuscous, somewhat shining, pubescence fulvous ; 
the head coarsely and closely punctured, with a raised V-shaped 
smooth surface between the eyes ; thorax, in the male parallel 
laterally, canaliculate in the middle, in the female much broader, 
convex on disk; very feebly canaliculate at the base, densely 
punctulate in both sexes, in the female punctures finer on disk ; 
the scutellum rather small and narrow ; the elytra yellowish 
red, striate-punctate, strie lightly impressed, interstices Hat 
and sparsely punctured ; the antenne black ; the legs black 
or testaceous, 

Resembles an American species, C. volitans, Esch. 

Hab. Miyanoshita. ‘Two examples from a decaying 
Ginkgo biloba. 


the Elateride of Japan. 259 


Corymbites prenobilis, sp. n. 


Elongatus, purpureo-seneus, nitidus, griseo- vel fulvo-pubescens ; 
thorace lateribus dense, in medio tenuiter, punctatis; elytris 
punctato-striatis, interstitiis subrugosis, punctulatis. 

L, 19-22 mill. 


Bronzy, with a purple tint, shining, pubescence grey or 
fulvous; the head deeply, not closely punctured, punctures 
round, elevated in front of the eyes; the thorax visibly 
eanaliculate longitudinally, much more closely punctured at 
the sides than on the head, disk finely and sparsely punctu- 
late ; the scutellum finely and closely punctulate; the elytra 
rather more metallic than the thorax, punctate-striate, inter- 
stices finely rugose and punctulate, striz nearest the suture 
fine ; the antennz and legs infuscate, tibie little paler. 

To be placed next to C. serrifer, Cand., a species found at 
Kobé and Nikko. 

Hab. Idzu, Yokohama, and Yuyama. There are specimens 
also in the British Museum. 


Corymbites hypocrita, sp. n. 
Fusco-niger, nitidus, griseo-pubescens ; elytris subobsolete striatis ; 


antennis nigris, pedibus infuscatis. 
L. 10 mill. 


Dusky black, shining, with grey pubescence; the head, 
surface uneven, rather densely punctate; the thorax widest 
in the middle, less coarsely and more sparingly punctured 
than the head, hind angles carinate, somewhat acute and 
turned outwards (in this respect like C. prutnosus, Motsch.), 
thoracic lateral rim well-marked ; the elytra, strie very fine, 
in some lights obliterated by the punctuation of the inter- 
stices, interstices finely and somewhat thickly punctulate ; 
the antenne rather long, not serrate, third joint shorter than 
the fourth and more than twice as long as the second, coloured 
like the body; the legs not quite so dark. 

Superficially this species looks like an Athous. 

Hab. Nikko. Two examples. 


Corymbites notabilis, Cand. 
Corymbites notabilis, Cand. Mém. Liége, 1873, p. 25. 


I have an example which is obscurely brassy above, not 
brown. ‘The punctures on the thoracic disk of all the speci- 
mens are fine and sparse; Candéze’s description of the punc- 
tuation applies to the sides only. 

Hab. Nagasaki, Kumamoto, and Yuyama. 


260 Mr. G. Lewis on 


Corymbites (Selatosomus) puncticollis, Motsch. 
Corymbites (Selatosomus) puncticollis, Motsch. Bull. Mosc. 1866, p. 167. 


This species is similar to C. eneus, L., but it is much 
larger, and the thorax is densely punctulate on the disk in the 
female and scarcely less so in the male. Some examples are 
highly metallic, bright green or coppery. 

Hab. Chiuzenji and Sapporo. ‘Taken abundantly in both 
places. 


Corymbites onerosus, sp. n. 
Corymbites tristis, Cand., Horn, Tr. Am. Phil. Soc. x, p. 288. 
Infuscatus, subnitidus, fulvo-pubescens; elytris testaceis, nigro- 
vittatis, ultra medium subdilatatis ; antennis nigris vel obscure 
brunneis. 


L. 6 11, 9 14 mill. 


Dusky brown, little shining, pubescence fulvous ; the head 
little coarsely and somewhat unevenly punctate, angles close 
to the antenne raised and smooth; the thorax evenly, thickly, 
not coarsely punctate, convex on disk, widest in the middle, 
hind angles carinate, not acute, slightly turned outwards; 
the elytra testaceous, sutural interstice blackish, second dark 
for nearly half the elytral length; from the humeral angle 
to one third of the elytra interstices 5 to 7 are darkly marked, 
the marking extending beyond the middle on the sixth inter- 
stice, and it then widens out over interstice 5, and on inter- 
stices 8 and 9 the dark colouring approaches the apex, the 
strie are scarcely or very feebly punctured. In one specimen 
the elytral markings join in the middle of the dorsum, not 
unlike the markings in C. cruciatus, L. The antenne and 
legs are dull brown. In an example, which I consider is 
the male, the antenne are much longer, each joint being one 
third longer, more lax, and all black, and the lateral rim of 
the thorax is raised and the hind angles acute, with the disk 
feebly convex. 

This species is very similar to C, tristis, Cand., but differs 
in the thoracic canaliculation being absent, punctuation of 
the thorax less coarse, and the punctuation of the second 
and third strie is scarcely visible. I have examined 
Candéze’s type of C. tristis in the Janson collection ; it 
is a female, and it appears that the male was unknown at 
the date of Candéze’s Monograph. In the Janson collection 
there are also two examples of C. onerosus from Japan, 
both females, and they are labelled C. tristis, Cand. 

Hab. Oyama, Tokio, Shimabara, Oyayama, and (7?) 
Yuyama. 


the Elateridee of Japan. 261 


Corymbites pacatus, sp. n. 


Obscure nigro-brunneus, parum nitidus, griseo-pubescens; elytris 
flavo-testaceis, nigro-vittatis, ultra medium subdilatatis ; antennis 
nigris, tibiis brunneis. 

L. 63-94 mill. 


Dull blackish brown, with grey pubescence; the head 
rather closely and coarsely punctate; the thorax widest in 
middle, hind angles rather acute, moderately turned outwards, 
little convex on disk ; the elytra pale, with dark markings, 
sutural interstice dark (also scutellum), humeral angle on 
interstices 5 to 7 dark, near the middle interstices 5 to 7 
dark and on interstices 8 to 9 the marking extends to the 
apices (the markings are a little variable), striw punctate, 
interstices little rugose and punctulate; the antenne black, 
rather long; the legs, thighs infuscate or obscure brown, 
tibiz and tarsi reddish brown. Female unknown. 

This species somewhat resembles a very small specimen of 
C. onerosus. 

Hab. Tokio. Taken by Mr. Fenton in some numbers, and 
I am indebted to him for three male examples. 


Corymbites vagepictus, sp. n. 


Obscure nigro-brunneus, subopacus, griseo-pubescens ;_ thorace 
dense punctato; elytris obscure trifasciatis, ultra medium sub- 
dilatatis ; antennis pedibusque brunneis. 

L. 7-73 mill. 


Dull blackish brown, head and thorax densely pubescent ; 
the head rather flat between the eyes, densely punctured; the 
thorax rather convex in female, densely punctured in both 
sexes, widest in the middle, hind angles not very acute, 
moderately turned outwards; the elytra dull brown, with 
three pale fasciz not well defined, that at the base chiefly 
occupies the third and fourth interstices, that before the middle 
the third, fourth, fifth, and seventh, and before the apex there is 
one similar to the last ; the fascize vary in breadth, and some- 
times the outer elytral margin is pale; the antenne are 
longer in the male than the female, but not nearly so lax or 
so long as in those ot C. pacatus, brown, and the bases of the 
articulations sometimes paler; the legs obscure brown. 

Hab. Kumamoto. Both sexes taken abundantly on the 
25th April, 1881, from the flowers of a dog-rose. 


262 Mr. G. Lewis on 


Corymbites mundulus, Lew. 
Corymbites mundulus, Lew. Ent. Month. Mag. 1879, p. 157. 


Piceus, nitidus, griseo-pubescens ; thorace sparse et tenuiter punctu- 
lato ; elytris punctato-striatis, interstitiis subtiliter punctulatis, 
marginibus externis rufescentibus ; antennis (basi excepta) infus- 
eatis ; pedibus obscure rufis. 

L. 7-8 mill. 


The type of this species has an eneous tinge, but in a 
series of eighteen specimens I do not observe another with 
this colour. There is one example also with the antenne 
wholly red. 

Hab. Yokohama, Kii, Miyanoshita, Oyama, Oyayama, 
and Hagi (Hiller). ; 


Corymbites gratus, sp. n. 


Angustatus, parallelus, obscure wneus, opacus; thorace creberrime 
ocellato-punctato, canaliculato, angulis posticis haud carinatis ; 
elytris densissime rugoso-punctatis ; antennis nigris ; pedibus rutis, 
tarsis infuscatis. 


L. 11-12 mill. 


Narrow, parallel at sides, obscurely eneous, opaque; the 
head densely punctate, punctures ocellate, frontal carina 
smooth; the thorax punctured like the head, with broad 
median channel, posterior angles turned outwards, somewhat 
acute in male, rather obtuse in female ; the scutellum densely 
punctured like the elytral interstices; the elytra punctate- 
striate, strie finely cut, interstices densely punctured and 
transversely rugose ; the antennz serrate, joints longest in 
male, otherwise differing little in the sexes, black ; the legs, 
thighs, and tibie clear red, tarsi dusky. 

This and the five following species are narrow and form a 
section in the genus distinct from the others from Japan. 

Hab. \chiuchi, Chiuzenji, Subashiri, Miyanoshita, and 
Junsai. 

Corymbites ferruginetpennis, sp. n. 

Angustatus, parallelus, obscure weneus, opacus; thorace creberrime 
ocellato-punctato, angulis posticis haud carinatis; elytris fer- 
rugineis ; tibiis rufis. 

L. 91-10 mill. 

Form like that of C. gratus and the head and thorax 
similarly punctate; the thorax less deeply channelled; the 
elytra rusty red and much less densely punctulate and rugose ; 


the Elateride oy Japan. 263 


the antenne much shorter in male; the legs red, thighs 
sometimes dusky, tarsi infuscate. 

If the antennz of the male were longer and more lax this 
species might be taken for a variety of C. gratus with red 
wing-cases. 


Hab. Nikko and Chiuzenji. Four examples. 


Corymbites rubripennis, sp. n. 


C. ferrugineipenni simillimus, antennis magis longioribus ; thorace 
haud carinato; elytris rubris. 


L. 93 mill. 


Narrow, parallel, obscure eneous, opaque; the head little 
rugose, very closely ocellate-punctate, frontal carine semi- 
circular; the thorax punctured like the head, widely flat- 
tened in the middle, hind angles a little broad and relatively 
obtuse, little turned outwards, the basal carina being markedly 
absent; the elytra bright red, punctate-striate, interstices 
densely rugose and punctulate ; the antenne serrate, rather 
long ; the legs, tibiw red, thighs and tarsi infuscate. 

Hab, Higo. One male example. 


Corymbites chlamydatus, sp. n. 


Angustatus, parallelus, eneus, subnitidus; capite grosse et creber- 
rime ocellato-punctato ; thorace a basi conspicue carinato ; elytris 
rufis, interstitiis punctulatis haud rugosis; antennis nigris ; 
pedibus rufis. 

L. 12 mill. 


Narrow, parallel, brassy, somewhat shining ; the head very: 
closely and coarsely punctured, punctures ocellate; the thorax 
densely punctate, the punctures round and deep, not pressed 
together nor ocellate on the disk, hind angles very distinctly 
carinate, somewhat acute and rather turning outwards; the 
elytra bright red, punctate-striate, interstices little convex, 
punctulate, feebly rugose; the antenne black, articulations 
somewhat long and lax; the legs red, tarsi dusky. 

Differs from the other five narrow species of this series in 
having a carina at the thoracic angle and the interstices of the 
elytra being simply punctulate. 

Hab. Yuyama. One male example. 


Corymbites concolor, sp. n. 


Angustatus, parallelus, obscure cxeruleo-niger; capite thoraceque 
creberrime ocellato-punctatis ; elytris punctato-striatis, interstitils 
rugosis ; antennis nigris; pedibus infuscatis. 


L. 73-8 mill. 


264 Mr. G. Lewis on 
Narrow, parallel, black, with dull bluish tinge; the head 


very closely ocellate-punctate; the thorax also extremely 
closely punctured, median channel feeble, hind angles obtuse, 
without a carina, slightly turning outwards; the elytra punc- 
tate-striate, interstices very rugose, the rugosities obliterating 
the punctures; the antenne slender, lax, black; the legs 
dusky, with the knees and tibie paler. 

Hab. Yuyama. Two male examples. 


Corymbites obscuripes, sp. n. 


Angustatus, parallelus, brunneo-zneus, opacus; thorace creberrime 
ocellato-punctato, angulis divaricatis, haud carinatis; elytris 
subbrunneis, interstitiis rugosis; antennis subelongatis, nigris ; 
pedibus obscure brunneis. 


L. 8 mill. 


Narrow, very similar (except in colour) to C. ferruginei- 
pennis. ‘The head and thorax obscurely neous, very densely 
punctate, punctures ocellate, hind angles of latter distinctly 
turning outwards, without a carina, median canaliculation 
feeble, angles brownish; the elytra brown, with a brassy 
tinge, interstices punctulate and rugose, striz punctate, fine 
and even; the antenne black, rather long, serrate, and joints 
lax, especially in male. 

Hab. Miyanoshita. Four specimens. 


Ludius niponensis, sp. 0. 


Latus, niger, nitidus, pube nigra; thorace confertim punctato, linea 
in medio levi; elytris tenuiter striatis, interstitiis confertim 
punctatis ; antennis pedibusque nigris. 

L. 20-22 mill. 


Broad and robust, black, three basal joints of antenna 
sometimes pitchy red, palpi and claws pale; the head some- 
what uneven, coarsely punctured, with an impression more or 
less distinct between the eyes; the thorax narrowest in front, 
rounded off behind the anterior angles, then slightly and 
gradually widening to the base, closely and evenly punctured, 
with narrow smooth line down the centre; the scutellum 
oblong, depressed anteriorly, sculptured like the interstices of 
the elytra; the elytra, striz uniformly not deeply impressed 
nor visibly punctate, interstices closely punctured, with a 
somewhat imbricated surface sculpture, and slightly convex, 
base excavated round the scutellum. 

The prosternal notch in the posterior process of the keel is 
very conspicuous. ‘The species 1s more robust than LZ. abruptus, 


the Elateride of Japan. 265 


Say, but otherwise very similar to it; the latter, however, 
has no smooth median line on the thorax. 
Hab. Nikko and Sapporo. Three examples only. 


Ludius Candezet, sp. n. 

Ellipticus, elongatus, niger, pube brunnea; fronte utrinque antice 
angulato; thorace carinis posticis obliquis; elytris tenuiter 
striatis, interstitiis punctulatis; antennis pedibusque piceo-nigris. 

L, 24 mill. 

Elliptical, elongate, black, with brown pubescence; an- 
tenn and legs pitchy red; the head oblique at the sides 
before the eyes, truncate before the epistoma, punctate, punc- 
tures rather small and somewhat closely set; the thorax 
narrowest in front, gradually widening to base, very feebly 
sinuous before the angles, carine well raised and oblique, thus 
leaving anteriorly a wide interstice, excavated transversely at 
base ; the scutellum distinctly convex but nearly vertical ; the 
elytra elongate, gradually narrowing to apex, feebly striate, 
interstices punctulate and somewhat finely rugose; the 
prosternal posterior process is very long and the notch is 
close to the tip ; the antenn, terminal joint constricted, third 
joint one third longer than the second. 

I have only seen one example of this curious species. ‘T'he 
form of the forehead and the oblique direction of the thoracic 
carine, the convex scutellum, and the length of the prosternal 
process are very peculiar. I have much pleasure in naming it 
after Dr. M. E. Candéze, the author of the ‘ Monograph on 
the Elateride’ and of the first memoir on the Japanese species. 

Hab. Nagasaki. 


Ludius Sieboldii, Cand. 
Ludius Sieboldii, Cand. Mém. Liége, 1873, p. 27. 


3 


ig Oae= 
ie ea : 


In this species the prosternal notch is not quite so con- 
spicuous as in L. ferrugineus, L., but it is well-marked (see 
fig. 3, |, coxal cavity). 

Hab. Nagasaki, Kobé, and Sapporo. Twenty examples. 
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xiii. 18 


266 On the Elateride of Japan. 


Crigmus plebejus. 
Indius plebejus, Cand. Mém, Liége, 1873, p. 28. 


Dr. Candéze included Crigmus in Ludius ; but the form of 
the posterior prosternal process in Ludius (type L. ferru- 
gineus, L.) will not permit this. In Crigmus (type C. hepa- 
ticus, Germ.) the prosternal process descends immediately 
behind the coxe#, and in Ludius it extends horizontally 
for about half the distance and is then abruptly notched and 
continued on a lower plane, and this is the case in all true 
Ludii. In Crigmus also the terminal joint of the antenne is 
not contracted at the apex, and in C. junior and linteatus it 
is very elongate. C. plebejus is very similar to C. hepaticus, 
especially in the elytral sculpture. 

Hab. Nagasaki, Ashiwo, and Sapporo. 


Crigmus junior. 
Ludius junior, Cand. Mém. Liége, 1873, p. 27. 


I give a figure showing the outline of the prosternal keel 
viewed sideways (fig. 4, 1, coxal cavity). The great length 
of the antenne in the male is a distinctive character in this 
species. 

Hab. Yuyama, Ichiuchi, Kashiwagi, and Sapporo. 


Crigmus linteatus. 
Tudius linteatus, Cand. Mém. Liége, 1873, p. 28. 
Hab. Kobé. ‘Two examples found on Maiyasan in 1871. 


Sericus sericarius, Motsch. 
Dolerosoma?, Motsch. Bull. Mose. 1866, p. 166. 


The author says this species is similar to D. humeralis, 
Motsch., but larger; the elytral strie are crenulate; it 
measures 8 millim. I have not seen any insect which 
answers to the description he gives, unless it is Siles’s mus- 
culus, Cand. 


[To be continued. ] 


A Month on the Trondhjem Fiord. 267 


XXIX.—A Month on the Trondhjem Fiord. 
By the Rev. Canon Norman, M.A,, D.C.L., F.R.S., &e. 
[Continued from p. 164, } 
[Plate XII] 


[THE reader is requested to make the following corrections in 
the preceding Table of Distribution :— 
P. 162, for Heteromysis read Hemimysis. 
» for Chiromysis read Heteromysis. 
P. 163, The 8 in column 14 should be opposite Eudorella truncatula 
instead of £. emarginata. 
P. 164, column 13. Put N instead of ? opposite Campylaspis costata. | 


This Table of Distribution of the Higher Crustacea of 
Norway contains one hundred and seventy-eight species. 
The distribution of these species may be summed up as 
follows :— 


Species which occur both to the north and to the south 


Ee tae AB. 5.0 Foo Wsse 8.< 4 'e'giitoye tecaake 
Species known only to the north of Norway ............ 19 
Species known only to the south of Norway ............ 104 
Species here recorded only as Norwegian .........ece08 25 


178 


But of these last twenty-five species Bythocaris Payert, 
Heller, has a wide distribution in the great depths of the cold 
area of the North Atlantic, and HLuphausia pellucida, Dana, 
is an oceanic form with world-wide distribution ; and although 
this species is not marked in the Mediterranean column, it 
should have been so, since Huphausia Miilleri, Claus, is a 
synonym. 

Deducting these two species, we have twenty-three re- 
maining which are as yet unknown beyond the Norwegian 
seas. 

Of the 178 Norwegian species, 121 are known in British 
seas and 57 reach the Mediterranean, while 44 occur on 
the N.E. coast of North America. A study of the table will 
show that the species common to Norway and N.K. America 
are, with the exception of Carcinus menas, Hupagurus 
Bernhardus, and Crangon vulgaris, either Arctic or deep- 
water forms. 

The Isopoda of Norway differ in general character from 
those of the British sea by the fact that the family Sphero- 
mide is only represented by the single species Limnorta 
lignorum; this family is altogether unknown in the Arctic 
seas, and in Denmark only two forms occur, Limnoria 


lignorum and Spheroma rugicauda. On the other hand, the 
18* 


268 Rev. Canon Norman—A Month on 


families Tanaide, Munnide, and Munnopside are largely 
represented in Norway; the first of these has been little 
studied in our own seas, while the two latter families are 
lovers of a soft muddy bottom and, for the most part, of a 
considerable depth of water, conditions rarely met with on or 
off our coasts; but there can be no doubt that our fauna 
will hereafter be enriched by many additions in these three 
interesting groups. 

The Norwegian seas are very rich in Amphipoda, and here 
again many groups are more largely represented than in 
British seas on account of the greater depth of water and 
the nature of the bottom of the fiords; but there can be 
no question that the much larger number of Amphipods 
known in Norway as compared with the British fauna 
is due in no small degree to the fact that the Norwegian 
Amphipoda have been more thoroughly studied than the 
British. The following is a comparative statement of the 
number of Amphipoda at present known in Norway, 
Denmark, Britain, and the Mediterranean; the species of 
Norway are from Sars and Boeck, those of Denmark are 
taken from Meinert’s works, those of Britain are from my 
own computation (including some unrecorded species), those 
of the Mediterranean are on the authority of Claus, Della 
Valle, and Mayer. 


Mediter- 
Norway. Denmark, Britain. ranean. 
Hyperina .... 9 1 10 21 
Gammarina .. 333 107 214 106 
Caprellina.... 17 (?) 5 12 16 
359 118 236 143 


When we pass to the consideration of the Entomostraca, 
we find that these, with the exception of one group, have 
been more studied and are better known in the British fauna 
and in that of the Mediterranean than in Scandinavia. With 
respect to Copepoda of the latter country the only papers 
we have are those of Boeck, published many years ago. 
The Ostracoda of the Norwegian seas have, however, been 
worked at both by Professor G. O. Sars and myself. One 
hundred and eighteen species of marine Ostracoda are now 


known from that coast * and one hundred and forty-six from 
our own fF. 


* Norman (A. M.), “Notes on the Marine Crustacea Ostracoda of 
Norway,” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. vii. 1891, p. 108. 

+ Norman and Brady, “ Mon, Marine and Freshwater Ostracoda of the 
North Atlantic and North-western Europe,” Section I, Podocopa, Trans. 
Roy. Dublin Soc. ser. 2, vol. iv, 1889, p. 63. To the species of Podocopa 
there enumerated are added those of the other sections of the group. 


the Trondhjem Fiord, 269 


BRACHYURA., 


1. Portunus depurator, Linn. 
One small specimen, Trondhjem. 


ANOMURA. 
2. Hupagurus pubescens, Kroyer. 
Trondhjem and Rédberg. 


3. Galathea strigosa, Linn. 


Two young examples, Laminarian zone, Rédberg. 

Professor M. Sars found this species as far north as the 
North Cape (‘Oversigt over de i den Norsk-arctiske Region 
forekommende Krebsdyr,’ 1858). 


4, Galathodes tridentatus, Esmark. 


21852. Galathea serricornis, Lovén, (ify. Vet.-Akad. p. 22 (? junior). 
1856. Galathea tridentata, Esmark, Skand. Naturf. Mote, p. 239. 
1882. Galathodes tridentata, G. O. Sars, “ Oversigt af Norges Crusta- 
ceer, I.,” Vidensk.-Selsk. Forhand. Christ. p. 43 (separate copy) 
pl. i. fig. 3. 
On the precipices at Rédberg down to 300 fathoms, as 
well as in similar localities in Kors and Hardanger Fiords. 
This species would seem to feed on Lophohelia prolifera. 
It is usually found clinging to that coral or met with in its 
immediate neighbourhood. 


, 


MACRURA. 


5. Calocaris Macandree, Bell. 


In 150-300 fathoms, Trondhjem and Rédberg; also Oster 
Fiord, near Bergen, 400 fathoms, and off Batalden, near 
Flor6é, 200-300 fathoms. 


6. Cheraphilus nanus, Kroyer. 


Trondhjem, 150 fathoms. 
This is Crangon bispinosus, Westwood. 


7. Pontophilus, sp. 


I did not find any mature specimen of this genus, but an 
example occurred in the postlarval stage (see G. O. Sars, 
“ Bidrag til Kundskaben om Decapodernes Forvandlinger, 
III. Fam. Crangonide,” Archiv f. Mathem. og Naturv. 1890, 
pl. iv. figs. 19, 20), in which the telson and second leg are as 


270 Rev. Canon Norman—A Month on 


figured by Sars, while the carapace has two dorsal spines, a 
rostrum as long as the eye, and traces of lateral carine. 


8. Spirontocaris polaris, Sabine. 


1824. Alpheus polaris, Sabine, Supp. to Appendix of Parry’s Voyage, 
p. 288, pl. ii. figs. 5-8. 

1843. Hippolyte polaris, Kroyer, Monog. Fremst. af Hippolyte’s 
Nordiske Arter, p. 324, pl. iii. figs. 78-81, pl. iv. fig. 82, 9. 

1843. Hippolyte borealis, id. ibid. p. 330, pl. iii. figs. 74-77, g. 

1835. Hippolyte borealis, Owen, in Append. Ross’s Second Voyage, 
p. 84, pl. B. fig. 5, go. 

1867. Hyppolyte cultellata, Norman, “ Report Exploring Coasts of 
Hebrides,” Brit. Assoc. Report, 1866, p. 200. 

1869. Hippolyte cultellata, Norman, “ Last Report Dredging Shetland,” 
Brit. Assoc. Report, 1868, p. 265. 

1879. Hippolyte polaris, S. I. Smith, “ Stalk-eyed Crustaceans Atlantic 
Coast of N. America,” Trans. Connect. Acad. vol. v. p. 80, pl. xi. 
figs, 1-4. 


Trondhjem and Rédberg, 40-300 fathoms. I have the 
species also in my collection from Hardanger Fiord, off Lervig, 
and in Stoksund ; Norddals Fiord, Floré ; Svolver, Lofoten 
Islands; Varanger and Bog Fiords, East Finmark ; from 
the Minch and off Shetland: all dredged by myself. Also 
from Greenland (‘Valorous’ Exped.) ; lat. 60° 14’ N., long. 
4° 30’ W., 290 fathoms (‘Porcupine,’ 1869, Stat. 78) ; and off 
Halifax, N.E. America (S. LZ. Smith). 


9. Spirontocaris securifrons, Norman. 


Trondhjem, 150 fathoms. 

This is a much more common species than S. spinus, Sow. 
In British seas the latter is very rare; the former I have 
from Northumberland and Durham coasts, Shetland, the 
Minch, Loch Fyne, Firth of Clyde, &c. in our own seas ; 
from most of the fiords in which I have dredged in West 
Norway and Finmark; also from Tromsé (Z. Sparre Schneider), 
and off Salem, Massachusetts Bay, 90 fathoms (S. Z. Smith). 


10. Spirontocaris pusiola, Kroyer. 
Rédberg, 3-10 fathoms. 
11. Bythocaris simplicirostris, G.O. Sars. (Pl. XII. fig. 1.) 


1869. Bythocaris simplicirostris, G. O. Sars, “ Nye Dybvandscrustaceer 
fra Lofoten” (Vidensk.-Selsk. Forhand, Christ. 1869), p. 5 (separate 
copy): 

For generic characters see G. O. Sars, ‘ Den Norske Nord- 

havs Exped, Crustaceer,’ 1885, p. 26, Five species of the 


the Trondhjem Fiord. 271 


genus have been described—B. Panschii, Bucholz*, B. Pay- 
ert, Heller t, B. leucopis, G.O. Sars ft, and B. nana, 8. I. 
Smith § ; and the present species, which is the type of the 
genus. 

Bythocaris simplicirostris appears to be extremely rare. 
I dredged two specimens in 250-300 fathoms, Réodberg. 
Sars described the species from a single female dredged in 
250 fathoms, Lofoten Islands. Two mutilated examples 
were taken by the Norwegian North-Atlantic Expedition, 
one between Finmark and Bear Island in 191 fathoms, the 
other west of Spitzbergen in 416 fathoms. 

B. simplicirostris is distinguished from the more recently 
described species by the following characters :— 

Carapace with only a very slight central carina, suddenly 
terminated anteriorly in a notch and armed with a spine. 
Frontal area considerably projecting ; middle spine-process 
(rostrum) subulate, round, smooth, acute, extending forwards 
to beyond the middle of the basal joint of the antennules, and 
longer than the long eyes; the flanking lateral spine-processes 
acute and well-developed, about one third the length of the 
central. yes well developed, on long peduncles, when 
laterally projected extending beyond the sides of the carapace. 
Scale of antenne of great size, as long as the entire carapace 
and three times as long as its own greatest breadth ; apically 
well rounded and greatly overtopping the spine-process of the 
outer margin. Telson slightly emarginate at the extremity. 


12. Cryptocheles pygmea, G. O. Sars. (Pl. XII. figs. 2-5.) 


1869. Cryptocheles pygmea, G. O. Sars, “Nye Dybvandscrustaceer fra 
Lofoten ” (Vidensk.-Selsk. Forhand.), p. 6 (separate copy). 

Rédberg, on the precipices, in 150-250 fathoms. I have 
also dredged it in 200 fathoms near Lervig, on the Hardanger 
Fiord. Sars’s types were from the Lofoten Islands in 120- 
300 fathoms ; he has also procured it at Hesthammer, in the 
Hardanger Fiord, in 100-150 fathoms, and it was dredged 
by the Norwegian North-Atlantic Expedition at the mouth 
of the Sogne Fiord, in 200 fathoms. It has as yet only been 
found on the Norwegian coast. 

* Hippolyte Panschii, Bucholz, Die zweite Deutsche Nordpolarfahrt, 
1869 und 1870, vol. ii. 1874, p. 277, pl. i. fig. 1. 

+ Hippolyte Payeri, Heller, Crustaceen, Pyenogoniden, und Tunicaten 
Gisterr.-Ungar. Nordpol-Exped. p. 2, pl. 1. figs. 1-4. 

¢ Bythocaris leucopis, G. O. Sars, Den Norske Nordhays-Exped. 1876- 
78, Crustacea, I., 1885, p. 27, pl. iii. figs. 1-26. 

§ Bythocaris nana, 8. 1. Smith, “ Report Decapod Crustacea ‘ Alba- 
tross,” 1884,” Annual Rep. Comm. Fish and Fisheries, 1885, p. 56 (sepa- 
rate copy), pl. xii. fig. 2. 


I72 Rev. Canon Norman—A Month on 


This is probably the smallest Macruran known, measuring 
only about 13 millim. long. 

Outer maxillipeds (fig. 4) strongly developed, with a small 
palp at the base, last joint longer than penultimate, on the 
anterior side furnished with semiverticils of sete, extremity 
terminating in a very strong triangular spine, at the base 
of which is projected to about one third of its length a 
dentated lobe. First feet very short (fig. 5), hand greatly 
elongated, nearly twice the length of the wrist, attenuated 
distally, the finger and thumb extremely small and weak. 
Second feet slender and weak; wrist longer than the anterior 
portion of limb, composed of seven articulations ; hand very 
minute and the chela so small that it can only be seen when 
the limb is mounted and microscopically examined. Re- 
maining feet simple. The front portion of the carapace is 
dorsally keeled and spined, spines about four; rostrum 
(fig. 3) about half as long as the carapace, nearly horizontal, 
narrow, above with “ 8-12” spines, beneath unarmed, except 
sometimes a small tooth at the apex. No spine over the eye, 
but three minute spines below. Antennal scale elongated, 
rhomboidal, with a spine about the middle of the outer 
margin. Kpimera of first three segments of pleon very 
large in the female, especially the second. Telson shorter 
than uropods, elongated-ovate, with numerous spines on the 
sides, distally truncate, and furnished with six spines. 
“ Branchie utrinque 5 structura singulari, laminas formantes 
ovatas in superficie modo exteriore plicas 4-7 ut rudimenta 
foliolorum prebentes; branchia posterior ceteris major et 
forma subreniformi”’ (G. O. Sars). 

Both Bythocaris and Cryptocheles have only a few ova, 
and these are very large; and G. O. Sars has recorded that 
in these genera the young issue from the egg with the full 
complement of limbs, and do not undergo any metamorphosis 
subsequently. ‘Thus these genera differ from all shallow- 
water Macrura. In most deep-water Macrura the eggs are 
few and large, and it is probable therefore that the develop- 
ment is similar in character to that of Bythocaris and 
Cryptocheles. [Notes by Prof. 8. I. Smith on the large size 
of the eggs of abyssal Crustacea will be found in papers 
printed in Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xiv. 1884, 
p- 183; “ Report Decapod Crustacea ‘ Albatross ’ Dredgings, 
1884,” in Ann. Rep. Comm. Fish and Fisheries, 1885 (1886), 
p. 13 (separate copy); Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 5, 
vol. xvii. 1886, p. 197.] 


13. Pandalus brevirostris, Rathke. 
Rédberg, 150 fathoms. 


the Trondhjem Fiord. 273 


Two specimens, both prese nting peculiarities. One is more 
slender in form than usual and has the rostrum less deep and 
much longer, equal to twice the length of the eye; it bears 
ten teeth above, of which six are articulated on the carapace 
and two are situated beyond the extremity of the eye; there 
is usually a cilium in front of each tooth of the carapace, but 
in this specimen it is absent; there are three teeth on the 
underside of the rostrum of larger size than usual. The 
second specimen has the rostrum somewhat shorter, with 
eight teeth above of which five are on the carapace, and four 
below, the two proximal of which are of good size and at 
some distance from the extremity. 


14, Caridion Gordoni, Bate. 


Rédberg, 150 fathoms. 
15. Pasiphea tarda, Kroyer. 
ae, ied tarda, Kroyer, Naturhist. Tidsk. Anden Reekkes, vol. i. 
. 453. 

ist? Pasiphea tarda, Kroyer, Voyage en Skandinavie &e. pl. vi. 
figs. A, B, a-o*. 

1868. Pasiphae norvegica, M. Sars, Bidrag til Kunds. om Christiania- 
fjordens Fauna, p. 42, pls. iv. and v. figs. 65-90. 

1882. Pasiphae tarda, G. O. Sars, “ Overs. af Norges Crustaceer, I.” 
(Vidensk.-Selsk. Forhand. Christ.), p. 42 (separate copy). 

A single specimen off Rédberg in about 300 fathoms. 

The chief points which distinguish this species from P. s?- 
vado, our British species, are that the telson is cleft at the 
extremity and that there is no spine over its base on the 
hinder margin of the preceding segment. The segments are 
also strongly keeled dorsally. 

Both P. stvado and P. tarda are usually found in depths 
exceeding 80 fathoms ; but on one occasion, about forty years 
ago, I found the former in enormous quantities in stake-nets 
which had been set between tide-marks at Clevedon, Somer- 
set; and these could not have temporarily come out of deep 
water, since the whole of the Bristol Channel is shallow. 


MYSIDEA. 


Descriptions and admirable figures of the following Schizo- 
pods will be found in G. O, Sars’s “ Monog. over de ved 
Norges Kyster forekommende Mysider,” and descriptions of 
such as are found in Britain in my paper on British Myside 


in Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. vi. vol. x. 1892. 


* The generic name in the Voyage en Scand. is spelt Pasiphea, and 
this is the spelling of Savigny, who instituted the genus. 


274 Rev. Canon Norman—A Month on 


16. Boreomysis tridens, G. O. Sars. 

In 3-300 fathoms, Trondhjem and Rédberg. Some young 
examples were taken among Laminarie in very shallow 
water, but close at hand there was a precipice descending to 
250 fathoms. 

17. Erythrops microphthalma, G. O. Sars. 


A single specimen off Trondhjem, in 150 fathoms. 


18. Parerythrops abyssicola, G. O. Sars. 
In considerable numbers, Rédberg, 250-300 fathoms. 


19. Mysidopsis didelphys, Norman. 
Trondhjem, between Munkholmen and the harbour. 
20. Pseudomma roseum, G. O. Sars. 
Among Lophohelia and Alcyonarians on the precipices and 
on the bottom of the fiord, Rédberg. 
21. Pseudomma affine, G. O. Sars. 
One only, 250-300 fathoms, Rédberg. 


22. Mysideis insignis, G. O. Sars. 
Rédberg, 150 fathoms, one only. 


23. Hemimysis abyssicola, G. O. Sars. 
Rédberg, 250-300 fathoms, abundant. 


24, Macromysis inermis, Rathke. 
Trondhjem and Rédberg, 3-5 fathoms. 


25. Schistomysis ornata, G. O. Sars. 
Rédberg, 3-5 fathoms. 


CUMACEA. 


I do not in the following list give reference to such species 
ee Dee : 
as are described in G. O. Sars’s paper “Om den aberrannte 
Krebsdyrgruppe Cumacea og den Norske Arter” (Vidensk.- 
Selsk. Forhand. 1864) except when other papers contain 
figures of the species. 


26. Lamprops fasciata, G. O. Sars. 
One specimen in 1 fathom, west bay at Trondhjem. 


the Trondhjem Fiord. 275 


27. Hemilamprops rosea, Norman. 


1863. Vaunthompsonia rosea, Norman, Trans. Tyneside Nat. Field- 
Club, vol. y. p. 251, pl. xiii. figs. 1-3, 9. 
1863. Cyrianassa elegans, id. ibid. p. 275, pl. xiv. figs, 1-6, 3. 
Specimens here and there in 15-150 fathoms, Trondhjem 
and Rédberg. 


28. Hemilamprops cristata, G. O. Sars. 
1869. Lamprops cristata, G. O. Sars, “Nye Dybvandsecrustaceer fra 
Lofoten” (Vidensk.-Selsk. Forhand.), p. 13 (separate copy). 


Four specimens, 150-300 fathoms, Trondhjem and Rédberg. 


29. Leucon nasicus, Kroyer. 
Leucon nasica, Kroyer, Voyage en Skand. &e. pl. iii. fig. 3, a-o. 
In 20-150 fathoms, Trondhjem and Rédberg. 


30. Leucon pallidus, G. O. Sars. 
Rédberg, 40-300 fathoms. 


31. Leucon acutirostris, G. O. Sars. 
Rédberg, 150-300 fathoms. 


32. Eudorella truncatula, Bate. 


1856. Eudora truncatula, Bate, “On British Diastylide,” Ann. & Mag. 
Nat. Hist. ser. 2, vol. xvii. p. 457, pl. xiv. tig. 3. 

1871. Eudorella truncatula, G. O. Sars, “ Besk. af ‘Josephines’ Ex- 
ped. fundne Cumaceer,” Kong. Svenska Vetensk.-Akad. Hand. 
vol. ix. pl. xviii. fig. 99. 


Rédberg and Trondhjem, 20-300 fathoms. 
33. Eudorella emarginata, Kréyer. 


1844? Leucon emarginatus, Kroyer, Voyage en Scand. &e. pl. v. 
fig. 2, 2. 

1863, Ee sbina ciliata, Norman, Trans. Tyneside Nat. Field-Club, 
vol. v. p. 273, pl. xiii. figs. 4-9, g. 

1871. Eudorella emarginata, G. O. Sars, “ Besk. af ‘ Josephines’ Exped. 
fundne Cumaceer,” Kong. Svenska Vetensk.-Akad. Hand. vol. ix. 
pl. xvii. fig. 98. 


Common, 40-300 fathoms, Trondhjem and Rédberg. 
34. Eudorella hirsuta, G. O. Sars. 


1869. Eudora hirsuta, G. O. Sars, Underségelser over Christiania- 
fjordens Dybyandsfauna, p. 45. 

1871. Eudorella hirsuta, G. O. Sars, “Besk. af ‘Josephines’ Exped. 
fundne Cumaceer,” Kong. Svenska Veteusk.-Akad. Hand. vol. ix, 
pl. xvii. fig. 100. 


A single specimen, Rédberg, 250-300 fathoms. 


276 Rev. Canon Norman—A Month on 


35. Diastylis lucifer, Kroyer. 
Cuma lucifera, Kroyer, Voyage en Skand. &e. pl. iii. fig. 3. 


Very abundant at Trondhjem in 20-150 fathoms; also at 
Rédberg, sparingly, in 40-70 fathoms, 


36. Diastylis cornutus, A. Boeck. 


1863. Cuma cornuta, A. Boeck, “ Vidensk.-Selsk. Forhand. p. 190 ’ 
( fide G. O, Sars; I have not this paper). 

1865. Diastylis bicornis, Bate, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. iii. vol. xv. 
p- 84, pl. i. fig. 2. 

186(4 ?)*, Diastylis bispinosa, G. O. Sars (nec Stimpson), Aberr. 
Krebsdyrgruppe Cumacea, p. 39. 

In 150 fathoms at Trondhjem and 250-300 fathoms at 

Réodberg. 


37. Diastylis echinatus, Bate. 


1865. Diastylis echinata, Bate, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, vol. xy. 
p. 81, pl. i. fig. 1. 

Two specimens, Rédberg, 250-300 fathoms. I have also 
taken it in three places in the Hardanger Fiord, in 100-180 
fathoms; and I have a specimen from 550 fathoms in the 
Faroe Channel. 


38. Diastylis serratus, G. O. Sars. 


Rédberg, 70-300 fathoms, the specimens for the most part 
very young. I have also taken it at Drobak, in the Christ- 
iania Fiord; off Lervig, in the Hardanger Fiord; and at 
Floro. 


39. Diastylis tumidus, Lilljeborg. 


Trondhjem, in 20-70 fathoms. I have also dredged it in 
several places near Floré, in 70-250 fathoms. 


40. Diastylis biplicatus, G. O. Sars. 


Diastylis lamellata, Norman, “ Report Dredging Hebrides,” Brit. Assoc. 
Rep. 1866 (1867), p. 200. 

Trondhjem, between Munkholmen and the land. I have 
also taken it at Drobak; in Oster Fiord, north of Bergen ; 
and off Lervig, in the Hardanger Fiord. It has a great 
range in depth from 20 to 1230 fathoms, at which last depth 
it was taken by the ‘ Porcupine’ Exped., 1869. 


* This paper bears date 1864; but as it quotes Bates’s paper published 
in 1865, it must have been published later, 


the Trondhjem Fiord. 277 
41. Diastylis resimus, Kroyer. 


1844? Cuma resima, Kroyer, Voyage en Scand. Xc., pl. iii. fig. 1; 
Naturhist. Tidsk. Anden Reekkes, vol. ii. 1846, pp. 165 and 206. 
1882. Diastylis resimus, G. O. Sars, “ Oversigt af Norges Crustaceer, 


. 


L,” Vidensk.-Selsk. Forhand. Christ. p. 58 (separate copy). 


In abundance at Trondhjem, between Munkholmen and 
the land, and in other places, 20-70 fathoms. I have also 
found it in profusion in shallow water, 5-5 fathoms, at 
Vads6, and in Bog and Klosterely Fiords, Sydvaranger. 
Sars also found it ‘i stor Mengde” at Vadsé, in 6-10 
fathoms, and also at Christiansund. It is remarkable that 
this Diastylis, originally described from specimens procured 
by Capt. Holboll in Greenland, should be the latest addition 
to our knowledge of the Cumacean fauna of the Norwegian 
coast, and not recorded again till about thirty-six years after 
its first discovery. ‘The circumstance of its not having been 
found is the more remarkable since the species is an inhabi- 
tant of shallow water and is gregarious and most abundant 
where it occurs, and that it is now known to range from 
the borders of Russia (Sydvaranger) to Denmark. In form 
it is utterly different from any other species of the genus, 
being at once distinguished by its upturned rostrum, in which 
respect a counterpart may be found in Hudorellopsis deformis, 
Kroyer. 


42. Diastylis rugosus, G. O. Sars. 


1879. Diastylis rugosa, G. O. Sars, “ Nye Bidrag til kunds. om Middel- 
havets Invertebratfauna, Il. Middelhavets Cumaceer,” Archiv. for 
Math, og Naturvidenskab. vols. iii. and iv. p. 98, pls. xxxiv.—xxxviii. 

Two specimens, Trondhjem, 20-40 fathoms. I have also 
dredged it at Drobak and in the Hardanger Fiord; off Va- 
lentia, Ireland; and procured it at Naples. 


43. Leptostylis ampullaceus, Lilljeborg. 


Rédberg, in 250-300 fathoms. This is a rare species 
which I have also taken at Drobak (Sars’s locality) ; and I 
am indebted to Prof. Lilljeborg for specimens from Kullen, 
Sweden. — 


44, Campylaspis costata, G. O. Sars. (Pl. XII. fig. 9.) 


1864. Campylaspis costata, G. O. Sars, “ Aberrante Krebsdyre 
Cumacea,” Vid.-Selskab. Forhand. p. 79. a a 
Carapace sculptured, with three oblique subcrescentic crests 
on each side; the lowest commencing at the anterior extre- 
mity of the lateral border, runs nearly parallel with that 
border until it arches over the back near the dorsal margin ; 


278 Rev. Canon Norman—A Month on 


after pursuing rather more than half its length, it sends out 
a branch, which ascends thence nearly perpendicularly over 
the back; in front of this lowest and divided crest are the 
two remaining crests, which are flexuous, oblique, and sub- 
crescentic, the lower meeting the front margin at the base 
and the other a little above the summit of the rostrum. For 
description of limbs see Sars. 

Trondhjem and Rédberg, 70-150 fathoms. In 1879 I 
dredged it in 80-100 fathoms in Stoksund, which is near the 
mouth of the Hardanger Fiord ; and in 1878 at Drobak. 

It is also a member of the British fauna, having been 
dredged by Mr. T. Scott at Rothesay, in the Firth of Clyde, 
and by myself off Little Cumbrae in 1885. 


45. Campylaspis verrucosa, G. O. Sars. (Pl. XII. fig. 8.) 

1866. Campylaspis verrucosa, G. O. Sars, Beret. om en i Somm. 1865 

foretagen Zool. Reise ved Kysterne af Christianias og Christian- 
sands Stifter, p. 24. 

Carapace without crests or ribs; beset all over with con- 
spicuous irregularly disposed tubercles. The whole animal 
is speckled with deep brown or black, and on the carapace 
there is usually one such dark speck on each tubercle. 

Rédberg, 100-300 fathoms; also in 1879 in 80-100 
fathoms, in the Hardanger Fiord. 


46. Campylaspis horrida, G. O. Sars. (Pl. XII. figs. 6, 7.) 

1869. Campylaspis horrida, G. O. Sars, “ Nye Dybvandscrustaceer fra 

Lofoten,” Vidensk.-Selsk. Forhand. p. 18 (separate copy). 

Carapace very large, but less tumid than usual; surface 
very uneven; a little within the lateral margin runs a plain 
crest or plica, which overhangs the inward sweep of the sides 
below it; above this is a longitudinal waved crest, and 
above this again the whole surface is tuberculated ; there are 
also a few tubercles in the space between the waved and 
the plain crest. 

One specimen only, Rédberg, in 250-300 fathoms. 

For descriptions of the limbs of the three foregoing species 
Sars’s papers can be consulted. As they have not hitherto 
been figured, I give illustrations of these interesting 
Cumaceans. 


IsopopDa. 
47. Paranthura tenuis, G. O. Sars. 
1872. Paranthura tenuis, G. O. Sars, “ Bid. til Kunds. om Dyrelivet 
paa vore Hafbanken,” Vidensk.-Selsk. Forhand. p. 89. 
1886, Paranthura tenuis, Norman and Stebbing, “Isopoda of ‘ Light- 
ning,’ ‘ Porcupine,’ and ‘* Valorous’ Expeditions,” Trans, Linn, Soc. 
vol. xii. p. 191, pl. xxvii. fig. 1, 


Rodberg, 250-300 fathoms. 


the Trondhjem Fiord. 279 


48. Anceus mavillaris, Montagu. 
Found down to 100 fathoms. 


49. Alga ventrosa, M. Sars. 
b 
1858. ga ventrosa, M. Sars, “ Overs. af de i den norske-arct. Region 
forekom. Krebsdyr,” Vidensk.-Selsk. Forhand. Christ, 1858, p. 156. 
1879. Aéga ventrosa, Schiddte and Meinert, “Symb. ad Monog. Cymo- 
thoarum, I. Agide,” Naturhist. Tidss. 3 Rekke, vol. xil. p. 375, 
pl. ix. figs. 7, 8. 
Four specimens, among Alcyonarians and corals on the 
precipices at Rédberg. ‘This species is only as yet known on 


the Norwegian coast. The type was taken in Oxfjord, Fin- 
mark, and though rare—Schiddte and Meinert record twelve 
specimens in all—it has been found in several places thence 
to the Christiania Fiord. I may add to recorded habitats 
near Lervig, in the Hardanger Fiord, where I took two 
specimens in 1879, 


50. Ldotea marina, Linné. 


=I, tricuspidata, Desmarest, =I. pelagica, Leach,= Oniscus balthicus, 
Pallas,=Stenosoma irrorata, Say, =Idotea Basteri, Audouin,=Idotea 
variegata, Roux. 

Rédberg. I have this species from Sicily, from the Adri- 
atic, and from all parts of the British coast; West Norway 
generally, and up to Vadsé, Hast Finmark, and from the 
N.E. American coast. 

It is subject to great variation as regards the form of the 
telson :— 

a. The sides slope away without any angulation to a con- 
siderably produced central point. This is a common state in 
the young, but is sometimes preserved to full maturity. 

b. The telson is markedly angled at that part whence the 
sides begin to slope away to the produced apex. 

e. The angles just spoken of are produced into more or less 
acute points, which, however, are much shorter than the 
central apex. This is typical J. tricuspidata, Desmarest. 

d. The extremity is very broad, somewhat produced and 
widely rounded at the sides, with a small central point, which 
is scarcely, if at at all, longer than the lateral lobes. All 
the specimens I have seen from the Mediterranean, that 
is from Sicily and the Adriatic, are referable to this variety or, 
possibly, species. It is a form which I have never seen in 
the north, and is /, Baster’, Roux. 

Miers, in his “ Revision of the Idoteide” (Journ. Linn. 
Soc. vol. xvi. 1881, p. 31), has considered the North-east 
American Jdotea described by Harger under the name Jdotea 


280 Rev. Canon Norman—A Month on 


phosphorea* to be a variety of I. marina. In this I think 
he was mistaken. Neither Harger nor Miers alludes to what 
I consider the most important specific character. The 
manner in which the lateral lobes of the thoracic segments 
are distinctly separated from the epimera is important; but 
the form of the epimera themselves is quite different from 
what it is in Z, marina—instead of being of subequal depth 
throughout, each is markedly narrow in front and gradually 
widens backward, and thus has a wedge-shaped form (Har- 
ger’s figures distinctly show this to be the case: compare 
fig. 27, I. phosphorea, Harger, with fig. 24, L. «trrorata, 
Harger,=J. marina). ‘The specimens I have examined are 
types received from Harger taken in the Bay of Fundy, and 
they have been compared with JZ. marina from European 
localities as well as with specimens of the same species 
received from Vineyard Sound, N.E. America (from Harger 
as “I, trrorata”’). 


51. Astacilla longicornis, Sowerby. 


Two small females with pouches carrying eggs, Trondhjem. 
The most northern locality from which I have this species is 
Tromsé (Z. Sparre Schneider). 


52. Janira maculata, Leach. 


Rédberg, 40-70 fathoms. 
This is Henopomus muticus, Kroyer (‘ Voyage en Skand. 
&e.’ pl. xxx. figs. 1 a-n). 


53. Pleurogonium rubicundum, G. O. Sars. 
Pleuracantha rubicunda, G. O. Sars, “Om en Anomal Gruppe af 
Isopoder,’ Vidensk.-Selsk. Forhand. Christ. 1863, p. 16 (separate 


copy). 
Pleurogonium rubicundum, G. O. Sars, “ Unders. over Hardangerf. 


Fauna, I. Crustaceer,” Vidensk.-Selsk. Forhand. 1871, p. 380 (sepa- 
rate copy). 

In 40 and 150 fathoms, Trondhjem and Rédberg. I have 
to thank Prof. G. O. Sars for specimens from Finmark, and 
I have myself taken the species at Vadsd, Finmark. It is 
also a British species, since I dredged it in 1888, in company 
with my friend Mr. D. Robertson t, in 20-25 fathoms off 
Fairland Point, Cumbrae, in the Firth of Clyde. 

* Harger, “Report Marine Isopoda of New England,” Report U.S, 
Comm. Fish and Fisheries, 1878, pt. 6, p. 347, pl. v. figs. 27-29. 

+ I may record here another species taken at the same time in company 
with Pleurogonium rubicundum, belonging to the same family and also 
new to the British fauna, Paramunna bilobata, G. O. Sars. 


the Trondhjem Fiord. 281 


The genus Leptaspidia, Bate and Westw., is, I think, 
unquestionably a synonym of Plewrogonium. 


54. Macrostylis spinifer, G. O. Sars. 


Macrostylis spinifer, G. O. Sars, “Om Anom. Gruppe af Isopoder,” 
Vidensk.-Selsk. Forhand. 1863, p. 15 (separate copy). 

Vana longiremis, Meinert, Vidensk. Udbytte ‘Hauchs’ Togter, ILI. 
Crustacea Malacostraca, 1890, p. 195, pl. ii. figs. 63-73, 


Two or three specimens of this curious little species in 
40-70 fathoms, Rédberg. I also have received specimens 
from Denmark (Copenhagen Museum as ‘Vana longiremis’’). 


55. Ischnosoma bispinosum, G. O. Sars. 


Ischnosoma bispinosum, G. O. Sars, Beret. om en i Somm. 1865 fore- 
tagen Zool. Reise ved Kyst. af Christianias og Christiansands Stifter, 
1866, p. 54. 


Three specimens from the greatest depths at Rédberg. 
Also in my collection from Christiania Fiord, given me by 
G. O. Sars, who has also procured it at Lofoten and in the 
Hardanger Fiord. 


56. Lugerda tenuimana, G. O. Sars. 


Desmosoma tenuimanum, G. O. Sars, Beret. om en i Somm. 1865 
foretagen Zool. Reise ved Kyst. af Christianias og Christiansands 
Stifter, 1866, p. 33. 

Eugerda ylobiceps, Meinert, Vidensk. Udbytte ‘Mauchs’ Toeter, III. 
Crustacea Malacostraca, 1890, p. 194, pl. ii. figs. 53-62. 


Rédberg, 70-200 fathoms. 

I have been able to compare my specimens with types of 
Lugerda globiceps received from the Copenhagen Museum, 
There seems sufficient grounds for removing Sars’s species 
from the genus Desmosoma, on account of the mandibles 
being destitute of a palp, the filiform character of the first 
feet, and the biramose caudal appendages. 


57. Munnopsis typica, M. Sars. 


Munnopsis typica, M. Sars, Beret. om en i Somm. 1859 Zool. Reise ved 
Kysten af Romsdals Amt. 1860, p. 10. 

Munnopsis typica, M. Sars, “ Besk. af en ny Steegt og Art af Isopoder,” 
Vidensk.-Selsk. Forhand. 1860, p. 84. 

Munnopsis typica, M. Sars, Bidrag til Kunds. om Christianiafj. Fauna, 
1868, p. 70, pls. vi., vii. 

Munnopsis typica, HW. J. Hansen, Dijmphna-Togtets zool.-bot. Udbytte, 
1887, p. 196, pl. xx. figs. 2-2 e, 

Munnopsis typica, H. J. Uansen, Oversigt over det vestlige Gronlands 
Fauna af Malakos. Hafskrebsdyr, 1887, p. 195 (no description). 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xiii. 19 


282 A Month on the Trondhjem Fiord. 


Rédberg, 250-300 fathoms. I also have it from Varanger 
Fiord, East Finmark, 150 fathoms (A. M. N.) ; off Hare 
Island, Disco, Greenland, 85 fathoms (‘Valorous,’ 1875) ; 
Faroe Channel, 540 fathoms (‘Knight Errant,’ Stat. 8) ; Faroe 
Channel, 640 fathoms (‘Zriton,’ Stat. 8); West Greenland 
(Prof. d’ Arcy Thompson). 


58. Llyarachna hirticeps, G. O. Sars. 


Llyarachna hirticeps, G. O. Sars, “Nye Dybdvandscrustaceer fra 
Lofoten,” Vidensk.-Selsk. Forhand. 1869, p. 23 (separate copy). 


Rédberg, 250-300 fathoms. 

In this species the leading character is “ Segmentorum 
thoracicorum 4 priorum margines anteriores in cristas sub- 
tiliter crenulatas elevati.” Among the specimens occurring 
at Rédberg are some in which this crenation is almost wholly 
absent. I have also taken this species in the Varanger Fiord, 
East Finmark, and have one of the original specimens pro- 
cured by the describer at the Lofoten Islands. 


59. Eurycope cornuta, G. O. Sars. 


Eurycope cornuta, G. O. Sars, “Om en Anomal Gruppe af Isopoder,” 
Vidensk.-Selsk, Forhand. 1863, p. 5 (separate copy). 


Rédberg, 250-300 fathoms. Also Christiania Fiord (@. O. 
Sars, in Mus. Nor.). 


60. Eurycope producta, G. O. Sars. 


Eurycope producta, G. O. Sars, Beret. Somm. 1865 Zool. Reise ved 
Kysterne af Christianias og Christiansands Stifter, 1866, p. 32, 


Antennules having the basal joint broad and produced on 
each side into triangular lobes, which embrace the second 
joint between them ; the inner of these lobes very long and 
reaching forward to the length of the fourth joint; rostrum 
having the base equal in breadth to about one fourth of that 
of the cephalic segment, deeply concave and bent downwards 
at the extremity, which is emarginate in the centre, rounded 
on each side, and bearing on the outer margin 6 to 8 tooth- 
like serrations; the rostrum is subequal in length to the 
long triangular lobe of the first joint of the antennules. The 
three anterior segments of the posterior portion of the body 
are distinctly separate and articulated, and are slightly grooved 
in the central dorsal line. Length of antenne about 24 that 
of the body ; length of latter 3 millim., of former 8 millim, 


On new Coleoptera from the Australian Region. 283 


There are two species with which 2. producta might be 
confounded; from Z. furcata and E£. latirostris the distinctly 
separated segments which precede the last will at once distin- 
guish it, as well as the character of the basal joint of the 
antennules and the exact structure of the rostrum. 

Rédberg, on the precipices among Alcyonarians, in about 
150 fathoms. 

Sars described the species from a single specimen, which 
was scarcely more than half the length of those found by me ; 
and as in that description there is no allusion made to the 
structure of the antennules, I should have failed to recognize 
the species had it not been that I had the advantage of 
direct comparison with specimens kindly given me by 


Prof. G. O. Sars, and obtained by him in West Norway. 


[To be continued. ] 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XII. 


Fig.1. Bythocaris simplicirostris, G. O. Sars. Dorsal view of anterior 
portion of carapace, enlarged. 
Fig. 2. Cryptocheles pygmea, G. O. Sars. Enlarged about three diameters. 
Fig. 3. Ditto. Rostrum. 
Fig.4, Ditto. Outer maxilliped. 
Fig.5. Ditto. First foot. 
Fig. 6. Campylaspis horrvida, G. O. Sars, 9. Enlarged. 
‘ig. 7. Ditto. Dorsal view of carapace. 
Fig. 8. Campylaspis verrucosa, G. O. Sars, 3. Enlarged. 
Fig. 9. Campylaspis costata, G. O. Sars, $. Enlarged. 


XXX.—WNew Coleoptera from the Australian Region. 
By Cuas. O. WATERHOUSE. 


Lucanide. 


Eurytrachelus Wickhami, sp. n. 


Niger, sat nitidus: mandibulis porrectis perparum curvatis, con- 
vexis, ante apicem dente valido armatis, medio denticulatis ; 
capite magno, subtiliter granulato, pone oculos bituberculato 
rugoso ; thorace lato, lateribus leviter arcuatis. 

Long. (mandib. incl.) 25 lin. 


Hab. Queensland. 
Formerly I regarded this as a variety of H. arfakianus, 
19* 


284 Mr. C. O. Waterhouse on new 


Lansb. I am now, however, convinced that it is a distinct 
species. It is relatively rather narrower; the mandibles are 
convex, @. e. the ridge which bears the teeth is not dorsal as 
in arfakianus, but internal in the ordinary way; the large 
subapical tooth is more removed from the apex, and there are 
three or four small teeth rather behind the middle. The 
head has the same peculiar notch behind the eye, leaving two 
small tubercles, but the surface round the eye is merely 
rugose instead of being wrinkled. The thorax is more 
convex, more obliquely narrowed posteriorly, with the sides, 
especially anteriorly, distinctly arcuate. The mentum is more 
broadly truncate anteriorly. 

In describing /. arfakianus, M. Lansberge has not, I 
think, laid stress enough on the differences in the mandibles 
in specimens of this species. In Odontolabis, dimorphism is 
common, but I do not remember any quite similar case in the 
Dorcint. 

In £. arfakianus, var. maximus, the mandibles are rather 
straight, simple, except a large tooth near the apex. 

In the var. minor the mandibles have a large subbasal 
tooth, and besides the subapical one there are one or two 
smaller teeth between the large teeth. 

This appears to me to be a distinct case of dimorphism, 
and not a questton of large and small examples. The 
-Museum specimens measure :— 

Var. maximus: 18 to 26 lines (mandib. incl.). 

Var. minor: 19 to 24 lines (mandib. incl.). 

These would correspond to what Dr. Leuthner ealls telo- 
dont and amphiodont forms. 


Cetoniide. 


Pacilopharis femorata, sp. n. 


Oblonga, depressa, nitidissima, cyaneo-viridis: capite subtiliter 
punctulato, fronte punctis nonnullis sparsa ; thorace levi, latera 
versus punctis nonnullis sparsis; elytris levibus, lineis tribus 
punctorum yix conspicuis, lateribus pone medium transversim 
striatis ; pedibus obscure rubro-purpureis, femoribus obscure 
rubris. 

Long. 10 lin. 


Hab. Doreh (New Guinea). 

Besides the difference in colour, this differs from P. Whitet 
in being rather narrower, the head is much more finely pune- 
tured, with only a few larger punctures on the forehead. The 


Coleoptera from the Australian Region. 285 


thorax has only a few lunate punctures towards the sides. 
The elytra have only three not very distinct lines of punctures 
at the base, not extending beyond the middle ; at the apical 

margin are the usual transverse striole. The transverse 
striolw of the pygidium are finer and closer. The femora are 
dull red, the tibiee and tarsi obscure reddish purple. 


Buprestide. 
Belionota Saundersit, sp. n. 


Enea, elytris purpureo-eneis: scutello subtillissime punctulato ; 
corpore subtus lete aureo-viridi, ad latera brunneo-sneo, hic et 
illic cupreo tincto, segmento apicali cyaneo. 

Long. 94 lin. 


Hab. N. Australia, Cape York. 

This species is very like B. fallaciosa in general form 
(even narrower than that species usually is), but is easily 
distinguished by the extremely finely punctured scutellum 
and different coloration. ‘The thorax has the punctuation 
very fine, rather closer than in JB. fallaciosa, with less 
smooth space in the middle of the base. The elytra are 
bronze, obscurely tinted with brownish purple, with a steel- 
blue shade at the apex. The body beneath is very bright 
golden green, brownish eneous at the sides; the segments 
are bordered with dark steel-blue, and the ereater part “of the 
apical segment is of the same colour; in some examples the 
blue colour ascends somewhat in the median channel. 


Belionota Woodfordi, sp. n. 


Nigro-senea: thorace igneo-cuprea, medio purpureo suffuso ; scu- 
tello purpurascenti, subtiliter punctulato; corpore subtus aureo- 
viridi, ad latera cyaneo purpurascenti. 

Long. 11-123 lin. 


Hab. Fauro I., Solomon Islands (C. 1. Woodford, Esq.). 
This is very close to L. prasina, but is, I think, sutticiently 
different in its coloration to merit a distinctive name. 


Clerida. 


NATALIS. 


Many species of this genus have been described from time 
to time, most authors comparing their species with ‘ N. por- 
catus, Fabr.” What these authors consider porcatus, I’. to 


286 Mr. C. O. Waterhouse on new 


be it is difficult to determine. Fabricius gives the locality as 
Van Diemen’s Land; and the specimens in this Museum are 
all so marked except one labelled New Holland, which 
generally means West Australia. It is the longest, narrowest 
species known to me, with the disk of the thorax closely and 
finely punctured. It is not unlikely this is N. cribricollis of 
Spinola’s Monograph ; certainly his N. porcatus is not the 
Fabrician species. The Rev. T. Blackburn has given a 
synopsis of the species of the genus (Tr. Roy. Soc. of 
S. Austr. xiii. 1890, p 126), and the one he refers to 
N. porcatus is evidently not the Fabrician species, as he 
places it in the section “ Disc of the prothorax not closely and 
evenly punctured.” The specimens named N. porcatus in 
White’s Catalogue are probably porcatus of Spinola (the type 
was not then in the Museum), and I am inclined to think 
they are the N. Marstersii, Casteln., but it all depends on 
what this author considered the Fabrician species. 


Natalis Blackburni, sp. n. 


Picea: capite creberrime subtiliter punctato, punctis nonnullis 
majoribus mixtis; thorace disco subtiliter obsolete punctulato, 
lateribus sat rugulosis ; elytris postice modice dilatatis, costatis, 
costis alternis pone medium evanescentibus. 

Long. 12, lat. elytr. 32 lin. 


Hab. Swan River. 


The head is closely and rather finely punctured, with a 
few much larger punctures interspersed. The antenne are 
long, the apical joint elongate-ovate, moderately narrowed at 
the apex, the tenth joint as broad as long, the ninth scarcely 
as broad as long, very obliquely narrowed towards the base. 
The thorax is as long as broad, not very much flattened on 
the disk, a little broader at the widest part than in front, the 
disk very finely, rather closely, but indistinctly punctured ; 
the sides rugulose, but not strongly as in many of the species. 
‘The elytra have the punctures large and transverse at the 
base, gradually diminishing in size posteriorly, being com- 
paratively fine at the apex ; the coste are narrow and equal 
at the base, the alternate ones disappearing rather before the 
middle, leaving the others separated by dull flat spaces. The 
intermediate tibiz are curved. The abdomen has a finel 
punctured patch in the middle of the second, third, and fourth 
segments, clothed with golden pubescence, the patch on the 
fourth segment a little broader than long. Posterior tarsi very 
long. 


Coleoptera from the Australian Region. 287 


The upper surface of the insect is finely pilose, with some 
erect hairs scattered over the surface. 


Natalis lata, sp. n. 


Lata, depressa, ferrugineo-picea: capite confertim  subtiliter 
punctulato, punctis majoribus crebre mixtis, fronte rugulosa ; 
thorace medio depresso, parce subtiliter punctulato, lateribus 
fortiter vermiculosis ; elytris brevioribus, postice modice dilatatis, 
basi crasse cancellato-punctatis, post medium subtilius punctu- 
latis, costatis, costis 4", 6", et 8° solum apice attingentibus. 

Long. 11, lat. elytr. 34 lin. 


flab. Moreton Bay (Diggles). 

This is a comparatively short broad species. The head is 
finely punctured, but the large punctures are also very 
numerous and moderately close together; the upper part, 
especially above the eyes, is rugulose. The antenne are 
long, the apical joint is oblong-ovate in general outline, but 
is doubly angular on each side; the tenth joint is a trifle 
broader than long, not very much narrowed at the base, the 
ninth joint is similar but a little longer. The thorax is as 
broad as long, distinctly broader at the widest part than in 
front ; the disk is impressed, with very fine scattered punc- 
tures, with larger punctures here and there; the sides very 
strongly vermiculate. The elytra are short as compared with 
most species; at the base the punctures are very large and 
square, changing very abruptly just beyond the middle to 
rounder and smaller punctures, which become very small at 
the apex ; the coste are very narrow at the base, equal, but 
beyond the middle the first, second, third, fifth, and seventh 
disappear ; the apex of the elytra is of a lighter brown colour. 
The intermediate tibiz are rather short and nearly straight. 
The posterior tarsi are very short. The abdomen has the 
middle portion of the second and third segments densely and 
finely punctured, with a band of golden pubescence, more 
particularly along the posterior margin. 

I cannot reconcile either of these species with any described 
by Mr. Blackburn. 


Natalis levis, sp. n. 


Fusca, nitida, pube brevissima sordide flava obsolete marmorata : 
thorace medio subtilissime parce punctulato, lateribus late 
fortiter vermiculatis; elytris latera versus subtiliter striato- 
punctatis, postice costis vix elevatis notatis. 

Long. 22, lat. elytr. 6; lin. 


Hab. New Guinea. 


288 Mr. C. J. Gahan on new 


In form this species presents nothing unusual, but its large 
size and smooth elytra at once distinguish it from all the 
described species. ‘The antenne are very long, the apical 
joint is elongate-ovate, obliquely truncate at the apex; the 
tenth joint is a little longer than broad, much narrowed at 
the base; the ninth joint is about one third longer than 
broad, obliquely narrowed to the base. The head is finely 
punctured, but with large punctures intermixed. The thorax 
is about as broad as long, obliquely narrowed in front, 
shining, deeply impressed in the middle; extremely delicately 
and not very closely punctured ; the sides strongly vermicu- 
lose; the rugosity extending considerably on to the disk. 
The elytra are extremely finely and closely punctured where 
there is the fine pubescence, but there are bare smooth spots 
at intervals; the lines of punctures are only distinct at the 
sides, and the punctures are small; each elytron has three 
not very conspicuous cost, the first commencing behind the 
middle, the next a little longer, the third almost entire, 
commencing below the shoulder. The intermediate tibiz are 
slightly curved. The abdomen is shining and finely pune- 
tured; the third segment has a very small inconspicuous 
pubescent patch in the middle. 


XXXI.—On the Characters of a new Genus and Six new 
Species of Longicorn Coleoptera from New Guinea. By 
C. J. GAHAN, M.A. 


Prionide. 
Osphryon hirticollis, sp. n. 


Nigro-fuseus ; capite thoraceque supra subtusque sat dense fulvo- 
villosis ; prothorace utrinque trispinoso; elytris dense punctu- 
latis, sordide flavo-testaceis, sutura et margine exteriore angustis- 
sime piceis, apicibus utrisque bidentatis ; antennis totis nigro-fuscis, 
(d¢) corpore longitudine fere wqualibus, ( 2.) medium elytrorum 
paullo superantibus; segmento quinto abdominis (d¢) fortiter, 
( 2 ) leviter emarginato. 

Long., ¢ 37-40, 2 50 mm. 

Hab. Doreh and Arfak. 

Dark brown. Elytra yellowish testaceous, but in places 
exhibiting a darker tint; along the suture and the outer 
margin very narrowly piceous. Prothorax with three distinet 
spines on each side, of which the posterior is longest (on one 


Longicorn Coleoptera from New Guinea. 289 


side of one male specimen there is an additional small spine, 
between the anterior and postmedian spine, in a_ position 
corresponding to that occupied by the second of the four 
spines in Osphryon adustus, Pasc.). The head and thorax 
are clothed both above and below with a rather dense tawny 
brown pubescence, which is longer on the underside, espe- 
cially on the hind breast. The scutellum is dark brown. 
The elytra are rather thickly punctulate, and in places, 
especially towards the base in the female, are rather strongly 
coriaceous or subrugose ; at the apex each is rounded exter- 
nally, but towards the suture is truncate, with a distinct tooth 
or small spine at each angle of the truncature. The fifth 
ventral segment of the male abdomen is rather strongly 
emarginate behind, and part of the sixth segment projects 
beyond it. In the female the fifth segment is also emar- 
ginate, but not so strongly as in the male. 

This species differs from O. adustus, Pase., in some minor 
structural characters, such as having only three spines on 
each side of the prothorax and in having two small spines at 
the apex of each elytron; but in general form and in the 
sculpture and relative proportions of the joints of the antennze 
there is such close agreement as to justify me in considering 
the two species congeneric. ‘I'he genus was placed by Pascoe 
amongst the Derobrachides, and, in my view, rightly so. 
Lansberge, in his list of Malayan Prionide, ranks it with the 
Closterides. ‘Lhe two groups have, however, closer attinities 
than Lacordaire’s arrangement seems to suggest. 


Osphryon Lorbest, sp. n. 


6. Fuscus, supra opacus; prothorace antice posticeque pilis fulvis 
fimbriato, lateraliter utrinque quadrispinoso, supra minute 
sparseque granulato et bituberculato, tuberculis haud fortiter 
elevatis, obtusis, crebre subreticulatim punctatis; elytris opacis, 
minutissime sat sparseque granulatis, utrisque ad apicem biden- 
tatis ; antennis quam corpore paullo longioribus, articulis 1°, 2°, 
et tertii basi fortiter denseque punctatis, ceteris minutissime 
porosis et opacis, articulis a tertio ad decimum apice extus den- 
tatis et intus subspinoso-productis. 

Long. 43 mm. 


Hab. New Guinea (HH. O. Forbes). 

Dark brown, almost entirely dull and opaque above. The 
head with a sparse fulvous pubescence. ‘lhe prothorax is 
fringed anteriorly and at the base with fulvous hairs; the 
two anterior spines at each side are connate at their base, and 


290 Mr. C. J. Gahan on new 


so likewise are the two posterior spines; the disk bears two 
feebly raised humps which are strongly and closely punctured. 
The elytra are devoid of pubescence, but under the lens are 
seen to bear numerous minute granules which seem to corre- 
spond to the setigerous punctures of O. adustus, Pasc. The 
underside of the thorax has a fulvous pubescence. The 
abdomen is glossy, sparsely punctured and almostimpubescent ; 
the fifth ventral segment of the male is feebly emarginate 
(almost truncate) behind. The antenne are slightly longer 
than the body ; the first two joints and the base of the third 
are thickly and strongly punctured; the third (except at 
the base) and the remaining joints are very minutely and 
closely punctulate and opaque; some feeble or obsoletely 
raised lines are to be seen on nearly all these joints; each 
joint from the third to the tenth is acutely angular or toothed 
on the outer side at the apex, and is produced into a distinct 
dentate or spinous process on the inner side. ‘These cha- 
racters of the antenne would almost justify the separation of 
this species into a distinct genus; but in other respects 
it agrees very well with the remaining two species of 
Osphryon. 


GNATHONYX, gen. nov. 


¢g. Capite lato, magno; oculis supra distantibus ; mandibulis sat 
magnis, valde curvyatis, spatium transverse ellipticum cireum- 
scribentibus, a basi ad apicem gradatim acuminatis. Antennis 
medium elytrorum attingentibus, articulo primo breyi, crasso, 
tertio primo longitudine equali, quarto quam tertio paullo 
breviore, quinto ad undecimum longitudine gradatim crescentibus. 
Prothorace transverso, quam capite vix latiore, margine laterali 
medio vix conspicua, antice posticeque sat distincta et dentata. 
Elytris parallelis, apicibus rotundatis. Prosterno dense punctato, 
processu intercoxali plano. Episternis metathoracis postice late 
truncatis. Tibiis anticis mediisque spinosis, femoribus omnibus 
subtus denticulatis. Segmentis 1° ad 4°" abdominis utrinque 
profunde foveatis; segmento 5° apice subrotundatis. 


This genus is especially characterized by the strongly 
curved mandibles, destitute of teeth, simple at tip, and 
enclosing a transversely elliptical space, and by the large 
deep fovea on each side of each of the first four abdominal 
segments in the male. The presence of spines on the tibie 
and of similar but much smaller spines on the underside of 
the distal halves of the femora leads me to provisionally place 
it in the group of the Remphanides, though I believe that less 


Longicorn Coleoptera from New Guinea. 291 


importance should be attached to this character than is given 
to it in Lacordaire’s system. 


Gnathonyx piceipennis, sp. n. 


Niger; elytris piceo-fuscis, capite grosse confertimque punctato, 
occipite minute granulato ; pronoto rude subreticulatim punctato, 
area mediana subcordata sparsim punctata, nitida ; scutello nitido, 
impunctato, postice rotundato ; elytris coriaceis ; prosterno dense 
punctato; pedibus nigro-fuscis, sparsim punctatis ; articulo primo 
antennarum dense punctato, tertio ad decimum sparse punctatis 
et subtus strigoso-opacis, undecimo omnino strigoso-opaco, 

Long. 58, lat. 19 mm. 


Hab. Doreh. 


Analophus niger, sp. n. 


dg. Niger; capitis fronte fortiter minus dense punctata, medio 
longitudinaliter suleata, occipite dense confluenter punctato, 
interstitiis granuliformis ; disco pronoti nigro-polito, sparse punc- 
tato, medio breviter suleato et versus basin utrinque foveolato, 
lateribus subinequalibus, fortiter densiusque punctatis, et ad 
angulos anticos confertissime sed minus fortiter punctatis; pro- 
sterno opaco, confertissime punctato; elytris nigris nitidis, sat 
dense punctatis et subcoriaceis, versus basin levioribus sparsiusque 
punctatis, apicibus rotundatis ; pectore dense fulvo-villoso; abdo- 
mine pedibusque fusco-castaneis, nitidis, sparse punctatis. 


Long. 28-30 mm. 
Hab. Mount Arfak. 


Head broad, with the eyes widely separated above; from 
the narrow transverse excavation at the base a very distinct 
median groove passes upwards for a short distance on the 
front, and is thence continued backwards as a narrower and 
less distinct impression. The punctures are less thickly 
placed on the front of the head, but are closely crowded and 
confluent on the sides and hinder part, so that the interspaces 
appear as small shining granules. ‘The pronotum is slightly 
emarginate in front ; its lateral edges are but slightly promi- 
nent as feeble carine, which are strongly deflexed towards 
the middle of their length; the central area of the disk is 
very glossy and but sparsely punctured, and bears a short 
median groove and two fovex placed posteriorly one on each 
side ; towards the sides the pronotum is somewhat uneven 
and is strongly and rather thickly punctured, while close to 
the anterior angles it is very closely but less strongly punc- 
tured, as is the whole surface of the prosternum. ‘The elytra 
are rather thickly punctured and slightly coriaceous, except 


292 On new Longicorn Coleoptera from New Guinea. 


towards the base, where they are smoother and more sparsely 
unctured ; each bears three very feebly raised and indistinct 
ines. 

This species is smaller and narrower than A. parallelus, 
Waterh., from which it may be easily distinguished by its 
colour, by the difference in the punctuation of the lateral 
parts of the pronotum, and the greater deflexion of the lateral 
ridge towards the outer angle of the anterior acetabulum. 


Lamiide. 
Haplohammus longipennis, sp. n. 


Nigro-fuscus, pube grisea sat dense obtectus, capitis fronte verticeque 
sparse punctatis ; prothoracis dorso subinzequali, medio sat dense 
punctato ; elytris elongatis, dense punctatis, postice angustatis, 
apicibus late truncatis, extus valde spinosis. 

Long. 27-36 mm. 

Hab. Mount Arfak. 

Dark brown, with a short close greyish pubescence. Head 
distinctly but rather sparsely punctured in front, and with a 
few sparsely scattered punctures on the upperside. Pro- 
thorax slightly uneven above, rather thickly punctured in the 
middle. Scutellum with a fulvous pubescence. Elytra 
elongated, thickly punctured, narrowing gradually behind, 
and each at the apex broadly truncate, with a strong spine at 
the outer angle. Antenne in the male more than twice the 
length of the body, the scape rather strongly thickened 
towards the apex, where the cicatrice has a prominent rim on 
the anterior side, but no limiting edge on the posterior side ; 
the third joint is twice as long as the first, the fourth shorter 
than the third. 


Potemnemus tuberifer, sp. n. 


Nigro-fuscus, pube brevi fulvo-brunnea obtectus; antennis basi 
pedibusque punctis nigris glabris dense maculatis ; prothoracis 
dorso haud tuberculato, linea medio-longitudinali fulva, et ad 
medium maculam glabram circumscribente ; elytris dorso planis, 
postice sat valde declivis, utrisque ad basin tubere magno rotundo 
dense nigro-granulato, instructis; lateribus verticalibus utrisque 
supra carinatis et spinoso-granulatis, apicibus oblique truncatis, 
extus spinosis, intus dentatis. 

Long. 35 mm. 


Hab. Mount Arfak. 

This species may be easily distinguished from those of this 
genus hitherto described by the presence of a Jarge rounded 
hump, thickly studded with black shining granules, at the 


Mr. O. Thomas on a new Pteropus. 293 


base of each elytron. It also departs somewhat from the 
characters of the more typical members of the genus in 
having the disk of the prothorax smooth; but in almost all 
its remaining characters, especially in the form of the elytra 
and the distribution of the spinous tubercles on the sides and 
disk of the elytra (the basal hump excepted), it has the closest 
relation with P. scabrosus, Oliv. 


XXXII.—Diagnosis of a new Pteropus from the Admiralty 
Islands. By OLprieLp THOMAS. 


Pteropus admiralitatum, sp. n. 


Most closely allied to Pt. hypomelanus, Temm., but distin- 
guished by its smaller size, much smaller ears, uniformly 
coloured chest and abdomen, and woollier fur ; crown pale grey 
(“olive grey” of Ridgway *) ; nape fulvous (“ cinnamon ”) ; 
back brown (“ Prout’s brown’), mixed with whitish. Below, 
the neck shows an indistinct fulvous collar; but all the rest 
of the under surface, the chin, throat, abdomen, and the sides 
of body are a uniform brown (between ‘ sepia” and “ clove- 
brown ”’), thickly mixed with silvery white or yellowish hairs. 
In Pt. hypomelanus the centre of the abdomen is always 
lighter than the sides of the body. 

Skull and teeth as in Pt. hypomelanus, except for their 
smaller size. 

Dimensions of the type (skin B.M. 80. 11. 24. 4) :— 

Head and body (c.) 180 millim. ; forearm 121 (=4°75 in.) 
ear 17°5. 

The ear of a spirit-specimen measures 19 millim. (from 
notch) ; and the forearms of the three other specimens in the 
collection are 126, 120, and 118 respectively in length. 

Hab. Admiralty Islands. Coll. H.M.S. ‘ Challenger.’ 

Four specimens of this species were obtained in March 


1875. 


} 


* ‘Nomenclature of Colours,’ 1886. The extreme difficulty of matching 
the uniform colours of a colour-plate and the grizzled and broken colours 
of an animal are so great that these determinations must be looked upon 
as merely approximate ; but it would nevertheless be of great help to 
other workers if all describers would use some such standard of colours 
as is provided by Ridgway’s valuable work. 


294 Geological Society. 


PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES. 
GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. 


January 10, 1894.—W. H. Hudleston, Esq., M.A., F.R.S., 
President, in the Chair. 


The following communication was read :— 


‘On the Rheetic and some Liassic Ostracoda of Britain.’ By 
Prof. 'T'. Rupert Jones, F.R.S., F.G.S. 


In this paper the published observations on the occurrence of 
these Microzoa in the Rhetic and Lower Liassic strata of England, 
chiefly in Gloucestershire and Somerset, by the Rev. P. B. Brodie, 
H. E. Strickland. C. Moore, and others, are first of all recorded; 
and the various notices of the so-called ‘ Cypris liassica’ in various 
paleontological works are considered. Numerous specimens sub- 
mitted by the Rev. P. B. Brodie, the Rey. H. H. Winwood, and 
Mr. E. Wilson, and some few examined in the Geological Society’s 
collection, have been studied, with the result of determining, it is 
hoped satisfactorily, the characters and alliances of Darwinula 
liassica (Brodie) and of six or seven other species found in the 
same and the associated series of strata. The Darwinula globosa 
(Duff), from Linksfield, Morayshire, is also critically re-examined 
as one of this interesting series of Rhzetic Ostracoda. The other 
species belong for the most part to Cytheridea; thus most of them 
probably lived in brackish or estuarine waters, 


January 24, 1894.—W. H. Hudleston, Esq., M.A., F.R.S., 
President, in the Chair. 


The following communications were read :— 


1 ‘The Ossiferous Fissures in the Valley of the Shode, near 
Ightham, Kent.’ By W. J. Lewis Abbott, Esq., F.G.S. 


The fissures occur in a promontory of Kentish Rag between two 
tributaries of the Shode. There are four fissures in this promontory, 
striking at right angles to the valley. Details of the physiography 
of the area in which the fissures occur are given in the paper. 
Three of the fissures have obviously been in contact with the 
surface, and from these the bones appear to have been dissolved out. 
The fourth does not reach the top of the Rag, and further is sealed 
by an aragonite-lined chamber with stalactitic floor and ceiling. 
This fissure is from 2 to 6 feet wide and about 80 feet deep, and is 
filled with a heterogeneous collection such as constitutes the flotsam 
and jetsam of streams, along with materials derived from the rock 
in which the fissures occur. Several thousand bones were found, 
also 12 species of aquatic and land shells, an entomostracan, Chara 
and other vegetable remains have been procured. 

The Author gives reasons for concluding that the fissures have 


Miscellaneous. 295 


never been reopened since they were first closed by the materials 
introduced into them by the river, and that all the contained fossils 
belong to one and the same geological period. He points to the 
discovery of species not before found in Pleistocene beds as only a 
repetition of what has occurred in other sections he has worked, 
and remarks also that the increase of species is corroborative of a 
suggestion of Mr. C. Reid that the more we discover of the smaller 
creatures of this and the preceding age, the more they approximate to 
those of our own times. Even if we were to exclude from the lists 
all the species not previously found fossil elsewhere, we still have 
an extensive assemblage of the older Pleistocene forms, which 
must have lived during the filling of the fissures, and this there- 
fore fixes the filling operation as having occurred in Pleistocene 
times. 


2. ‘The Vertebrate Fauna collected by Mr. Lewis Abbott from 
the Fissure near Ightham, Kent.’ By E. T. Newton, Esq., F.R.S., 
F.G.S. 


The vertebrate remains collected by Mr. Lewis Abbott are 
passed in review, and as far as possible specifically identified: they 
represent mammals, birds, reptiles, and amphibians; but no fishes 
have been found. In all, 48 different forms have been recognized ; 
3 or perhaps 4 are extinct ; 11 are extinct in Britain, but are still 
living elsewhere; 21 are living in Britain, but are known to be 
Pleistocene or Forest-bed forms ; and 12 are species now living in 
Britain which have not hitherto been recognized in Pleistocene or 
older deposits. 

Among the more important species found in this fissure, but 
extinct in Britain, may be noticed, besides Hlephas primigenius, 
Rhinoceros antiquitatis, and Hyena, the Ursus arctos, Canis lagopus, 
Myodes torquatus, Myodes lemmus, Microtus gregalis, M. ratticeps, 
Lagomys pusillus, Spermophilus, and Cervus tarandus. The name 
of Mustela robusta is proposed for some limb-bones intermediate 
between the Polecat and Marten, and the remains of an extremely 
small Weasel are noticed as a variety of Mustela vulgaris. Although 
the large number of living species gives a recent aspect to this series 
of remains, the evidence, it is believed, points rather to their being 
all of Pleistocene age, and most nearly allied to the fauna of British 
caves. 


MISCELLANEOUS. 


On the Embryology of the Cumacea. 
By P. Burscuinsxy, of the University of Odessa. 


Tue segmentation of the ova in Jphinoé meotica, Sowin., is of 
the centro-lecithal type. All the segmentation-nuclei, which in the 
centre of the ovum are surrounded by radiating aggregations of 


296 Miscellaneous. 


protoplasm, travel towards the surface, and a uniform blastoderm is 
finally constituted *, 

The rudiment of the future germinal streak now becomes recog- 
nizable on the ventral surface of the ovum in the shape of a thick- 
ening of the blastoderm, and three separate thickenings may be 
remarked in the extent of this rudiment; these are the paired 
anterior optic lobes and an unpaired posterior thickening, which 
gives rise by the process of multiplication to a large number of cells 
(meso-endoderm). This internal mass of cells becomes further 
differentiated into three rudiments:—(1) The yolk-cells, which 
migrate into the yolk, (2) the endoderm- and (3) the mesoderm- 
cells. 

The proctodeum is formed earlier than the rudiment of the 
stomodzeum and has the appearance of a very long tube. Both of 
these structures originate as invaginations of the ectoderm. The 
mid-gut is built up from the cell-material of the endoderm. As 
the cells of the endoderm multiply they arrange themselves so as to 
form an epithelium. The liver develops very early on the ventral 
surface of the endodermal furrow, and forms in the anterior portion 
of the latter two lateral tubes, which are composed of large cells, 
These rudiments are paired and present the appearance of folds, 
which are open upon the dorsal side; their edges grow together, 
and two hepatic sacs are formed from them, each of which becomes 
divided into two secondary hepatic sacs in consequence of a longi- 
tudinal invagination. 

The entire central nervous system originates as a thickening of 
the ectoderm at the period of the formation of the anterior appen- 
dages. In the early stages it takes the shape of paired ectodermal 
thickenings ; these gradually coalesce and give rise to an unpaired 
cord, from which the 18-19 ganglia are subsequently formed. 

The unpaired eye develops from two separate thickenings of the 
hypodermis of the foremost optic lobes, and undergoes a complicated 
metamorphosis. 

The earliest rudiment of the heart takes the shape of a compact 
collecticn of mesoderm-cells on the dorsal side, in which the cavity 
subsequently appears. 

The genital organs also develop at the same time; these appear as 
a paired mesodermal rudiment situated above the intestinal canal. 

The dorsal organ arises very early on the dorsal side as an oyal 
aggregation of ectoderm-cells; it persists for a long time, and 
disappears after all the organs of the animal are formed. 

A complete memoir of mine upon the embryology of the Cumacea, 
accompanied by three plates, will be published in the *‘ Mémoires de 
la Socicté des Naturalistes de la Nouvelle-Russie 4 Odessa.’-—Zoolo- 
gischer Anzeiyer, xvi. Jahrg., no. 430, October 2, 1893, pp. 386, 387. 


* T observed this in Parapodopsis cornuta and Gebia litoralis. 


LX. 


AIll. | 


Vol. 


Mag. Nat. Hist. 8. 6. 


u 
‘. 
a+ 


Ps 01 x Ot 


— 
> 

~ 
' 

‘ 


Mintern Bros. lith. 


Anie.& Mag. Nat. Hist. 8.6. Vol. XML. PL XIL 


Mintern Bros. hth. 


A.Sectt del. 


THE ANNALS 


AND 


MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY, 


[SIXTH SERIES.] 


No. 76. APRIL 1894. 


XXXIII.—A Contribution to the Osteology of the Head of 
Hatteria*. By FrrepricH SreBENROCK, Assistant in the 
Imperial and Royal Natural History Museum in Vienna. 


[Plate XIV. ] 


THE present memoir contains a precise description of the 
interorbital septum, the anterior cartilagino-membranous 
cranial wall, and of the paroccipital, which is present in 
Hatteria alone among Saurians. 

In addition to this there follows a detailed account of the 
several cranial bones, especially with reference to the bony 
auditory structures contained within them. These are distin- 
guished by the presence of the fossa cochlearis of the basi- 
occipital, the junction of the orificium ampulle canalis semi- 
circularis frontalis and the orificium canalis semicircularis 
horizontalis in the posterior ampullary chamber of the 
paroccipital, the absence of the foramen nervi acustici, ramus 
cochlearis, the absence of the foramen canalis Vidiani anterius 
in the fossa hypophyseos, and by the remarkable structure of 
the superior margins of the paroccipital and of the oto- 


sphenoid. ie 
Finally, it will be shown that the parietal is paired even 


* Translated from the ‘Sitzungsberichten der kaiserl. Akademie der 
Wissenschaften in Wien, Mathem.-naturw. Classe,’ Bd. cii. Abth. i., 
June 1893, pp. 250-268: from a separate impression, communicated by 
the Author. 

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xiii. 20 


298 Herr F. Siebenrock on the 


in the adult, a point which was hitherto in doubt ; while there 
will also be appended further communications upon the 
subject of the dentition of the vomer. 


. 


The interorbital septum and the anterior cranial wall of 
Hlatteria were represented by Giinther* and Briihlt as homo- 
geneous cartilaginous structures, without further allusion 
being made to them in the text of their papers. If, however, 
these parts be examined more closely in a carefully prepared 
Hatteria-head, it is found that neither the interorbital septum 
nor the anterior cranial wall are uniformly developed, but 
that in both cartilaginous structures occur, just as they are 
met with in the majority of Saurians with a distinct inter- 
orbital septum. 

In the interorbital septum of Hatteria the anterior and 
upper edges are sinuous, while the lower one is straight. 
The posterior edge is notched and forms the anterior boundary 
of the optic foramen. In the majority of lizards the inter- 
orbital septum is membranous, and in it is embedded the 
cartilaginous plate which has developed from the two lower 
trabecule (“unteren Schidelbalken”’). In Hatteria, how- 
ever, the entire interorbital septum is cartilaginous, with the 
exception of an oval fenestra at the upper margin, which is 
covered by a membrane. But since the cartilaginous plate in 
the interorbital septum in the case of the other lizards repre- 
sents the presphenoid, in f/atterta the entire interorbital 
septum must receive the same interpretation. 

A much greater degree of complication is presented by the 
cartilaginous structures in the anterior cranial wall, with 
regard to which Giinther writes (oc. ctt. p. 5) :—“ A cres- 
centic space between alisphenoid and columella remains 
cartilaginous ; and the fore part of the cranial cavity is closed 
by fibro-cartilaginous membrane without a trace of ossifica- 
tion.” It is perfectly correct that a bony orbitosphenoid is 
not present in Hatteria, but in its stead we find a cartila- 
ginous one, which exhibits the same arrangement as in all 
other lizards. It is remarked by Baurf, in a note upon 
Sphenodon—Hatteria, that the alisphenoid-orbitosphenoid is 


* A, Giinther, “A Contribution to the Anatomy of Hatteria,” Phil. 
Trans. Roy. Soe. Lond. 1867. 

+ C. B. Brihl, ‘ Zootomie aller Thierclassen,’ Taf. 148 and 149, with 
explanation. 

t G. Baur, “Osteologische Notizen tiber Reptilien (Fortsetzung vi.),” 
Zool. Anzeiger, xii, Jahrg., 1889, p. 45, 


Osteology of the Head of Hatteria. 299 


cartilaginous and is closely applied to the epipterygoid- 
columella, but no further details are given. The presence of 
an orbitosphenoid in Hatterta is likewise pointed out by 
Cope *, though it would follow from the author’s statement 
that the structure in question is bony and not cartilaginous ; 
for upon page 189 he writes that in the membranous cranial 
wall in lizards an ossification occurs, upon which he bestows 
the provisional designation “‘ postoptic,” and does not term it 
the alisphenoid, like Parker, since, according to his view, 
the epipterygoid-columella is the real alisphenoid. Coming 
to Hatteria, he then proceeds to say :— In the Rhyncho- 
cephalian genus Sphenodon these two elements [7. e. the post- 
optic and epipterygoid] coexist with an orbitosphenoid, lying 
between the optic and trigeminal foramina. The two together 
may be homologous with the mammalian alisphenoid.” I am 
not of this opinion, since the orbitosphenoid is in the case of 
Hatteria precisely as in that of the other lizards, if it occurs 
at all, without any connexion with the epipterygoid-columella, 
and remains in a cartilaginous state throughout life. It is 
semilunar in shape, and forms with the posterior notched edge 
of the presphenoid, with which it is united above and below, 
an oval hole, the optic foramen, for the exit of the optic 
nerve. 

From the upper third of the posterior edge of the orbito- 
sphenoid a stout cartilaginous process projects backwards and 
somewhat upwards, and then divides into two thinner rami. 
Of these the uppermost and shorter has an anterior and 
upward direction ; it runs to the first postfrontal and unites 
with the upper trabecula. ‘The lower and considerably longer 
ramus trends downwards and backwards, and runs almost 
parallel with the lower portion of the cartilaginous orbito- 
sphenoid ; it unites with the processus anterior inferior of the 
otosphenoid and with the processus alaris of the basisphenoid. 

It follows from what has just been stated that the orbito- 
sphenoid is not embedded in the anterior cranial wall in 
complete isolation, but is in intimate connexion with the bony 
sphenoid group and with the rooting bones of the head. 

The anterior cranial wall, which is cartilaginous in Hat- 
terta, is fixed to the crista cranii frontalis, and passes forwards 
in the shape of a narrower canal to the olfactory cavity ; 
where, however, it expands once more in an aliform manner, 
since it reaches down on each side on the inner edge of the 

refrontal as far as the anterior extremity of the palatine, 
and thus forms the optic-nasal septum. The groove itself 

* E. Cope, “ The Osteology of the Lacertilia” (reprinted May 10, 1892, 
from Proc. Amer, Phil. Soc, vol. xxx.). 

20* 


300 Herr F. Siebenrock on the 


serves for the reception of the olfactory nerves, and consists 
in [atteria of tough cartilaginous tissue, while in the majority 
of lizards it merely remains in a membranous condition, 


Jlt 


The bony cranium consists, as in all lizards, of the occipital 
and sphenoid groups of bones, The latter [ste !—former ?], 
again, is composed of the basioccipital, supraoccipital, and the 
two pleuroccipitals which lie between these. All four 
occipitals enclose the occipital foramen, an oval aperture with 
a greater vertical than transverse diameter, on the lower 
circumference of which the unusually large occipital condyle 
is developed as a semilunar tubercle. In Hatteria this is 
formed in a conspicuous degree from the basioccipital, while 
the two pleuroccipitals take a much smaller share in it, in 
contrary fashion therefore to what we find in the chameleons, 
in which the partes condyloidee of the pleuroccipitals are 
much larger than the pars condyloidea of the basioccipital. 
In adult individuals the four occipital elements are indistin- 
guishably fused together, while in specimens which are still 
young they remain separated by sutures, precisely as in the 
case of the rest of the Lacertilia. Now in young specimens 
we fird that the pleuroccipital is composed of two bones, 
which are separated one from another by a suture. ‘The one 
bone with its pars condyloidea is connected in the shape of a 
semicircle with the basioccipital below, constitutes the lateral 
margin of the occipital foramen, and unites above with the 
supraoccipital. From the middle of its external circum- 
ference a short pointed process projects almost horizontally 
outwards. ‘This bone is manifestly, according to position 
and function, the pleuroccipital—exoccipital of Owen and 
Huxley. Before this there lies a bone, which unites with the 
otosphenoid in front, with the supraoccipital above, and with 
the basioccipital below. Its posterior surface is convex and 
its anterior concave, with which it forms the posterior wall of 
the bony labyrinth. The processus paroticus projects out- 
wards and backwards. I consider this bone as the parocci- 
pital, exoccipital of Briihl, and opisthotic of English authors. 
Giinther also describes (doc. cit.) a paroccipital, which, how- 
ever, cannot be quite identical with that discovered by me. 
According to this author the paroccipital is superimposed 
upon the processus paroticus merely in order to strengthen it, 
without taking part in the formation of the auditory appa- 
ratus. Giinther writes :— It [namely the processus paro- 
ticus] is strengthened by a paroccipital, which covers nearly 


Osteology of the Head of Hatteria. 301 


the entire side of the process and is united with the occipital 
part by only partly distinct sutures.” The paroccipital 
described by me forms the posterior wall of the Jabyrinth and 
sends the processus paroticus outwards. It is consequently a 
bone of considerable importance, separated by a suture from 
the pleuroccipital. Only on the posterior surface of the par- 
occipital does the suture between it and the pleuroccipital 
remain indistinct at a spot which is of quite small extent, so 
that here the two bones appear to be united by synostosis. 
It may be that the specimens which I examined were not 
sufficiently young in order to show the complete separation of 
the bones in question. I was able, nevertheless, in the crania 
of three individuals to perceive distinctly the suture between 
paroccipital and pleuroccipital, which separates the two bones 
one from another with the exception of a small space, so that 
the possibility of a merely individual separation of these two 
bones seems to be excluded. 

I imagine that Giinther probably identified the paroccipital 
correctly, but the sutures in the specimen investigated by 
him were no longer sufficiently distinct to enable him to 
recognize the precise limits of the bone in question. He says, 
moreover, in a note (/oc. cit. p. 2):—‘‘ The sutures between 
these bones [namely between supraoccipital and exoccipital] 
are so indistinct that they could not be represented in the 
drawing.” It is the more remarkable that Briihl (/vc. e7t.) 
did not perceive the division between the paroccipital and 
pleuroccipital, since nevertheless he figures and describes the 
head of a young individual in which all the sutures between 
the several bones of the occipital and sphenoid groups were 
still distinctly visible. He assumes an attitude of vigorous 
opposition to Giinther’s alleged paroccipital :—‘ ‘The pleur- 
occipital. ....1is,as I must maintain in opposition to an 
absolutely incorrect statement on the part of Giinther (loc. cit. 
p- 996), the only lateral element of the occipital segment in 
Hatteria; no other element, no exoccipital [mihi, paroc., 
Owen, opisth. of English authors] exists at all. Giinther’s 
statement that a paroccipital of Owen [exoccipital, mzhi] is to 
be found in Hatteria is based upon an extremely superticial 
inspection, erroneously conducted upon entire preparations (!), 
which, however, was not supported by any more precise 
investigation (disarticulation ! the only anatomical method 
which is here conclusive). As is evident from my descrip- 
tion, Briihl was entirely in the wrong in disputing Gtinther’s 
statement; the paroccipital is present in young individuals, so 
that consequently Hatterda, like the Chelonians, exhibits six 
occipital elements, namely :—1 basioccipital, 1 supraoccipital, 


302 Herr F. Siebenrock on the 


2 pleuroccipitals, and 2 paroccipitals. On account of this 
remarkable fact J/atteria approaches the Chelonians and 
recedes further from the Lacertilians. 

It may not be without interest to give a separate represen- 
tation and description of the individual bones of the cranium 
of Hatteria, specially with a view to the acquisition of a 
more precise knowledge of the bony auditory structures con- 
tained within them. Giinther (loc. cit.) did not figure the 
cranium or its individual bones, and Briihl, although he gave 
a representation of the cranium from below and behind, paid 
less attention to the auditory apparatus than to the demon- 
stration of the absence of a paroccipital as alleged to exist by 
Giinther. 

The basioccipital is an almost quadrangular and somewhat 
bulky bone. Its upper surface is concave, while its under 
convex surface is swollen at the two lateral margins and with 
the basisphenoid forms the two very powerfully developed 
tubercula sphenooccipitalia. These are always characterized 
by an epiphysis. 

Behind the tubercula sphenooccipitalia lies the very large 
pars condyloidea, which forms the posterior border of the 
basioccipital, at the two angles of which are situated the 
points of attachment for the pleuroccipitals. The anterior 
border is almost straight ; it serves to unite the bone with the 
basisphenoid, which, with its two posterior processes, which 
are separated by a triangular notch, lies upon the under 
surface of the basioccipital and reaches to the tubercula 
sphenooccipitalia. In this manner there arises in relief upon 
the under surface of the basioccipital a triangular protuberance. 
The two lateral borders of the basioccipital unite posteriorly 
at the pars condyloidea with the pleuroccipitals, in the middle 
and anteriorly with the paroccipital and the otosphenoid. 
Each lateral border of the basioccipital exhibits indeed in 
front of the pars condyloidea a somewhat deep indentation, 
the incisura vene jugularis, which, with a similar indentation 
constituted by the paroccipital and pleuroccipital, is completed 
to form the foramen jugulare. In front of this incisura ven 
jugularis the lateral border towards the anterior angle is 
transformed into a deep pit, the posterior margin of which 
unites with the paroccipital and the anterior with the basi- 
sphenoid, while its outer and inner margins serve to support 
the membranes which fill up the space between the three 
bones already mentioned and the otosphenoid. This pit 
closes the bony cochlea below. It was shown by me that it 
also occurs in Brookesia superciliaris *, where | designated 
it the fossa cochlearis. It has an oblique situation in a 


* F. Siebenrock, “Das Skelet von Brookesia superciliaris, Kuhl,” 


Osteology of the Head of Hatteria. 303 


direction from outside inwards, and to its lower circumference 
is attached the tuberculum sphenooccipitale. 

The pleuroccipital, which in young individuals is separated 
by a suture from the paroccipital, constitutes a simple bony 
arch. Its lower end is swollen to form the pars condyloidea, 
while the upper shovel-shaped end runs out into two pointed 
processes; by means of these it is attached to the hinder 
surface of the paroccipital and to the supraoccipital. The 
inner margin of the arch forms the lateral boundary of the 
occipital foramen, from which the paroccipital is entirely 
excluded. ‘lhe external margin of the arch, which is much 
shorter than the internal one, forms the upper and _ posterior 
limit of the foramen jugulare, and contains from above down- 
wards the foramen nervi hypoglossi, the foramen nervi vagi, 
and the foramen nervi glossopharyngei. The last two nerve- 
exits are frequently united into one externally, but internally 
they always remain separate. 

In the representation of the occipital region of a young 
Hlatteria Fritsch * has figured the pleuroccipitals alone as the 
lateral limiting bones of the foramen occipitale, but he adds no 
explanation as to whether in his specimen the pleuroccipitals 
were separated from the paroccipitals, or whether he had 
omitted the latter merely for the sake of simplifying the 
figure. Otherwise the outlines of the pleuroccipitals as repro- 
duced by this author are perfectly true to nature. 

The supraoccipital is an unusually broad bony arch, which 
extends from the occipital foramen as far as the anterior end 
of the processus anterior superior of the otosphenoid. Upon 
the upper curved surface there arises in a sagittal direction a 
low crest, the crista occipitalis, which produces the immov- 
able connexion with the parietal. Underneath the supra- 
occipital constitutes a sagittal groove, which at its hinder end is 
contracted by the inner walls of the vestibular portion and at 
the lower margin of which in front lies the orificlum externum 
of the aqueductus vestibuli. The posterior border has a 
semicircular excavation and forms the upper boundary of the 
occipital foramen. ‘I'he two posterior and obliquely truncated 
angles are expanded in the shape of hollows, and constitute on 
each side the roof of the vestibular chamber; they unite with 
the pleuroccipital and paroccipital. ‘The lateral borders come 
into contact with the otosphenoids, while the free anterior 
margin exhibits three projections, produced by two indenta- 


Sitzgsber. k. Akad. Wiss. Wien, Math.-naturw. Classe, Bd. cii. Abth. i., 
1893, p. 76. ; 

* Dr, A. Fritsch, “ Fauna der Gaskohle und der Kalksteine der Perm- 
formation Bohmens,” Bd. 2, Prag, 1889, p. 58, 


304 . Herr F. Siebenrock on the 


tions. On the inner wall of the roof of the vestibular portion 
lies the inosculation of the commissure of the canalis semi- 
circularis frontalis and the canalis semicircularis sagittalis, 
and in front of this at the lower margin of the inner wall the 
orificium internum of the aqueductus vestibuli. At the upper 
external margin of the vestibular portion the foramen canalis 
semicircularis frontalis is visible, while the foramen canalis 
semicircularis sagittalis lies away towards the middle of the 
lateral border of the supraoccipital at a distance from the 
vestibular portion. ‘This aperture is otherwise usually found 
in lizards at the anterior circumference of the vestibular 
portion. On the upper surface of the supraoccipital neither 
canal is noticeably visible; the sagittal canal stands out on 
the inner surface pretty distinctly. 

The paroccipital, which in young individuals constitutes an 
independent bone, has some similarity to a spoon, for it is 
strongly arched and sends off outwards a long process, the 
processus paroticus. The paroccipital forms the posterior 
wall of the bony labyrinth, and unites with the otosphenoid in 
front, with the supraoccipital above, and with the basioccipital 
below. To the posterior wall is attached the upper end of 
the pleuroccipital, while the lower end of this, which as pars 
condyloidea unites with the basioccipital, forms with the 
posterior wall of the paroccipital the incisura vene jugularis 
and is completed with the basioccipital to form the foramen 
jugulare. Irom the anterior external border, which is exca- 
vated in the shape of a semicircle and forms the incisura 
foraminis vestibuli, arises the processus paroticus. This is 
long, strongly compressed, hollowed out in the shape of a 
groove in front for the accommodation of the columella auris, 
and directed horizontally and somewhat backwards. ‘The 
anterior excavated surface of the paroccipital forms the hinder 
portion of the vestibulum. It is divided into the outer 
portion, which extends in the shape of a crescent from above 
downwards, and the inner, smaller, but very deep portion, 
the posterior ampullary chamber, which forms an oval pit and 
at the bottom contains two holes, the orificium ampulle canalis 
semicircularis frontalis above and more towards the rear, and 
the orificium canalis semicircularis horizontalis below and 
more towards the front. ‘The vestibulum in Hatteria conse- 
quently possesses one hole less than in the majority of lizards, 
in which the two orifices just mentioned, divided by a septum, 
open into the vestibulum, while in Hatteria they fuse together 
into one large oval hole. At the upper margin of the vesti- 
bular cavity, to which the supraoccipital is attached behind 
and the otosphenoid in front, we find posteriorly the foramen 


Osteology of the Head of Hatteria. 305 


canalis semicircularis frontalis and anteriorly the foramen 
canalis semicircularis horizontalis. 

These two foramina are connected together by a cleft or 
fissura (Pl. XIV. fig. 5, 2), which divides the upper margin 
longitudinally into an upper and lower half. The cleft at 
this spot has arisen through the approximation of the outer 
and inner lamelle of the vestibular wall. In addition to this 
the long transverse cleft in front of the foramen canalis semi- 
circularis frontalis is also connected by a short cleft, running 
at right angles to it, with the oval pit, the inosculation of the 
orificium ampulle canalis semicircularis frontalis and the 
orificium canalis semicircularis horizontalis. In no other 
living lizard is this remarkable phenomenon to be observed. 
The lower border of the paroccipital exhibits externally an 
aliform prolongation, and appears, with its lower portion at 
least, to form the posterior wall of the cochlea, which is 
bounded below by the very strongly developed fossa cochlearis 
of the basioccipital, while externally it is enclosed by the 
cartilaginous plate which extends between the paroccipital, 
otosphenoid, and basioccipital. 

The basisphenoid consists of the body, which constitutes a 
trapeziform plate of bone, and of the two alary processes. 
The upper concave surface exhibits a median division into 
two halves by means of a sagittal furrow. This was pre- 
viously remarked by Baur, who expressed the conjecture (doc. 
cit.) that the basisphenoid arises from two lateral halves. On 
both sides of this furrow in the anterior third lie two foramina, 
the orifices of two short canals for branches of the internal 
carotid. The straight posterior border of the basisphenoid 
unites with the anterior border of the basioccipital. Beneath 
it there project backwards two triangular processes, which 
attach themselves to the under surface of the basioccipital and 
with their ends help to form the tubercula sphenooccipitalia. 
The anterior border, which as dorsum ephippii overhangs the 
fossa hypophyseos, is deeply indented, so that its two angles 
become transformed into the processus alares. The two 
lateral borders converge towards the front and serve to connect 
the bone with the otosphenoids. 

From the anterior portion of the under surface of the basi- 
sphenoid arise the processus pterygoidei. hey are mode- 
rately long, inclined somewhat forwards, and diverging at 
the ends, on the outer sides of which lie the articular surfaces 
for connexion with the pterygoids. 

Between the processus pterygoidei arise the fairly long 
cylindrical processes for the interior trabecule; they are 
separated by a furrow, which ends posteriorly in the shape of 


306 Herr F. Siebenrock on the 


a pit. In the latter lies on both sides the foramen caroticam 
internum. The cylindrical processes form the floor of the 
fossa hypophyseos, in the roof of which on each side, conse- 
quently at the base of the processus alares, is situated the 
foramen for a branch of the internal carotid, which opens into 
the cranial cavity on the upper surface of the basisphenoid by 
the hole already mentioned. On the under surface of the 
basisphenoid between the processus pterygoidei arises the 
parasphenoid; this extends forwards below the cylindrical 
processes as a narrow dagger-like bone. Its free portion is 
somewhat longer than the body of the basisphenotd. Fritsch 
(loc. cit.) and Baur (loc. cit.) have expressed the conjecture 
that the parasphenoid, forming the entire under portion of the 
basisphenoid together with the processes which project back- 
wards, in very young individuals admits of being separated 
from the basisphenoid as an independent bone, I thoroughly 
concur in this view, since on the underside of the basisphenoid 
it is possible to trace almost the entire outline of the para- 
sphenoid; only, in my opinion, Fritsch is mistaken in 
believing that the processes for attachment to the pterygoids 
also belong to the parasphenoid. It has been shown by 
Parker * that the basisphenoid is formed by the union of 
three ossifications, the lateral ones of which are the processus 
pterygoidei. Moreover the parasphenoidal plate is separated 
from the base of the processus pterygoideus by a cleft, so that 
as a matter of fact no connexion exists between the bony 
parts in question. In this cleft lies the posterior foramen 
caroticum internum. 

In the lizards we find in the fossa hypophyseos three pairs 
of apertures : in front on both sides of the cylindrical processes 
the foramen canalis Vidiani anterius, behind at the bottom of 
the fossa the foramen caroticum internum, and at the side and 
above the foramen for a branch of the internal carotid. 
Hatteria, however, like the Chelonians, possesses only two 
pairs of apertures in the fossa hypophyseos, since the foramen 
canalis Vidiani anterius is absent. Here we have a further 
character in which //atterta recedes from the lizards and 
approaches the Chelonians in the structure of the head. 

The otosphenoid is a quadrangular bone, the upper angles 
and the inferior anterior angle of which are produced into 
processes, while the inferior posterior angle remains blunt. 
‘lhe upper border unites with the supraoccipital ; its posterior 
end is produced into a moderately long, triangular, pointed 
process, the processus posterior, which is applied like a scale 

* W.K. Parker and G. J. Bettany, ‘The Morphology of the Skull’ 
(London, 1877): German translation by B. Vetter, 1879. 


Osteology of the Head of Uatteria. 307 


to the anterior surface of the processus paroticus, and forms 
the upper margin of the sulcus columella auditus, 

The anterior end of the upper border is likewise produced 
into a process, the processus anterior superior, which in the 
other lizards remains very short and serves for the attach- 
ment of the upper trabecula. 

The lower border unites with the basisphenoid ; its ante- 
rior end is elongated in the shape of a shovel and forms the 
processus anterior inferior, which is united with the processus 
alaris of the basisphenoid. ‘The anterior end of the bone 
serves for the attachment of the lower cartilaginous branch of 
the orbitosphenoid. The posterior truncated end of the lower 
border unites with the plate of cartilage which extends 
between the otosphenoid, basisphenoid, paroccipital, and 
basioccipital. The posterior free border of the otosphenoid, 
together with the paroccipital, encloses the very large foramen 
vestibuli seu ovale. On the anterior free border we find a 
crest which is quite small, indicating the ala otospbenoidea, 
below which is situated the incisura otosphenoidea for the 
exit of the fifth nerve (trigeminus). 

The external surface of the otosphenoid is strongly convex. 
Upon it may be seen standing out in relief in front and above 
the canalis semicircularis sagittalis running towards the 
middle, and the canalis semicircularis horizontalis running in 
the same direction from the base of the processus posterior 
superior. ‘Towards tle lower border, behind the origin of the 
processus anterior inferior, we find an indication of a very 
short crista otosphenoidea, behind which lies the foramen 
nervis facialis. 

The inner surface forms the anterior vestibular cavity, and 
for this purpose is strongly excavated. It consists of the 
posterior portion, the actual vestibulum, and of the anterior, 
much smaller, but very deep portion, the anterior ampullary 
cavity. Into this there opens quite at the bottom, as a 
transversely oval hole, the orifictum ampullz canalis semi- 
circularis sagittalis, the orificlum ampulle canalis semicir- 
cularis horizontalis above, and below, the oval foramen nervi 
acustici. <A distinct crista cochlearis separates the vestibulam 
from the semicanalis seu canalis lymphaticus which lies below 
it, and which does not run horizontally as in the other lizards, 
but obliquely downwards and backwards trom in front and 
above. ‘This forms the upper portion of the cochlea, the 
outer and inner walls of which are constituted by the two 
plates of cartilage, which fill up externally and internally the 
gaps between the occipital and sphenoid bones, as we find is 
similarly the case in the Chelonians. Of the foramen nervi 


308 Herr F. Siebenrock on the 


acustici for the ramus cochlearis, which in the other lizards 
leads into the cochlea, we find no trace whatever in Hatteria, 
On the upper border of the otosphenoid are situated two holes, 
the foramen canalis semicircularis sagittalis in frout and the 
foramen canalis semicircularis horizontalis behind at the 
base of the processus posterior. In this case the two holes 
themselves are not connected by a cleft, as we find them to 
be in the paroccipital, but each hole (Pl. XIV. fig. 10, a/ and 
a) is in connexion with the anterior ampullary cavity, so that 
it looks as if the holes and their canals have arisen as a result 
of the laying together piece by piece of the walls of the 
vestibulum, a condition which is seen in Hatteria alone, as 
was pointed out above in the case of the paroccipital. 

On the inside of the otosphenoid, behind the incisura oto- 
sphenoidea and in front of the anterior vestibular wall, lies an 
oval pit, which contains the foramen nervi acustici above and 
the much smaller foramen nervi facialis below. 

I have observed in many lizard skulls that the basioccipital 
remains longest separate from the rest of the occipital bones. 

In Hatteria the converse appears to be the case, for here 
the basioccipital is always already united by synostosis with 
the two pleuroccipitals, when the remaining bones are still 
distinctly divided by sutures. 

In the case of the sphenoid bones at first merely the pro- 
cessus anterior inferior of the otosplhenoid coalesces with the 
processus alaris of the basisphenoid, while the two bones 
behind the crista otosphenoidea still continue separated by a 
distinct suture. 


Ill. 


The parietal of J/atierta is described by Giinther (loc. cit. 

. 2) as follows:—'The parietal bone is very narrow and 
elevated into a strong mesial crest, which, although appearing 
simple in an individual of advanced age, evidently consisted 
of two lateral halves in youth,” &c. In opposition to this 
Briihl writes (loc. eit.) :— The parietal, which even in 
younger skulls already appears unpaired, although it may 
well be paired in the embryo,” &c. Five Haiterta skulls 
disarticulated by me have yielded the result that the parietal 
remains paired not merely in youth, but throughout lite. In 
the case of a skull, too, in which all the sutures of the bony 
cranium had already completely disappeared, a proof that 
the specimen was certainly already adult, the parietal fell of 
itself into two halves atter caretul maceration. ‘These are 
united in /Hatterta by synchondrosis, and not, as in the Asea- 


usteology of the Head of Watteria. 309 


labota, by a simple suture. The inner surfaces, which are 
elevated into the paired crest, are very broad, but perfectly 
flat, and are firmly united together by the cartilaginous tissue 
which is embedded between them. ‘The large parietal foramen, 
which is always of an oval shape, is in all the nine /Hatteria 
skulls which I have examined formed by the two halves of 
the parietal alone, and the frontals contribute in not the 
slightest degree to its limitation. The processus parietales 
are fairly long, it is true, but do not reach the processus 
paroticus of the parietal any more than in the case of the 
majority of lizards, but attach themselves to the outer and 
inner surface of the superior posterior process of the supra- 
temporal. ach processus parietalis is indeed divided into a 
longer posterior and a shorter anterior lamina, between which 
the lower border of the posterior superior process of the supra- 
temporal is wedged in. 


ys 


The Vomer.—Baur* was the first to announce the interesting 
fact that he had found in a young Hatterva a distinctly deve- 
loped tooth in the centre of each half of the vomer. A 
communication was subsequently published by Howest as 
to further cases of the dentition of the vomer in Hatteria. 
Out of nine specimens he found that the vomer was toothed 
in four cases, while five were toothless. Of the former, three 
possessed a tooth on each half of the vomer, while in the 
case of the fourth specimen a tooth was developed upon the 
right half of the vomer alone. These teeth, however, had 
not broken through the mucous membrane of the palate, as 
Howes was able to convince himself in the case of two indi- 
viduals, but their tips were covered by it, so that they were 
not visible in the cavity of the mouth :—‘its apex was 
exposed, but it could not in any sense be said to project into 
the cavity of the mouth.” And with regard to the second 
example he writes :— In the other specimen the insignificant 
vestiges of the teeth, which were present, lay wholly beneath 
the mucous membrane, which completely covered their 
apices.” 

Among the nine Hatteria skulls examined by me I found 
teeth upon the vomer in only one, while the remaining eight 
exhibit no trace of such adentition. In the toothed specimen 
the right half of the vomer possesses two teeth, the left, on 


* G. Baur, “Osteologische Notizen iiber Reptilien, I. Rhyncho- 
cephalia,” Zool. Anzeiger, ix. Jahrg., 1886, p. 685. 
‘ G. B. Howes, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1890, part iii. p. 358, 


310 On the Osteology of the Head of Hatteria. 


the contrary, only one tooth, but the spot where a second was 
situated can still be distinctly seen. The teeth are fairly 
long, with conical points, covered with enamel, and with the 
tips of a dark colour and curved inwards. The dark colour 
ot their tips, apart from the considerable length of the teeth 
themselves, allows us to conclude that they had broken 
through the mucous membrane of the palate and projected 
into the cavity of the mouth. 

It is certainly very remarkable that relatively few speci- 
mens possess the vomerine teeth. Baur (loc. cit.) has ex- 
pressed the conjecture that they only exist in young specimens 
and disappear in old age. Howes, however, has observed 
the vomerine teeth in an old specimen—‘ in a senile old 
male ”’—and, further, found that all the four individuals which 
possessed these teeth were demonstrably males. This last 
observation appears not to be without interest, and there is 
perhaps more probability in the idea that only the males 
possess the vomerine teeth than in Baur’s conjecture that 
they are only present during youth. In two of the specimens 
which I examined I found no trace of teeth upon the vomer, 
although, to judge by their size and the separation of all 
their cranial bones, they were still fairly young, while 
another, adult, individual possessed the vomerine teeth in the 
manner already stated. Unfortunately I] was unable to deter- 
mine the sex of this specimen, since the internal organs were 
missing. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIV. 


Fig. 1. Vomer from below. 

Fig. 2. Interorbital septum and anterior cranial wall. 

Fig. 3. Bony cranium from behind, with the omission of the right par- 
occipital. 

Fig. 4, Supraoccipital from below. 

Fig. 5. Right paroccipital from in front and within. 

Fig. 6. Basisphenoid trom in front. 

Fig. 7. Basisphenoid from above. 

Fig. 8. Basisphenoid from below. 


Fig. 9. Basioccipital from above. 
‘“g. 10, Otosphenoid from the inside. 
Fiy. 11, Parietals from above. 


Explanation of the Letters. 


a.o. Ala otosphenoidea. c.oc. Condylus occipitalis. 
av, Aqueeductus vestibuli. c.s.o, Crista supravccipitalis, 
b.o. Basioccipital. d.d. Dentes dextri. 

d,s. Basisphenoid., d.e. Dorsum ephippii. 

c. Columella. d.s. Dens sinister. 

cms, Commissure. fv. Frontal. 


c.o, Canaljs olfactorius. J.c. Fossa cochlearis. 


On the Elateride of Japan. 


f.ca. Foramen caroticum internum. 

fa’. Foramen for a branch of the 
internal carotid. 

fe. Fenestra. 

fAy. Fossa hypophyseos. 

J.j. Foramen jugulare internum. 

f4. Foramen SE eisale: 

f.oc. Foramen occipitale. 

fof. Foramen canalis semicircu- 
laris frontalis. 

fo. Foramen canalis semicircu- 
laris horizontalis. 

fo.s. Foramen canalis semicircu- 
laris sagittalis. 

Jp. Foramen parietale. 

h.a. Posterior ampullary chamber. 

tj. Incisura ven jugularis. 

z.ot, Incisura otosphenoidea. 

tv Incisura foraminis vestibuli. 

j. Jugal. 

m. Maxilla. 

n. Nasal. 

o.a.8. Orificium ampulle  canalis 
semicircularis sagittalis. 

o.c.h. Orificium canalis semicircu- 
laris horizontalis. 

or.s. Orbitosphenoid. 

o.s. Otosphenoid. 

p. Parietal. 

p-4.t. Processus anterior inferior. 


311 


p.al. Processus alaris. 

pa.o, Paroccipital. 

pa.s. Parasphenoid. 

p.a.s. Processus anterior superior. 
p.c. Pars condyloidea, 

pf. 1. First postfrontal. 

p.f. 2. Second postfrontal. 

p.m. Premaxilla. 

p.o. Pleuroccipital. 

p-p. Processus paroticus. 

p.p.s. Processus posterior superior. 
p.pt. Processus pterygoideus. 
pr.f. Prefrontal. 

pr-p. Processus parietalis. 

pr.s. Presphenoid. 

r.a. Ramus ascendens., 

r.d. Ramus descendens. 

s.c.a. Sulcus columelle auditus. 
s.l. Semicanalis lymphaticus. 

s.o. Supraoccipital. 

u.c. Inferior cylindrical processes. 
v. Vestibulum. 

v.a. Anterior ampullary cavity. 
x. Cleft between fof. and fo.h. 
x’. Cleft between fo.s. and v.a. 
x. Cleft between fo.hk. and v.a. 
II. Foramen opticum. 

VII. Foramen nervi facialis. 
VIII. Foramen nervi acustici. 


XXXIV.—On the Elateride of Japan. 
By G. Lewis, F.L.S. 


[Continued from p. 266.} 


Agriotes longicollis, sp. n. 


Infuscatus, subopacus, fulvo-pubescens ; elytris brunneo-testaceis, 
interstitiis planis, rugosis, striis tenuiter impressis; antennis 
pedibusque infuscatis. 

L. 13 mill. 


Elongate, dusky brown, somewhat opaque, with tawny 
pubescence; the head closely, rather coarsely and roughly 
punctate, frontal carina oblique laterally and well elevated ; 
the thorax closely and evenly punctate, elongate, rounded off 
anteriorly, sides parallel in the middle, widening out a little 
before the posterior angles, angles rather acute ; the scutellum 
obscurely punctulate, little pointed behind; the elytra testa- 


312 Mr. G. Lewis on 


ceous, narrowly dusky at the apices, strie fine, interstices 
flat, 2 to 5 rather wide, all evenly and finely rugose; the 
antenne infuscate, rather long, with rather lax joints; the 
legs also infuscate ; the thorax and anteunz are shorter in 
the female. 

This species has the facies of a very large specimen of 
A. sericeus, Cand., but it is apparently nearer to A. pilosus, 
Panz. 


Hab. Nikko. Four examples. 


Agriotes persimilis, sp. n. 


Infuscatus, subopacus, fulvo-pubescens ; elytris brunneis, sutura 
infuscata ; antennis pedibusque brunneis. 


L. 123 mill. 


This species is more robust than the last, with the thorax 
shorter, scutellum wider and less pointed behind, elytral 
suture infuscate, and legs and antenne reddish brown. The 
frontal carina also is much less conspicuous and is not notably 
oblique at the sides. If I did not know the female of A. /on- 
gicollis I should with some hesitation consider this to belong 
to it. The species, however, were found more than 500 miles 
apart. 

Hab. Junsai. One example. 


Agriotes sericeus, Cand. 
Agriotes sericeus, Cand. Ann. Belg. 1878, p. 189. 
Agriotes sericans, Lew. Ent. Month. Mag. 1879, p. 157. 


Hab. Subashiri and Wada-toge. Abundant. 


Agriotes sepes, Lew. 
Agriotes sepes, Lew. Ent. Month. Mag. 1879, p. 157. 


Elongatus, niger, fulvo-pubescens ; thorace creberrime punctato, 
punctis obscure ocellatis, angulis inconspicue carinatis ; antennis 
valde serratis ; pedibus rufis. 

L. 9 mill. 


Elongate, black, with fulvous pubescence; the head 
coarsely and very closely punctate; the thorax also closely 
punctate, punctures minutely ocellate, posterior angles little 
acute, turning outwards, with the carina scarcely visible ; 
the elytra punctate-striate, interstices finely punctulate and 
transversely rugose ; the antenna, articulations rather long 
and lax, distinctly serrate (male), three basal joints red, others 
darker ; the legs wholly reddish brown. 


the Elateride of Japan. 313 


This species is similar to A. erulatus, Cand., but it is 
larger and more robust, antennz serrate, and the carina at 
the base of the thorax scarcely perceptible. 

Hab. Kii. I have only seen one example. 


Note.—In Agriotes exulatus, Cand., the thoracic carina is 
well-marked. I found it in abundance under dead leaves at 
a rather high elevation near Nagasaki in March. 


Agriotes elegantulus, sp. n. 


Fusco-brunneus, nitidus, fulvo-pubescens ; thorace angulis posticis 
haud carinatis ; elytris punctato-striatis, interstitiis punctulatis, 
obscure rugosis ; antennis pedibusque pallidis. 

L. 54 mill. 


Rather dark brown, shining, pubescent; the head rather 
uneven, not very closely punctured; the thorax parallel at 
the sides until well before the hind angles, hind angles not 
carinate, long, rather acute, and turning outwards, surtace 
finely, evenly, and not thickly punctulate ; the scutellum rela- 
tively large, finely punctulate; the elytra punctate-striate, 
striz fine, interstices sparsely punctulate, obscurely rugose ; 
the antennz and legs pale. 

Hab, Fukushima. ‘Two examples. 


Agriotes helvolus, Cand. 
Agriotes helvolus, Cand. Mém, Liége, 1873, p. 30. 


The head in this species is sometimes black. 
Hab. Nagasaki, Kobé, Hakone, and Junsai. 


Agriotes ogure, sp. n. 


Obscure brunneus, parum nitidus, griseo-pubescens ; capite thorace- 
que dense punctatis; elytris punctato-striatis, interstitiis con- 
spicue scabris ; antennis pedibusque pallide brunneis. 


L. 74 mill. 


Dusky brown, with griseous pubescence ; the head strongly 
punctured, with a faint median impression; the thorax 
densely punctured, punctures finer than those of the head, 
convex, infuscate on the disk, margins reddish brown, hind 
angles slightly turned outwards and carinate; the scutellum 
reddish brown, obscurely punctulate; the elytra punctate- 
striate, markedly scabrous, reddish brown, but distinctly 
darker on interstices 2, 3, 4,5; the antenne and legs con- 
colorous, pale brown. 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol, xiii. 21 


314 Mr. G. Lewis on 


Smaller and narrower than A. marginipennis, Luc. ; the 
thorax less parallel, posterior angles longer and turning 
outwards, and the asperity of the elytral interstices more 
conspicuous. 

Hab. Kioto, at the Ogura lakes. 


Agriotes palustris, sp. n. 


Brevis, obscure brunneus, griseo-pubescens ; thorace sparse punctu- 
lato, punctis parvis et grossis intermixtis; elytris punctato-striatis, 
interstitiis vage rugosis ; antennis pedibusque brunneis. 

L. 5 mill. 


Short, rather robust, obscure brown, pubescence grey; the 
head rather closely and irregularly punctate; the thorax 
arched anteriorly, straight at the sides, hind angles with 
same direction, convex and punctate, punctures close laterally, 
but somewhat sparse on the disk, where the punctures are of 
various sizes, many fine, with a number of large ones between 
them ; the elytra punctate-striate, interstices feebly rugose ; 
the antenne and legs dull palish brown. 


Hab. Tokio, Nikko, Ogura lake, and Sakai. 


Agonischius obscuripes, Cand. 


Agonischius obscuripes, Cand. Mon. Elat. iv. p. 420, pl. v. fig. 5; Mém. 
Lidge, 1873, p. 31. 

Hab, Kagoshima. There are two examples in the Janson 

collection from Central Japan. According to Candéze it is 


found also in China, on the Himalayan Mountains and 
Cochin China. 


Sericosomus viridis, sp. n. 


Viridis vel aureo-viridis, metallicus ; capite thoraceque dense pune- 
tatis ; antennis (basi excepta) nigris ; pedibus lete rufis. 
L. 6-8 mill. 


Bright metallic green or golden green, scarcely pubescent ; 
the head densely punctured, usually with a round frontal 
impression between the eyes; the thorax narrowest anteriorly, 
gradually widening to base, angles continuing in same direc- 
tion, wholly punctate like the head, with a short median 
channel before the scutellum; the scutellum obtusely pointed 
behind, punctulate ; the elytra rather deeply punctate-striate, 
interstices convex and rugosely michal ; the antenna, 
three basal joints clear red, the rest black; the legs also 
clear red. 


Hab. Hitoyoshi, Oyama, and Miyanoshita. At the last 


the Elateridxe of Japan. 315 


place taken abundantly in May from the flowers of Viburnum 
and Spiraea. 


Glyphonyx illepidus, Cand. 

Glyphonyx illepidus, Cand, Mém. Liége, 1873, p. 31. 

The frontal stria of this species is, as Candéze states, 
A -shaped, and there is a variety with the elytra testaceous, 
which is introduced as a new species by Schénfeldt in the 
last supplement of his Catalogue as G. bicolor, Cand., in 
litt. 

Hab, Nataksugawa, Tsumago, Fukushima, Hosokute, 
and Shinkano; also in Higo. 


Silesis musculus, Cand. 
Silesis musculus, Cand. Mém. Liége, 1873, p. 31. 


There is a variety of this species also (var. flavipennis) with 
pale elytra which I think is Agriotes ferruginipennis, Motsch., 
1866. Motschulsky’s name for an Agriotes is preoccupied 
by Leconte in 1861, so Candéze’s name will remain in 
either case. 

Hab, Hakone, Fukui, Tsumago, Numata, and other places 
on the Nakasendo. 


oe a F 
Silesis scabripennis, sp. n. 


Ellipticus, nigro-brunneus, subnitidus, fulvo-pubescens; thorace 
antice rufo-marginato; elytris punctato-striatis, interstitiis 
granulatis, opacis; antennis pedibusque brunneo-rufis. 

L, 63 mill. 


Elliptical, dark brown, somewhat shining, pubescence 
tawny; the head not very closely punctulate; the thorax 
sparingly punctured on the disk, narrowly rufous on the 
anterior margin, hind angles a little acute, turning a little 
outwards; the elytra obscurely brown at the base, darker 
posteriorly, punctate-striate, interstices markedly rugose and 
opaque ; the antenne and legs reddish brown. 

The sculpture of the interstices separates this species at 
once from S, musculus, Cand. ; it is also narrower and more 
elliptical, thorax but little convex, and the scutellum less 
pointed behind. 

Hab. Yuyama. One example. 


Adrastus patagiatus, sp. n. 


Niger, nitidus, griseo-pubescens ; antennis basi testaceis, articulo 
7A bs 


316 Mr. G. Lewis on 


tertio secundo eequali ; elytris testaceis, sutura infuscata ; pedibus 
testaceis. 
L. 44-6 mill. 


Black, shining, with griseous pubescence ; the head clearly, 
not very closely punctured; the thorax much more finely 
punctured, infuscate, usually with a narrow margin anteriorly 
and at the sides, including the posterior angles, reddish ; the 
elytra punctate-striate, strie rather fine, especially that next 
the suture, interstices flat, sparsely punctulate, interstices 1 
and 2 wholly infuscate, 3 and 4 dark at base, 3 dark behind 
the middle, outer margin dusky about the middle or, ina 
variety, wholly dark; the antenne reddish at base, other 
articulations darker; the legs wholly testaceous or reddish 
brown in the dark varieties. 

This species varies in colour, sometimes the thorax and 
elytra are wholly infuscate. It is similar to A. pallens, F., 
in having the second and third joints equal and to A. /imbatus, 
F., in general appearance ; the outer margin of the elytra in 
most of the specimens is narrowly infuscate in the middle 
only. 

Hab. Chiuzenji, Hakone, Wada-toge, and Junsai. 


Lepturoides (Campylus) versicolor, sp. n. 


¢. Elongatus, colore variabilis; capite grosse ocellato-punctato, 
fronte triangulariter excavata; thorace rufo-brunneo, in medio 
canaliculato, ocellato-punctato ; elytris testaceis, punctato-striatis, 
interstitiis transversim rugosis, tibiis infuscatis. 

Q tota nigra. 

L, 14-15 mill. 


Elongate, male variable in colour, female black, with knees 
and claws only pale. The head rather uneven, with large 
ocellate punctures, forehead behind the carina triangularly 
excavated; the thorax punctured like the head, median 
channel not wide, but well-marked, emarginate before the 
hind angles, which last turn outwards almost at right angles 
to the sides (this is a varying character) ; the scutellum punctu- 
late, not carinate; the elytra punctate-striate, obscurely punc- 
tulate near the base, interstices are then transversely rugose 
to the apex, the rugosities apparently crossing the strie. 
The male; head black, thorax varying from black to reddish 
brown; elytra usually testaceous, sometimes black, or with 
the suture and outer margins black ; legs equally variable, 
but the tibiz usually infuscate. The antenne black in both 
sexes. 

Hab. Chiuzenji. Seventeen specimens, taken in June. 


the Elateridx of Japan. 317 


Lepturoides (Campylus) miniatus, Cand. 


Cam oe (Lepturoides) miniatus, Cand. Notes Leyd. Mus. 1885, vii. 
p. 121, 

This species does not vary much in colour; there are gene- 
rally two red spots on the head, but sometimes these are 
absent. The scutellum is distinctly carinate. 

L. 9-154 mill. 

Hab. Nikko, Miyanoshita, Subashiri, Ichiuchi, and Oya- 
yama. Rather common in forests in May. 


Lepturoides (Campylus) scutellaris, sp. n. 


Lepturoidi miniato simillimus sed minor; elytris obscure rufis ; 


scutello valde carinato. 
L. 10 mill. 


This species is intermediate between L. miniatus and 
oculatus, but most like the first. The head punctate, punc- 
tures deep, rather close, but irregular, coloured like the head 
of L. oculatus, without the two spots seen in L. miniatus ; 
the thorax blackish, with four nodules and margin reddish 
brown; the scutellum very strongly carinate, carina arched 
in outline, and well raised above the level of the elytra; the 
elytra dull red, punctate-striate, punctures very deep, inter- 
stices convex and rugose; the antenne and legs black. 

The scutellum in this species is as curiously formed as that 
in Athous subcyaneus, Motsch., of this series. 

Hab. Oyayama. ‘Two female examples. 


Lepturoides (Campylus) oculatus, sp. n. 


Infuscatus, subnitidus, pilosus ; oculis prominulis ; elytris coccineis 
profunde punctato-striatis, interstitiis rugosis; antennis pedi- 
busque nigris. 

L, 8-9 mill. 

Infuscate, rather shining, with fulvous hairs on the head 
and thorax, bright red hairs on the elytra; the head, frontal 
carina between the antenne and a small space behind testa- 
ceous, punctate (in male not densely, in female densely), 
excavated behind the frontal carina, eyes small in the female, 
very prominent in the male; the thorax canaliculate in the 
middle, with two nodules on each side of the channel, nodules 
most conspicuous in the female, lateral margins testaceous, 
sometimes thereare pale markings near the nodules; the scutel- 
lum punctate, carinate ; the elytra bright red, punctate-striate, 
punctures very deep and similar to those of L. mindatus, 


318 Mr, G. Lewis on 


interstices flattish, quite flat in male, less so in female, 
rugose; the antenne and legs infuscate, claws pale; in two 
specimens there is a sutural dusky band, not, however, well- 
marked. 

There are no spots on the head of this species like those of 
L. miniatus, Cand., but in facies it resembles small examples 
of it. In this and the two previous species the anterior tro- 
chanters are pale. 


Hab. Miyanoshita and Subashiri. Nine examples. 


Note.—Since the second part of the paper was printed I 
have received a new species of Limontus from Herr von 
Schénfeldt, viz. :— 


Limonius eximius, sp. 0. 


Capite thoraceque viridi-aureis, sparse cinereo-pubescentibus ; scu- 
tello perspicue carinato ; elytris obscure purpureo-tinctis, inter- 
stitiis punctatis; antennis nigris ; pedibus infuscatis. 

L. 64 mill. 


Greenish golden on the head and thorax, metallic, with 
ashy pubescence; the head punctate, punctures somewhat 
deep, not closely set, frontal carina well-marked, with the 
edge feebly sinuous, forehead conspicuously impressed, 
impression extending backwards triangularly between the 
eyes ; the thorax narrowest anteriorly, punctured less deeply 
than the head, especially on the disk, hind angles obtuse; 
the scutellum coarsely and roughly punctured laterally, with 
a median smooth carina; the elytra dark bronze, with a 
purple tint, punctate-striate, interstices very feebly trans- 
versely rugose, almost flat and punctate; the antenne black, 
joints 2 and 3 small and equal, 4 to 10 triangularly dilated on 
the inner edge; the legs, tibia, and tarsi infuscate, femora 
obscurely brown. 

This species in general facies resembles LZ. cgnicollis, Lew. 
The frontal impression is similar, but the thorax is more 
finely punctured and less narrowed anteriorly, the scutellum 
is less wide but similarly punctate and carinate, the elytral 
interstices are not conspicuously rugose, but distinctly punc- 
tate only; the antenne also are less dilated. The type 
examples of both species are males. The two species men- 
tioned above, with ZL. approximans, Lew., and L. aurifer, 
Cand. (from N. America); appear to form a small group in 
the genus; all have a more or less distinct scutellar carina, 

Hab, Main island (/lerr Roesing). 


the Elateride of Japan 


Listof Species. 


Adelocera Maklinii, Cand, 
—_—_ a 
—— parallela, 
Lacon cordicollis, Cand. 
—— binodulus, Motsch. 
—— fuliginosus, Cand. 
inodatus. 
— scrofa, Cand. 
—— tumens, Cand. 
—— brunneus. 
— difficilis. 
trifasciatus, Cand. 
Meristhus niponensis. 
—— scobinula, Cand. 
Alaus berus, Cand. 
—— pini. 
Tetrigus Lewisii, Cand. 
grandis, Lew. 
Pectocera Fortunei, Cand. 
Heteroderus agnatus, Cand., 1891 
(Aolus, Cand., 1873). 
Anchastus aquilus, Cand. 
—— mus. 
—— rufipes. 
Elater niponicus. 
—— optabilis. 
—— orientalis. 
—— fagi. 
—— convexicollis. 
—— scutellaris. 
—— rubridorsus, Lew. 
—— ainu. 
— chlamydatus. 
—— montanus. 
—— puniceus, Lew. 
—— miles. 
—— canalicollis, 
—— hypogastricus, Cand. 
—— nigroventris. 
— vestitus. 
—— tenuistriatus. 
—— rufipes. 
- carbunculus, Lev. 
—— bicarinatus, Cand. 
—— rugipennis. 
—— parvulus. 
—— pauxillus. 
gracilipes. 
pe putes opacus, Cand. 
icarinatus. 
—— higonius. 
—— insidiosus. 


simile oe fujisanus. 
ifoveolatus. 
cariniceps. 
—— gracilis, Cand, 
allidus. 
insignitus. 
versipellis. 
ornatus, 
Melanoxanthus pictipennis. 
similis. 
Hypolithus saxatilis. 
—— expansicornis, 
—— fluviatilis. 
Cryptohypnus rivalis. 
cruciatus, Cand. 
—— quadrillum, Cand. 
optatus. 
—— interstinctus. 
tutus. 
modestus. 
humeralis, Cand. 
—— curatus, Cand. 
insulsus, Cand. 
—— telluris, Lew. 
—— luteipes, Cand. 
—— difficilis. 
—— albipilis, Cand. 
atomarius. 
—— ellipticus, Cand. 
— ovalis, Cand. 
—— carinicollis. 
minutissimus, Germ. 
—— cinefactus, 
—— agilis. 
Cardiophorus pinguis. 
—— niponicus. 
—— opacus. 
pullatus, Cand, 
—— sequens, Cand. 
—— pauper, Cand. 
rameus, Lew. 
—— nothus, Cand. 
—— adjutor, Cand. 
ferrugineus, 
sobrinus, Cand. 
Melanotopsis cete, Cand. 


amussitatus, Cand. 


restrictus, Cand, 
Melanotus longipennis, 
legatus, Cand. 
— spernendus, Cand 
—— annosus, Cand. 


319 


320 On the Klateride of Japan. 


Melanotus correctus, Cand. 
— ocellato-punctatus. 
senilis, Cand. 

—— erythropygus, Cand. 
invectitius, Cand., ¢. 


Fortnumi, Cand., 2. 


— caudex, Lew, 
— seniculus, Cand. 
Limonius niponensis, 
—— montivagus, 
—— marginipennis. 
— brunneus. 
—— marginicollis. 
— vittatus, Cand. 
—— imitans. 
— rufipennis. 
— atricolor, Lew. 
— ignicollis. 
eximius. 
—— approximans, 
Athous umbratilis. 
subcyaneus, Motsch. 
— secessus, Cand. 
sinuatus. 
— virens, Cand, 

var. brunneipennis. 
— sanguinicollis, Priv. 
—— desertor, Cand. 
—— comes. 
suturalis. 
porrecticollis. 
singularis. 
jactatus, 
inornatus. 
—- undosus. 
Corymbites daimio, 
pruinosus, Motsch. 
orientalis, Cand. 


—— erosus (Athous), Lev. 


—— modestus. 
—— selectus, Cand. 
—— fulvipennis. 
—— preenobilis. 
serrifer, Cand. 
—— hypocrita, 


Corymbites notabilis, Cand. 

— puncticollis, Motsch. 

— onerosus. 

—— pacatus. 

—— vagepictus. 

— mundulus, Lew. 

puerilis, Cand. 

— pratus. 

—— ferrugineipennis. 

—— rubripennis. 

— chlamydatus. 

—— concolor. 

— obscuripes. 

Ludius niponensis. 

— Candezei. 

Sieboldii, Cand. 

Crigmus plebejus, Cand. 

junior, Cand. 

linteatus, Cand. 

Sericus (Dolerosoma?)  sericarius, 
Motsch. 

Agriotes longicollis. 

persimilis, 

—— sericeus, Cand. 

sericans, Lew. 

—— sepes, Lew. 

—— exulatus, Cand. 

— elegantulus. 

helvolus, Cand. 

oguree. 

leucopheatus, Cand. 

palustris. 

Agonischius obseuripes, Cand. 

Sericosomus viridis. 

Glyphonyx illepidus, Cand. 

var. bicolor, Cand. 

Silesis musculus, Cand. 
var. Jlavipennis. 

scabripennis. 

Adrastus patagiatus, 

Lepturoides (Campylus) versicolor. 


( ) miniatus, Cand. 
——_ ( ) seutellaris. 
— ( ) oculatus, 


On Indian Deep-sea Dredging. 321 


XXXV.—Natural History Notes from H.M. Indian Marine 
Survey Steamer ‘ Investigator, Commander R. FP. Hoskyn, 
R.N., late commanding.—Series I1., No. 1. On the Results 
of the Deep-sea Dredging during the Season 1890-91 
(continued). By A. Axcock, M.B., Surgeon-Captain 
].M.S., Superintendent of the Indian Museum. 


[Continued from p. 245, 


Family Galatheide. 
MunipA, Leach. 


75. Munida militaris, Henderson, var. nov. andamanica. 


The length of the carapace is very little more than its 
greatest breadth. ‘The uptilted rostrum is a good deal more 
than half the length of the carapace and more than double 
the length of the slightly divergent supraorbital spines ; it 
extends backwards as a faint carination of the front half of 
the gastric region. The anterior border of the carapace on 
either side of the rostrum is convex and slightly oblique ; 
the posterior border is smooth ; the lateral borders are armed 
with 7 (2+3+2) spines. The transverse ridges are strongly 
developed and finely and faintly beaded, and are thickly 
fringed with sete, some of which at regular distant intervals 
are long. ‘The gastric area is armed in front with a convex 
row of spines, of which only two, namely those in the imme- 
diate rear of the supraorbital spines, are conspicuous, while 
of the others the outermost one on each side is the largest 
and stands far back. 

A small spinelet is present on each side immediately behind 
the bifurcation of the cervical groove. The cardiac area is 
usually well defined by a zigzag incision. 

The abdominal terga have the transverse ridges well 
developed and setose ; the second only is armed, having on 
its anterior margin a row of 8 distant spinelets. 

The eyes are large, the major diameter of the moderately 
flattened corneal region being between one third and one 
fourth the length of the carapace; conspicuous sete fringe 
the corneal region, and the pigmentation of the latter varies 
from slate-grey to cinnamon-brown. 

The spines of the basal joint of the antennulary peduncles 
are long and needle-like. 

The antennal peduncles are smooth ; the basal joint has its 


322 Surg.-Capt. A. Alcock on 


antero-internal angle produced into a spine which is not 
visible from above, and the second joint has both its anterior 
angles produced into long sharp spines; the flagellum is 
about three times the length of the body. 

Of the external maxillipeds the ischium has its inner edge 
finely, sharply, and very regularly toothed throughout, and 
the meropodite has two large spines on its inner edge. 

The thoracic legs are comparatively short and stout. The 
chelipeds when fully extended only just exceed the fully 
extended body in length without the rostrum in the male, and 
in the female only just equal the body without the rostrum, 
and from the ischium outwards they are hairy and granular ; 
the prismatic meropodite has the upper edge throughout and 
the inner (lower) edge in its distal half spiny, and ends above 
in two huge spines, the inner edge and the granular outer 
edge ending in smaller spines ; the carpus has spines in two 
rows on its upper and outer surface and two or three obliquely 
placed spinules on its inner surface; the propodite in the 
upper and outer surface of its palmar portion has three rows 
of spines; the fingers are rather longer than the palm and 
are closely and evenly toothed, the immobile finger having 
usually a large spine near the middle of its outer edge and 
terminating in a pair of large spines, between which the tip 
of the dactylopodite closes. 

Of the second, third, and fourth thoracic legs the upper 
(anterior) edge is closely fringed with long hairs from the 
base of the ischium to the tip of the claw; in all the merus 
and the carpus have the upper (anterior) edge strongly spined, 
and the merus, propus, and dactylus have the posterior edge 
serrate or spinulate. 

The branchial formula conforms to type. 

This subspecies has often been dredged in the Andaman 
Sea, and appears to be gregarious. On the present occasion 
several specimens of both sexes were dredged at Station 115, 
188-220 fath. 

The largest male measures 54 millim. and the largest 
female 56 millim. from the tip of the rostrum to the end of 
the telson. 

Colours in life: cephalothoracie region and appendages 
pink, abdominal region white. 

The characters are quite constant throughout a large series 
of individuals of both sexes. 


76. Munida squamosa, Henderson, var. nov. proliza. 


The length and the greatest breadth of the carapace are 
nearly the same. ‘The almost horizontal rostrum is one 


Indian Deep-sea Dredging. 323 


third the length of the carapace, and the orbital spines, which 
are slightly inclined upwards, are two thirds the length of 
the rostrum,—all three being very distinctly squamous. The 
anterior margin of the carapace on either side of the rostrum 
is concave and without any obliquity ; the posterior margin 
has a pair of spines, one on either side of the middle line; 
the lateral margins are armed each with five spines. The 
gastric area is very distinctly delimited and is armed in front 
with two (and only two) spines, which stand immediately 
behind the supraorbitals and are about a third the length of 
these. The cardiac area also is very distinctly defined, and 
is surmounted centrally by a large spine and flanked on each 
side, just behind the bifurcation of the cervical groove, by a 
similar spine. ‘The transverse ridges are well developed and 
are strongly and sharply beaded and thickly and very finely 
setose. 

The abdominal terga also are most beautifully sculptured 
with similar ridges, transverse and concentric; the second, 
third, and fourth terga are armed on their anterior margin 
each with four distant spines, the middle pair of which are 
large and conspicuous, and the fourth also has in its hinder 
portion and in the middle line a single spine. 

The eyes are large, their major diameter being more than 
one fourth the length of the carapace, and the eye-stalks on 
the upper surface have several setose squames; the corneal 
region is compressed and closely fringed with seta at base. 

The spines on the basal joint of the antennules are not 
large, only the outer terminal spine and the anterior of the 
two marginal spines being of noticeable size. 

The antennal peduncles are scaly; the basal joint has a 
small tubercle at its internal angle, and the second and the 
third joints have each a spine in the same situation; the 
flagellum is very little longer than the chelipeds. 

The external maxillipeds are very hairy and have the 
exposed surface of the ischium and merus scaly, the former 
joint being serrated, up to a large terminal spine, along the 
inner edge, and the latter having a similar spine near the 
middle of the inner edge. 

The thoracic legs are long, slender, and most remarkably 
squamous, the scales being fringed with fine sete, The 
chelipeds, which are relatively both stouter and longer in the 
male, are in that sex one third of their own extent longer 
than the body with the rostrum, being also a little unequal ; 
the merus, which is almost square in transverse section, has 
three regular rows of spines on its upper and inner face; 
and the carpus and propodite, which are almost cylindrical, 


324 Surg.-Capt. A. Alcock on 


have each two irregular rows of spines on the inner face, the 
propodite also having two or three spines on the outer aspect ; 
the fingers are about two thirds the length of the palm and 
are finely toothed, the immobile finger having a second 
series of 5 or 6 large teeth and ending in a pair of claw-like 
spines, between which the tip of the dactylus shuts. 

Of the second, third, and fourth thoracic legs the merus 
has both edges spiny, the anterior the more markedly so ; the 
carpus has the anterior edge spiny, the posterior edge having 
only a single terminal spine; the propodite has the posterior 
edge distantly spinulate ; and the dactylus has the anterior 
edge crenulate. 

The first abdominal appendages are absent in the male. 

Colour in life dull red. 

Dredged at Station 115, 188-220 fath. 

The largest male measures 42 millim. and the largest 
female 41 millim. from the tip of the rostrum to the end of 
the telson. 

The spermatozoa of this form, which I have had an oppor- 
tunity of examining in a specimen lately sent from the 
‘Investigator,’ are remarkable for their size, but still more 
for their form. As teased out from a piece of the sperm-tube 
they consist of an elongate oval head which gradually tapers 
to a long lash-like tail. They have, in fact, much the 
appearance of flagellate spermatozoa of gigantic size, only the 
end of the flagellum is truncated and split into two little lips, 
and the head is connected at its front end by means of a short 
twisted filament with a sucker-like plate. In structure the 
head and the tail throughout its whole extent are alike, con- 
sisting of a granular core, which stains deeply with carmine, 
and an outer clear structureless envelope, which remains 
unstained. 


77. Munida tricarinata, sp. n. 


Belonging to the group Munida granulata, scabra, and 
proxima, Henderson, and Munida obesa, Faxon. 

The length of the carapace and the greatest breadth are 
equal. ‘The entire carapace is covered with spinelets arranged 
in longitudinal and transverse rows. ‘The rostrum is less 
than one fourth the length of the rest of the carapace and not 
very much longer than the supraorbital spines ; it is con- 
tinued backwards to the after border of the carapace, first as 
a sharply spinulate carination of the front half of the gastric 
region, then as a row of 3 close-set spines traversing the 
posterior half of the gastric region, then as a row of 3 more 
distant spines traversing the cardiac region, and terminates 


- 


Indian Deep-sea Dredging. 325 


as a large spine on the posterior margin of the carapace. On 
either side of this rostral series of spines the orbital spine 
also is continued backwards as a gently divergent series of 
rather smaller spines, so that the carapace is dorsally tra- 
versed by three sharply spinate carine. The anterior 
margin on either side of the rostrum is concave, without any 
obliquity ; the posterior margin is raised and closely spinate 
throughout ; on the lateral margins the spinature is hardly to 
be distinguished from the general spinature of the surface, 
the antero-lateral spine alone being large. 

Abdominal terga with the transverse and concentric ridges 
well developed; the first tergum is remarkably broadly 
exposed and has the entire surface sharply rugose; the 
second and third have their anterior edge and their principal 
transverse ridge spinate, two of the spines in every case, 
namely those on either side of the middle line, being large ; 
the fourth has the anterior edge only armed in an exactly 
similar manner. 

The eyes are large—the major diameter one fourth the 
length of the carapace—and much compressed ; the corneal 
region is remarkably narrow and the sete that fringe its basal 
margin overlap the eye in front; in addition to these sete 
there are three half-rings of sete on the eye-stalks. 

The basal joint of the antennal peduncle has its antero- 
internal angle produced into a great serrated hairy spine 
about half as long as the carapace, the spines of the two sides 
converging in front of the eyes; the antennal flagellum is not 
much more than two thirds the length of the body with the 
rostrum. 

The external maxillipeds are very hairy, and the merus 
has a strong spine on the inner edge near the proximal end. 

The chelipeds (in the female) are one half longer than the 
body with the rostrum, are slender and cylindrical, and are 
remarkable for the great length of the carpus, which is equal 
in length to the palm of the propodite or more than two thirds 
the length of the meropodite; all the joints are sharply 
squamous, the scales on the meropodite, and to a less extent 
on the carpus (except on the under surface of these joints), 
forming spines; the fingers are rather more than two thirds 
the length of the palm, the opposed edges are finely and 
closely serrated, the immobile finger having also a second 
series of distant large teeth and ending in a pair of claws 
between which the tip of the dactylus closes. 

The second, third, and fourth legs have the merus and 
carpus strongly spinate along both edges, the propus finely 


326 Surg.-Capt. A. Alcock on 


serrate on the posterior edge, and the dactylus crenate on the 
front edge. 

An ovigerous female from the Andaman Sea, 112 fath. : 
length 29 millim. from tip of rostrum to end of telson. 


78. Munida microps, sp. n. 


Very closely related to MW. microphthalma, A. M.-Edw. 

The breadth of the carapace is barely three fourths of the 
length (without the rostrum). The rostrum, which is 
strongly upcurved and is indistinctly serrated at tip, is con- 
siderably more than half the length of the carapace and 
considerably more than double the length of the divergent 
supraorbital spines; it extends backwards as a faint carina- 
tion of the anterior third of the gastric region. The frontal 
border on either side of the rostrum is convex and slightly 
oblique; the posterior border is raised but unarmed; the 
lateral margins are armed with 7 (2+5+2) spines. The 
transverse ridges are strongly developed, smooth, and thickly 
fringed with short sete. The tumid gastric area bears in 
front a convex row of spines, only two of which, namely 
those which stand immediately behind the supraorbital spines, 
are conspicuous, the outermost spine on each side being placed 
far back on a level with the centre of the hepatic region. 
The cardiac area is well defined and is bounded on each side 
by. a spine standing immediately behind the bifurcation of 
the cervical groove. A spinule or two are found within the 
area enclosed by the bifurcation of the cervical groove. 

Abdominal terga each with one or two smooth setose 
ridges ; the second tergum only is armed, having 6 to 8 
spines on its front edge. 

The eyes are small, with the cinnamon-coloured corneal 
region hardly compressed and little dilated, its major diameter 
being about one eighth the length of the carapace. 

The spines of the basal joint of the antennulary peduncle 
are long and needle-like. 

The antennal peduncles are smooth ; the basal joint has 
its internal angle produced into a stout spine, which, however, 
is not visible from above, and the second joint has both its 
anterior angles produced into long acicles ; the flagellum is of 
great length. 

The external maxillipeds are slender, almost smooth, and 
but slightly hairy ; the inner edge of the ischium is sharply 
toothed throughout and the inner edge of the merus near the 
proximal end bears a very prominent spine. 

The thoracic legs are slender, smooth or very faintly 


Indian Deep-sea Dredging. 327 


squamous, and very slightly hairy. The chelipeds in the 
male—in which sex they are not quite symmetrical—exceed 
the length of the fully extended body, measured with the 
rostrum, by rather more than a carapace length, and in the 
female by half a carapace length ; the merus and carpus and 
the propus in its palmar portion are covered with large 
thorns; the fingers, which do not quite equal the palm in 
length, are evenly and finely toothed, and the immobile finger 
has also several distant spines along its outer margin, and at 
the base of the terminal claw a pair of small teeth, between 
which the tip of the dactylus closes. 

Of the second, third, and fourth thoracic legs the merus has 
both its margins and the carpus its front margin thorny, the 
posterior margin of the carpus having only a long terminal 
spine, while the propus and dactylus have their posterior edge 
serrated for a series of minute articulating spinules. 

The first pair of abdominal legs in the male have the usual 
development. 

Colour in life milky pink. 

Several males and females from Station 112, 561 fathoms. 

The largest male measures 45 millim., and the largest 
female 43 millim., from the tip of the rostrum to the end of 
the telson. 

This species has also been dredged off Colombo in 675 
fathoms. It appears to be gregarious. 


I have to separate provisionally from this species, as 
illustrating a variety, two large males which only differ from 
the above type in the nature of the chelipeds :— 


79. Munida microps, var. lasiocheles, nov. 


Differs from IM. microps only in the structure of the cheli- 
peds, which (in the male) are markedly unequal, one (the 
right in one individual, the left in the other) exceeding its 
fellow by nearly the whole length of the dactylus. 

The chelipeds are very densely furred, except on the short 
ischium, and are from nearly twice to two and a half times 
the length of the fully extended body measured with the 
rostrum ; they are thorny, much as in MJ, microps, except 
that the thorns are relatively smaller, especially on the 
propus, and most of all on the propus of the larger cheliped, 
where they are almost entirely hidden in the thick fur. The 
fingers are not much more than half the length of the palm; 
cad while in the smaller claw they are straight, closely 
apposed, and otherwise the same as in JZ. microps, in the 


328 Surg.-Capt. A. Alcock on 


larger claw they are separated throughout, but especially at 
the base, where there is found on the dactylus a large trun- 
cated tubercle and on the immobile finger a corresponding 
excavation and bulging. ‘The carpus of the shorter claw has 
a strong bend outwards. 

‘Two males were dredged in the Andaman Sea, along with 
M. microps, at 480 fathoms. The largest measures 
60 millim. from the tip of the rostrum to the end of the 
telson, and 175 millim. from the tip of the extended larger 
cheliped. 


Munivopsis, Whiteaves. 


80. Munidopsis stylirostris, Wood-Mason. 

Munidopsis stylirostris, Wood-Mason, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., Feb. 

1891, p. 201 

The general surface of the body is finely pubescent 
dorsally. 

The greatest breadth of the carapace is about three fourths 
of the greatest length (without the rostrum). The rostrum, 
which is styliform and strongly upcurved, is nearly two 
thirds of the carapace in length; the front margin of the 
carapace is slightly oblique, and is unarmed except for a 
strong spine at the antero-lateral angle, and the lateral 
margins, which are parallel throughout or even a little diver- 
gent anteriorly, are, except for the antero-lateral spine, either 
unarmed or only slightly rugose anteriorly; the posterior 
margin is raised, but is quite smooth; the tumid gastric 
region is marked by the presence of rugosities which ante- 
riorly culminate in a pair of coarse spinelets, one on each side 
of the middle line. 

The abdominal terga from the second to the fourth inclu- 
sive are transversely channelled, both margins of the channel 
being raised into finely ctenate crests. 

The eye-stalks, which are very stout and very short, are 
not united, are freely movable, and are not prolonged beyond 
the globular cornez. 

The greatly inflated basal joint of the antennulary 
peduncles has the two external terminal spines very strong 
and long, projecting far beyond the eyes. 

The antennary flagellum is not much longer than the 
chelipeds. 

The external maxillipeds have the inner edge of the ischio- 
podite evenly toothed throughout and the lower edge of the 
meropodite furnished with two large unciform spines near 
the proximal end. 


Indian Deep-sea Dredging. 329 


The thoracie legs, except the ischiopodite of the first pair, 
are almost devoid of hairs. 

The chelipeds are robust and are not quite symmetrical on 
both sides, the longer one being about an eye-length shorter 
than the fully extended body (measured with the rostrum) ; 
their meropodite and carpopodite have each a terminal ring 
of four spines, the meropodite also having a series of distant 
spinelets along the upper margin in continuity with a terminal 
spine on the upper edge of the ischiopodite, and the last- 
named joint having also a terminal spine below; their fingers, 
which are barely equal in length to the inflated palm, are 
finely and evenly toothed up to the very tip, are capable of 
very complete apposition, and when shut form a pronounced 
spoon. 

The second, third, and fourth thoracic legs are at least 
two thirds the length of the chelipeds, and have the mero- 
podite and carpopodite granular (the former joint with a pair 
of terminal spines above, the latter with a single one), and 
the curved dactylopodite furnished on its posterior margin 
with a row of spines hardly smaller than the terminal claw. 

The abdominal legs of the male, excepting the first and 
second pairs, are quite rudimentary. 

The length of the largest male from the tip of the rostrum 
to the end of the telson is 45 millim. 

Colours in life milky orange, fading to milk-white on the 
carapace and sternum ; cornee milky yellow. 

Laccadive Sea (Stations 107 and 109), 738 fathoms. 


81. Munidopsis dasypus, sp. n. 


Nearest to WM. Sigsbei, A. M.-Edw. 

Body pubescent; thoracic legs densely covered with long 
hairs. 

The greatest breadth of the carapace is about three fourths 
the greatest length. The rostrum, which is styliform, gently 
ascendant, and slightly curved at tip, is a little more than 
half the length of the carapace; the front margin of the 
carapace is markedly oblique and is unarmed, except for a 
small antero-lateral spine; the lateral margins are parallel, 
with a slight convergence in the anterior third, where there 
are two spinelets behind the antero-lateral spine; the poste- 
rior margin is raised and bears four strong spines in its middle 
third; the general surface of the carapace is smooth and 
polished anteriorly, and is marked posteriorly by slight trans- 
verse ripples. 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xiii. 22 


330 Surg.-Capt. A. Alcock on 


The anterior abdominal terga have a faint naked trans- 
verse groove. f 

The eye-stalks, which are slender and comparatively long, 
are not prolonged beyond the globular cornez, are not united, 
and are freely movable. 

The inflated basal joint of the antennulary peduncle has 
only one of its spines, namely that at the antero-external 
angie, long. 

The antennary flagellum is not much longer than the 
chelipeds (in the female). 

The ischiopodite of the external maxillipeds has the inner 
edge evenly toothed and the lower edge prolonged distally 
into a huge spine, while the meropodite has two strong spines 
on the lower edge in the proximal half. 

The thoracic legs, except the fifth pair, are thickly covered 
with long hairs. The chelipeds are long, slender, and 
slightly asymmetrical, the longer one exceeding the length of 
the fully extended body (with the rostrum) by the extent of 
the dactylopodite ; their ischiopodite has two strong distal 
spines, one above, the other below, their meropodite two rows 
of spines along the upper and inner surface and a terminal 
ring of four spines, and the carpopodite has a terminal ring of 
three spines ; the slender fingers, which are finely and evenly 
toothed to the very tip, slightly exceed the elongate palm in 
length. 

The second, third, and fourth thoracic legs are relatively 
short, the second pair barely, and the others less than, half 
the length of the chelipeds ; in all the meropodite and carpo- 
podite have the anterior edge spinate, and the dactylopodite 
has the terminal claw but slightly curved and very much 
longer than the spines along the posterior edge. 

An egg-laden female from Station 112, 561 fathoms, 
measures 44 millim. from the tip of the rostrum. 

Colours in life uniform milky orange. 


82. Munidopsis scobina, sp. u. 


Nearest to J. erinacea, A. M.-Edw., M. spinifera, A. 
M.-Edw., and M. Agassizit, Faxon. 

Body and appendages almost devoid of hairs, but with the 
spinature sharp and distinct. 

The greatest breadth of the carapace is about six sevenths 
of its length. The rostrum, which is styliform and slightly 
recurved at tip, is not quite half the length of the carapace ; 
the frontal border is very slightly oblique and, except for one 
or two small spinelets above the base of the antenna, is 


Indian Deep-sea Dredging. 331 


smooth ; the lateral borders, which are convergent anteriorly, 
are from six- to ten-spined ; the posterior border is raised and 
is surmounted by a series of about ten spines; the gastric 
region bears a pair of spines at the base of the rostrum and a 
row of spines along the middle line, and this row is continued 
along the cardiac region, some of the spines there being bifid 
or trifid; on the branchial regions are numerous sharp 
tubercles and spines. 

The abdominal terga and pleure are glabrous; the second, 
third, and fourth terga are deeply channelled transversely, 
the edges of the channel forming sharp and very evenly 
spinate crests. 

The eye-stalks are very short, free and freely movable, and 
not prolonged beyond the ovoid corneex. 

The basal joint of the antennulary peduncles has three 
large terminal spikes of nearly equal length. 

The spines on the joints of the antennal peduncles are 
remarkably distinct and the flagellum is about twice as long 
as the body. 

The ischiopodite of the external maxillipeds is evenly 
toothed along the inner edge and has a terminal spine on the 
lower edge, and the meropodite has two spines near the 
proximal end on the lower edge. 

The thoracic legs are granular, or squamous, or spinate. 
The chelipeds are somewhat longer, but hardly stouter, than 
the second, third, and fourth legs, and in the male they are 
somewhat longer and in the female somewhat shorter than 
the fully extended body (with the rostrum) ; all their joints 
except the first and last are more or less thorny; the fingers 
are long, slender, and finely toothed, being in the male a 
little longer than, and in the female about the same length as, 
the palm. 

The second, third, and fourth legs have the anterior edge 
of the ischiopodite and carpus thorny and the teeth on the 
posterior edge of the dactylopodite small. 

The abdominal legs of all but the first two pairs are rudi- 
mentary in the male; those of the first pair are absent in the 
female. 

Length of the male 40 millim., of the female 42 millim. 
(measured from the tip of the rostrum). 

Dredged at Station 120, 240 fathoms. 


83. Munidopsis subsquamosa, Henderson, 
var. nov. pallida. 


The carapace to the very tip of the rostrum is covered with 
22% 


332 Surg.-Capt. A. Alcock on 


hairy squames arranged in transverse series; its greatest 
breadth is about six sevenths of its length. ‘The rostrum, 
the length of which is about two fifths that of the carapace, 
is broad, being at its base nearly one third the breadth of the 
carapace, triangular, and strongly carinated, and upeurved 
and serrated at tip; the frontal border is in the same convex 
curve with the anterior portion of the lateral borders, it bears 
on each side two strong spines, and there is also a strong 
antero-lateral spine, and the lateral borders are armed in 
addition with three or two spinules; the posterior border is 
raised and quite smooth ; the gastric and cardiac regions are 
well defined, the former having a pair of spines on the middle 
line in front. 

The abdominal terga and pleure are squamous and hairy, 
but are not spinate; the second, third, and fourth terga are 
grooved transversely. 

The eye-stalks, which are short and stout, are united with 
one another at base and are almost immobile, each is prolonged 
beyond the cornea into a stout spine, which projects obliquely 
from beneath the base of the rostrum, to which, at first sight, 
it appears to belong. 

The basal joint of the antennulary peduncles is stout, but 
not inflated ; of the two external terminal spines only one— 
the lower—is large and conspicuous. 

The antennary flagellum is three times as long as the 
cheliped. 

The external maxillipeds are short and slender, the ischium 
having the inner border finely ctenate and the meropodite 
having the lower border irregularly crenulate. 

The thoracic legs are granular, or squamous, or spinulate, 
and moderately hairy. 

The chelipeds are shorter and not very much stouter than 
the second, third, and fourth legs, their length being con- 
siderably less than half that of the body (with the rostrum) ; 
in the male they are slightly asymmetrical ; the meropodite 
and carpus have each a terminal ring of spinelets, and the 
fingers, which are longer than the inflated palm, are coarse, 
and are excavated en cutllére at tip, being closely crenulate 
round both edges of the spoon-shaped tips, but not toothed in 
the proximal half. 

The second, third, and fourth thoracic legs have the joints 
remarkably prismatic and the carpus and propodite strongly 
fluted ; in all the anterior border of the meropodite and carpo- 
podite is spinate, and the teeth on the posterior border of the 
long dactylopodite are small. 


Indian Deep-sea Dredging. 333 


The abdominal legs, except the first two pairs, are rudi- 
mentary in the male. 

Length 59 millim., measured from the tip of the rostrum. 

Colour in life brilliant white. 

Dredged at Station 118, 1803 fathoms. 

The variety differs from the typical form in having only 
two gastric spines, in having the rostrum broader, in having 
the cardiac area more distinctly delimited, and in the strongly 
fluted fifth and sixth joints of the second to fourth thoracic legs. 


Exasmonotvs, A. Milne-Edwards. 


84, Elasmonotus cylindrophthalmus, sp. n. 


Nearest to Elasmonotus longimanus, A. M.-Edw., and to 
Elasmonotus carinipes, Faxon. 

The carapace is quadrangular, with the antero-lateral 
angles simply rounded and the surface and borders perfectly 
smooth, the greatest breadth being about three fourths of its 
length. The rostrum is triangular, flat, and horizontal, with 
the extreme tip slightly upturned; the frontal margin, which 
is faintly lobed on either side of the rostrum, meets the lateral 
margins, which are almost parallel, at right angles; the 
raised posterior margin is smooth; two deep grooves, one of 
which crosses the cardiac region, pass across the carapace 
transversely. 

The abdominal terga and pleure are perfectly smooth; the 
terga, from the second to the fourth, are transversely grooved, 
the edges of the groove being salient but smooth ; in the case 
of the fourth tergum the posterior edge of the groove forms 
a strongly convex eminence. 

The eye-stalks, which are slender and extremely short, are 
free and freely movable; the cornee are remarkably long and 
cylindrical, their length being about two thirds that of the 
rostrum. 

The basal joint of the antennulary peduncles has two 
external terminal spines, these being the only spines found 
upon the animal. 

The antennal peduncles are long and slender, the antero- 
external angle of each of the second to fourth joints forming 
a tooth. 

The external maxillipeds are long and slender, the ischium 
having the inner edge finely toothed, and the meropodite 
having two small tubercles on its lower edge near the 


roximal end. 
The thoracic legs are perfectly smooth and hardly pubes- 


334 Rey. A. Matthews on 


cent. The chelipeds are long—one half longer than the body 
and more than three times as long as the other legs,—slender, 
and cylindrical; the fingers, which are not two thirds the 
length of the palm, are singular in being rather hairy. 

The second to fourth thoracic legs are slender and ex- 
tremely short, being not quite as long as the carapace (with 
the rostrum); they all have the meropodite strongly carinated 
along the anterior border and the dactylopodite (which has 
the usual spiny posterior border) short. 

Colours in life milky red above, milk-white below. 

An egg-laden female from Station 115, 188-220 fathoms, 
measures about 24 millim. from the tip of the rostrum. 


[To be continued. } 


XXX VI.—Corylophide and Trichopterygide found in the 
West-Indian Islands. By the Rev. A. MATTHEWS. 


I am indebted to the Committee of Natural History of the 
British Museum for the permission to examine and describe 
the insects which form the subject of this memoir; they were 
collected in the West-Indian Islands, chiefly in Grenada and 
St. Vincent, by Mr. H. H. Smith, to whom much credit is 
due for the careful manner in which they have been mounted 
and preserved, since almost every specimen has retained its 
full complement of limbs—a matter of no small difficulty and 
of somewhat rare occurrence. 

Although the collection contains more than 1000 indi- 
viduals, the number of species is comparatively small; very 
few examples of the smaller and more interesting kinds seem 
to have been found, while those of larger size are represented 
by immense series, in one case exceeding 500 specimens. 

The prevailing character of both Corylophide and Tricho- 
pterygide inclines to the tropical American type and does not 
present any special peculiarities, except, perhaps, in Throse?- 
dium invisibile ; for, although this imsect has already been 
found in many tropical regions—in Ceylon, where it was 
discovered by Herr Nietner, in the Cape-Verd Islands by 
Mr. Wollaston, and in Central America by Mr. Champion— 
yet in all those localities it appears to be rare; the West- 
Indian Islands, however, seem to be its head-quarters, more 
than fifty specimens having been taken by Mr. Smith in 
Grenada and St, Vincent, 


West-Indian Corylophide and Trichopterygide, 335 


It is also remarkable that, notwithstanding the constant 
intercourse between these islands and Europe, only two 
European species are found in this large collection, both of 
which had previously been taken on the American continent. 

The Trichopterygide form about three fourths of the whole 
collection, and, as it always happens when any fresh locality 
has been entomologically explored, the genus Trichopteryx 
contributes the usual amount of species, which it is very 
difficult to distinguish, but quite impossible to associate with 
each other. Indeed, this genus is the bane and vexation of 
describers, presenting as it does among its various compo- 
nents, when examined under a high magnifying-power, 
many unmistakable specific distinctions, persistent through 
a large series of individuals, but in a great measure unappre- 
ciable to casual observation. From my own experience, 
extending over a period of more than half a century, I feel 
convinced that there are few, if any, genera of Coleoptera 
more numerous in species than Zrichopteryx, and not one 
represented by such myriads of individuals; they abound in 
every region of the world and in every conceivable locality 
except water, and even there are represented by the closely 
allied family of Hydroscaphide. Indeed, the study of Tricho- 
pteryx as a genus suggests to the mind an impression similar 
to that produced by observing ona moonless night a portion of 
the Via Lactea through a powerful telescope, for the further 
you penetrate into space the more bewildering is the multitude 
of stars brought into view. ‘Thus, whenever the fauna of 
any fresh tract of country becomes explored, the species of 
Trichopteryx must go on indefinitely increasing in number. 
And it is to be feared that this fact, together with the minute 
size of the animals themselves, has much effect in deterring 
entomologists from the pursuit of this most interesting class 
of Coleoptera. But instead of altogether relinquishing the 
study in despair, it would be better to regard Trichopterye as 
many regard Homalota—I mean as a genus of which a general 
knowledge is all that is really necessary, and, leaving the 
more obscure species to monographic describers, content them- 
selves with the recognition of such as are more conspicuous. 
Thus in part ignoring 77ichopteryz, they will find among the 
other genera of the same family abundant material for a 
study of the most interesting and absorbing nature, totally 
devoid of difficulty or confusion, embracing objects of very 
great beauty and engrossing interest, both from their perfect 
organization and curious habits of life. 

I have been led to these remarks by the scepticism with 
which many regard the species of Trichopteryx. Col. Motsch- 


336 Rev. A. Matthews on 


ulsky, while I enjoyed the advantage of his correspondence, 
assured me that I should find those which he had separated 
to be true and genuine species when examined under a 
magnifying-power sufficiently high to render the superficial 
sculpture clearly visible ; and this I found to be true in forty 
out of forty-two types which he had kindly sent. And I 
feel no hesitation in saying that any one who will take the 
same trouble will come to the same conclusion, and that 
opinions formed without such examination, and sometimes 
without any examination at all, can be of no real value. 

Among the Corylophide Saciwm instabile is a very pretty 
and interesting addition to its genus; like its congener 
S. Oberthuri it varies much in the disposition of the yellow 
markings on its elytra. The two species of Arthrolips are 
insignificant, but very distinct; they are each represented by 
a single example. Sericoderus minutus is a new and distinct 
species, and, what is very unusual in that confusing genus, 
easily recognized. Lhypobius dissimilis differs much in form 
from any of its congeners, but agrees with them entirely in its 
anatomy, especially in the elongate linear mandibles. I have 
already described Orthoperus perpusillus in the ‘ Biologia 
Centrali-Americana’ from specimens taken in Nicaragua by 
Mr. E. Janson. It appears to be excessively abundant in the 
West-Indian Islands. 


Corylophide. 
List of Species. 
Sacium instabile, sp. n. Corylophodes pusillus, sp. n. 
Arthrolips innotabilis, sp. n. RA iebias dissimilis, sp. n. 


nitidus, sp. n. Orthoperus perpusillus. 
Sericoderus minutus, sp. n. 


Sacium instabile, sp. n. 


L.c. 1:50 mm. Oblongo-ovale, convexum, nitidulum, minute et 
confertim punctatum, pilis aureis dense vestitum, castaneum, 
fasciis duabus flavis undulatis, aut maculis quatuor sat rotun- 
datis, in elytris notatum ; antennis obscure, pedibus lete flayis, 


This very distinct and pretty species was found by 
Mr. Smith rather plentifully’in the island of Grenada. 
Arthrolips inpotabilis, sp. n. 


L. c. 0°90 mm. Oblongo-ovalis, fuscus, breviter pubescens, con- 
vexus, minute et confertissime punctatus; pronoto magno; an- 
tennis perbreyibus atque pedibus lete flavis, 


West-Indian Corylophide and Trichopterygide. 337 


One specimen of this rather obscure and uninteresting 
species was found in Grenada. It is chiefly distinguished by 
its very short antenne. 


Arthrolips nitidus, sp. n. 


L. c. 0°85 mm. Oblongo-ovalis, angustus, nitidissimus, minute et 
5 ’ D > 
remote punctatus, haud pubescens, pallide castaneus; pronoto 
parvo ; elytris longis; pedibus atque antennis flavis. 


This species is distinguished from the preceding by its 
small thorax, long narrow elytra, and remote punctation. 
One specimen only was found near St. John’s River in 
picid. 


Sericoderus minutus, sp. n. 


L. c. 0°70 mm. Subovatus, sat angustus, obscure flavus, aureo- 
pubescens ; pronoto glabro, nitido; elytris postice attenuatis ; 
pedibus obscure flayis ; antennis sat breyibus, obscure flavis, clavis 
infuseatis articulo ultimo profunde excayato. 


S. minutus is an unusually distinct species of this perplexing 
genus ; it may be known from others by its small size and 
dusky colour, and seems to be exceedingly abundant in these 
islands. 


Corylophodes pusillus, sp. n. 


L. c. 0°75 mm. Hemisphericus, nitidissimus, fere impunctatus, 


niger; pronoto plus minusve translucide testaceo ; pedibus atque 
antennis sat brevibus, pallide flavis. 


This small species may be recognized by its very shining 
smooth surface, black elytra, and more or less testaceous 
thorax. It seems to be rare, only eight specimens having 
been taken in Grenada and St. Vincent, of which several are 
immature and discoloured. 


Rhypobius dissimilis, sp. n. 


L. c. 0°75 mm. Ovatus, valde convexus, nitidissimus; pronoto 
impunctato, nigrescenti; elytris piceis; pronoto atque elytris 
marginatis; pedibus atque antennis lete flavescentibus. 


R. dissimilis differs much in form from the more typical 
species of its genus; but since having dissected two indi- 
viduals, and found no difference whatever from the normal 
character of the organs of the mouth, especially of the curious 
linear mandibles, nor in the relative proportion and disposition 
of the various parts of the external skeleton of the underside, 


338 Rev. A. Matthews on 


or in the number and relative size of the joints of the antenne, 
I do not feel any hesitation in placing the present species in 
the genus Rhypobius. It was found not uncommonly both in 
Grenada and St. Vincent. 


Orthoperus perpusillus, Matth. 


Orthoperus perpusillus, Matth. Biol. Centr.-Americana, Col. ii. pt. 1, 
p. 124 (1887). 
L. c. 0°50 mm. Ovatus, valde convexus, ater, impunctatus ; pro- 
noto sat magno ; pedibus atque antennis piceis. 


I described this species in the ‘ Biologia’ from two examples 
taken by Mr. E. Janson in Nicaragua. It appears to abound 
in the West-Indian Islands, where it has been found in great 
profusion by Mr. Smith. 


Trichopterygide. 
List of Species. 
Pteryx brunnea. Smicrus filicornis. 
Trichopteryx leevicollis, sp. n. Nephanes meridionalis. 
occidentalis, sp. n. Ptilium Smithsii, sp. n. 
depressa, sp. n. tropicum. 
— Crotchii. —— impressum, sp. n. 
orenadensis, sp. n. : rufotestaceum, sp. n. 
—— dubitata, sp. n. Ptenidium concinnum, sp. n. 
Actinopteryx fucicola. Throscidium invisibile. 


Pteryx brunnea, Le Conte. 
Pteryx brunnea, Le Conte, Smiths. Misc. Coll. i. p. 62 (1866). 


In the ‘ Trichopterygia Ilustrata,’ p. 162, I described this 
very interesting species from Dr. Le Conte’s original and 
unique specimen. Since then no other example has ever 
occurred until Mr. Smith was fortunate enough to capture the 
subject of this note in the island of Grenada. 

It may be known from the rest of the genus by its deep and 
almost variolose punctation. 


Trichopteryx levicollis, sp. n. 


L. c. 0:80 mm. Subhemispherica, postice attenuata; pronoto 
magno, nigro, nitidissimo, angulis posterioribus valde productis, 
rufescentibus ; elytris rufescentibus, brevibus, multum attenuatis ; 
pedibus atque antennis flavis. 


A distinct and well-marked species. It may be known 


West-Indian Corylophide and Trichopterygide. 339 


from any other by its hemispheric form, large and very 
shining thorax, and short attenuated elytra. 

It was found very plentifully in the islands of Grenada 
and St. Vincent. 


Trichopteryx occidentalis, sp. n. 


L. ec. 9°80 mm. Ovata, convexa, lata, postice attenuata, pilis flaves- 
centibus vestita; pronoto nigro, confertim tuberculato, angulis 
posterioribus valde productis, dilutioribus; elytris fuscis, attenu- 
atis ; antennis longis atque pedibus flavis. 


lf we may judge from the multitude of specimens (upwards 
of five hundred) collected by Mr. Smith, this species must 
abound in the utmost profusion in the West-Indian Islands. 
Although it varies much in size, which is probably a sexual 
difference, I cannot discover any valid specific distinctions 
throughout the whole of this immense series. 


Trichopteryx depressa, sp. n. 


L. ec. 0-90 mm. Oblongo-ovalis, sat depressa, haud attenuata, 
piceo-nigra ; pronoto magno, vix dilatato, tuberculis distinctis 
irregulariter dispositis, interstitiisque reticulatis ornato; elytris 
parallelis; antennis atque pedibus flavis. 


T. depressa differs from the preceding species in its more 
depressed and parallel form and in its uniform black colour. 
It seems to be less common than either of the foregoing, but 
was found in the same localities. 


Trichopteryx Crotchii, Matth. 
Trichopteryx Crotchti, Matth. Ent. Month. Mag. vi. p. 248 (1865). 
This species was first described by me from specimens 
taken by Mr. G. R. Crotch in the Canary Islands. Since 
then it has been found in many parts of America and now 
not uncommonly by Mr. Smith in the West-Indian Islands. 


Trichopteryx grenadensis, sp. n. 


L. c. 0°60 mm. Oblonga, brevis, lata, atra, modice tuberculata, sat 
depressa; pronoto atque elytris utrisque prope media dilatatis ; 
elytris brevibus ; antennis brevibus atque pedibus flavis. 


Only two specimens of this well-marked species were found 
by Mr. Smith in Grenada. It belongs to a small group of the 
genus represented in Europe by 7. Edithia and in Central 


340 Rev. A. Matthews on 


America by 7. bidilatata, in which the thorax and elytra are 
separately dilated; from both of these T. grenadensis is 
distinguished by its small size and short broad form. 


Trichopteryx dubitata, sp. n. 


L.c. 0°87mm. Elongata, angusta, convexa, pallide castanea, oculis 
nigris, aureo-pilosa; pronoto brevi; elytris perbrevibus, his atque 
pronoto ad media latissimis; antennis longis atque pedibus flavis. 


It is doubtful whether the pale colour of this single speci- 
men may not have been caused by immaturity ; but whether 
this is or is not the case, its long narrow shape, short thorax 
and elytra, long antenne, and stout legs sufficiently distin- 
guish 7. dubitata from the rest of its genus. 

It is allied to 7. Edithia and belongs to the same group. 
It was found in St. Vincent. 


Actinopteryzx fucicola, Allibert. 
Actinopteryx fucicola, Allibert, Rey. Zool. p. 52 (1844). 


Three specimens of this insect were found in Grenada by 
Mr. Smith, and it had previously been taken in the United 
States by Mr. G. R. Crotch. 

A, fucicola is one of the most universally distributed species 
in existence; it occurs in many parts of Europe, Africa, and 
America, and although I have not seen any examples from 
Asia, yet as it is found on the European and African shores 
of the Mediterranean, there can be little doubt of its existence 
on the Asiatic coast. This species seems to contradict the 
common theory of the influence of climate on differentiation, 
since in my own collection there are specimens from Ireland, 
where it was first discovered by Mr. Haliday, many parts of 
England, France, Belgium, Italy, Algeria, Morocco, the 
Atlantic Islands, North America, and now from the West 
Indies, which all persistently adhere to the normal type. 


Smicrus filicornis, Fairm. et Lab. 

Smicrus filicornis, Fairm. et Lab. Fn. Fr. i. p. 380 (1854). 

One specimen of this insect was found by Mr. Smith in 
Grenada. 8S. jfilicornis has long been known to inhabit both 
North and South America ; in both these regions it was taken 
many years ago by Dr. Schaum, and has recently been often 
met with in the United States, 


West-Indian Corylophide and Trichopterygide. 341 


Nephanes meridionalis, Matth. 
Nephanes meridionalis, Matth. Trich. Ilust. p. 174 (1872). 


I described this species in the above work from a single 
specimen received by M. Sallé from Guadaloupe; in the 
present collection there are five examples taken in Grenada. 


Ptilium Smithsii, sp. n. 


L. c. 0°50 mm. Subovatum, convexum, piceum, confertim tubercu- 
latum, haud nitidum; pronoto ad latera rotundato; antennis 
longis, piceis ; pedibus longis, flavis. 


P. Smithsii resembles the European P. Kunzet, but may 
be distinguished from that species by the rounded sides of its 
thorax and elytra and much greater length of its antenne and 
legs. Mr. Smith met with several specimens of this insect 
in Grenada and St. Vincent. 


Prilium tropicum, Matth. 
Ptilium tropicum, Matth. Trans. Am. Ent. Soc. xi. p. 144. 


Two examples of this exceedingly minute insect were 
found by Mr. Smith in Grenada. The species was first 
discovered by Mr. Champion in Central America, and is, with 
one exception, the smallest of its order. 


Ptilium impressum, sp. n. 


L. c. 0°63 mm. Elongato-ovale, modice convexum, confertim 
tuberculatum, rufo-testaceum ; pronoto lateribus rotundatis, 
impressione profunda ovali ad medium atque alia utrinque ad 
basim notato ; pedibus atque antennis brevibus, robustis, flavis. 


P. impressum differs from the following species in the shape 
and sculpture of its thorax and in its short robust legs and 
antenne. 

One specimen found in St. Vincent. 


Ptilium rufotestaceum, sp. 0. 


L. c.0°50 mm. Elongato-ovatum, nitidulum, rufo-testaceum, con- 
fertissime tuberculatum, fere alutaceum ; pronoto ad basim fortiter 
contracto et triangulariter impresso; antennis longis, gracilibus, 
atque pedibus leete flavis, oculis magnis, nigris. 


This species is distinguished from the preceding by its long 
slender antenne and by the sculpture of its thorax, which is 
strongly contracted at the base. 
~ One specimen found in Grenada. 


342 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on 


Ptenidium concinnum, sp. n. 


L. c. 0°60 mm. Ovatum, postice attenuatum, nigrum, glabrum, 
nitidissimum ; capite atque pronoto magnis ; elytris parvis, angus- 
tatis ; antennis longis, rovustis, atque pedibus letissime flavis. 


Six specimens taken in Grenada and St. Vincent. 

This is a very pretty and very distinct species, easily recog- 
nized by its shining black colour, attenuated elytra, and large 
and very bright yellow antenne. It is very remarkable that 
no other species of this universally distributed genus should 
have been found in the West-Indian Islands. 


Throscidium invisibile. 
Trichopteryx invisibilis, Nietner, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. n. s., xix. 
p. 378 (1856). 

As I have already remarked in my preliminary observa- 
tions, this very interesting and very peculiar insect seems to 
be distributed throughout the whole tropic zone, and in all 
those varied localities constantly to preserve one uniform type. 
The more or less ochreous tint usually seen in mounted 
specimens seems to have been produced by desiccation, for in 
the most recently captured of those which I have examined 
the life-colour appears to have been a very pale translucent 
green, 

Gumley, Market Harborough, 

January 1894. 


XXXVII.—List of Reptiles and Batrachians collected by Dr. 
J. Bohis near Asuncion, Paraguay*. By G. A. BOULENGER. 


REPTILES. 
LIZARDS. 
1. Polychrus acutirostris, Spix. 


2. Liocephalus caducus, Cope. 


Scartiscus caducus, Cope, 1862. 
Liocephalus bolivianus, Bouleng. 1890, 


* For contributions to the herpetological fauna of Paraguay, cf. Cope, 
Proc. Ac, Philad. 1862, p. 346, and Boettger, Zeitschr. f. Naturw. (4) lv. 
1885, pp. 215 and 436, 


Reptiles and Batrachians from Paraguay. 343 


3. Tropidurus spinulosus, Cope. 


4. Ophiodes intermedius, sp. n. 


Intermediate between O. striatus and O. vertebralis. Scales 
in 25 or 27 rows, as in the former. Interparietal not broader 
than the parietals, narrower than the frontal; three large 
chin-shields on each side in contact with the lower labials. 
Bronzy above; a fine black vertebral line; a dark brown 
stripe on each side, occupying one scale and two halves, 
between two fine black lines, bordered below by a narrower 
whitish stripe, which is again edged by a black line; dusky 
lines along the lateral series of scales ; belly white ; upper lip 
and loreal region with alternate black and white vertical bars. 

From snout to vent 185 millim.; tail 245. 

Several specimens. 


5. Tupinambis teguixin, L. 


6. Centropye viridistriga, sp. n. 

Vertex concave, bordered by two sinuous ridges beginning 
on the prefrontals and ending on the occipitals ; four supra- 
oculars, first and fourth small, first separated from second by 
a series of granules ; median temporal scales minute, granular ; 
first pair of chin-chields separated from each other by granular 
scales; gular scales granular, juxtaposed, the median larger, 
hexagonal, and keeled ; collar strongly dentated, formed of 
15 keeled scales. Dorsal scales rhomboidal, imbricate, 
keeled, the keels not forming continuous lines, gradually 
decreasing in size down the sides, which are covered with 
minute granules; the dorsal scales moderately large, as in 
C. intermedius. Ventral shields in 10 longitudinal and 35 
transverse series. 6 longitudinal series of enlarged keeled 
brachial scales and 5 of antebrachials. 8 rows of large keeled 
femoral scales, separated from the femoral pores by very 
small scales; femoral pores 9 or 10. Preanal region with 
smooth scales and two large spines on each side (g). Dark 
olive above and on the sides; a broad bright green vertebral 
stripe, extending from the forehead to the base of the tail; 
three white lines along each side, the upper from the loreal 
region to the base of the tail, passing on the lower eyelid and 
above the ear, the next from the upper lip to the base of the 
tail, passing under the ear, the third from axilla to groin; a 
black line runs along the upper labials; limbs pale olive ; 
tail green; lower parts whitish, with a few small dark spots 
on the throat. 


344 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on 


millim. 
Totalilength ty. .sresiees obs «sien eo: > 250 
iElead seer Pe cer tn Oe One 20 
Width ottheatiereser ses secre ool 9 
Body, jcith ulcer eevee eos ee bit 50 
Horevlim bis ecw rere inet siete Wavertree 26 
Hind limb eee ee eee 45 
ar AS en | eee ee tee 180 


A single male specimen. 


7. Ameiva surinamensis, Laur. 


8. Amphisbena Bohklsit, sp. n. 


Premaxillary teeth 5, maxillaries 4—4, mandibulars 7—7. 
Snout rounded, prominent. Rostral moderate, subtriangular, 
just visible from above ; nasals large, shorter than the pra- 
frontals, forming a suture; a pair of large pretrontals, the 
suture between them as long as that between the frontals and 
longer than that between the nasals; a pair of frontals, a pair 
of occipitals, and a pair of postoculars, subequal in size or 
occipitals largest; eye distinct through the ocular, which is 
in contact with the second and third labials; no pre- or 
suboculars; three upper labials, second and third largest ; 
symphysial tetragonal, followed by a large octagonal chin- 
shield ; three lower labials, second largest and followed by a 
large lateral chin-shield. 232 to 239 annuli on the body and 
29 on the tail; on the middle of the body each annulus 
divided into 36 segments, 18 above and as many below the 
lateral line, which is distinct; dorsal and lateral segments 
longer than broad, the median ventrals once and a half 
to once and two thirds as broad as long. Anal shields 8. 
Preanal pores 6. Purplish above, whitish beneath, the dark 
colour forming lines on the anterior borders of the annuli on 
the sides of the belly and tail. 

Length to vent 280 millim, ; tail 42 ; diameter of body 10. 

Two specimens. 


9. Amphisbena Darwinti, D. & B. 


10. Amphisbena camura, Cope. 


Premaxillary teeth 5, maxillaries 4—4, mandibulars 7—7. 
Snout rounded, prominent. Rostral moderate, subtriangular, 
just visible from above ; nasals large, shorter than the pre- 
frontals, forming a suture ; a pair of large prefrontals, the 
suture between them as long as or longer than that between 
the frontals; latter one pair, or divided into an anterior and a 


Reptiles and Batrachians from Paraguay. 345 


posterior pair, followed by small square shields; eye distinct 
through the ocular, which is in contact with the second or 
aii and third upper labials; no preocular; two post- 
oculars; a subocular sometimes present, detached from the 
third upper labial; four upper labials, fourth or third and 
fourth small; symphysial bell-shaped, followed by a hepta- 
gonal or Faces chin-shield ; three lower labials, second 
largest and followed by a large lateral chin-shield. 194 to 
201 annuli on the body and 19 to 21 on the tail; on the 
middle of the body each annulus divided into 74 to 80 seg- 
ments, 36 or 38 above and 38 or 40 below the lateral line, 
which is distinct ; the segments all longer than broad. Anal 
shields 10 or 12. Preanal pores 4. Purplish brown above, 
whitish below; a yellowish-white band or collar across the 
occiput. 

Length to vent 420 millim. ; tail 40; diameter of body 19. 

Several specimens. 


11. Lepidosternum latifrontale, sp. n. 


Premaxillary teeth 3, maxillaries 2—2, mandibulars 4—4. 
Snout obtusely pointed, with sharp horizontal edge; rostral 
large, its posterior border concave and in contact with the 
frontal, which is very large, at least as broad as long, and 
entirely or partially fused with the supraocular; no pra- 
frontals ; a pair of large parietals, as broad as long or broader 
than long, sometimes followed by a pair of smaller occipitals ; 
eye more or less distinct; two or three temporals ; two upper 
labials, first largest; symphysial small, four-sided, broader than 
long, followed by a large chin-shield ; lateral chin-shields very 
small; two lower labials, first very large. 236 to 263 annuli 
on the body and 13 to 17 on the tail; an annulus contains 56 to 
64 segments, 26 to 30 dorsal and 30 to 36 ventral; the segments 
all longer than broad or the median ventrals as long as broad. 
Pectoral shields numerous, small, irregular, the largest con- 
siderably longer than broad. Preanal shields 6 or 8. Lateral 
line strongly, vertebral and ventral lines feebly marked. 
Colourless or pale purplish brown above. 

Length to vent 320 millim. ; tail 20; diameter of body 12. 

Numerous specimens. 


12. Mabuia agilis, Raddi. 
13. Mabuia aurata, Gravh. 


14. Mabuia frenata, Cope. 
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xiii. 23 


346 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on 


SNAKES. 
15. Typhlops reticulatus, L. 
16. Glauconia albifrons, Wag). 


17. Drymobius bifossatus, Raddi. 
Coluber pantherinus, Schleg., nec Daud. 


18. Herpetodryas sexcarinatus, Wag). 


19. Leptophis liocercus, Wied. 


Bright green above and on the sides, with the margins and 
keels of the scales black ; yellow beneath. Otherwise typical. 


20. Liophis pacilogyrus, Wied. 
' Opheomorphus doliatus, Cope; Liophis subfasciatus, Cope. 


21. Xenodon rhabdocephalus, Wied. 


22. Aporophis lineatus, L. 
Aporophis dilepis, Cope. 


23. Aporophis coralliventris, sp. n. 


Rostral broader than deep, just visible from above; inter- 
nasals broader than long, shorter than the prefrontals ; frontal 
twice as long as broad, longer than its distance from the end 
of the snout, a little shorter than the parietals; loreal deeper 
than long; one pre- and two postoculars; temporals 1+2; 
eight upper labials, fourth and fifth entering the eye; five 
lower labials in contact with the anterior chin-shields, which 
are as long as the posterior. Scales in 17 rows. Ventrals 
155; anal divided; subeaudals 71. Olive-brown above, 
darker along the five median rows of scales, bluish grey on 
the sides (three rows of scales); head without streaks or 
markings; upper lip white; throat and anterior ventral 


region white, rest of belly and tail coral-red, the shields 
edged with black. 


Total length 300 millim. ; tail 80. 

A single male specimen. This was not obtained at Asun- 
cion, like the rest of the collection, but on an island north of 
Concepcion, near San Salvador, North Paraguay. 


24. Rhadinea fusca, Cope. 
Opheomorphus fuscus, Cope. 
But for the statement “scales and head-plates without 


Reptiles and Batrachians from Paraguay. 347 


black borders ” I should have identified this form with Cope’s 
O. Merremit, var. semiaureus. 


25. Rhadinea genimaculata, Bttgr. 
Tiophis genimaculata, Bttgr. 


26. Rhadinea occipitalis, Jan. 
Enicognathus occipitalis, Jan; Dromicus Wuchereri, Gthr.; Dromicus 
miolepis, Bttgr. 
27. Oxyrhopus plumbeus, Wied. 
28. Oxyrhopus petalarius, L. 
29. Rhinostoma nasuum, Wag]. 
30. Leptodira annulata, L. 
31. Philodryas Schottit, Schleg. 
32. Philodryas Olfersii, Licht. 
33. Thamnodynastes Natterert, Mik. 
34. Homalocranium melanocephalum, L. 
35. Apostolepis Dorbignyt, D. & B. 
36. Elaps lemniscatus, L. 
37. Leptognathus ventrimaculatus, Blgr. 
38. Bothrops diporus, Cope. 
39. Bothrops alternatus, D. & B. 
40. Crotalus horridus, L. 


CROCODILES. 
41. Caiman sclerops, Schn. 


BATRACHIANS. 
1. Phryniscus nigricans, Wiegm. 
2. Engystoma ovale, Schn. 
.8. Engystoma albopunctatum, Bttgr. 
4. Engystoma Muellert, Bttgr. 


5. Pseudis paradoza, L. 
The colour in life, Dr. Bohls informs me, is bright green. 
Male with an external gular vocal sac. 
6. Pseudis limellum, Cope. 


Male with an external gular vocal sac. 
23* 


348 On Reptiles and Batrachians from Paraquay. 


7. Ceratophrys americana, D. & B. 
8. Paludicola fuscomaculata, Stdr. 


9. Paludicola gracilis, Blgr. 


Like the specimens mentioned by Boettger, differing from 
the types in the absence of the black lumbar spot. 


10. Leptodactylus bufonius, sp. 0. 


Tongue subcircular, slightly nicked behind. Vomerine 
teeth in two long, slightly arched series behind the choane. 
Snout rounded, slightly prominent, longer than the diameter 
of the orbit; nostril nearer the tip of the snout than the eye; 
interorbital space narrower than the upper eyelid ; tympanum 
two thirds the diameter of the eye. First finger much longer 
than second; toes rather short, not fringed; subarticular 
tubercles moderate ; two small metatarsal tubercles ; a slight 
tarsal fold. The tibio-tarsal articulation reaches the tym- 
panum. Upper parts with flat smooth warts of unequal 
size ; no glandular folds; a strong fold above the tympanum ; 
a ventral discoidal fold. Olive above, with small darker 
spots ; a series of lateral warts whitish; no streaks on the 
head ; upper lip with vertical dark bars; limbs with dark 
cross bars ; lower parts white. 

From snout to vent 48 millim. 

Four specimens. 


11. Leptodactylus ocellatus, L. 


12. Leptodactylus caliginosus, Gir. 
Cystignathus podicipinus, Cope ; Leptodactylus ocellatus, part., Bttgr. 
13. Bufo marinus, L. 
14, Bufo granulosus, Spix. 
15. Hyla Spegazzinit, Bley. 
16. Hyla granosa, Blgv. 
17. Hyla venulosa, Laur. 
18. Hyla nasica, Cope. 
19. Hyla nana, Blgr. 


? H. bracteator, Bttgr., nec Hens. 


20. Phyllomedusa hypochondrialis, Daud. 


On a new Species of Phreatoicus from Tasmania, 349 


XXXVIII.—On a new Species of Phreatoicus from Tasmania. 
By Grorce M. Tomson, F.L.S., Corr. Mem. Roy. Soc. 
of Tasmania. 


[Plate XI] 


THE specimens described in the following paper were received 
from Mr. Augustus Simson, of Launceston, who collected 
them in the Great Lake, Tasmania. This lake lies at an 
elevation of about 3880 feet above sea-level. Mr. Simson 
was unfortunately unprovided at the time with suitable 
material or apparatus for preserving Crustacea ; conse- 
quently the specimens were put away to dry, and reached 
me in a more or less mutilated condition. 

In a paper on Tasmanian Crustacea* published in the 
last volume of the Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasm. p. 76, I men- 
tioned having found among specimens taken on the summit 
of Mount Wellington a single example of P. australis, 
Chilton. There is little doubt that the specimen referred to 
was merely a young form of the present species. I find that 
the young of P. tasmanie resemble the adult form of P. aus- 
tralis in the comparative smoothness of the body and the 
shortness of the telson, while the adults are very distinct, 
their body being so characteristically spinose and the uropods 
so much longer. 

The occurrence of the three forms of this peculiar genus in 
the three adjacent and yet widely separated regions of New 
Zealand, South-east Australia, and Tasmania is of great 
interest from a geographical point of view; but beyond 
recording the fact it is not safe as yet to generalize on 
it, as very little is known concerning the crustacean fresh- 
water fauna of any of these countries. 

The following is a description of this very distinct form :— 


Phreatoicus tasmanie, sp. n. 


Surface of body in the adult specimens more or less 
covered with acute spines and tubercles, which, on the head 
and thoracic portion of the body, are particularly numerous on 
the dorsal surface, and are arranged in two or three rows 
crossing the segments from side to side. In the abdominal 
segments they are most abundant on the margins. The 
females are somewhat smaller and less spinose than the males, 


* ‘Papers and Proceedings of the Royal Society of Tasmania’ for 1892, 


p- 45 


350 Mr. G. M. Thomson on a new Species of 


while in the young the spines and tubercles are almost 
wanting, there being only a few scattered hairs on the body, 
as in P. australis. 

Eyes rounded and prominent, much larger than in the 
Australian species. First pair of antenne with peduncle of 
three joints and a seven-jointed flagellum, the last joint 
minute. Second pair of antenne and first pair of legs 
resembling the same organs in P. australis. 

Last segment of abdomen ending in a long narrow telson, 
which is completely coalesced with it and which is furnished 
with a few spines on its upper surfaces and bears a small 
tuft of spines and sete at its extremity. 

All the legs are more or less spinose. Sixth and seventh 
pairs of legs long, reaching as far as or beyond the extremity 
of the pleon. Uropoda large, reaching beyond the pleon, 
margin spinose, rami unequal, as long as the peduncle and 
very acute. 

Length of the largest male specimen a little over } inch. 

Colour of dried specimens light brown or greyish. 

In general form this species approximates to P. australis, 
and as the latter has been very fully described by my 
friend Dr. Chilton, I will make my description conform with 
his species. 

Seen from above the front margin of the head is evenly 
concave, the rather prominent round eyes being very close to 
the front and separated by about half the width of the head 
from one another. ‘These organs are relatively rather large 
and have from fifty to seventy lenses. Below the eyes is a 
groove running back nearly to the posterior margin of the 
cephalic segment, and serving to separate off a distinct, nearly 
rectangular, lateral lobe. The thoracic and abdominal 
segments and their epimera on the whole resemble those of 
the Australian species, only spines replace the sete. In my 
dried specimens a spinous ridge occurs close to the anterior 
and posterior margin of each segment of the thorax. The 
telson also is a very prominent feature, being quite as long as 
the segment which bears it. In Pl. XI. fig. 1 the telson 
appears to be separated from the last abdominal segment by 
a very distinct articulation; this, however, is due only to the 
point of view, there being a slight prominence on each 
side of it, which hides the base in lateral view. In fig. 6 
the complete coalescence of the telson with the segment 
which bears it is seen. 

The first pair of antenne reach to about the middle of the 
fourth joint of the peduncle of the second pair. The peduncle 
consists of three joints, of which the second and third are 


Phreatoicus from Tasmania. 351 


subequal and are longer and more slender than the first. 
The flagellum is almost as long as the peduncle and consists 
of seven joints, the last being very minute. 

The second antenne resemble those of P. australis, the 
flagellum consisting of about twenty joints and somewhat 
exceeding the peduncle in length. 

The upper and lower lips and mandibles appear to be very 
like those of P. australis. Both pairs of maxilla appear also 
to approximate very closely to that species, only in the first 
pair the teeth are smooth in the dried specimens, while in 
the second pair all the sete seem to be simple, not pectinate, 
as those on the first lobe are described by Dr. Chilton. 

The maxillipeds differ slightly from those of the Australian 
form. The epipodites, which act together as a cover to the 
other mouth-organs, bear two or three long and a number of 
short spines on their margins. The plate on the basos which 
stands at right angles to the surface of the rest of the max- 
illiped, and projects beyond the base of the ischium, is very 
densely setose along its inner margin. I failed in most of 
my specimens to detect the three hooked spines which in 
P. australis serve, as Dr. Chilton considers, to keep the two 
maxillipeds together; but as I have found them in one, I 
think they must occur in all, only in the others they have 
probably been broken off, all the parts being in a very dry 
and brittle condition. The meros is long and slender and 
bears about seven long sete at its apex. ‘The rest of the 
limb is as in P. australis, except that there are no sete on 
the outer margin of the dactylos, which is quite smooth. 

The thoracic legs resemble those of the Australian species. 
Owing to the condition of my specimens I could not make 
out the structure of the pleopoda at all satisfactorily. 

The uropoda are very strongly developed and reach con- 
siderably beyond the telson. The outer ramus is about as 
long as the basal portion, the inner ramus somewhat longer. 
The base seems to have a deep longitudinal groove on its 
Bppet surface and carries a double row of spines along each 
edge of this; the rami each bear two or three strong spines 
on their upper surface and one small seta-like spine near 
their acute apex. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XI. 
Phreatoicus tasmaniea. 
Fig. 1. Adult male, x 6. 
Fig. 2. Head and first pair of antenne as seen from above, x 26. 
Fig. 8. Antenna of second pair, X 19. 
Fig. 4. Maxilliped, x 26. 
Fig. 5. First thoracic foot, x 20. 
Fig. 6. Telson and uropod, x 12. 


352 Mr. H. Druce on new Species of 


XXXIX.—Deseriptions of some new Species of Heterocera 
from Central America. By Herzert Druce, F.L.S. 


Fam. Sphingide. 
CALLiomMMA, Walk. 


Calliomma Zurchert, sp. n. 


Primaries fawn-colour, shaded with olive-green along the 
costal margin and outer half of the wing; an olive-green band 
crosses the wing near the base from the costal to the inner 
margin, and a second band beyond the cell; a row of lunular- 
shaped olive-green markings extends across the wing from 
the middle of the inner margin to the apex; the anal angle 
is slightly irrorated with black scales ; the fringe greenish 
fawn-colour: secondaries brownish black, crossed from near 
the apex to the anal angle by a wide fawn-coloured band, the 
outer margin bordered with olive-green, the fringe fawn- 
colour. Underside of both wings reddish brown, irrorated 
with black scales, the outer margins grey, the basal portion 
of the primaries brownish black. Head, collar, tegule, 
thorax, and abdomen fawn-colour shaded with olive-green ; 
antenne greyish brown. 

Expanse 4 inches. 

Hab. Costa Rica, Santa Clara Valley, 1200 feet (7. A. 
Zurcher). 

A very distinct species, quite unlike any other known 
to me. 


Fam. Agaristide. 
EUTHISANOTIA, Hiibn. 


Huthisanotia argentata, sp. n. 


Primaries pale fawn-colour, greyish on the outer margin ; 
a wide silvery-white band extends from the base to the 
apex, crossed by a fawn-coloured line at the end of the cell; 
the fringe greyish brown: secondaries yellow, broadly 
bordered from the apex to the anal angle with reddish fawn- 
colour; the marginal line black, the fringe white. Head 
and thorax greyish fawn-colour; abdomen pale yellow; 
antenne and legs grey. 

Expanse 2 inches. 

Hab. Mexico, Orizaba (Mus. Druce) ; Guatemala, in the 
city (Lodriguez). 


Teterocera from Central America. 353 


A poor specimen of this species from Santa Domingo is in 
the National Collection, with a label in Walker’s handwriting 


“Copusa argentata,’ but I cannot find that it has been 
described. 


Fam. Uraniide. 
CoronipiA, Westw. 


Coronidia Beckeri, sp. n. 


Female.—Primaries dull blackish brown, crossed from the 
costal to the inner margin by a number of fine waved black 
lines ; a greyish spot on the costal margin near the apex; 
the fringe black: secondaries pale yellow; a waved black 
line crosses the wing below the middle from the costal to the 
inner margin, the outer margin bordered with fine waved 
blackish-brown lines. Head, antenne, and thorax blackish 
brown, abdomen yellowish. 

Expanse 2 inches. 

Hab, Mexico, near Durango city (Becker). 


Fam. Zygenide. 
Subfam. Hoczrourr 2. 
Cosmosoma, Hiibn. 
Cosmosoma Zurchert, sp. n. 


Male.—Similar to Cosmosoma hector, but with the apical 
black border slightly wider, the first segment of the abdomen 
black, and the two anal segments black, spotted with bright 
dark blue on each side; tibia and tarsus yellow instead of 
black.—Female the same as the male. 

Expanse 14 inch. 

Hab. Costa Rica, Santa Clara Valley, 1200 feet (Zurcher). 

This species is closely allied to C. hector, from which it is 
at once distinguished by the black anal segments of the 
abdomen. 


Cosmosoma pudica, sp. n. 


Female.—Primaries and secondaries hyaline, the veins, 
apex, outer and inner margin of both wings all black, the base 
of the primaries clothed with pale yellow hairs. Head, 
antenne, and legs black, the collar, tegule, thorax, and 
abdomen pale yellow : a small white spot on each side of the 
thorax ; the anal segment and the anus black. 

Expanse 1? inch. 

Hab. Costa Rica, Santa Clara Valley, 1200 feet (Zurcher). 


354 Mr. H. Druce on new Species of 


Fam. Arctiidae, 
CycntA, Hiibn. 
Cycnia (?) raspa, sp. 0. 

Male.—Primaries creamy white, the costal margin shaded 
with yellow; four black lines cross the wing from the costal 
to the inner margin, the first three near the base, the fourth 
beyond the cell, the veins beyond the fourth line black; a 
short black streak at the end of the cell; the fringe yellow: 
secondaries uniformly pale yellow. Underside of both wings 
pale yellow, the black lines on the primaries the same as 
above. The head and thorax yellow, collar and tegule 
white, abdomen yellow ; antennez white, pectination black.— 
Female similar to the male, but larger. 

Expanse, ¢ 1,'5, 9 23/5 inches. 

Hab. Mexico, ‘Veapa in Tabasco (H. H. Smith). 


Ipatus, Walk. 
Idalus dares, sp. n. 


Primaries and secondaries semihyaline white; primaries 
streaked with black at the base on the costal margin beyond 
the cell, and four rather long black streaks edged with fawn- 
colour below the cell, the fourth on the inner margin rather 
above the first three streaks; two black spots on the outer 
margin nearest the apex. Head, thorax, and tegule yellowish 
white ; thorax white, with four very distinct black spots near 
the middle ; abdomen above red, the sides, underside, anus, 
and a row of spots down the middle white; legs white, 
spotted with black. 

Expanse 1? inch. 

Hab. Costa Rica, Santa Clara Valley, 1200 feet (Zurcher). 


Fam. Laparide. 
Coocasta, Ochs. 
Colocasia rhotana, sp. n. 


Male.—Primaries grey, crossed about the middle from the 
costal to the inner margin by a wide broken black band, 
beyond which are two fine waved black lines, the marginal 
line black; the fringe grey: secondaries dark greyish black, 
the fringe white. Head and thorax grey ; abdomen blackish 
grey ; legs white, banded with black; antenne brown.— 
Female almost identical with the male. 


Expanse, ¢ 14, ? 1} inch. 


Heterocera from Central America. 355 


Hab. Mexico, Orizaba (Mus. Druce) ; Jalapa (M. Trujillo) ; 
Guatemala, in the city (Rodriguez) ; Cahabon (Champion). 


STILPNOTIA, Westw. 
Stilpnotia (?) dara, sp. n. 

Primaries and secondaries uniformly silky mouse-colour. 
Head and thorax yellowish brown, the thorax thickly clothed 
with long yellowish hairs; abdomen brown, banded with 
yellow ; antennez yellowish brown. 

Expanse 24 inches. 


Hab. Mexico, Orizaba (Mus. Druce). 
One specimen. 


Fam. Drepanulide. 
Trogorrera, Herr.-Schiff. 
Trogoptera sao, sp. 0. 


Male.—Primaries and secondaries orange-brown, the costal 
margin of the primaries and a faint line crossing the wing 
from the costal to the inner margin pinkish brown. Antenne, 
head, thorax, and abdomen yellowish brown. 

Expanse 1} inch. 

Hab. Costa Rica, Rio Susio (Rogers). 


Trogoptera rumina, sp. 0. 


Male.—Primaries and secondaries citron-yellow ; primaries 
with two small spots close to the base on the costal margin, 
one close to the apex, and a streak at the anal angle all 
greyish white ; the anal angle is shaded with fawn-colour: 
secondaries crossed below the middle by an indistinct broken 
white line of small spots; the inner margin and anal angle 
slightly shaded with pinkish fawn-colour ; the fringe greyish 
white. Head, thorax, and abdomen pale pinkish fawn- 
colour; antennz pale brown. 

Expanse 1;% inch. 

Hab. Panama, Volcan de Chiriqui, 2000 to 3000 feet 
(Champion). 


Fam. Notodontide. 
Puya, Druce. 


Phya dela, sp. n. 


Male.—Primaries pale fawn-colour, the costal margin from 
the base almost to the apex shaded with reddish brown, with 


356 Mr. H. Druce on new Species of 


two small black streaks close to the apex; a wide reddish 
fawn-coloured band extends down the middle of the wing 
from the base to the outer margin; the anal angle shaded 
with dark reddish brown; the fringe pale fawn-colour: 
secondaries creamy white, slightly darker along the inner 
margin; a small brown spot at the anal angle; the fringe 
cream-colour. Underside of both wings creamy white, the 
costal margin of the primaries shaded with dark brown. 
Head, antenne, and thorax dark reddish brown, the tegule 
dark grey ; abdomen fawn-colour; legs reddish brown. 

Expanse 2 inches. 

Hab. Mexico, Orizaba (Mus. Druce) ; Jalapa (M. Trujillo). 

Allied to P. laciniosa, H. Edwards, from which it is at 
once distinguished by the central reddish fawn-coloured band 
on the primaries. 


Phya salona, sp. n. 


Male.—Primaries pinkish fawn-colour, shaded with brown 
along the inner margin from the base to the anal angle; a 
submarginal black waved line extends from the apex along 
the outer margin almost to the anal angle, and then partly 
crosses the wing towards the base; the outer margin pale 
yellowish fawn-colour, with two very fine marginal black 
lines : secondaries white, the costal and inner margin fawn- 
colour. Antenne, head, and thorax brownish fawn-colour ; 
abdomen fawn-colour. 

Expanse 2 inches. 

Hab. Mexico, Coatepec (Brooks). 


Noroponta, Ochs. 
Notodonta (?) dares, sp. n. 


Male.—Primaries dark blackish brown, the veins all darker ; 
a narrow black streak extends from the base to the end of the 
cell: secondaries dark brown, the fringe pale brown. Head, 
thorax, and abdomen dark blackish brown, the collar and 
front of the tegule black ; antenne dark brown. 

Expanse 2 inches. 

Hab. Mexico, Orizaba (Mus. Druce). 


Notodonta (?) pythia, sp. n. 
Male.—Primaries fawn-colour, with a pinkish shade over 
the basal half of the wing, a mark on the costal margin near 
the base, a streak from the base extending partly across the 
wing, the veins, and a rather wide line above the anal angle 
all reddish brown; the fringe reddish fawn-colour : secondaries 


Heterocera from Central America. 357 


pale greyish brown, the fringe fawn-colour. Head, collar, 
and tegulea fawn-colour, thorax and abdomen dark brown, 
antennew brown.—Female very similar to the male in marking, 
but very much paler in colour. 

Expanse, ¢ 27), 2? 24 inches. 

Hab. Mexico, Orizaba (Mus. Druce). 


Hetrerocampa, Doubl. 


Heterocampa daona, sp. n. 


Primaries greyish brown, shaded with pink at the base and 
partly along the costal margin; a greyish-white band crosses 
the wing about the middle, beyond which is an ill-defined 
eye-like spot: secondaries white, the inner and outer margins 
and fringe grey. Head, thorax, and abdomen greyish brown ; 
antennz brown. 

Expanse 2 inches. 


Hab. Mexico, Orizaba (Mus. Druce). 


Heterocampa (?) crossea, sp. n. 


Male.—Primaries dark brown, palest near the anal angle, 
crossed from the costal to the inner margin beyond the middle 
by several narrow waved pale greyish-brown lines; the tringe 
pale brown: secondaries white, with a large dark brown 
square-shaped spot at the anal angle. Head and thorax 
brown, tegulz pale greyish brown, abdomen greyish brown. 

Expanse 1} inch. 

Hab. Mexico, Orizaba (Mus. Druce). 


Heterocampa sagana, sp. n. 


Primaries from the base to the middle of the costal margin 
grey, the outer half of the wing fawn-colour, the inner margin 
and a large marking beyond the cell thickly irrorated with 
green scales ; the fringe brown: secondaries uniformly pale 
reddish fawn-colour. Head, thorax, and tegule grey; abdo- 
men fawn-colour, with a central black line from the base to 
the anus ; antenne dark brown. 

Expanse 14 inch. 

Hab. Mexico, Teapa in Tabasco (H. H. Smith). 


DASYLOPHIA, Pack. 


Dasylophia? danala, sp. n. 


Male.—Primaries dark brown, crossed from the costal to 
the inner margin by narrow waved black lines; a reddish- 


358 Mr. H. Druce on new Species of 


brown spot at the end of the cell and a waved pale brown 
submarginal line extending from the apex to the anal angle ; 
a marginal row of small black dots, those nearest the apex 
are the largest; fringe dark brown: secondaries blackish 
brown, the base, inner margin, and fringe pale yellow. Head, 
palpi, antenne, and thorax dark brown; abdomen brown 
above, yellowish on the underside; legs yellow.—Female 
very similar to the male, but larger and with the base of the 
secondaries much darker. 

Expanse, f 27/5, $ 27% inches. 

Hab. Costa Rica, Volean de Irazu, 6000 to 7000 feet 
(Rogers); Panama, Volean de Chiriqui, 2000 to 3000 feet 
(Champion) . 

This species is allied to D. lignicolor, Méschler. 


DrymoniA, Hiibn. 


Drymonia procas, sp. 0. 

Male.—Primaries pale fawn-colour; a wide pinkish-white 
band extends down the middle of the wing from the base to 
the costal margin; a silvery-white curved line extending from 
the base almost to the anal angle; the outer margin broadly 
bordered with pinkish white: secondaries white. Head, 
antenne, and thorax fawn-colour; abdomen greyish white. 


Expanse 2 inches. 
Hab. Brazil, Cabo (Forbes). 


Harpyia, Ochs. 


Harpyia dandon, sp. n. 


Male.—Primaries and secondaries white; primaries blotched 
with black along the costal margin, at the apex, and on the 
inner margin; the fringe alternately black and white. Head 
and collar yellow; antenne and front of thorax black ; 
thorax, side and underside of the abdomen, and anus white, 
the upperside of the abdomen black. 

Expanse 1? inch. 

Hab. Mexico, Jalapa (M. Trujillo). 


Hatima, Walk. 


Hatima deba, sp. n. 


Primaries fawn-colour, shaded with reddish brown at the 
base and along the inner margin almost to the anal angle: 
secondaries pale brown; the fringe of both wings fawn- 


Heterocera from Central America. 359 


colour. Head and thorax greyish brown ; antenne and legs 
brown; abdomen pale yellowish brown. 

Expanse 14 inch. 

Hab. Mexico, Jalapa (M. Trujillo). 


NYSTALEA. 


Nystalea sabella, sp. n. 


Primaries silvery grey, clouded with yellowish brown at 
the base and along the inner margin; an indistinct brown 
line crosses the wing beyond the middle from the costal to 
the inner margin, beyond which are two rows of small black 
dots ; the fringe yellowish brown: secondaries greyish brown, 
palest at the base. Head, antenne, and thorax pale brown; 
abdomen darker brown ; legs yellowish brown. 

Expanse 24 inches. 

Hab. Mexico, Orizaba (Mus. Druce). 


Subfam. Apamzpes. 
CELANA, Steph. 
Celena datis, sp. n. 


Primaries greyish black, with a spot close to the base, two 
beyond the cell, and a marginal row of spots extending from 
the apex to the anal angle all reddish brown; the fringe 
alternately black and white: secondaries brownish hyaline, 
the veins and outer margin darker brown. Head, thorax, 
and abdomen dark greyish black, thickly irrorated with 
reddish-brown hairs. 

Expanse 1 inch. 

Hab. Mexico, Jalapa (M. Trujillo). 


Hypracia, Guen. 
Hydrecia pyrrha, sp. n. 

Primaries dark reddish brown, irrorated with paler brown 
and greyish scales; a fine silvery-white streak at the end of 
the cell; the costal, outer, and inner margins narrowly edged 
with greyish white: secondaries pale brown, the veins and 
outer margin darker; fringe pale brown. Head, antenne, 
thorax, and abdomen dark brown. 

_ Expanse 1} inch. 
Hab. Guatemala, near the city (Rodriquez). 


360 Mr. H. Druce on new Species of 


PANAMERIA, Hiibn. 


Panameria rhea, sp. n. 


Primaries dark brown, with a narrow submarginal grey 
line extending from the apex to the anal angle; the fringe 
dark brown: secondaries black, crossed about the middle from 
the costal margin almost to the inner margin with a wide 
orange-yellow band; the fringe yellowish brown. Head, 
thorax, and abdomen black. 

Expanse 1 inch. 

Hab. Mexico, near Durango city (Becker). 


MAMESTRA. 


'Vamestra rhadata, sp. n. 


Primaries very dark brown; a small spot in the cell and 
one at the end of the cell black; two fine waved black lines 
cross the wing from the costal to the inner margin, the first 
near the base, the second beyond the middle; a rather large 
reddish-brown spot close to the anal angle; the fringe dark 
brown: secondaries brown, whitish hyaline near the base. 
Head, thorax, and abdomen dark brown; antennz and palpi 
brown. 

Expanse 2 inches. 

Hab. Mexico, Orizaba (Mus. Druce). 


Fam. Noctuide. 
AGROTIS. 
Agrotis daunus, sp. ne 


Primaries greenish stone-colour ; three small black dots on 
the costal margin and a larger one close to the apex; a 
narrow dark brown line, edged with black on the inner side, 
crosses the wing beyond the middle from the costal to the 
inner margin just above the anal angle, a second narrow 
brown line crosses the wing nearer the base; the wing is 
clouded with dark brown on the inner margin; a marginal 
row of small black dots extends from the apex to the anal angle ; 
the fringe alternately black and stone-colour: secondaries 
pearly white, the marginal line black; the inner margin 
and the fringe stone-colour. Head and collar brown; 
thorax stone-colour ; abdomen brown; the anus pale brown. 

Expanse 2} inches. 

Hab. Mexico, Orizaba (Mus. Druce). 

Very distinct, but allied to A. semidolens, Walker. 


Heterocera from Central America. 561 


ANTACHARA, Butl. 
Antachara (?) superba, sp. n. 


Male.—Primaries pale pea-green, the costal margin with 
three small V-shaped dark brown spots, the largest about the 
middle ; from the middle of the cell a wide reddish-brown 
marking extends to the outer margin and the apex; a silvery- 
white line partly crosses the wing about the middle; the 
fringe reddish brown: secondaries pearly white, the marginal 
line and fringe pale brown, the inner margin clothed with 
fawn-coloured hairs. Head, collar, and tegule pale pea- 
green; thorax, abdomen, and legs fawn-colour; antenne and 
palpi dark brown.—Female very similar to the male, but not 
quite so distinctly marked. 

Expanse, ¢ 275, 2 2,45 inches. 

Hab, Costa Rica, Santa Clara Valley, 1200 feet (F. A. 
Zurcher) ; Ecuador, Sarayacu (Buckley). 

Two males from Ecuador and a female from Costa Rica 
are all I have seen of this very distinct species. 


Subfam. Acowrrivz. 
ACONTIA, Ochs. 


Acontia dela, sp. n. 

Primaries bright orange-yellow, crossed from the costal to 
the inner margin with five narrow zigzag black lines; a pale 
yellow spot edged with black in the cell; the fringe alter- 
nately black and yellow: secondaries black, the fringe yellow 
and black. Underside of both wings blackish brown. Head 
and thorax dark yellow ; abdomen, antennz, and legs blackish 
brown. 

Expanse 1} inch. 

Hab. Mexico, near Durango city (Becker). 


Dacrra, Walk. 
Dacira roma, sp. n. 


Primaries white, the base broadly black ; a dentated black 
band crosses from the costal margin to the anal angle; the 
outer margin greyish: secondaries hyaline white. Head 
white ; thorax reddish brown ; abdomen greyish brown, the 
base white ; antenne black. 

Expanse 1 inch. 

Hab. Mexico, Jalapa (M. Trwillo); Guatemala, in the 
city (Rodriguez). 

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xiii. 24 


362 On new Heterocera from Central America. 


PuustA, Ochs. 


Plusia roxana, sp. 0. 

Primaries pale greyish brown; a pale greyish streak 
extends from the base of the wing nearest the inner margin, 
below which is a reddish-brown spot; a greyish-white line 
crosses the wing from the apex to the inner margin; on the 
outer side of the line is a large triangular-shaped reddish- 
brown marking, the point of which just crosses the white 
line; the fringe pale brown: secondaries pale greyish brown, 
darkest round the outer margin; the fringe pale brown. 
Head, thorax, abdomen, and legs pale greyish brown; an- 
tenne dark brown. 

Expanse 14 inch. 


Hab. Mexico, Jalapa (M. Trujillo). 


TRISULODES, Butler. 
Trisulodes pata, sp. n. 


Primaries greyish brown, crossed from the costal to the 
inner margin by several waved black lines; a round grey 
spot in the cell, beyond which is a pale grey band, widest 
near the costal margin; a wide black streak near the anal 
angle; the fringe alternately black and grey: secondaries 
pale yellow, broadly bordered with dark blackish brown from 
the apex to the anal angle. Head and thorax dark grey ; 
abdomen black. 

Expanse 2 inches. 

Hab. Guatemala, in the city (Rodriguez). 


Fam. Ophiuside. 
OPHIODES, Guen. 
Ophiodes daona, sp. n. 


Primaries pale yellowish fawn-colour, slightly irrorated 
with minute black specks; the fringe yellow: secondaries 
blackish grey, the fringe yellow. Head, thorax, and abdo- 
men the same colour as the primaries; antennez dark brown. 

Expanse 2} inches. 

Hab. Mexico, Orizaba (Mus. Druce). 


Ophiodes raphia, sp. n. 


Primaries pale greyish mouse-colour; a spot at the end of 
the cell and a row of small spots beyond crossing the wing 


Mr. O. Thomas on Two new Chinese Rodents. 363 


from the costal to the inner margin dark brown; three black - 
spots close to the apex, the marginal line with black points: 
secondaries pale mouse-colour, almost white at the base; the 
fringe pale yellowish brown. Head, thorax, and abdomen 
greyish mouse-colour. 

Bx anse 2 inches. 

Hab. Mexico, Orizaba (Mus. Druce). 


HERMINODES, Guen. 
Herminodes sabata, sp. 0. 


Primaries very pale fawn-colour; a small spot at the base, 
a dot in the cell, and a large comma-shaped marking at the 
end of the cell all reddish brown; a star-shaped brown spot 
near the base on the inner margin: secondaries blackish 
brown ; the fringe of both wings pale fawn-colour. Head 
and thorax fawn-colour ; abdomen and antennz brown. 

Expanse 2} inches. 

Hab. Mexico, Orizaba (Mus. Druce). 


XL.—On Two new Chinese Rodents. 
By OLpFIELD THOMAS. 


In working out some mammal-skins recently presented to the 
British Museum by Mr. F. W. Styan the two following 
new forms prove to need description. 

The first, a squirrel, is really Mr. Styan’s own discovery, 
as he had long recognized it as distinct from the ordinary 
Chinese species S. castaneoventris, Gray, and had sent speci- 
mens of it to the Museum as long ago as 1886. Without 
better material I have not until now thought myself justified 
in describing it as new; but the specimens lately received . 

rove the constancy of its characters so fully that I have no 
onger any hesitation in distinguishing it. 
Sciurus Styant, sp. n. 

Allied to, and in the upper view scarcely distinguishable 
from, S. castaneoventris, Gray, but with the coloured surface 
of the belly a peculiar reddish cream-colour (‘pinkish buff” 
of Ridgway) instead of the rich rufous (“ orange-rufous’’) of 
the older known form. ‘This difference is extremely striking, 
and, as shown by the dates of the specimens before me, is not 
due to seasonal variation. Limbs and tail coloured as in the 


allied form. 
24* 


364 Mr. O. Thomas on Two new Chinese Rodents. 


Skull slightly smaller than that of S. castaneoventris, but 
not differing materially in shape. 

Dimensions of the type (B. M. 86. 10. 28. 5), an adult 
female, in skin * :— 

Head and body (c.) 219 millim., hind foot 47. 

Skull: basal length 42°5; greatest breadth 28°5; nasals, 
length 14°7, interorbital breadth 15°1; palate, length 24°5; 
diastema 11:1; length of upper tooth-series (®-4 to ™-*) 9°0. 

Hab. Kiang-su province, extending south to Hang-chow. 

Type from “ between Shanghai and Hang-chow,” probably 
Kahing, where some of the other specimens were collected. 
One individual also comes from the Lushan Hills, Kiu-Kiang. 

Mr. Styan tells me that this species is very common in the 
flat mulberry districts of Southern Kiang-su, and does not 
overlap S. castaneoventris, which is only found south of the 
Hang-chow Gulf, in Che-Kiang and Fokien, and only occurs 
in the hills and not in the plains. 

The two species differ therefore both in their habits and 
distribution. Nor has Mr. Styan ever seen any specimens 
that appeared to be intermediate between them. 


The second species is a member of the genus Lepus. 

In December 1866 Mr. Robert Swinhoe obtained in Chefoo, 
N. China, two skins of a hare which he at first supposed to 
be new, but afterwards, apparently misled by a wrongly 
labelled specimen in the Pekin Museum, referred to and fully 
described as Lepus tolait, by which name it has become 
known to Chinese sportsmen. A comparison with undoubted 
specimens of ZL. tolaz, however, shows that this Chefoo hare 
is really a quite different species, which therefore still requires 
a name; and I would propose for it, as only just to its dis- 
coverer, that of Lepus Swinhoet. 

Taking as the type Swinhoe’s Chefoo specimen, B. M. 70. 
7. 18. 16, I may briefly say that externally it is at once dis- 
tinguished from JZ. tolaz by its far deeper and richer colora- 
tion, which is, both on back and sides, a handsome cinnamon 
or clay-colour (Ridgway), while ZL. tolai is approximately 
“cream-buff.” The tail is also markedly longer, but agrees 
in colour, very black along the top, white on the sides and 
below. For further external details Mr. Swinhoe’s descrip- 
tion (p. 449) may be referred to. 

The skull of L. Swinhoet is wholly different from that of 


* Of a spirit-specimen ( 2) :—Head and body 197 millim. ; tail without 
hairs 162; hind foot 48°7 ; ear 19. 
t P. Z. S. 1870, pp. 431, 449, and 639. 


‘ 
Mr. O. Thomas on a new Goat. 365 


L. tolai, having nothing of the peculiarly flat elongated 
muzzle and narrow pointed nasals of that species, and need 
not be further compared with it. It is characterized by a 
short, broad, and heavy muzzle, an arched and vaulted nasal 
region, and a rather narrow interorbital space (see measure- 
ments below). In some ways its nearest counterpart is that 
of my Lepus coreanus * ; but that has less arched, shorter and 
(anteriorly) broader nasals, and a much broader interorbital 
space. 

Measurements of the type, an adult skin :— 

Head and body (c.) 500 millim. ; tail without tuft 75; ears 
(contracted) 83; hind feet 110. 

Skull: tip of nasals to lambda (back of parietal suture) 83 ; 
greatest breadth 40; nasals, length in middle line 32:5, 
greatest length 39°6 ; breadth anteriorly 14, posteriorly 19°5; 
interorbital breadth 17-7; intertemporal breadth 13-4 ; distance 
from postorbital notch to tip of nasals 55; height of nasal 
region, from palatal bridge to nasion, 24; diastema 25:3 ; 
length of palatine foramina 23:5, combined breadth of ditto 
11; least breadth of palatal bridge 6°2; breadth of posterior 
nares opposite 8 9:5: lower jaw, back of condylar process 
to front of bone between incisors 66°6 ; lower diastema 18:7. 

Hab. Chefoo, N. China. Coll. R. Swinhoe, Dec. 1866. 

From ZL. manchuricus, Radde, as from LZ. sinensis and 
LL. coreanus, this species is readily distinguishable by its long 
black and white tail, while its differential characters from 
L. tolai have been sufiiciently noted above. 


XLI.—Preliminary Description of a new Goat of the Genus 
Hemitragus, from South-eastern Arabia. By OLDFIELD 
THOMAS. 


Hemitragus Jayakari, sp. n. 


Much smaller than 7. jemlatcus or hylocrius. Fur harsh and 
shaggy, much elongated on the nape and withers, and also 
lengthened below the angle of the lower jaw and on the upper 
arms and thighs, the hairs on these two latter places hanging 
down so as to form a sort of ruff round the arms and legs. 
Hairs of upper surface from nose to tail directed backwards, 
not reversed forwards on nape as in the Thar. 

General colour of body a pale sandy or brownish white, 


* Lepus sinensis coreanus, Thos, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) ix. p. 146 
(1892). 


366 Mr. O. Thomas on a new Goat. 


the lengthened hairs of the mane broadly tipped with black ; 
upper surface of muzzle, sides of chin, and tail deep black, 
blackish markings also present on cheeks, back of ears, and 
on metacarpo- (and tarso-) phalangeal joints. Elsewhere 
the limbs are pale-coloured, while the belly is nearly white. 
Chest with a naked glandular patch. Knees naked and 
callous. No interdigital glands. Mamme 2*, as in Capra 
and in Hemitragus hylocrius. 

Skull showing a closer relationship to that of H. jemlaicus 
than to that of H. hylocrius, but readily distinguished from it 
by its much smaller size, narrower and more convex forehead, 
broader and shorter nasals, which are expanded posteriorly so 
as to nearly fill up the prefrontal vacuities, and by the 
different direction of the parietal plane, which slants upwards 
at an angle of 45° instead of being nearly vertical. 

Horns approximately of the same form and direction as 
those of H. jemlaicus, but rather longer in proportion, far 
slenderer (their basal circumference only 137 millim., as 
against 230 millim., both old males), and their surface, espe- 
cially along the anterior angular ridge, smoother and less 
nodulose. 

Dimensions of the type (B. M. 94. 3. 9. 11), an old male, 
measured in skin :— 

Snout to root of tail (approximate) 1100 millim., tail about 
25 or 30; hind foot, from heel to base of hoof, 191; ear 
from notch (measured when moistened) 100, its breadth 53. 

Skull: gnathion to occiput 218; greatest breadth 109; 
nasals, length 61, greatest breadth 27; gnathion to orbit 133 ; 
forehead, breadth outside bases of horns 61; palate-length 113 ; 
length of upper molar series 59. 

Horn: length round curve 2953 greatest basal diameter 
59, least ditto 29. 

flab. Jebel Taw t, 8.E. Arabia. 

Two adult male specimens of this striking novelty were 
collected by Dr. A. 8. G. Jayakar on Nov. 7, 1892, and 
have been presented by him with a set of other mammals to 
the British Museum. 


* At least in the male. 

+ Icannot find this mountain in any map available to me; but it is 
fechably one of the constituent parts of the Jebel Akhdar range, just 

ehind Muscat, which attains an altitude of nearly 10,000 feet, 


On the Palawan Representative of Tupaia ferruginea. 367 


XLII.— On the Palawan Representative of Tupaia ferruginea. 
By OLpFrELD THOMAS. 


THE British Museum has received from Mr. A. Everett some 
Tupaia skins from Palawan, and these, although apparently 
referable to the species 7. ferruginea, Raff., are sufficiently 
different from 7. ferruginea typica to demand subspecific sepa- 
ration. The Bornean representative of T. ferruginea has 
already * been found to be distinct from the typical Sumatran 
one; but, curiously enough, that from Palawan, an island 
very closely connected faunistically with Borneo, does not 
show any special approximation to the peculiar long-footed 
form there found. 


Tupaia ferruginea palawanensis, subsp. n. 


Similar in size, proportions, and general characters to the 
typical variety, not long-footed as in subsp. Jongipes. General 
colour above darker brown (bistre, Ridgway). Lars, fingers, 
and toes blackish. Tail bushy, the terminal halves of the 
hairs deep shining black, which makes the tail when viewed 
from above appear wholly of this colour; their basal halves, 
most visible from below, annulated with black and orange. 
Under surface yellowish olive (approximately “ tawny olive” 
of Ridgway), brighter and clearer on the chest. 

Skull very similar to that of Raffles’s type specimen of 
ferruginea, but the muzzle is somewhat narrower, the orbits 
smaller, and the frontal profile more flattened. 

Dimensions of the type, an adult skin, ¢ (B. M. 94. 2. 
1. 3) :— 

Head and body 208 millim., tail 177, hind foot 43:2. 

Skull: basal length 47; greatest breadth 26:6; nasals, 
length 15:6, interorbital breadth 15, intertemporal breadth 16 ; 
palate, length 28°7, breadth outside ™+* 16°3, inside ™-! 8:4; 
front of +1 to back of ™-3 28. 

Hab. Palawan. Coll. A. Everett. 

In a young specimen, apparently of the same subspecies, 
collected in Palawan by Mr. E. L. Moseley during the Steere 
,expedition to the Philippines (B. M. 91. 11. 28. 1), the tail, 
so characteristically black in the adults, is finely freckled 
with orange above as well as below. There is also a very 
faint and inconspicuous amount of the same freckling in an 
adult female example. 


* T. ferruginea longipes, Thos. Ann. & Mag, Nat. Hist. (6) xi. p. 348 
(1893). 


368 Bibliographical Notice. 


BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE. 


Foraminifera from the Deep-sea Soundings obtained in 1874-1876 
by H.M.S. ‘ Gazelle’ Described by Dr. JosepH GrorcEe Eacer, 
&e. 4to. 266 pages, with a Chart and 21 full pages of figures 
in the text. Munich, 1893. [Foraminiferen aus Meeresgrund- 
proben,u.s.w. Abhandl. k. bayer. Akad. Wiss. II. Classe, xviii. 
Band, II. Abth. pp. 195-458. | 


In this Memoir about 160 “ Stations” whence the specimens were 
procured are enumerated, with particulars of their localities, nature 
of mineral materials, and relative proportion of minute organisms, 
especially the Foraminifera, pp. 6-23 (198-215). The line of 
occurrence of these places, the dates when obtained by the ‘ Gazelle, 
and their depths are traceable on the block-map at page 5 (197),— 
from off Spain, down the Atlantic, round the Cape of Good Hope, 
across the Indian Ocean to South-west Australia, and then north- 
wards to and through the Eastern Archipelago, down to New Zealand, 
thence away across the Pacific towards Cape Horn, then off to the 
South-east coast of South America, and lastly in the Mid-Atlantic, 
3° 26'°7 S. lat., 25° 59’-2 W. long. (Paris), not far, W. by 8., from 
Station “25,” 

Of the Foraminifera treated of at pages 6-248 (198-440) there 
are 493 species, of which only 44 are new, besides some new 
varieties. A Table of these Foraminifera, showing their localities 
and depths, is given at pages 249-261 (441-453); and their 1271 
figures, printed by the Meisenbach-Riffarth photo-chemical zinc 
process, occupy 21 full pages in the text. 

Although very closely crowded in these plates, rough in appear- 
ance and not so artistically neat and finished as in many modern 
illustrations of Foraminifera, yet the figures give very truthfully the 
characteristic features of these Microzoa ; and, indeed, the closely 
packed condition gives the observer the advantage of a coup dcel— 
recognizing at a glance the natural features of specific or generic 
groups—such as of Biloculina and Spiroloculina in plate 1, 54 figs., 
p. 26 (218); ener pl. 2, 86 figs., p. 35 (227); Textularia &e., 
pls. 6 and 7, 52 and _ 56 figs., pp. 76 and 85 (268 and 277); Buli- 
mind, FAN and Virgulina, pl. 8, 112 figs., p. 90 (282); Poly- 
morphina, Uvigerina, and Siphonogenerina, 65 figs., p. 114 (306); 
Lagena &e., pl. 10, 101 figs., p. 128 (320) ; Nee &e., pl. 11, 
62 figs., p. 146 (338); Cristellaria &e., pl. 12, 42 figs., p. 157 
(849); Globigerina &e., pl. 18, 83 figs., p. 164 (856) ; Anomalina 
&e., pl. 14, 42 figs., p. 185 (377); Discorbina and Patellina, pl. 15, 
79 figs., p. 192 (384); Truncatulina, pl. 16, 64 figs., p. 206 (398) ; 
Pulvinulina, pl. 17, 45 figs., p. 214 (406). The specimens have 
been figured on an approximately proportional scale, and their 
actual dimensions are given with the descriptions in the text. An 
important drawback to the value of the illustrations is their small 


and cramped numbers of reference, always inconspicuous and some- 
times difficult to decipher. 


Bibliographical Notice. 369 


In the descriptions, as in the illustrations, economy of space has 
been very closely studied. All details of nomenclature that could 
at all be spared have been omitted, and only clues, as it were, are 
given to synonymy and the origin of names. H. B. Brady’s ‘Chal- 
lenger’ Report, 1884, is referred to throughout, with all the species 
except those that are new and some few others ; the nomenclature 
being given very curtly and left to be worked out from the ‘ Chal- 
lenger’ Report, for by far the most part, and from the works of 
d’Orbigny, Reuss, Giimbel, Schwager, Silvestri, Moebius, Schlum- 
berger, and a few other authors of species or genera occurring here 
and there in the Memoir, with bare reference only to monograph or 
memoir. Rhizopodists, however, have to be thankful to the Bavarian 
Academy for having printed and published this important mono- 
graph, though limiting the Author to so imperfect a method of 
nomenclature. 

Dr. Egger especially acknowledges the kind help and counsel he 
has received from Dr. C. W. von Giimbel, of Munich, in the further- 
ance of his work *. 

The distribution of Foraminifera, as indicated by the results of 
Dr. H. B. Brady’s study of those brought home by the ‘ Challenger,’ 
is throughout referred to in addition to Dr. Egger’s determination 
of those obtained by the ‘Gazelle;’ and the long Table of the 
distribution of the species at pp. 249-261 (441-453), and particu- 
larly the notes on the eight zones of depth, at pp. 262-265 (454— 
457), supply important additions to our knowledge of the hydro- 
graphical and bathymetrical range of the Foraminifera. The long 
Table referred to gives the relative abundance or scarcity of the 
several species at a glance, owing to the relative abundance or 
sparseness of the figures in the columns carrying the numbers of the 
Stations. The eight zones, each taking 100 metres of depth, 
reaching to 6000 metres, with the several stations where they were 
met with successively enumerated, give the proportionate occur- 
rence of individual Diatoms, Radiolarians, Ostracods, and Foramini- 
fera for the Stations, and the numerical value of the species of the 
last for the zones of depth. Thus in the fifth zone (from 2000 to 
2999 metres) there were 16 species of Globigerina, 11 Pulvinulina, 
9 Truncatulina, 6 Lagena, 5 Bolivina, 4 Discorbina, and some others. 
In the 6th zone (3000 to 3999 metres), with a very great abun- 
dance of individuals, the number of species was relatively small— 
18 Globigerina, 13 Lagena, 11 Pulvinulina, 9 Truncatulina, 5 Milio- 
lina, 4 Biloculina, with Discorbina, Virgulina, Bolivina, &e. In 
the 7th zone (4000 to 4999 metres) there were only 11 species of 
Globigerina, 9 Pulvinulina, 3 Rotalina (Rotalia), with Lagena and 
Virgulina. In the deepest (8th) zone (from 5000 to 6000 metres) 
the species were represented by 16 of Globigerina and 9 of Pulvinu- 
lina. 

* The mineral and geological conditions of the Ocean-bed, as shown 
by the Soundings obtained by the ‘Gazelle,’ are fully treated of by 
Dr. von Giimbel, &c., &c., in the Second Part (Physics and Chemistry, 


1888) of the “ Forschungsreise 8.M.S. ‘Gazelle.’” 5 vols., 4to, Berlin, 
1888-90. 


370 Miscellaneous. 


Dr. Egger’s views of the specific relationship of the Foraminifera 
are liberal. Following Brady for the most part, he fully recognizes 
that “ varieties’ are here little more than individual modifications 
of the “species,” and that these, not widely separate one from 
another, often coalesce, leaving non-essential features as sufficient 
characteristics for convenience of grouping and registration. With 
all their capability of adapting themselves to varying conditions, and 
their consequent extreme plasticity of form, they yet possess a well- 
recognized fixity of type. Dr. Egger’s abundant figures of individuals 
grouped by certain alliances of form and structure offer strong 
confirmation of this, and will be of great use both to the Student 
who wishes to become acquainted with this Protozoan series and to 
the more advanced Biologist who might wish to have at hand some 
comprehensive illustrations of typical Foraminifera. 

This memoir is a very valuable addition to foregoing monographic 
descriptions of these interesting and cosmopolitan Protozoa. We 
are sure that the Author’s having chosen to work on the lines of 
_ Brady’s ‘Challenger’ Report will be of advantage in securing some 
uniformity in the treatment of the “ genera” and “ species” among 
the many would-be rhizopodists of to-day, who are bewildered with 
the almost endless varietal forms of the creatures themselves and 
with the complicated synonymy with which they have been over- 
loaded. 


MISCELLANEOUS. 
On the Dates of Sowerby’s ‘ Genera of Recent and Fossil Shells.’ 
To the Editors of the ‘Annals and Magazine of Natural History, 


GrntLEMEN,—Considerable trouble has been caused by the difficulty 
of fixing the dates of the separately published parts of this book ; 
and a recent request from Mr. W. H. Dall, of Washington, for exact 
information has led me to investigate the matter. The book was 
published at intervals between 1822 and 1834 (?); forty-two parts 
were issued, the contents of which have been given by R. B. Newton, 
who was the first to print a collation of “ The Genera” in his Syst. 
List Edwards Collection (Catal. Brit. Mus.), 1891, p. 321. These 
contents were taken from a set of original wrappers, of which only 
two are dated, preserved in the Natural History Museum. 

In the course of my research I have been delighted to find, through 
the courtesy of Mr. Harting and Mr. Kappel, the original MS. Dona- 
tion Books of the Linnean Society between 1822 (end) and 1840, in 
a perfect condition. These manuscript records are priceless for 
bibliographic purposes, as they show every appearance of careful 
recording. Many periodicals have also been ransacked, particularly 
Férussac’s ‘Bulletin des Sciences Naturelles,’ section ii., 1824-31, 
the ‘Zoological Journal,’ 1824-34, &e., by Mr. Newton, Mr. J. 
Saunders, and myself; but the evident exactness of the Donation 
Book of the Linnean Society permits its quotation as sufficient 
authority for those portions of the work it refers to. 


Miscellaneous. 371 


[*The Genera’ was announced as a forthcoming work in the ‘ Annals 
of Philosophy,’ Oct. 1821, p. 318.) 


Parts 1-9. 1822. Trans. Linn. Soc. xiii. (1822) p. 631. 


No record. 
1 pede Linn. Soc. Donation Book: received Jan. 1, 1825. 
12, 1823. i Nes Ce 
13. ” ” ” ” Mar. 21, ,, 
14, ” ” ” ” Apr. 4, 
165, ” ” ” ” June 3, ,, 
16, ” ” ” ” July 31, ,, 
7% » ” » Aug. 20, ,, 
18. ” ” ” ” Sept.1, ,, 
19, ” ” ” ” Oct. 11, ,, 
20. ” ” ” ” Noy. 29, _,, 
meer ts, aS * 7, van. 5, 1824. 
22. 1824 if 3 a 2 i Marc27 i, 
23. x ES a + JUNG! SS 11%)55 
24, =, No record (but reviewed in Zool. Journ., Jan. 1825, 
. 573). 
25. 1825. Be Ron. Donation Book: received Mar. 30, 1825. 
>) eae be cree INOW. G, | sy 
27. 1826 < i » dan. 12, 1826. 
BB, a < »  June28, ,, 
29. 1827 re sf pe eeptat, 1S2c 
30. 1828 a re » Apr. 11, 1828. 
ae Dees 225) 5, 


[Erroneously entered as part 33. 
32. 1831. Linn. Soc. Donation Book: received Feb. 4, 1831. 


33. ” ” ” ” Mar. 2, ,, 
34. ” ” ” ” Apr. 4, ,, 
35. ” ” ” ” May 5, __,, 
36. 1832. Jan. 4, 1832. 


39 ” bb 
[Specified as “ London, 1852.”) 
a xariutss Linn. Soc. Donation Book: received Mar. 19, 1832. 
#38. 1832? [This part contains Placunanomia, described in Proe. 
Zool. Soc. 1832, p. 28 (April F).] 
*39. 1833? [This part contains Solened/a, described in Proc. Zool. 
oc. 1832, p. 197 (March 18383). ] 
*40, 1833? [This part contains Cumingia, described in Proc. Zool. 
Soc. 1833, p. 34 (May 1833).] 
*41. 1834? 


*42, 1834? [This pet contains Lotta, described in Phil. Trans. 
1853, p. 800 (read June 15th, published later in 
1833) 4 
{N.B.—Mr. W. H. Dall writes to me (Feb. 14, 1894) as follows :— 
“ No. 1 (first edition) was sent out in 1820 with a prospectus. A 
pause then ensued before it was decided by Sowerby to go on with 
it. Nos. 1 and 2 appeared, with a better printed text for No. 1, late 
in 1820, which subscribers were requested, on the cover, to use 
instead of that first issued.” | 
C. Davies Srerzorn 


Natural-History Museum, (Index gen. et spec. anim.). 
Cromwell Road, S.W. 


* All received by Linn. Soc. May 11, 1837. 
+ See Proc. Zool. Soc. xxx. 1893, p. 436 (dates of ‘ Proceedings’). 


372 Miscellaneous. 


Contributions to the Knowledge of the Antennary Sense-Organs of 
Insects. By C. M. Curmp, of the Zoological Institute, Leipzig 
University. 

After being occupied for some months in studying the larve and 
pupe of Mochlonyx [Corethra| culiciformis, Deg., and Corethra 
plumicornis, F., in the laboratory of Privy Councillor Leuckart, my 
attention was directed to a singular organ at the base of the antenna 
in these insects. Upon further investigation it has been found that 
the structure in question is a highly developed sense-organ, an 
organ which, as I gradually learnt, is not only present in the 
Nematocera, but is also of fairly frequent, if not of universal, occur- 
rence in the most widely different orders of insects. 

The literature upon the subject I found to be very scanty, and 
for the most part out of date and incomplete. On account of its 
structure and position the organ was regarded by Johnston* as 
having an auditory function. Mayert performed certain experi- 
ments with living gnats, which confirm rather than refute this view. 
Weismann { has studied the development of the organ, but leaves 
the question as to its function entirely undecided. Hurst§$ gives a 
very inexact and partly incorrect description of the structure of the 
organ, and agrees with Johnston and Mayer in regarding it as 
auditory. 

Moreover, as I convinced myself in the course of my investigations, 
the organ in question is possessed not only by the gnats, but also 
by all Diptera, so far as I have examined them. This general 
occurrence among the Diptera induced me to investigate other orders 
of insects, and here also I have found a similar structure in a 
corresponding position. 

With reference to this a few words may be said as to the 
structure of the organ in the case of a common wasp (Vespa 
vulgaris), which perhaps may serve as an introduction to the 
knowledge of the other forms. In the wasp the structure lies in 
the small second joint of the antenna, through the middle of which 
run the main antennary nerve and a tracheal stem. At the end of 
the first joint the nerve gives off fibrils on all sides, which run 
obliquely towards the periphery of the second joint, there to enter 
into connexion with ganglion-cells. These ganglion-cells are also 
connected with long rod-like structures, which run as far as the 
arthrodial membrane between the second and third joints, where 
they apparently enter into small pores in the membrane and there 
end. Into each of these pores or small tubes enters a little group 
of these structures, which I will here term rodlets (Stibchen), 


* Johnston, “ Auditory Apparatus of the Culex Mosquito,” Journal 
of Microscopical Science (Old Series), vol. iii. 1855, 

+ Mayer, “ Researches in Acoustics: Paper no. 5,” ‘ Philosophical 
Magazine’ for December 1874, p. 513. 

{ Weismann, “Die Metamorphose von Corethra plumicornis,” Zeitschr. 
f. wiss. Zool. xvi. Bd. 

§ Hurst, “The Pupal Stage of Culex,” Inaug. Dissertat. Leipzig, 
1890.—* On the Life-History and Development of a Gnat,” Transactions 
of the Manchester Microscopical Society, 1890.—* The Post-embryonic 
ve yepmene of Culex,” Proceedings of the Liverpool Biological Society, 
vol, iv. 


Miscellaneous. 373 


Between the rodlets in their course towards the arthrodial membrane 
lie here and there small bodies, which contain chromatin ; these are 
probably nuclei, but whether they belong to supporting cells or to 
other cells of a nervous nature is a question which for the present 
may be left undecided. On the outside of the antenna there is 
neither a sensory seta nor any other appendage corresponding to the 
ends of the rodlets, and the pores appear to be closed at their outer 
ends. In no other joint of the antenna of the wasp have I been 
able to find a trace of this structure or of one resembling it. I at 
first thought that perhaps some relation might exist between this 
organ and the rod-bearing sense-organs, or scolopophores, which 
(according to the statements of Graber, von Leydig, and others) 
occur in the antenne. A closer investigation, however, proved this 
supposition to be erroneous. 

In the genera Melolontha (Coleoptera), Epinephele (Lepidoptera), 
Bombus (Hymenoptera), Pachyrhina, Tabanus, Syrphus, Helophilus, 
Musca, Sarcophaga (Diptera), Sialis, Panorpa, Phrr ryganea (Neuro- 
ptera), and Libellula (Pseudoneuroptera) the organ exhibits on the 
whole the same structure as in the case of the wasp. 

Among the Hemiptera I have so far only examined the Homoptera. 
Here the organ is but slightly developed. The ganglion-cells and 
rodlets are present in small numbers, and are also situated at the 
end of the second joint, which is not materially different from the 
other joints. 

Among the Orthoptera the genera Periplaneta, Locusta, and 
Stenobothrus have in the second joint of the antenna a structure 
which is provided with ganglion-cells and long fibre-like rodlets. 

I have hitherto had no opportunity of examining the Thysanura. 

The organ undergoes a further development in the Culicide and 
Chironomide (Diptera), in which, as is well known, the antenne are 
different in the two sexes. At the base of the antenna is an almost 
spherical joint, which is larger in the male than in the female. 
Within this joint is a very complicated organ of a nervous nature, 
in the structure of which, especially in the case of the female, an 
unmistakable similarity to the organ above described is recognizable. 
In the female the rodlets, instead of entering into pores, terminate 
towards a plate of chitin, upon the centre of which stands the long 
antenna. The very large antennary nerve runs chiefly into the 
ganglion-cells of the organ, but gives off two relatively small cords, 
which run through the centre of the large joint into the other seg- 
ments. The ganglion-cells pass without a sharp division into those 
of the brain. The rodlets are delicate and provided with small 
nuclei, which are rich in chromatin. In the male the structure 
is very complicated, and, moreover, different in the Culicide and 
Chironomid. It does not easily lend itself to description in a few 
words and without figures, but I would here remark that this form 
is also readily traceable to the general type. 

The organogeny I haye so far studied only in the Culicide and 
Chironomid. For the general development of the antenne in these 
insects 1 would refer the reader to the papers of Weismann and 
Hurst, already quoted. I will merely add that the entire organ is 
formed from a fold at the base of the invaginated sac of hypodermis, 


374 Miscellaneous. 


and that the differentiation of the rodlet- and ganglion-cells takes 
place very early. 

With reference to the function of this organ in general I am firmly 
convinced that it does not belong to the category of the so-called 
olfactory organs of the antenna. I think that my investigations 
prove that the nerve-endings are situated in such a way that each 
movement of the distal portion of the antenna, whether in conse- 
quence of pressure or tension (Zerrung), must cause a stimulus 
to be imparted to them. As has been determined by numerous 
observations and experiments, many insects exhibit with their 
antennz a reaction to sound. 

It is true that in many instances these observations are not free 
from error; but in spite of this it appears to be very probable that, 
at any rate in the case of many insects, an auditory organ is con- 
nected with the antenna. In my opinion the organ which I have 
investigated may be the auditory organ in question. It was, more- 
over, years ago regarded as such in the case of the Nematocera. 

The presence of an organ of this nature in the Orthoptera might 
perhaps tell against this view, since these insects besides these 
structures also possess others, the tympanic organs, which are 
usually regarded as an auditory apparatus. Nevertheless I will 
here merely recall the experiments of Graber*, who found that 
Orthoptera, even after the excision of the tympanic organs, were 
still sensitive to sound, and moreover exhibited the reaction with 
their antennee, in certain cases also with the legs. 

It appears to me that this organ, if susceptible to very small 
sound-movements, is also stimulated by coarser shocks, e.g. by 
contact of the antenna with a solid object; in short, that in this 
case there is no sharp distinction between auditory and tactile 
sensation. 

Since it was impossible for me to foresee that the investigation 
would extend so far, I collected but little fresh material during the 
past summer, and was later on prevented from acquiring more 
in consequence of the advanced season of the year. I intend, 
however, to ascertain precisely the range of this organ, and to 
determine its function if possible by experiment. ‘The results of 
these investigations I purpose to treat in greater detail in a 
subsequent paper.—Zoologischer Anzeiger, xvii. Jahrg., No. 439, 
February 5, 1894, pp. 35-38. 


Researches on the Structure, Organization, and Classification of the 
Fossil Reptilia.—Part IX. Section 1. On the Therosuchia. By 
H. G. Srexrtey, F.R.S. 


This paper discusses the classification of reputed Permian and 
Triassic Reptilia which have been referred to the Anomodontia as 
Theriodonts. 

Lycosaurus, as the genus placed first on Sir R. Owen’s list, is 
accepted as the type of the Theriodontia. The species Lycosaurus 


* Graber, “Ueber die Tympanalsinnesorgane der Orthopteren,” 
Denkschr. der k. Akad. zu Wien, nat.-wiss. Theil, 1876; and other 
papers. 


—— 


Miscellaneous. 375 


curvimola is regarded as the type of the genus, being the only species 
in which its characters are fully shown. Galesaurus planiceps, which 
was the type of the Cynodontia, is probably distinct from Nythosaurus 
larvaius, and from Sir R. Owen's second type of Galesaurus plani- 
ceps of 1887, which is referred to as Thrinawodon liorhinus. Asluro- 
saurus felinus agrees with Galesaurus in having a transverse develop- 
mentof bones of the palate, regarded as palatine and transverse, which 
abut toward the inner side of the lower jaw. ‘The palate in this 
genus is found to be covered with groups of small teeth with conical 
crowns, which are unknown in Lycosaurus. The palate of Lycosaurus 
curvimola is found and described in the type specimen. It shows 
a transverse development of the palatine arch abutting against the 
lower jaw, behind which is a long compressed sphenoidal keel 
flanked by narrow pterygoid bones. The occipital condyles do not 
appear to be prominently developed in Lycosawrus. The genus is 
regarded as the type of a division of the Theriodontia, defined by 
having the molar teeth pointed and without cusps. A snout from 
Tamboer, named Pristerognathus polyodon, is referred to this group. 
It is characterized by six incisor teeth in each premaxillary bone 
and three incisor teeth in each ramus of the mandible, followed by 
canine teeth and small molars of Lycosaurian type. 

Professor Cope’s definition of the Theriodontia as distinguished 
from the Anomodontia by characters of the post-orbital arch is re- 
garded as unsupported by evidence. The author would limit the 
Theriodontia to animals which conform to Sir R. Owen’s original 
definition based on the dentition (1876), and have temporal vacuities 
and a small quadrate bone. It would then include the Lycosauria, 
with type Lycosaurus curvimola; the Cynodontia, with Cynognathus 
crateronotus (sp. n.) and Thrinaxodon liorhinus as types ; and a group 
of South-African Reptiles named Gomphodontia, based upon new 
genera Gomphognathus and T'rirachodon, which have the molar 
teeth with flattened cuspidate crowns more or less worn with use. 
The palate is formed on the type of Lycosawrus in these Therio- 
dontia. 

Gorgonops is closely allied to Theriodonts in its dentition (though 
no molar teeth are known). The skull is closed behind as in 
Kistecephalus, and the temporal vacuities are roofed. It appears 
to show a palate formed on the same plan as in Theriodontia so 
far as its transverse development is concerned, but it has not any 
hard palate extending above the posterior nares as in Theriodontia. 
It is regarded as the type of a distinct group, named Gorgonopsia. 

The Pareiasauria have the same transverse palatine arch, abutting 
against the lower jaw, but not developed downward to the same 
extent, as in Theriodontia. Its hard palate appears to be carried 
back behind the teeth, so that the posterior nares are further back 
than in the Theriodontia. It differs from the Theriodontia in the 
slight development of the coronoid process of the lower jaw, and in 
having the temporal vacuities roofed; and from the Gorgonopsia in 
having the skull open behind, and in having no canine teeth. 

The Endothiodont type is believed to show the transverse descend- 
ing palatal arch between the rami of the mandible. Pristerodon igs 
regarded as possibly Endothiodont; and Hndothiodon uniseries is 


376 Miscellaneous. 


made the type of a genus Hsoterodon. A small skull from Molteno 
Pass, Cryptocynodon simus (sp. n.), is regarded as an Endothiodont 
with imperfectly-developed canine teeth The Endothiodontia have 
no incisor teeth, have the hard palate imperfectly developed, and 
no coronoid process to the lower jaw. 

Another South-African group is regarded as indicated by Delphino- 
gnathus, Tapinocephalus, and a new genus named Dinocephalus, 
which has the largest tusks known in any South-African genus, 
associated with small molars. In the typical genera the skull- 
bones are very thick and the temporal yacuities small. 2/uro- 
saurus is probably to be placed in this group. It is referred to as 
Dinocephalia. 

Thus there is a series of groups of South-African Reptilia which 
appear to agree in having a palate which has some resemblances to 
Mammals but approximates to Sphenodon, Lizards, and Crocodiles, 
All these sub-orders are combined as the Therosuchia. In this 
order or group may be included the Deuterosauria from the Permian 
rocks of Russia. 

The Deuterosauria is distinguished from the Theriodontia by 
having palato-nares which open by oval yacuities on a concaye 
surface instead of behind a hard palate. The transverse palatine 
arch is not developed downward. The sphenoidal region is at an 
angle with the palate, and in the same plane with the occiput. 

Finally, the names given by Professor Cope to allied American 
types are examined. It appears that the Theromora as hitherto 
used is a synonym of the Anomodontia, though it might be con- 
veniently limited to the American types, which appear to be distinct 
from those of Africa and Europe. But it is not possible to use 
either that name or the names Pelycosauria or Cotylosauria till the 
characters of the groups they indicate are adequately defined by 
good characters. 

The relation of the Therosuchia to other Anomodontia is shown 
in the following grouping :— 


ANOMODONTIA, 


‘THEROSUCHIA. 
Pareiasauria. 
Procolophonia. 
Gorgonopsia. 
Dinocephalia. 
Deuterosauria. 
Lycosauria. 
Theriodontia. + Cynodontia. 
Gomphodontia. 
Endothiodontia. 
| Theromora. | 
THEROCHELONIA, 
Dicynodontia. 
Kistecephalia. 
Mesosaurra, 
—From the Proceedings of the Royal Society. (Communicated by 
the Author. ) 


Anak. Weg. Neat. Hist. §. 6. Vol. XM. PL. XT. 


& 
5 
: 
a) 
E 
E 
5 


Aniw.& May. Nat. Host... 6. Vol. AMT. PL XIV. 


1 
4 v 
‘ fy 
/)) 
Pca | Rs 
\ 
Al 


/ 
‘0 
fw 


ors fe g 


ot pti: co 


™m 
Il prs f.l 
l/ 

1 


~O 


) 


Mintern. Bros. lith. 


THE ANNALS 


AND 


MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. 


[SIXTH SERIES.] 


No. 77. MAY 1894. 


XLIIT.—On the Tenebrionide of Japan. 
By G. Lewis, F.L.S. 


[Plate XIIT.] 


On the 28th January, 1874, Marseul read a paper on the 
Heteromera of Japan before the Entomological Society of 
France, and after a lapse of rather over two years it was 
published in the ‘ Annales’ of the Society. Marseul’s material 
consisted chiefly of specimens gathered near Nagasaki and 
Hiogo, and contained about fifty species of Tenebrionide. 
Since 1876 a few isolated notices of new species have been 
published, which, with the new species here described, bring 
the number known from the Japanese islands to 125. As 
isolated notices of species are not always easy to find, I have 
given in the list of species at the end of this paper the date 
of the ‘ Zoological Record’ in which notices of such species 
may be found. The Munich Catalogue serves up to 1870. 
The collection of Coleoptera in the National Museum has 
been recently enriched by the addition of two important 
collections of Heteromerous beetles, one formed by Mr. F. 
Bates, the other by the late Mr. F. P. Pascoe. My visits 
to South Kensington have in a large measure made the task 
of determining the genera of my species an easy one; and 
when at times I have failed there, I have had the kindly 
assistance of Mr. C. G. Champion, who has lately written on 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol, xiii. 25 


378 Mr. G. Lewis on 


the Heteromera for the ‘ Biologia,’ a work which involved an 
exhaustive research in the literature of the family. My own 
collection of Tenebrionide scarcely includes 500 species, and 
is insufficient to work upon, while my acquaintance with the 
family as a whole is very limited. 

The European genera which are most remarkable in con- 
taining Japanese species are Amarantha, Arrhenoplita, Cor- 
ticeus, Platydema, Scaphidema, and Bolitophagus; the last 
genus contains B. reticulatus, L., the only species not asso- 
ciated with commerce which has been found in Japan, Siberia, 
and the British Islands. The most salient feature of the 
species of this series is that so many belong to oriental, 
tropical, and subtropical genera, such as Atasthalus, Byrsaz, 
Ceropria, Hemicera, Setenis, Thydemus, Eucyrtus, Tetra- 
phyllus, Basanus, and Ischnodactylus; and I think this may 
be accounted for by the fact that the Coleopterous fauna of 
tropical Asia contains a very large proportion of Hete- 
romerous beetles. This proportion consists, not, as in 
Europe, of genera such as Helops, Pimelia, Blaps, and Asida, 
each of which contains perhaps a hundred species, but of 
genera in which the species are limited in number, and there- 
fore, taken as a whole, are species with great diversity of 
habit and capable as such of thriving under more varying 
conditions; and these in Japan, with its enormous forests, 
are exceedingly favourable to insect-life. 

During the spring of 1882 I collected 1620 species of 
Coleoptera in Ceylon, of which 104 pertain to the Tene- 
brionide; this is in very much larger proportion to those 
found in Japan, which, at a rough calculation for the larger 
figure, are as 125 to 4500. But in 1881 I left the southern 
island of Kiushiu on the 3rd of June, before the heat of 
summer and heavy rains set in, and I missed seeing that year 
many of the subtropical species which emerged from the 
pupal state in July and August. Some of these species are 
Hemicera zigzaga, Notiolesthus foveolatus, Thydemus purpurt- 
vittatus, Strongylium japanum and Marseuli, and I think that 
there can be but little doubt that if a collection of Coleoptera 
were made in the provinces of Higo and Satzuma during and 
after the rainy season, the discovery of novelties of this sub- 
tropical class would be considerable. But lest it should be 
supposed that the tropical element is a very strong one, a 
glance at the list of species will show that the tropical genera, 
such as Hucyrtus, are represented by only one small species, 
while in the tropics the species of Hucyrtus are very nume- 
rous. 


the 'Tenebrionide of Japan. 379 


Phellopsis suberea, Lew. (PI. XIII. fig. 1.) 
Phellopsis suberea, Lew. Ent. xx. 1887, p. 219, 


Hab. Yuyama and Chiuzenji. Found on a boletus attached 
to a large deciduous oak. Twenty specimens. 


Blaps japonensis, Mars. 


Leptocolena japonensis, Allard, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5) x. 1880, p. 320; 
ibid. 1889, p. 133, fig. 125. 

The type of this species is in the Bates collection in the 
British Museum ; Marseul placed the species in Blaps, and 
in 1880 Allard founded a subgenus to receive it; but his 
name has not been accepted by European entomologists. 

Hab. “ Japan”’ (Bates). 1 did not meet with it. 


MICROPEDINUS, gen. nov. 


The characters of this genus are for the most part the 
same as those of Cabirus, Mulsant, and the two small species 
for which it is established resemble somewhat C. minutissd- 
mus, Muls. The distinctive differences of Micropedinus are 
that the forehead is not emarginate anteriorly, as in Pedinus 
and Opatrum; the elytra are punctate, not striate, and in 
the male the tarsi on the anterior and intermediate tibie are 
transverse and very wide, the second and third joints being 
the widest. The tarsi in the female are as wide as those of 
the male of C. minutissimus, Muls. If European entomolo- 
gists do not consider these characteristics sufficient to found 
a genus on, my name will serve for Cabirus, as Mulsant’s 
name was occupied by Hiibner in Lepidoptera as early as 
1816. 


Micropedinus alge, sp. n. 


Piceus vel niger, parum nitidus, supra punctatus; elytris haud 
striatis; antennis pedibusque dilutioribus. 
L, 47-5; mill. | 


Piceous or nearly black, somewhat shining ; the head and 
thorax very distinctly punctate, punctures dense at the sides, 
rather less closely set on the disks; the scutellum is trans- 
verse and rounded off posteriorly at the sides; the elytra, 
bases punctured like the disk of the thorax, but on the middle 
of the dorsum to the apices the punctures gradually become 

25* 


380 Mr. G. Lewis on 


less distinct and less circular in outline, and each bears a 
single grey hair between the punctures, the surface is micro- 
scopically granulate; the legs, tibia in both sexes are dilated 
after the manner of a Pedinus, but the male has the second 
and third joints of the tarsi on the anterior and intermediate 
feet very wide and transverse, as stated above. 


Hab. Kobé. Abundant under seaweeds on the sandy 
sea-coast. 


Micropedinus pallidipennis, sp. n. 
M. alge simillimus, sed piceus vel brunneus ; elytris pallidis, 2 tibiis 


anticis haud dilatatis. 
L. 33-4 mill. 


This species is extremely similar to the last, but it is 
smaller, and the elytra are generally pale in colour. Some- 
times the whole insect is of a light brown colour, but there is 
a variety in which the dorsal area is dark. Structurally it 
differs from M. alge in the antenne being shorter with the 
articulations more compressed, in the thorax being less trans- 
verse, and, above all, in the anterior tibiz in the female not 
being dilated near the tarsi. 

Hab. Kobé. Associated with IZ. alge. 


Opatrum expansicolle, sp. n. 


Nigrum, opacum, supra granulatum ; thorace lato, marginibus ex- 
planatis ; elytris tenuiter punctato-striatis. 
L, 11-114 mill. 


Dull black, opaque, granulate; the head widened and 
thickened before the eyes, emarginate anteriorly ; the thorax 
explanate laterally, edge rounded off from the anterior angle 
nearly to the base, posterior angles slightly turned outwards; 
the elytra, strie when visible fine and punctate, in man 
examples the strie are obsolete, interstices granulate like the 
head and thorax; the antenne, two basal joints pitchy red. 

This species differs from all in this series in the shape of 
the thorax. 


Hab. Kiga, Kobé, Arima, and on Maiyasan. 


Opatrum orartum, sp. 0. 


Atrum, opacum, oblongo-ovatum, granulatum; capite securiformi, 
ante oculos angulato; elytris obsolete striatis. 
L. 10 mill. 


the ‘Tenebrionide of Japan. 381 


Densely black, opaque, oblong-oval, granulate above ; the 
head emarginate anteriorly, angles before the eyes prominent, 
giving the head a hatchet-shaped outline; the thorax trans- 
verse, wholly arched at the sides from one angle to the other, 
bisinuate at base; the elytra obsoletely striate; the antennz 
and legs black, claws palish. 

The shape of the head is a distinctive character in this 
species ; otherwise it is very similar to, but larger than, O. ja- 
panum, Motsch. 


Hab, Kobé. One example. 


Opatrum persimile, sp. n. 


O. japano simillimum, sed thorace post caput semicirculari et 
tiblis anticis dilatato-compressis. 


L. 9 mill. 


This species is extremely like O. japanum, Motsch., but 
the surface-sculpture is not so coarse, the thorax has a semi- 
circular outline behind the head, and the posterior angles are 
small and slightly turned outwards and more acute; the 
anterior tibiz are gradually widened from the base, a little 
thickened on the inner surface, and emarginate at the tarsal 
end between the point of the insertion of the tarsus and the 
outer edge. In O. japanum and all the other species of this 
series the tarsal end of the fore tibia is cut out on the outer 
edge ; in this species it is not. 

Hab. Miyanoshita or Odawara. 


Opatrum coriaceum, Motsch. 


In the male the hind tibiz are denticulate on the inner 
edge, like those of O. recticolle. 

Hab. Yokohama (very common on the beach), Odawara. 
and Kiga. : 


Opatrum recticolle, Motsch. 
Opatrum sexuale, Mars. 


There is a remarkable sexual character in this species not 
noticed by Marseul; the hind tibie for two thirds of their 
length are obtusely denticulate on the inner edge. 

Hab. Kobé, Sannohe, Shirakawa, and in countless multi- 
tudes on the plain of Fujisan in the early days of May. 


382 Mr. G. Lewis on 


Opatrum villigerum (Blanch.). 


Opatrum viligerum, Blanch. Voy. Péle-Sud, iv. p. 154, t.x. fig. 15. 
Mesomorphus villiger, Miedel, Deutsch. ent. Zeitschr. 1880, p. 40; 
Fairm. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1894, p. 20. 


This species was originally described from Australia, where 
Mr. J. J. Walker has also recently found it. I have met 
with it in Ceylon. 

Hab. Kobé. I found three examples on the sandy sea- 
beach. 


Idisia ornata, Pase. 


Pascoe records this species from Mantchuria, but I think 
this locality should be received with caution, as the captor, 
Dr. Adams, did not label his captures, to say the least, 
systematically, and he collected during the same voyage on 
the west coast of Japan. 

Hab. Enoshima and Niigata. Abundant on the sand-hills. 


Phaleria Riederi (Fald.). 


Diaperis Riederi, Fald. Bull. Mose. 1853, p. 57, t. iii. fig.8; Lew. Ent. 
1893, p. 151 (for synonomy see list). 


Phaleria subhumeralis, Mars. 


Hab. Hakodate. Abundant on the sand-hills surrounding 
the harbour. 


EPIPHALERIA, gen. nov. 


I propose this genus to receive some eastern species that it 
does not seem desirable to retain in Phalerta. The species 
differ from Phaleria (type P. cadaverina, F.) in haying a 
small head, large eyes, which approach each other on the 
underside of the head; the mesosternum is a broad plate, 
as broad in the middle as half its width, widely separating 
the posterior and intermediate coxe; the second and third 
joints of the tarsi in the males are searcely dilated and the 
fifth joint of the antenna is nearly as large as the sixth. 
The outline of the body is an elongate oval. The underside 
of the type, Z. atriceps, is given in woodcut, fig. 1. Phaleria 
pusilla, Boh., from Hong Kong, belongs to this genus, and 
there are two species found in Ceylon. 


the 'Tenebrionide of Japan. 385 


Epiphaleria atriceps, sp. n. (Woodcut fig. 1.) 


Elongato-ovata, testacea, capite nigro subtilissime punctulato ; 
thorace elytrisque nigro-ornatis. 
L. 4-4} mill. 


Elongate-ovate, testaceous, shining ; the whole of the upper 
surface is seen under the microscope 
to have a fine and clear mosaic-like Fig. 1. 
sculpture; the head black, with an 
extremely fine punctuation ; the thorax, 
disk dark brown, with a linear fovea 
well marked opposite the fourth elytral 
stria; the scutellum triangular, wide 
at the base; the elytra finely punc- 
tate-striate, interstices flat, punctulate 
like the head, dorsal area dark brown, 
the pattern on interstices 3 and 5 is 
prolonged posteriorly in most examples ; 
the antenne, legs, and mouth-organs 
testaceous. 


Hab. Enoshima and Niigata. Under seaweed. 


[ Note.—The following species is common on the sea-beach 


at Colombo and Galle, in Ceylon :— 


Epiphaleria pallida, sp. n. 


Oblong, testaceous, eyes alone black; the head clearly 
punctulate ; the thorax with an extremely fine punctuation 
and linear fovea similar to that of L. atriceps; the elytra 
punctate-striate, striae near the suture finest, interstices im- 
punctate; the abdominal segments are slightly infuscate ; 
the antennez and legs concolorous. The mosaic-like sculpture 
is only seen under the microscope on the thorax. 


L. 6-63 mill.] 
Trachyscelis sabuleti, sp. n. 


Piceus, nitidus, supra levis ; thorace rufo-piceo ; antennis testaceis ; 
pedibus brunneis. 
L. 3-33 mill. 


Piceous, shining, smooth above, hairy beneath; the head 
and thorax impunctate; the scutellum microscopically stri- 
gose, somewhat triangular but bulging out laterally ; the 
elytra clearly and evenly punctate-striate, interstices with a 


384 Mr. G. Lewis on 


few transverse lines at rather wide intervals, sutural interstice 
sometimes reddish; the antenne are much paler than the 
legs 

I think the form of the scutellum may be a good specific 
character in this species. It is similar to 7. tenutstriatus, 
Fairm., but it is smaller, narrower, and the dorsal striz are 
better defined, and it also resembles the European 7. apho- 
dioides, Germ. 

Hab. Enoshima. Occurs under seaweed on sandy shores. 


Bolitophagus felix, sp.n. (Pl. XIII. fig. 2.) 


Oblongus, subparallelus, piceo-brunneus, subnitidus ; capite securi- 
formi, angulis utrinque valde productis; thorace post oculos 
emarginato ; elytris costatis, costis multo interruptis. 

L. 9-10 mill. 


Oblong, somewhat parallel at the sides, dark brown; the 
head securiform, remarkably angulate outside the eyes, 
rugosely punctate, with transverse crescent-shaped line before 
the eyes ; the thorax channelled in the middle, disk tubereu- 
late on either side and rugosely punctate, lateral margins 
explanate, transversely rugose, edges feebly crenate, strongly 
emarginate behind each eye; the elytra, lateral margin 
narrowly elevated, edges uneven, striate-punctate, interstices 
with broken coste, third costa strongest and least inter- 
rupted ; the antenne reddish brown; the legs darker, tibix 
carinate and angulate before the tarsi. 

Hab. Nagasaki. Found in April ina small boletus, Poly- 
porus lucidus, Fr., a species of wide distribution in the 
northern hemisphere, growing on Pinus massomana, 8. & Z. 
(Kuro-matzu). The boletus gives out a strong pungent 
smell in early summer, and may be discovered ‘by it; the 
beetles scoop out the centre and live in the hollow in com- 
panies of six or eight. 'rogosita japonica, Reit., was found 
associated with it in the Polyporus. 


Bolitophagus pannosus, sp. 0. 


B. interrupto similis, sed brevior et latior ; antennis rufo-brunneis. 
L. 44 mill. 


Oblong-oval, black, opaque, rugosely sculptured ; the head 
somewhat transverse, anterior edge narrowly and feebly raised, 
angulate before the eyes; the thorax with a narrow median 
granulate channel, and the disks on either side of it tubercu- 
late, lateral margin explanate, edges crenate; the elytra, 


sutural interstice with a feeble row of tubercles, second inter- 


the Tenebrionide of Japan. 385 


stice tubercles larger, third carinate at the base, tuberculate 
posteriorly, 4 to 6 similarly tuberculate, between the tubercles 
are numerous small nodules which apparently represent the 
strie; the antenne dull reddish brown, joints 8 to 10 
markedly transverse; the legs darker, tibiw carinate, tarsi 
reddish. 

This species resembles B. interruptus, Ill., in the sculpture 
of the elytra, but it is much shorter and relatively broader 
and the joints of the antenne are much more transverse and 
less lax. 

Hab, Oyayama. One example, April 26th, 1881. 


ATASTHALUS, Pasce. 
Atasthalus, Pase. Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1871, viii. p. 348. 


Type A. spectrum, Pasce. 

This genus resembles Bolitophagus more than Bolitorenus. 
In the first the eleventh joint of the antenna is free of the 
tenth, in Atasthalus the tenth joint is incised to admit the 
base of the terminal joint. In Bolitowenus, type B. gibber, 
Motsch., the articulations of the antenna are more compressed 
and the prosternum has a keel. In the Munich Catalogue, 
i 1946, the genus Lolitowenus includes B. testudinartus, 

otsch., and B. tuberculifer, Motsch.; these two species 
belong to the genus Byrsaz, in fact the last name is only a 
synonym of Byrsax horridus, Ol. Bolitowenus bifurcus, 
Pasc., should be placed in Bolitonceus. 


- Atasthalus dentifrons, sp.n. (Pl. XIII. fig. 3.) 


Oblongus, subparallelus, niger vel nigro-brunneus, opacus ; fronte 
margine 4-dentata; thorace cornibus duobus yalidis, parum 
brevibus, rectis. 

L. 94-12 mill. 


Oblong, rather parallel, black or dull blackish brown; the 
head, frontal margin reflexed and with two prominent teeth 
in the middle and two others less conspicuous over the bases 
of the antenne ; the thorax, lateral edge lirate, surface very 
rough with frequent tubercles, with two robust median horns, 
long enough to cover the base of the antenne from view 
when seen from above, tips covered with golden or reddish 
hairs ; the elytra parallel at sides, rough, with a few polished 
tubercles on what are apparently the third and fifth inter- 
stices; the striz are represented by irregular punctures; the 
antenne and legs dull brown, tibia carinate, not narrowed 
near the tarsi; the last segment of the abdomen is rugose, 


386 Mr. G. Lewis on 


not punctate. The female differs in the head being wider, 
the frontal dentation merely remaining in outline, and the 
thorax has coarse and rugose protuberances without hair in 
the place of horns. In some small males the thoracic horns 
almost disappear, but a nodule with red hairs indicates their 
places. 

Hab. Hakone and Nikko. Common in boleti on beeches 
in May. 


Atasthalus bellicosus, sp. n. (Pl. XIII. fig. 4.) 


Breviter ovalis, nigro-brunneus, rugose sculpturatus; fronte haud 
dentata; thorace cornibus duobus elongatis subparallelis vel 
parum obliquis. 


L. 7-9 mill. 


Shortly oval, dull blackish brown; the head rugose, punc- 
tate, frontal margin arched in outline, edge roughened, not 
dentate ; the thorax lirate and arched at the sides, surface 
rough with frequent tubercles, two median horns, sometimes 
parallel to each other, sometimes obliquely turning inwards, 
projecting in well-developed specimens half their length 
beyond the head, apices with tufts of red hairs; the elytra 
with tubercles on the third and fifth interstices well marked 
and not irregular, seventh interstice with tubercles less 
defined, between the tubercles are irregular rows of punctures ; 
the antenne and legs dull brown, tibic carinate, narrowed 
near the tarsi; the last segment of the abdomen is coarsely 
punctate. The female is similar to the male, except that the 
thoracic horns are represented by large protuberances. Some 
examples are densely squamous. 

A small variety or species, A. incurvatus, occurs very 
commonly, in which the horns of the male are short and 
incurved ; if they touched a circular space would be enclosed. 

Hab. Miyanoshita, Hakone, Chiuzenji, Nikko, and Nishi- 
mura. Occurs, like the last species, in large boleti, but is 
apparently more widely distributed. 


[ Note.—Atasthalus taprobane, sp. n. I obtained a species 
very similar indeed to A. bellicosus in Ceylon; but the male 
may be known by the frontal carina being raised and denti- 
culate, the ocular ridge being more prominent, the punctuation 
under the thoracic horns is distinct, and the horns are more 
than half as long again. The female has the thoracic protu- 
berances wider apart, more erect, and more regularly covered 
with tubercles. ‘There are specimens in the Bates collection 
taken by Nietner. 


the 'Tenebrionide of Japan. 387 


Hab, Wackwaller, near Galle. I found three examples in 


a boletus. ] 


BoLITON&US, gen. nov. 


Type B. merge. 

1 propose this genus to receive some small species which 
vary in size from about 4 to 6 mill.; most of its characters 
are those common to Atasthalus; the antenne have seven 
rather short and sometimes robust (B. merge) moniliform 
joints, sometimes the joints are much more slender (4-den- 
tatus), eighth to tenth more or less transverse, eleventh with 
the base somewhat embedded in the tenth; the maxillary 
palpi slender, terminal joint rather long; the eyes, ocular 
ridge ceases abruptly in the middle of the eye-disk, the ridge 
when viewed from above gives the eye the appearance of 
having a small tubercle in its centre. The prosternum is 
depressed posteriorly and the mesosternum somewhat short. 
Bolitophagus vacca, Motsch., Heledona nasalis, Pasc., and 
Bolitotherus 4-dentatus, Cand., should be placed in this genus. 
The type of Bolitotherus (Phellidius, Lec.), Candeze, is an 
American species, 2B. cornutus, F., which has an antenna of 
ten joints only ; but Candéze also included in it B. 4-dentatus, 
which has eleven joints to these organs. Pascoe’s note 
(Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1871, vil. p. 348) regarding Bolito- 
therus may be cancelled, as the note was written, as he 
informed me, under the impression that B. cornutus, F., was, 
as indicated in the Munich Catalogue, a Ceylonese insect. 


Bolitoneus merge, sp.n. (PI. XIII. fig. 5.) 


Oblongus, parum cylindricus, obscure brunneus ; thorace marginibus 
crenato, ¢ cornibus duobus horizontalibus ad apicem dense rufo- 
hirtis. 

L. 4-43 mill. 

Oblong, dull brown or blackish brown, opaque; the head 
very rugose, frontal margin roughened on the edge, with a 
small denticle near the antenna in well-developed males; the 
thorax rough, nodulous, laterally crenate, with two median 
horizontal horns, reaching in fine examples beyond the head 
by half their length, incurved from their bases, apices densely 
clothed with reddish hair; the elytra, interstices rugose, with 
eight or ten rows of small nodules on each wing-case, but 
this sculpture suffers much from abrasion and is often obsolete. 
The antenne rather stout, seventh and eighth joints rather 
transverse, ninth, tenth, and eleventh forming a club; the 


388 Mr. G. Lewis on 


tibize carinate and scarcely narrowed near the tarsi. In small 
males the thoracic armature is very short and stout, and this 
form admits of the eyes being seen from above outside the 
horns ; in the large individuals the horns intervene. In the 
females the horns are absent, but the anterior part of the 
thorax is gibbous. 

B. 4-dentatus, Cand., differs from the above in having more 
slender antennz, with two conspicuous frontal denticulations 
on the anterior edge, and in having the tibie very markedly 
narrowed from the middle to the tarsal end. 

Hab, Yuyama. A large boletus was found full of speci- 
mens in all stages on the 11th May, 1881. 


Byrsax niponicus, sp. 0. 


Ovalis, supra parum convexus, fuscus, rugose sculpturatus, nodu- 
losus; antennis ferrugineis; pedibus brunneis; ¢ capite corni- 
bus duobus elongatis erectis ; thorace explanato. 


L. 5-64 mill. 


Oval, rather convex above; the male—head rugose, with 
two long slender horns, diverging upwards from their bases, 
slightly turning in at their tips, forehead depressed between 
the horns, the thorax laterally explanate, edges lirate, broadest 
just before the base, rough and nodulose; the elytra rough 
and nodulose, very similar to those figured for Atasthalus 
bellicosus ; the female—head rugose, not depressed, lateral 
edges of the thorax more strongly lirate and much more 
widened out before the base; in both sexes the anterior and 
intermediate tibiz are slightly narrowed before the tarsal end 
and carinate their whole length ; the legs obscure brown, an- 
tenne ferrugineous. The ocular ridges project more in the 
male than in the female. 

Hab. Nara. About a dozen examples from a_ boletus, 
27th June, 1881. 


Byrsax spiniceps, sp. 0. 


Oblongus, supra modice convexus, dense squamosus; ¢ capite 
cornibus duobus spiniformibus. 
L. 3-4 mill. 


Oblong, moderately convex above, with a whitish squama- 
ceous substance, which, in uninjured specimens, obscures all 
sculpture. The male with two long spine-like horns, which, 
when viewed sideways, are seen to be bent forwards in the 
upper half, ocular ridge projecting into an outline of an 
obtuse angle; the thorax, lateral margins widely explanate, 


the Tenebrionidex of Japan. 389 


with markedly lirate edges. In the female the ocular ridge 
projects much less, and the thorax behind the neck is elevated 
in the form of two ridges. 

I have only six specimens of this little species, and they 
are all more or less thickly covered with a whitish squamosity. 


Hab. Yuyama and Nikko. 


Diaperis niponensis, Lew. 
Diaperis niponensis, Lew. Ent. xx. 1887, p. 217. 
This species resembles a very large specimen of D. bo- 
teli, L. 


} c ‘ 
Hab. Nikko, Mayebara, Junsai, and Sapporo. Commonest 
in Yezo. 


Diaperis Lewisi, Bates. 
Diaperis Lewisi, Bates, Ent. M. M. x. 1873, p. 14. 
Diaperis rubrofasciatus, Reit. 1879. 


Hab. Nagasaki, Kumamoto, Miyanoshita, and Tokio; 


Siberia (Reztter). 
DERISPIA, gen. nov. 


Body hemispherical, outline of the head, thorax, and elytra 
together being circular; the head relatively somewhat large, 
eyes small, coarsely granulate, palpi large, terminal joint 
oblong; the thorax explanate laterally, widely incised to 
receive the head, eyes visible from above; the scutellum tri- 
angular, but widest at the base; the elytra dilated at the 
sides, and in structure very similar to those drawn for Leio- 
chrinus satzume (woodcut, fig. 2}, but not quite so wide ; the 
prosternum rather narrow, truncate behind, slightly narrowed 
between the coxee; the mesosternum small and transverse; 
the metasternum arched between the cox ; the anterior tarsi 
short and pilose beneath, linear but rather robust, the claw- 
bearing joint being as stout as the others, and the hind tarsus 
has the basal joint long, like those of asanus and Scaphi- 
dium; the antenne also rather stout, first joint larger and 
longer than the second, third longer than the second and a 
little constricted at the base, fourth stouter than the third and 
equal in size to each of the six following, terminal joint 
rather longer and oval. 

Type, Diaperis maculipennis, Mars. 

Leiochrinus coccinelloides, Westw., also belongs to this 
genus, the type of Lecochrinus being L. discotdalis, Westw., 
a very different insect. ‘The species of this genus are appa- 
rently very numerous in the eastern tropics; I found six in 


Ceylon. 


390 Mr. G. Lewis on 


LEIocHRINUS, Westw. 
Leiochrinus, Westwood, Tijdschr. voor Ent. xxvi. p. 68. 


The genus Leiochrinus was founded by Westwood in 1883, 
and a figure of the type of the genus, L. fulvicollis, is given 
on pl. i. fig. 14, and on pl. v. fig. 7 is a drawing of the 
posterior tarsus. The type of this genus evidently agrees 
with L. satzwme, sp.n.; the head is entirely concealed under 
the thorax, the latter segment and the elytra forming an 
almost complete circular outline. With the head thus 
concealed the antennal orbits are absent. The form of the 
tarsi, also, in the genus is most peculiar. Westwood gave a 
drawing of the upperside of the type, and to supplement his 
figure I give here a woodcut, fig. 2, showing in outline the 
under surface of LZ. satzume and the fore tarsus. ‘There are 
several genera in which the curious tarsi are, with more or 
less modified form, similar, so that I quite agree with Mr. 
Champion that it is best to group them together as Leio- 
chrinine. I think the position of the group is near the 
Diaperine, as they cannot be far separated from the genus 
Derispia, which, I think, is placed in a natural position if it 
is put near Diaperis. 

Letochrinus satzume, sp. n. (Woodcut, fig. 2.) 
Circularis, rufo-testaceus, nitidus; thorace disco transversim infus- 


cato; elytris delicate punctulatis, disco rufo-testaceo, marginibus 
angustissimis testaceis. 


L. 4 mill. 


Thorax and elytra circular in outline, head impressed in 
the thorax and entirely concealed when viewed from above ; 


Fig. 2. 


the tissue of the thorax is very thin and pellucid over the 
eyes, which can be dimly seen through it. The thorax has a 


the 'Tenebrionide of Japan. 391 


wide transverse dark band across its base; the elytra very 
faintly punctulate, the punctures most visible form a line 
close to the suture, a dark band occupies the external 
margins, but leaves the extremely narrow rim pale; the 
antenne—four basal joints reddish, the others infuscate; the 
legs reddish or brownish yellow. When the antenne are 
stretched out the second joint does not reach beyond the rim 
of the thorax. 

Hab. Yuyama, Hitoyoshi, Fukahori, and Nara. Many 
examples beaten from foliage in which dead branches and 
twigs were interspersed. 


LetocHRoDEs, Westw. 
Leiochrodes, Westw. Tijdschr. voor Ent. xxvi. p. 69. 
Type, L. discotdalis (pl. ili. fig. 15). 


Leiochrodes convexus, sp.n. (Woodcut, fig. 3.) 


Hemispheericus, perconvexus, piceo-niger, nitidus; elytris haud 
striatis, impunctatis; antennis pedibusque rufo-brunneis, tibiis 
posticis curvatis. 

L, 23-23 mill. 

Circular in outline, very convex above, piceous or black, 
shining, with the legs and antennez reddish brown; the head, 
thorax, and elytra wholly smooth ; the prosternum bisinuous 
posteriorly and widening out a little from the coxe to the 
base; the hind tibie are bent and enlarged on their inner 


edge like the intermediate tibie figured in this paper for 
Ischnodactylus loripes. This form of tibie has, however, in 
this species apparently no sexual purpose as it is found in all 
my specimens, but the structure enables the tibia, in a state of 
repose or in a state of simulating death, to be brought closely 
on to the femur which fits into it. 

Hab. Nagasaki and Kioto. Occurs under damp decaying 
leaves in early spring. 


392 Mr. G. Lewis on 


Arrhenoplita (Hoplocephala) asiatica, sp. n. 


Oblonga, nitida, rufo-brunnea; capite thoraceque rufis; elytris 
nigris apice excepto. 
L. 63 mill. 


Oblong, reddish brown; the head red, rather rugosely punc- 
tured, male with two erect horns close to the eyes, in the female 
the head is swollen only close to the eyes; the thorax red, 
evenly not closely punctulate; the scutellum obscurely red ; 
the elytra black, with the apices red, punctate-striate, inter- 
stices sparingly punctulate ; the antenne and legs red. 

Similar to A. hemorrhotdalis, F., but the thorax is much 
wider and less convex laterally and the thoracic punctuation 
larger. A. hemorrhotdalis occurs in Siberia as well as in 
Europe. 

Hab. Sapporo. <A boletus I found on an oak contained 
three males and one female. 


Amarantha atrocyanea, Lew. 


Amarantha atrocyanea, Lew. Ent. M. M. 1891, ser. 2, ii. p. 70 
(Metaclisa, Duval). 

The location of the genus Amarantha is doubtful. Faust 
placed it near Arrhenoplita (HHoplocephala), but the form of 
the sterna and the structure of the first segment of the abdomen 
more nearly resemble a species of Hemicera. ‘The short tarsi, 
however, are similar to Arrhenoplita. Amaranthus is the 
name of a well-known flower of older date than Mot- 
schulsky’s name. If the latter is rejected, Duval’s name 
will serve. 

Hab. Oyayama, Chiuzenji, Sapporo, and Junsai. Taken 
abundantly in South Yezo. It inhabits the touch-wood of 
decaying beeches. 


Ischnodactylus loripes, sp.n. (PI. XIII. fig. 6, ¢.) 


Subdepressus, ovatus, piceus, nitidus; thorace marginibus, antennis, 
pedibus et epipleuris rufo-brunneis; elytris fortiter punctato- 
striatis. 


L. 2 7, o 8} mill. 


Oblong oval, pitchy black, somewhat depressed ; margin of 
the thorax, epipleure, antenne, and legs reddish brown, and 
sometimes also the sutural interstice of the elytra is reddish ; 
the head somewhat wide, rather densely, not coarsely punc- 
tured, not cornute in the male; the thorax transverse, slightly 
explanate laterally, punctured similarly to the head; the scu- 


the Tenebrionidx of Japan. 393 


tellum feebly punctulate; the elytra rather long, parallel at 
the sides, strongly punctate-striate. The hind tibie of the 
male are bent, basal half slender, tarsal end from the middle 
enlarged. 

The form of the hind tibiae agrees somewhat with that 
of the intermediate tibie of Platydema umbratum, Mars. 
There is an undescribed species in the British Museum from 
Singapore which resembles it closely ; the absence of the 
armature on the head of the male in this species does not 
seem to me sufficient to exclude it from Ischnoductylus. 

Hab. Oyayama. Three specimens. 


Platydema nigroeneum, Motsch. 
Platydema musivum, Harold, 1878. 


This species closely resembles P. Dejeani?, Cast., both in 
size and colour. Harold, in redescribing it as P. mustvum, 
laid great stress on the elytra being “ striato-punctatis,” but 
in a long series of specimens half of them have the elytra 
punctate-striate. The armature of the head of the male is 
usually two tubercles, but sometimes there are two pointed 
but not slender horns. The colour of the epipleurz is some- 
times neous, sometimes reddish. 


Hab. Nikko, Miyanoshita, Kiga, and Oyayama. Common. 
Platydema Dejeanii, Cast. 


I have a series of examples which agree precisely with 
Siberian specimens referred to this species by Reitter and 
others. 


Hab. Junsai, Sendai, and Nikko. Commonest in the 
north. 


Platydema Marseult, sp.n. 
Platydema nigroeneum, Mars., 1876. 


Oblongum, xneo-nigrum, nitidum; elytris distincte punctato- 
striatis; antennis pedibusque obscure brunneis. 
L. 43-5 mill. 


Oblong, greenish or brassy black; the head and thorax 
rather closely punctulate; in the male are two frontal horns, 
straight and pointed in well-developed specimens, in others 
the horns are reduced to two obtuse tubercles; the elytra 
distinctly punctate-striate, interstices rather flat and finely 
punctulate, and usually more brassy in colour than the 
thorax; the antenne and legs are uniformly an obscure 
brown. 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xiii. 26 


394 Mr. G. Lewis on 


There is very little to distinguish this species from P. nigro- 
aneum, Motsch., except its size and that the wider joints of 
the antenne are more transverse. 

Hab. Nagasaki, Kumamoto, Miyanoshita, Kadzusa, and 
Yokohama. 


Platydema higonium, sp. n. 


Breyiter ovale, convexum, «neum, metallicum; elytris distincte 
striato-punctatis ; antennis pedibusque obscure brunneis. 
L. 54-62 mill. 

Shortly oval, convex above, brassy, very shining; the 
head rather densely excavated between the eyes in both 
sexes, the male with two rather long and acute horns well 
separated from each and scarcely thickened at their bases ; 
the thorax evenly, not very densely, punctulate, brassy, with 
a purple tint; the elytra, interstices flat, finely punctulate, 
strie consisting entirely of rows of punctures; the antenne 
and legs obscure brown. 

This is the most metallic species in this series, and the 
only one in which the elytral striz consist throughout of a 
series of punctures only, each puncture being clearly sepa- 
rated from another. 

Hab. Hitoyoshi, Oguma, and Rakuwayama. Seven spe- 
cimens. 


Platydema sylvestre, sp. n. 


Ovatum, convexum, eneum, submetallicum; capite in medio im- 
presso; elytris fortiter punctato-striatis. 
L. 43-5 mill. 

Ovate, convex above, brassy or brassy green, somewhat 
metallic; the head semicircular in front, clearly and rather 
thickly punctulate, with a median impression between the 
eyes, impression deepest in the male; the thorax narrowest 
anteriorly, widening to base, lateral edge raised, punctu- 
late, punctures finer and less close than those of the head; 
the scutellum smooth ; the elytra strongly punctate-striate, 
interstices little convex, with scattered and extremely fine 
punctures; the antenne and legs dull reddish brown. The 
male is apparently without armature on the head. 

Hab. Hakone and Kiga. Six specimens. 


Platydema recticorne, sp. n. 


Oblongo-ovatum, supra conyexum, piceum, nitidum ; antennis, pedi- 
bus et epipleuris rufis; thorace punctulato; elytris fortiter 
punctato-striatis, interstitiis distincte punctulatis. 

L. 43-43 mill. 


~ 


the Tenebrionids of Japan. 395 


@; the head 
semicircular in front, reddish brown before the eyes, rather 
densely punctulate, the female with a median fovea between 
the eyes, the male with two slender reddish horns, straight, 
and reaching out beyond the head; the thorax punctured 
like the head, anterior angles rather broadly red; the scu- 
tellum very obscurely punctulate; the elytra—epipleure 
reddish, sometimes also the humeral angle is red, strongly 
punctate-striate, interstices also very distinctly punctulate ; 
the antennz, mouth-organs, and legs clear reddish brown. 

In well-developed males the frontal horns measure from 
3 mill. to ? mill., but in a few specimens the forehead is 
scarcely more than tuberculate. This species in size and 
general sculpture corresponds with P. Marseult. 

flab. Kiga, Nikko, Oyayama, and Konose. Rather 
common. 


Oblong-ovate, convex above, piceous, shining; 


Platydema lynceum, sp. n. 


Oblongo-ovale, purpureo-nigrum; oculos supra parum approxi- 
matis; capite thoraceque punctulatis; elytris valde punctato- 
striatis. 


L. 7 mill. 


Oblong oval, nearly black, with a faint purple tint; the 
head not cornute in either sex, irregularly and sparingly 
punctulate; eyes large and approaching each other above on 
the inner anterior edge, especially in the male; the thorax 
transverse, narrowest in front, widest behind, finely and 
sparingly punctulate; the elytra rather long, strongly punc- 
tate-striate, interstices microscopically and sparsely punctu- 
late ; the antenne and legs dull brown. ‘The sexes can be 
distinguished by their tarsi. 

Hab. Nantaizan, Yokohama, and Junsai. Nine examples. 


Platydema fumosum, sp. n. 


Ovale, atrum, opacum; antennis articulis primo et secundo tarsis- 
que rufis. 
L. 64 mill. | 
Oval, densely black, opaque; the head finely and sparingly 
punctured, semicircular anteriorly ; the thorax arched at the 
sides, bisinuous behind, punctured like the head; the scu- 
tellum triangular; the elytra, strie fine and punctulate, 
interstices flat; the antenne, two basal joints red, the others 
black; the legs dusky brown, tarsi reddish, basal joint of 
the anterior tarsus of the male slightly enlarged. Head not 


cornute in either sex. 
26* 


396 Mr. G. Lewis on 


In outline and colour this species resembles P. umbratum, 
Mars., an insect which measures 10 mill. and has the basal 
joint of the anterior tarsus in the male considerably enlarged : 
but there are no sexual differences in the tibia. I think 
P. umbratum and P. malaccum, Mars., and the above species 
might be very well separated from Platydema. 

Hab. Kioto and Nara. Five examples. 


Platydema scriptum, sp. n. 


Oblongo-ovatum, rufo-brunneum, subopacum; elytris punctato- 
striatis, fasciis duabus dentato-sinuatis. 
L. 23 mill. 


Reddish brown, somewhat opaque; the head rather densely 
punctulate, clypeus reddish, semicircular in outline; the 
thorax punctured like the head, arched at the sides, colour 
darkest on the disk; the elytra punctate-striate, interstices 
opaque and impunctate, variegated with dark markings, 
which usually take the form of two dorsal dentate-sinuate 
fascie ; the apex reddish brown, with the pattern widening 
out on the sides; the antenne and legs reddish brown. 

This small species resembles P. hieroglyphicum, Cast. Brul. 
The colour of the elytra is variable. This also, and those 
resembling it, ought, I think, to be separated from the genus 
Platydema. 

Hab. Nagasaki. Three examples. 


Basanus erotyloides, Lew. (PI. XIII. fig. 7.) 
Basanus erotyleides, Lew. Ent. M. M. 1891, p. 71. 


This species is noticed here merely to call attention to the 
figure; the insect is black, with red or yellowish-red elytral 
markings, and the abdomen is of the same colour. 

Hab. Found in most of the forests. 


Scaphidema ornatellum, sp. n. 


Ovatum, eeneo-nigrum, nitidum ; thorace plano marginibus utrinque 
canaliculatis ; elytris a basi flavo-fasciatis; pedibus rufis, 
L. 43-5 mill. 


Ovate, brassy black, shining; the head irregularly pune- 
tured, anteriorly reddish; the thorax more finely and more 
sparingly punctured than the head, lateral margins distinctly 
canaliculate; the scutellum brassy or obscurely red; the 
elytra punctate-striate, interstices feebly convex, very spa- 
ringly punctulate, with a yellow fascia near the base on 
interstices 3-8 ; on the fifth interstice the fascia widens out 


the Tenebrionide of Japan. 397 


before and behind; the antenne black, with three basal 
joints red or piceous; the legs reddish brown, rarely black. 


Hab, Oyayama, Kiga, and Nikko. Twenty examples. 


Scaphidema pictipenne, sp. n. 


Ovatum, seneo-nigrum, nitidum; thorace parum convexo ; elytris 
quadrifasciatis ; antennis a basi pedibusque rufis. 
L, 3}-34 mill. 

This small species is very similar to S. ornatellum, but it 
is less broad and the thorax much less conspicuously canali- 
culate at the sides and convex on the disk ; the elytra have a 
second fascia (although somewhat obscure) before the apex, 
and the apices are more pointed. 

Hab. Nara. Three specimens. 


Scaphidema discale, sp. n. 


Ovatum, wneo-nigrum ; elytris obsolete maculatis vel totis eneis ; 
antennis a basi pedibusque rufis. 
L. 33-4 mill. 


Ovate, brassy black, shining; the head punctured some- 
what closely, mouth-organs reddish; the thorax finely and 
sparingly punctured, little convex, especially behind the neck ; 
the elytra punctate-striate, with a small flavous disk near the 
base on the fifth interstice; the antenne, three basal joints 
red, rest black ; the legs reddish brown. 

The punctuation of the thorax is larger and closer in this 
species than in the others of this series; the elytra are rela- 
tively longer and the maculation is confined to a small obscure 
disk near the base of the wing-case. In a variety the flavous 
disk is absent. 


Hab. Kashiwagi, Kiga, and Nikko. Six examples. 


Scaphidema nigricorne, sp. 1. 
S. discali simillimum, sed differt antennis longioribus et totis nigris.; 


elytris immaculatis ; pedibus nigris, tarsis rufescentibus. 
L. + mill. 


This inseet is larger than S. discale; the thorax less finely 
punctured and less narrowed anteriorly; the antenna are 
wholly black, and the legs black with reddish tarsi. It is 
~ most similar to the European S. @neum, Payk. 


Hab. Kiga. <A single example. 
Alphitophagus japanus, Mars. 


I have taken this species abundantly in Ceylon. In a list 
of insects given in Tennent’s ‘Ceylon,’ 1861, this species 


398 Mr. G. Lewis on 


stands under three different names, in three different genera, 
but it is not necessary to specify them. 

Hab. Nagasaki and Bukenji, near Yokohama. I have 
seen this species in great abundance on many occasions. 


Alphitophagus pallidicollis, sp. n. 

Rufo-testaceus, capite thoraceque dense punctulatis; elytris nigro- 

fasciatis. 
L, 34 mill. 

debs pale brown, or yellow, antenne and legs the same 
colour; the head and thorax evenly and densely ‘punctulate ; ; 
the elytra punctate-striate, interstices microscopically punctu- 
late, with a black fascia at the base on interstices 2-6, and a 
second dorsal fascia entirely crosses the wing-case, the last is 
usually broadest at the suture ; and in some examples the two 
fasciee join on the sutural interstice. 

Easily separated from A. japanus, Mars., by the colour, 
size, and the dense punctuation of the thorax. 

Hab. Yokohama. Nine examples from a boletus at 
Bukenji in company with a large number of A. japanus, 


Mars. 
Pentaphyllus oblongus, sp. n. 


Oblongus, subparallelus, flavo-testaceus; elytris punctulatis, striis 
obsoletis ; antennis pedibusque concoloribus. 
L. 23 mill. 


Oblong, somewhat parallel at the sides, yellow-testaceous ; 
the head distinctly and not closely punctured, with the sur- 
face microscopically strigose ; the thorax arched at the sides, 
with the margin evenly elevated, anterior angles well rounded 
off, surface sculptured like the head; the scutellum small and 
triangular; the elytra punctulate, strie obsolete, surface with 
very feeble leather-like sculpture, lateral margin raised like 
that of the thorax; the antenne, articulations 1-2 rather 
robust and equal, 3-6 shorter and smaller, 7 slightly trans- 
verse, 8 distinctly transverse, 9-10 rather widely transverse, 
terminal joint nearly circular in outline, the last five joints 
forming a lax club. 

This species is larger and more parallel than P. testaceus, 
Helw., and the antenne are differently formed, with the 
articulations much more lax. But the seventh and eighth 
joints are transverse, although not very distinctly so, and I 
have no doubt the species are congeneric. 

Hab. Yokohama, at Bukenji. “One example. 


Menimus niponicus, sp. 0. 


Flavo-testaceus, nilidus, supra convexus ; capite thoraceque sparse 


the Tenebrionide of Japan. 399 


punctatis; elytris striato-punctatis; antennis pedibusque con- 

coloribus. 
L, 2} mill. 

Yellow-testaceous, shining, convex above ; the head rather 
large, eyes small, surface sparingly punctate, punctures some- 
what large and irregularly set ; the thorax punctured like the 
head, rather strongly marginate at the sides; the elytra mar- 
ginate externally like the thorax, widest in the middle, ob- 
tusely acuminate behind, striate-punctate, the rows of punc- 
tures are not very regular, and in the interstices there are a 
few similar punctures which apparently add to their irre- 
gularity ; the prosternal posterior process is continued behind 
the coxe on the same plane as the anterior part and is 
scarcely widened out; in a species from New Zealand this 
process is a little depressed and slightly widened out. The 
antennz, joints 7-10 form a compressed club, the seventh 
joint is smaller than the eighth, and is relatively larger than 
in the New Zealand species, which has a more lax club. 

I have placed this species in Menimus without hesitation, 
notwithstanding the other known species in the genus are all 
from New Zealand, from whence Mr. Champion has kindly 
lent me an example. 

Hab. Kiga. Found in the recesses (a foot from the bark) 
of a very large and decaying beech, in company with Hugo- 
niopus Lewist, Reit.; six examples. 


Ceropria suleifrons, Har. 

Ceropria sulcifrons, Har. S. e. Z, 1878, xxxix. p. 353. 

The fine iridescent colours of this species assume a circular 
form both near the humeral angle and before the apices of the 
elytra. In the other three species of this series the centre of 
the iridescence is so near the margin that the colours can only 
form a semicircle. 


Hab. Kiga and Hakone (abundant), and on Oyayama. 


Ceropria subocellata, Cast. 

Ceropria subocellata, Cast. Brul. Mon. p. 308. 

This species is broader and more oval in outline than 
CO. induta, Wiedem., and it measures nearly 13 mill. In the 
male the anterior tarsi are scarcely dilated and the anterior 
and intermediate tibiz are not dentate. There isa long series 
of it in the Bates collection from many localities. 

Hab. Nagasaki. ‘Three examples. 

Ceropria striata, sp. n. 
Oblongo-ovata, nigra, nitida; thorace distincte punctulato; elytris 
fortiter punctato-striatis, interstitiis convexis et obsolete punctu- 


latis. 
L, 113 mill. 


400 Surg.-Capt. A. Alcock on 


Oblong-ovate, black, shining ; the head irregularly punctu- 
late; the thorax bluish black, somewhat densely punctulate, 
lateral margin canaliculate, feebly sinuous behind the eyes, 
bisinuous at the base; the scutellum smooth, and as large 
again as in C. induta; the elytra strongly punctate-striate, 
interstices convex and nearly smooth, with a golden area over 
the hind coxe, otherwise similar in colour to C. induta. In 
the male the anterior and intermediate tibize are bent and a 
little enlarged at the tarsal end, the enlarged part of the ante- 
rior tibiz is denticulate on the inner edge. 

This species closely resembles C. induta, but it is longer, 
with the lateral rim of the thorax more elevated, the scutel- 
lum larger, and the elytral interspaces more convex and less 
punctulate. 

Hab. Kumakuni in Higo. Three examples. 


Ceropria induta, Wiedem. 

Ceropria induta, Wiedem. Zool. Mag. i. 3, 1819, p. 164. 

Specimens of this species were named C. subocellata, Cast., 
by Marseul in 1876 ; it was originally described from Javan 
specimens. I have taken it commonly in Ceylon and Singa- 
pore, and it appears to be distributed all over the Oriental 
region. 

Hab. Nagasaki and Oyama. Like the three preceding 
species in Japan, it occurs under the bark of Kuro-matzu 
(Pinus massomana, 8. & Z.). 

[To be continued. | 


XLIV.—Natural History Notes from H.M. Indian Marine 
Survey Steamer ‘ Investigator,’ Commander R. F. Hoskyn, 
R.N., late commanding.—Series I]., No. 1. On the Results 
of the Deep-sea Dredging during the Season 1890-91 
(concluded). By A. Atcocx, M.B., Surgeon-Captain 
I.M.S., Superintendent of the Indian Museum. 


[Continued from p. 334.] 


BRACHYURA. 
Family Inachide. 
EcuInopiax, Miers. 


85. Echinoplax pungens, Wood-Mason. 


Echinoplax pungens, Wood-Mason, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., March 
1891, p. 259. 


Station 115, 185-220 fathoms. 


Indian Deep-sea Dredging. 401 


PLATYMAIA, Miers. 
86. Platymata Wyville-Thomsoni, Miers. 


Platymaia Wyville-Thomsoni, Miers, ‘Challenger’ Brachyura, p. 13, 
pl. ii. fig. 1. 
Station 115, 188-220 fathoms, and Station 116, 405 
fathoms. 


ANAMATHIA, 8. I. Smith. 
87. Anamathia Livermorti, Wood-Mason. 
Anamathia Livermorii, Wood-Mason, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., March 
1891, p. 260. 
Station 112, 561 fathoms. 


Family Cancrida. 
NeEctTopaANope, Wood-Mason. 


88. Nectopanope longipes, Wood-Mason. 


Nectopanope longipes, Wood-Mason, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., March 
1891, p. 262. 


89. Platypilumnus gracilipes, gen. et sp. n. 


[Wood-Mason, Admin, Report Marine Survey of India for 1890-91, 
p. 20, name only. | 

Carapace much depressed, perfectly flat above, with the 
surface nearly smooth centrally and very finely and closely 
granular laterally, and with the regions indistinctly defined. 
The front has the form of a horizontally projecting bilobed 
lamella, with the free edge sharply and very evenly spinate 
and the sides turned abruptly downwards. The margins of 
the orbit are spinulate, the upper margin the more distinctly 
so, and the lower margin terminates internally in a strong 
oblique spine, the point of which inclines towards the sharply 
vertical tooth formed by the already mentioned downfolding 
of the lateral edge of the frontal lamella. 

The antero-lateral borders of the carapace, which are 
arcuate and are shorter than the postero-lateral, are armed 
with three large spines, in front of, between, and behind 
which are several spinules. ‘The pterygostomian regions are 
large and inflated, and the branchial apertures, especially the 
efferent aperture, are large and patulous. 

The eye-stalks are large and are of moderate length; the 
corneal region is rather small. 


402 Surg.-Capt. A. Alcock on 


The antennules are long and are transversely folded, their 
basal joint is large and inflated. 

The antenne are long, their basal joint is slender and free ; 
the second joint lies within the internal orbital hiatus. 

The inner edge of the meropodite of the external maxilli- 
peds is convex, with a pair of little spines at the summit of 
the convexity ; the succeeding joint arises at the antero- 
internal angle. 

The thoracic legs are furnished with many spines and long 

-hairs. The chelipeds, which are robust, are unequal; their 
prismatic meropodite has all its borders spiny; the short 
inflated carpus 1s sharply granular and spinulate in the distal 
half of its dorsal surface and along the outer edge, while the 
inner edge bears a pair of rather large spines; the palm is 
spinulate everywhere in the smaller cheliped, but only in the 
proximal third of its outer surface in the larger; the fingers 
also of the smaller cheliped are spinulate on the outer surface, 
while those of the larger cheliped are smooth; the cutting- 
edges of the fingers are finely and unevenly toothed. 

‘The other thoracic legs are long, compressed, and slender, 
and have the meropodite spiny along both edges, the carpo- 
podite and propodite spiny along the front edge, and the 
dactylopodite styliform. 

Colour in the fresh state yellowish red. 

An egg-laden female from Station 115, 188-220 fathoms, 
has the following measurements :-— 

Length of carapace 18 millim., breadth of carapace 20 
millim., length of larger cheliped 27 millim., length of longest 


leg (fourth pair) 40 millim, 


Family Ocypodide. 


90. Psopheticus stridulans, gen. et sp. n. 

Psopheticus stridulans, Wood-Mason, Mlustrations of the Zoology of 
H.M. I.M.S. ‘Investigator, Crustacea, part i. pl. v. fig. 1 [no 
description }. 

Body and legs smooth and polished, quite devoid of hairs 
except for a few distant sete on the front edge of the second 
to fifth legs. \ 

The carapace is quadrilateral, convex from before back- 
wards, and its length is three fourths of its breadth. The 
front is a prominent declivous lamina with the edges entire 
and sharp. ‘The superior orbital margin is smooth and sharp, 
and, although strongly excavated on the whole, has a strong 
median convexity ; the inferior orbital margin is microsco- 


Indian Deep-sea Dredging. 403 


pically granular, and ends internally in a_ blunt-pointed 
tooth. 

The lateral margins are armed in front with two very strong 
teeth, the anterior one of which, situated at the external 
angle of the orbit, surmounts a remarkable inflation of the 
whole infraorbital and infrahepatic region; this inflation 
culminates at the base of the spine in a finely granular 
eminence, against which a strong unciform tooth situated on 
the upper border of the meropodite of the cheliped can be 
played, producing in the dead animal a shrill sound. 

The pterygostomian regions are small, but the branchial 
apertures are large and patulous. 

The abdomen in the male is distinctly seven-jointed. 

The eye-stalks are stout and the corneal region is reniform 
and expanded, its major diameter being one fifth the length 
of the carapace. 

The antennules are long and are transversely folded. 

The antennary peduncle lies within the internal orbital 
notch, the first joint being short and slender; the antennary 
flagellum is more than half the length of the carapace. 

‘The external maxillipeds have the meropodite square, the 
succeeding joint springing from the antero-internal angle. 

The thoracic legs are spiny. ‘The chelipeds are subequal ; 
the prismatic meropodite has distally on the lower edge two 
or three spines and on the inner edge a single one, while 
about midway along the upper edge is the large unciform 
tooth already mentioned; the rhomboidal carpus has two 
spines, one at the external the other at the internal angle; 
the palm is large and swollen, and the fingers, which have 
the cutting-edge strongly and unevenly toothed, are not 
capable of complete apposition. 

The second to fifth legs are slender, compressed, and of 
moderate length; in all the meropodite is distantly and 
markedly spinate and the carpopodite closely and finely spinu- 
late along the front edge—the spination in the case of the 
second pair only being indistinct, or even in part obsolete— 
and the dactyli grooved and extremely slender. 

In the female the chelipeds are relatively feebler and the 
other legs shorter than they are in the male. 

Colours rose-pink, corneal region violet. 

Several specimens of both sexes from Station 115, 158-220 
fathoms. 

In the largest male and female the carapace is 15 millim. 
in length and 19 millim. in breadth, the cheliped in the male 
measuring 29 millim, and in the female 25 millim. 


404 Surg.-Capt. A. Alcock on 


Family Leucoside. 
RANDALLIA, Stimpson. 


91. Randallia lamellidentata, Wood-Mason. 


Randallia lamellidentata, Wood-Mason, Dlustrations of the Zoology of 


Hi.M. I.MLS. ‘ Investigator, Crustacea, part i. pl. v. fig. 5. 


Carapace subcircular, inflated ; the surface granular, beaded, 
and in the middle line and on the branchial regions pustular, 
the margins lamellar and irregularly lobulated. 

The front is bilobed; the antero-lateral margin, like the 
anterior part of the postero-lateral, is extended horizontally 
to form a sharp lamella, which is cut up into several unequal 
lobes larger than the two lobes of the posterior margin. The 
hepatic, branchial, and intestinal regions are all very clearly 
delimited, leaving only the boundary between the gastric and 
cardiac regions undefined ; in the centre of the tumid intestinal 
region is a blunt spine. ‘The sternum is finely beaded. 

The abdomen is finely granular, and although the segments 
from the third to the sixth are coalescent, they are all 
distinctly defined. 

The eyes and orbits are very small, the latter having two 
fissures above and one below, and a pronounced hiatus inter- 
nally, The antennulary fosse are large; the antennary 
flagella are minute. 

The external maxillipeds are large, with the exposed 
surface closely and finely beaded; the exopod, which is 
rather broader than the endopod, has the outer margin nearly 
straight and does not quite reach to the pointed extremity of 
the meropodite. 

The thoracic legs are all granular or finely beaded. The 
chelipeds, though stout, are not remarkably prolonged, their 
length not greatly exceeding the breadth of the carapace ; 
the bead-like granules on the upper edge of the meropodite 
are large; there is a small tooth on the outer side of the 
carpus at its distal end; the palm and the dactylopodite have 
the outer edge broadly and sharply crested, the immobile 
finger also being slightly carinated. 

The remaining thoracic legs are short and slender. 

Colour white, with a pinkish blush. 

A male from Station 115, 188-220 fathoms. 

Length of carapace about 12 millim., its breadth being 
about 13 millim. 


Indian Deep-sea Dredging. 405 


Family Dorippide. 
Eruusa, Roux. 
92. Ethusa andamanica, sp. n. 


This species closely resembles Ethusa orientalis, Miers 
(‘Challenger’ Brachyura, p. 330, pl. xxviii. fig. 1), from 
which it appears to differ only in the following points :—The 
carapace is smooth instead of being granular; the cervical 
and cardio-branchial sutures are ill- instead of well-defined ; 
the tooth at the external orbital angle is not so prominent in 
relation to the front. 

A male from Station 115, 188-220 fathoms. 

Length of carapace about 9 millim., breadth about 9 millim., 
length of cheliped 11 millim., length of third leg about 
29 millim., length of fourth leg 11 millim. 

Compared with the other Indian species the most remark- 
able character of Hthusa andamanica is the robustness of the 
fourth and fifth pairs of legs. 


93. Ethusa indica, sp. n. 


Carapace finely and closely granular and a little broader 
than long. 

The front is bilobed and four-toothed; the antero-lateral 
or external orbital angle forms, not a tooth, as in Ethusa 
andamanica, but a great spike projecting far beyond the frontal 
spines; the lateral margins are strongly convex in their 
branchial extent and then converge, so that the breadth of the 
anterior portion of the carapace is not two thirds that of the 
posterior portion. ‘The cervical and cardio-branchial sutures 
are well marked, and the small tumid intestinal region stands 
out like a wart between the even more tumid branchial 
regions. 

The eye-stalks are slender and are freely mobile; the eyes 
are small but well developed ; the orbits are imperfect. 

The basal joint of the antennules is not inflated. The 
antennary flagellum is only about half the length of the 
carapace. 

The chele are equal; the meropodite and fingers are 
compressed and the carpus and palm inflated; the cutting- 
edges of the fingers are closely apposable and are finely 
crenulate in the distal half or two thirds. 

The dactyli of the second and third legs are broad 
scimitar-like blades. 


406 Surg.-Capt. A. Alcock on 


The fourth and fifth pairs of legs are filiform, granular, 
and in the distal third hairy. 

An egg-laden female from Station 120, 240 fathoms, has 
the following dimensions:—Length of carapace 9°5 millim., 
greatest breadth a little over 10 millim., length of cheliped 
about 13 millim., length of third leg 33 millim., length of 
fourth leg 11 millim. 

The most remarkable character of this species is the great 
size of the external orbital spines. 


94. Ethusa pygmea, sp. n. 


Carapace and appendages very finely and closely granular ; 
the length of the carapace not quite equal to the greatest 
breadth. The front is bilobed and four-spined; the antero- 
lateral or external orbital angle forms a spine, much as in 
the preceding species, only that it does not reach to the level 
of the tips of the frontal spines; the lateral margins are 
strongly convex in their branchial extent and then converge, 
so that the breadth of the carapace in front is only two thirds 
of its breadth behind. The cervical and cardio-branchial 
sutures are well marked and the gastric, cardiac, and intestinal 
regions are all quite plainly delimited. 

The eye-stalks are slender, the eyes are slightly dilated, 
and the orbits are very imperfect. 

The chelipeds are equal and the fingers are closely appos- 
able and finely crenulate in the distal half to two thirds of 
the cutting-edge. 

The second and third legs have long scimitar-like dactyli ; 
the fourth and fifth legs are moderately stout. 

An egg-laden female from Station 115, 188-220 fathoms, 
has the following dimensions :—Length of carapace 6 millim., 
breadth nearly 7 millim., length of cheliped about 8 millim., 
of third leg 22 millim., of fourth leg 8 millim. 

This species closely resembles the preceding, from which 
it is distinguished by its much smaller size, by the better 
definition of the regions of the carapace, by the smaller 
antero-lateral spine, by the granulation of the thoracic legs, 
and by the more robust fourth and fifth pairs of legs. 


95. Cymonomops glaucomma, gen. et sp. n. 


Carapace subcircular; it and the appendages are very 
closely and finely granular beneath a dense pubescence. The 
front consists of three deeply cut lobes, the middle one of 
which is the largest and most prominent. The middle lobe 


Indian Deep-sea Dredging. 407 


again is slightly cleft at the tip, and in the cleft is to be seen 
projecting the roof of the remarkably prolonged buccal 
cavity. 

The external orbital angle, which is somewhat ventrad in 
position, also forms a projecting tooth, so that the orbito- 
frontal region, which is sharply delimited from the rest of the 
inflated carapace, has the form of a five-pronged crest or 
crown. The regions of the carapace are plainly delimited, 
excepting only in the case of the boundary between the 
gastric and cardiac regions. The pterygostomian regions are 
most remarkably puffed out. 

The abdomen (in the female) is large, and the terminal 
segment has the form of a broad semicircular plate, broader 
than any of the other segments and nearly as long as all of 
them put together. 

The orbits are capacious, but the eye-stalks are slender 
and the eyes are unpigmented and semiopaque. 

The antennules, which are much larger and longer than 
the antenne, are incapable of flexion beneath the front. 

The external maxillipeds are of great length, in correspon- 
dence with the remarkable trough-like prolongation of the 
buccal cavity, which they completely close in below ; their 
meropodite, which is prolonged far beyond the insertion of 
the palp, covers the bases of the antennules and antenne, 
their tips in fact being visible from above; the slender 
exopod does not much surpass the ischium. 

The chelipeds are short but massive, and are equal; the 
merus is curved, the carpus is very small, the palm is large, 
tumid, and crooked, and the fingers are broad, compressed, 
pointed, very closely apposable, and have their cutting-edge 
very finely denticulated. 

The second and third legs are of great length, being more 
than four times the length of the body, the merus forming 
more than half their extent ; their dactyli are filiform and are 
not much longer than their protopodite. The fourth and fifth 
legs have the family position, but are mere rudiments, being 
of hair-like tenuity and only about three fourths of the cara- 
pace in length; the fifth ends in a hook-like dactylus. 

A female from Station 116, 405 fathoms, has the following 
dimensions :—Length of carapace 6°5 millim., breadth 6°5 
millim., length of cheliped 9 millim., length of second leg 
28°5 millim., of fourth leg 4°5 millim. 

, Colour in the fresh state chalky pink. 


408 Surg.-Capt. A. Alcock on 


Family Homolidz. 
Homo1a, Leach. 


96. Lomola megalops, sp. n. 


Carapace quadrilateral, its greatest breadth being fifteen 
sixteenths of its length, its surface like that of the appendages 
finely and sharply granular and pubescent. Viewed from in 
front the front edge of the carapace has the form of an ex- 
tremely well-marked double @-shaped curve, armed through- 
out its extent with sharp spines and culminating in a concave 
declivous rostrum with a slightly cleft tip; a pair of spines 
on either side of the rostrum, forming the armature of the 
front proper, are stouter than any of the others, and imme- 
diately behind the inner spine of each pair is a sharp tubercle. 

The rostrum itself in its basal portion descends between 
the antennules as a vertical plate which ends in a sharp 
epistomial spine. The lateral margins have a slight elegant 
double curve, are very regularly spinulate up to the level of 
the hepatic region, and end in a strong spine at the antero- 
lateral angle. 

The gastric, cardiac, hepatic, and branchial regions are all 
distinctly delimited ; the gastric region is crossed from side 
to side by a sinuous row of seven spines, and each hepatic 
region is surmounted by a puckered eminence. 

The segments of the abdomen are all distinct and separate 
in both sexes, the second segment having a sharp spine 
centrally ; all are granular and pubescent, and in the third to 
sixth the granules have a tendency to concentrate in a raised 
transverse band. 

The eyes are very large, their major diameter being about 
one fifth the length of the carapace ; they are borne on long, 
slender, granular, and hairy eye-stalks, and the hairs at the 
corneal margin form a heavy fringe. 

The auditory tubercle is very prominent. 

The external maxillipeds, like the other thoracic legs, are 
granular and hairy ; the outer edge of their ischiopodite and 
meropodite is carinated, the carina of the meropodite forming 
a projecting lobe. 

The chelipeds are symmetrical in both sexes and are about 
a carapace anda half in length ; the three crests of the ischio- 
podite and meropodite, the four or five crests of the carpo- 
podite, and the single (superior) crest of the palm are closely 
spiny, and the fingers, which are about the same length as 
the palm, have the cutting-edge sharp and entire. 


Indian Deep-sea Dredging. 409 


The other thoracic legs are long, stout, and compressed, 
the third and fourth pairs, which are the longest, being twice 
the length of the chelipeds. 

In the second to fourth legs the meropodite has both the 
anterior and the posterior edges closely spinate and the 
dactylus is long. In the fifth pair the meropodite is spinate 
on the posterior edge only, the anterior edge having only a 
single terminal spine. The fifth pair also differs in having 
a strong terminal spine on the posterior edge of the carpo- 
podite, which joint is also longer than it is in the other legs. 
In the fifth pair a very efticient subchela is formed by the 
closing of the short dactylus against a serrated eminence that 
occupies the middle two fourths of the propodite. 

From the orifice in the basal joints of the fitth pair of legs 
the vas deferens protrudes as a curved tube. 

In the male the appendages of the first two abdominal 
somites are well developed; the first pair are long and hairy 
and reach to the base of the chelipeds; they are broadly 
tubular in their distal half and are papillated at the tip; the 
second pair are stoutish rods about two thirds the length of 
the first pair, and end each in a broad sucker-like disk. In 
both of these appendages all the normal component parts are 
recognizable, although of course modified. 

In the female there are five pairs of abdominal legs, of 
which the first are uniramous. 

Colour in life salmon-pink. 

A male and a female were dredged at Station 115, 188-220 
fathoms ; they both have the same dimensions, namely :— 
Length of carapace 30 millim., breadth 28 millim., length of 
chelipeds 46 millim., length of third leg 94 millim., length 
of fifth leg 60 millim. 


Order STOMAPODA. 
SQuILLA, auctorum. 


97. Squilla tenuispinis, Wood-Mason. 
Squilla tenwispinis, Wood-Mason, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., March 1891, 
pe271. .- 
Station 115, 188-220 fathoms, and Station 119, 95 fathoms. 


98. Squilla stridulans, sp. n., Wood-Mason. 


The late Professor Wood-Mason has recorded the following 
diagnosis of this species :— 

Dorsal integument foveolate-rugose, the sculpture coarser 
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xiii. 27 


410 Surg.-Capt. A. Alcock on 


on the median lobe of the carapace and between the sublateral 
carine of the free thoracic and abdominal terga than at the 
sides. Rostrum oblong, with slightly convergent concave 
and upturned sides, rounded antero-lateral angles, and concave 
or straight or slightly arched anterior margin, without longi- 
tudinal ridge, but with a slightly rounded elevation in the 
middle. 

“ Eyes large, asymmetrical in themselves, both lobes being 
greatly produced, the major diameter of their cornex con- 
tained two and a half times in the antennal scale. 

“Processes of antennulary ring curved, sharp, submu- 
cronate-triangular. 

“ Anterior end of ventral are of optic ring weakly arched, 
with a small subacute tooth at each antero-lateral angle, 
ventrally convex posteriorly, the nauplius eye persistent on 
the anterior slope of the convexity. 

“‘ Median dorsal ridge of anterior lobe of carapace forked 
just in front of the dorsal tubercles, the prongs of the fork 
straight, contained about 274 times in the whole ridge. 
Carapace obtuse-angulated at the junction of the lateral and 
postero-lateral margins. 

“The acute lobes of the outer ends of the fifth thoracic 
tergum are separated by a wide notch, the anterior lobe 
tending towards the ventral position ; anterior lobe of the 
outer end of the sixth tergum is squarish, with the hinder 
angle acute. 

‘“‘ The dorsal crest of the carpopodite of the great raptorial 
limbs is entire ; the dactylopodite weak and slender, its outer 
margin level for a short distance at the very base, whence it 
is regularly arched to the extremity, six-toothed, all the teeth 
distinctly separate to the very base; the outer and inferior 
apex of the meropodite is not spinous. 

‘Interrupted dorsal tubercles on second to fifth abdominal 
terga not cariniform; of the abdominal terga the lateral 
carine of the first to sixth, the sublateral carine of the third 
to sixth, and the submedian carine of the fifth and sixth 
terminate in a spine. 

“Telson thin, with the submedian and sublateral spines 
of its free margin long and slender, with ten teeth between 
the submedians and fourteen between the submedian and 
sublateral on each side; median crest faintly notched ; oblique 
ridges very short. 

“In the caudal swimmerets the spinous prolongation of 
the base is exceedingly slender, with the blunt tooth on the 
outer margin of its inner and longer lobe reduced to a rudi- 


Indian Deep-sea Dredging. 411 


mentary condition ; the inner margin of the upper surface of 
the endopodite is very distinctly and regularly crenulate.” 
Station 119, 95 fathoms, and Station 120, 240 fathoms. 


Order AMPHIPODA. 
Family Stegocephalida. 
ANDANIA, Boeck. 


99. Andania spinescens, sp. n. 


The head is entirely concealed beneath the pointed hood- 
like expansion of the first thoracic segment. 

The first four abdominal segments are carinated, the carina 
being prolonged backwards as a great spine overhanging the 
succeeding segment. 

Eyes appear to be absent. 

Colour in the fresh state pale lilac. 


Carapace of Andania spinescens, natural size. 


Station 110, 1997 fathoms; two specimens, both nearly 
40 millim. in length from the tip of the overhanging hood to 
the end of the minute telson. 

Owing to the mutilation of the appendages it is impossible 
to properly describe this species. 


Specimens of two small blind species of Gammaroids were 
extracted from their burrows in the husk of a sunk cocoanut 
dredged trom the bottom at Station 108, 1043 fathoms. 


The species described in this paper that have not been 
already figured will be figured in “ Illustrations of the Zoology 
of the R.L.M.S. ‘ Investigator,’”’ part iii., to appear either at 
the end of this year or the beginning of next year. 


2% 


412 Mr. T. Scott on Crustacea 


XLV.—On some rare and interesting Crustacea from the 
Dogger Bank collected by Ernest W. L. Holt, Esq. By 
Tuomas Scort, F.L.S., Naturalist to the Fishery Board 
for Scotland. 


THE Crustacea which form the subject of this memoir were 
presented to me several months ago by my friend Mr. Ernest 
W. L. Holt. They were collected by him at the south-west 
end of the Dogger Bank in April 1892, while he was engaged 
on board the 8.8. ‘Resolute’ carrying out a series of 
fishery investigations for the Marine Biological Association. 
The collection in which the Crustacea occurred was made 
by fixing a tow-net to the end of the beam of the trawl, as is 
done on board the Scottish Fishery Steamer ‘ Garland,’ and 
which is a very effective method for capturing those free- 
swimming marine organisms whose habitat is usually near 
the bottom. The trawl on this occasion was down for about 
eight hours in water the depth of which varied from 20 to 26 
fathoms. The locality where the collection was made may 
be given approximately as 70 to 80 miles east by north of 
Spurn Head at the mouth of the Humber. When the trawl 
was hauled up the tow-net fixed to the beam was found to 
contain a large quantity of living matter consisting chiefly of 
small Crustacea. In this single tow-net gathering the 
number of species of Crustacea that have been identified are 
as follows, viz. :—Three species of Decapoda, four species of 
Schizopoda, four species of Cumacea, twenty-two species of 
Amphipoda, and five species of Copepoda; a Pteropod, Clione 
limacina (Phipps) (Clone borealis, Pallas), was also obtained 
in the same collection. 

Some of the Crustacea obtained in this gathering have not, 
so far as I know, been previously recorded from the English 
coasts; indeed the collection as a whole is a very interesting 
one, and shows how much may be done towards increasing 
our knowledge of the distribution of the British marine fauna 
by the adoption of proper methods of investigation, and also 
thereby tending to throw additional light on obscure fishery 
questions. Some remarks of the Rev. A. M. Norman on the 
importance of a knowledge of the Crustacea in connexion 
with fishery investigations may be appropriately quoted here. 
Dr. Norman says :—‘“‘ No real progress can be made with 
respect to the food of fishes until investigators are familar 
with those Crustacea which constitute so large a portion of 
that food” *, 


* ‘Fourth Annual Report of the Fishery Board for Scotland,’ p, 155 


Strom the Dogger Bank. 413 


The following is a classified list of the species of Crustacea 
captured by Mr. Holt and arranged in the order in which 
they are referred to above. 


Suborder DECAPODA. 
Crangon Allmanni, Kinahan. 


Crangon Allmanni, Kinahan, Proc. Dublin Nat. Hist. Soc. vol. iv. p. 80 
(1857). 

This species appears to be usually confined to off-shore 
waters, and may be distinguished from Crangon vulgaris not 
only by its colour when alive, but also by the abdomen 
having posteriorly a distinct median dorsal groove. Crangon 
Allmanni frequently forms an important part of the food of 
the haddock and the cod. 

Crangon nanus, Kroyer. 
Crangon nanus, Kroyer, Naturhistorisk Tidsskrift, ser. 1, vol. iv. p. 231 
(1842). 

This appears to be the Crangon bispinosa, Bell (Brit. 
Stalk-eyed Crust. p. 268, 1853), and seems to have a fairly 
wide distribution in British waters. It is, as its name implies, 
one of the smaller species of Crangon. 


Pandalus annulicornis, Leach. 


Pandalus annulicornis, Leach, Malac. Brit. t. xl.; Bell, Brit. Stalk- 
eyed Crust. p. 297. 

This is one of the most valuable of the smaller Crustacea for 
food purposes. A regular and remunerative fishery of the 
“brawn ”’ and the ‘ common shrimp ” is carried on at several 
places round the British coasts. ‘The larger food-fishes also 
prey frequently on Pandalus annulicornis, the fragmeuts of 
these Crustaceans often forming a large portion of the contents 
of the stomachs of such fishes. It appeared to be scarce at the 
south-west end of the Dogger Bank at the time the present tow- 
net gathering was collected. 


Suborder SCHIZOPODA*. 


Gastrosaccus spinifer (Goés). 


Mysis spinifera, Goés, Crust. decapoda podoph. marina Suecix, p. 14 
(1863). 


(1886); Rev. A. M. Norman, “On a Crangon, some Schizopoda, and 
Cumacea new to or rare in the British Seas.” 

* See also the Rev. A. M. Norman’s memoir on the British Mysidz 
(Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. x. pp. 143-166 and 242-268, pls. ix. 
and x., 1892). 


414 Mr. T. Scott on Crustacea 


Gastrosaccus spinifer, Stebbing, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. vi. 
pp. 114 and 528, pl. iii. 

This crustacean has been obtained at several places in 
Scotland and the following English localities :—Off Whitby, 
Yorkshire, and at Starcross, Devon ; and the locality now 
recorded is a new station for it on the east coast. 


Erythrops Goésti, G. O. Sars. 


Nematopus Goésii, G. O. Sars, Beretning om en i Somm. 1865 foret. 
ie hip ved Kyst. af Christianias og Christiansands Stifter, p. 15 

Tnithesps Goésit, id. Monogr. Mysider, p. 24, pl. i. (1870). 

There are three species of Hrythrops recorded for the 
British seas, and the largest of them scarcely reaches half an 
inch in length. Hrythrops G'oésit appears to be the rarest of 
the three in British waters ; the only locality from which it 
has been recorded hitherto is the Firth of Forth, where it 
sometimes occurs in considerable numbers. ‘The occurrence 
of Erythrops Goésit in Mr. Holt’s collection from the south- 
west end of the Dogger Bank is therefore of interest not only 
because it is a new station for the species, but also because 
this station is much further southward than any of its hitherto 
recorded habitats. 


Mysidopsis angusta, G. O. Sars. 
Mysidopsis angusta, G. O. Sars, Zool. Reise 1863 i Christiania Stift. 
p. 30 (1864). 

This species is readily distinguished from the other three 
British species of Mystdopsis by its slightly forked telson. I 
know of only four British records for Myszdopsis angusta, and 
they are all from places in Scotland ; the present record there- 
fore is an extension of its distribution on the east coast. 


Schistomysis ornata (G. O. Sars). 
Mysis ornata, G. O. Sars, Beret. om en i Somm. 1865 foret. Zool. 
Reise, p. 18 (1864). 
Schistomysis ornata, Norman, “ British Myside,” Ann. & Mag. Nat. 
Hist. ser, 6, vol. x. p. 255 (1892). 

This is a widely distributed species in the British seas ; it 
is a handsomely coloured species. The Schizopoda—espe- 
cially those of the family EKuphausiide—form an important 
part of the food of certain fishes. 


JSrom the Dogger Bank. 415 


Suborder CUMACEA, 


Lamprops fasciata, G. O. Sars. 
Lamprops fasciata, G. O. Sars, Om en i Somm. 1862 foret. Zool. Reise 
i Christianias og Trondhjems Stifter, 1863, p. 44. 

‘The carapace of this species has three oblique lateral folds 
and the telson is furnished with five apical spines. Lamprops 
Jasciata is very prettily marked. It was somewhat rare in 
the gathering from the Dogger Bank. 


Diastylis Rathkit (Kroyer). 
Cuma Rathkii, Kroyer, “ Fire nye Arter af Slegten Cuma,” Natur- 
historisk Tidsskrift, ser. 1, vol. iii. p. 508 (1841). 
Diastylis Rathkii, Sp. Bate, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. xvii. p. 451 
(1856). 

This is a large and fine species and occurs sometimes in 
considerable numbers. In the Dogger-Bank gathering it 
was somewhat scarce. I have on several occasions observed 
Diastylis Rathkii in the stomachs of fishes. 


Diastylis rugosa, G. O. Sars. 
Diastylis rugosa, G. O. Sars, “Om den aberrante Krebsdyrgruppe 
Cumacea og dens Nordiske Arter,” Selskab. Forhand]. 1864, p. 41. 
This species is considerably smaller than the last and was 
rather uncommon in the gathering. 


Pseudocuma cercaria (Van Beneden). 
Leucon cercaria, Van Beneden, Recherches sur la Faune littorale de 
Belgique, Crust., 1860, p. 85, pl. xiv. 
Pseudocuma cercaria, G, O. Sars, Middlehavets Cumaceer, 1879, p. 114, 
pls. xl., xli., and xlii. 
This was a moderately common form in the Dogger-Bank 
gathering. The species appears to be widely distributed in 
the British seas. 


Suborder AMPHIPODA. 


Parathemisto oblivia (Kroyer). 
Hyperia oblivia, Kroyer, Grdnl. Amfip. p. 70, pl. iv. fig. 19 (1838). 
Parathemisto oblivia, G, O. Sars, Crust. of Norway, p. 10, pl. v. fig. 1 
(1890). 
This species was common in the Dogger-Bank gathering. 
It is one of the most important among the Amphipoda as fish- 
food. Hyperia oblivia appears to be more or less frequent 


416 Mr. T. Scott on Crustacea 


all over the North Sea, but is usually of rare occurrence on 
the west coast of Scotland. During the whole of my resi- 
dence at Tarbert, Loch Fyne, in 1885-86, the only member 
of the Hyperiide I observed was [Hyperia galba, a few speci- 
mens of which were obtained in one of the Aurelia aurita 
that had been cast ashore by the incoming tide. Mr. David 
Robertson states that he obtained a single specimen of Para- 
themisto oblivia near the Mull of Cantire; and this was the 
only one he remembers ever having met with in the Firth of 


Clyde *. 


Euthemisto compressa (Goes). 
Themisto compressa, Goés, CEfvers. af Kongl. Svenska Vetensk.-Akad. 
Forhandl. (1865). 
Euthemisto compressa, G. O. Sars, Crust. of Norway, p. 12, pl. v. fig. 2 
(1890). 

This is a larger species than the last, and apparently some- 
what erratic in its movements so far as its presence on the 
east coasts of England and Scotland is concerned. At one 
time it may be of frequent occurrence, or even quite common, 
while at another time not a single specimen can be obtained. 
A few specimens only were observed in the tow-net gathering 
from the Dogger Bank. 


Callisoma crenata, Spence Bate. 
Callisoma crenata, Spence Bate, Cat. Amphip. Brit. Mus. p. 85, pl. xiv. 

fig. 5 (1862). 

Callisoma crenata appears to be a generally distributed 
species. If a dead half-decayed fish, sea-urchin, or such like 
is brought up in the dredge, Callisoma crenata is almost 
sure to be present, and sometimes in swarms, feeding on the 
putrid animal matter. 


Hippomedon denticulatus (Spence Bate). 
Anonyx denticulatus, Spence Bate, Cat. Amphip. Crust. Brit. Mus. 
p- 75 (1862). 
Hippomedon denticulatus, G. QO. Sars, Crust. of Norway, p. 56, pl. xx. 
(1890). : 

This fine species was frequent in the tow-net material from 
the Dogger Bank. It is readily distinguished from its allies 
“by the peculiar form of the tooth-like posterior projection 
of the last epimeral plates of the metasome ” }. 


* «The Amphipoda and Isopoda of the Firth of Clyde,’ by David 
Robertson, F.L.8., F.G.8., p. 65 (1888). : 
+ G. O. Sars, op. ett. p. 57. 


Strom the Dogger Bank. 417 


Orchomenella ciliata, G. O. Sars. 
Orchomenella ciliata, G. O. Sars, Crust. of Norway, p. 69, pl. xxv. fig. 2 
(1891). 
This somewhat rare species was obtained sparingly in the 
Dogger-Bank gathering. It appears to have a fairly wide 
distribution, as Chevreux records it from the coasts of France. 


Tryphosites longipes (Spence Bate). 
Anonyx longipes, Spence Bate, Cat, Amphip. Brit. Mus. p. 79, pl. xiii. 
fiz. 4 (1862). 
Tryphosites longipes, G. O. Sars, Crust. of Norway, p. 81, pl. xxviii. 
fig. 3, pl. xxix. fig. 1. 
This species occurred very sparingly in the Dogger-Bank 
material. Its known distribution extends to the Mediterranean. 


Bathyporeta norvegica, G. O. Sars. 
Bathyporeia norvegica, G. O. Sars, Crust. of Norway, p. 128, pl. xliii. 
(1891). 

Bathyporeia norvegica was first recorded as British in the 
Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1892, ser. 6, vol. x. p. 205, from 
specimens obtained in the Firth of Forth. This appears to 
be the first record cf its occurrence on the English coast. It 
is readily distinguished from any other allied form by its 
larger size and especially by the tooth-like form of the 
postero-lateral angles of the epimeral plates of the third 
segment of the metasome. 


Bathyporeia pelagica, Spence Bate. 
Bathyporeia pelagica, Spence Bate, Cat. Amphip. Brit. Mus. p. 174, 
pl. xxxi. fig. 6 (1862). 
This is a smaller species than the last, and it has a fairly 
wide distribution. Several specimens occurred in the Dogger- 
Bank tow-net gathering. 


Argissa hamatipes (Norman). 


Syrrhoé hamatipes, Norman, Report of the 38th Meeting of the Brit. 
Assoc., 1868. : 

Argissa typica, Boeck, Crust. Amphip. bor. et arct. p.45 (1870); G. 0. 
Sars, Crust. of Norway, p. 141, pl. xlviii. (1891). 

Argissa hamatipes, Scott, Eleventh Annual Report of the Fishery 
Board for Scotland, pt. iii. p. 218, pl. v. figs. 50, 31. 


Several specimens of this curious species were obtained in 
the gathering from the Dogger Bank. The present is a new 
record of the species for the English east coast. It has been 
obtained at several places on the Scotch coasts. 


418 Mr. T. Scott on Crustacea 


Ampelisca typica (Spence Bate). 


Tetromatus typicus, Spence Bate, Brit. Assoc. Report, 1855, p. 58. 

Ampelisca Gaimardi, id. (non Kroyer), Brit. Sess.-eyed Crust. yol.i. 
p. 127 (1863). 

Ampelisca typica, G. O, Sars, Crust. of Norway, p, 165, pl. lvii. (1891). 


Several specimens of this species were obtained. 


Amphilochus tenuimanus, Boeck. 
Amphilochus tenuimanus, Boeck, Crust. Amphip. bor. et arct. p. 51 
(1870). 

The characters that distinguish this species from Amphi- 
lochus manudens are somewhat obscure. There is no tooth- 
like projection at the base of the dactyli of the gnathopods 
as there is in those of Amphilochus manudens. ‘The last 
pair of epimeral plates of the metasome are simply angular 
and want the small but distinct denticle at the postero-lateral 
angles, and the telson is also longer. The present is the only 
record I know of for Amphilochus tenuimanus for the east 
coast of Great Britain. Mr. David Robertson has taken it in 
the Firth of Clyde, near Cumbrae. 


Amphilochotdes pusillus, G. O. Sars. 


Amphilochoides pusillus, G. O. Sars, Crust. of Norway, p. 222, pl. lxxvi. 
(1892) ; T. and A. Scott, Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. xiii. 
p. 147 (1894). 

This species has only recently been added to the British 
fauna from specimens obtained in the Firth of Forth and 
St. Andrews Bay ; and the present record is an interesting 
addition to our knowledge of its distribution in British waters. 


Stenothoé marina (Spence Bate). 
Montagua marina, Spence Bate, Cat. Amphip. Brit. Mus. p. 56, pl. viii. 
fic. 5 (1862). 
Stenothoé marina, G. O. Sars, Crust. of Norway, p. 256, pl. lxxx. (1892). 
A few specimens of this widely distributed species were 
obtained in the Dogger-Bank gathering. 


Perioculodes longimanus (Spence Bate). 


Monoculodes longimanus, Spence Bate and Westwood, Brit. Sess.-eyed 
Crust. vol. xi. p. 507 (1869). 

Perioculodes longimanus, G. O. Sars, Crust. of Norway, p. 313, pl. ex. 
fig. 2, pl. exi. fig. 1. 


rom the Dogger Bank. 419 


The distribution of this species extends from Norway to 
the Mediterranean, and it is of frequent occurrence in the 
British seas. 

Pontocrates norvegicus, Boeck. 
Pontocrates norvegicus, Boeck, Crust. Amphip. bor. et arct. p. 91 (1870). 


Kréyera altamarina, Spence Bate and Westwood, Brit. Sess.-eyed 
Crust. vol. i. p. 177 (1863), 


A few specimens of this species were obtained in the 
material from the Dogger Bank. 


Synchelidium brevicarpum (Spence Bate). 
Kréyera brevicarpa, Bate and Westwood, Brit. Sess.-eyed Crust. vol. xi. 
p. 508 (1869). 
Synchehdium brevicarpum, G. O, Sars, Crust. of Norway, p. 318, 
pl. exii. fig. 1 (1892). 
This is a small species with curious gnathopods. It does 
not appear to be very common in the British seas. 


Halimedon Miilleri, Boeck. 


Halimedon Molleri, Boeck, Crust. Amphip. bor. et arct. p. 89 (changed 
afterwards by Boeck to H. Miller). 

Halimedon Millert, G. O. Sars, Crust. of Norway, p. 327, pl. exv. 
(1892). 


This was a somewhat rare species in the Dogger-Bank 
material. 


Iphimedia ? obesa, Rathke. 


Iphimedia obesa, Rathke, Acta Acad. Leop. t. xx. p. 85, pl. i. fig. 1 
(1843). 


A specimen apparently belonging to this species but some- 
what imperfect occurred in the gathering from the Dogger 
Bank. The species has a wide distribution in the British 
seas. It is frequently ornamented with transverse bands 
usually of a rich brownish or reddish colour. 


Apherusa borealis (Boeck). 


Apherusa borealis (Boeck), G. O. Sars, Crust. of Norway, p. 441, 
pl. ely. fig. 2 (1893). 
This species was of common occurrence in the Dogger- 
Bank material. The two dorsal tooth-like projections of the 
metasome appear to be more strongly developed in the male 


420 On Crustacea from the Dogger Bank. 


than in the female; the telson is in the form of an elongate 
narrow triangular plate with an acute apex; a minute hair 
springs from a small marginal notch on each side of the 
apex. This is also one of the more common species of 


Amphipods in the Firth of Forth. 


Megaluropus agilis, Norman. 


Megaluropus agilis, Norman, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. iii. 
p. 446, pl. xviii. figs. 1- 10 (1889) ; id. ibid. ser. 6, vol. iv. p. 123, 
pl: figs. 15-17 (1889). 


Several specimens of this Amphipod were obtained in the 
material from the Dogger Bank ; it appears to be generally 
distributed round the British coasts. 


Dulichia, sp. 


An imperfect specimen of Dulichia was obtained in the 
Dogger-Bank material ; some of the more important append- 
ages were absent, rendering specific identification doubtful. 


Caprella, sp. 


A few specimens of a Caprella were also obtained, but 
they were too imperfect for the species to be satisfactorily 
made out. 


Suborder COPEPODA. 


This suborder was represented in the Dogger-Bank 
gathering by five species, all of which, with one “exception, 
are more or less common in the British seas. The species are 
as follows :—Calanus jinmarchicus (Gunner), one of the most 
abundant species in the gathering ; Pseudocalanus elongatus, 
Boeck, frequent; Temora longicornis (O. F. Miller), abun- 
dant; Mitridia armata, Boeck, rare; and Centropages 
hamatus (Lilljeborg), frequent. 


There was another and a smaller gathering, collected on 
the same date and near the same locality as the one now 
described ; but the species were much fewer, and those that 
were represented in the material did not differ from those 
already referred to. In both gatherings Sagitte were more 


or less common, and many of them were of large size. 


On Neuroptera from Western China. 421 


XLVI.—On Two small Collections of Neuroptera from Ta- 
chien-lu, in the Province of Szechuen, Western China, on the 
Jrontier of Thibet. By Rosperr M‘Lacutan, F.R.S. &e. 


For the materials from which this paper has been drawn up 
I am indebted to my good friend Mons. René Oberthiir, of 
Rennes, who obtained them from his collectors in the above- 
mentioned locality. ‘'a-chien-lu is situated, I believe, 
at a considerable elevation. The number of new forms 
in such comparatively small collections is remarkable and 
significant. In several respects the affinities are with Japan 
rather than with the Himalayas, notwithstanding the nearer 
proximity of the latter. 


TRICHOPTERA. 
Fam. Phryganeide. 


Neuronia (Ilolostomis) regina, M‘Lach. 


Holostomis Maclachlani, White, var. regina, M‘Lach. Journ. Linn. 
Soc., Zool. xi. pp. 103, 104. 


Nearly a quarter of a century has passed since I indicated 
the Japanese form of the Himalayan 7H. Maclachlani as 
probably a distinct species and suggested the name regina 
for it. Since then I have received and seen many examples 
of both forms from their respective habitats, and they keep 
themselves thoroughly distinct so far as coloration is con- 
cerned. I am now disposed to attach little importance to the 
apparently narrower wings in the Japanese insect. Of the 
common origin of the two forms there can be no doubt, but 
they appear to me now entitled to rank as species; and I am 
the more confirmed in this view because in the collection from 
Ta-chien-lu there is a single male which in colour conforms 
to the Japanese condition and not to the Himalayan. In 
wing-contour it is the same as the Himalayan (but so also 
are some examples from Japan). If any differences exist in 
the anal parts they are only very slight and remain to be 
detected. 


Fam. Limnophilide. 
Halesus amplus, sp. n. 


Body fuscous above, ochraceous beneath. Head above and 
pronotum clothed with fuscous hairs, those on the front and 


422 Mr. R. M‘Lachlan on 


pleure ochraceous. Antenne strong, shorter than the wings, 
brown, with yellowish annulations, and the basal joint is 
dingy yellowish. Palpi yellowish or testaceous. Legs 
testaceous, with not very numerous stout black spines on the 
tibia; on the anterior and intermediate tibiz each spine arises 
from a black spot; tips of the tibia and of each tarsal joint 
black. 

Anterior wings long, rather narrow, elliptical at the apex, 
the membrane finely granulose, and clothed, as are the veins, 
with fine short blackish hairs; on the postcostal region 
these hairs are long and strong, and there is a dense fringe of 
blackish hairs at the base of the costal margin. The ground- 
colour is smoky greyish (browner in the female), closely 
sprinkled with minute pale points, and on each side of the 
veins these points alternate in an irregular manner with 
darker spaces (especially on the apical sectors) ; on the lower 
edge of the cellula thyridii and on the lower edge of the 
postcosta is an interrupted blackish line; at the termination 
of the postcostal cellules is a rather conspicuous rounded pale 
spot. Neuration scarcely darker than the ground; discoidal 
cell very long and narrow, leaving only a short footstalk, 
apical cells all long, the first longer than those succeeding, 
oblique at its base, second to fourth nearly equal. 

Posterior wings pale smoky grey, slightly iridescent; at 
the base of the costal margin are tufts of long silky pale 
hairs, and there is a fringe of similar hairs on the anal 
margin. Neuration pale, the anal sectors darker. 

In the male the margin of the last dorsal segment is some- 
what raised and excised in the middle, and proceeding there- 
from is a black thickened portion produced into a rounded 
knob on either side and deeply excised in the middle. 
Superior appendages small and not prominent, ear-shaped or 
broadly sickle-shaped, yellowish, with pale hairs (intermediate 
appendages doubtful). Inferior appendages arising nearly 
contiguously from each side of the middle of the margin of 
the last ventral segment; viewed ventrally they are short, 
flattened, the inner edge deeply excised in its apical half and 
clothed with long yellowish hairs (concolorous with the 
appendages themselves) ; all the inner parts concealed, 

In the female the margin of the last dorsal segment is 
slightly produced triangularly. Appendices flattened, sub- 
triangular, their outer surface excavated. Side-pieces of last 
ventral segment small. Vulvar scale large, prominent, and 
yellow, consisting of two broad oblong side-lobes, rounded 
externally, and a contiguous middle lobe in the form of a long 
acute triangle of equal length with the side-lobes. 


Neuroptera from Western China. 423 


Length of body, g 15, ¢ 16 millim. Expanse, ¢ 52, 
9 56 millim. 

One male, one female. 

A large insect, with no parallel amongst strictly European 
forms. In contour of wings it resembles the European Steno- 
phylax concentricus, M‘Lach. et auct. (nec Zett.), but is 
larger and darker. 


Stenopsyche griseipennis, M‘Lach. 


Three males and one female. 

This identification is based on the supposition that one 
species, varying much in size and in intensity of colour, 
extends from the Himalayas, through North China, to Japan 
and the Loo-Choo Islands, a point that requires an exhaustive 
study to decide. ‘The examples here under consideration 
have the anterior wings very darkly marbled and the posterior 
very opaque white, with broad fuliginous apex; some ex- 
amples from Sikkim &e. in the Himalayas are similar in this 
respect ; the smoky apex of the posterior wings appears to 
be only a matter of degree. At the most I think these can 
only be local forms, not perhaps sufficiently differentiated for 
specific distinction. 


NEUROPTERA PLANIPENNIA. 


Fam. Panorpide. 
Panorpa diceras, sp. n. 


Body pale orange-yellow, with black markings as follows:— 
on the head is a large spot in which the ocelli are placed, 
continued as a fine line between the basal joints of the 
antenne and expanded into a triangle on the front below 
them ; rostrum with two lines gradually convergent towards 
the apex; a line on either side of the body commencing 
on the prothorax and continued to the end of the fifth 
abdominal segment, broadest on the basal segments. 

Antenne and palpi black. Legs greyish yellow, with 
short blackish pubescence ; tips of tarsal joints blackish, the 
last two joints of the intermediate and posterior tarsi nearly 
wholly blackish ; spurs piceous ; claws testaceous, with three 
or four long comb-like teeth within. 

Wings moderate, subobtuse, dusky hyaline, the extreme apex 
pale fuliginous; otherwise without markings, save that the ptero- 
stigma is yellowish and rather long. Subcosta not extending 
to the pterostigma in either pair. Neuration black, but the 


424 Mr. R. M‘Lachlan on 


transverse nervules appear whitish in certain lights, as also 
does the base of the furcation of the upper cubitus. 

Abdomen short, with fine silky whitish pubescence ; all 
the segments to the fifth transverse. Third dorsal segment 
slightly produced into a rounded flap in its middle, appa- 
rently covering a cavity in the anterior portion of the fourth ; 
sixth segment as long as the fourth and fifth united, oblong, 
the middle of its posterior end above is produced into two 
short, strong, cylindrical, obtuse, slightly divergent horns ; 
seventh longer than the sixth, obconical, curved upwards, 
excised and narrowed at its base above; eighth about the 
length of the seventh, narrowly obconical, straight; cheli- 
ferous segment short, the lateral pieces strongly rounded, the 
chele shorter than the segment, turned inwards and crossing ; 
on the inner edge of each is a tooth about the middle, after 
which the apical portion is excised, and there are probably 
one or two inner teeth at the extreme base; appendages 
flattened, closely applied to the edges of the rounded side- 
lobes, gradually dilated to near the apical portion, which is 
oblique inwardly, the inner edge with a fringe of rather 
strong distant black hairs (the whole cheliferous segment is 
more dusky in colour than those preceding it, and on its inner, 
or upper side if extended, is an appearance as of two long 
yellow hairy processes, damaged in the individual before me). 

Expanse, ¢ 30 millim. 

Only one individual is before me, remarkable for its pale 
colours and the conformation of the margin of the sixth 
segment. 


Fam. Ascalaphide. 
Idricerus exilis, sp. n. 


Body slaty cinereous. Head above very densely clothed 
with long black hairs directed forward in a tuft between the 
antenne ; on the front is a dense tuft of blackish hairs, 
directed upwards, below the antenne ; below this the hairs 
are cinereous, mixed with black at the sides; clypeus and 
labrum yellow; palpi testaceous ; mandibles piceous at tip. 
Antenne wholly black (including the capitate club). Thorax 
above with cinereous hairs, mixed with blackish on the sides ; 
pleure and breast with dense long whitish silky hairs. Legs 
reddish ; tarsi black ; on the anterior tibie beneath is (male 
only ?) a dense cushion of pale ochreous hairs occupying the 
whole length; spurs black, those on the posterior tibiw about 
as long as the first two tarsal joints; claws strong, black, 
rather longer than the terminal tarsal joint. Abdomen with 


Neuroptera from Western China, 425 


sparse long blackish hairs, moderately stout in male, its 
cinereous ground varied by a broad velvety-black annulation 
at the posterior end of each segment above (only to third 
segment beneath) ; on the side of the posterior margin of 
each dorsal segment is a short reddish line (scarcely visible on 
the terminal segments and probably altogether discoloured in 
examples in bad condition); terminal dorsal segment pro- 
duced above, with a tuft of long blackish hairs; terminal 
ventral segment obtusely triangular on each ‘side, with long 
blackish hairs. 

Wings vitreous, with watery-blue iridescence, rather 
narrow, the inner margin slightly dilated before the termina- 
tion of the cubiti; anal angle of anterior wings rounded, 
followed by a slight excision. Neuration wholly black, 
except at the extreme base and a short space at the base or 
the radius, which are yellowish (including the membranous 
attachments) ; pterostigma small, blackish fuscous, with two 
included nervules in the anterior and three in the posterior ; 
postpterostigmatic area commencing with two rows of cellules, 
then going on to three and then to four, the cellules of the 
marginal series the smallest, those of the lower series the 
largest; about thirty-seven costal nervules before the ptero- 
stigma; four or five rows of cellules between the lower 
cubitus and the inner margin. 

Length of body (¢) 34 millim. Expanse of wings 85 
millim. ; length of anterior wing 41 millim., greatest breadth 
10 millim. ; length of posterior wing 32 millim. 

One male. 

Apparently more closely allied to the Japanese J. japonicus, 
M‘Lach., than to the North-Indian J. decrepitus, Walk., and 
I. Elwesit, M‘Lach. 


Fam. Chrysopide. 
Chrysopa dasyphlebia, sp. n. 


Body wholly very pale green, without markings of any 
kind. Head above with an elevated somewhat semicircular 
space, divided by a longitudinal median impressed line with 
an excavation on either side. Antenne shorter than the 
wings, slender, whitish,a short straight hair at the apex of each 
joint excepting those towards the base; basal joint compara- 
tively short, somewhat bulbous. Palpi whitish. Eyes deep 
black (in dead examples). Pronotum longer than broad, 
slightly narrowed anteriorly, with an impressed median longi- 
tudinal line, and a transverse sulcus posteriorly, sparingly 

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xiii. 28 


426 Mr. R. M‘Lachlan on 


clothed with rather long whitish hairs, and there are similar 
hairs, but denser, on the abdomen. Legs whitish, clothed 
with concolorous hairs ; tarsi slightly yellowish ; claws testa- 
ceous, much dilated at the base, the apical portion slender, 
much curved, extending beyond the dilated portion. 

Wings broad, subacute; in the anterior pair the costal 
area is narrow at the base, but the costal margin soon becomes 
gradually rounded and the area correspondingly broad; the 
margins with a dense fringe of whitish (or yellowish-white) 
hairs, and there are long divaricating hairs on the neuration ; 
this latter is wholly pale green, with the following exceptions 
—in the anterior wings the veins in the costal area at the 
base are dusky blackish at their upper ends, and two or three 
small veins at the end of the postcostal region are incrassate 
and dusky blackish (but not always so); in the posterior 
wings the costal veinlets are blackish towards the base (in 
some examples there is an appearance as of long dusky spaces 
on the subcosta, but not of a decided nature) ; in both pairs 
of wings the sector does not run quite parallel with the radius, 
and the two series of gradate nervules are also not parallel ; 
in the anterior wings there are ten to twelve nervules in the 
inner and ten to fifteen in the outer series ; thirty to thirty-five 
costal nervules before the pterostigmatic area (this latter very 
faintly yellowish); dividing nervule of the third cubital 
cellule extending to rather more than half its Jength (but 
varying) and about one third beyond the insertion of the 
superposed nervule. 

Expanse 36-46 millim. 

I have seventeen examples before me. 

In general form, pale colour, and very hairy margins and 
neuration this species bears some analogy to the much smaller 
European Ch. alba, L.; but I think there is no real affinity, on 
account of the differing arrangement of the neuration. It also 
recalls species of the genus Leucochrysa, M‘Lach.* ; but in 
that genus, as defined by me, the labrum is excised, the 
antenne are much longer than the wings, and the divided 
portion of the third cubital cellule is more or less triangular 
(not oval). 


N.B.—Dr. Gerstiicker, in describing some new species of 
Chrysopide from Japan (Mitth. nat. Ver. Neu-Vorpommern 
und Riigen, 1893), has a “Nothochrysa” robusta, which he 
compares with “JV.” pallida, Schn., and “N.” bipunctata, 
Burm. But these two species have nothing whatever to do 


* Protochrysa, Kolbe, Arch. f. Naturgesch. 1888, Band i. p. 174,= 
Leucochrysa, M‘Lach, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1868, p. 208. 


Neuroptera from Western China. 427 


with the genus Nothochrysa, M‘Lach. ; neither, I think, has 
N. robusta, nor probably others described in the same paper. 
Nothochrysa is distinguished by its excised labrum, by the 
third cubital cellule being divided longitudinally into two more 
or less oblong parts, by the short stout antennex, and generally 
robust form, all of which characters are absent in Chrysopa 


pallida, Schn. 


Chrysopa punctilabris, sp. n. 

Body green. Head above with a triangular excavated 
space bounded by raised edges; front whitish green, with 
nine conspicuous more or less oval black spots, viz. one 
between the basal joints of the antennz, two on each side of 
the gene placed obliquely, one on each side of the clypeus, 
and one on each side of the labrum. Palpi black, the joints 
pale at base and apex, the terminal almost wholly black. 
Antenne shorter than the wings, slender, slightly testaceous, 
the basal joint green, bulbous. Pronotum transverse (broader 
than long), with two deep transverse sulci and a raised ridge 
between them, spotless. Legs whitish, with fine blackish 
hairs; tarsi slightly testaceous; claws testaceous, strongly 
dilated at the base internally. Abdomen clothed with whitish 
hairs. 

Wings oval, moderately broad, subacute, all the margins 
densely fringed, and the neuration with strong blackish 
(whitish in certain lights) divaricating hairs; costal area 
broad, with 28 to 32 nervules before the slightly yellowish 
pterostigmatic space. Neuration green, varied with black as 
follows :—the costal nervules, those below the radius at their 
upper end, nearly all the basal nervules, those between the 
cubiti at one or both ends, some of the axils of the marginal 
furcations, and the gradate nervules; sector nearly parallel 
with the radius, and the two gradate series (seven to nine in 
each on the anterior wings) are also nearly parallel ; dividing 
nervule of the third cubital cellule extending to about half its 
length and about one third beyond the insertion of the super- 
posed nervule. 

Expanse 28-34 millim. 


Four examples. 
Possibly of the group of Ch. 7-punctata. Should be easily 


recognized by the nine spots on the front, the presence of 
those on the labrum being exceptional. 


28% 


428 Mr. R. M‘Lachlan on 


PseupDO-NEUROPTERA. 
Fam. Ephemeride. 
Ephemera pictiventris, sp. n. 


9 subimago. Head and thorax above opaque whitish, more 
tinged with yellowish beneath. Eyes black, and they are 
connected by a black band. Antenne having the second 
joint black, those succeeding slightly paler. A black line 
extends on each side along the thorax from below the eyes to 
the root of the anterior wing, and on each side of the meso- 
thorax there is a large round-oval black spot below the black 
line. Legs yellowish white; anterior femora with a dusky 
line internally, and dusky externally towards the apex; the 
corresponding tibie and tarsi dusky, the latter almost blackish, 
intermediate and posterior tarsi having the terminal joint 
dusky. Abdomen yellow, each segment above having a 
complete crescentic black marking, becoming more elliptical 
on the apical segments; venter with an oblique black streak 
on the sides of each segment, becoming straighter and more 
parallel on the antepenultimate and penultimate. Sete 
black, the two outer with yellow basal joint; clothed with 
fuliginous hairs, which become longer and more dense on 
approaching the apex. 

Wings opaque whitish, the costal margin as far as the 
radius tinged with yellowish. Neuration black, but yellow 
at the extreme base; the anal reticulation pale. 

9 imago. Head and thorax shining yellow; a broad black 
band connecting the eyes. Antenne having the second and 
third joints black, the bristle whitish. Pronotum with a 
broad oblong black spot on either side, Mesonotum shining 
fuliginous in front, a black line in the sulcus that bounds the 
raised median portion ; a black spot on the sides contiguous 
to the posterior angle of the pronotum ; an elongate spot on 
the sides above the root of the anterior wings; a curved 
blackish streak on the sides above the intermediate legs, 
appearing as if trifid or quadrifid posteriorly, and there are 
blackish markings above the posterior legs. Legs yellow ; 
anterior femora blackish on the edges, the tibie and tarsi 
wholly black ; intermediate and posterior tarsi dusky. Ab- 
domen yellow, with black crescentic markings above as in the 
subimago, but broader and more intense, and the sides of each 
dilated and connected with the oblique black lines on the 
ventral surface, which are also more intense and complete. 
(Sete wanting.) 


Neuroptera from Western China. 429 


Wings hyaline, iridescent. In the anterior pair the sub- 
costal area is faintly tinged with yellowish ; the only markings 
are a blackish nodal dot on the subcosta, a smaller one below 
it on the sector, and a third at the point of furcation of the 
eubitus. Neuration black, passing into yellowish white at 
the extreme base and in the anal region ; in the pterostigmatic 
region are two rows of irregular cellules. Posterior wings 
without markings, the basal portion of the subcosta conspicu- 
ously deep black. 

Length of body, 9 14-17 millim., of sete 18 millim. 
Expanse 39-46 millim.; length of anterior wing 19-22 
millim. 

Two female subimagos, one female imago. 

Apparently nearly allied to H. japonica, M‘Lach.; the 
male is a desideratum. 


ODONATA. 
Subfam. Lrpeccvciwwa. 
2 ; Pal 
Pantala flavescens, I. 


Many examples. 


Sympetrum scoticum, Donov. 


One female. 
The wings at the base deep yellow as far as the basal area 


and on the anal border, which colour is continued in a less 
intense degree along the costal margin to beyond the nodus. 
The neuration is somewhat aberrant, inasmuch as the last 
antenodal nervule is continued into the subcostal area in all 
the wings except the left posterior. I find this condition not 
uncommon in the species, and it is usually asymmetrical. 


Thecadiplax ardens, sp. u. 


Closely allied to Th. erotica, Selys, but larger. Differs 
principally as follows :—The two shining black spots on the 
top of the front are usually (not always) united into a short 
transverse band. On the thorax above is a cuneiform (or 
triangular) black band in which is placed the dorsal carina ; 
the humeral black band is broader, and the lower branch of 
the divided portion of this band above the legs is curved and 
connected with a complete oblique black line, in which is 
placed the mesothoracic spiracle ; another oblique black line 
occupies the metathoracic suture (these two lines usually con- 


430 Mr. R. M‘Lachlan on 


nected by a black thread at the spiracle). In the male there 
is a triangular lateral blackish spot on the sides of segments 
4 to 7; in the female these spots are much larger and occur 
on segments 3 to 7, and are confused with the blackish under- 
side; in this sex segments 8 to 10 are wholly black, excepting 
a reddish spot on each side of 8, and with paler margins above 
on 9 and 10. Genitalia apparently not differing from those 
of Th. erotica, and the appendages not appreciably different ; 
in both species (and probably also in the allies) the supe- 
rior appendages are bifid at the upturned tips, and there are 
one or two minute denticulations below the tips. In the 
female the vulvar scale is perhaps more deeply divided and 
the two obtuse apical side-lobes broader. 

In the wings the pterostigma is longer (3 to 34 millim.) ; 
ten antenodal nervules in the anterior wings of the male, nine 
in the female. 

Length of abdomen, g¢ 29 millim., 2 264-27 millim. 
Length of posterior wing, ¢ 33 millim., 2 32-33 millim. 

‘Two males, four females. 

Although these examples (especially the females) vary 
somewhat inter se, it seems to me that they form either a 
distinct species or a marked local race. 


Libellula basilinea, sp. n. 


Closely allied to LZ. guadrimaculata, L.; differs especially 
as follows :—In the anterior wings are two blackish streaks at 
the base, viz. one in the subcostal area extending to slightly 
beyond the arculus, the other occupying the whole of the median 
area. In the posterior wings there is a streak in the sub- 
costal area; the triangular spot is comparatively small, 
deeply excised beneath, deep black, and not reticulated with 
yellow. 

Abdomen beneath deep black, with seven isolated marginal 
subquadrate yellow spots, that on the second segment small, 
the others large, but gradually decreasing to the eighth 
segment; these spots are reproduced on the sides of the dorsal 
surface, but are there more elongate. 

One pair (¢ ? ). 

As an additional character it may be stated that the costal 
margin as far as the median vein is yellow for the whole 
length of the wing, even in the postpterostigmatic area; in 
L. quadrimaculata this sometimes exists as far as the nodus, 
but not often beyond it, 

‘Thus the main points in L. bastlinea are :—(1) The two 
lines at the base of the anterior wings; (2) the triangular 


Neuroptera from Western China. 431 


spot at the base of the posterior not reticulated with yellow; 
and (3) the black ventral surface, ornamented with very 
distinct isolated yellow marginal spots. These combined 
differences are arrived at after a comparison with about fifty 
examples of L. guadrimaculata from various parts of Europe, 
Northern Asia, and North America. 

In size L. basilinea equals the largest L. quadrimaculata. 

In the basal streaks L.basilinea has aflinity with L. angelina, 
Selys, from Japan, but in the latter there is a large triangular 
blackish spot under the pterostigma in all the wings, the basal 
triangular spot of the hind wings is reticulated with yellow, 
and the abdomen has no clearly defined yellow spots; but 
there is sometimes an approach, towards them to be seen in 
L. quadrimaculata. 

I have compared the appendages and genitalia of the 
second segment and the vulvar scale, without finding appre- 
ciable differences between LZ. guadrimaculata and L. basi- 
Linea, and I am not sure that any such exist between L. ange- 
lina and L. quadrimaculata, though the genitalia of the second 
segment look rather different. 

Having regard to the fact that the only two individuals in 
the collection are precisely similar in their essential cha- 
racters, I can only arrive at the conclusion that they represent 
a condition equally worthy of specific rank as is L. angelina 
of Japan. 


Orthetrum japonicum, Uhler, var. n. énternum. 


Differs from the typical O. japonicum as follows :—In the 
labium the middle lobe is wholly blackish and the side-lobes 
are broadly margined (sometimes nearly wholly) with the 
same colour. On the thorax the black band separating the 
two large yellow spaces on the sides is broader, without (at 
any rate in adult examples) any trace of containing a yellow 
line. 

In the wings the pterostigma appears to be slightly 
narrower and more or less deep black in adult individuals ; 
the triangle of the posterior wings apparently invariably tra- 
versed by a nervule (without any nervule in the type form). 

Nine males and one female, all very adult. 

These may represent a species distinct from O. japonicum, 
and the fact that the triangle of the posterior wings is appa- 
rently always traversed by a nervule (in one example the 
triangle of the anterior is traversed by two nervules) may be 
sufficient to separate it; but having in view the instability of 
this character in individuals of other species from one locality, 


432 Mr. R. M‘Lachlan on 


I think it prudent to consider the specimens as constituting 
only a local form or race. 

Among European species O. japonicum closely resembles 
O. brunneum in size and general form, and O. cancellatum in 
the structure of the genitalia of the second segment. 


Orthetrum melania, Selys. 


One male. 

The spot at the base of the posterior wings is slightly 
smaller than in Japanese examples; otherwise I see no 
difference. 


Crocothemis servilia, Drury. 


One female. 


A grionoptera (?), sp. 


One male, very doubtfully pertaining to this genus, left for 
further consideration. 


Subfam. CorpvreeasTRina. 
Cordulegaster pekinensis, Selys. 

One pair (¢ 2). 

The male appears to agree sufficiently with the description, 
but is smaller (length of posterior wing 41 millim., of abdomen 
50 millim.). The female agrees with the male in all essen- 
tial characters: length of posterior wing 43 millim., of ptero- 
stigma 41 millim., of abdomen 54 millim.; 17 antenodal 
nervules in anterior wings. 

De Selys queries the species as probably only a race of 
luniferus, Selys. The latter was from Moupin, in the same 
district as Ta-chien-lu; but the pair before me agree far 
better with pekinensis. The anal appendages of the male 
differ from those of the European éidentatus in having the 
upper (or submedian) tooth almost as pronounced as the lower. 
The anal triangle of the posterior wings has four cellules in 
pekinensis and three in bidentatus. 


Subfam. d?scuyrwa. 
Uschna juncea, L.? 


One female, doubtful in the absence of the male. 


Neuroptera from Western China. 435 


Subfam. CazopreryGiva. 
Calopteryx Oberthiiri, sp. n. 


¢. Head, thorax, and abdomen above bright metallic 
green; clypeus somewhat metallic blue; labrum shining 
black ; second joint of antenne yellowish externally. Under 
mouth-parts, legs, pectus, ventral surface of abdomen, and 
anal appendages dull black. A pointed tubercle behind the 
eyes. Spines of legs closely placed and very long. Superior 
appendages much incurved, gradually incrassated to the apex, 
so that each forms an incurved obtuse club, dentate externally. 
Inferior appendages one third shorter, subcylindrical, slightly 
curved, the apex truncate. 

Wings long and comparatively narrow, the inner margin 
dilated in the middle ; nodus placed slightly beyond the basal 
third. Colour deep black, with bluish reflexions (becoming 
green on the posterior wings), the apical fourth (rather less 
in posterior wings) hyaline, slightly smoky, sharply defined, 
but the margin of this hyaline space, especially in the poste- 
rior wings, is very narrowly blackish; the costal cellules to 
about halfway to the nodus with a long triangular subhyaline 
space, and there are pale dots for a corresponding length in 
the minute cellules of the base of the inner margin. Neura- 
tion wholly black; costal nervure not metallic ;~ principal 
sector contiguous to the median for a short space. About 48 
to 50 antenodal nervules in anterior wing. 

9. Head as in male, but the labrum, a spot on each side 
of it, and the under mouth-parts are yellow, the labium 
infuscated ; pectus yellow, which colour is continued along 
the metathoracic suture, and the base of the abdomen at its 
sides beneath is also yellow. The metallic green of the 
abdomen above passing into bronzy after the fourth segment; 
ventral surface whitish pruinose ; lateral margins of eighth 
and ninth segments narrowly yellow; appendages shorter 
than the tenth segment, black. 

Wings: the portion that is black in the male is here 
smoky brown, and in the posterior wings there is an appear- 
ance of a broad darker band terminating the dark portion. 
Neuration reddish; a narrow elongate (3 millim.) whitish 
false pterostigma commencing at the termination of the dark 
portion of the wing (slightly before in the posterior), occu- 
pying only the costal area, which is scarcely perceptibly 
dilated thereby. About 40 antenodal nervules in the anterior 
wing. 

Length of abdomen, ¢ 54-55 millim., ? 48-50 millim. 


434 Mr. R. M‘Lachlan on 
Length of posterior wing, g 40-41 millim., 9 43-44 


millim. 

Seven males, four females. 

A very remarkable species and the only one in the genus 
with the same sharp delimitation of the pale apical portion of 
the wings; at first sight it reminds one of a gigantic Euphea 
rather than a Calopteryr. ‘The female has a vague resem- 
blance to C. cornelia, and in its elongate and comparatively 
narrow wings the species may be compared with C. cornelia 
and C. atrata, both Chinese and Japanese forms. All the 
examples before me are mature. 

C. grandeva, Hag., described in 1853, remains known 
only by the probably immature female type. There are many 
points in the description opposed to identity with C. Oberthiirt 
(notably the absence of a pterostigma). 


Archineura incarnata, Karsch. 


Echo incarnata, Karsch, Berl. ent. Zeit. xxxvi. 1891,=Archineura 
basilactea, W. F. Kirby, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., January 1894 
(very immature). 

One male of this magnificent insect. 

I marvel that Dr. Karsch did not draw any comparison with 
the American genus Heterina in the way of coloration, the 
carmine-red at the base of the wings existing only in that 
genus (with the allied Lats pudica) and in the species now 
under consideration; but of course it is only analogy. Jam 
convinced that (as noticed by Karsch, Ent. Nachr. Heft vi. 
1894) the type of A. basilactea is only an extremely imma- 
ture example of the same species, and I am of opinion that 
the locality (Foo-Chow) given for it is erroneous, although 
it may have been brought to that port from the interior. 

There is no connexion with Sapho as indicated by Kirby ; 
but I doubt if the insect can be retained in Echo (which was 
unknown to Karsch, save by description). It is not necessary 
to go into minute details here; but the long, narrow, and 
only slightly dilated pterostigma is opposed to Hecho, and the 
arrangement of the branches of the ramule, especially in the 
posterior wings, is conspicuously different. At present I 
retain Kirby’s generic and Karsch’s specific name. 


Caliphea consimilis, sp. n. 


Head above metallic green, passing into blue, with a 
yellow spot on each side of the labrum and the second joint 
of antenne yellow outwardly ; back of head and under mouth- 
parts black. Thorax above metallic cupreous or green; 


Neuroptera from Western China. 435 


beneath (including coxe and underside of trochanters) citron- 
yellow; an isolated metallic blue or green streak on the meta- 
thoracic pleure. Legs (excepting at base) black. Abdomen 
above bronzy green or purplish, segments 8 to 10 snow- 
white, pruinose; beneath black or with bluish pulverules- 
cence, underside of first segment yellow. Superior appendages 
about the length of the tenth segment, black, forcipate, 
thickened at the base, the apical half suddenly turned inward 
almost at a right angle, dilated and upturned at the tip; on 
the outer edge of the inturned portion are four to six denticu- 
lations. Inferior appendages black, only slightly shorter than 
the superior, subparallel, distant, flattened, their apices inter- 
nally much dilated in a triangular manner, the upper edge 
oblique and finely denticulated, the lower angle perhaps 
forming a tooth (but from the manner in which the opposing 
apices are applied one to the other it is difficult to decide). 

Wings hyaline, faintly tinged with olivaceous. Neuration 
black ; pterostigma oblong, 2 millim. long, covering two and 
a half to three cellules, black ; 14 to 17 antenodal nervules 
in the anterior wing (many of the postnodal nervules are not 
coincident in the costal and subcostal areas) ; two nervules in 
the quadrilateral. 

Length of abdomen 39 millim.; length of posterior wing 
31 millim. 

Two adult males. 


N.B.— Notholestes, M‘Lach. (Ent. Month. Mag. vol. xxiv. 
p- 31), 1887,= Caliphea, Hag. (Selys, Add. Synop. Calop. 
p- 5), 1859, and N. Hlwest, M‘Lach. (l. c. p. 82),=C. con- 
Jusa, Hag. (/. c.). Ihave compared the typical examples of 
each ; that of C.confusa is less mature. The pterostigma 
appears slightly broader and shorter in the type of C. confusa, 
but in all probability only in the way of individual variation 
(its paler colour is a result of immaturity). 

C. consimilis is very similar, and the same description 
would apply almost equally well to either (the types of con- 
similis are still more mature), except that the ¢nferior append- 
ages appear to be formed in a different manner, and that there 
are two nervules in the quadrilateral instead of one. 

In describing Notholestes as new I overlooked Caliphea, on 
account of the latter having been placed in the “ Légion 
Calopteryx,” with which I venture to think it has no relation- 
ship; and I adhere to my original opinion that its affinities 
are with Dicterias. In the description of Caliphea the words 
“ Ailes petiolées jusqu’au niveau de l’arculus” are incorrect 
(cf. my description of Notholestes), 


436 Mr. O. Thomas on Two 


Subfam. Agrrowra. 


LErythromma tinctipennis, sp. n. 


@. Head black above, with a bronzy greenish tinge 
on the sides, clothed with long blackish hairs in front; 
front reddish yellow, the clypeus above and the labrum 
(excepting its margin) black (but wholly yellow in one 
example). Labium yellow. Back of head black. Antennz 
black; second joint yellow at apex. Eyes brown. Pro- 
notum black, its hind margin raised in a bluntly triangular 
manner, its side-lobes carunculated and deep yellow. Thorax 
black above, with complete yellow humeral (or humeral and 
juxtahumeral combined) band; the sides and breast wholly 
yellow, leaving a uniform isolated black band below the 
humeral ; interalar region spotted with yellow. Legs black ; 
the inner tooth of the claws scarcely shorter than the outer. 
Abdomen stout, black above, with bronzy greenish tinge, 
except towards the apex ; on each side of the anterior margin 
of segments 3 to 6 is a small somewhat semilunate yellow 
spot ; on segment 3 this is continuous with the yellow sides. 
Sides of abdomen yellow, interrupted with black at the 
sutures; a black ventral line extending the whole length. 
Appendages small, conical, black; valvules and their ap- 
pendages black. 

Wings hyaline, tinged with yellow, which is more intense 
on the anterior half. Neuration black; pterostigma dusky 
yellow, covering about one and a half cellules, its outer edge 
oblique; 3 to 5 antenodal cellules; 15 to 17 postnodal 
nervules in anterior wings, 11 to 15 in posterior; poststig- 
matical nervules simple or occasionally furcate. 

Length of abdomen 25-26 millim., of posterior wing 
22-24 millim. 

Three females. 


XLVIU—On Two new Neotropical Mammals. 
By OLDFIELD THOMAS. 


WHEN describing last year in the ‘ Annals’ a new Geomys 
from Guatemala, G. grandis *, I referred with considerable 
doubt a specimen from Tehuantepec to the same form. 

At the request of Dr. Merriam, who is engaged on a 
revision of the group, I have now re-examined this specimen, 


* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xii. p. 270 (1808). 


new Neotropical Mammals. 437 


which in the meantime has had its skull better prepared, as 
have the whole series of G. grandis skulls, and I find that it 
presents such differences as to demand specific distinction. 

It may be called 


Geomys scalops, sp. n. 


Fur very short, sparse and hispid. Colour smoky brown, 
tending rather towards rufous (very near “ Prout’s brown” of 
Ridgway). Whiskers and hairs of chin, cheeks, belly, and 
feet shining whitish ; but these are all so sparse that the 
general brown colour of the skin is not affected by them. No 
special muzzle, forehead, or ear-markings. Basal inch of tail 
with a few scattered hairs ; the remainder naked. 

Skull of medium form, without any exceptional flattening, 
expansion behind, or contraction or inflation in the interorbital 
region. Nasals rather short. Muzzle in region of hinder end 
of nasals remarkably flat, so flat indeed that nothing of the 
middle line can be seen in the lateral view of the skull. Ends 
of premaxillary processes broader than the frontal space 
between them. Interorbital space flat, parallel-sided, without 
inflations ; postorbital processes slight but distinct. Occipital 
plane of skull slightly slanting forward, low, but not very 
widely expanded. Paroccipital processes running trans- 
versely outwards, not surpassing the condyles posteriorly, as 
they do in grandis. Inferior flattened surface of the tip of 
the maxillary zygomatic processes much shorter and smaller 
than in that species. Muzzle comparatively very low. 
Lateral processes of mandibular angles much less produced 
antero-posteriorly than in G. grandis. 

Incisors deep orange in front, their groove deep, less widely 
open than in G. grandis, slightly inward of the middle line, 
the inner part of the tooth 44 per cent. of the whole. Molars 
small. 

Measurements (taken from the dry skin, and therefore 
merely approximate) :— 

Head and body 270 millim. ; tail 95; hind foot, without 
claws 40, with claws 45°2. 

Skull: basal length 63, basilar length to henselion 56:7 ; 
greatest zygomatic breadth 40°8; nasals, length 26, greatest 
breadth 8; least breadth of muzzle above maxillo-pre- 
maxillary suture 15; greatest breadth of premaxillary 
processes at hinder end of nasals 5:7 ; interorbital breadth 
14:2; tip to tip of postorbital processes 16°2; least breadth 
just above auditory meatus 26°73; greatest posterior breadth 
39; posterior height from basion to top of occipital crest 18-4 ; 
tip to tip of paroccipital processes 27°5; palate, length from 


438 Mr. O. Thomas on Two 


gnathion 47; diastema 24°5; length of upper molar series 
(crowns only) 12°6; breadth of ™! 4; least height of muzzle 
on diastema 12. 

Hab. 'Yehuantepec. Coll. Boucard. 

Types B. MW Wo, Aetae 2 

The type specimen is evidently in summer pelage, as is 
shown by the extreme sparseness of the fur, the belly being 
in fact almost naked. 

G. scalops differs from the species to which I doubtfully 
referred it by its smaller size, rather redder general colour, 
and, in the skull, by its more flattened forehead, the absence of 
the supraorbital inflations, less vertical height both in the 
muzzle and cranial regions, smaller and differently directed 
paroccipital processes, and smaller teeth. 

Of other species, G. Cherriet, recently described from Costa 
Rica by Mr. Allen *, is so far smaller as to need no detailed 
comparison; while I owe to the kindness of Dr. Merriam an 
opportunity of examining a skull of his G. gymnurus, about 
which I had previously been rather doubtful, and which I 
now see has nothing whatever to do either with G. grandis or 
G. scalops. 


In 1891 the Museum received from Mr. J. H. Hart, of the 
Trinidad Botanical Gardens, an Opossum which I doubtfully 
referred to D. philander, L. This specimen I have had 
occasion to re-examine in connexion with a skin sent for 
comparison by Mr. H. Caracciolo; and for reasons given 
below I now think it ought to be specifically separated from 
the Philander of the mainland. 

In the list of Trinidad mammals the name of D. philander 
should therefore be altogether struck out and that of the new 
form substituted. ‘This name I propose should be 


Didelphys (Philander) trinitatis, sp. n. 
Allied to but decidedly smaller than D. philander, L., the 


difference in size being especially marked in the skull and 
limbs, while the ears and tail are more nearly equal to, and 
? x ; es 
therefore proportionately longer than, those of that species. 
Fur close and soft, somewhat straighter and less woolly than 
” . ) 5 . . . 
that of the Philander. Colour much as in the allied species, 
yellowish rufous above, buff below ; the face greyish white, 
with a narrow median dark line. Heel without the minute 
extra external sole-pad generally present in D. philander. 
Tail very long, furry like the body for about its proximal 
y 8) Jy 


* Bull. Am, Mus. N. H. v. p. 387 (1895). 


new Neotropical Mammals. 439 


inch only, the fur extending about a quarter of an inch more 
along the tail below than above; rest of tail practically 
naked, but the lines dividing the scales with numerous minute 
and quite inconspicuous hairs running along them ; in colour 
the substance of the tail is uniformly brown above and rather 
paler below, while in D. philander the terminal portion is 
whitish all round. Mamme 3—1—3=7. 

Skull very much as in the allied species, apart from its 
conspicuously smaller size. As so often happens, however, 
in the case of smaller species otherwise closely allied, the 
skull of the type, fully adult, agrees better in its form with 
younger specimens of the larger species, sharing with them a 
general roundedness, which disappears in equally aged 
examples of D. philander. 

Dimensions of the type (an old female in spirit) :— 

Head and body 196 millim. ; tail 289; lower leg 48; hind 
foot 30; ear 22. 

Skull: basal length 44°4; greatest breadth 28; nasals, 
length 28°8, greatest breadth 6:9, least breadth 3°1; post- 
orbital processes, tip to tip, 15°3 ; intertemporal constriction 
9:1; palate, length 25°6, breadth outside ™* 14°9, inside ™-3 
10°7 ; palatal foramen 4°8; length of molars '— 6:7. 

These measurements are taken in the same way as, and may 
be conveniently compared with, those given in the ‘ Catalogue 
of Marsupials ’ *, 1888. 

Hab. Botanic Gardens, Trinidad. Presented and collected 
by J. H. Hart, Esq. ; 

The differences between this form and the true D. philander 
were noticed by me in 1891 on the arrival of Mr. Hart’s 
specimen; but I did not then consider myself justified in 
describing it on a single female specimen and in ignorance of 
the type locality of D. philander. Now, however, not only 
has Mr. Caracciolo sent a male skin, which agrees in 
every respect with Mr. Hart’s female, but Messrs. Allen and 
Chapman + have also noted similar characteristics in a speci- 
men collected in Trinidad by the latter author; while at the 
same time my inquiries about the Seba mammals } have 
convinced me that the specimen g, measured in the ‘ Catalogue 
of Marsupials,’ should be looked upon as the actual type of 
Linnzus’s species. I have therefore no longer any hesitation 
in describing the Trinidad form as distinct. 


Pp. 338 and 341. 
Bull. Am. Mus. N. H. v. p. 230 (1893). 
P. Z. S. 1892, p. 309 et segq. (see especially p. 316), 


440 Mr. A. T. Masterman on the Food of Sagitta. 


XLVIII.—On a new Species of the Hepialid Genus (netus. 
By the Hon. WALTER ROTHSCHILD. 


Qinetus mirabilis, sp. n. 


Male.— Upperside. Fore wings opalescent sky-blue ; costa, 
a central and a submarginal transverse band bright green ; 
on the inner side of the central transverse band is a row of 
oblong white spots; basal half of fore wings and costa netted 
all over with greyish-white half-moon-shaped spots; outer 
half of fore wings crossed by four transverse rows of small 
whitish-grey rings enclosing a green spot. 

Hind wings opalescent white: thorax and fore legs greyish 
green ; abdomen white, with two enormous yellowish-brown 
lateral tufts at the base. 

Underside of wings and body greenish white. 

Expanse 5°5 inches=140 millim. 

Hab. Cedar Bay, North Queensland. 


Note.—Viewed from behind or in a bad light this moth does 
not exhibit the blue ground, but appears of a dull sage-green. 
The extraordinary tufts at the base of the abdomen are un- 
questionably the atrophied last pair of legs, which have been 
transformed into male scent-producing organs, in the midst 
of which the tarsi plainly project, though thin, abortive, and 
functionless. 


XLIX.—WNote on the Food of Sagittaa By Artruur T. 
MASTERMAN, B.A. (Cantab.), Assistant Professor of Natural 
History, University of St. Andrews. 


THE food of this common pelagic animal has been a subject 
to which much attention hes been paid, amongst others, by 
Mr. Scott *, Naturalist to the Scottish Fishery Board. He 
finds, partly by direct observation and partly by examination 
of the contents of the alimentary canal, that Sagitte prey 
upen such Copepods as Calamus jinmarchicus and small 
Amphipods (Phoéus plumosus, for example), and that small 
larval and postlarval fishes do not come amiss to them, which 
has an important bearing when the enormous numbers of 
Sagitte which frequently occur in the tow-nets are taken into 
account. At any rate Sagitta must take its place amongst 
the enemies of the fry of our food-fishes. Recently Mr. Scott 
finds that Sagitta preys upon its own species, and he describes 
a case of this as observed by himself. 

In September 1892 in the St. Andrews Marine Laboratory 


* Annals of Scottish Natural History,’ April 1892 and 1893, 


Mr, A. 'T’. Masterman on the Food of Sagitta. 441 


one or two small colonies of Odelia obtained in the bottom 
tow-net were preserved, on account of the fact that they 
presented a curious appearance, several of the polyps 
having elongated processes attached to them. Prof. M‘Intosh 
recently handed these specimens over to the writer to examine 
more closely; and an inspection soon showed that the elon- 
gated processes were young Sagitte firmly united to the 


Fig. 1. 


contracted polyps. In figure 1 will be seen a drawing of 
the apical group of polyps of a hydroid colony, showing no 
less than three more or less digested Sagitte. In figure 2 is 
seen a polyp from a similar colony, showing a Sagitta at a 
different stageof digestion. The young Sagitte have evidently 
been caught by the head and held by the tentacles of the 
hydroids till death ensued. The process of digestion has 
then proceeded, the body of the victim being slowly absorbed 
into the digestive cavity of the polyps. _We may easily 
imagine that the young Sagitte attracted by the waving 
tentacles, and attempting to browse on the same, are quickly 
caught and held fast by them. Larger Sagitte would 
probably feed upon the hydroids with impunity. 

The digestive capacity of the Hydrozoa seems only to be 
limited by the size of the victim, and many instances of their 
voracity are known. The above is paralleled by the well- 
known cases of meduse being found enveloping larval and 
postlarval fish, and by a case amongst the ctenophores of a 
Cydippe devouring a dead young fish, which occurred recently 
at the St. Andrews Laboratory. 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xiii. 29 


442. On the Land-Mollusca of Tasmania and New Zealand. 


L.—WNote on the Relation of the Land-Mollusca of 
Tasmania and of New Zealand. By C. HEviEY, F.L.S. 


Tue number of this Magazine for January last contained an 
article in which my friend Mr. Suter discusses the relation 
between (inter alia) the snails of New Zealand and of Tas- 
mania, concluding that they are closely allied. While 
assenting to the statements made in the body of the paper, 
from this deduction I must differ. 

We are told that Rhytida, Rhenea, Paryphanta, Laoma, 
Flammulina, and Endodonta are common to either fauna. 
To these may be added Helicarion ; and the interesting fossil 
Rhytida Simsoniana, Johnston (Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania, 
1880, p. 24), a near ally of R. Dunniw, Gray, may be 
quoted to reinforce the argument. 

But to grasp the situation the whole fauna must be 
reviewed ; and in doing so we find that, on the one hand, 
Tasmania contains, besides the above genera, Liparus, 
Caryodes, Anoglypta, Cystopelta, Pupa, and Succinea, while, 
on the other, New Zealand possesses Placostylus, Schizo- 
glossa, Otoconcha, Tornatellina, Athoracophorus, and the 
operculates Lagochetlus, Realia, and Hydrocena. 

The fact that Tasmania possesses no real land-operculates, 
the Jruncatella included in ‘Tasmanian lists being more a 
marine than a terrestrial animal, alone constitutes a profound 
culf between the faunas. The widespread Sucetnea and 
Pupa have reached Tasmania from a source that did not 
communicate with New Zealand, while the reverse is true of 
Tornatellina. 

Examining the common element we note that this includes 
about half the genera of each country, that all these range 
beyond, and some far beyond, the two countries, and that 
this element is chiefly composed of the smallest shells. Of 
all, Paryphanta has the most limited range, extending to 
Victoria (atramentartia); this genus is, however, vaguely 
defined, and its characters require a definition which may 
alter the supposed geographical range: /henea extends to 
Queensland (splendidula) and to New Caledonia (/uteolina) ; 
Rhytida to British New Guinea (g/obosa) and to the Solomons 
(Villandret) ; Laoma to South Australia (pietilis) ; Flammu- 
lina, or something very like it, is shown by Mr. Suter to 
reach Africa (Pella Burnupi); Endodonta ranges to the 
Philippines and to the Society Islands, and J/elicarion 
through Malaysia and India to Africa. 


On a new Pedunculate Cirripede. 443 


Just as the fluviatile shells possess a wider range and 
inferentially greater powers of dispersal than terrestrial 
mollusks, so do minute land-shells gain more extended limits 
than bulkier forms. If a collection of Tasmanian or New- 
Zealand shells were put into a sieve, the shells that passed the 
meshes would roughly represent those with a wide range, 
and the shells retained those witha restricted one. ‘That none 
of the larger, but all the smaller, species of Fiji (continental 
islands) are represented in Samoa (oceanic) is a significant 
illustration which may explain how the micro-snail faunas 
of ‘Tasmania and New Zealand are, as Mr. Suter says, so 
closely allied, while the macro-snail faunas repudiate any 
relationship. 

Conclusion.—None of the species and about half the genera 
of their respective land-molluscan faunas are common to 
Tasmania and New Zealand; this community does not 
embrace the Streptoneura. ‘The common element for the 
most part is represented by minute species and widespread 
genera, and does not necessarily imply former direct land 
communication. As a whole the two faunas are wider apart 
than those of Britain and the Atlantic States of North 
America. 

Sydney, 

Feb. 19, 1894. 


LL—A new Pedunculate Cirripede. 
By the Rev. Tuomas R. R. Stessrne, M.A. 


[Plate XV.] 


TRICHELASPIS, gen. nov. 


Valves five; the scuta trifid; the carina terminating in a 
fork at its base. ‘The mandibles with five or six teeth; the 
first maxille very slightly notched. In each cirrus the two 
rami are subequal. The caudal appendages are one-jointed, 
spinose. 

The name of the genus is derived from tpiynXos, cloven in 
three, and domis, a shield. The characters are but little 
removed from those of Dichelaspis; but since that name was 
chosen by Darwin to displace the earlier names Octolasmis 
and Heptolasmis, on the ground that those titles conveyed a 
false impression, it seems impossible to retain Dichelaspis, 
meaning a bifid scutum, for a species in which the scutum is 
very conspicuously trifid. 


444 Rev. T. R. R. Stebbing on 


Trichelaspis Forresti, sp. n. 


General appearance.—Capitulum compressed, the breadth 
about two thirds of the length, its occludent margin micro- 
scopically crenulate; the valves translucent, covered by 
thin membrane, approaching one another at certain points, 
but nowhere coming in contact ; the peduncle slightly longer 
than the capitulum. 

Scuta.—The occludent segment long, narrow, widening a 
little distally, the rounded apex approaching the tergum ; 
the basal segment forming an angle of about seventy dezrees 
with the occludent, which it does not quite equal in length, 
very narrow, apically pointed, the apex overlapping the fork 
of the carina ; from the basal there arises a median segment, 
also very narrow and pointed, a little crooked, two thirds of 
the length of the occludent segment, from which it diverges 
much less than it does from the basal segment. All the 
segments are continuously calcified. The whole valve has a 
general resemblance to the figure of the scapular apparatus of 
a tortoise. 

Lerga deeply and widely bitid, so as to have a sort of 
collar-shape, the two apices approaching the apex of the 
occludent segment of the scutum ; the two segments or lappets 
of the tergum are equal in length, widest at the middle. 

Carina much bowed, narrow, a little widened towards the 
apex, which overlaps ‘the terga without approaching them 
very closely ; the fork at the base is variable, being in some 
specimens much more pronounced than in others. 

Peduncle cylindrical, moderately stout, a little longer than 
the capitulum. 

Labrum.—The crest has a row of minute tolerably acute 
teeth, the sides of the teeth being equal in length to their 
bases ; the central teeth are more widely separate than those 
at the sides. 

Mandibles.—There are in all six teeth, the largest, at the 
extremity of the convex margin, being remote from the rest 5 
the convex border carries half a dozen pairs of setules, and 
the distal part of the opposite border is more densely setu- 
liferous. 

Lhe first mawille have a group of three spines preceding 
the notch, which is minute; the rest of the border, which is 
very slightly advanced, carries five sets of smaller spines 
mixed with sete. 

The second maaille are broadly lamellar, surrounded with 
sete or flexible spines, many of which are rather elongate. 

Cirrt.—The first pair are distant from the second and not 


anew Pedunculate Cirripede. 445 


above half their length ; they curl closely round the mouth- 
organs, the functions of which they may be presumed to 
assist ; each ramus has seven segments, all of them furnished 
with numerous spines and all of them stout except the terminal 
one. ‘The remaining pairs have rami of from twelve to 
fourteen segments, each segment carrying from eight to 
thirteen pairs of smooth spines, of which the distal are very 
long, the proximal very short; there is also a small group of 
spines at the apex of the outer margin of each segment. In 
all the pairs the peduncle is armed with many spines. 

The caudal appendages are slender, shorter than the 
peduncles of the sixth pair of cirri, tipped with a group of 
spines, two of which are considerably longer than the ap- 
pendages themselves. The penis is about equal in length to 
any one of the last five pairs of cirri; near the base it forms 
an abrupt crook ; its breadth is considerably diminished near 
to the blunt apex, which is very hairy, small hairs or setules 
being more sparsely distributed over the whole length. The 
rings, which Darwin regards as equivalent to segments, are 
extremely numerous. 

Size.—The length of the species is about a quarter of an 
inch, of which the peduncle occupies the larger half. 

The name is given in compliment to W. R. Forrest, Esq., 
from whom I received the specimens. In sending mea small 
collection of animals from the West Indies Mr. Forrest 
says :—‘‘ May I call your attention to the growth (?) ona 
small piece of membrane, the cuticular lining of branchio- 
stegite of acrayfish?”’ This growth proved to be a consider- 
able number of specimens of the little cirripede here described, 
with the body projected from the capitulum, as shown in the 
figure. ‘There was, however, one little group of three in 
which the body was within the capitulum. These were not 
situated, like the other specimens, either on the membrane or 
the podobranchia, but on the calcified joint which supports 
the branchia, and in these three the terga and scuta are not 
quite in conformity with those of the other specimens. In one 
of the three (fig. A, p. 446) the basal and median segments of 
the scutum are represented by the two acute horns of a single 
piece, and in a second (fig. B) the two segments are solidly 
combined below. The terga of these specimens are almost 
oblong, with a very slight excavation facing the apex of the 
occludent segment of the scutum. The third specimen, as 
far as could be seen without dislodging it, showed agreement 
rather with these two than with the rest. Darwin has noticed 
that the valves of Dichelaspis Warwickii are variable in shape, 
and probably that is the case with the present species. Even 


446 On a new Pedunculate Cirripede. 


in the prevalent form the median segment of the scutum 
varies considerably in respect to the proximity of its base to 
the base of the occludent segment. 


Of the nine species of Diéchelaspis discriminated by 
Dr. Hoek it is possible that Dichelaspis Warwichkii (Gray) 
might conveniently be transferred to the new genus T'riche- 
laspis, the carinal margin of the basal segment of the seutum 
in that species being in old specimens much hollowed out. 
It forms, however, obtuse, not acute apices. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XV. 


ns. Natural size. ma. 2. Second maxilla, 

se. Scutum. cir. 1. Cirri of tirst pair. 

AI Tergum. cor.6. Terminal part of a cirrus of 
C. Carina. the sixth pair. 

m. Mandible. p. Apex of penis. 

mx. 1, First maxilla. e.a. One of the caudal appendages, 


The mouth-organs are drawn to the same scale as the detached cirri 
and caudal appendage. The apical portions of the mandible, first 
maxilla, and penis are still more highly magnified, 


Bibliogra phical Notices. 447 


BIBLLOGRAPHICAL NOTICES. 


The Fauna of British India, including Ceylon and Burma, Pub- 
lished under the authority of the Secretary of State for India in 
Council. Edited by W. T. Branrorp. AMoths.—Vol. I. By 
G. F. Hampson. London, 1894. 


Tne second volume of Mr. Hampson’s work deals with the three 
allied families Arctiide, Agaristide, and Noctuide ; but two sub- 
families of the last-mentioned group—the Focilline and Deltoidine 
—are reserved for the commencement of Volume ILI. 

Mr. Hampson’s families are very comprehensive, his Arctiide 
including four families of the older authors, which he has very 
rightly reduced to the rank of subfamilies * ; the family Agaristide 
remains as it was; but the third family, Noctuide, has hitherto 
been regarded as a tribe, under the denomination Noctuites, con- 
taining numerous ill-detined families, based upon characters often 
utterly worthless for classificatory purposes. 

In consequence of the utter absence of system in the so-called 
“systematic ” works produced less than half a century ago, one can 
readily understand what Lederer had to cope with when he sought 
to bring into order the Noctuide of Europe; but the task which 
this excellent lepidopterist set himself to do, and accomplished 
fairly satisfactorily, was a trifle as compared with that of the 
author of the present work. 

Mr. Hampson takes nothing for granted; the work of his prede- 
cessors is carefully studied, corrected when necessary, and the 
arrangement of genera is based strictly on structural characters. 
Secondary sexual characters are not regarded as of generic value, 
but are utilized for Sections having a subgeneric rank. As regards 
species, Mr. Hampson is inclined to follow the old motto ‘* In union 
is strength ;” but in defence of this action he fairly admits in his 
Preface that “* No attempt has been made in this or in the preceding 
volume to decide finally whether many of the forms described are 
entitled to rank as species, varieties, geographical or seasonal forms. 
Much more study of structure, and especially of the claspers of the 
male insect, will be needed before similar questions can be satis- 
factorily determined.” 

After this frank admission no lepidopterist will have any excuse 
for complaining that forms named by himself have not received 
specific rank; and any collector who, without looking up all syno- 
nyms, ventures to describe an Indian moth, will only have himself 
to thank if he subsequently discovers that he has renamed one of 
the forms not considered as sufticiently distinct to be kept separate 
by Mr. Hampson. 


* The genus Nyctemera and allies, which formerly were regarded as 
constituting the family Nyctemeride, are placed next to the group of 
genera allied to Hypsa (Hypside of the old classification) in the Litho- 
sline. 


448 Bibliographical Notices. 


As in the first volume, the illustrations both of the species and 
their structure are extremely good, though, unfortunately, the 
details are not quite so sharp and clear in some of them; the 
antennee (in some cases), instead of terminating in a fine thread-like 
point, show a defined terminal button. The process by which 
the figures are produced is probably largely answerable for this 
trifling blemish. 

When completed the present work will, without doubt, be the 
most satisfactory revision of the families and genera of the Lepido- 
ptera Heterocera which has ever appeared, cither in our own or 
any other language. Artravur G, Burrer. 


Manual of Conchology, Structural and Systematic. With Illustrations 
of the Species. By Grorer W. Tryon, Jun. Continuation by 
Henry A. Prussry.—Vol. XIV. Polyplacophora (Chitons). 
Philadelphia. 8vo. 1892-3. 


Tuts most important and useful work on systematic conchology was 
commenced in the year 1879 by the lateG. W. Tryon. That author 
was responsible for the first nine volumes and part of the tenth and 
the first four volumes of the second series, descriptive of terrestrial 
mollusks. At his death in 1888 the work was continued by 
Mr. Pilsbry, and from that time has been proceeded with without 
interruption. 

The present volume is devoted to an account of four families of 
Chitons, namely Lepidopleuridx, Ischnochitonide, Chitonide, and 
Mopaliide, the two remaining families, the Acanthochitide and 
Cryptoplacide, being reserved for the succeeding volume. This 
arrangement is to be regretted, as it will cause considerable incon- 
venience to have an Appendix and the Index to the entire group 
bound up in a separate volume. 

The account of the Polyplacophora before us is by far the most 
important hitherto published, and, indeed, the only one which can 
pretend to anything like completeness. The introductory portion 
(pp. i-xxxiv) is devoted to a definition of the class, the description 
of the shell, the girdle, and the external features of the animal. 
Irregularities of growth and the collection and preservation of Chitons 
are also treated of, and the chapter concludes with an account of the 
progress in the study of these mollusks, the different classifications 
which have been proposed by Blainville, Guilding, Gray, H. and A. 
Adams, Shuttleworth, Middendorff, P. P. Carpenter, Dall, and 
Fischer, and the synopsis of the classification adopted by the 
Author, with an analytical key to the genera. The classification 
“ig based mainly upon characters furnished by the articulating 
surfaces of the valves.” In this connexion Mr. Pilsbry writes :— 
‘¢ The hard structure in this group is comparable to the vertebrate 
skeleton in the great variety of stresses to which it is subject. 
Fach valve is not only acted upon by external forces and its body- 
muscles, but by the valves before and behind it and by the girdle, 


Bibliographical Notices. 449 


Hard parts of great complexity have thus arisen, offering to him 
who can decipher their story clues as valuable for the construction 
of genealogical lines as have been found in the limb-bones of 
mammals or the hinge-teeth of bivalve mollusks.” Attention has 
also been paid to the development of the gills, foot, and girdle, 
“and for the first time systematic use has been made of the sense- 
organs of the shell (tegumentum), and the system of sculpture of 
the latter.” It is curious that the radula, which, asa rule, furnishes 
such important ordinal characters among the Gastropoda, presents 
but very slight variations in the Chitons, and is of no assistance in 
the classification of the group. 

The rest of the volume consists of detailed descriptions of the 
families, genera, and species, which are illustrated by sixty-eight 
carefully executed plates, giving figures, of which nearly three 
hundred are original, of the exterior of the shells, the disarticulated 
valves, showing the insertion-plates, slits, and sculpture. 

One of the most radical changes in the classification proposed by 
Pilsbry is the abandonment of the groups of regular and irregular 
Chitons. He arranges them into three principal divisions, namely 
Eoplacophora, Mesoplacophora, and Teleoplacophora. In the first 
the valves lack insertion-plates, or, if present, they wre unslit. In the 
second all valves possess insertion-plates, but are without eyes ; valves 
i., U.—vU., or t.—viit. have slits ; teeth smooth or but slightly roughened 
between the slits, never closely, finely pectinated. In the third all 
valves, or valves 1.-vit., possess insertion-plates cut into teeth by slits ; 
the teeth are sharply sculptured or “ pectinated” outside by fine 
vertical grooves. 

These three ‘* superfamilies” are again subdivided into families, 
subfamilies, genera, and subgenera, 

The study of the Chitons is an exceptionally complex one, and 
therefore, considering the rapidity with which the work has been 
produced and the newness of the subject to the author, Mr. Pilsbry 
is to be congratulated upon the result of his labours in the mono- 
graph before us. In conclusion, it is satisfactory to observe that 
this work has done good service in putting a definite specific value 
upon the large number of manuscript names proposed by Carpenter 
which have in the course of the last twenty years found their way 
into many collecticns throughout the world. 


Life and Rock, By R. Lyprxxer, B.A., F.G.S., F.Z.8., &e. 
8vo. London, 1894. 


Tus popular exposition of facts and theories relative to some warm- 
blooded and some cold-blooded back-boned animals, and some tew 
shells, insects, sea-urchins, and others, consists of various essays 
that have been already before the public in periodicals, and are now 
arranged in twenty-one chapters, with sixty-three illustrations. 
Elephants, moles, porcupines, whales, deer, sheep, lemurs, arma- 
dillos, crocodiles, some fishes, and other representative animals are 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol, xiii. 30 


450 Miscellaneous. 


reviewed. Teeth, skin-prickles, whalebone, parts of skeletons, and 
their structure are described in their places. The more theoretic 
subjects of ‘‘ parallelism in development,” the ‘ distribution” of 
some groups of animals, the ‘ oldest members” of some orders, the 
‘“‘extinction of animals,” and ‘“ protective resemblances” are duly 
considered. 

The account of Chalk and its associated strata, both in geographical 
and geological aspects, is interesting and correct; and so is the 
description of Flint, its nature and origin, in the succeeding chapter. 
These two essays—on a “lump of chalk” and a “ flint- flake,’— 
together with the preceding Chapter XIX., on ** Nummulites and 
Mountains,” and Chapters XV. and XVI., mainly constitute the 
geological portion of the book, and, with the purely zoological 
chapters, make a very useful little volume of popular natural history 
for those whose tastes and studies lead them to the consideration of 
evolution, development, and mutual relationships of various members 
of the Animal Kingdom. 

It is good and right of accomplished savants to popularize their 
best-known sciences, and this book is a favourable sample of such 
a work; but its title is too curt and crude, however desirable it may 
be to render in an elliptical form the idea of elucidating and illus- 
trating the facts and theories of biology, so far as some of the living 
animals are concerned, and their relationship to those whose relies 
are found fossilized in ‘the rocks. A similar, but worse, example of 
condensing English words is shown by the cramped, ambiguous, 
and, indeed, self-contradictory phrase “living fossils” for Chapter XV. 
at page 153. 

The figures are mostly good, though not new; but it is time that 
the Russian Mammoth should be div rested of its deceptive hoofs and 
skin of the head; and certainly the hocks in the Indian Elephant, at 
page 8, bespeak the inaccuracy of the European artist. 


MISCELLANEOUS. 
Note on Archineura basilactea, Kirby. By W. F. Krrsy, F.L.S 


I pescrrsEp this species in the ‘Annals’ for January last (p. 84), 
and Dr. Karsch now suggests (‘ Entomologische Nachrichten,’ xx. 
p. 84) that it is the same as his Echo incarnata (‘ Berliner ent. 
Zeitschrift,’ xxxvi. p. 455, 1591), and asks why I did not compare 
my new genus with the Indian genus Echo instead of with the 
African genus Sapho. It is true that the milky-white patch at 
the base of the wings of my type may assume a rose-red colour with 
age, and that the nervures, which are reddish in mine, might 
darken with age. But my species cannot possibly belong to Echo ; 
and if Karsch’s resembles it in any way I should be greatly sur- 
prised at his placing it in Hecho at all, had he not admitted that 
he is wholly unacquainted with that genus, for the differences 


Miscellaneous. 451 


in neuration are so considerable that I should hardly have thought 
it worth while to compare my specimen with the description 
of an insect described as an “eho when seeking to identity it. 
Echo has a very short broad oval pterostigma. and Archineura a very 
long narrow one (much longer than in Sapho longistigma, De Selys), 
and the dense reticulation below the lower basal cell is quite 
different in Archineura from either Echo or Sapho. I need not 
describe it, for it is shown in my figure and carefully described too ; 
but the nervure bounding the lower basal area of the wing in Sapho 
slopes more obliquely towards the base than even in Archineura, 
while in Zeho it is much shorter, straighter, and less conspicuous. 
It was the general character of the neuration which led me to com- 
pare Archineura with Sapho rather than with Echo. Karsch makes 
no mention of the remarkable ueuration of the insect in his deserip- 
tion, merely noting ordinary details ; nor does he allude to the anal 
appendages. Consequently he gives few data beyond the long 
pterostigma which would suggest the identity of the two insects. 


Researches on the Structure, Organization, and Classification of the 
Fossil Reptilia.—Part 1X. Section 2, On the reputed Mammals 
from the Karroo Formation of Cape Colony. By H. G. Seerey, 
F.R.S. 


The author re-examines the remains of Theriodesmus, and con- 
tests the interpretation of the carpus given by Professor Bardeleben, 
producing specimens of South-African Reptiles in which there is a 
single bone beneath the radius, as in 7'heriodesmus. This character 
is shown in a small skeleton, at present undescribed, which the 
author obtained from Klipfontein, Fraserberg, which he regards as 
referable to a new genus. Other evidence is produced supporting 
the interpretation of three bones in the proximal row in the carpus, 
in a specimen from Lady Frere. The author then compares the 
fore limb of Theriodesmus with that of Pareiasaurus, which was 
obtained subsequently, and arrives at the conclusion that the types 
of limb are too closely related to be referred to different orders of 
animals, and therefore that Theriodesmus must be transferred from 
the Mammalia to the Therosuchia. 

The skull described as Tritylodon longevus is examined, and its 
close resemblance to the skulls of new Theriodonts is pointed out. 
The author believes that it shows evidence of possessing both pre- 
frontal and post-frontal bones, which were situate as in Theriodonts, 
and circumscribed the orbits in the same way; so that, although 
the post-frontal bones appear to have met in the median line to 
form a crest, at the back of the frontal, there is no other character 
in the skull by which it can be distinguished from the skull of a 
Theriodont. It therefore appears to be reptilian, and thus would 
make known divided roots to the molar teeth in Reptilia, and a 
more complicated type of crown than in any Theriodont yet 
known.—From the Proceedings of the Royal Society. (Communicated 
by the Author.) 


452 Miscellaneous. 


Researches on the Structure, Organization, and Classification of the 
Fossil Reptilia.—Part IX. Section 3. On Diademodon. By 
H. G. Srerey, F.R.S. 


The author describes fragments of jaws and teeth from Upper 
Karroo strata at Wonderboom and Aliwal North, collected by R. D. 
Kannemeyer and Alfred Brown. They may possibly belong to 
more than one genus; but, in absence of sufficient knowledge of the 
skull to establish differences, the four species are referred to a new 
genus, Diademodon. Its hinder molar teeth have undivided roots, 
and low crowns, which are subquadrate or transversely ovate, sur- 
rounded by a diadem of low cusps, which are chiefly developed on 
the external and internal borders, with crenulations or minute cusps 
on the anterior and posterior margins of these teeth. There is a low 
central cusp in the middle of the crown from which slight ridges 
extend, chiefly in the transverse direction ; but in the type species 
these ridges take the form of a cross. The species are distinguished 
by the form of the crown and the details of the cusps. The upper 
and lower teeth are opposed so as to be evenly worn, but the man- 
dibular teeth are narrower. 

These teeth are highly specialized, but distinct in plan from 
Tritylodon, and from all known Reptiles. They closely approximate 
to some of the higher Mammalia. The author refers Diademodon 
to a division of the Theriodontia in which the teeth become worn 
with use, which is named Gomphodontia.—From the Proceedinys 
of the Royal Society. (Communicated by the Author.) 


Preliminary Diagnosis of a new Gazelle from Algeria. 
By Oxrprrerp THomas, 


The type specimen of the following species has been brought from 
Algeria by Sir Edmund Loder, and generously presented by him 
to the National Museum. 


Gazella Loderi, sp. n. 


Size small; general colour very pale sandy, the various gazelle- 
markings all nearly obsolete. Ears long, whitish. Hoofs narrow 
and very much elongated. Horns long, very slender, lyrate, widely 
divergent above. 

Hind foot, without hoofs, (¢c.) 280 millim.; length of fore hoof 
64, of hind one 56; basal length of skull 173; horns round curves 
330, circumference at base 95. 

Hab. Sand-dunes of Le Souf, about 100 miles south of Biskra. 


G.LEWIS. Ani k, Vag Nat. Hist. 8.6. Vol. XM. PL. XIUL 


M.H.Fisher del.et lith. 


Mimtern Bros. imp . 


JAPAN SO TENE BRIONIDA:, 


Ann. & my, Vcuy.. Vat. Hist. 8.6. Vol AMT. PL XV. 


ae ! ci 6 


Ck 
4 


AY 


T.R.R Stebuing del. Nintern Bros. hth. 
APIRUNGIE UE UNS IPS) TA OMRVRUe Sue rg. et. Sp. 


THE ANNALS 


AND 


MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. 


(SIXTH SERLES.] 


No. 78. JUNE 1894. 


LII.—On the Land-Shells of the Natuna Islands. 
By Enear A. Smita. 


[Plate XVI.] 


THE British Museum has recently received a most interesting 
series of land-shells collected by Mr. A. Everett at the 
Natuna Islands, situated to the north-west of Borneo. Not 
a single specimen from these islands has hitherto been 
obtained for the National Collection, and only one indigenous 
species, Hverettia cinnamomea, has previously been recorded. 
The present collection consists of thirty-one species, eighteen 
of which apparently are undescribed, and the remainder are 
known inhabitants either of Borneo or the Malay Peninsula. 

The Natuna fauna, so far as it can be estimated from the 
material at hand, appears to exhibit an equally close relation- 
ship with that of either of these localities. Four species are 
common to the Malay Peninsula and the Natunas, seven occur 
in the latter and Borneo, and two are met with in all three 
localities. ‘The species occurring at Sirhassen do not, as it 
might be expected they would, from its proximity to Borneo, 
exhibit more of a Bornean than a Malayan facies, for of the 
sixteen species known from Sirhassen five are met with in 
Borneo and five in the Malay Peninsula. With regard to 
the species from Bunguran or Great Natuna, six of the 
twenty-six forms which occur on that island are also Malayan 
and seven are Bornean. 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xiii. dl 


454 Mr. E. A. Smith on the 


1. Microcystis bunguranensis. (Pl. XVI. fig. 1.) 


Testa minuta, obtuse conoidea, angustissime perforata, polita, satu- 
rate olivaceo-fusca, tenuis, pellucida; spira breviter obtuse conica ; 
anfractus 54, lente crescentes, leviter striatuli, ultimus ad peri- 
pheriam rotundatus, haud descendens; apertura parva, lunata ; 
peristoma tenue, simplex, margine columellari anguste reflexo. 

Diam. 2°5 millim., alt. 2; apertura | lata. 


Hab. Bunguran. 
A highly polished species of a dark olive-brown colour. 


2. LEverettia cinnamomea, Eydoux. 

Helix cinnamomea (Valenciennes, MS.), Eydoux, Mag. de Zool. 1888, 
pl. exvi. figs. 1-14; Pfeiffer, Mon. Hel. i. p. 54, iv. p. 42; Tryon, 
Man. Conch. ser. 2, vol. ii. p. 89, pl. xxix. figs. 46-48 (copied from 
Eydoux), as Nanina. 

Hab. Natuna Islands (Hydoux and Strubell in litt.) ; 

Penang (P/r.) ; Bunguran and Sirhassen (£verett). 

The shell figured by Reeve (Conch. Icon. vol. vil. fig. 442) 
does not belong to this species, being perfectly distinct in 
form. The figure given by Eydoux is very good as regards 
form, but the colour in the copy of the work at hand is rather 
too red. 

The examples from Sirhassen are not so large as those 
from Bunguran, and they have half a whorl less; but 
whether they are full-grown or not I am unable to say. 
They also differ in having the under surface of a more or less 
greenish tint. 


3. Nanina (Hemiplecta) Humphreysiana, Lea. 


Hab. Bunguran and Sirhassen (verett) ; Natuna Islands 
(Strubell in litt.) ; Malacca (awct.). 

There are two varieties of this species occurring at Sir- 
hassen, one fairly well represented by the figure in the Conch. 
Cab. ed. 2, pl. xxxi. figs. 3,5, of Helix. This form also 
occurs at Bunguran. The dark zone beneath the pale peri- 
phery is, however, generally more defined, and the upper 
surface is sometimes darker than the specimen figured. The 
second variety is entirely white, but covered with a light 
olive-yellow epidermis. It may be named var. pallida. 


4. Dyakia hugonis, Pfeiffer. 


Dyakia hugonis, Pfeiffer, Godwin-Austen, P. Z. 8. 1891, p. 29, pl. v. 
figs. 5-5 6. 


Hab. Bunguran (Everett) ; N. Borneo and Labuan (auet.). 


Land-Shells of the Natuna Islands. 455 


Only two small examples, 24 millim. in diameter, were 
collected by Mr. Everett, and both are dextral. 


5. Trochonanina affinis. (Pl. XVI. figs. 2, 2a.) 


Testa imperforata, conica, acute carinata, tenuis, fusco-cornea, sub- 
pellucida, supra vix nitida, infra polita; spira leviter concava, 
conica, ad apicem rotundata ; anfractus 7, lente crescentes, primi 
tres vel quatuor levigati, convexiusculi, cexteri minus convexi, 
oblique arcuatim striati, lirisque spiralibus paucis tenuibus supra 
suturam fuscescentem ornati, ultimus inferne convexiusculus, infra 
carinam excavatus, concentrice obsolete substriatus, haud descen- 
dens; apertura obliqua, angulatim lunata; peristoma tenuissi- 
mum, margine columellari ad insertionem incrassato, albo. 

Diam. maj. 16 millim., min. 15, alt. 9; apertura 8 lata, 2-5 alta. 


Hab. Bunguran and Sirhassen. 

This species is closely allied to 7’. contcotdes from Borneo. 
It differs, however, in the whorls increasing more slowly, so 
that the last is but very little broader than the penultimate, 
whereas in J. conicoides there is considerable difference. 
The body-whorl in the present species is more convex beneath, 
the aperture is of a slightly different form, and the few spiral 
lira are coarser than in the Bornean shell. 


6. Trochonanina bunguranensis. (Pl. XVI. fig. 3.) 


Testa depresse conica, acute carinata, imperforata, supra sordide 
fusco-cornea, inferne pallidior, nitida; spira breviter convexe 
conoidea; anfractus 6, leviter convexi, supra suturam paulo 
concayi, lente crescentes, lirulis spiralibus pluribus, lineis incre- 
menti obliquis decussatis, sculpti, ultimus utrinque carinam 
acutam impressus, infra convexiusculus, haud spiraliter lirulatus, 
antice haud descendens; apertura angusta, obliqua; peristoma 
tenue, acutum, margine infero in medio excurvato et versus 
carinam late sinuato, columellari ad insertionem incrassato et 
reflexo. 

Diam. maj. 16 millim., min. 14°5, alt. 8. 


Hab. Bunguran. 
7. Trochomorpha natunensis. (Pl. XVI. figs. 4-4.) 


Testa aperte umbilicata, orbicularis, acute carinata, tenuis, trans- 
lucida, cornea, fuscescens; spira brevis, conoidea, ad apicem 
obtusa ; anfractus 6, convexiusculi, supra suturam concave de- 
pressi, lente accrescentes, superne et infra lineis incrementi 
tenuissimis striisque spiralibus tenuibus plus minus obsoletis 
sculpti, ultimus supra et infra carinam acutam eque convexius- 
culus, haud descendens; apertura parva; peristoma tenue, 


ole 


456 Mr. E. A. Smith on the 


simplex, marginibus distantibus, superiore oblique rectiusculo, 
ventrali arcuato. 

Diam. maj. 11-5 millim., min. 10-75, alt. 5; apertura 4°5 lata, 
2°5 alta. 


Hab. Bunguran and Sirhassen. 


8. Sitala carinifera, Stoliczka. 
Sitala carinifera, Stol. J. As. Soc. Beng. 1873, vol. xlii. p. 16, pl. i. 
fig. 8; Tryon, Man. Conch. ser. 2, vol. ii. p. 54, pl. xxv. fig. 16. 
Trochomorpha kusana, Aldrich, Journ. Cincinnati Soc. N. H. vol. xii. 
p- 24, pl. iii. figs. 5-3 b. 
Sitala kusana, Godwin-Austen, P. Z. S. 1891, p. 40, pl. iv. fig. 8. 
Hab. Bunguran (Everett); Penang (Stoliczka); Bukil 
Pondong (Méllendorff*) ; Gomanton, N. Borneo (Lverett). 
I cannot discern any differences sufficient to separate the 
Penang and the Bornean shells. A single young example 
from Bunguran has much the appearance of S. tricarinata T 


from the Nilghiri Hills, India. 


9. Sttala baritensis, Smith. 


Sitala baritensis, Smith, Journ. Linn. Soc. 1893, vol. xxiv. p. 343, 
pl. xxv. fig. 3. 

Hab. Bunguran (Everett); N. Borneo (Everett). 

Three young specimens from Bunguran are indistinguish- 
able from Bornean examples. &. perakensis, Godwin- 
Austen, is very closely allied and S. angulata, Issel, is also 
very similar. 


10. Sitala sirhassenensis. (Pl. XVI. fig. 5.) 


Testa breviter conica, carinata, angustissime perforata, tenuis, sub- 
pellucida, striis spiralibus tenuibus sculpta; anfractus 53, parum 
convexi, sublente accrescentes, supra suturam carino-marginati, 
ultimus ad peripheriam acute carinatus, haud descendens, infra 
medium convexiusculus; apertura angulate lunata; peristoma 
tenue, margine columellari superne reflexo, albo, perpendiculari. 

Diam. 4 millim., alt. 3°75. 


Hab. Sirhassen. 
The spiral strie are excessively fine, and, being crossed by 


equally fine lines of growth, the surface has a minutely can- 
cellated aspect. 


* P. Z. 8. 1891, p. 333. 
+ Godwin-Austen, Moll. India, pl. x. fig. 10. 


Land-Shells of the Natuna Islands. 457 


11. Patula persculpta. (PI. XVI. figs. 6-6 d.) 


Testa orbicularis, late umbilicata, minuta, tenuis, sordide albida, 
striis concentricis et spiralibus microscopice cancellata; anfractus 
34, lente crescentes, convexi, sutura profunda sejuncti, ultimus ad 
peripheriam rotundatus, haud descendens ; apertura parva, oblique 
lunata; peristoma tenue, simplex, margine columellari vix 
reflexo ; spira depressa, supra anfr. ultimum vix elata, 

Diam. 1°5 millim., alt. -75. 


Hab. Bunguran. 
Under the microscope the minute cancellation of the surface 
is extremely pretty. 


12. Amphidromus perversus, Linn. 


Hab. Bunguran and Sirhassen. 
Several forms of this variable shell occur in the Natuna 
collection. They may be thus described :— 


1. Entirely white, generally with one or more oblique 
brown stripes or varices. 

2. White below the suture in the last two whorls, closely 
striped beneath with rich brown, often pinkish towards 
the apex. 

3. Yellow, but with a broad white zone below the suture, 
with or without one or two oblique brown varices 
(=leucoxanthus, Martens). 


The above varieties from Bunguran are not always sharply 
defined, but intermediates occur between one or other of them, 
For instance, some examples have so much brown about them 
that they cannot be included in var, 1, yet they are not suffi- 
ciently coloured to come into var. 2. Sometimes specimens 
of var. 2 have a somewhat yellowish tint like var. 3, and the 
latter occasionally has more or less of brown striping upon 
the lower part ot the penultimate and last whorls, as in var. 2. 
The latter variety is very like the form melanomma, Pfr. 
None of the Natuna examples appear to have the apex so 
dark as that species and none exhibit a yellowish peripherial 
zone; but not unfrequently there is a more or less defined 
submedian broad band as in the var. tnversus, Miller. 


4, Obliquely striped with dark brown upon a paler ground, 
darker below the sharply defined periphery (=¢nversus, 
Miller). 


All the above varieties from the Natunas are represented 


458 Mr. E. A. Smith on the 


by sinistral and dextral specimens. ‘The first three occur at 
Bunguran, the fourth at Sirhassen. 


13. Opeas subula (Pfeiffer). 
Opeas subula, Pfeitler, Mon. Hel. vol. ii. p. 158 (Bulimus). 


Hab. Bunguran and Sirhassen (Lverett) ; Sarawak (Hose, 
in Brit. Mus. and Mus. Cuming) ; Cuba (Pfr.). 

I cannot discover any differences in the specimens from the 
Natuna Islands and Borneo which are sufficient to separate 
them from West-Indian examples. Pfeiffer himself also 
failed to distinguish them, for a specimen from Sarawak in 
the Cumingian collection is labelled in his own handwriting 
“B. subula, Pfr.” Mr. C. Hose has recently presented a 
large series of specimens, also from Sarawak, an examination 
of which supports this decision. It also seems to me ques- 
tionable whether either O. junceus (Gould), from the Society 
and Sandwich Islands, or O. oparanus (Pfeiffer), from Opara, 
possess any real differences which can dissociate them from 
this species. 


14. Pupa Moreleti, Brown. 


Pupa Moreleti, Brown, Journ. de Conch. 1870, p. 595; Issel, Ann- 
Mus. stor. nat. Genova, 1874, vol. vi. p. 415 ( Vertigo). 

Hab. Bunguran (Everett) ; Labuan (Brown). 

I am not quite certain of the identification of the Natuna 
specimens with this species, as they do not agree in every 
respect with the diagnosis. They have only five instead of 
six whorls, and the peristome is brownish, not white. 


15. Tornatellina natunensis. (Pl. XVI. fig. 7.) 


Testa parva, ovata, superne subconoidea, tenuis, subpellucida, pallide 
fuscescens, imperforata, lineis inerementi tenuibus striata ; an- 
fractus 4, convexi, apex magnus, rotundatus ; apertura perpen- 
dicularis, inverse auriformis, longit. totius 3 paulo minor ; perist. 
tenue, margine columellari leviter contorto, haud incrassato vel 
reflexo ; lamina parietalis tenuissima, intrans. 

Longit. 2°5 millim., diam. 1°5; apertura 1-3 longa, *75 lata. 

Hab, Bunguran. 


This genus occurs in the Philippine Islands, but has not 
yet been discovered in Borneo. 


16. Cyclophorus aquilus, Sowerby. 
Cyclophorus aquilus, Sowerby, Reeve, Couch. Icon. figs. 45 a, b. 


Hab. Bunguran and Sirhassen. 


Land- Shells of the Natuna Islands. 459 


The specimens from the above localities of adult age agree 
precisely with the Malaccan form of this species. In very 
old examples, however, which have the outer surface more or 
less worn the aperture becomes of a bright orange-red and 
the lip is also tinted. . 


17. Leptopoma natunense. (Pl. XVI. fig. 8.) 


Testa turbinata, anguste umbilicata, tenuis, pellucida, cornea, pone 
labrum pallide rufum vel album, striga nigra obliqua ornata ; 
spira conica; anfractus 5, convexiusculi, liris vel carinis tenuibus 
(in anfract. penult. 4, ultimo 7) instructi, ultimus carina quinta 
ad peripheriam subangulatus, antice vix descendens ; apertura 
magna, longit. totius } paulo superans; peristoma duplex, margine 
interno leviter incrassato, externo tenui, plane dilatato ad 
umbilicum reflexo, extremitatibus callo tenuissimo junctis. 

Diam. maj. 13°5 millim., min. 10, alt. 13°5; apertura intus 6°5 
longa et lata. 


Hab. Bunguran and Sirhassen. 

‘The specimens from Bunguran have the peristome of a 
pale red tint, whilst in those from Sirhassen it is white. 

This species bears a very close resemblance to L. Mathilde, 
Dohrn, from Mindanao, and is merely a slight modification of 
that form. It differs in having a slightly narrower umbilicus, 
an additional spiral lira on the penultimate whorl, no fine 
spiral striae or merely the faintest indication of them, and the 
peristome is more distinctly double, the outer margin being 
more flatly expanded. 


18. Lagochilus bunguranensis. (Pl. XVI. fig. 9.) 


Testa late umbilicata, depresse turbinata, saturate fusca, liris spiral- 
ibus tenuibus undique cineta, lineis incrementi obliquis sub- 
cancellata, epidermide rugosa, setosa, amicta; anfractus 6, celeriter 
erescentes, perconvexi, sutura profunda sejuncti, apicales duo 
leyves, ultimus antice leviter descendens; apertura circularis, 
intus sordide cerulea, mediocriter magna; peristoma duplex, 
margine externo breviter expanso, acuto, interno paulo incrassato, 
cerulescente, superne leviter inciso. 

Diam. maj. 17 millim., min. 13°5, alt. 12; apertura 6 longa et lata. 


Hab. Bunguran. 
This species is well characterized by its deep brown colour, 


the fine spiral lire, the strong oblique lines of growth, and 
the rough epidermis produced into very short hairs upon the 
ridges. The thin horny yellowish epidermis consists of nine 
or ten narrow volutions. 


460 Mr. E. A. Smith on the 


19. Lagochilus sirhassenensis. (Pl. XVI. fig. 10. 


Testa turbinata, anguste perforata, sordide saturate fusca, liris 
spiralibus tenuibus instructa, epidermideque oblique striata; 
anfractus 5, eonvexi, sutura profunda sejuncti, apicales duo lives, 
fusco-cornei, ultimus ad peripheriam rotundatus, infra medium 
liris paucis magis distantibus quam superioribus ; apertura longit. 
totius 4 adaquans, intus cerulescens ; peristoma anguste expan- 
sum, intus leviter incrassatum, marginibus callo tenui junctis, ad 
insertionem minute incisum. 

Diam. maj. 10 millim., min. 8, alt. 9°5; apertura 4°5 lata. 


Fab. Sirhassen. 

This species resembles L. bunguranensis in colour aud the 
spiral striee, but differs in its more conical form, narrower 
umbilicus, and thinner epidermis. ‘The operculum is very 
thin, yellowish, and consists of about ten volutions. 


20. Lagochilus natunensis, (Pl. XVI. fig. 11.) 


Testa turbinata, perforata, tenuiuscula, lutescens, rufo strigata et 
variegata, ad apicem saturate fusca, epidermide plus minus 
lamellosa, setosa et villosa induta ; spira elata, conica; anfractus 
6, mediocriter convexi, oblique tenuiter striati, liris paucis tenuibus 
(peripheriali cateris majori) instructi, ultimus in medio lirula 
carinatus, antice leviter descendens ; apertura mediocris, circularis, 
longit. totius 3 vix equans; peristoma intus incrassatum, ceru- 
lescens, extra tenue, expansum, marginibus callo tenui junctis ; 
sinus minutus. 

Diam. maj. 11°5 millim., min. 10, alt. 12; apertura intus 5 longa 
et lata. 

‘ar. Testa, sub epidermide, pallide vel saturate cornea, concolor. 


Hab. Bunguran and Sirhassen. 

The epidermis of this pretty species has a somewhat silky 
appearance and is very finely lamellated in the direction of 
the oblique lines of growth and very shortly setose upon the 
spiral liree; these usually number two or three on the upper 
whorls and five or six on the last, the one at the periphery 
being a trifle more conspicuous than therest. When present 
the red markings radiate from the suture and extend some- 
what zigzag over the body-whorl. 


21. Lagochilus eviquus. (Pl. XVI. figs. 12-12 8.) 


Testa parva, conica, in medio acute carinata, late umbilicata, 
lutescens, strigis rufis radiantibus picta, epidermide tenui ad 
carinam et suturam fimbriata, induta; spira acute conica; an- 
fractus 54, superiores rotundati, leaves, tres reliqui convexiusculi, 


Land-Shells of the Natuna Islands. 461 


inferne prope suturam carinis duabus tenuibus spiralibus cincti, 
lineis incrementi elevatis subdistantibus oblique arcuatis instructi, 
ultimus in medio bicarinatus, angulatus, inferne convexiusculus 
rufo radiatim pictus, leviter descendens; apertura circularis, 
superne minute sinuata ; peristoma intus paulo incrassatum, extra 
acutum, tenue, undique sublate expansum, marginibus callo tenui 
junctis. 
Diam. maj. 7 millim., min. 5:5, alt. 5°5 ; apertura intus 2°5 lata. 


Hab, Sirhassen. 

This species is remarkable for its small size, the two almost 
contiguous spiral keels or lire at the periphery, which also 
pass up the spire just above the suture, but especially for the 
peculiar epidermis, which is produced into a sort of fringe 
upon the carine. 


22. Cyathopoma tricarinatum. (Pl. XVI. fig. 13.) 


Testa minuta, aperte et profunde umbilicata, turbinata, tenuis, 
cornea, levis; anfractus quinque, apicales duo subglobosi, se- 
quentes duo convexiusculi in medio carinati, ultimus carinis tribus 
tenuibus prominentibus (duabus circa medium, tertia umbilicum 
circumdante) instructus, haud descendens ; apertura subcircularis ; 
peristoma intus incrassatum, marginibus callo tenui junctis, 
externo paulo expanso, ad extremitates carinarum producto, colu- 
mellari tenuiore. 

Diam. maj. 2°25 millim., min. 2, alt. 2°25; apertura 1 alta et lata. 

Operculum nigrescens, in medio excavatum, pallidum. 


Hab. Bunguran. 

The uppermost keel of the body-whorl is that which encircles 
the middle of the upper volutions, and the central one passes 
up the spire in the suture. The genus occurs in India, 


Ceylon, Borneo, and the Philippines. 


23. Cyclotus natunensis. (Pl. XVI. figs. 14-14.) 


Testa mediocriter late umbilicata, depresse turbinata, saturate 
castanea, strigis flavis a sutura radiantibus et zona macularum 
irregulariter sagittiformium ad peripheriam ornata, epidermide 
scabrosa, pilosa induta; anfractus 5, celeriter accrescentes, per- 
convexi, striis incrementi obliquis aliisque spiralibus sculpti, 
sutura profunda discreti, ultimus antice leviter descendens ; 
apertura mediocriter magna; peristoma intus incrassatum, sub- 
ceruleum, continuum, margine dextro plane expanso, tenue, 
superne ad suturam haud profunde sinuato. 

Diam. maj. 19 millim., min. 15, alt. 13; aperture diam. 7°5. 


Hab. Bunguran. 
In this species the whorls are smooth and rounded, but 


462 Mr. E. A. Smith on the 


they are clothed with a roughish epidermis, which is produced 
into short hairs arranged in spiral series and also in oblique 
rows upon the lines of growth. When the epidermis is 
removed only faint indications of spiral strie are observable. 
The shelly operculum (figs. 14 a, 6) is white externally, with 
a corneous nucleus, where it is slightly concave, and consists 
of seven or eight obliquely striated volutions. It is thick and 
deeply concave between the outer shelly margin and the inner 
corneous layer, which is of a bright red tint. 


24, Cyclotus minor. (Pl. XVI. figs. 15, 15a.) 


Testa orbicularis, aperte umbilicata, sub epidermide crassiuscula, 
striata, lutescens; spira paulo elata, ad apicem obtusiuscula ; 
anfractus 43, convexi, sutura profundissima discreti, superiores 
distanter costulati, cseteri tenuiter striati, ultimus vix descendens ; 
apertura intus pallide ceerulescens ; peristoma intus leviter incras- 
satum, margine externo paulo dilatato, dein aperturam versus 
anguste reflexo, superne in alam parvam suturalem producto. 

Diam. maj. 15 millim., min. 11, alt. 7; apertura 4°5 lata. 


Hab, Bunguran. 

Allied to C. Bowxalli of Godwin-Austen, but much smaller, 
with the apex of the spire white instead of chestnut and the 
peristome externally peculiarly granulate-striate. 


25. Pupina Everettt. (Pl. XVI. fig. 16.) 


Testa ovata, superne acuminata, tenuis, pellucida, polita, rufescens ; 
anfractus 6, leves, convexiusculi, infra suturam colore saturatiore 
anguste marginati, ultimus oblique descendens, sed ad labrum 
breviter ascendens; apertura subrotunda, superne producta, 
longit. totius 5°; adeequans ; labrum incrassatum, leviter expan- 
sum, pallide carneum, in medio prominens, arcuatum; dens 
parietalis compressus, magnus, prominens, columellie callo areuato 
junctus ; columella fissura angustissima obliqua terminata, latis- 
sime lingulata. 

Longit. 123 millim., diam. 7°3; apertura 5 longa, 3°5 lata. 


Hab. Bunguran. 

This handsome species is a little larger than P. ottonis, 
Dohrn, from Mindanao, and of a darker colour; the penultimate 
whorl, viewed from behind, is higher in proportion to the last, 
and the lingueform termination of the columella is much 
broader in the present species. ‘The operculum is thin, of a 
bronzy-yellow tint, and consists of about eight whorls. 


Land-Shells of the Natuna Islands. 463 


26. Pupina Evansi, Godwin-Austen. 

Pupina Evansi, Godwin-Austen, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1889, p. 351, pl. xxxix. 

figs. 3, 3a. 

Flab. Sirhassen ; N. Borneo (£verett). 

The type of this species was a dead shell from a cave- 
deposit. \rr. Everett has since presented to the Museum a 
living example from Bau, in N. Borneo; this is of a dirty 
pellucid appearance, with a pale peristome. The Sirhassen 
shells are of a brownish colour, becoming reddish towards the 
lip; they agree in other respects. 


27. Diplommatina rubicunda, Martens. — 


Diplommatina rubicunda, Martens, Preuss. Exped. Ost-Asien, Zool. 
Bd. ii. p. 164, pl. iv. fig. 16. 

Hab. Sirhassen (Hverett); N. Borneo (Martens and 
Everett). 

The specimens from Sirhassen are of a bright red colour, 
excepting the base of the body-whorl, which appears to be 
coated with a thin luteous deposit. The umbilical region is 
covered with a thin, smooth, and sharply defined callus, a 
feature not referred to by von Martens, but which is present 
in Bornean examples also. 


28. Diplommatina adversa (H. & A. Adams), 
var. natunensis. 
Diplommatina adversa, Pfeitter, Mon. Hel. vol. iii. p. 586 (Parillus) ; 
Godwin-Austen, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1889, p. 348, pl. xxxviil. fig. 3. 

Hab. Bunguran and Sirhassen (Lverett) ; Singapore 
(Adams) ; Sarawak, Busau (Lverett). 

The specimens from the Natuna Islands are smaller than 
the typical form of this species. ‘They are mostly of a reddish 
tint, with an orange-red aperture, which looks a trifle smaller 
than in Bornean examples. The peristome is more rounded 
above, where it is appressed to the whorl, but certain pellucid 
lines seen through the transparency of the shell above the 
aperture are similar in both forms. 


29. Diplommatina Strubelli. (Pl. XVI. fig. 17.) 


Testa dextrorsa, ovata, superne acuminata, imperforata, succinea, ad 
apicem rufescens, tenuis; anfractus 6, convexi, liris tenuissimis 
obliquis ornati, superiores quatuor regulariter crescentes, penul- 
timus maximus inflatus, ultimus paulo angustior, antice leviter 
ascendens; apertura irregulariter rotundata vel auriformis ; 


464 On the Land-Shells of the Natuna Islands. 


columella crassa antice rostrata, in medio dente valido munita; 
labrum duplex, aurantium, margine interno incrassato, externo 
expanso, inferne angulatim producto. 

Longit. 2°5 millim., diam. 1:3; apertura cum labro 1. 


Hab. Bunguran. 

Across the body-whorl above the aperture a translucent 
line is visible, apparently indicating an internal lira. I have 
named this species after Herr Strubell, of Frankfort, who has 
kindly communicated to me a list of the species of land-shells 
known to him from the Natuna Islands. 


30. Diplommatina congener. (Pl. XVI. fig. 18.) 


Testa dextrorsa, ovata, superne producta, imperforata, rufo-succinea ; 
anfractus 7, supremi duo subglobosi, leves, cxeteri convexi costulis 
tenuibus obliquis instructi, in interstitiis spiraliter microscopice 
striati, penultimus ultimo latior, ultimus supra aperturam ad 
lineam nigrescentem peculiariter contractus ; apertura subrotun- 
data, ad basim columelle leviter oblique canaliculata; columella 
obliqua, in medio dente parvo munita, superne labro eallo juncta ; 
labrum intus incrassatum, aurantium, externe expansum, paulo 
infra suturam angulatim productum. 

Longit. 3 millim., diam. 1; apertura 75 longa. 


Hab. Bunguran. 

The constriction above the aperture indicated by an almost 
perpendicular blackish-red line is very peculiar and at once 
distinguishes this species from its allies. 

It is smaller than D. symmetrica, Smith, from North 
Borneo, and is furnished with a tooth on the columella, which 
is wanting in that species. The name symmetrica being 
already in use for a species of this genus from New Guinea, I 
take this opportunity of substituting that of gomantonensis 
for the Bornean shell. 


31. Helicina Martensi, Issel. 
Helicina Martensi, Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1894, vol. xiii. 
p. 59. 
Hab. Sirhassen. 


Var. parva. 
Smaller than the typical form and a trifle more globose. 
Hab. Bunguran. 
The form of this species which occurs at Bunguran is 


considerably smaller than that from Sirhassen and is rather 
more globose. 


On the Tenebrionide of Japan. 465 


The species is known from the Sulu Archipelago, N. Borneo, 
and Labuan. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVI. 


Fig. 1. Microcystis bunguranensis. 
Figs. 2,2a. Trochonanina affinis. 

Fig. 3. bunguranensis. 

Figs. 4-4b. Trochomorpha natunensis. 
Fig. 5. Sitala sirhassenensis. 
Figs. 6-66. Patula persculpta. 

Fig. 7. Tornatellina natunensis. 
Fig. 8. Leptopoma natunense. 
Fig. 9. Lagochilus bunguranensis. 
Fig. 10 sirhassenensis, 

Fig. 11. natunensis. 

Figs. 12-12 b. eviguus. 

Fig. 13. Cyathopoma tricarinatum. 
Fxg. 14. Cyclotus natunensis. 

Figs. 14a, b. Operculum. 
Figs. 15-15 a. minor. 

Fig. 16. Pupina Everetti. 

Fig. 17. Diplommatina Strubelli. 
Fig. 18. -—— congener. 


LIII.— On the Tenebrionide of Japan. 
By G. Lewis, F.L.S. 


[Continued from p. 400.) 


ADDIA, gen. nov. 


The structure of the body in this genus resembles that of 
Hemicera, especially as regards the structure of the under- 
side ; the head is deeply inserted in the thorax, thus shorten- 
ing the prosternum before the coxe, and the hind coxe are 
rather wide apart. ‘The genus also resembles Ceropria, but 
in that genus the posterior coxe are closer together and the 
head is less deeply set in the thorax. The fourth joint of the 
anterior tarsi in Addia (as seen in an Andaman Island species, 
for the males of others are not known) is as wide in the male 
as the third. The antenne are somewhat slender, the third 
joint scarcely so long again as the first and second united, 
4-6 shorter and equal, 7-10 slightly larger, equal, widest 
anteriorly, terminal joint circular and not pressed into the 
tenth. In the Pascoe collection there is a species of this 
genus from the Oriental Region bearing the MS. name I have 
adopted. 


466 Mr. G. Lewis on 


Addia scatebre, sp. n. 


Ovalis, supra convexa, nitida, obscure purpureo-eneo-nigra ; elytris 
striato-punctatis, interstitiis impunctatis; antennis pedibusque 
obscure brunneis. 

L. 7 mill. 


Oval, convex above, black, shining, with a brassy-purple 
tint, the head punctulate, punctures not very dense but irre- 
gular, epistoma depressed ; the thorax more clearly but some- 
what similarly punctured, margin elevated laterally ; the 
scutellum rather small, arched at the sides, obtusely pointed 
behind, smooth; the elytra striate-punctate, rows of points 
rather wide apart, interstices smooth, lateral margins elevated 
like the sides of the thorax until just before the apex; the 
antenne obscurely brown, legs darker; the prosternum bisul- 
cate between the coxe. The antennz are shorter in every 
joint than in LElixota curva, but otherwise not very dis- 
similar. 

Hab. Miyanoshita. One female example in May. Pro- 
bably at a later season more would been found, as this species 
seems to be a tropical or subtropical form. 


Elixota curva, Mars. 
Amarygmus curvus, Mars. Ann. Fr. 1876, p. 316. 
This genus was founded by Pascoe in 1866, and placed in 


the Cnodaloninz, but Pascoe says nothing of the singular 
position of the head. The head is bent downwards, “ enfoncée 
dans le prothorax”’ as Marseul says, and only a very small 
part of it is visible when the insect is viewed trom above. [| 
have taken two species of this genus in Ceylon, and another 
at Singapore. 

The present species is smaller and brighter in colour than 
E. cuprea, Pasc., from North China. 

Hab. Nagasaki, Oyayama, and Yokohama. At the last 
place, near the race-course, 1 found an old camellia in which 
a large number of specimens were hibernating on the 26th 


March, 1880. 


Phthora canalicollis, sp. n. 


Oblonga, piceo-nigra, nitida; thorace punctato, lateralibus canalicu- 
latis ; elytris punctato-striatis, punctis profunde impressis; an- 
tennis pedibusque rufo-brunneis. 

L. 3? mill. 


Oblong, pitchy black, shining; the head flat between the 


the Tenebrionide of Japan. 467 


eyes, clearly and rather densely punctured ; the thorax deeply 
canaliculate laterally, feebly rugose within the channel, disk 
very clearly punctured, punctures larger than those of the 
head; the scutellum very small, smooth, and semicircular 
behind ; the elytra punctate-striate, punctures large and deep, 
outer margin evenly dilated from the humeral angle to the 
apex ; the antenne and legs reddish brown. 

The deep lateral thoracic canaliculation distinguishes this 
species from P. crenata, Germ., which in other respects it 
resembles. 

Hab. Sapporo and Junsai. Two examples only. 


ENANEA, gen. nov. 


Body oblong-oval, moderately convex ; the head transverse, 
eyes very small, equally seen from above and below ; antenne 
robust, 10-jointed, joints compressed, the first short and stout, 
second, third, and fourth smaller, shorter and nearly equal, 
fifth, sixth, and seventh widen gradually, eighth and ninth 
rather wider than the seventh, terminal circular in outline ; 
the thorax transverse, strongly marginate at sides, nearly 
straight before and behind; the scutellum rather large and 
wide, triangular ; the elytra parallel at the sides to the middle, 
apices obtuse ; the anterior coxe close together, intermediate 
and posterior not quite so contiguous; the tarsi very short 
and closely corresponding in both sexes. 


Enanea testacea, sp. n. 


Oblongo-ovata, rufo-testacea, nitida; capite thoraceque sparse 
punctatis ; elytris striato-punctatis; antennis pedibusque con- 
coloribus. 


L. 3 mill. 


Oblong-ovate, red-testaceous ; the head sparsely punctate, 
the male with two ear-like elevations, wide at the base, tips 
pointed, the centre of their bases being 
over the point of the insertion of the an- Fig. 4. 
tenn ; the thorax punctured like the head, 
anterior angles somewhat rounded off, 
posteriorly rectangular; the scutellum with 
a few punctures; the elytra irregularly 
striate-punctate, interstices also with a few 
similar points; the legs, anterior tibie 
gradually widen from their bases and are 
angulate on the outer edge of the tarsal 
end; the under and upper surfaces are 
punctured alike (fig. 4). 


468 Mr. G. Lewis on 


It is more than probable that this is a type of a tropical 
enus. 
Hab. Ichiuchi. Four examples on the 1st May, 1881. 


Uloma latimanus. 
Uloma latimanus, Kolbe, Archiv fiir Nat. i. Heft 2, 1886, p. 202, t. 11. 
fig. 34. 
This species is relatively longer than U. bonzica, Mars., 
and measures 7 to 13 mill. The small examples are often 
pale in colour, like those recorded by Marseul for U. bonzica. 


Hab. Miyanoshita, Hakone, and Chiuzenji. Common. 
Corticeus colydioides, sp. n. 

Jylindricus, elongatus, niger, nitidus; antennis tibiisque concolori- 
bus, tarsis rufis; capite thoraceque punctulatis; elytris striato- 
punctulatis. 

L. 5-54 mill. 

Cylindrical, elongate, black, shining; the head clearly and 
somewhat densely punctulate ; the thorax rather less closely 
punctulate, much longer than broad; the elytra striate-punc- 
tate, with a few very fine punctures on the interspaces also 
longitudinally arranged ; the pygidium exposed and punctu- 
late; the tibie angulate near the tarsi. 

Resembles in form the European C. castaneus, Schn., but 
the legs are much less robust and the colour black. 

Hab. Miyanoshita, Hakone, Kiga, Nikko, and Konose. 
Occurs in decaying beeches. 

Corticeus gentilis, sp. n. 

Cylindricus, elongatus, castaneus, nitidus ; antennis pedibusque con- 
coloribus. 

L. 33 mill. 

The species differs from the last in size and colour. The 
head rather densely and distinctly punctulate; the thorax 
scarcely longer than broad, more sparsely punctulate than 
the head; the scutellum, punctures obsolete; the elytra 
striate-punctate, with rows of intervening punctures, but the 
sculpture is not so clear and well-marked as in C. colydiotdes ; 
the pygidium, punctuation very fine and not dense. 

Hab. Yokohama. Under the loosened bark of Zelkowa 
Keaki, Sieb. ‘Two examples. 


Toauicum tricornutum. 


Toxicum tricornutum, Waterh. Ent. Month. Mag. 1874, xi. p. 126. 
Toxicum umbrosum, Har. 1880. 


This species differs from the two following in being cylin- 
drical. 


the ‘Tenebrionide of Japan. 469 


Hab, Oyayama, Yuyama, Usui-toge, and on the plain of 
Pui; 0 » 2UY ’ 5°) I 
ujisan. ommon. 


Toxicum funginum, sp. n. 


Parum elongatum, subcylindricum ; thorace transyerso, postice et 
antice bisinuato ; elytris striato-punctatis, 
L, 124-134 mill. 


Densely black, opaque, somewhat elongate; the head irre- 
gularly punctate; the thorax also irregularly not closely 
punctate, transverse, bisinuate before and behind, lateral 
margin narrowly elevated; the scutellum impunctate; the 
elytra striate-punctate, interstices flat; the antenne, two 
basal joints and the palpi piceous. The male with two 
upright, somewhat slender horns, rather close together, on the 
edge of the clypeus, and two larger and longer ones on the 
inner ocular edge, little bent and clothed at and near the 
apices with long fulvous or reddish hair. In less developed 
specimens the edge of the clypeus has two tubercles, and the 
horns near the eyes are short and only clothed on their apices. 
The female has a well-marked semicircular carina on the 
inner edge of the eye. 

Hab. Ichiuchi, Nara, and near the lake of Ogura. ‘Twenty 


specimens. 


Toxicum tuberculifrons, sp. n. 


Atrum, opacum, parum elongatum ; thorace postice bisinuato ; elytris 
punctato-striatis. 
L. 113-122 mill. 

Densely black, opaque, somewhat elongate ; the head irre- 
gularly punctured, punctures sometimes largest between the 
eyes; the thorax rather broader than long, not very closely 

unctured, anterior angles a little produced, not sinuous be- 
hind the head, bisinuous at the base, lateral margin narrowly 
canaliculate ; the scutellum obscurely punctured; the elytra, 
strie very faint or shallow near the suture and punctate, near 
the apex and outer margins the wing-cases are more clearly 
punctate-striate. The male has a well-marked tubercle in the 
middle of the frontal edge, with the angles before the eyes 
well-raised and a ridge on the interior edge of the eye which 
is most prominent in front. The female has only a similar, 
but rather less elevated, ridge over the eye. 

Hab. Oyayama, Tokio (Tanaka), and Nara. Fifteen 


examples. 
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xiii. 32 


470 Mr. G. Lewis on 


ANTHRACIAS, Redtenbacher. 
Anthracias, Redtenbacher, Fn. Austr. ed. 2, 1858, p. 617. 


Bates considers the characters given for this genus are in- 
sufficient to separate it from Yoricum (Ent. Mo. Mag. x. 
1878, p. 45), but there are four species from Japan which 
differ from the species of Yoxicum found there in having a 
-jointed club to the antenna, eyes completely divided by the 
ocular ridge, and the absence of hair on the cephalic armature. 
It seems to me as convenient to use the two names as to 
divide Toxicum into two sections, as Bates has done, on the 
completeness or incompleteness of the ocular carina. At the 
same time I am aware of at least one species from India 
which has a 4-jointed club and a complete ocular ridge, but 
perhaps a third genus ought to be founded forthese. Pascoe 
also notices that very similar species of Toxtcum have the 
club of the antenna sometimes 3-, sometimes 4-jointed (Journ. 
Ent. ii. p. 454). 


Anthracias duellicus, sp.n. (Pl. XIII. fig. 8.) 


Elongatus, cylindricus, niger, subnitidus ; capite thoraceque dense 
punctatis ; elytris irregulariter striato-punctatis, utrinque paral- 
lelis. 

L. 12-15 mill. 


Elongate, rather cylindrical, black, little shining; the head 
somewhat cearsely and densely punctured ; the thorax bisinu- 
ous at base, marginal edge narrow and a little produced at the 
anterior angle; the scutellum punctured and nearly semi- 
circular behind; the elytra, the strize consist of double rows 
of irregular punctures, interstices feebly convex, parallel 
at the sides; the antenne and legs piceous. Male: the 
outside edge of the clypeus on each side is produced and 
raised somewhat triangularly, with the apices obtuse, over the 
eyes are two long rather slender horns, punctate, bent a little 
outwards if viewed longitudinally, viewed sideways crescent- 
shaped on the anterior edge ; in undeveloped males the horns 
are short and stouter. In the female the ridge over the eyes 
is tubercular. 

flab. Yuyama, Kadzusa, Niigata, and Junsai. 


Anthracias punctatulus, sp. n. 


Elongatus, subcylindricus, ater, opacus; capite thoraceque dense 
punctatis ; elytris striato-punctatis, interstitiis conspicue punctu- 
latis. 

L. 94-10 mill. 


Elongate, rather cylindrical, densely black, opaque when 


the ‘Tenebrionidw of Japan. 471 


not abraded; the head densely punctured and the thorax 
also, the latter broader than long, lateral edge finely raised, 
anterior angle impressed behind the eyes, bisinuate at the base ; 
the scutellum punctulate ; the elytra striate-punctate, with the 
interstices conspicuously punctulate; the antenne and legs 
black. Male: clypeus nearly straight in front, edges near 
the antenne a little widened out and raised, with two 
horns over the eyes, erect, rather short, and more widely 
apart than those of A. duellicus. In the female the carina 
over the eyes is short and not much elevated. 

Especially known from the others in this series by the flat 
and somewhat densely punctulate interstices of the elytra. 
When specimens of Anthractas and Toaicum become abraded 
there is a tendency for their opacity to disappear. 

Hab. Oyayama, Oguma, and Goka in Kumakuni. Three 
specimens. 


Anthracias fagi, sp. n. 


Elongatus, subcylindricus, niger, subopacus ; antennis pedibusque 
rufo-piceis ; thorace parum dense punctato; elytris punctato- 
striatis. 


L. 8-9 mill. 


Elongate, rather cylindrical, black, somewhat opaque ; the 
head rather densely punctured ; the thorax, lateral margin 
but little raised, anterior angles not produced, little rounded 
off, hind angles rectangular ; the scutellum obscurely punctu- 
late; the elytra punctate-striate, punctures irregularly set, 
interspaces feebly rugose and punctulate; the antenne and 
legs pitchy red. Male: the ocular carina (the ridge that 
crosses the centre of the eye) is continued in front and spread 
out over the base of the antenna, frontal edge widely and 
feebly emarginate, two short horns somewhat wide apart stand 
erect over the eyes. I*emale: inner margin of the eye little 
elevated anteriorly, clypeus anteriorly nearly straight. 

Hab. Nikko. Four examples from an old _ beech tree, 
31st Oct., 1880. 


Anthracias boleti, sp. n. 


Elongatus, subcylindricus, niger, opacus ; antennis pedibusque con- 
coloribus ; elytris striato-punctatis, interstitiis planis et impunc- 
tatis. 

L. 8-83 mill. 


Elongate, somewhat cylindrical, when not abraded densely 
black and opaque; the head densely punctured ; the thorax 
similarly punctate, bisinuous behind only, more convex 

52” 


472 Mr. G. Lewis on 


behind the neck than that of A. fag7, and anterior angles 
more depressed, the lateral margin is in consequence Tess 
visible above ; the scutellum obscurely punctulate; the elytra 
striate- -punctate, interstices flat, with leather- like sculpture, 
impunctate; the antenne and "legs black. Male: clypeus 
with an outline nearly straight, ocular carina anteriorly spread 
out over the base of the antenna, with two short, obtuse, and 
somewhat tubercular horns over the eyes. The female has 
a small carina over the anterior portion of the edge of the eye. 

This species is similar to A. fagi, but the convexity and 
depression of the anterior angles of the thorax, the sculpture 
of the elytra, and the colour of the antenna and legs are, 
amongst others, good distinguishing characters. 

Hab. Oyayama and Oguma. Seven examples. 


Setenis insomnis, sp. Nn. 


Elongatus, niger, subnitidus; thorace punctato haud canaliculato ; 
elytris striato-punctatis ; ¢ metasterno haud piloso. 
L. 26-28 mill. 


Elongate, black, rather shining ; the head somewhat densely 
punctured on the neck and anterior portion, more sparingly 
between the eyes; the thorax marginate at sides and base, 
margin interrupted behind the neck, punctured rather more 
finely than the head, with a feeble median longitudinal 
impression (absent in some examples) ; the elytra striate- 
punctate, interstices with a leather-like sculpture; the fore 
tibie longer and more bent in the male than in the female ; 
the metasternum free of pilosity in both sexes ; the antenna, 
third joint somewhat longer than the fourth. 

This species differs from 8S. valgipes, Mars., in the male 
having a smooth metasternum and simple intermediate and 
hind tibiz ; in both sexes the chief differences are the want 
of a thoracic canaliculation and the third joint of the antenna 
is shorter and stouter. A species from Mantchuria (S. vidlo- 
stipes) noticed by Marseul has the metasternum furnished, like 
S. valgipes, with yellow hair. 

Hab. Buno (one example) ; Sapporo (abundant). 


Setenis higonius, sp. n. 


S. insomni simillimus, sed magis elongatus; capite obscure et 
tenuiter punctato, fronte sutura obsoleta; ¢ metasterno haud 
piloso. 


i, ol mill, 


This species is extremely similar to S, ¢nsomnis, but it is 


the ‘Venebrionidee of Japan. 473 


larger, the elytra longer, the thorax wider anteriorly, the head 
and neck lightly and obscurely punctured; the frontal suture 
(well defined in the other species of this series) can only be 
feebly traced in certain lights, and the metasternum is free of 
pilosity in the male. 

The district in which it was found is the same as that in 
which S. valgipes is common. 

Hab. Yuyama. One male example. 


Setents valgipes, Mars. 

Nyctobates valgipes, Mars. Aun. Fr. 1876, p. 117. 

In the male of this species the median area of the meta- 
sternum is densely pilose. Marseul does not mention this, 
but he notices that NV. villosipes, Mars., from Mantchuria, is 
similarly clothed. If it should prove that he attached this 
last character to the wrong species (he corrected his proof 
more than two years after parting with his manuscript), my 
S. insomnis may be the same as his Mantchurian species. 

Hab. Nagasaki, Konose, and Yuyama. Common in old 
firs (Pinus massomana). 


Setenis striatipennis, sp. n. 


Elongatus, niger, nitidus; thorace canaliculato et bifoveolato ; 
elytris valde punctato-siriatis. 


L. 20 mill. 


Elongate, black, shining; the head anteriorly rather 
densely punctured, more sparingly between the eyes; the 
thorax with a narrow and rather shallow median channel and 
two fovex on each side of it before the base, punctate like 
the head between the eyes, lateral margin narrowly raised, 
hind angles rectangular; the elytra strongly punctate-striate, 
interstices very finely punctulate. ‘The sexual differences are 
slight; in the male the anterior tibiz are longer and rather 
more incurved ; the metasternum is not pilose. 

Agrees somewhat with Nyctobates semisulcata, Fairm. 

Hab. Yuyama and Konose. Common in the Kuro-matzu 


(Pinus massomana). 
Setenis noctivigilus, sp. n. 


Elongatus, niger, subnitidus; antennis pedibusque rufo-piceis ; 
capite thoraceque opacis ; elytris parum valde punctato-striatis. 
L. 15 mill. 


Elongate, black ; head and thorax somewhat opaque, elytra 
somewhat shining; antennae, mouth-organs, frontal anterior 


474 Mr. G. Lewis on 


edge, and legs pitchy red; the head punctate, sparingly and 
rather finely before the frontal suture, punctures larger 
between the eyes; the thorax marginate at the sides and 
base, margin interrupted behind the neck, irregularly (not 
closely) punctured, anterior angles rounded off, hind angles 
rectangular; the scutellum behind nearly semicircular in 
outline, with a few very irregular punctures ; the elytra rather 
strongly punctate-striate, interspaces a little convex; the 
antenne, second joint short, third more than as long again, 
4 to 6 equal, 7 stouter, 8 to 10 equal and moniliform, ter- 
minal oval. 

It appears right now to place this and the four preceding 
species in Motschulsky’s genus Setenis, of which S. valgus, 
Wiedem., isthe type. Nyctobates is now reserved for N. gigas, 
L., a large American species. 

Hab. Oyama and Kashiwagi. Only two male specim 


Tenebrio obscurus, F. 


Von Heyden has reported the capture of this species in 
Japan (Deutsch. ent. Zeitschr. 1879, p. 353). 


Lyprops sinensis, Mars. 


This species is extremely abundant both in China (Foo- 
chow and Kiukiang) and Japan. It is most abundant in 
the dead stems of Gatatas edulis, which is often hung up in 
trees in masses to dry in both countries. 

Hab, Kiushiu and main island. 


Lyprops cribrifrons, Mars. 
This is a very different species to the last, and is usually 
found resting under stones. 


Hab. Nagasaki. Not found in North Japan nor is it 
very abundant in the south. 


Hemicera zigzaga, Mars. 


Harold has stated that this species is the same as Tetra- 
phyllus Latreille’, Lap., a Javan species, and one similar to 
TL. lunuliger of this series. Schénfeldt, in his Catalogue, 
1891, p. 261, has also united them. I cannot understand 
how these errors have arisen, as one is an oblong species 
measuring 11 mill., the other a hemispherical species of about 


6 mill. 


Hab, Nagasaki. Appears after the summer rains. 


the Tenebrionide of Japan. 475 


Eucyrtus ceruleus,sp.n. (Pl. XIII. fig. 9.) 


Atro-cyaneus, nitidus; pedibus concoloribus; antennis nigris; 
thorace utrinque marginato, punctato; elytris striato-punctatis, 
interstitiis punctulatis. 


L. 9-10} mill. 


Bluish black, legs concolorous, antenne black ; the head 
clearly punctured, not emarginate anteriorly, sides rounded 
off over the bases of the antenne; the thorax margined at 
the sides, with a very narrow rim along the edge, punctured 
like the head; the scutellum smooth; the elytra striate- 

unctate, with the interstices flattish and distinctly punctu- 
re sides margined like the thorax, obtusely acuminate at 
the apices ; the antenne, five basal joints moniliform, third 
longest, sixth to the tenth wide and transverse, eleventh 
circular; the male has the anterior tibize swollen and very 
feebly emarginate on the inner edge near the tarsi. 

The form of the feet, antenna, and the contour of the thorax 
and elytra of this small species resemble those of Hucyrtus 
pretiosus, Dej., and I have no hesitation in placing it in the 
same genus. ‘The structure of the sternal plates also agrees 
in both species. The antenna is figured to show its sculp- 
ture. 

Hab. Yuyama and Ichiuchi. Taken sparingly in the 
moist forests on the banks of the Kumagawa in May and 
June. 


Tetraphyllus lunuliger, Mars. 
Artactes lunuliger, Mars. Ann. Fr. 1876, p. 129. 


The species of this genus are hemispherical and usually 
found in the tropics. 

Hab. Nagasaki, Kumamoto, Oyayama, and Yuyama. 
Common ; found in the spring in the centre of Kiushiu. 


THYDEMUS, gen. nov. 


The head moderately large, anteriorly semicircular, fore- 
head between the eyes nearly flat and somewhat wide ; ocular 
ridge crosses about one third of eye; eye lobe-shaped, upper 
part largest. The antenne rather long and slender, basal joint 
short and stout, second very short, third longer than the first 
and second together; these joints are smooth, the next four 
are very slightly shorter than the third and nearly equal in 
length ; joints 8 to 11 are as long as the third, after the third 
all are roughened. ‘The thorax transverse, marginate, and 
convex, narrower than the elytra; the scutellum triangular, 


476 Mr. G. Lewis on 


moderately Jarge ; the elytra rather long, parallel at the sides, 
deeply striate; the prosternum narrow between the COX®, 
posterior process keeled and pointed; the intermediate tibiz 
are slightly bent and a little swollen at the tarsal end. 

Type Scoteus purpurivittatus, Mars. 

There are four species of this genus in the Bates collection 
standing under the MS. name I have preserved ; all are a 
bright green with purple markings. One trom Siam resembles 
T. purpurivittatus very closely. 

Hab. Nagasaki and Hiogo. Not uncommon in July after 
the rains. 


Gnesis helopioides, Pasc. 1865. 
Tromosternus Haagi, Har. Abh. Brem, p. 131 (1876). 


Pascoe received this species from Dr. Adams, who collected 
insects on landing at different places from a man-of-war 
which was for some time off the Japanese coast. I think 
this species, like Jdis¢a ornatus, Pasc., can only be regarded 
as Japanese at present. I have a second species of the 
genus from the’Andaman Islands, which is, however, a very 
different insect to G. helopiotdes. 

Hab. Nagasaki, Kobé, Kashiwagi, and Sado. 


MisoLAMPIDIUs, Solsky. 

Misolampidius, Solsky, Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. 1875, p. 292. 

Ptilonix, All. Mitth. Schweiz. ent. Ges. vol. v. p. 61. 

Type MM. tentyrioides, Sol. t. i. fig. 7. 

Heliophygus ? molytopsis, Mars., and Helops clavicrus, 
Mars., should be placed in Solsky’s genus. The genus 
Priloniz was founded by Allard in 1877 to receive a species 
similar to the above ; but Solsky’s name has precedence. 


Misolampidius (Heliophygus?) molytopsis, Mars. 

The male of this species is extremely like the female of 
Helcps clavicrus, Mars., but the punctuation of the thorax is 
fine and scattered and the male has the anterior tibize bent or 
sinuous on the inner edge. Marseul gave Niigata as the 
locality for it, but this was a misprint. 

Hab. Nagasaki and Ichibosayama. I have only two male 
examples. 


Misolampidius rugipennis, sp.n. (Pl. XIII. fig. 10.) 


Obscure brunneus, subopacus ; capite thoraceque dense et grosse 
punctatis ; elytris interstitiis conspicue rugosis. 
L. 13 mill, 


the Tenebrionide of Japan. 477 


Obscurely brown, more or less opaque, antenne with two 
basal joints reddish ; the head clearly punctured before the 
frontal suture, behind the suture densely punctured, with a 
vermicular sculpture ; the thorax without a lateral margin, 
similarly punctured, with the vermicular sculpture more 
general, and some of the punctures, especially those on the 
disk, are ocellate ; the elytra are punctate-striate, with the 
stri and punctures more or less obliterated in different indi- 
viduals by a rough leather-like sculpture (not very distinctly 
shown in the figure here), which at times makes the specimens 
opaque. The anterior femur has a somewhat acute tooth on 
the middle of the inner edge. 

This species somewhat resembles P. clavicrus, Mars., but 
the femoral tooth is more acute, the tooth on the intermediate 
tibie of the male is wanting, and the surface-sculpture wholly 
different, and in no specimen is the colour black. I havea 
species a little similar to this from Siam, but it is without a 
femoral tooth and the interspaces of the elytra are tuberculate. 

Hab. Hakone, plain of Fujisan, Oyayama, and Nikko. 
Common. 


Stenophanes rubripennis, Mars. 


Helops rubripennis, Mars. Ann. Fr, 1876, p. 137. 
Ptiloniz rubripennis, All. Mitth. Schweiz. ent. Ges. vol. v. p. 62. 


The male of this species has a somewhat acute tooth in the 
middle of the anterior tibia and the fourth to seventh joints 
of the antenne are relatively slender. The type examples 
are rather immature, the elytra are sometimes nearly black. 
Stenophanes mesosterna, Sols., the type of this genus, is well 
illustrated in a figure (vide Hor. Ross. xi. 1875, p. 295, t. i. 
fig. 8), and perhaps S. rubripennis is not specifically distinct 
from it. 

Hab. Kobé, chiefly on Maiyasan, taken whilst traversing 
old trees at night-time. 


Stenophanes strigipennis, Mars. 
Helops strigipennis, Mars. Ann. Fr. 1876, p. 138, 


This species differs from the above in having the tooth of 
the anterior tibia less acute; but the best distinguishin 
structural character is, however, in the relative shortness of the 
fourth to seventh joints of the antenne. This species is 
always quite black. 

Hab. Sapporo and Junsai; “ west coast” (Adams). 


478 Mr. G. Lewis on 


Lamperos cordicollis, Mars. (Pl. XIII. fig. 11.) 
Helops cordicollis, Mars, Ann. Fr, 1876, p. 141. 


Allard founded the subgenus Lamperos (Mitth. Schweiz. 
ent. Ges. 1880, vol. v. p. 57) to receive Helops brunneus, 
Mars., and four other species. 1. cordicollis, Mars., varies 
in colour from brassy green to black, and the intermediate 
tibize are curiously denticulate on the inner edge in the male. 
There is a reference to Lamperos also in the ‘ Abeille,’ 1876, 
Rév. Helop. vrais, p. 6. 

Hab. Yuyama, Nagasaki, Kobé (on Maiyasan), Oyama, 
and Kadzusa. 

Lamperos elegantulus, sp. n. 

Parum elongatus, eneus vel viridis, nitidus ; elytris striatis, striis 
tenuissime crenulatis ; antennis pedibusque lwte rufis vel obscure 
brunneis. 

L. 7-9 mill. 

Rather elongate, eneous or bluish green, shining; the head 
densely punctulate, eyes prominent, narrowly reddish over 
the antenne; the thorax, punctures much less closely set 
than those of the head, especially in the female, arched at 
the sides, with a narrow lateral rim, rim and narrow anterior 
border reddish; the elytra striate, strize obscurely crenulate. 
Male: mouth-organs, antenne, and legs clear red; tibie 
not bent, fore tibiz angulate at the tarsal end. Female 
more robust than the male, and the antenne and legs dull 
brown or pitchy red. 

This elegant little species somewhat resembles L. cordi- 
collis, but the thorax is arched not cordiform, the inter- 
mediate tibiz in the male are not denticulate. In ZL. cordi- 
collis the anterior tibiz of the male are rounded off on the 
outer edge at the tarsal end. 

Hab. Uakone, Miyanoshita, Nikko, and Kashiwagi. 
Seven examples. 


Plestiophthalmus nigrocyaneus, Motsch. 


P. eneus, Motsch.; P. nigritus, Motsch. ; P. enescens, Mars.; P. serici- 

Srons, Mars. ; and P. glabricollis, Lew., in litt. 

This species is exceedingly variable in colour and also in 
sculpture, and I believe all the above names refer to one. 
The colours of the upper surface vary from black to dark 
blue, or from brassy to greenish bronze, and the legs are 
usually black or reddish brown, but I have examples with 
bright red legs. The female usually has the thorax more dis- 
tinctly punctured than the male; P. glabricollis is a female 


the 'Tenebrionide of Japan. 479 


with the thorax coarsely and densely punctured, and there is 
a male in my collection in which the thorax is nearly smooth. 
The males have an emargination in the middle of the poste- 
rior edge of the fifth abdominal segment, the forehead, when 
not abraded, is pubescent, and the eyes approach nearer to 
each other than in the female. The elytral striw vary in 
either sex; in some examples they are deeply impressed 
and the interstices are convex, in others they are lightly im- 
pressed and the interstices are flat. 

This species is extremely abundant throughout Japan at 
low and intermediate elevations between June and September. 
At Nara on the 13th June the pupe were more abundant 
than the imagoes, but at the end of the month I failed to find 
a pupa. 


flab. All the islands. 


Plesiophthalmus spectabilis. 


Plesiophthalmus spectabilis, Har. Abhandl. Ver. Brem. iy. 1875, p. 293; 
Deutsch. ent. Zeit. xxii. 1878, p. 79. 
Plesiophthalmus obesus, Mars. 1876. 


This is a very distinct species ; the last segment of the 
abdomen is not emarginate in the male. Harold published 
his species before Marseul’s paper went to the press. 

Hab. Nagasaki, Kobé, and Nikko, but not very common. 
I have taken it also at Kiukiang in China. 


Plesiophthalmus levicollis, Har. 
Plesiophthalmus levicollis, Har. Deutsch. ent. Zeit. xxii. 1878, p. 79. 


This species, like the last, has no abdominal emargination 
in the male; the legs are often of a bright red colour. 

Hab. Nikko, Kioto, Nara, and Kashiwagi. Abundant: 
found on old railings and on the rafters of old houses at 
night. 


AINU, gen. nov. 


The characters of this genus are like those of Strongylium : 
the antennal orbits are well elevated, but the antenne are 
very long and slender; the anterior and intermediate tarsi 
have four joints dilated and padded on the under surface ; 
the prosternum is continued nearly on the same plane behind 
the coxz; and the mesosternum has a median carina which 
corresponds to the level of the prosternal keel. ‘These cha- 
racters also separate it from Camaria, from which it differs 
also in having the base of the first abdominal segment pointed 
between the coxe. 


480 Mr. G. Lewis on 


Ainu tenuicornis, sp. n. 


Elongatus, subcylindricus, subtus brunneus, supra submetallicus ; 
elytris viride tinctis; antennis, partibus oris, pedibusque brun- 
neis. 


L. 12-13 mill. 


Elongate, subcylindrical, rather convex, reddish brown 
beneath, somewhat metallic above; the head pitchy, irregu- 
larly, not closely punctate, sometimes with an impression be- 
tween the eyes, epistoma, antennal orbits, and mouth-organs 
reddish brown; the thorax rather broader than long, lateral 
margin well-marked, anterior and posterior edges narrowly 
reddish, surface punctured and coloured somewhat like the 
head, but with a purple or greenish tint; the scutellum tri- 
angular, smooth ; the elytra rather strongly punctate-striate, 
interspaces convex and smooth, sutural interstices sometimes 
reddish; the antenne long and slender, reaching backwards 
to the middle of the elytra, third joint more than twice as 
long as the first and second together. The tarsi agree in form 
in both sexes. 

There is a species of this genus in the Pascoe collection 
from Penang. In facies the species resembles somewhat 
Camarta spectabilis, Pasc.; an insect, however, which mea- 
sures 30 millim., and has the tarsi, antenne, and first abdo- 
minal segment differently formed. Pascoe placed Camaria 
spectabilis in the Helopine, and Camaria variabilis (Sino- 
ptum) in the Strongyline. 

Hab. Nishimura and Kurigahara. Six examples. 


Strongylium japanum, Mars. 


In the male the fourth segment of the abdomen is widely, 
almost wholly, excavated. 

Hab. Nagasaki. Found on decaying cherry-trees near 
the Temple of Suwasama. Appears only after the summer 
rains. 


Strongylium niponicum, sp. n. 


Elongatum, neo-nigrum, nitidum; elytris profunde punctato- 
striatis, interstitiis impunctatis, tibiis femoribusque parte rufis. 
L. 16 mill. 

Elongate, rather cylindrical, black with a greenish or brassy 
tinge; the head punctate, foveolate between the eyes; the 
thorax, anterior and posterior margins slightly raised, lateral 
marginal line ceases behind the anterior angle, punctuation 
coarser than that of the head, with a fovea on each side be- 
fore the base, sometimes with a shallow, smooth, median 


the Tenebrionide of Japan. 481 


channel ; the scutellum obscurely punctured, wider than that 
of S.japanum; the elytra strongly punctate-striate, interspaces 
convex and impunctate, apices obtuse ; the antenna, second to 
fourth joints more or less reddish, others infuscate; the legs 
nearly black, with the bases of the femora and tibiw usually 
reddish, anterior tibia not bent in the male. The fovea be- 
tween the eyes is sometimes absent. 

This species is smaller than S. bas’femoratum, Miikl., from 
China, but there is a strong resemblance between the two 
species. 

Hab, Nikko, Kashiwagi, Tsukubayama near Tokio, and 
in Sado. 


Strongylium impigrum, sp. n. 


Elongatum, cylindricum, brunneo-nigrum, nitidum; fronte in 
medio foveolato; thorace longitudinaliter impresso, margine 
laterali integro; elytris profunde punctato-striatis; antennis 
pedibusque obscure rufo-brunneis. 

L. 113 mill. 


Elongate, cylindrical, brownish black, sometimes with a 
faint brassy tint; the head punctate, epistoma reddish, foveo- 
late between the eyes; the thorax punctate, with a median 
longitudinal channel and a shallow fovea near the base on 
each side of it, anterior and posterior margin raised, lateral 
marginal rim complete; the scutellum small ; the elytra long, 
parallel at the sides, deeply punctate-striate, interstices convex, 
impunetate ; the antennz and legs reddish brown, tarsi paler. 

‘his is the most slender species of this series, 

Hab. Yuyama, Ichiuchi, Hitoyoshi, Kashiwagi, Miyano- 
shita, and Nikko. 


Strongylium Marseuli, sp. n. 
Strongylium costipenne, Makl.?, Mars. 


Piceo-brunneum, subopacum ; thorace densissime punctato ; elytris 
9-costatis, sutura elevata; antennis, tibiis tarsisque rufo- 
brunneis. 

L. 9-12 mill. 


Rather dull pitchy brown, the head rather roughly pune- 
tured, the punctures largest and closest near the neck, ob- 
scurely foveolate between the eyes; the thorax very densely 
punctate throughout, lateral margin usually complete, but not 
very well marked towards the base, swollen laterally in the 
middle, median channel faint and sometimes absent; the scu- 
tellum distinctly punctate; the elytra narrowly elevated at 
the suture, with nine smooth coste on each elytron, inter- 


482 Mr. G. Lewis on 


spaces regularly foveolate, with a transverse bar between each 
fovea; the antennz reddish brown, third joint long, fourth 
also long, but a little shorter than the third, joints 5-10 each 
a little shorter than the one before it; the legs, tibia some- 
times, tarsi generally reddish. 

Doubtless very similar to %. costipenne, Mikl., from 
Borneo, to which species Marseul doubtfully assigned it, but 
after reading the description of Maklin’s species I cannot 
think it is the same. The colour and sculpture of the scu- 
tellum alone seem to warrant this assumption. 

Hab. Nagasaki. Found on old trees after midsummer. 


Strongylium helopioides, sp. n. 


Piceo-brunneum, nitidum ; capite thoraceque densissime punctatis ; 
elytris perconvexis, striato-punctatis, interstitiis planis levibus, 
disco subzeneo. 

L. 63 mill. 

Pitchy brown, anterior edge of the thorax, bases and 
apices of the elytra, tarsi and bases of the thighs paler ; the 
head densely, coarsely, and somewhat rugosely punctured ; 
eyes rather small; the thorax punctured like the head, with 
an obscure linear area on the disk smooth, without a lateral 
margin; the scutellum smooth, triangular, and very minute ; 
the elytra striate-punctate, interstices between the punctures 
smooth, disk somewhat brassy, apices slightly dehiscent; the 
antennee somewhat slender at the base, joints 7-11 stouter ; 
the tarsi, except the claw-bearing joint, reddish. 

The antenne of this small species and the facies generally 
somewhat resemble a species of Jisolampidius. This and 
S. gapanum are the only species in this series with dehiscent 
elytra. 

Hab. Fukahori near Nagasaki. One male example, 25th 


February, 1881. 
Strongylium brevicorne, sp.n. (Pl. XIII. fig. 12.) 


Afneo-brunneum, nitidum; capite thoraceque grosse et parum 
dense punctatis; elytris profunde punctato-striatis; antennis 
brevibus, infuscatis (basi excepta) ; pedibus rufo-brunneis. 

L. ¢ 8, 2 10 mill. 


Somewhat elongate, brassy brown, sometimes with a 
greenish tint; the head coarsely and densely punctured, 
sometimes with a small smooth space between the eyes, eyes 
relatively smaller than those of S. ¢mpigrum; the thorax 
rounded off anteriorly, with two impressions, one on each 
side before the base, lateral rim well-marked, punctate, punc- 


the 'Tenebrionide of Japan. 483 


tures round and deep, and less thickly set on the disk than on 
the sides, anterior and posterior margins reddish, the scutel- 
lum triangular, red, and smooth ; the elytra deeply punctate- 
striate, interspaces smooth and convex ; humeral angle reddish; 
the antenne shorter and more robust than any other of this 
series, 

I have a species from Ceylon which closely resembles this 
in the antenne and in the punctuation and in lateral margin 


of the thorax. 


Hab, Nara, Kashiwagi, and Nagasaki. 


Ten examples. 


A paper on the Japanese Cistelide, Melandryide, and 
Lagride is partly finished, and I hope it may appear during 


the current year. 


List of species, with synonymy. 


Phellopsis suberea, Lew., 1887, 

Blaps japonensis, Mars., 1879. 

Pedinus strigosus, Fald. 

Micropedinus alge. 

pallidipennis. 

Opatrum expansicolle. 

pubens, Mars. 

orarium. 

ersimile. 

—— Japanum, Motsch. 

— coriaceum, Motsch. 

— recticolle, Motsch. 
seruale, Mars. 

—— villigerum, Blanch. 

Ceedius marinus, Mars. 

Hadrus scaphoides, Mars. 

Idisia vestita, Mars. 

ornata, Pasc., 1866. 

Lichenum seriehispidum, Mars. 

Phaleria Riederi, Fald. 
Emypsara Adamsi, Pasc. 

Jlexuosa, Pasc. 
Phaleria Hilgendorfi,Har., 

878. 

—— subhumeralis. 

Epiphaleria atriceps. 

Trachyscelis sabuleti. 

Bolitophagiis felix. 

reticulatus, ZL. 

pannosus. 

Dicrzeus bacillus, Wars. 

Atasthalus dentifrons. 

—— bellicosus. 

—— incurvatus, var. ? 

Bolitonzeus mergie. 

Byrsax niponicus. 

spiniceps. 


Diaperis niponensis, Lew., 1887. 
Lewisi, Bates, 1873. 

‘ robrofasciatus, Reit.,1879. 
Derispia maculipennis, Mars. 
Leiochrinus satzume. 

Leiochrodes convexus. 
Arrhenoplita asiatica. 
Amarantha atrocyanea, Lew., 1891 

(Metaclisa, Duval). 
Ischnodactylus loripes. 

Platydema nigrozneum, Motsch. 
musivum, Har., 1878. 
—— Dejeanii, Cast. 
—— Marseulli. 
nigroeneum 
Mars. 
higonium, 
sylvestre. 
recticorne. 
—— lynceum. 
fumosum. 
umbratum, Mars. 
scriptum. 
Basanus erotyloides, Lew., 1891. 
Scaphidema ornatellum, 
pictipenne. 
—— discale. 
nigricorne. 
Alphitophagus plagiatus, Wars. 
japanus, Mars. 
pallidicollis. 
Pentaphyllus oblongus. 
Menimus niponicus. 
Ceropria sulcifrons, Har., 1878. 
subocellata, Cast. 
— striata. 
—— induta, Wredem. 


(Motsch.), 


484 


Addia scatebree. 

Elixota curva, Mars. 

Phthora canalicollis. 

Enanea testacea. 

Uloma bonzica, Mars. 

latimanus, Kolbe, 1886. 

Alphitobius diaperinus, Panz. 

piceus, O/. 
mauritanicus, F. 

Lyphia exigua, Wars. 

Corticeus colydioides. 

gentilis. 

Palorus depressus, F. 

melinus, Herbst. 

—— exilis, Mars. 

floricola, Mars. 

Toxicum  tricornutum, 

1874. 


Waterh., 


umbrosum, Har., 1881. 
funginum. 
—— tuberculifrons. 
Anthracias duellicus. 
punctatulus. 
fagi. 
boleti. 
Setenis insomnis. 
higonius. 
valgipes, Mars. 
—— striatipennis. 
noctivigilus. 
Encyalesthus violaceipennis, Mars. 
Notiolesthus foveolatus, Mars. 
Menephilus arciscelis, Wars. 
medius, Mars. 
lucens, Mars. 
Tenebrio ventralis, Mars. 
obscurus, F. 
—— alternicostatus, Mars. 
Lyprops sinensis, Mars. 


On the Venebrionide of Japan. 


Lyprops cribrifrons, Mars. 
Heterotarsus carinula, Mars. 
Hemicera zigzaga, Mars. 
Eucyrtus ceeruleus. 
Tetraphyllus lunuliger, Mars. 
Thydemus purpurivittatus. 
Lena rotundicollis, Mars. 
Gnesis helopioides, Pasc., 1866. 
Tromosternus Haagi,Har., 
1876. 
Misolampidius molytopsis, Mars. 
(Ptilonix, Al/., 1877). 
clavicrus, Mars. 
rugipennis. 
Stenophanes rubripennis, Mars. 
strigipennis, Mars. 
Lamperos brunneus, Mars. 
japonicus, All., 1877. 
cordicollis, Mars. 
elegantulus. 
Plesiophthalmus nigrocyaneus, 
Motsch. 
eneus, Motsch. 
nigritus, Motsch. 
enescens, Mars., ¢. 
sericifrons, Mars., 3. 
glabricollis, Lew., in litt. 


Q. 

spectabilis, Har., 1875. 
obesus, Mars. 
levicollis, Har., 1878. 
Ainu tenuicornis. 
Strongylium japanum, Mars. 
niponicum. 
impigrum. 
—— Marseuli. 
costipenne, Mars. 

—— helopioides. 
brevicorne. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIII. 


Fig. 1, Phellopsis suberea. 
Fig. 2. Bolitophagus felix. 

“g. 8. Atasthalus dentifrons. 
Fig. 4. bellicosus. 
Fig. 5. Bolitoneus merge. 
Fig. 6. 
Fig. 7. Basanus erotyloides. 
Fig. 8. Anthracias duellicus. 


Fig. 9. 
Fig. 10. Misolampidius rugipennis. 
Fig. 11. 


Ischnodactylus loripes, 3, and intermediate tibia. 


Eucyrtus cerweus and antenna. 


Lamperos cordicollis, $, and intermediate tibia. 


Fig. 12. Strongylium brevicorne and anterior tarsus. 


On the Nutritive and Excretory Processes in Porifera. 485 


Note on Shoguna rufotestacea, Lew. (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 
ser. 6, vol. iv. 1889, p. 274). 


Fairmaire in 1886 described a species of Shoguna under 
the generic names of [Holocephala and Pachycephala, both of 
which were preoccupied, and in the Pascoe collection there are 
several species standing under the MS. name of Thzone. The 
genus seems to be represented by very numerous species in 
many parts of the tropical and subtropical zones. In the 
figure referred to above there are five joints given to the 
hea but under a high microscopic power only four are 
visible. 


LIV.—On the Nutritive and Excretory Processes in Porifera. 
By Artuur T. MAsrerman, B.A., late Scholar of Christ’s 
College, Cambridge, Assistant Professor and Lecturer on 
Zoology at the University of St. Andrews. 


AN abundance of young colonies of many of the commoner 
sponges in St. Andrews Bay gave opportunity for an inves- 
tigation into the processes of nutrition and excretion as carried 
on in the group Porifera. 

The experiments described below were carried out with 
small colonies of Grantia compressa. Particles of carmine 
were found to give the best result, although other colouring- 
matters were tried. 

The colonies were all placed in sea-water with fine carmine 
particles in suspension, and allowed to remain there for 
two minutes; they were then removed, washed, and placed in 
sea-water. 

At the expiration of short periods of time, varying from 
fifteen seconds to forty-five minutes, single colonies were 
removed, killed in osmic acid, and sectionized. It was hoped 
that a series of this kind would present a gradation of the 
changes undergone by the particles during digestion and 
excretion ; but, partly owing to the difficulty of washing 
effectually, and so keeping extraneous carmine from being 
absorbed, and partly owing to a different rate of absorption 
and digestion in colonies varying in size, the sections do not 
show so distinct a gradation as was expected. The general 
course of the metabolic circuit through the sponge can, how- 
ever, be clearly made out. 

In figure 1, as in all the earlier sections, the carmine 


particles are seen to be confined to the choanocytes, and in 
99 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xiii. 33 


486 Mr. A. T. Masterman on the Nutritive and 


the first series fifteen seconds after being removed from the 
carmine solution the choanocytes are all well charged with 
particles. A minute examination brings to light just a few 
particles here and there in the endodermal pinnacocytes, 
which are, at any rate, sufficient to show that these cells are 
at least capable of absorbing substances, though there are too 
few to allow us to assign a digestive function to them. 


Transverse section of Grantia, showing loaded choanocytes. 


There can be no doubt that in Grantia at least the choano- 
cytes form the active ingestive tissues. 

In all the series up to about three or four minutes the 
choanocytes still have carmine in their substance, but later 
than this they gradually lose it, until as late as ten or 
twelve minutes they are practically free of all particles. 
Amongst the charged choanocytes we notice that here and 
there are cells which have commenced to lose the defi- 
nite cell-outline which distinguishes the normal choanocyte, 
and, later, to lose their flagella. Stages in this process of 
phagocytic degeneration can be observed, and although at 
first cells undergoing this change are scattered here and there 
in the endodermal chambers, yet in some of the series there 
are whole chambers which have been reduced by this process 
to the state of an amceboid multicellular mass, in which the 
only indication of the former cellular condition is the row of 
cell-nuclei dotted about in its substance. 

Such an appearance is shown in figure 25, where the 
amceboid mass is seen to be in direct protoplasmic connexion 
with the mesodermal elements; and there is every reason to 
interpret this appearance as a wandering inwards of the 
transformed choanocytes. In fig. 2@is seen an endodermal 
chamber in which some of the cells have not reached so 


Execretory Processes in 1 orifera. 487 


advanced a stage of “ transformation ”’ as others, and some of 
these former still retain their cell-outline, 

By selecting suitable examples we can compile a complete 
series showing the gradual transformation of a choanocyte to 
the ameeboid condition. Such a series is represented in fig. 3. 


Fig. 2.—Transverse section of Grantia, showing two radial chambers and 
nephrocytes. 

Fig. 3.—Series A, B, C, D, showing transformation of a choanocyte; 
camera, high power. 


References. 
a. Radial chamber, with progressing xc. Nephrocytes. 
transformation. v. Vacuoles around food. 
b. Radial chamber, with ame biform 
choanocytes. 


Fig. 3a is a choanocyte (drawn by camera under high 
ower) showing the contained carmine particles. This is the 
flagellated ingestive phase. In 0 we find that the cell-outline 
has become less distinct, and this is especially so at one end, 
which is the inner end or the end away from the flagellum. 
This condition becomes more pronounced in the phase drawn 
at c, and, finally, at d we have the cell in the amceboid 
digestive phase, practically unrecognizable from an amoeboid 
mesodermal cell. 
Concurrently with this change the cell leaves the flagellated 


chamber-wall and migrates into the mesoderm. What ulti- 
33* 


488 Mr. A. T. Masterman on the Nutritive and 


mately becomes of it in this part of the sponge is very difficult 
to make out. 

The transformed choanocyte either completes the course of 
intracellular digestion itself, or it is devoured by mesodermal 
phagocytes together with its contained nutritive particles. 
The choanocyte, however, at this stage so closely resembles 
the mesodermal cells that its ultimate fate cannot be followed 
in sections. 

We have certain cases described which lead one to suppose 
that the cells may be devoured by phagocytes. Thus 
Dendy (4) figures a phagocytic cell in close contact with a 
choanocyte, and I have observed a few appearances in these 
sections which appear to be phenomena of a like nature. 
Delage (8) found that in the larva of Spongilla the “ ciliated ” 
cells are engulfed in the indifferent amoeboid cells, and some 
at least are digested ; the others, on the other hand, emerge 
later and form the endodermal pinnacocytes and choanocytes. 
These and other instances show that it is not an unknown 
phenomenon for the choanocyte to be eaten by the phago- 
cytes. 

At the same time there is not sufficient evidence in this 
sponge for such an assumption, and perhaps the real process 
is that intracellular digestion is conducted by the incurrent 
choanocyte, but that if this laden cell is unable, through an 
excess of nutrient material or through a low metabolic activity, 
to conduct the processes of digestion itself, it falls a prey to 
the mesodermal cells, just as do degenerating tissues in 
the phenomenon of phagocytosis occurring in the develop- 
ment and life-history of many forms. 

The radial chambers appear always to be lined almost 
uninterruptedly with choanocytes in all later stages of diges- 
tion, and we may therefore conclude from this that the vacated 
places of the immigrating choanocytes are filled up either by 
re-transformed choanocytes or by mesodermal cells which 
assume the collared phase. One or both of these processes 
must obviously take place in order that the sponge may not 
be reduced to an amceboid mass without radial chambers. 
This result has actually been obtained in several cases cited 
below, when the sponges had been overted. 

We thus find that :— 

1, The process of ingestion is conducted a/most entirely by 

the choanocytes. 

2. These choanocytes travel to the interior of the colony, 
and in doing so assume the shape of mesodermal 
phagocytes. ' 

3. The process of digestion is conducted in the so-called 


Excretory Processes in Porifera. 489 


mesoderm either intracellularly by the loaded choano- 
cytes or in some cases perhaps by a _ phagocytic 
digestion of choanocyte and its contents. 

4. The immigrated choanocytes are replaced in the wall of 
the chambers by cells from the inner tissues, which 
assume the shape of choanocytes. 

‘The continual morphological transformation above indicated 
appears to be the normal process of digestion in, at any rate, 
the simpler sponges. 

To this statement two objections present themselves :— 

Firstly, Sollas (15) has already, when criticising experi- 
ments conducted under similar conditions, taken exception 
to them, remarking that “ there is at present no proof that 
earmine is a food, or that if it is sponges will readily feed 
upon it.” This objection of course holds good with the 
above in common with all other feeding experiments, and 
they will be of no value if carmine be proved not to be a 
tood. 

Assuming it to be not so, it seems difficult to understand 
why the choanocytes should so very readily absorb large 
quantities of it. Minute particles of sand or other mineral 
matter if taken at all by the choanocytes must be very rapidly 
ejected, as their presence in these cells cannot be demon- 
strated ; at least 1 have, after repeated attempts, been unable 
todo so. ‘his being so, it is not too great an assumption to 
suppose that the choanocytes can and do exert a selective 
power, and are not obliged to absorb and ingest anything 
and everything which is presented to them, provided it fulfil 
only the necessary physical requirements of size &c. Again, 
it can be easily shown that numbers of small animals (young 
starfishes &c., Ruffer(12)) can and do feed upon carmine when 
it is presented to them, or, at any rate, they behave to 
carmine in exactly the same way as they do to any nutrient 
material. 

Lastly, there is not wanting evidence that the carmine 
particles undergo a certain amount of change in the tissue of 
the sponge. lLendenfeld (9) finds that the larger particles, 
after having been expelled from the tissues, have lost their 
angular outline, and adduces this observation to show that 
they have at least undergone some change in their passage 
through the tissue of the sponge. I have also observed that 
in many of the loaded amceboid cells there are vacuoles deve- 
loped around the enclosed particles (fig. 6), perhaps indicating 
that a process of digestion is going on. 

Taking these facts into consideration, it does not seem to 
be too great an assumption to suppose that most animal 


490 Mr. A. T. Masterman on the Nutritive and 


organisms react towards carmine particles in the same way as 
they do towards undoubted foods. It is evident that this is 
all we require to assume for our purpose, without discussing 
the point as to whether a sponge, for example, can be kept 
alive for an indefinite period by feeding it upon carmine 
exclusively. 

The second objection which might be urged is that the 
choanocytes were overfed, and that therefore the phenomena 
above described are of a pathological nature. 

In this connexion Heckel (6) has observed that in many 
calcareous sponges he found specimens in which the flagella 
had atrophied and the flagellated cells had assumed the 
amoeboid state. 

Metschnikoff (10) finds and describes allied phenomena in 
Ascetta clathrus, and he also notes that feeding with an excess 
of carmine causes obliteration of the chambers in Halisarca 
pontica, the whole interior of the colony being reduced to an 
amoeboid mass. 

Carter (2), Lieberkiihn (8), and others give instances of the 
same kind. 

Sedgwick (13), after quoting some of these instances, re- 
marks :—“ The collared cells are thus inconstant, and appear 
to be merely parenchyma-cells specially modified under 
certain conditions and capable of passing back into their 
original form when the need for them has passed away.” 

Sollas (14) mentions an appearance like that of a collared 
cell budding off an amceboid cell into the mesoderm. 

Bidder (1) states that in Ascetta the collared cells wander 
through the ectoderm and, becoming perforated, form a pore ; 
and there are numerous other cases in the development of 
sponges which show that the collared cells arise from amceboid 
and are readily transferred into either stage. The apical 
growth of sponge-colonies probably proceeds on the same 
lines. 

All the cases above cited, in which the transformation of 
collared cells is effected in the adult sponge, are usually re- 
garded as pathological, and so they probably are in the sense 
that they are the result of normal processes driven to an 
extreme; and it does not follow that all transformation of the 
collared cells upon feeding must necessarily be pathological. 

In these experiments care was taken to avoid as far as 
possible all unnatural factors. Freshly obtained apparently 
healthy colonies were used, and attempts were made to avoid 
an excess of carmine either as to quantity or size of the 
particles. There is also no appearance in the sections which 
would point to overteeding, all the collared cells being uni- 


Excretory Processes in Porifera. 491 


formly charged with a fair amount of minute carmine 
ains. 

The fate of the loaded ameeboid cells can be easily followed. 
In sections of colonies which were killed as late as or later 
than five minutes from the time of removal from the carmine 
(or seven minutes from the first immersion in the latter) 
the ectodermal outline is seen at places to be interrupted, as 
in fig. 2 or fig. 4, by a protrusion of the mesodermal substance 
to the exterior, with the appearance of a volcanic crater, and 
at some of these points are clearly seen a number of amceboid 
cells, which we may term “ nephrocytes,” charged with 
carmine particles and evidently in the act of leaving the 
sponge. 

Fig. 5 shows a pair of these cells which were free in the 
paragastric cavity, seen under high power. 


Fig. 4. 


Fig. 4.—Mass of nephrocytes escaping from ectoderm. 
Fig. 5.—Mass of nephrocytes free from colony. 
Fig. 6.—Ameeboid digestive cell. 


These are mesodermal cells or metamorphosed choano- 
cytes (it is obvious that it is quite impossible to pronounce 
definitely whether they are really the actual choanocytes 
which ingested the carmine in the incurrent canals), which 
are destined, upon the processes of digestion being completed, 
to leave the colony, carrying with them the solid waste 
products of excretion. We have here an example of a process 
of intracellular excretion for the removal of waste solids, 
quite distinct and apart from the liquid excretory processes 
which doubtless take place through the medium of the water- 
currents caused by the choanocytes. 


492 Mr. A. T. Masterman on the Nutritive and 


A similar intracellular excretion is well known to exist in 
many Metazoa, as shown, for instance, by Durham in Asterias 
and by other observers in Phyllirhoé, Bipennaria, &e. 

The clear recognition of this intracellular excretion as 
occurring throughout the Metazoa concurrently with the 
liquid intercellular excretion would perhaps go far to explain 
the morphological differentiation of the excretory organs in 
this group, and seems to have a direct bearing upon the origin 
and significance of the coelom. 

The “nephrocytes”’ find their way to the exterior, so far as 
can be seen, mainly through the “ ectoderm ”’ or outer limiting 
layer of the colony; but there is no doubt that many also 
break through into the paragastric cavity, or even into the 
incurrent canals. A number of these loaded nephrocytes may 
be seen lying just under the outer layer, and they might 
under some circumstances, as referred to above, be mistaken 
for amoeboid cells which are performing the function of 
ingesting carmine. 

From the above facts we can now summarize the processes 
of digestion and excretion in Grantia compressa as tollows :— 

(1) Ingestion of food-particles into the substance of the 
choanocytes, or, at any rate, mainly into them, the 
possibility of their absorption by other parts, such as 
the ectoderm or endoderm, being undoubted, but prac- 
tically of no importance compared with the former. 

(2) Morphological transformation of the choanocytes into 
amcebiform cells, in no way differing in appearance 
from so-called mesoderm-cells. 

(3) Immigration of these cells to interior, where intracellular 
digestion takes place. ‘This stage 1s probably con- 
current with stage (2). 

(4) Replacing of the immigrated cells by fresh choano- 
cytes arising from morphologically transformed meso- 
derm-cells. . 

(5) Excretion of the solid waste particles by ameeboid 
nephrocytes, which burst through the limiting layer of 
pinnacocytes (mostly the outer layer, but not confined 
to that part) and leave the colony, probably to disin- 
tegrate. 

In very briefly comparing these results with those of other 
observers we note that Carter (2) describes having traced the 
course of carmine-particles in the young Spongilla, and 
remarks that they are absorbed by the ‘f spongozoa ” (choano- 
cytes), and that at the expiration of fifteen minutes the 
particles are again set free by these cells. Although he does 
not speak with any great certainty upon the course taken by 


Exeretory Processes in Porifera. 493 


these particles, he seems convinced that both in this form and 
in Terchonella labyrinthica the “ spongozoa”’ are the actively 
ingesting layers. 

Sollas (15) has also verified these observations upon 
colonies of Spongilla, stating that the choanocytes alone take 
up the particles of carmine. 

Heider (7) experimented upon species of Oscarella, and he 
seems to have been led to the same result. 

Von Lendenfeld (9) conducted a series of feeding experi- 
ments upon the Aplysinide, and his results led him to believe 
that the ingestion was conducted by the amceboid mesoderm- 
cells lining the subdermal cavities, and that the particles after 
digestion by these cells were ejected into the flagellated 
chambers and driven out by the choanocytes. He finds that 
the choanocytes do absorb carmine particles, but believes that 
these are soon ejected unchanged. 

It is quite possible that concurrently with the development 
of subdermal cavities there is a change in the distribution of 
the digestive function ; but it is difficult to believe that the 
choanocytes should perform the function of ingestion (apart 
from that of digestion) in so many simple sponges, and 
that they should not only lose this function in Aplysinide, 
but should actually take on the special one of assisting 
excretion. 

It is worth noting that the metabolic circuit which I make 
out to be normal in Grantta is, allowing for the absence of 
subderma] cavities in this form, exactly the reverse of that 
in the Aplysinide, as observed by Von Lendenteld. 

This is worth mentioning, because in early experiments I 
found that I had not been careful to avoid tle entrance of 
accidental particles of carmine after removal from the solution, 
and also had not subjected the sponges for a short enough time 
to the action of the carmine mixture, and hence the later stages 
(of excretion) might easily have been mistaken for early stages 
of ingestion. I think it therefore possible that, if the Aply- 
sinide of the above-mentioned investigator were left in the 
carmine for a longer period than is required to complete the 
metabolic circuit, the sections following this experiment might 
equally well be interpreted as indicating that the carmine 
particles were absorbed by the choanocytes and ejected by 
the subdermal amceboid cells. 

Lendenfeld certainly seems to write with great conviction, 
but some of his sponges appear to have been left for a long 
time in the carmine, e. g. as much as a quarter of an hour. 
It is remarkable in what an exceedingly short time the particles 


494 Mr. A. 'T. Masterman on the Nutritive and 


are scattered throughout the mesodermal parts of the colony, at 
least in Grantia. 

On the other hand, it is possible that, together with the 
morphological differentiation of subdermal cavities, there may 
be a physiological change of function, and that, as suggested 
by Sollas (15), the phenomena described by Lendenfeld may 
be allied to those of inflammation in higher Metazoa. One 
may grant that the subdermal ameeboid cells may have a 
function of ingestion of foreign bodies, without assigning to 
them the main function of the nutrition of the colony. 

In a later work Lendenfeld (9) comes to the conclusion 
that carmine is only deposited in the amceboid cells quite 
exceptionally, as, for instance, in the case of lesion of the 
outer layer of cells, and that under normal circumstances it is 
the choanocytes only which absorb the carmine. 

These statements and results are criticized by Metschnikoff 
(11), who points out that Lendenfeld grants that fat-globules 
are taken in by the mesodermal phagocytes; and he also 
declares that Lendenfeld’s figures give ‘ direct indications of 
the presence of carmine grains in the amceboid cells of the 
mesoderm.” 

He remarks also as follows :—‘‘ Although 7 has not so far 
been definitely ascertained how the foreign particles penetrate 
the mesoderm after they have reached the interior of the sponge, 
yet it has been clearly shown that they are largely absorbed 
by the mesodermic cells themselves. . . . Grains have been 
enclosed by the endodermie cells as well as by the ameeboid 
phagocytes of the mesoderm. 

“In certain sponges there are very few mesodermice cells, 
which consequently take a small part in englobing foreign 
bodies ; in others, again, especially in the siliceous kinds, the 
mesoderm is much better developed, and its more numerous 
cells can therefore take in a proportionately larger number of 
these minute particles. There are a few species, such as the 
Stphonochalina coriacea, whose mesodermic cells alone enclose 
all foreign bodies, so that the cylindrical cells of the endo- 
derm merely serve to keep up the continuous passage of the 
fluid through the sponge.” 

I have attempted to supply the deficiency indicated above 
by the italicized words of Metschnikoff, at least for Grantia, 
and I think it most probable that in the least differentiated 
sponges, e. g. Ascetta, we have so-called “ endodermic”’ cells 
which perform at least two functions, ingestion and digestion, 
and that they change their form from flagellate to amceboid 
according as they perform the one function or the other. In 
the higher differentiated sponges the ‘ mesodermic”’ cells 


Exveretory Processes in Porifera. 495 


become divided off to a greater degree into two morphological 
types concurrently with a more complete division of physio- 
logical labour—so much so that, as Metschnikoff indicates 
above, some forms occur in which there are choanocytic cells 
performing on/y the function of locomotion (of the particles). 

These cells we should expect to find remaining constant 
throughout life, and they thus form a real epithel/um of cells. 
The function of digestion, on the other hand, is here entirely 
performed by the mesodermic cells. Hence within the sponge 
group we find a process of physiological division of labour 
connected with the processes of ingestion and digestion, which 
may largely account for the morphological differentiation as 
seen in the various types. ‘The smaller the proportion of the 
choanocytic endodermal area to the pinnacocytie area the less 
part (we shall expect to find) the individual cells of the former 
will take in the digestive processes and the more they will be 
differentiated into a definite “tissue”? performing as a pre- 
dominant function throughout life that of ingestion—that is to 
say, intercellular ingestion into the canals of the sponge and 
intercellular excretion through the osculum of the same, 
whereas their former function was that of ¢ntracellular inges- 
tion, digestion, and excretion. 

In the sponges, then, there is ¢ntercellular ingestion and 
excretion, as in all Metazoa, but there is no ¢ntercellular 
digestion, at any rate in the lower forms, a very important 
feature in comparing them with the Coelenterata. 

The Porifera would also appear to really consist of two 
layers only, one definite and tixed—the ectoderm—and the 
other, Metschnikoff’s meso-endoderm, consisting of un- 
specialized cells, any of which may give rise to ova, sperma- 
tozoa, locomotive, excretory, skeletal, or digestive phases 
which have their corresponding temporary morphological 
modifications. 

It is interesting to note that the probable process of diges- 
tion indicated above shows a very low type of Metazoan 
metabolic processes. Any one of many cells in close con- 
tiguity engulis solid food particles, which it reduces to the 
liquid state, or the parts of them that are capable of being so 
reduced, by digestive processes. It then parts with most of 
its liquid nutrient material to the surrounding cells by diffu- 
sion or a modified process of a like nature, and is expelled or 
emigrates from the colony, carrying with it the solid waste 

roducts. 

This probably represents the scheme of all ¢ntracedlular 
digestion, and a modified form of it is found in the processes 
of ingestion as conducted by the “ yellow cells ” of Annelida, 


496 Mr. H. G. Smith on Hight new Butterflies 


as also in the numerous phenomena of amceboid ingestion in 
higher Metazoa. 

The discussion of the origin of the Porifera and their rela- 
tionship to the Choanoflagellata on the one hand, and to the 
Cnidaria on the other, must be left to specialists in this group ; 
but the facts shown above certainly seem to have a direct 
bearing upon this difficult question. The fact that the inner 
layer cells assume mastigopod and myxopod stages under 
different physiological conditions strengthens the resemblance 
between the simpler sponges and the colonial Choanoflagellata, 
and the absence of ¢ntercellular digestion (with the morpho- 
logical differences necessarily correlated to this) points to a 
fundamental difference between the former and the Cnidaria. 


List of Works referred to. 


(1) Broper.—Quart. Journ. Mic. Sci. xxxii. 
(2) H. J. Carrer.—Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (Numerous articles.) 
(3) Y. Detace.—‘ Sur le développement des Eponges,” C. R. Assoc. 
Fr. Sci. 1890-91. 
(4) A. Denpy.—“ Anatomy of Grantia labyrinthica,’ Quart. Journ. 
Mier. Sei. xxxii. 
(5) H. E. Durnam.—* Migration of Amceboid Corpuscles in Asterias,” 
Trans. Roy. Soc. 1887. 
(6) E. Hacxret.— Die Kalkschwimme.’ 
(7) HemEr.—Arb. Zool. Inst. Wien, vi. 
(8) Lirperkiun. —‘ Beitrige zur Entwickelungsgeschichte der 
Spongillen,” Miiller’s Archiv, 1856. 
(9) R. von LenDENFELD.—Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zool. xxviii., xlviii., and 
others. 
(10) E. Merscunixorr.—Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zool. xxxii. 
(11) E. Merscunixorr.—‘ Comp. Pathology of Inflammation,’ 1893. 
(12) A. Rurrer.—‘ Immunity against Microbes,” Quart. Journ. Micr. 
Sci. xxxii. 
(18) A. Sep@wick.—“ Development of Peripatus,” Quart. Journ. Micr. 
Sci. xxvii. 
(14) W. J. Sorras.— Cassell’s Natural History,’ vol. vi. 
(15) W. J. Sottas.— Encyclopeedia Britannica,’ Sponges. 


LV.—Descriptions of Hight new Species of Butterflies from 
New Britain and Duke of York Islands, in the Collections 
of the Hon. Walter Rothschild and Mr. Grose Smith, cap- 
tured by Captains Cayley Webster and Cotton. By H. 
GROSE SMITH. 

Papilio Webster. 
Male.— Upperside. Both wings black. Anterior wings 


with a curved row of six white spots between the veins 
towards the apex, the first above the costal nervure narrowly 


from New Britain and Duke of York Islands. 497 


linear, the second and fourth the largest, the latter being con- 
cave on its outer edge, the third and fifth smaller, the sixth 
the smallest ; the apex beyond this row is dusted with a few 
grey scales, and there are rays of grey scales in the cell. 
Posterior wings with a large greenish-white patch across the 
disk and the outer fourth of the cell, that part which lies 
above the upper subcostal nervule not extending inwardly 
towards the base, as in other species of this group; the outer 
edge of the white patch is emarginate and somewhat concave 
between the veins. Incisions in both wings narrowly white. 

Underside. Anterior wings brown-black, with the curved 
row of spots towards the apex as on the upperside, but larger, 
between which and the apex is a series of rays of greyish- 
brown scales between the veins. Posterior wings black, with 
a submarginal row of seven rufous-brown spots, crossing the 
wings from below the costa to the anal angle, the first, sixth, 
and seventh spots being the largest; inside the row of spots 
are a few patches of blue scales, those towards the anal angle 
being the most conspicuous. Incisions on the posterior wings 
broader and more conspicuous than on the upperside. 

Female.—Both wings dusky brownish grey, dusted with 
brown scales. Anterior wings crossed from the costa, a 
little beyond its middle, to near the outer angle by a curved 
row of white spots, dusted on each side with grey scales and 
divided by the veins, those at the end of the cell, which they 
slightly invade, the most elongate, thence gradually dimin- 
ishing towards the outer angle. Posterior wings with a large 
white patch, the upper part of which is bounded by the upper 
subcostal nervule, crossing the outer third of the cell and 
extending downwards along the submedian nervure, with 
some grey scales between that nervure and the inner margin, 
the outer edge of the white patch radiates between the veins 
and is clearly defined ; a rufous subquadrate spot above the 
anal angle, followed by another between the two lowest 
median nervules. Incisions narrowly white. 

Underside as above. On the anterior wings the curved 
row of white spots is more distinct and invades the end of the 
cell, which is broadly and irregularly marked with black. 
On the posterior wings the white patch extends nearly to the 
inner margin, there is a submarginal row of rufous bars 
between the veins, the spot above the anal angle is larger 
than on the upperside, and there are clusters of blue scales 
in the interspaces of the median nervules outside the white 
patch. Incisions more broadly white than on the upperside. 

Expanse of wings, 3 4, ¢ 4# inches. 

Hab. New Britain. 


498 Mr. H. G. Smith on Hight new Butterflies 


Belongs to the group of P. ormenus, Guér., and other 
allied species. The male differs from them principally in 
having the row of spots towards the apex of the anterior wings 
curved, less oblique, and further from the apex, and on the 
posterior wings in the upper part of the white patch on the 
upperside not extending inwardly along the costa towards the 
base. The female differs in having the curved row of white 
spots which crosses the anterior wings much more restricted, 
the patch on the posterior wings being pure white, wider, and 
more clearly defined. 


Vadebra eboract. 


Male.— Upperside. Auterior wings velvety brown, with a 
submarginal row of four indistinct bluish-white spots between 
the veins towards the apex (absent in some specimens, nearly 
obsolete in others). Posterior wings with the outer two thirds 
the same colour, the inner third, including the upper part of 
the cell and the space between the upper median nervule and 
the costal margin, paler dull brown; one or two indistinct 
submarginal spots between the veins towards the apex (absent 
in some specimens). 

Underside. Both wings more rufous velvety brown than on 
the upperside. Anterior wings with a dull streak dusted out- 
wardly with a few whitish scales above the submedian 
nervure from the base to two thirds of its length, the space 
below that nervure to the inner margin whitish grey ; a small 
spot in the cell, three or four spots beyond it, situate vertically 
below each other, of which the first and third are the largest 
and roundest, and a submarginal row of seven spots following 
the contour of the outer margin, curved rather sharply towards 
the apex and costal margin. Posterior wings with a large 
spot towards the end of the cell and a curved row of seven 
similar spots beyond it; a submarginal row of seven spots 
between the veins, the spot above the first subcostal nervule 
the largest, the others smaller and gradually decreasing in 
size; three or four minute spots a little before the outer 
margin, towards the apex; the spots on both wings bluish 
white. 

The jemale resembles the male, but is rather paler on the 
upperside, with two spots between the veins towards the apex 
of the posterior wings; on the underside of the anterior wings 
the dull streak above the submedian nervure of the male 
is represented by a conspicuous pinkish-grey patch. 

Expanse of wings 3 inches. 


Hab. New Britain and Duke of York Islands. 


From New Britain and Duke of York Islands. 499 


Vadebra lacon. 


Male.— Upperside darker velvety brown than in V. eboract, 
and with the anterior wings suffused with purple; on those 
wings are two small purple spots near the apex between the 
veins, and two minute submarginal spots between the median 
nervules, Posterior wings with the costal and outer marginal 
area paler brown, with two small purplish-white spots between 
the veins towards the apex. 

Underside. Both wings paler dull brown. Anterior wings 
with a spot near the end of the cell; a row of five spots 
crossing the disk beyond the cell, the two uppermost elongate 
and curving inwardly, the third nearly obsolete, the fourth 
larger and round, the fifth triangular with the apex pointing 
inwardly, two or three very minute submarginal spots between 
the median nervules and two larger spots near the apex; a 
very narrow pale streak below the third median nervule; 
the space below the submedian nervure in the middle is 
greyish. On the posterior wings is a spot near the end of the 
cell; a row of five spots surrounding the cell, two spots towards 
the apex, as on the upperside, and a row of small spots 
between the veins a little before the outer margin, two spots 
in each interspace ; all the spots pinkish blue-white. 

The female resembles the male on the upperside of both 
wings, but is rather paler; on the posterior wings are 
three subapical round spots whiter than the two spots in the 
male. 

On the underside all the spots and markings are larger 
than on the upperside. 

Expanse of wings, ¢ 23, ? 2% inches. 


Hab. New Britain. 


Mynes Cottonis. 


Male.— Upperside resembles M. eucosmetos, God. & Salv., 
but the pale area is purer white. On the anterior wings the 
pale patch towards the apex is less conspicuous, being scarcely 
visible. On the posterior wings the pale area is more 
restricted, the outer third of the wings being more broadly 
and more bluish black. 

Underside. The subapical pale patch is pure white, not 
tinged with yellow as in J/. eucosmetos, and is considerably 
narrower ; the pale area in the middle of the wings is also 
pure white, but more extended, and the red submarginal spot 
between the upper median nervules is much smaller. On the 
posterior wings the red costal band at the base of JZ. eucos- 
metos is extended uninterruptedly into the interspace between 


500 Mr. H. G. Smith on Hight new Butterflies 


the costal nervure and the upper subcostal nervule, and 
extends over it towards the apex until it joins the dark outer- 
marginal band; the outer three fourths of the costal margin 
is broadly black, the basal fourth being red, below which is 
a large black patch at the base, as in MW. eucosmetos, which 
extends over the basal part of the cell and of the interspace 
above it; the outer third of the wings is blue-black, in which, 
between the median nervules and submedian nervure, are 
situate three greenish-yellow patches and a series of sub- 
marginal pale streaks. 

Expanse of wings 2} inches. 

Hab. New Britain. 

One male, in the collection of Mr. Grose Smith. 


Mycalesis maura. 


Male.— Upperside. Both wings resemble JZ. ethiops, Butl., 
but the zone round the ocellus on the anterior wings is rather 
brighter fulvous and the pale space under it is more con- 
spicuous. On the posterior wings the disk is crossed by a 
row of four ocelli, of which the first and fourth are the 
smallest and the third is much the largest, the fulvous zones 
round the ocelli being very bright and wider than in MV. ethiops, 
the two middle zones being confluent, and each of the zones 
surrounded by a narrow dusky ring; the space outside the 
ocelli to the outer margin is pale olivaceous buff-colour, in 
which are situate two undulated lines, the inner of which is 
broader than the outer ; a dark streak crosses the disk between 
the end of the cell and the ocelli. 

Underside with the outer third of both wings much paler 
than in MM. ethiops, the outer edge of the dark basal portion 
of the wings being more undulated and tinged with rufous 
brown; both wings crossed before the middle by undulated 
rufous-brown lines; the space in which the ocelli are situate 
on the posterior wings is much paler buff and the zones round 
the ocelli are brighter than in J/. cethiops. 

The female on the upperside resembles the male, but the 
ocelli are much larger and the fulvous zones round them are 
paler and broader, the number of the ocelli on the posterior 
wings being increased to six. On the underside the pale 
space in which the ocelli are situate is broader and whiter 
than in the male. 

Expanse of wings, ¢ 13, ? 2 inches, 

Hab. New Britain. 

Very close to M. ethiops ; the spots on the underside of the 
posterior wings are arranged somewhat differently and more 
regularly, 


Jrom New Britain and Duke of York Islands. 501 


Mycalesis matho. 
Male.— Upperside resembles M. terminus, Fabr., but differs 


as follows :—Both wings are shorter and rounder, the basal 
half of the anterior wings darker and more rufous ; the space 
in which the discal ocellus is placed is paler and the ocellus 
is much larger; the space beyond the ocellus to the outer 
margin is paler and is traversed by a narrow dark line. The 
posterior wings are darker rufous brown and the two middle 
ocelli are larger. 

On the underside the ocelli on both wings are larger and 
the outer third of the wings is paler ; the inner two thirds is 
crossed in the middle by two undulated brown lines, of which 
those on the posterior wings are the more distinct, 

The female resembles the male, the pale fulvous area in 
which the large ocellus on the anterior wings is placed being 
clearly defined. 

Expanse of wings 13 inch. 

Hab. New Britain. 

Near to Jf, terminus, Fabr., and M. remulia, Cram. This 
species had been previously sent to me by the Rev. Mr. Rickard 
in some numbers. 


Epimastidia albo-cerulea. 


Male.— Upperside brilliant cerulean blue, with the outer 
margins of both wings black. Posterior wings with the costal 
third greyish black. 

Underside white, with the outer margins of both wings 
broadly dull black, centred with velvety-black lunules, 
bordered inwardly with bright blue lunules and outwardly 
with conical bright blue spots, towards the base of which 
are situate a series of velvety-black bars, almost covering 
the outer edge of the blue spots, which is only indistinctly 
seen. 

Expanse of wings 1} inch. 

Hab. New Britain. 

Very near £. arienis, Druce, from the Solomon Islands, 
but more brilliant blue on the upperside, and on the underside 
the outer dark margins, in which the blue lunules and spots 
are very brightly distinguished, are broader and blacker. 


Thysonotis esme. 


Male.— Upperside resembles T. cepheis, Druce. 

Underside. Both wings more cinereous grey, with the pale 
spaces on them more cinereous white. On the anterior 
wings the pale space does not extend quite so far over the 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol, xiii. 54 


502 Prof. J. D. Dana on the 


disk towards the outer margin. On the posterior wings the 
metallic colouring at the base of both wings and in the discal 
band across the posterior wings is more bluish and _ less 
golden green, while the black velvety spots in the band are 
more extended inwardly ; the outer edge of the band is further 
from the outer margin and more convex between the veins. 
Both wings are broader and more rounded at the apex. 

Expanse of wings 13 inch. 

Hab. New Britain. 


LVI.—Observations on the Derivation and Homologies of 
some Articulates. By JAMes D. DANA*. 


THE term Articulates is used here in preference to Arthropods, 
because the latter group is believed to be not a natural one, 
Crustaceans and Insects being less closely related to one 
another, as indicated beyond, than Annelids and Insects. 

Derivation of Limuloids and Crustaceans.—As has been 
suggested by Lankester, it is probable that all the Articulates 
are successional to the Rotifers. There is reason for believing 
further that the types of Annelids, Crustaceans, and probably 
that of Limuloids had their independent Rotifer origin. 

The Nauplius, or larval form of a Crustacean, shows, by its 
having but three pairs of limbs (two besides an antennary 
pair), that the type is not successional to a many-jointed 
Annelid, but rather to some Pedalion-like Rotifer. The 
discoveries of Prof. C. E. Beecher announced in the preceding 
and earlier numbers of this ‘ Journal’ leave no doubt that the 
Trilobites are multiplicate Isopod Crustaceans, precursors of 
the normal Isopods, as the true Phyllopods, also multiplicate 
species, were precursors of the Decapods f. 

The Eurypterids, the early form of the Limuloids, are 
related to Crustaceans in number of body-segments, it being 
19, as in the Tetradecapods, and in the fact that 13 of these 19 
segments pertain to the thorax and abdomen. But the wide 
distinction exists that the Eurypterids have no thoracic or 


* From the ‘ American Journal of Science,’ May 1894, pp: 325-329. 

+ In the Author’s ‘ Report on the Crustacea of the Wilkes Exploring 
Expedition,’ the Rotifers are made the lowest subdivisions of Crustacea 
(p. 1408), and the Trilobites are placed, with a query, in the subdivision 
of Tetradecapods, as multiplicate forms under the type. In the text 
above the expression ¢rwe Phyllopods is used, because most of the so- 
called Phyllopods of the Palseozoic exhibit, in the specimens, no evidence 
that they are multiplicate, that is, have an excessive or abnormal number 
of body-segments or appendages. 


Derivation and Homologies of some Articulates. 503 


abdominal limbs, and the only true feet which they have are 
also at base mouth-organs, that is organs that pertain to the 
head. Moreover, as has been shown by Packard and others 
for the Limulus, they do not pass through the Nauplius stage 
in their development. ‘These diversities and agreements 
appear to indicate a derivation for the Limuloids nearly like 
that of the Crustacean type, but probably not from Crusta- 
ceans. But since Limuloids cannot yet be proved to have 
existed before the Trenton period in the Lower Silurian, a 
derivation from some species related to the Ceratiocarids is 
possible. Since many, if not all, of the Eurypterids were 
freshwater or brackish-water species, the transfer to fresh 
water may have been an incident attending the divergence, 
and also an explanation of their attaining so great dimensions, 
fresh water having been their protection. The large Kury- 
pterids, several feet in length, would have been helpless 
among Sharks and Ganoids. 

Derivation of Arachnids.—T he line to the lower and earlier 
Arachnids, that is, to the Scorpions, leads up, according to 
Van Beneden, Packard, and others, from the early Pterygotus- 
like Limuloids. The early Scorpion, as well as the modern 
kinds, has the same number of body-segments as a Hury- 
pterus or Pterygotus—namely, 7 thoracic and 6 abdominal 
(precisely the normal number in Crustaceans),—the same 
cephalic relations of the legs, the same absence of abdominal 
appendages, a like absence of thoracic appendages from all 
the segments excepting the first two, and similar functions in 
the members pertaining to these two segments. Further, 
according to B. Peach, these early Limuloids sometimes 
have, like the Scorpions, pairs of “combs” or pectinated 
organs on the underside of some of the thoracic segments. 

But in this change from an aquatic to a terrestrial species 
the upward progress in structure was great. ‘The four poste- 
rior pairs of feet in the terrestrial Scorpion have no longer 
the low-grade feature of serving as jaws as well as feet, but 
are simply feet; they are the chief organs of locomotion, and 
only those of the anterior pair are appendages to the mouth. 
The antennz are shortened to pincers (falces), that also serve 
the mouth. The four pairs of feet are thus cephalic organs, 
if comparison be made with the Limuloids and Crustaceans, 
though in arachnology they are called thoracic. In the later 
true Spiders the body had lost its true Eurypteroid abdomen, 
but had still, in Paleozoic species, its distinctly segmented 
thorax ; and this thorax is the abdomen of arachnology. It 
is segmented in some modern species, while in others the 


subdivisions have become obsolete or are but faintly indicated. 
34* 


504 Prof. J. D. Dana on the 


The abdomen of the Eurypterid, however, exists as a slender- 
jointed thread in Geralinura of Scudder, of the Carboniferous, 
which has its Illinois and also Bohemian species, and has 
survived till now in the modern Te/yphonus. 

Derivation of Myriapods and Insects.—Myriapods, although 
inferior to Insects, are as yet known only from the early 
Devonian. The Devonian species, and also those of the 
Carboniferous, are of the Millepede or lower doubly multi- 
plicate section of Myriapods, with one exception, that of the 
remarkable few-jointed caterpillar-like Palwocampa of Meek 
and Worthen. 

The fact of a line of succession from Worms to Myriapods 
and from Myriapods to Insects has not been proved by geolo- 
gical discovery. The derivation of Myriapods from some 
type of Annelids is zoologically suggested, as long since 
recognized, by the apparently transitional form of Peripatus, 
a low-grade Myriapod resembling much the larva of some 
Insects, and by the like multiplicate structure of Annelids 
and Myriapods. It might be inferred also from the resem- 
blance of the Palwocampa of the Illinois Carboniferous to the 
caterpillar of an Insect of the genus Arctia, as remarked by 
Scudder. 

Myriapods are regarded as the precursors of Insects on 
account of their approximate resemblance to the latter in 
antenne and the appendages of the mouth, and because also 
of the worm-like form of most Insect larve, these larve 
appearing to be survivals of the Myriapod stage. In the 
change from an Annelid and Myriapod to an Insect the 
multiplicate feature disappeared and the number of parts 
became essentially the fixed normal number of the type, both 
as regards the body-segments and their jointed appendages. 

The rise of grade from the Myriapod to the Insect involved 
the appropriation of the three body-segments of the Myriapod 
bearing the three anterior pairs of feet (which correspond 
normally to half the body-segments of the head of an Isopod 
Crustacean) for forming the isolated middle section of the 
body, called the thorax, and the suppression of all the other 
pairs of feet. In both Spiders and Insects the change involved 
also a general concentration of the structure toward the 
cephalic nervous centre, that is a shortening of the range of 
cephalic control, and especially the distance to the posterior 
limit of locomotive action. Compared with a crab, the 
highest type in the Crustacean series, its superior, an ant, is a 
very little thing. 

The fact that in low-grade Insects there is no proper 
metamorphosis, while in the higher, as they rise in grade, the 


5OS 


lates. 


rticu 


: SOME 4s | 


i} 


. 


Derivation and Homologies « 


CRUSTACEANS. LIMULoDs. ARACHNIDS, Mynriapops. INSECTS. 


| Tetradecapods. DEurypterus. | Pterygotus. | Limulus. Scorpion. Phrynus. Lithobius. 

l. lst Ant. } 0 ) Antr ) | Ant; 7) Falces ) 3 | Falces ) 3 Ant. Ant. Ss 
2. 2nd Ant.| . | M-P. _ | M-P _ | M-P. Nie ae M. = M. M. | $ 
8. M. Ss | M-P. 3 | M-P 3 | M-P. a P ae ilar Mx. Mx. & L. ) & 
1. Mx ~— | M-P 4 | M-P = | M-P. ee It leg as 

5. Mx > 1 Mep, |= M-P ~~ | M-P. = Be . Es | S Lee Pe Wa 
6. Mx | M-P pe! M-P. = je “| MEP. & | Pp a 1 EP) = Py Ie | 3 
| ee ——_ ——__—]|—__-——-3 _——-—_-- Py eS J=& 
i Fe et Fol. P. ) | Fr 1 a Hole-Ps. 3) 0 ) 5 lee A) ) led 

oP, Fol. P. | Fol. P. Ba) ola ie Comb. 0 Pp, 0 

3. P. 4 0 | 4°. | ae) 4 | Fol. P. | % 0 0) c P, F 0 

Py S 0 5 0 &-/ Fol. P. | 5 0 i) o Py 2 0 4 
GaP: er Se OS ee! Boley eel <0 0 S P; S 0 2 
6. P. : i) : 0 > a | Pole P; | 0 | 0 = ie a=} 0 = 
Tots J G oJ lo @ oO =] > ©, 0 < BS < 0 E 
—. —. J] Ss —— —_ _— —_—__—_ ]_ —_——_ 0 Pi 0 < 
|1. App.) , i lie, Ege et Ske te Oe Yael Ls) P. 0 

2. App. 5 0 5 0 a | 8 0 | 5 | QP. 0 J 
3. App. | 5 0 | = 0 a | | = 0 5 bc 

1, App. = 0 = 0 [3 | S 0 | S| iE: S| 
15. App. | = 0 | = 0 be = 0 a E : ; 

6. App. | om oe a C~_n J Ooms ea 15 pairs of feet in Li- 
thobius, 21 in Scolo- 
pendra, 200 in some 


Myriapods, 


506 Lieut.-Col. Godwin-Austen and Col. Beddome on 


larval stage is lower and lower in embryonic level, suggests 
that the larval stage results from an attendant retrograde 
embryonic change to a line parallel with the Myriapod, and 
beyond to the memberless condition of a worm. The 
principle appears to be a general one among animals, and 
thence the higher the species the longer the stage of youth. 

The relations in body-segments and limbs between the 
classes of Crustaceans, Limuloids, Arachnids, Myriapods, and 
Insects are shown in the table (p. 505). The segments of 
the body are numbered along the left margin; the zero oppo- 
site signifies that the segment, though present, has no 
appendage. 

In this table the following abbreviations are used :—Ant., 
antenna; App., pairs of jointed appendages, either pediform 
or branchial; M., mandible; Mx., maxilla; P., feet; M-P., 
feet that serve also as jaws; Mx. & L. (under Insects), 
maxille and labium; Fol. P., foliaceous or lamellar feet or 
appeaeres 

nder the Limuloids the genus Hurypterus fails of an- 
tennz, but they are present in Pterygotus and are chelate ; 
and this chelate (or thumb-and-finger) form characterizes also 
the modern Limulus, the Scorpions, and the common Spiders. 
In the table the two pairs of maxille of Insects are assumed 
to belong to a single body-segment, as held by many zoolo- 
gists, including (as he himself informs the writer) Prof. 8. I. 
Smith ; the table shows that, with this admission, the thorax 
and head of an Insect are essentially homologous with the 
head of a Tetradecapod Crustacean. 


LVII.—New Species of Cyclophorus and a Spiraculum from 
the Khast and Naga Hills, Assam. By Lieut.-Col. H. H. 
Gopwin-AusTeN, F.R.S. &e., and Col. R. BEDDOME, 
FL. &e. 


Cyclophorus Muspratti, sp. n. 


Shell umbilicated, turbinate, slightly keeled; sculpture, 
apex smooth, the whorls thence are longitudinally ribbed and 
striated, increasing in strength near the suture from above 
downwards, and crossed by the lines of growth, producing a 
decussate surface; this is coarser and rougher on the last 
whorl and under surface. Colour madder-brown, crossed by 
mottled broken white lines on whorls 3 and 4. Spire conic, 


new Species of Cyclophorus. 507 


moderately high, sides slightly convex, apex sharp; suture 
shallow ; whorls 5, sides convex, the last somewhat keeled ; 
oe circular, oblique; peristome white, not thickened, 
slightly reflected. 

Size, type: maj. diam. 48°75, min. 39°0; alt. axis22°25 mm. 


2 Wy Oy. | 55° SBOs © 1B OU 3, 
Loc. Naga Hills (Doherty); Maokokchung, Naga Hills 
(Muspratt). 


In the young shell the longitudinal strie are very sharp 
and distinct, a lirate in appearance ; this character sepa- 
rates it from the other species of Cyclophorus from these hills. 


Cyclophorus nagaensis, sp. n. 


Shell umbilicated, turbinate, not keeled; sculpture, lines of 
growth only, without any spiral lines being visible. Colour 
grey-brown, more ochraceous below, when wetted of a madder- 
brown colour; a white line on the periphery, bounded by a 
broad very dark band, shaded off below; the third whorl is 
crossed by narrow wavy white lines; in the next growth 
these lines are wider apart and zigzag in outline; the next 
and final growth is plain. Spire depressedly conoid, apex 
subacute; suture shallow; whorls 5, rounded; aperture sub- 
vertical, large, circular, grey within; peristome not much 
thickened, scarcely reflected, bright orange-red. 

Size: maj. diam. 45:0, min. 36:0; alt. axis 21°0 mm. 

Loc. Naga Hills, near Khonomaand Kigwema, 5000-6000 
feet (Doherty); Maokokchung (Muspratt). 

The form of this species is very similar to C. Pearsont, but 
the red of the lip is more intense than in shells from the 
typical locality ; its very smooth surface also distinguishes it. 


Cyclophorus peciloneurus, sp. n. 


Shell umbilicated, turbinate, keeled ; sculpture, apex smooth 
and shining; five distinct lirate ribs run contiguous to the 
suture on the lower margin of the whorls, commencing with 
the third whorl ; these have two finer thread-like ribs between 
them, and similar fine liration is continued above and on the 
lower surface of the shell, crossed by strong lines of growth 
on the epidermis. Colour umber-brown, marbled with madder- 
brown, given off from a few strong spots of this colour next 
the suture; the peripheral rib is dashed with white at 
intervals. Spire conoid, sides flat, apex sharp; suture shallow; 
whorls 5, subconvex, the last sharply keeled, forming a strong 
rib ; aperture oblique-ovate, ample on the outer margin, grey 


508 Lieut.-Col. Godwin-Austen and Col. Beddome on 


within ; peristome white, well thickened in mature shells, 
sharply reflected. 
Maj. diam. Min. diam. Alt. axis. 

mm, mm. iInm. 
EV Peee eisal ecthlh, abe meso 25°75 15-0 
Col. Beddome’s largest sp. 33-0 26°0 16-0 
Var. with red lip (aureo-) .,.- ao: ) 
labris, Non) ‘ } ne Se ce 


Loc. Type from the Lahtipa Naga Hills, Munipur (co//. 
Lieut.-Col. Godwin-Austen), and eastward to the Dihing. 

Lieut.-Col. Godwin-Austen found two specimens of this 
species in the Lahtipa Naga Hills, in 1873; the late 
Mr. Ogle sent him three from the neighbourhood of the Dihing 
River, far to the eastward. Mr. Doherty obtained it in the 
Naga Hills, and Col. Beddome lately recorded it from Mr. Mus- 
pratt from Maokokchung, in the Naga Hills. In these eastern 
hills this form takes the place of C. zebrinus of the Khasi 
Hills &c., but it is much larger, the spiral ribbing is much 
stronger, the whorls are more convex, and it is more openly 
umbilicated. 

All the specimens in Lieut.-Col. Godwin-Austen’s collec- 
tion, and also those collected by Mr. Doherty, are white-lipped 
shells; among the specimens received by Col. Beddome the 
red-lipped predominate *. 

The coloration is very variable ; in some, as in the type, the 
marbling occurs in fine zigzag lines far apart, in other 
examples these are so closely run together as to give the shell 
a beautiful ruddy colour. 


Cyclophorus Fultoni, sp. n. 


Shell somewhat depressedly turbinate, rather widely um- 
bilicated, periphery rounded ; sculpture nearly smooth, under a 
lens a fine, close, oblique, vertical striation is apparent, which 
is obsoletely decussated with delicate spiral lines. Colour a 
uniform dark ruddy brown or madder-brown above and on 
the sides, but several narrow and two or three broader dark 
longitudinal bands are distinguishable in a strong light, pearl- 
white beneath. Whorls 5, the last very large, rather suddenly 
increasing towards the aperture, the last three apical whorls 


* Nevill, in his ‘ Hand-list,’ 1878, p. 268, does not separate the Eastern 
forms, but names three specimens sent to the Indian Museum by Mr. 8. E. 
Peal, from Sibsagar, as var. awreolabris, He says, * The largest variety 
I have yet seen and the only one with a coloured peristome, in this case 
a brilliant orange-colour.” It may therefore stand under the above name. 


a new Species of Spiraculum. 509 


rising suddenly; suture shallow; aperture wide, nearly 
cireular, a little higher than broad, oblique ; peristome con- 
tinuous, rather thickened, slightly reflected, pale yellowish, 
columellar margin rounded ; operculum of the same colour as 
the shell, having 5 or 6 acutely defined volutions, the inter- 
spaces with the usual oblique lines of growth. 

Size: maj. diam. 49, min. diam. 43; alt. axis, max. 20, 
min. 19 mm. 

Loc. Khasi Hills; three specimens obtained by Mr. Fulton. 

The affinity of this beautiful species is with C. siamensis, 
from which it differs in its more depressed form and more 
oblique aperture, and especially in the coloration. The exact 
locality is not known; the Khasi Hills is a large tract, and 
many species found on the northern slopes draining to the 
Brahmaputra are not found on the south side, while inter- 
vening is a high grassy plateau with a very scanty number 


of land-shells. 


Spiraculum nagaense, sp. n. 


Shell discoidal, upper surface flat, widely umbilicated ; 
sculpture, strong longitudinal striation, covered with a thick 
epidermis, with two parallel bands of close-set hairs on the 
periphery. Colour umber, with a series of darker bands 
crossing the whorls. Spire quite flat ; suture deep, the sutural 
tube is 4°5 mm. behind the peristome, is well developed, 
arched and bending over, and lies directed backwards and 
parallel with the suture; whorls 5, rounded, the last 
descending very slightly ; aperture circular; peristome 
thickened, white, continuous, with an angulate notch above 
and close to the body-whorl; operculum widely spiral, shelly, 
whitish grey. 

Size: maj. diam. 17°5, min. 14:0 ; alt. axis 5°25 mm. 

Loc. Maokokchung, Naga Hills (Muspratt). In coll. Col. 
Beddome. 

This small form may be distinguished from S. hispidum, 
var. minor, of Teria Ghat in the Khasi Hills and base of the 
Dafla Hills, in the form and direction in which the sutural 
tube lies: backward on the shell; in hispidum it lies across 
and nearly at right angles with the suture, in this new form 
it is on the line of the suture. 


510 Mr. A. S. Woodward on the 


LVIII.— On the A fiinities of the Cretaceous Fish Protosphyrena. 
By A. Smita Woopwarp, F.L.S., of the British Museum 
(Natural History). 


In 1889 * it was incidentally pointed out that a remarkable 
resemblance could be observed between the jaws and dentition 
of the Cretaceous fish Protosphyrena and those of the Upper 
Jurassic genus Hypsocormus. Since that date further im- 
portant information has been published in reference to the 
osteology of the first-named genus T, while beautiful examples 
of Hypsocormus have been acquired by the British Museum 
from the Lithographic Stone of Bavaria and the Oxford Clay 
of Peterbcrough. ‘The opportunity is therefore afforded for 
extending comparisons further, and I undertake this task with 
all the more interest since it is now proved beyond doubt that 
Protosphyrena differs from all known ‘Teleostei” (i.) in the 
structure of the pectoral fins, (ii.) in the development of the 
splenials in the mandible, (iii.) in the structure of the large 
teeth, and (iv.) in the presence of a large gular plate, followed 
by a numerous series of comparatively short and broad 
branchiostegal rays. 

All the new evidence combines to show that the original 
suggestion of five years ago was one of some importance, and 
it now appears that Protosphyrena and Hypsocormus resemble 
each other in at least the following seven prominent characters. 

(1) Lostrum and Upper Jaw.—The ethmoidal region is 
consolidated into a pointed rostrum, usually more produced in 
Protosphyrena than in Hypsocormus, but similarly fused at 
the base with the small vomers, which bear a pair of very 
large teeth t. As shown by an example of H. tenutrostris in 
the Leeds collection from the Oxford Clay of Peterborough 
(Brit. Mus. no. P. 6917), the premaxilla is triangular in that 
fish, and both this bone and the maxilla agree closely with 
the corresponding elements of P. nitida, as described and 
figured by Felix (loc. cit. pl. xiii. fig. 1). As in Proto- 


* Smith Woodward, “ Preliminary Notes on some new and little. 
known British Jurassic Fishes,” Geol. Mag. | 3] vol. vi. p. 451 (1889). 

+ J. Felix, “ Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Gattung Protosphyrena, 
Leidy,” Zeitschr. deutsch. geol. Gesell. vol. xlii. pp. 278-302, pls. xii.— 
xiv. (1890); A. R. Crook, “ Ueber einige fossile Knochenfische aus der 
mittleren Kreide yon Kansas,” Paleontogr. vol. xxxix. pp. 109, 110 
(1892). 

{} From the Cambridge Greensand the writer is acqlainted with 
undescribed evidence of a species of Protosphyrena with a snout as short 
as in Hypsocormus tenuirostres, 


Affinities of the Cretaceous Fish Protosphyrena. 511 
. ; phy 


sphyrena, so in Hypsocormus the premaxilla bears a few very 
large teeth, the maxilla having smaller and more numerous 
teeth. 

(2) Cheek-plates.—Besides the large postorbital cheek- 
plates in Protosphyrena Felix also notes (loc. cit. p. 282) 
some comparatively small secondary postorbitals forming the 
actual hinder border of the orbit. Exactly the same arrange- 
ment is observed in //ypsocormus (Brit. Mus. nos. P. 6011, 
P. 6917), as also in the allied genus Pachycormus*. 

(3) Mandible—The mandibular symphysis is similarly 
constituted in the two genera under comparison, the stout 
(anterior) splenials entering the symphysis, rapidly tapering 
behind, and each bearing one or two very large teeth in 
addition to the smaller teeth. In both genera also the ante- 
rior end of the tooth-bearing margin of the dentary bone 
curves downwards and is provided with about three large 
teeth pointing forwards. The present writer has never 
observed any evidence of a distinct presymphysial bone in 
either genus. 

(4) Structure of the large Teeth—Fclix observes (loc. cit. 
p- 289, pl. xiv. fig. 4) that, when viewed in transverse section, 
the large teeth of Protosphyrena exhibit a remarkably com- 
plex structure. They are, in fact, compound, showing a 
number of distinct small pulp-cavities, each surrounded by its 
own separate zone of vasodentine. Precisely the same struc- 
ture can be seen in a transverse section of a large tooth of 
Hypsocormus Leedsi in the British Museum (no. P. 6914). 

(5) Branchiostegal Apparatus,—The large gular plate and 
numerous broad branchiostegal rays shown by Felix in his 
figure of Protosphyrena (loc. cit. pl. xii. fig. 3) are exactly 
similar to the corresponding plates in Hypsocormus and Pachy- 
cormus, and only approached among “ Teleostei” in Elops 
and its allies. 

(6) Pectoral Fins.—It is now proved { that the pectoral 
fins of Protosphyrena are the well-known fossils described 
by Cope under the name of Pelecopterus ¢ ; and on comparing 
these with the corresponding fins of Hypsocormus as shown in 
the British Museum (nos. P. 6011, 6917), it will be observed 
that there is a very close general resemblance. The fin-rays 
are unjointed except quite at the extremity, and they are all 


* H. E. Sauvage, “Note sur le Genre Pachycormus,” Bull. Soc. Linn. 
Normandie, [3] vol. vii. p. 144, pl. iv. (1883). 

+ A. R. Crook, Palzeontogr. vol. xxxix. p. 110. 

{ E. D. Cope, ‘ Vertebrata of the Cretaceous Formations of the West,’ 
p. 2444 (1875). 


512 On the Cretaceous Fish Protosphyrena. 


very closely pressed together ; in both cases the anterior edge 
of the fin is oblique, some of the anterior rays terminating 
successively at the border (considerably more in Proto- 
sphyrena than in Hypsocormus); and in both cases the 
anterior edge is roughened by a deposit of a hard enamel- 
like substance. Unfortunately there is as yet no precise 
information concerning the basal bones of the pectoral fin 
in Hypsocormus. 

(7) Axial Skeleton of Trunk.—Negative evidence can only 
be regarded as of slight value, but it is nevertheless note- 
worthy that traces of vertebree are wanting in all the known 
specimens of Protosphyrena. It seems likely indeed that this 
fish will eventually prove to have possessed a persistent noto- 
chord as devoid of peripheral ossifications as that of Hypso- 
cormus and Pachycormus; and in this connexion it is of 
interest to record that two fragmentary examples of the trunk 
of a small Hypsocormus-like fish have been discovered in the 
Upper Cretaceous of Sahel-el-Alma, Mount Lebanon. One 
of these specimens is in the British Museum (no. 49531) and 
the other in the Syrian Protestant College, Beyrout; and 
although no remains of a Protosphyrena-like skull have 
hitherto been met with in the same deposit, the present writer 
has little hesitation in predicting that such will eventually be 
found. The axial skeleton of the trunk in these fossils 
exactly resembles that of Hypsocormus in the form and 
disposition of the close series of neural and hemal arches; 
the squamation cannot be distinctly seen, but must have been 
very delicate; and the remains of the dorsal fin are well in 
advance of those of the anal fin. 

In conclusion, it may therefore be stated that Protosphyrena 
is not a “Teleostean”’ in the ordinary acceptation of the 
term, and that none of its characters hitherto discovered 
warrant its separation from the family to which the Jurassic 
genera Hypsocormus and Pachycormus are referred. It differs 
from both in the lateral compression of the teeth, and future 
discoveries may reveal still more distinctive features ; while 
it is not easy as yet to estimate the true value of some of the 
points of resemblance noted above. It must suffice at 
present merely to suggest a profitable form of comparison to 
be made when still more satisfactory specimens of Proto- 
sphyrena are available for study. 


Mr. C. O. Waterhouse on Apogonia ferruginea. 513 


LIX.—Description of Apogonia ferruginea, Vabr., from the 
Type in the Banksian Collection of Coleoptera, By CHARLES 
O. WATERHOUSE. 


SoME time since I had occasion to examine the type of Melo- 
lontha ferruginea, F. (Spec. Ins. i. p. 41), now placed in the 
genus Apogonia ; and as the species of this genns are difficult 
to determine, [ think the following description, drawn up at 
the time, may be useful. 


Apogonia ferruginea, Fabr. 


Ferruginea, nitida: capite sat parce punctato, clypeo brevi, anguste 
reflexo-marginato, confertim fortiter punctato, antice recte trun- 
eato; thorace laxe sat fortiter punctato; scutello levi; elytris 
fortiter punctatis, bicostatis, costis angustis vix elevatis ; pygidio 
sat fortiter sat crebre punctatis. 

Long. 9 millim. 


Hab. Coromandel (Coll. Banks in Brit. Mus.). 

This species is of a ferruginous colour, but in some lights 
has a very faint wneous tint on the forehead and thorax. 
The clypeus is coarsely and very closely punctured, straight 
in front, with the angles of the truncature obtusely rounded. 
The forehead has the punctures moderately strong, generally 
separated from each other by about two diameters of a punc- 
ture. The thorax is obliquely narrowed in front and slightly 
so at the base, broadest behind the middle, the sides rounded 
posteriorly ; the punctures are moderately strong and are 
generally separated from each other by about one and a half 
or two diameters of a puncture. The elytra have the punc- 
tures much stronger, and the punctures are generally separated 
by about one and one sixth times the diameter of the punc- 
tures ; the lines of punctures on each side of the narrow coste 
are similar to the other punctures and are scarcely nearer 
together, so that the costes are not very conspicuous ; towards 
the side there is a slight indication of a third costa; the first 
costa is nearly uniform throughout, the second is a little 
dilated at the base and narrowed at the apex. The pygidium 
is small and has the punctures similar to those on the thorax, 
but a little closer together. 


514 Mr. R. M‘Lachlan on Two new 


LX.—Two new Species of Myrmeleonide from Madagascar. 
By Rosert M‘Lacutan, F.R.S. Ke. 


Palpares insularis, sp. n. 


Head above yellow, much swollen, but with a deep longi- 
tudinal sulcus; on the front part of the top there is a trans- 
verse shining black band connecting the eyes, joined to a 
diamond-shaped black spot on the middle of the vertex,in which 
is the suleus; front black; clypeus and labrum bright yellow, 
on the former is a row of distant black hairs. Palpi black, the 
labial enormously long. Antenne black, inserted in yellow 
sockets; the basal joint clothed with black hairs. Thorax 
yellow above, with three longitudinal black bands, one 
median, the others lateral (on the metathorax the black bands 
become somewhat vague); hairy clothing blackish on the 
pronotum, whitish and curled on the mesonotum (posteriorly) 
and metanotum; pronotum rather broader than long, the 
front and hinder margins strongly raised: thorax beneath 
black, sparingly clothed with whitish hairs; a large yellow 
spot at the insertion of each pair of legs and also under each 
pair of wings. Legs black, with strong spinose black hairs ; 
spurs and claws piceous. Abdomen dull yellowish above, 
passing into blackish after the third segment; this latter with 
numerous black points, whence spring cinereous hairs. In 
the male the abdomen is much more slender and longer than 
in the female, and the pale colour above is extended to the 
fourth or fifth segment ; superior appendages scarcely longer 
than the last segment, black, stout, curved upward, cylin- 
drical and obtuse, the opposing apices applied one to the 
other; they are clothed with very long black hairs; inferior 
appendage one half shorter, polished, rounded at the apex, 
convex beneath. 

Anterior wings broad (especially in the female), the ex- 
treme apex slightly angular; hyaline, with a very slight 
greyish-yellow tinge, marked with smoky black as follows :— 
there are rudiments of three oblique bands, one consisting of 
a spot under the radius in the basal fourth, a second, ante- 
median, is formed of two spots (often united), extending 
from the radius half across the wing, the third is post- 
median and comprises a rather large subradial spot more 
or less connected with smaller spots below it (all these 
spots are more or less fenestrated with paler) ; the costal area 
is strongly marked with black spots rather regularly placed 


Species of Myrmeleonide from Madagascar. 515 


and often triangular in form; similar spots are seen on 
the inner margin, and nearly the whole disk of the wing is 
black-spotted, more strongly in the basal and apical portions ; 
at the latter the spots are often united into a maculose ante- 
apical band, and the extreme apex itself is narrowly margined 
(the part of the wing least spotted is between the subradial 
oblique indistinct bands); pterostigma yellowish, rather 
distinct ; neuration whitish yellow, blackish where it traverses 
the black markings, the radius black at the base. Posterior 
wings hyaline, with black markings :—in the costal area to 
about the middle are spots as in the anterior; a few small 
spots forming a broken angular line about the furcation of 
the lower cubitus; there are also three transverse bands, the 
first about the middle, arising under the radius, then angu- 
lated outwardly in an obtuse manner in the middle of 
the disk, and continued to the inner margin as_ three 
branches, which may be wholly or partially connected with 
the band or wholly disconnected; a second somewhat similar 
band is placed beyond the middle, and usually arises below 
the costa, but is sometimes only connected therewith by 
spots, its termination on the inner margin being as irregular 
and uncertain as the first band; the third band is macular 
and anteapical, and the apex itself is narrowly black ; ptero- 
stigma and neuration as in the anterior, but the radius, 
cubiti, postcosta, and ramule of the lower cubitus are black 
for at least the basal fourth. 

Length of body, ¢ 62-64 millim., ? 53-57 millim. 
Expanse of wings, g 114-124 millim., 9 135-142 millim. ; 
breadth of anterior wing, ¢ 19-20 millim., 2 22-24 millim. 

Apparently common. I have ten examples before me, and 
have seen many more. There is reason to believe that the 
markings of the wings vary locally, as in most species of the 
genus. Allied to P. caffer and speciosus of the African con- 
tinent, and more especially to the former, on account of its 
broad wings. It is the only described species from Mada- 
gascar, but I have seen others in a French collection. 


Myrmeleon validus, sp. n. 


Head and thorax dull blackish above, dusky yellowish 
beneath, somewhat clouded with darker. Antenne black, 
nearly as long as the entire thorax and of nearly equal thick- 
ness throughout ; the apex acute. Head much broader than 
the pronotum, much swollen above, with a median impressed 
longitudinal line, and two others, less deep, one on either side 
of the median, the space enclosed between the outermost lines 


516 On Two new Species of Myrmeleonide. 


being smooth, with two faint yellow marks posteriorly ; the 
posterior angles each with a large yellowish spot extending 
round the eyes to the sides of the front; on the front the 
antennal sockets are yellowish; there is a short yellowish 
median line below the antennz and a broader median yellowish 
line on the clypeus, the posterior margin of which is also 
yellowish, as are the bases of the mandibles (otherwise the 
front is black); pronotum slightly longer than broad and 
very slightly narrowed anteriorly ; a transverse sulcus divides 
it into two subequal parts, on the anterior part is a trans- 
verse row of four yellowish spots and on the posterior another 
row of three similar spots, all more or less rounded, and there 
are sparse, long, erect black hairs. On the front part of the 
raised portion of the mesonotum are two small yellowish 
spots (seldom visible), otherwise the thorax is spotless above. 
Legs stout, yellowish, all the femora and tibiz with a piceous 
line externally and an additional piceous line internally on 
the intermediate and posterior femora, and an annulation of 
the same colour near the base of the posterior tibiz; tarsi 
piceous externally, the basal joint yellowish, as long as the 
second to fourth united, the fifth nearly equalling the first to 
fourth, spurs piceous, much shorter than the basal joint. 
Abdomen slender, uniformly fulvous above, paler beneath (but 
in the female the apical portion often passes into blackish 
above) ; in the male the abdomen is terminated by two up- 
directed valvules (or appendages), closely applied one to the 
other, with a yellow wart at their base, and clothed with 
long and streng black hairs; in the female are two short, 
stout, cylindrical inferior appendages *, clothed with long 
black hairs, shorter than the narrow, swollen, terminal dorsal 
segment, which is clothed with similar hairs. 

Wings long, rather broad, acute at the apex, the posterior 
scarcely shorter than the anterior and only slightly narrower ; 
costal margin of the anterior straight ; the postcosta entering 
the inner margin soon after the first fourth of the length of 
the wing ; both pairs are hyaline, highly iridescent, unitormly 
tinged with pale tulvous, which deepens slightly in the apical 
portion, and quite without markings, excepting the conspicu- 
ously large oval whitish pterostigma; neuration fulvous, the 
network very dense, and to this is largely due the uniform 

* The presence of these short appendages or cerei would seem not 
unnaturally to indicate that the individuals possessing them are males, 
and not females; but in this case it is not so, for, apart from other 
characters, they are present only in those examples in which the knob 
(or “pelote”) at the extreme base of the inner margin of the posterior 


wings is to be seen, and this latter is a sure indication of the male in 
those Myrmeleonide that possess it. 


On the Lateral Eyes in the Galeodide. 517 


fulvous coloration of the wings; the corneous knob at the 
extreme base of the inner margin of the posterior wings of the 
male is small, rounded, and pale in colour; the costal area in 
these wings slightly dilated for a short distance near the base, 

Length of body, g 40-48 millim., 2 42-54 millim. 
Expanse of wings, g 93-110 millim., 9 95-131 millim. ; 
breadth of anterior wing 12-18 millim. 

Apparently common. Thirteen examples are before me, 
and I have seen at least fifty. Probably the largest species 
of Myrmeleon as restricted. In form and general structure, 
and even in the markings of the head and thorax, evidently 
allied to M. quinguemaculatus, Hag., M. polyzonus, Gerst., 
and M. lethalis, Walk. (partim), of the African continent, 
but abundantly distinct. In my analysis of Walker’s species 
(Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. ix. p. 279) I stated that, of the 
examples named by him, the one bearing the label “ lethalis ”’ 
is identical with guinquemaculatus, and that the other two 
equal Pormicaleo leucospilos, Hag. Walker’s description 
was apparently drawn up from these latter. 


LXI.—Lateral Eyes in the Galeodide. By H. M. Bernarp, 
M.A. Cantab., F.L.8., F.Z.S. (from the Huxley Research 
Laboratory, South Kensington). 


THE Galeodide have hitherto been thought to be unique 
among the larger Arachnids in not possessing lateral or 
accessory eyes. Such eyes, however, occur in all the speci- 
mens which I have so far examined, but in a position which 
fully accounts for their having been overlooked. 

Passing the Arachnids in review, we have what I am now 
inclined to consider as the most primitive condition in the 
Mygalide. ‘he ocular tubercle persists in this family, with 
the paired median eyes and the accessory eyes grouped upon 
it. As I have elsewhere* explained, the ocular tubercle may 
be considered to be the remains of the original dorsal surface, 
left like an island between the cephalic lobes, which have 
elsewhere met in the middle line. 

In other Araneids the ocular tubercle is obliterated, and the 
eyes are scattered about on the forehead. 

In Phrynus the ocular tubercle persists in its original 
position at the anterior end of the suture between the cephalic 
lobes. The accessory eyes have apparently wandered off 
laterally, and are found as asmall group on each side, halfway 

* “On the Head of Galeodes and the Procephalic Lobes of Arachnidan 
Embryos,” Zool, Anz. no. 426 (1893). 

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol, xiii. 35 


518 Mr. H. M. Bernard on the 


between the ocular tubercle and the lateral edge of the dorsal 
surface. 

In Thelyphonus the ocular tubercle appears to persist near 
its original position, while the lateral eyes have moved further 
back than in Phrynus, and are close to the lateral edge of the 
dorsal surface. 

In Scorpio the median eyes persist, as a rule, upon an ocular 
tubercle, which has, however, in many cases travelled back 
along the suture between the cephalic lobes. The accessory 
eyes appear to have travelled off sideways while the ocular 
tubercle still occupied its original position, 7. e. was at the 
anterior end of the suture between the cephalic lobes. They 
are found along the fronto-lateral edge of the dorsal surface. 

In the Chernetide the median eyes appear to have atrophied, 
while the lateral eyes persist in one or two pairs at the edges 
of the dorsal surface. 

In the Phalangide, as a rule, only the median eyes are 
developed ; but lateral eyes also occur in rare cases, although 
those figured by Blanchard * have been shown to be glands. 

In the Galeodidw we have the median eyes on a sharply 
demarcated ocular tubercle situated in the original position, 
that is, at the anterior end of the suture between the cephalic 
lobes. The accessory eyes apparently, as in Scorpio, 
wandered off laterally, ¢. ¢. in the transverse plane, thus 
retaining their frontal position. But the enormous develop- 
ment of the mandibles, which is doubtless a secondary 
acquirement, together perhaps with the development of the 
curious foldings of the cuticle (to form the buttresses upon 
which the mandibles rotate), have led to the shifting of the 
eyes down, over the edge of the dorsal surface, on to the lateral 
surface, so that they now look downwards and forwards 
(fig. 2). 

In spirit-specimens the eyes themselves appear, when 
looked at with a pocket-lens or even with the naked eye, as 
whitish patches, which vary greatly in form and arrange- 
ment. In fig. 1 they are seen to have run together to form 
a long oval patch; in fig. 2 there are two eyes—the anterior 
an oval, and the posterior a minute, nearly circular mass of 
pigment ; whereas in fig. 3 they appear about equally deve- 
loped. I have not yet seen more than two on each side. 

That these eyes are atrophying I think is apparent from 
their irregular forms and, perhaps, from their position. But, 
on the other hand, in some cases (ef. fig. 3) they have a well- 
developed ganglion and regularly arranged retinal cells, the 


* ‘Les Arachnides,’ pl. xxx. 


Lateral Eyes in the Galeodide. 519 


Fig. 1.—Outline drawing of the anterior end of a specimen of Rhax 
melana, Oliv., showing the position of the lateral eyes (e) ; 
me, median eyes on the ocular tubercle. 

Fig. 2.—Portion of cuticle from a specimen of Galeodes arabs, Koch, 
cleared, showing the thickness of the cuticle, and a pair of eyes 
like plugs of pigment in chitinous pits. 

Fig. 3.—Tangential section through the same region of a small (and 
perhaps young) Rhax (from Tashkend); two eyes are seen, 
with nerves and ganglion. As the fragment of the section was 
not % situ, its position in the sagittal plane is only approxi- 
mate. A portion of the complicated infolding of the cuticle 
which forms the mandibular buttress appears in the section, 

35* 


520 Mr. C. J. Gahan on a new Longicorn Beetle. 


finer structure of which I have been unable as yet to make 
out. I could find no trace of a hypodermis between the 
retinal cells and the cuticle. 

The eyes have completely lost all traces of a lens. The 
chitin is thinned away over them, so much so that very 
minute eyes are little more than plugs of pigment in deep 
chitinous pits (fig. 2). 

I have thought it advisable to publish these notes in 
advance, as some time must still elapse before my work on 
the Galeodide is ready for publication. 


LXII.—Description of a new Longicorn Beetle of the Genus 
Diaxenes, which has been found injuring some imported 


Orchids. By C. J. Gawan, M.A. 


THE genus Diaxenes, Waterh., has up to the present included 
but a single described species, and with regard to the locality 
of that species nothing very definite was known. ‘The one 
example of D. Taylori, Waterh. (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 
ser. 5, vol. xiii. p. 128), which the British Museum contained 
was found in the Royal Nursery, Chelsea, where it was 
gnawing off the stems of an orchid from Manilla, of the genus 
Phalenopsis. ‘Three additional examples are, I find, contained 
in the Pascoe collection; these are ticketed ‘‘ Moulmein,” 
though on what authority is not stated, and cannot now be 
ascertained. My reasons for giving Burma as the habitat of 
the new species are stated below. ‘This new species has also, 
like its congener, exhibited a special taste for orchids, espe- 
cially those of the genus Dendrobium. 


Diaxenes dendrobit, sp. n. 


Fortiter punctatus; pube fulvo-brunnea sat dense vestitus ; pro- 
thorace elytrisque albescente lineatis, lineis elytrorum dorsalibus 
sinuatis; scutello fusco, puncta centrali et limbo externo albis; 
antennis griseo-fulvis, articulis 4° ad 6" plus minusve infuscatis. 

Long. 10-16, lat. 33-53 mm. 

Hab. Burma. On species of Dendrobium. 

Strongly and rather closely punctured, with the punctures 
partly concealed by the close pubescence; this is mostly of a 
fulvous brown or drab colour, but there are darker brown 
areas on some of the interspaces between the whitish lines ; 
the pronotum bears three white lines, one median and one 
towards each side, the two latter converging anteriorly. Each 


Mr. C. J. Gahan on a new Longicorn Beetle. 521 


elytron has about six lines of a slightly yellowish tint, of 
which one lies along the outer margin, the second sets out 
just below the shoulder and is continued in a nearly straight 
direction along the side of the elytron, the third proceeds 
from the upper part of the shoulder and joins the second a 
little before the apex; the next two lines are dorsal in 
position, they are subparallel to one 
another in the anterior fourth of the 
elytron, behind which they rather 
abruptly converge ; after again diver- 
ging slightly they converge to join 
one another at about the beginning 
of the apical fourth, whence they are 
continued as a single line up to the 
outer angle of the oblique apical 
truncature; the sixth is a very short 
line passing back from the base. In 
addition to these six linesan ashy-grey 
streak may be seen along the suture, 
with a rather faint and broken white line limiting it on the 
outer side. The body underneath has a drab pubescence, 
with dark brown areas. The pro- and mesosterna and the 
lower part of the sides of the prothorax are almost black in 
colour. The legs and antenne are covered with a nearly 
uniform drab-coloured pubescence ; but in some examples the 
intermediate joints of the antenne are more or less dark 
brown towards the tip. ‘The front of the head is also in some 
examples of a dark brown or nearly black colour; but this is 
partly due to the rubbing away of the pubescence. 

Four examples of this species are now in the British 
Museum collection ; they were all taken alive in England 
upon imported orchids. One was presented by the late 

r. J. C. Bowring, who found it in his conservatory; two 
were sent by Mr. M‘Lachlan, with the information that they 
were certainly imported with Dendrobium nobile and were 
playing havoe with the leaves and pseudobulbs of some plants 
of this species; a fourth specimen, recently presented by 
Sir Archibald Buchan-Hepburn, was found upon the flower 
of Dendrobium atropurpureum. 

There are examples also in the museum of the Hon. Walter 
Rothschild at Tring; these were likewise found on orchids of 
the species Dendrobium nobile, which, Dr. Jordan informs 
me, were imported from Moulmein. The areas of known 
distribution of the two species of Dendrobium mentioned 
appear to overlap only in Burma; so I think I am quite 
justitied in assigning Burma as the habitat of the new species 


ot Diaxenes. 


522 Mr. O. Thomas on a 


LXIII.—On a new African Genus of Mustelide. 
By OvprieLtp THOMAS. 


In September 1889 Mr. F. J. Jackson, when collecting at 
Mianzini, Masai, a locality at which he found several other 
new mammals, trapped a small badger-like animal and 
recognized it at once as being anew form. Up to the present 
time, however, from various causes, the specimen has been 
mislaid, and even now only the skin can be found, although 
thorough search has been made for the skull. 

But even without the skull the skin shows such remark- 
able characteristics that I am unable to refer it to any known 
genus, and must therefore create a new one for its reception. 


This may be called 


GALERISCUS, gen. nov. 


General build about that of the Grison (Galictis [or Galera] 
Allamandi). Lars short, closely hairy. Fur thick, though 
short. ‘Tail medium. Claws intermediate in size and form 
between those of the Meline and Musteline sections of the 
family. Toes four on each foot only, the two median 
distinctly longer than the subequal lateral ones; palm and 
sole-pads naked. General coloration Grison-like. 


Galeriscus Jacksont, sp. n. 


Size and proportions very similar to those of the Larger 
Grison, as also is the general colour, with the prominent 
exception that the black on the muzzle and throat is entirely 
absent. Fur thick, close and soft, but only from one half to 
three quarters of an inch in general length ; thronghout it is 
composed of a close underfur, among which are mixed nume- 
rous straight hairs. Nose-pad naked, sharply defined behind 
from the hairs, which run forwards to form a median angle ; 
below there is a naked median groove running down to the 
upper lip. 

Face pale brownish white, the eyes with a few browner 
hairs surrounding them. On the crown the longer hairs 
gradually become ringed subterminally with black, resulting 
in a yich black-and-white grizzling, which extends backwards 
over the whole dorsal surface to the base of the tail. Hairs 
of ears outside grizzled grey like the crown, those inside 
yellowish white. Chin pale whitish brown like the face ; 
cheeks, throat, and sides of neck deep yellow ; centre of belly 
blackish. Limbs from shoulders and hips downwards deep 


new African Genus of Mustelide. 523 


blackish brown. Large pads of palms and soles naked, but 
the whole plantar surface of the feet is thickly hairy. Claws 
thick and strong, their upper curvature about as in G. Alla- 
mandi, but they are far stouter, especially terminally; the 
fore and hind ones are about equal in length; in colour they 
are deep brown, the hind ones tipped with white. Tail 
nearly half the length of the head and body, well-clothed 
with long coarse hairs, which on its basal half are incon- 
spicuously ringed subterminally with black, but gradually 
become wholly white on its distal half. 

Dimensions of the type (an adult skin, sex unknown) :— 

Head and body (approximate) 540 millim.; tail (c.) 235, 
with hairs 250 ; hind foot (from caleaneum) without claws 90, 
with claws 98. Longest fore claw, in a straight line above, 
13°5; ditto, hind foot, 12. Length of radius 67, ulna $4, 
tibia 88. 

Hab. Mianzini, Masailand, 8000 feet. 

Coll. F. J. Jackson, September 1889. 

This interesting animal, when laid beside representatives 
of the other allied genera, is readily distinguishable from all 
of them, firstly by the entire absence of either a pollex or a 
hallux, neither of these digits being absent in any other 
member of the suborder Arctoidea, while the Herpestine 
Bdeogale* and Suricata are the only genera in the whole of 
the Carnivora which resemble it in the absence of both. 
But apart altogether from this diagnostic character, one would 
not know in what genus to place the animal, and this is a 
test by which the validity of all proposed new genera should 
be tried. Were it, in that case, Brazilian in locality it might 
be referred to Galictis (whose synonym, (Galera, is so 
well known that I have presumed to use it for the basis of 
the generic name), although the shorter ears and thicker 
claws would still indicate considerable divergence. Of the 
Old-World genera all the Meline forms are separable by their 
longer and straighter claws, as are the Musteline ones by 
their having these shorter and more curved. Coming to 
African forms, we have only the coarse-haired, short-tailed, 
and large-elawed Mellivora, and the delicately built and 
parti-coloured Jctidonyx and Pacilogale to deal with; and no 
one could possibly refer Mr. Jackson’s animal to any of these. 

Of course I would not be understood to say that Galeriscus 
is really more closely related to Galict’s than to any Old- 

* From Bdeogaleitself Galeriscus is readily distinguished by its generally 
Musteline, or, rather, Meline, appearance, its broader head, larger nose- 
pad, and short hairy ears. Its feet, however, are undoubtedly very like 
those of that anizmal., 


524 Bibliographical Notices. 


World genus, as its true relationship can only be settled when 
its skull and teeth are known; but so far as build and claws 
go, and on these the family has been classified, it certainly 
has a striking resemblance to its American analogue. 

Mr. Jackson is much to be congratulated on the present 
important addition to the long list of his zoological disco- 
veries, which is, perhaps, the most interesting of them all. 
New Carnivores of any sort are always few and far between, 
while of genera the last discovered were Ai/uropus and Bas- 
saricyon, described respectively in 1871 and 1876. 


BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES. 


An Index to the Genera and Species of the Foraminifera. By CHarves 
Davies Surrsorn.—Part I. Ato Non. 8yvo. 240 pages. City 
of Washington, U.S.A. November 1893. 


Tus is one of the “ Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collections,” No. 856, 
published by the Smithsonian Institution, which has given to the 
world a vast mass of useful literature on a great variety of scientific 
subjects. This is the first half of a work, forming a part of volume 
37 of the ‘Collections ;” the remaining part is to be published in 
1895, together with a Preface, and such emendations as may be 
found necessary. The preparation of the manuscript of this Index 
occupied the years between 1885 and 1889. The printing was 
commenced in 1890; and, the Smithsonian Institution having been 
liberal in the transmission of proofs, considerable time has neces- 
sarily been taken up by author and printer in ensuring accuracy 
among about 10,000 names of genera and species, with their refer- 
ences, in this part of the Index. 

That there should be so large a number of published names of 
Foraminifera, whether definitely described or merely noticed, under 
the first fourteen letters of the alphabet, is at first sight astonishing ; 
and the greater is the obligation of Rhizopodists to Mr. C. D. Sher- 
born, F.G.S., F.Z.8., for collecting them in a systematic manner, 
and to the Smithsonian Institution for the considerate liberality shown 
in printing and publishing this extremely valuable and voluminous 
Index. 

We already know Mr. C. D. Sherborn to be an ardent, industrious, 
and conscientious bibliographist, especially of the Foraminifera (see 
notice in the Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. ii. pp. 424, 425, 
November 1888); also (with Mr. A. 8. Woodward) of the British 
Fossil Vertebrata (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. vi. pp. 387=- 
339, April 1890); and in other branches of bibliography, with indi- 
cations and rectifications of dates, much wanted and well appreciated 
by zoologists and others. Indeed, the grandly designed Index to 


Bibliographical Notices. 525 


Recent and Fossil Animal Species (from the date of Linnzeus), to 
which he has devoted and still devotes very much of his valuable 
time, under the auspices of the Director of the Natural-History 
Branch of the British Museum, and of the Keepers of the Zoological 
and Geological Departments, is not only worthy of all praise, but 
deserves Governmental aid; for an enormous mass of material 
has already been carefully prepared by him, and is available to the 
several Officers of the Museum, saving them much time and trouble 
and ensuring accuracy in their Natural-History researches. 

In the Smithsonian Index before us some of the genera take up 
large spaces ; thus— 

Flabellina, 34 pages. 
Biloculina, 5 pages. 
Frondicularia, 9} pages. 
Marginulina, 123 pages. 
Dentalina, 163 pages. 
Nodosaria, 23 pages. 
Cristellaria, 253 pages. 

As about from 40 to 45 published names occur in a page, an 
approximation to their number may be arrived at. The Index does 
not omit the older terms, such as ‘ Nautilus” (occupying 8 pages), 
“Cornu Ammonis,” “ Frumentarium,” &c., by which some of the 
most common of the fossil Foraminifera of Italy and others from 
the Mediterranean and Adriatic were known to early naturalists. 

The Author gives very many useful, though short, remarks in 
brackets [ ], as to the history, modifications, or synonymy of the 
names, or the nature and source of the specimens referred to. Cross- 
references are numerous, and greatly enhance the value of the Index. 
In fact the book can be used readily and with profit throughout for 
the genera and species of Foraminifera published down to 1889. 

It is rich not only with material, but with the conscientious 
exactitude of a naturalist experienced in bibliography, well ac- 
quainted with Foraminifera, and also with those who work on them 
and willingly give him all the aid they can in carrying out the 
arduous task he has thus far so successfully completed. 

The scientific world gratefully accepts this noble result of the 
Smithsonian generosity, in having this closely but clearly printed 
book, which is welcome to a very large class of naturalists in all 
the Continents, produced and distributed freely and without stint, 
as is the usual liberal custom of that great Institute at Washington. 


Horns and Hoofs, or Chapters on Horned Animals, 
By R. Lypexxer. London: H. Cox. 


A year or two ago Mr. Lydekker contributed a number of articles 
on Hoofed Big Game to the ‘ Field’ and ‘ Land and Water.’ These 
chapters were headed :—* Wild Oxen,” ‘* Wild Sheep and Goats,” 
“The Antelopes of Asia,” ‘* African Antelopes,’ ‘The Deer of 
Asia,” “*The Deer of South America,” “ Wild Pigs,” and “ Rhino- 


526 Bibliographical Notices. 


ceroses, Ancient and Modern.” Reading them at the time, they 
seemed exactly suited to the tastes of that class of sportsmen who 
take an intelligent, though perhaps secondary, interest in natural 
history. The descriptions were not too technical, and there were few 
hard names, while the geographical distribution of the various 
families, genera, and species was sketched in a manner well calen- 
lated to stimulate further research and enterprise among visitors to 
wild countries, especially to the elevated districts of Central Asia, as 
well as some portions of the Indian region. For instance, the 
remark that no Englishman has ever shot—or, it is believed, so 
much as seen—a Takin (Budorcas taxicolor) alive, although this 
antelope dwells within sight of British Assam, would be likely to 
stir up some keen sportsman to circumvent, if possible, the political 
restrictions which are the cause of this reproach; and, for the 
matter of that, it is about time that we imitated the Russians in 
prosecuting our “ purely scientific” explorations a little more boldly. 
The more reflective—we had almost said ruminative—sportsman 
will find material for thought in the statement that “although all 
living wild oxen have horns in both sexes, yet certain fossil species 
are known in which these were absent in at least the females; and 
it has been suggested that it is due to this circumstance that ‘ polled’ 
races of oxen are so readily produced, this being, in fact, a reversion 
to a condition in which both sexes of the ruminants were normally 
hornless.” Perhaps he may think there is a good deal in this, and 
argue that, because the tail-less variety known as the “* Manx” cat 
is so readily produced, therefore the ancestor of the domestic puss 
was deficient in a caudal appendage—an analogy which may be 
false! But, enough of the sportsman : let us turn to the naturalist, 
of whose notice Mr. Lydekker hopes that the work may not prove 
unworthy. Undoubtedly there are many things, in this collection 
of odds and ends, of which the average “ naturalist” can bear to be 
reminded. It cannot be too often dinned into him that the 
“ aurochs” is the extinct wild ox, and is not the European bison ; 
or that the musk-ox is not merely “ found,” but is plentiful, in some 
parts of Greenland (a fact unknown to the author of the article in 
the *‘ Big Game volumes” of the Badminton series, and, it would seem, 
to most of the reviewers of that work). Not every naturalist 
realizes that the great preponderance of antelopes in Africa is merely 
a feature of the present epoch, and that there is strong evidence that 
this group previously inhabited Southern Europe and Asia, whence 
it was partially driven by climatal and other changes. Nor does 
every one know that the ‘‘ Roman-nosed” Saiga antelope, of the 
Kirghiz steppes, was found in Eastern Poland a century ago, and 
that not only are the remains of representatives of the genus found 
in Moravia and in the south of France, but also in Belgium, while 
in 1890 the frontlet and horn-cores of a male were actually obtained 
in the Pleistocene deposits of the Thames Valley. Many similar 
points might be cited, and, so far, we have nothing except praise for 
Mr. Lydekker ; but for the naturalist it was not sufficient to string 
together a lot of articles, and to recast some of them, with the 


G eolog ical Societ Ys 527 


addition of some fresh illustrations; and we very much regret that 
the Author has not bestowed upon the present work that small 
amount of extra labour which would have rendered it complete in 
itself. As it stands, we have the Old-World Antelopes, but nothing 
about the Giraffes; the American Prong-horned Antelope is not 
mentioned (at least, it is not in the index), nor is the Rocky Moun- 
tain Goat (Haplocerus montanus); and the red-deer group is dis- 
cussed, with barely an allusion to the Wapiti. This would have 
been intelligible if an arbitrary line had been drawn at Old-World 
species; but such is not the case, for there is a special chapter 
devoted to the deer of South America. The Elk and the Reindeer 
are treated under the head of * Asiatic Deer,” but nothing is said 
about their American representatives beyond the incidental remarks 
that the former is not specifically distinct from the moose, nor the 
latter from the caribou. These and some other omissions diminish 
the value of a very readable and instructive work. 


PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES. 
GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. 


February 21, 1894.—Dr. Henry Woodward, F.R.S., 
President, in the Chair. 


The following communication was read :— 


** Note on the Genus Naiadites, as occurring in the Coal Forma- 
tion of Nova Scotia.” By SirJ. Wilham Dawson, K.C.M.G., LL.D., 
F.R.S., F.G.S. With an Appendix by Dr. Wheelton Hind, B.S., 
F.R.C.S., F.G.S. 


The specimens referred to in the paper occur most abundantly in 
caleareo-bituminous shales along the coast, at the South Joggins, and 
were described by the Author in ‘ Acadian Geology,’ in 1860. 
A collection of them has been submitted to Dr. Wheelton Hind. In 
Q. J. G. S. vol. xix. Mr. Salter referred the shells described as 
Naiadites to his new genera Anthracoptera and Anthracomya. In 
correspondence with Mr. Salter, the Author held that the shells 
were probably freshwater, and objected to the name Anthracomya 
as expressing an incorrect view of the affinity of the shells; he 
also stated several reasons in support of his opinions. The 
Author continued to use the name Naiadites, but does not object 
to the division of the species into two genera, for one of which 
Salter’s name Anthracoptera should be retained. Additional reasons 
are given for the freshwater origin of these shells, and the Author 
expresses his gratification that their affinities have been so ably 
illustrated by Dr. Hind. 

Dr. Wheelton Hind believes that the ‘ genus’ Naiadites contains 
three distinct genera, for one of which the name must be retained, 


528 Miscellaneous. 


He proposes to retain the name for the forms called Anthracomya, 
affirming as this word does an altogether wrong affinity for the 
genus. (The name Nazadites was proposed in 1860; Anthracomya 
in 1861.) 

Dr. Hind is not able to state that any of the species submitted to 
him by Sir J. W. Dawson are the same as British forms. The shell 
originally described as Natadites carbonaria is, he has no doubt, an 
Anthracoptera. He gives notes on NV. arenaria, NV. angulata, and 
NV. levis. 


MISCELLANEOUS. 
Saw-flies on Solomon’s Seal. By W. F. Krrsy, F.L.S. &ce. 


For two years past plants of Solomon’s Seal (Polygonatum or Con- 
vallaria multiflora) growing in Dr. Giinther’s garden at Kew have 
been infested by saw-fly larvee ; and on the 6th of May of the present 
year Dr. Giinther captured a considerable number of specimens of a 
saw-fly on the plant, which proved on examination to be Phymato- 
cera aterrima, Klug. Although this species will probably be found 
to be common where its food-plant occurs, it does not seem to have 
been noticed in England except by Curtis, who described and figured 
it in vol. xxi. of the ‘ Transactions of the Linnean Society,’ pp. 59 - 
42, pl. v., as long ago as 1850, from specimens bred from larve 
received from Lord Goderich, who had noticed them for several years 
previously devouring the leaves of the only plant of Solomon’s Seal 
in Lord Ripon’s garden at Putney. Curtis called the insect Selan- 
dria Robinsoni, believing it to be undescribed. 

The only other saw-fly noticed by Kaltenbach in his ‘ Pflanzen- 
feinde’ as feeding on Convallaria multiflora is Blennocampa fuliyi- 
nosa, Schrank. 

It is worthy of note that all the specimens of P. aterrima which 
Dr. Giinther caught were males, which, it seems, appear a day or 
two before the females begin to emerge. With them was a single 
specimen of a Blennocampa, also a male—not, however, B. fuliyi- 
nosa, but B. fuscula, Klug (pusilla, Klug), a rose-feeding species, 
the presence of which among the specimens of Phymatocera was 
probably quite accidental. 

As Phymatocera aterrima has been so rarely observed in England, 
it appears worth while to call attention to its re-oeceurrence. There 
were previously only two German specimens in the British Museum 
collection, and no British ones. 

Although the day was warm and bright, the specimens were 
remarkably sluggish, and allowed themselves to be picked off with 
the fingers. 


Natural History Museum, South Kensington, 
May 9 1894. 


cn 
bo 
Je) 


Miscellaneous. 


Pteropods with Two Separate Sexual Openings. 
By H. McE. Kyowerr. 


Having recently had occasion to review the anatomy of Cavolinia 
longirostris, by means of sections of specimens obtained by the 
U.S. Fish Commission schooner ‘Grampus,’ I find that the ee 
ment in text-books and elsewhere, that all Pteropods have but : 
single external opening for the hermaphroditic sexual organs, is a 
correct. Cavolinia longirostris (to which species my specimens 
apparently belong) has two distinct and separate sexual openings. 

There is a large hermaphroditic gland, lying posteriorly and 
dorsally in the visceral sac, which is asy mmetrical, being more 
developed on the left side. In this gl: ind the youngest ova are 
found in the centre, immediately around the intraglandular portion 
of the duct, the oldest ova With considerable yolk at the periphery. 
The male elements arise from lines of cells running from the peri- 
phery towards the centre. A single duct leaves the gland from its 
anterior face, dorsally and far to the left. Receiving the seminal 
vesicle near this point of origin, the duct runs over to the right 
towards the median plane. Near the middle line it opens into the 
anterior face of a large glandular sac, which has much folded walls. 
This sac is the muciparous gland, and the duct ends on reaching it, 
Sections do not show a separate albumen-gland described for the 
genus. They do show that some of the folds of the walls of the single 
cavity of the gland are lined with non-glandular ciliated cells, while 
others have distinctly glandular cells. ‘The seminal vesicle is, as de- 
scribed, a Jong saccular appendage of the duct, with its end dilated 
and coiled up on the left side of the stomach. The muciparous or, 
rather, uterine gland is quite large; it lies in the anterior portion 
of, and occupies most of the left side of, the visceral sac. Quite 
near the point where the hermaphroditic duct opens into the uterine 
gland the vas deferens arises from the gland on its anterior right 
corner, to the left of the median line. This is a closed ciliated tube, 
not a ciliated groove (in which this species differs from all other 
Pteropods), which curves around on the right to the dorsal surface 
of the fins, to run anteriorly and open at the sac of the invaginated 
penis. On the left side of the uterine gland sections in all planes 
show a second opening from the reproductive system to the exterior. 
This is a slit-like aperture on aslight papilla, on the anterior surface 
of the visceral sac and to the left. The opening leads directly into 
a ciliated fold of the uterine gland, the ciliated cells of which turn 
out at the lips of the aperture and become continuous with the 
epithelium of the external surface of the body. There can be no 
doubt that this is a natural opening, and near it is found the seminal 
receptacle, a thin-walled sac filled with spermatozoa and lying on 
the left face of the uterine gland. This seminal receptacle opens 
into a fold of the uterine gland, not far from the external opening 
just described, which I take to be a vaginal opening. 


530 Miscellaneous. 


In the possession of two separate sexual openings Cavolinia longi- 
rostris differs from all other Pteropods. The opening on the right 
side leading to the penis is perhaps to be homologized with the 
single aperture of other species. All that is necessary is the closure 
of the usual ciliated groove to form a tube to the penis, and this is 
an evident advantage in ensuring the transference of the male 
products. Another opening (vagina) becomes a necessity as soon as 
the more primitive right one is given over entirely to the male 
products ; and this may account for the new aperture on the left 
side. In other words, the other Pteropods represent the more primi- 
tive condition of the hermaphroditic duct, while Cavolinia longirostris 
has become more specialized by the acquisition of a separate opening 
for each sex. The anatomy of the adult does not, of course, show 
whether, as Korscheldt and Heider (‘ Lehrbuch der vergleichenden 
Entwicklungsgeschichte der wirbellosen Thiere,’ p. 1088, fig. 644 ¢) 
would put it, there has been a splitting of a primitively single 
opening into two, or whether a new independent opening has been 
acquired into the left side of the uterine gland. Perhaps the study 
of the ontogeny of the sexual organs of this species will settle the 
question. 

Contrary to Pelseneer (‘ Challenger’ Report on the Pteropoda, 
pt. 3, p. 19), the heart of Cavolinia longirostris is on the left side, 
agreeing with Souleyet’s figure of Cavolinia tridentata, for which 
see Lang (‘ Lehrbuch der vergl. Anatomie,’ p. 664, fig. 469). 

Muscles in the fins are distinctly striated, a condition which Lang 
states (‘ Lehrbuch der vergl. Anatomie,’ p. 695) is not found in 
mollusks, but which Kellogg (“ A Contribution to our Knowledge 
of the Morphology of Lamellibranchiate Molluses,” Bull. U.S. Fish 
Commission, vol. x. 1890) found in the adductors and heart-muscles 
of Lamellibranchs. Paneth (‘Archiy mikr. Anatomie, Bd. 24), 
describing a similar appearance in the fins of Cymbulia and Tiede- 
mannia, decides this is not natural, but artificial striation. I have 
not been able to study living tissue, but the striation, as I find if, 
is very distinct, and looks in every way like ordinary striated 
muscle.-—Johns Hopkins University Circulars, May 1894, pp. 61, 62. 


: 531 


INDEX to VOL. XIII. 


Axpport, W. J., on the ossiferous 
fissures in the valley of the Shode, 
294, 

Acanthophthalmus, new species of, 
251. 

Acontia, new species of, 361. 

Acontiophorus, new species of, 145. 

Addia, characters of the new genus, 
465. 

Adelocera, new species of, 27. 

Adrastus, new species of, 315. 

Agriotes, new species of, 311. 

Agrotis, new species of, 360. 

Ainu, characters of the new genus, 
479. 

Akysis, new species of, 246, 

Alaus, new species of, 30. 

Aleock, Surg.-Capt. A., on Indian 
deep-sea dredging, 225, 321, 400. 

Alphitophagus, new species of, 398. 

Amarantha, new species of, 392. 

Ameira, new species of, 139. 

Ammonites subarmatus, on a variety 
of, from Whitby, 212. 

Amphisbzena, new species of, 344. 

Amymone, new species of, 137. 

Analophus, new species of, 291. 

Anchastus, new species of, 31. 

Andania, new species of, 411. 

Annelids, on certain homes or tubes 
formed by, 1; new, 205. 

Anoplodactylus petiolatus, note on, 
182. 

Antachara, new species of, 561. 

Anthracias, new species of, 470, 

Apogonia ferruginea, description of, 
513. 

Aporophis, new species of, 346. 

Arachnida, new, 72, 87; on the 
endosternite of Scorpio, 18; on 
the derivation of, 503. 

Arachnis, new species of, 174, 


Archineura, characters of the new 
genus, 84. 

Archineura incarnata, note on, 434 ; 
A. basilactea, note on, 450. 

Arhopala, new species of, 254, 

Arion, new species of, 66, 

Arrhenoplita, new species of, 392. 

Arthrolips, new species of, 336. 

Articulates, on the derivation and 
homologies of some, 502.» 

Atasthalus, new species of, 385. 

Athous, new species of, 198, 255. 

Attacus, new species of, 178. 

Aulacodus, new species of, 202. 

Automeris, new species of, 179. 

Bienasa, new species of, 177. 

Balanoglossus, notes on the genus, 
136, 216, 

Barbus, new species of, 247. 

Bathyphantes, new species of, 91. 

Batrachia, new, 347. 

Beddard, F. E., on South-American 
Tubificidee, 205. 

Beddome, Col. R., on new species of 
Cyclophorus and Spiraculum, 
506. 

Belionota, new species of, 285. 

Bernard, H. M., on the endosternite 
of Scorpio, 18; on lateral eyes in 
the Galeodidee, 517. 

Bolitonzeus, characters of the new 
genus, 387. 

Bolitophagus, new species of, 384. 

Bonnier, J., on two new types of 
Choniostomatide, 134. 

Books, new :—Locard’s Les Coquilles 
des Eaux douces et saumitres de 
France, 133; Egger’s Foramini- 
fera from the Deep-sea Soundings 
obtained by TL.M.S. ‘Gazelle,’ 
368; Hampson’s Moths of India, 
447; Pilsbry’s Chitons, 448; Ly- 


53% INDEX, 


— 


dekker’s Life and Rock, 449; Sher- 
born’s Index to the Genera and 
Species of the Foraminifera, 524 ; 
Lydekker’s Horns and Hoofs, 
525, 

Bothrioneuron, new species of, 206. 

Boulenger, G, A., on new freshwater 
Fishes, 245; on Reptiles and Ba- 
trachians from Paraguay, 542. 

Brycea, new species of, 175. 

Butschinsky, P., on the embryology 
of the Cumacea, 295. 

Byrsax, new species of, 388. 

Bythocaris simplicirostris, note on, 
270. 

Caliphzea, new species of, 434. 

Calliomma, new species of, 352. 

Calopteryx, new species of, 435. 

Cambridge, Rev. F. O. P., on new 
genera and species of Hritish 
Spiders, 87. 

Cardiophorus, new species of, 189. 

Celiena, new species of, 359. 

Celleporella hyalina, new variety of, 
129. 

Centropyx, new species of, 343. 

Ceropria, new species of, 599. 

Cheerilus, new species of, 79. 

Cheerocampa, new species of, 168. 

Cheetonymphon spinosissimum, note 
on, 154. 

Child, C. M., on the antennary sense- 
organs of insects, 572. 

Chloritis, new species of, 53. 

Chloropsinus, new species of, 171. 

Choniostomatidie, on two new types 
of, 134. 

Chrysopa, new species of, 425. 

Cirripede, on a new  pedunclate, 
445. 

Cletodes, new species of, 141. 

Cochlostyla xgrota, description of, 
54, 

Coleoptera, new, 26, 182, 255, 283, 
288, 311, 334, 377, 465, 513, 
520. 

Collinge, W. E., on a new species of 
Arion, 66. 

Colocasia, new species of, 354. 

Copaxa, new species of, 178. 

Coronidia, new species of, 353. 

Corticus, new species of, 468. 

Corylophide, new West Indian, 
336, 

Corylophodes, new species of, 337. 

Cueratbttes, new species of, 256, 


Coryphzus, characters of the new 
genus, 87. 

Cosmosoma, new species of, 171, 
353. 

Croockewit, J. M., on the jaws of 
Hirudinea, 212. 

Crossochilus, new species of, 247. 

Crustacea, new, 134, 137, 225, 231, 
321, 349, 400; rare British, 412: 
of Norway, distribution of the 
higher, 158. 

Crustaceans, on the derivation of, 
502. 

Cryptocheles 
271. 

Cryptohypnus, new species of, 184. 

Cumacea, on the embryology of the, 
295, 

Cyathopoma, new species of, 461. 

Cyclophorus, new species of, 506. 

Cyclotus, new species of, 56, 461. 

Cycnia, new species of, 354. 

Cymonomops, characters of the new 
genus, 406. 

Dacira, new species of, 361. 

Dana, J. D., on the derivation and 
homologies of some Articulates, 
502. 

Dasylophia, new species of, 357. 

Dasypus, new species of, 70. 

Dawson, Dr. G. M., on mammoth- 
remains in Canada and Alaska, 
211. 

Dawson, Sir J. W., on the genus 
Naiadites, 527. 
Derispia, characters 

genus, 389. 

Dermatomyzon, new species of, 144. 

Diademodon, note on the new genus, 
452. 

Diaxenes, new species of, 520. 

Didelphys, new species of, 438. 

Diplommatina, new species of, 463. 

Druce, H., on new Heterocera, 168, 
352, 

Druce, H. H., on new Lycenide, 
252. 

Drymonia, new species of, 358. 

Elasmonotus, new species of, 333. 

Elater, new species of, 32. 

Elateride of Japan, on the, 26, 182, 
255, 311. 

Electra pilosa, remarks on, 115. 

Enanea, characters ef the new genus, 
467. 

Ephemera, new species of, 428, 


pygmea, note on, 


of the new 


INDEX. 


ono 


Epimastidia, new species of, 253, 
501. 

Epiphaleria, characters of the new 
genus, 382. 

Epiphora, new species of, 165, _ 

Erythromma, new species of, 436. 

Ethusa, new species of, 405, 

Eucereon, new species of, 172. 

Eucyrtus, new species of, 475. 

Eudule, new species of, 177. 

Eupyra, new species of, 170. 

Eurytrachelus, new species of, 283. 

Euthisanotia, new species of, 352. 

Eutricha, new species of, 180. 

Fishes, new, 245. 

Gahan, C. J., on new Longicorn 
Coleoptera, 288, 520. 

Galeodidie, on lateral eyes in the, 
517. 

Galeriscus, characters of the new 
genus, 522. 

Gazella, new species of, 452. 

Geological Society, proceedings of 
the, 211, 294, 527. 

Geomys, new species of, 457. 

Giard, A., on two new types of Cho- 
niostomatidie, 134. 

Gnathonyx, characters of the new 
genus, 290. 

Godwin-Austen, Lieut.-Col., on new 
species of Cyclophorus and Spira- 
culum, 506. 

Halesus, new species of, 421. 

Ialisodota, new species of, 173. 

Hamann, Prof. O., on Schneider's 

ore and the cesophageal glands of 
Nematodes, 214. 

Haplohammus, new 
292. 

Harpyia, new species of, 358. 

Hatima, new species of, 358. 

Hatteria, on the osteology of the 
head of, 297. 

Hedley, C., on the land Mollusca of 
Tasmania and New Zealand, 442. 

Helicide of New Zealand, Tasmania, 
and Seuth Africa, on the relation 
between the, 61. 

Helix, new species of, 55. ; 

Hemicyclopora, characters of the 
new genus, 124, 

Hemitragus, new species of, 365. 

Herminodes, new species of, 363. 

Hesperodrilus, characters of the new 
genus, 210. k 

Heterocampa, new species of, 357. 


species of, 


533 


Hillhousia, characters of the new 
genus, 89. 

Hirdapa, new species of, 166. 

Hirudinea, on the jaws of, 212, 

Homola, new species of, 408, 

Hydrias, new species of, 181. 

Iydroecia, new species of, 359, 

Hypolithus, new species of, 183. 

sini: new species of, 172, 354. 

Idotea 
279. 

Idricerus, new species of, 424, 

Insects, on the antennary sense- 
organs of, 372; on the derivation 
of, 504, 

Ischnodactylus, new 
392. 

Jones, Prof. T. R., on Rhetic and 
Liassic Ostracoda of Britain, 
294, 

Kinekoskias, notes on the genus, 
112. ; 

Kirby, W. F., on a new genus and 
species of Agrionide, 84; on a 
new species of Epiphora, 165; on 
a new species of Hirdapa, 166; on 
Archineura basilactea, 450; on 

Saw-flies on Solomon’s Seal, 528, 

Knower, H. McE., on Pteropods 
with two separate sexual openings, 
529, 

Lacon, new species of, 28. 

Lagochilus, new species of, 459, 

Lamperos, new species of, 478, 

Leiochrinus, new species of, 390. 

Leiochrodes, new species of, 391. 

Lepidolemur, new species of, 211. 

Lepidoptera, new, 165, 166, 168, 252, 
352, 440, 496, 


marina, on variations in, 


species of, 


Lepidosternum, new species of, 
344, 

Lepralia Belli, notes on, 127. 
Lepthyphantes, new species of, 
95. 


Leptobarbus, new species of, 249. 

Leptodactylus, new species of, 342. 

Leptopoma, new species of, 459. 

Lepturoides, new species of, 316. 

Lepus, new species of, 364. 

Lewis, G., on the Elateride of 
Japan, 26, 182, 255, 311; on the 


Tenebrionide of Japan, 3877, 
465, 

Libellula, new species of, 480. 
Limonius, new species of, 194, 
318. 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xii. 36 


Do4 


Limuloids, on the derivation of, 
502. 

Liocassis, new species of, 245, 

Lithosia, new species of, 177. 

Ludius, new species of, 264. 

Lumbricus terrestris, on a_ bifid 
specimen of, 217. 

M‘Intosh, Prof. W. C., on certain 
homes or tubes formed by An- 
nelids, 1. 

M‘Lachlan, R., on Neuroptera from 
Western China, 421; on new 
species of Myrmeleonidee, 514. 

Macroscelides, new species of, 67. 

Major, Dr. C. I. F., on a new species 
of Lepidolemur, 211. 

Mamestra, new species of, 560. 

- Mammalia, new, 67, 70, 202, 204, 
211, 298, 363, 365, 3867, 456, 452, 
§22. 

Mammoth-remains in Canada and 
Alaska, on, 211. 

Masterman, A. T., on the food of 
Sagitta, 440; on the nutritive and 
excretory processes in Porifera, 
485, 

Matthews, Rev. A., on new West- 
Indian Corylophid and Tricho- 
pterygidee, 334. 

Megapenthes, new species of, 45. 

Melanotopsis, characters of the new 

genus, 191. 

Melanotus, new species of, 192. 

Melanoxanthus, new species of, 48, 

182. 

Menimus, new species of, 398. 

Meristhus, new species of, 50. 

Microcystis, new species of, 454. 

Microneta, new species of, 90. 

Micropedinus, characters of the new 
genus, 379. 

Misolampidius, 
476. 

Mollusea, new, 48, 66, 453, 506 ; on 
the relation of the Land-, of Tas- 
mania and New Zealand, 442. 

Monckton, H. W., on a variety of 
Ammonites subarmatus, 212. 

Munida, new varieties and species of, 
821, 

Munidopsis, new species of, 829. 

Mus Burtoni, note on, 204. 

Mycalesis, new species of, 500. 

Mynes, new species of, 499. 

Myriapods, derivation of, 504, 


new species of, 


INDEX. 


Myrmeleonide, species of, 
514. 

Naiadites, note on the genus, 527. 

Natalis, new species of, 286, 

Nemachilus, new species of, 250. 

Nematabramis, characters of the new 
genus, 249, 

Nematodes, on Schneider’s pore and 
the cesophageal glands of, 214. 

Nephrops andamanicus, remarks on, 
226. 

Neuroptera, new, 84, 421. 

Newton, E. T., on vertebrate remains 
from Ightham, 295. 

Norman, Canon A. M., a month on 
the Trondhjem Fiord, 112, 150, 
267; on  Balanoglossus, 156, 
216. 

Notodonta, new species of, 356. 

Nystalea, new species of, 359. 

(Enetus, new species of, 440. 

Opatrum, new species of, 380. 

Opharus, new species of, 174. 

Ophiodes, new species of, 345, 562. 

Orthetrum japonicum, on a variety 
of, 431. 

Osphryon, new species of, 288. 

Ostracoda of Britain, on Rhetie and 
Liassic, 294. 

Pallene pygmea, note on, 152. 

Panameria, new species of, 360. 

Panorpa, new species of, 423. 

Papilio, new species of, 496. 

Parapagurus, new species of, 245. 

Patula, new species of, 457. 

Pella Burnupi, on the dentition of, 
60, 

Pentacheles, new species of, 254. 

Pentaphyllus, new species of, 398. 

Pericopis, new species of, 174. 

Phegoptera, new species of, 173. 

Phreatoicus, new species of, 549. 

Phthora, new species of, 466. 

Phya, new species of, 555, 

Phymatocera aterrima, on the occur- 
rence of, 528. 

Platydema, new species of, 395. 

Platypilumnus, characters of the 
new genus, 401. 

Plusia, new species of, 562. 

Pocock, R. I, on the Scorpions of 
India, 72. 

Peecilopharis, new species of, 284. 

Porifera, on the nutritive and excre- 
tory processes in, 485. 


new 


INDEX. 535 


Porrhomma, observations on the 
genus and new species of, 94. 

Potemnemus, new species of, 292. 

Protosphyrena, on the affinities of, 
510. 

Pseudonotis, characters of the new 
genus, 252. 

Pseudosphinx, new species of, 169. 

Psopheticus, characters of the new 
genus, 402. 

Ptenidium, new species of, 342. 

Pteropods with two separate sexual 
openings, 529. 

Pteropus, new species of, 293. 

Ptilium, new species of, 341. 

Pupina, new species of, 462. 

Pylocheles, new species of, 244. 

Ramphonotus, characters of the new 
genus, 122. 

Randallia lamellidentata, description 
of, 404. 

Rasbora, new species of, 249. 

Reptiles, new, 348; on some fossil, 
451. 

Rhabdopleura, remarks on the ge- 
nus, 131. 

Rhypobius, new species of, 337. 

Rothschild, the Hon. W., on a new 
species of (inetus, 440. 

Ruscino, new species of, 176. 

Sacium, new species of, 336. 

Sagitta, on the food of, 440. 

Salenskia, characters of the new 
genus, 135. 

Saw-flies on Solomon’s Seal, 528. 

Scaphidema, new species of, 396. 

Scena, new species of, 170. 

Sciurus, new species of, 363. 

Scorpio, on the endosternite of, 18; 
new species of, 74. 

Scorpions of India, on the, 72. 

Scorpiops, new species of, 77. 

Scott, T. and A., on new and rare 
Crustacea from Scotland, 137. 

Scott, T., on some rare Crustacea 
from the Dogger Bank, 412. 

Seeley, H. G., on the structure, 
organization, and classification of 
the fossil Reptilia, 374, 451. 

Sericoderus, new species of, 387. 

Sericosomus, new species of, 314. 

Setenis, new species of, 472. 

Shells of the Sulu Archipelago, 48 ; 
of the Natuna Islands, 453. 

Sherborn, C. D., on the dates of 


Sowerby’s ‘Genera of Recent and 
Fossil Shells,’ 370. 

Siebenrock, F., on the osteology of 
the head of Hatteria, 297. 

Silesis, new species of, 315, 

Sitala, new species of, 456. 

Smith, E. A., on the land-shells of 
the Sulu Archipelago, 48; on the 
land-shells of the Natuna Islands, 
453. 

Smith, H. G., on new species of 
butterflies, 496. 

Smittia, new species of, 128. 

Sowerby’s ‘Genera of Recent and 
Fossil Shells,’ on the dates of, 
370. 

Spheeronella, new species of, 134. 

Spiders, new British, 87. 

Spiraculum, new species of, 509, 

Squilla, new species of, 409. 

Stebbing, Rev. T. R. R., on a new 
pedunculate Cirripede, 443, 

Stenhelia, new species of, 141. 

Stephos minor, note on, 148. 

Stilpnotia, new species of, 355, 

Strongylium, new species of, 480. 

Suter, H., on the dentition of Pella 
Burnupi, 60; on the relation be- 
tween the Helicide of New Zea- 
land, Tasmania, and South Africa, 
61 


Tenebrionidee of Japan, on the, 377, 
465. 

Thalestris, new species of, 142. 

Thecadiplax, new species of, 429. 

Therosuchia, on the structure, organ- 
ization, and classification of the, 

74. 

Thomas, O., on two new species of 
Macroscelides, 67 ; on anew species 
of Armadillo, 70 ; on a new species 
of Aulacodus, 202; on Mus Bur- 
toni, 204; on a new Pteropus, 
293; on two new Rodents, 363; 
on a new Goat, 365; on the Pala- 
wan representative of ‘Tupaia 
ferruginea, 367; on two new 
Mammals, 436 ; ona new Gazelle, 
452; on a new genus of Mus- 
telidee, 522. 

Thomson, G. M., on a new species of 
Phreatoicus, 549. 

Thrinacia, new species of, 172. 

Thydemus, characters of the new 
genus, 475. 


Thysonotis, new species of, 591. 

Tolype, new species of, 181. 

Tornatellina, new species of, 458. 

Toxicum, new species of, 469. 

Trachyscelis, new species of, 383. 

Trichelaspis, characters of the new 
genus, 445. 

Trichopterygidz, new West-Indian, 
308. 

Trichopteryx, new species of, 333, 

Trisulodes, new species of, 362. 

Trochomorpha, new species of, 455. 

Trochonanina, new species of, 52, 
455. 

Trogoptera, new species of, 355. 


INDEX. 


Tubes formed by Annelids, on, 1. 

Tubificide, on South-American, 205. 

Tupaia ferruginea, on the Palawan 
representative of, 367. 

Unzela, new species of, 168. 

Vadebra, new species of, 498. 

Vitrina Hudsoniz, remark on, 61. 

Waterhouse, C. O., on new Coleo- 
ptera, 283; on Apogonia ferru- 
ginea, 513. 

Williamson, H. C., on a bifid earth- 
worm, 217. 

Woodward, A.S., on the affinities 
of Protosphyrzena, 510. 

Zatrephes, new species of, 1733. 


END OF THE THIRTEENTH VOLUME. 


PRINTED BY 


TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, 


RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET. 


Animck. Vag. Vat. Hist. S. 6. Vol AM. PLXVI . 


G Ga Gb 
7 4) 


— 


i, ba 


R.Mimtern del.et lth Mintern. Bros. imp. 


AND SEM S Or TE INATUINAS ISLANDS: 


a 


“fh 

; 

: 

: A 
Cc a 


i, , 
oes ¢ — 
: ~ ay 
» oo 
“ i ae o 
(Yn ar 
in ' 7 
Sy 8 
.¥ i 
" ‘ 
ie 
wf 
ee 
é 
‘ oe : i 
¥ 
I feat. ‘ig is 
My ¥ - We 
, % 
aw ae 
4 an 
y & . a 
1 >” : 
4 
oH 
i 
- 
» 


SINDING SECT. JUL 2 - 1968 


QH The Annals & magazine of 
1] natural history 


PLEASE DO NOT REMOVE 
CARDS OR SLIPS FROM THIS POCKET 


UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO LIBRARY 


STORAGE 


EN rk aS STE ee 
eNO EY 
INTENT 


- 
a cas 
LPO CN OE MT 
OF Pa ens 


Sot: So Ree » 
tree sere, 
er aro 

Be Ween et an a enw oe rye 

> OE NTE 4 . VOR We SY ie ein rte . 

WA eek ke 7 AO CO? Wee Oe e y 9S ee 

Sele 2 -% ¢ x ot * 2 CREA SPIE 
c ¢ Saath > tnAik aati biiehictalach aed y ‘ oe , “ 
SANG REE NER ETE SE A ETE ETE INTHE A GY 
S SEEN NT RO 


ee 


sad vy ES 


7 
< s » = 


eo Bee 


en 
% 


A